As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2007
Registration No. 333-       
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Lululemon Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware   5600   20-3842867
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification number)
 
 
 
 
2285 Clark Drive
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V5N 3G9
(604) 732-6124
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
 
 
 
Lululemon Corp.
c/o PHS Corporate Services, Inc.
1313 North Market Street, Suite 5100
Wilmington, DE 19801
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
 
 
 
Copies to:
     
Barry M. Abelson
John P. Duke
Pepper Hamilton LLP
3000 Two Logan Square
18th and Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2799
(215) 981-4000
  Kevin P. Kennedy
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94034
(650) 251-5000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o              
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o              
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o              
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                     
Title of Securities
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
To be Registered     Aggregate Offering Price(1)     Registration Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share     $ 230,000,000.00       $ 7,061.00  
                     
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proposed maximum offering price includes amounts attributable to shares that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriters’ discount.
 
 
 
 
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 


 

 
EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
This registration statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be used in connection with the offerings of the securities described herein in the United States (the U.S. Prospectus), and one to be used in connection with the offering of such securities in Canada (the Canadian Prospectus). The U.S. Prospectus and the Canadian Prospectus are identical except for the cover page, the table of contents, page 142, page 143 and the back page, and except that the Canadian Prospectus includes a “Certificate of Lululemon,” a “Certificate of the Canadian Underwriters” and “Auditors’ Consent.” The form of the U.S. Prospectus is included herein and is followed by the alternate pages to be used in the Canadian Prospectus. Each of the alternate pages for the Canadian Prospectus included herein is labeled “Alternate Page for Canadian Prospectus.”


 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
Subject to Completion, Dated April 30, 2007
 
           Shares
 
(LOGO)
 
Lululemon Corp.
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is an initial public offering of shares of our common stock.
 
We are offering           of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional           shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $      and $       . Application will be made for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LULU” and on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “LLL.”
 
See “Risk Factors” on page 9 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
 
                 
    Per Share     Total  
 
Initial public offering price
  $                $             
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $       $  
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional           shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
 
 
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on          , 2007.
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
 
 
 
Credit Suisse UBS Investment Bank
 
William Blair & Company  
    CIBC World Markets  
      Wachovia Securities  
  Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
 
 
 
Prospectus dated          , 2007


 

 
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
A copy of this preliminary prospectus has been filed with the securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces and territories of Canada but has not yet become final for the purpose of the sale of securities. Information contained in this preliminary prospectus may not be complete and may have to be amended. The securities may not be sold until a receipt for the prospectus is obtained from the securities regulatory authorities.
 
This prospectus has been filed under procedures in each of the provinces and territories of Canada that permit certain information about these securities to be determined after the prospectus has become final and that permit the omission of that information from this prospectus. The procedures require the delivery to purchasers of a supplemented PREP prospectus containing the omitted information within a specified period of time after agreeing to purchase any of the securities. All disclosure contained in a supplemented PREP prospectus that is not contained in this prospectus will be incorporated by reference into this prospectus as of the date of the supplemented PREP prospectus.
 
No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise. This prospectus constitutes a public offering of these securities only in those jurisdictions where they may be lawfully offered for sale and therein only by persons permitted to sell such securities. The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to these securities.
 
Initial Public Offering and Secondary Offering April 30, 2007
PRELIMINARY BASE PREP PROSPECTUS
 
Lululemon Corp.
 
(LOGO)
U.S. $
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
This prospectus qualifies the distribution of shares of common stock of Lululemon Corp. Of the           shares of common stock being offered,           shares are being offered by us and           shares are being offered by certain of our stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders”).
We are offering our common stock for sale concurrently in Canada under the terms of this prospectus and in the United States under the terms of a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Our common stock is being offered in Canada by Goldman Sachs Canada Inc., Merrill Lynch Canada Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (Canada) Inc., UBS Securities Canada Inc. and CIBC World Markets Inc. (the “Canadian Underwriters”) and in the United States by Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, William Blair & Company, L.L.C., CIBC World Markets Corp., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC (together with the Canadian Underwriters, the “Underwriters”).
 
Price: U.S.$      per Share of Common Stock
 
                                 
          Underwriters’
          Net Proceeds to the
 
    Price to the
    Discounts and
    Net Proceeds to
    Selling
 
   
Public(1)
   
Commissions
   
Lululemon(2)
   
Stockholders(3)
 
 
Per share(4)
  U.S.$       U.S.$       U.S.$       U.S.$    
Total offering(5)
  U.S.$       U.S.$       U.S.$       U.S.$  
 
(1) The offering price for shares of our common stock has been determined by negotiation between us, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters.
(2) Before deducting expenses of this offering, which are estimated to be approximately U.S.$         , which will be paid by us out of our general corporate funds.
(3) The Selling Stockholders will pay the Underwriters’ discounts and commissions in respect of the shares of common stock sold by the Selling Stockholders.
(4) Assumes an initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the price range of $           to $          ).
(5) The Selling Stockholders have granted an option, exercisable in whole or in part for a period of 30 days from the closing of this offering, to purchase up to          additional shares of common stock on the terms as set forth above. If this option is exercised in full, the total Price to the Public, Underwriters’ Discounts and Commissions and Net Proceeds to the Selling Stockholders will be U.S.$     , U.S.$     and U.S.$     , respectively. This prospectus qualifies the distribution of the option and the distribution of the additional shares of common stock sold upon the exercise of the option. See “Underwriting.”
An investment in our common stock is subject to certain risk factors that prospective investors should carefully consider. It is important for prospective purchasers of our common stock to consider the particular risk factors that may affect the athletic apparel industry. See “Risk Factors” for a more complete assessment of those risks.
There is currently no market through which our common stock may be sold, and purchasers may not be able to resell common stock purchased under this prospectus. We will apply to list our common stock on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “LLL.” Listing will be subject to fulfilling all the listing requirements of the Toronto Stock Exchange. We will also apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LULU.”
The Canadian Underwriters, as principals, conditionally offer our common stock in Canada, subject to prior sale, if, as and when issued, sold and delivered by us and sold by the Selling Stockholders to, and accepted by, the Canadian Underwriters in accordance with the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement referred to under “Underwriting”, and subject to the approval of certain legal matters for us by McCarthy Tétrault LLP as to matters of Canadian law and Pepper Hamilton LLP as to matters of U.S. law and for the Underwriters by Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP as to matters of Canadian law and Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP as to matters of U.S. law. In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may sell more shares of our common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering or effect transactions that stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at levels other than those which might otherwise prevail on the open market. See “Underwriting.”
Subscriptions for our common stock will be received subject to rejection or allotment in whole or in part and the right is reserved to close the subscription books at any time without notice. A book entry only certificate representing our common stock will be issued in registered form to Depository Trust Company or its nominee (“DTC”) and will be deposited with DTC on the date of the closing of this offering. The closing of the offering is expected to occur on or about          , 2007 or such later date as we and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event not later than          , 2007. A purchaser of our common stock in Canada will receive only a customer confirmation from a registered dealer that is a participant in CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc. from or through which our common stock is purchased.
We and certain of the Selling Stockholders are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction or reside outside of Canada. It may not be possible for investors to collect from us or the Selling Stockholders judgments obtained in courts in Canada predicated on the civil liability provisions of securities legislation.


 

(PHOTO)
Creativity is maximized when you’re            living in the moment.

 


 

(PHOTO)

 


 

(PHOTO)
lululemon athletica creates components for people to
LIVE LONGER, HEALTHIER AND MORE FUN LIVES.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
  1
  9
  29
  31
  31
  32
  39
  41
  43
  45
  71
  83
  90
  109
  114
  118
  126
  129
  133
  136
  141
  141
  141
  F-1
 
 
Exchange Rate Information
 
We publish our combined consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars. All references in this prospectus to “dollars”, “$” or “US$” are to U.S. dollars and all references to “CDN$” are to Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted. The following table presents, in U.S. dollars, the exchange rates for the Canadian dollar, determined based on the inverse of the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in U.S. dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “noon buying rate”) for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
 
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
 
High
  $ 0.662     $ 0.788     $ 0.849     $ 0.874     $ 0.910  
Low
  $ 0.621     $ 0.653     $ 0.716     $ 0.787     $ 0.846  
End of Period
  $ 0.654     $ 0.754     $ 0.807     $ 0.874     $ 0.848  
Average
  $ 0.639     $ 0.729     $ 0.776     $ 0.834     $ 0.882  
 
The average exchange rate is calculated using the average of the exchange rates on the last business day of each month during the applicable fiscal year. On April 25, 2007, the noon buying rate was CDN$1.00 = $0.897.


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
   
Page
 
  1
  9
  29
  31
  31
  32
  39
  41
  43
  45
  71
  83
  90
  109
  114
  118
  126
  129
  133
  136
  141
  141
  141
Intercorporate Relationships
  142
Material Contracts
  142
Notice to Investors
  142
Eligibility for Investment
  143
Purchasers’ Statutory Rights
  143
Auditors’ Consent
  144
  F-1
Certificate of Lululemon
  C-1
Certificate of the Canadian Underwriters
  C-2
 
 
Exchange Rate Information
 
We publish our combined consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars. All references in this prospectus to “dollars”, “$” or “US$” are to U.S. dollars and all references to “CDN$” are to Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted. The following table presents, in U.S. dollars, the exchange rates for the Canadian dollar, determined based on the inverse of the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in U.S. dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “noon buying rate”) for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
 
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
 
High
  $ 0.662     $ 0.788     $ 0.849     $ 0.874     $ 0.910  
Low
  $ 0.621     $ 0.653     $ 0.716     $ 0.787     $ 0.846  
End of Period
  $ 0.654     $ 0.754     $ 0.807     $ 0.874     $ 0.848  
Average
  $ 0.639     $ 0.729     $ 0.776     $ 0.834     $ 0.882  
 
The average exchange rate is calculated using the average of the exchange rates on the last business day of each month during the applicable fiscal year. On April 25, 2007, the noon buying rate was CDN$1.00 = $0.897.


 

In making an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of the issuer and the terms of the offering, including the merits and risks involved. These securities have not been recommended by any federal or state securities commission or regulatory authority. Furthermore, the foregoing authorities have not confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of this document. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. With respect to statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers.
 
A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Room 1590, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.
 


 

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights some of the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus.
 
Our fiscal year ends on January 31. All references in this prospectus to our fiscal years refer to the fiscal year ended on January 31 in the year following the year mentioned. For example, our “fiscal 2006” ended on January 31, 2007.
 
Our Company
 
lululemon is one of the fastest growing designers and retailers of technical athletic apparel in North America. Our yoga-inspired apparel is marketed under the lululemon athletica brand name. We believe consumers associate our brand with highly innovative, technically advanced premium apparel products. Our products are designed to offer superior performance, fit and comfort while incorporating both function and style. Our heritage of combining performance and style distinctly positions us to address the needs of female athletes as well as a growing core of consumers who desire everyday casual wear that is consistent with their active lifestyles. We also continue to broaden our product range to increasingly appeal to male athletes. We offer a comprehensive line of apparel and accessories including fitness pants, shorts, tops and jackets designed for athletic pursuits such as yoga, dance, running and general fitness. As of April 1, 2007, our branded apparel was principally sold through our 52 stores that are primarily located in Canada and the United States. We believe our vertical retail strategy allows us to interact more directly with and gain insights from our customers while providing us with greater control of our brand.
 
We have developed a distinctive community-based strategy that we believe enhances our brand and reinforces our customer loyalty. The key elements of our strategy are to:
 
  •  design and develop innovative athletic apparel that combines performance with style and incorporates real-time customer feedback;
 
  •  locate our stores in street locations, lifestyle centers and malls that position each lululemon athletica store as an integral part of its community;
 
  •  create an inviting and educational store environment that encourages product trial and repeat visits; and
 
  •  market on a grassroots level in each community, including through influential fitness practitioners who embrace and create excitement around our brand.
 
We were founded in 1998 by Dennis “Chip” Wilson in Vancouver, Canada. Noting the increasing number of women participating in sports, and specifically yoga, Mr. Wilson developed lululemon athletica to address a void in the women’s athletic apparel market. The founding principles established by Mr. Wilson drive our distinctive corporate culture and promote a set of core values that attracts passionate and motivated employees. We believe the passion and dedication of our employees allow us to successfully execute on our business strategy, enhance brand loyalty and create a distinctive connection with our customers.
 
We believe our culture and community-based business approach provide us with competitive advantages that are responsible for our strong financial performance. Our net revenue has increased from $40.7 million in fiscal 2004 to $148.9 million in fiscal 2006, representing a 91.1% compound annual growth rate. During fiscal 2006, our comparable store sales increased 25% and we reported income from operations of $16.2 million, which included a one-time $7.2 million litigation settlement charge. Over that same period, our stores opened at least one year averaged sales of approximately $1,400 per square foot, which we believe is among the best in the apparel retail sector.


1


 

 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and are important to our success:
 
Premium Active Brand.   lululemon athletica stands for leading a healthy, balanced and fun life. We believe customers associate the lululemon athletica brand with high-quality, premium athletic apparel that incorporates technically advanced materials, innovative functional features and style. We believe our focus on women differentiates us and positions lululemon athletica to address a void in the growing market for women’s athletic apparel. The premium nature of our brand is reinforced by our vertical retail strategy and our selective distribution through leading yoga studios and fitness clubs. We believe this approach allows us to further control our brand image and merchandising.
 
Distinctive Retail Experience.   We locate our stores in street locations, lifestyle centers and malls that position lululemon athletica stores to be an integral part of their communities. Our distinctive retail concept is based on a community-centric philosophy designed to offer customers an inviting and educational experience. To enhance our store’s appeal as a community hub, we train our sales associates to be knowledgeable about the technical design aspects of our products and to remain current regarding local fitness classes, instructors and athletic activities. We believe that our engaging store environment differentiates us from other specialty retailers and encourages product trial, purchases and repeat visits.
 
Innovative Design Process.   We attribute our ability to develop superior products to a number of factors, including: our customer-driven design process; our collaborative relationships with third-party suppliers and local fitness practitioners to develop technically advanced and functional products; and our vertical retail strategy that allows us to integrate customer feedback into our products.
 
Community-Based Marketing Approach.   We differentiate lululemon athletica through an innovative, community-based approach to building brand awareness and customer loyalty. We use a multi-faceted grassroots marketing strategy that includes partnering with local fitness practitioners, creating in-store community boards, and facilitating fitness activities in our communities. To create excitement and establish a premium image for our brand, we often initiate our grassroots marketing efforts in advance of opening our first store in a new market.
 
Deep Rooted Culture Centered on Training and Personal Growth.   We believe our core values and distinctive corporate culture allow us to attract passionate and motivated employees who share our vision. We provide our employees with a supportive, goal-oriented environment and encourage them to reach their full professional, health and personal potential. We believe our strong relationship with our employees is a key contributor to our success.
 
Experienced Management Team.   Our founder, Mr. Wilson, leads our design team and plays a central role in corporate strategy and in promoting our distinctive corporate culture. Our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Meers, whose experience includes 15 years at Reebok International Ltd., most recently serving as the chief executive officer of the Reebok brand from 1996 to 1999, joined us in December 2005. Messrs. Wilson and Meers have assembled a management team with a complementary mix of retail, design, operations, product sourcing and marketing experience from leading apparel and retail companies such as Abercrombie & Fitch Co., Limited Brands, Inc., Nike, Inc. and Reebok. We believe our management team is well positioned to execute the long-term growth strategy for our business.


2


 

Growth Strategy
 
Key elements of our growth strategy are to:
 
Grow our Store Base in North America.   We believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our store base in North America, primarily in the United States. We plan to add new stores to strengthen existing markets while selectively entering new markets in the United States and Canada. We believe that our strong sales in the United States to date demonstrate the portability of our brand and retail concept. We expect to open 20 to 25 stores in fiscal 2007 and 30 to 35 additional stores in fiscal 2008 in the United States and Canada.
 
Increase our Brand Awareness.   We will continue to increase brand awareness and customer loyalty through our grassroots marketing efforts and planned store expansion. Our grassroots marketing programs are designed to reinforce the premium image of our brand and our connection with the community. These efforts, which we often initiate before we open a store in a new market, include organizing events and partnering with local fitness practitioners. We believe our grassroots marketing efforts enhance our profile in the community and create excitement for lululemon athletica.
 
Introduce New Product Technologies.   We will continue to focus on developing and offering products that incorporate technology-enhanced fabrics and performance features that differentiate us in the market and broaden our customer base. We believe that incorporating new technologies, providing advanced features and using differentiated manufacturing techniques will reinforce the authenticity and appeal of our products and drive sales growth.
 
Broaden the Appeal of our Products.   We will selectively seek opportunities to expand the appeal of lululemon athletica to improve store productivity and increase our overall addressable market. This includes our current plans to: grow our men’s business as a proportion of our total sales; expand our product offerings in categories such as bags, undergarments, outerwear and sandals; and increase the range of the athletic activities our products target.
 
Expand Beyond North America.   We plan to open additional stores in Japan and Australia through our existing and planned joint venture relationships. Over time, we intend to pursue additional joint venture opportunities in other Asian and European markets that we believe offer similar, attractive demographics. We believe our joint venture model allows us to leverage our partners’ knowledge of local markets to reduce risks and improve our probability of success in these markets.
 
Company Information
 
We commenced operations in Canada in fiscal 1998 as a retailer of technical athletic apparel. We initially conducted our operations through our Canadian operating company, Lululemon Athletica Inc. In 2002, in connection with our expansion into the United States, we formed a sibling operating company to conduct our U.S. operations, Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. Both operating companies were wholly-owned by affiliates of Mr. Wilson.
 
In December 2005, Mr. Wilson sold 48% of his interest in our capital stock to a group of private equity investors led by Advent International Corporation, which purchased approximately 38.1% of our capital stock, and Highland Capital Partners, which purchased approximately 9.6% of our capital stock. In connection with this transaction, we formed Lululemon Corp. (formerly known as Lulu Holding, Inc.) to serve as a holding company for all of our related entities, including our two primary operating subsidiaries, Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc.
 
We are a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2285 Clark Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V5N 3G9. Our telephone number is (604) 732-6124. The address of our website is www.lululemon.com (which is not intended to be an active hyperlink in this prospectus). The information contained on or connected to our website is not part of this prospectus.


3


 

 
Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, in this prospectus, the terms “lululemon”, “our Company” and “we”, “us” or “our” refer to Lululemon Corp. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
 
This prospectus contains references to a number of trademarks which are our registered trademarks or trademarks for which we have pending applications or common law rights. These include lululemon’s original trademarks, Lululemon Athletica & design mark, the logo design (WAVE design) mark, lululemon as a word mark, and lululemon’s more recent brand, oqoqo ® . In addition to the registrations in Canada and the United States, lululemon’s design and word mark are registered in over 50 other jurisdictions which cover over 90 countries. We own trademark registrations or have made trademark applications for the names of several of our fabrics, including Luon ® , Silverescent ® , Vitasea tm , Soyla ® , Boolux tm and WET.DRY.WARM. Other trademarks, service marks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


4


 

THE OFFERING
 
Common stock offered by us            shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders            shares
 
Common stock outstanding after this offering            shares
 
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering is based on the assumptions outlined in the bullets below. As described below, the number of shares outstanding after this offering depends in part on the initial public offering price and the effective date of our corporate reorganization.
 
Use of proceeds We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $20.3 million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in this offering.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with cash flow from operations, to fund new store openings and working capital, and for other general corporate purposes, which may include general and administrative expenses and potential acquisitions of franchises. For fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, we have budgeted an aggregate of $28.0 million to $34.0 million for new store openings, although the actual amounts that we spend on such items may vary. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Risk factors See “Risk Factors” on page 9 and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of the factors you should consider before you decide to invest in our common stock.
 
Directed share program The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to      shares of our common stock being offered for sale to our business associates, employees, friends and family members of our employees. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchased reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol LULU
 
Proposed Toronto Stock Exchange symbol LLL


5


 

 
Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus:
 
  •  assumes an initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus);
 
  •  reflects the consummation of our corporate reorganization on an assumed date of          , 2007, and (assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share) the issuance of           shares of our common stock and the issuance by Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, of           exchangeable shares in connection therewith, as described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” included elsewhere in this prospectus;
 
  •  assumes the issuance of           shares of our common stock issuable upon the exchange of all of the exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. to be outstanding as a result of our corporate reorganization;
 
  •  assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering has not been exercised;
 
  •  excludes 1,885,250 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39; and
 
  •  excludes           shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all dollar amounts listed in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars.
 
The number of shares of our common stock to be issued in connection with our corporate reorganization and upon exchange of the exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. depends in part on the initial offering price and the date of our corporate reorganization. This is because, as further described in “Pre-Offering Transactions,” various securities will be exchanged in our corporate reorganization based in part on the ratio of the value of accrued but unpaid dividends (which, where applicable, accrue on a daily basis until the consummation of our corporate reorganization) to our initial public offering price. Accordingly:
 
  •  A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would decrease the number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering by approximately           shares, assuming that our corporate reorganization occurs on          , 2007;
 
  •  A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase the number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering by approximately           shares, assuming that our corporate reorganization occurs on          , 2007; and
 
  •  If our corporate reorganization occurred five days later or earlier than the assumed date of          , 2007, the common stock outstanding after this offering would increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately           shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share.
 
We expect our corporate reorganization to occur immediately following the execution of an underwriting agreement with the underwriters relating to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.


6


 

SUMMARY COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following table summarizes our combined consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated. The statement of income data for each of the three fiscal years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our audited combined consolidated financial statements. You should read this information in conjunction with our combined consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
 
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands, except share data)  
Combined consolidated statements of income:
                       
Net revenue
  $ 40,748     $ 84,129     $ 148,885  
Cost of goods sold(1)
    19,448       41,177       72,903  
                         
Gross profit
    21,300       42,952       75,982  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
    10,840       26,416       52,540  
Principal stockholder bonus
    12,134       12,809        
Settlement of lawsuit
                7,228  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,674 )     3,727       16,213  
                         
Other expenses (income)
                       
Interest income
    (11 )     (55 )     (142 )
Interest expense
    46       51       47  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,709 )     3,730       16,308  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    (298 )     2,336       8,753  
Non-controlling interest
                (112 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,411 )   $ 1,394     $ 7,666  
                         
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding(2):
                       
For pro forma basic earnings per share
                       
Series A preferred stock
                       
Common stock equivalents
                       
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
                       
                         
Pro forma Series A preferred basic earnings per share(2)
                       
Pro forma common stock equivalents basic earnings per share(2)
                       
Pro forma diluted earnings per share(2)
                       
                         
Selected store data:
                       
Number of corporate-owned stores open at end of period
    14       27       41  
Corporate-owned stores sales per gross square foot
  $ 1,328     $ 1,279     $ 1,411  
Comparable store sales change
    18 %     19 %     25 %
 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Cost of goods sold
  $     —     $ 755     $ 360  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
          1,945       2,470  
                         
Total
  $     $ 2,700     $ 2,830  
                         


7


 

(2) We have not computed basic and diluted earnings per share as the combined consolidated results reflect the results of two separate companies (Lululemon Corp. and LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.), each with its own distinct and separate capital structure. As a result of our corporate reorganization, various securities (including Series A preferred stock issued by Lululemon Corp. and common stock equivalents issued by LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.) will be exchanged for shares of our common stock based in part on the quotient of the value of accrued but unpaid dividends (which, where applicable, accrue on a daily basis until the consummation of our corporate reorganization) to our initial public offering price. We have accordingly presented pro forma earnings per share for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007 giving effect to our corporate reorganization as if it had been consummated on the first day of that period. In addition, the outstanding stock options of the two companies will be converted into options to purchase shares of our common stock. See “Pre-Offering Transactions” and Note 11 to our combined consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The following table represents a summary of our combined consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2007:
 
  •  on an actual basis, derived from our audited combined consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2007;
 
  •  on a “pro forma” basis, giving effect to:
 
  •  the consummation of our corporate reorganization on an assumed date of          , 2007, and (assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share) the issuance of           shares of our common stock;
 
  •  the issuance by Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, of           exchangeable shares in connection therewith, as described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the issuance of           shares of our common stock upon the exchange of the Lulu Canadian Holding exchangeable shares; and
 
  •  on a “pro forma as adjusted” basis, further reflecting the sale by us of           shares of our common stock in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, and after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us).
 
                         
    As of January 31, 2007  
                Pro Forma
 
   
Actual
   
Pro Forma
   
as Adjusted
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Combined consolidated balance sheet data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16,029     $ 16,029     $ 36,279  
Working capital (excluding cash and cash equivalents)
    1,180       1,180       1,180  
Property and equipment, net
    18,822       18,822       18,822  
Total assets
    71,855       71,855       92,105  
Long term debt
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    37,379                  


8


 

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could materially suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We have grown rapidly in recent years and we have limited operating experience at our current scale of operations; if we are unable to manage our operations at our current size or to manage any future growth effectively, our brand image and financial performance may suffer.
 
We have expanded our operations rapidly since our inception in 1998 and we have limited operating experience at our current size. We opened our first store in Canada in January 1999 and our first store in the United States in 2003. Our net revenue increased from $40.7 million for fiscal 2004 to $148.9 million for fiscal 2006, a compound annual increase of approximately 91.1%. Our substantial growth to date has placed a significant strain on our management systems and resources. If our operations continue to grow, we will be required to continue to expand our sales and marketing, product development and distribution functions, to upgrade our management information systems and other processes, and to obtain more space for our expanding administrative support and other headquarters personnel. Our continued growth could increase the strain on our resources, and we could experience serious operating difficulties, including difficulties in hiring, training and managing an increasing number of employees, difficulties in obtaining sufficient raw materials and manufacturing capacity to produce our products, and delays in production and shipments. These difficulties would likely result in the erosion of our brand image and lead to a decrease in net revenue, income from operations and the price of our common stock.
 
We may not be able to successfully open new store locations in a timely manner, if at all, which could harm our results of operations.
 
Our growth will largely depend on our ability to successfully open and operate new stores. Our ability to successfully open and operate new stores depends on many factors, including, among others, our ability to:
 
  •  identify suitable store locations, the availability of which is outside of our control;
 
  •  negotiate acceptable lease terms, including desired tenant improvement allowances;
 
  •  hire, train and retain store personnel and field management;
 
  •  assimilate new store personnel and field management into our corporate culture;
 
  •  source sufficient inventory levels; and
 
  •  successfully integrate new stores into our existing operations and information technology systems.
 
Successful new store openings may also be affected by our ability to initiate our grassroots marketing efforts in advance of opening our first store. We typically rely on our grassroots marketing efforts to build awareness of our brand and demand for our products. Our grassroots marketing efforts are often lengthy and must be tailored to each new market based on our emerging understanding of the market. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement our grassroots marketing efforts in a particular market in a timely manner, if at all. Additionally, we may be unsuccessful in identifying new markets where our technical athletic apparel and other products and brand image will be accepted or the performance of our stores will be considered successful. Further,


9


 

we will encounter pre-operating costs and we may encounter initial losses while new stores commence operations.
 
We plan to open a large number of stores in the near future in comparison to our existing store base and our historical rate of store launches. Of the 52 stores in operation as of April 1, 2007, 7 new stores were opened in Canada, 6 new stores were opened in the United States and 1 new store was opened outside of North America during fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2005, 13 new stores were opened in Canada, 3 new stores were opened in the United States and 1 new store was opened outside of North America. We expect to open 20 to 25 stores in fiscal 2007 and 30 to 35 additional stores in fiscal 2008 in the United States and Canada. We estimate that we will incur approximately $28.0 million to $34.0 million of capital expenditures to open these additional stores by the end of fiscal 2008. In addition, our new stores will not be immediately profitable and we will incur losses until these stores become profitable. There can be no assurance that we will open the planned number of new stores in fiscal 2007 or thereafter. Any failure to successfully open and operate new stores would harm our results of operations.
 
Our limited operating experience and limited brand recognition in new markets may limit our expansion strategy and cause our business and growth to suffer.
 
Our future growth depends, to a considerable extent, on our expansion efforts outside of Canada, especially in the United States. Our current operations are based largely in Canada. As of April 1, 2007, we had only 12 stores in the United States, 1 store in Australia and 2 stores in Japan. Therefore we have a limited number of customers and limited experience in operating outside of Canada. We also have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices outside of Canada, and cannot guarantee that we will be able to penetrate or successfully operate in any market outside of Canada. In connection with our initial expansion efforts, especially in the United States, we have encountered increased costs of operations resulting from higher payroll expenses and increased rent expense. In connection with our initial expansion efforts outside of North America, we have encountered many obstacles we do not face in Canada or the United States, including cultural and linguistic differences, differences in regulatory environments and market practices and difficulties in keeping abreast of market, business and technical developments. We may also encounter difficulty expanding into new markets because of limited brand recognition leading to delayed acceptance of our technical athletic apparel by customers in these new markets. In particular, we have no assurance that our grassroots marketing efforts will prove successful outside of the narrow geographic regions in which they have been used in the United States and Canada. The expansion into new markets may also present competitive, merchandising, forecasting and distribution challenges that are different from or more severe than those we currently face. Failure to develop new markets outside of Canada or disappointing growth outside of Canada may harm our business and results of operations.
 
We plan to primarily use cash from operations to finance our growth strategy, and if we are unable to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow we may not meet our growth expectations.
 
We intend to finance our growth through the cash flows generated by our existing stores, borrowings under our available credit facilities and the net proceeds from this offering. However, if our stores are not profitable or if our store profits decline, we may not have the cash flow necessary in order to pursue or maintain our growth strategy. We may also be unable to obtain any necessary financing on commercially reasonable terms to pursue or maintain our growth strategy. If we are unable to pursue or maintain our growth strategy, the market price of our common stock could decline and our results of operations and profitability could suffer.


10


 

 
Our ability to attract customers to our stores depends heavily on successfully locating our stores in suitable locations and any impairment of a store location, including any decrease in customer traffic, could cause our sales to be less than expected.
 
Our approach to identifying locations for our stores typically favors street locations and lifestyle centers where we can be a part of the community. As a result, our stores are typically located near retailers or fitness facilities that we believe are consistent with our customers’ lifestyle choices. Sales at these stores are derived, in part, from the volume of foot traffic in these locations. Store locations may become unsuitable due to, and our sales volume and customer traffic generally may be harmed by, among other things:
 
  •  economic downturns in a particular area;
 
  •  competition from nearby retailers selling athletic apparel;
 
  •  changing consumer demographics in a particular market;
 
  •  changing lifestyle choices of consumers in a particular market; and
 
  •  the closing or decline in popularity of other businesses located near our store.
 
Changes in areas around our store locations that result in reductions in customer foot traffic or otherwise render the locations unsuitable could cause our sales to be less than expected.
 
We operate in a highly competitive market and the size and resources of some of our competitors may allow them to compete more effectively than we can, resulting in a loss of our market share and a decrease in our net revenue and profitability.
 
The market for technical athletic apparel is highly competitive. Competition may result in pricing pressures, reduced profit margins or lost market share or a failure to grow our market share, any of which could substantially harm our business and results of operations. We compete directly against wholesalers and direct retailers of athletic apparel, including large, diversified apparel companies with substantial market share and established companies expanding their production and marketing of technical athletic apparel, as well as against retailers specifically focused on women’s athletic apparel. We also face competition from wholesalers and direct retailers of traditional commodity athletic apparel, such as cotton T-shirts and sweat shirts. Many of our competitors are large apparel and sporting goods companies with strong worldwide brand recognition, such as Nike, Inc. and adidas AG, which includes the adidas and Reebok brands. Because of the fragmented nature of the industry, we also compete with other apparel sellers, including those specializing in yoga apparel. Many of our competitors have significant competitive advantages, including longer operating histories, larger and broader customer bases, more established relationships with a broader set of suppliers, greater brand recognition and greater financial, research and development, marketing, distribution and other resources than we do.
 
Our competitors may be able to achieve and maintain brand awareness and market share more quickly and effectively than we can. In contrast to our “grassroots” marketing approach, many of our competitors promote their brands primarily through traditional forms of advertising, such as print media and television commercials, and through celebrity athlete endorsements, and have substantial resources to devote to such efforts. Our competitors may also create and maintain brand awareness using traditional forms of advertising more quickly in new markets than we can. Our competitors may also be able to increase sales in their new and existing markets faster than we do by emphasizing different distribution channels than we do, such as wholesale, internet or catalog sales or an extensive franchise network, as opposed to distribution through retail stores, and many of our competitors have substantial resources to devote toward increasing sales in such ways.
 
In addition, because we own no patents or exclusive intellectual property rights in the technology, fabrics or processes underlying our products, our current and future competitors are able to manufacture and sell products with performance characteristics, fabrication techniques and styling similar to our products.


11


 

 
Our business depends on a strong brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand we may be unable to sell our products, which would harm our business and cause the results of our operations to suffer.
 
We believe that the brand image we have developed has significantly contributed to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing the lululemon athletica brand is critical to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as research and development, store operations, community relations and employee training, and these investments may not be successful. As of April 1, 2007, our brand is sold in only 13 cities in Canada, 9 cities in the United States and 1 metropolitan area in each of Japan and Australia. A primary component of our strategy involves expanding into other geographic markets, particularly within the United States. As we expand into new geographic markets, consumers in these markets may not accept our brand image and may not be willing to pay a premium to purchase our technical athletic apparel as compared to traditional athletic apparel. We anticipate that, as our business expands into new markets and as the market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brand may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Conversely, as we penetrate these markets and our brand becomes more widely available, it could potentially detract from the appeal stemming from the scarcity of our brand. Our brand may also be adversely affected if our public image or reputation is tarnished by negative publicity. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to be a leader in the athletic apparel industry, to offer a unique store experience to our customers and to continue to provide high quality products and services, which we may not do successfully. If we are unable to maintain or enhance our brand image our results of operations may suffer and our business may be harmed.
 
If our grassroots marketing efforts are not successful our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
 
We rely principally on grassroots marketing efforts to advertise our brand. These efforts include working with local athletes and fitness professionals chosen by us, who we refer to as ambassadors, who assist us by introducing our brand and culture to the communities around our stores. Our grassroots marketing efforts must be tailored to each particular market, which may require substantial ongoing attention and resources. For instance, we must successfully identify and retain suitable ambassadors in each of our new and existing markets. Our future growth and profitability and the success of our new stores will depend in part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of these grassroots marketing efforts.
 
Because we do not rely on traditional advertising channels, such as print or television advertisements, if our grassroots marketing efforts are not successful, there may be no immediately available alternative marketing channel for us to build awareness of our products in a manner that we think will be successful. This may impair our ability to successfully integrate new stores into the surrounding communities, to expand into new markets at all or to maintain the strength or distinctiveness of our brand in our existing markets. In addition, if our grassroots marketing efforts are unsuccessful and we are required to use traditional advertising channels in our overall marketing strategy, then we will incur additional expense associated with the transition to and operation of a traditional advertising channel. Failure to successfully market our products and brand in new and existing markets could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our inability to maintain recent levels of comparable store sales or average sales per square foot could cause our stock price to decline.
 
We may not be able to maintain the levels of comparable store sales that we have experienced historically. In addition, we may not be able to replicate in the United States and outside of North America our historic average sales per square foot. Our sales per square foot in stores we have opened in the United States have generally been lower than those we have been able to achieve in Canada. As sales in the United States grow to become a larger percentage of our overall sales, our average sales per square foot will likely decline. If our future comparable store sales or average sales per square foot


12


 

decline or fail to meet market expectations, the price of our common stock could decline. In addition, the aggregate results of operations of our stores have fluctuated in the past and can be expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. For example, over the past twelve fiscal quarters, our quarterly comparable store sales have ranged from a decrease of 1% in the second quarter of fiscal 2004 to an increase of 32% in the second quarter of fiscal 2006. A variety of factors affect both comparable store sales and average sales per square foot, including fashion trends, competition, current economic conditions, pricing, inflation, the timing of the release of new merchandise and promotional events, changes in our merchandise mix, the success of marketing programs and weather conditions. These factors may cause our comparable store sales results to be materially lower than recent periods and our expectations, which could harm our results of operations and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.
 
If we fail to continue to innovate and provide consumers with design features that meet their expectations, we may not be able to generate sufficient consumer interest in our technical athletic apparel to remain competitive.
 
We must continue to invest in research and development in connection with the innovation and design of our products in order to attract and retain consumers. If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences or industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our products on a timely basis, we may lose customers or become subject to greater pricing pressures. Our operating results would also suffer if our innovations do not respond to the needs of our customers, are not appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought to market. Any failure on our part to innovate and design new products or modify existing products will hurt our brand image and could result in a decrease in our net revenue and an increase in our inventory levels. In addition, we may not be able to generate sufficient consumer interest in our technical athletic apparel to remain competitive. Any of these factors could harm our business or stock price.
 
Our plans to improve and expand our product offerings may not be successful, and implementation of these plans may divert our operational, managerial and administrative resources, which could harm our competitive position and reduce our net revenue and profitability.
 
In addition to our store expansion strategy, we plan to grow our business by improving and expanding our product offerings, which includes introducing new product technologies, increasing the range of athletic activities our products target, growing our men’s business and expanding our accessories, undergarments and outerwear offerings. The principal risks to our ability to successfully carry out our plans to improve and expand our product offering are that:
 
  •  introduction of new products may be delayed, which may allow our competitors to introduce similar products in a more timely fashion, which could hurt our goal to be viewed as a leader in technical athletic apparel innovation;
 
  •  if our expanded product offerings fail to maintain and enhance our distinctive brand identity, our brand image may be diminished and our sales may decrease;
 
  •  implementation of these plans may divert management’s attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on our management, operational and financial resources, as well as our information systems; and
 
  •  incorporation of novel technologies into our products that are not accepted by our customers or that are inferior to similar products offered by our competitors.
 
In addition, our ability to successfully carry out our plans to improve and expand our product offerings may be affected by economic and competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer athletic preferences and style trends. These plans could be abandoned, could cost more than anticipated and could divert resources from other areas of our


13


 

business, any of which could impact our competitive position and reduce our net revenue and profitability.
 
We rely on third-party suppliers to provide fabrics for and to produce our products. We do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers, have limited control over them and may not be able to obtain quality products on a timely basis or in sufficient quantity.
 
We do not manufacture our products or the raw materials for them and rely instead on third-party suppliers. Many of the specialty fabrics used in our products are technically advanced textile products developed by third parties and may be available, in the short-term, from only one or a very limited number of sources. For example, our Luon fabric, which is included in many of our products, is supplied to the mills we use by a single manufacturer in Taiwan, and the fibers used in manufacturing our Luon fabric are supplied to our Taiwanese manufacturer by a single company. In fiscal 2006, approximately 85% of our products were produced by our top ten manufacturing suppliers.
 
We generally do not enter into long-term formal written agreements with our suppliers, including those for Luon, and typically transact business with our suppliers on an order-by-order basis. There can be no assurance that there will not be a significant disruption in the supply of fabrics or raw materials from current sources or, in the event of a disruption, that we would be able to locate alternative suppliers of materials of comparable quality at an acceptable price, or at all. Identifying a suitable supplier is an involved process that requires us to become satisfied with their quality control, responsiveness and service, financial stability and labor and other ethical practices. In addition, we cannot be certain that our manufacturers will be able to fill our orders in a timely manner. If we experience significant increased demand, or need to replace an existing manufacturer, there can be no assurance that additional supplies of fabrics or raw materials or additional manufacturing capacity will be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or that any supplier or manufacturer would allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements. Even if we are able to expand existing or find new manufacturing or fabric sources, we may encounter delays in production and added costs as a result of the time it takes to train our suppliers and manufacturers in our methods, products and quality control standards. Delays related to supplier changes could also arise due to an increase in shipping times if new suppliers are located farther away from our markets or from other participants in our supply chain. Any delays, interruption or increased costs in the supply of fabric or manufacture of our products could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our products and result in lower net revenue and income from operations both in the short and long term.
 
In addition, there can be no assurance that our suppliers and manufacturers will continue to provide fabrics and raw materials or manufacture products that are consistent with our standards. We have occasionally received, and may in the future continue to receive, shipments of products that fail to conform to our quality control standards. In that event, unless we are able to obtain replacement products in a timely manner, we risk the loss of net revenue resulting from the inability to sell those products and related increased administrative and shipping costs.
 
We do not have patents or exclusive intellectual property rights in our fabrics and manufacturing technology. If our competitors sell similar products to ours, our net revenue and profitability could suffer.
 
The intellectual property rights in the technology, fabrics and processes used to manufacture our products are owned or controlled by our suppliers and are generally not unique to us. Our ability to obtain intellectual property protection for our products is therefore limited and we currently own no patents or exclusive intellectual property rights in the technology, fabrics or processes underlying our products. As a result, our current and future competitors are able to manufacture and sell products with performance characteristics, fabrications and styling similar to our products. Because many of our competitors, such as Nike, Inc. and adidas AG, which includes the adidas and Reebok brands, have significantly greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do, they may be able


14


 

to manufacture and sell products based on our fabrics and manufacturing technology at lower prices than we can. If our competitors do sell similar products to ours at lower prices, our net revenue and profitability could suffer.
 
Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management.
 
Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management, particularly Dennis Wilson, our founder and Chairman and Chief Product Designer, as well as Robert Meers, our Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of our senior management could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals.
 
We also may be unable to retain existing management, technical, sales and client support personnel that are critical to our success, which could result in harm to our customer and employee relationships, loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs.
 
In addition, while we maintain a key man insurance policy for Mr. Wilson, we have not obtained key man life insurance policies on Mr. Meers or any of our other members of our senior management team. As a result, we would have no way to cover the financial loss if we were to lose the services of members of our senior management team.
 
Our senior management team has limited experience working together as a group, and may not be able to manage our business effectively.
 
Most of the members of our senior management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer have been hired since December 2005. As a result, our senior management team has limited experience working together as a group. This lack of shared experience could harm our senior management team’s ability to quickly and efficiently respond to problems and effectively manage our business. If our management team is not able to work together as a group, our results of operations may suffer and our business may be harmed.
 
If we are unable to attract, assimilate and retain new team members, including store and regional managers, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.
 
Our success has largely been the result of significant contributions by our employees, including members of our current senior management and product design teams. However, to be successful in continuing to grow our business, we will need to continue to attract, assimilate, retain and motivate highly talented employees with a range of skills and experience, especially at the store and regional management levels. Competition for employees in our industry is intense and we have from time to time experienced difficulty in attracting the personnel necessary to support the growth of our business, and we may experience similar difficulties in the future. These problems could be exacerbated as we embark on our strategy of opening a significant number of new stores in the United States and elsewhere over the next few years. If we are unable to attract, assimilate and retain additional employees with the necessary skills, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.
 
Sales of technical athletic apparel may not continue to increase, and this could impair our ability to grow our business and achieve the level of sales necessary to support new stores.
 
We believe that continued increases in sales of technical athletic apparel will largely depend on customers continuing to demand technically advanced apparel designed for specific athletic pursuits. If the number of customers demanding technical athletic apparel does not continue to increase, if the trend towards wearing technical athletic apparel when engaged in athletic pursuits or as casual wear subsides, if the style of our technical athletic apparel falls out of fashion with customers, or if customers engaging in athletic pursuits are not convinced that our technical athletic apparel is a better choice than traditional alternatives, then we may not achieve the level of sales necessary to support new stores and our ability to grow our business will be severely impaired.


15


 

 
We are planning a replacement of our core systems that might disrupt our supply chain operations.
 
We are in the process of substantially modifying our information technology systems supporting our financial management and reporting, inventory and purchasing management, order management, warehouse management and forecasting. Modifications will involve replacing legacy systems with successor systems during the course of fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. There are inherent risks associated with replacing our core systems, including supply chain disruptions that may affect our ability to deliver products to our stores and customers. We believe that other companies have experienced significant delays and cost overruns in implementing similar systems changes, and we may encounter similar problems. We may not be able to successfully implement these new systems or implement them without supply chain disruptions in the future. Any resulting supply chain disruptions could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Although our existing systems may be satisfactory in the short term, we do not believe these systems are adequate to support our long-term growth. Thus, if we are not able to implement these new systems successfully, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.
 
Problems with our distribution system could harm our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies.
 
We rely on our distribution facility in Vancouver, British Columbia and a distribution center located in Renton, Washington operated by a third-party vendor for substantially all of our product distribution. Our contract for the Renton, Washington distribution facility expired in February 2007 and there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into another contract for a distribution center on acceptable terms. Currently, our operations at this facility are on a month-to-month basis and, as a result, we may lose our ability to use this facility with limited notice. Such an event could disrupt our operations. In addition, in August 2007, we are scheduled to relocate our Vancouver distribution facility to a new, larger distribution facility. Our distribution facilities include computer controlled and automated equipment, which means their operations are complicated and may be subject to a number of risks related to security or computer viruses, the proper operation of software and hardware, electronic or power interruptions or other system failures. In addition, because substantially all of our products are distributed from two locations, our operations could also be interrupted by labor difficulties, or by floods, fires or other natural disasters near our distribution centers. We maintain business interruption insurance, but it may not adequately protect us from the adverse effects that could result from significant disruptions to our distribution system, such as the long-term loss of customers or an erosion of our brand image. In addition, our distribution capacity is dependent on the timely performance of services by third parties, including the shipping of our products to and from our Renton, Washington distribution facility. If we encounter problems with our distribution system, our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies could be harmed.
 
Our operating results are subject to seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenue and income from operations, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
 
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, significant seasonal variations in our net revenue and income from operations. Seasonal variations in our net revenue are primarily related to increased sales of our products during our fiscal fourth quarter, reflecting our historical strength in sales during the holiday season. We generated approximately 37% and 35% of our full year gross profit during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively. Historically, seasonal variations in our income from operations have been driven principally by increased net revenue in our fiscal fourth quarter.
 
Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including, among other things, the following:
 
  •  the timing of new store openings;
 
  •  net revenue and profits contributed by new stores;


16


 

 
  •  increases or decreases in comparable store sales;
 
  •  changes in our product mix; and
 
  •  the timing of new advertising and new product introductions.
 
As a result of these seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our operating results between different quarters within a single fiscal year are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of our future performance.
 
We began selling our products in Canada in January 1999 and in the United States in 2003. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the exact impact of seasonal factors on our business or whether or not our business is susceptible to cyclical fluctuations in the economy in the markets in which we operate. In addition, our rapid growth may have overshadowed whatever seasonal or cyclical factors might have influenced our business to date. Seasonal or cyclical variations in our business may become more pronounced over time and may harm our results of operations in the future.
 
Any future seasonal or quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations may not match the expectations of market analysts and investors. Disappointing quarterly results could cause the price of our common stock to decline. Seasonal or quarterly factors in our business and results of operations may also make it more difficult for market analysts and investors to assess the longer-term profitability and strength of our business at any particular point, which could lead to increased volatility in our stock price. Increased volatility could cause our stock price to suffer in comparison to less volatile investments.
 
If we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand for our products our manufacturers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements, and this could result in delays in the shipment of products to our stores and may harm our results of operations and customer relationships.
 
We stock our stores based on our estimates of future demand for particular products. Our inventory management and planning team determines the number of pieces of each product that we will order from our manufacturers based upon past sales of similar products, feedback from our focus groups, sales trend information and anticipated retail price. However, if our inventory and planning team fails to accurately forecast customer demand, we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale in our stores. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage our inventory at a level appropriate for future customer demand.
 
Factors that could affect our inventory and planning team’s ability to accurately forecast customer demand for our products include:
 
  •  a substantial increase or decrease in consumer demand for our products or for products of our competitors;
 
  •  our failure to accurately forecast customer acceptance for our new products;
 
  •  new product introductions or pricing strategies by competitors;
 
  •  more limited historical store sales information for our newer markets;
 
  •  weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions, which could reduce demand for discretionary items, such as our products; and
 
  •  acts or threats of war or terrorism which could adversely affect consumer confidence and spending or interrupt production and distribution of our products and our raw materials.
 
Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margin to suffer and could impair the strength and exclusivity of our brand. In fiscal 2006, we wrote-off $1.0 million of inventory. We are a relatively young company and may experience significant write-offs in the future.


17


 

 
In addition, if we underestimate customer demand for our products, our manufacturers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements, and this could result in delays in the shipment of products to our stores and may damage our reputation and customer relationships. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage our inventory at a level appropriate for future customer demand.
 
A downturn in the economy may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition.
 
Many factors affect the level of consumer spending for discretionary items such as our technical athletic apparel and related products. These factors include general business conditions, interest and tax rates, the availability of consumer credit and consumer confidence in future economic conditions. Consumer purchases of discretionary items, such as our technical athletic apparel, tend to decline during recessionary periods when disposable income is lower. Due to our limited operating history, we have not experienced a recessionary period and can therefore not predict the effect on our sales and profitability of a downturn in the economy. However, a downturn in the economy in markets in which we sell our products may materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition.
 
We may fail to find suitable joint venture partners to expand outside North America and this may cause our growth strategy to suffer and may harm our revenue and results of operations.
 
As part of our growth strategy, we plan to expand our stores and sales of our products into new locations outside North America, particularly in the Asia-Pacific region. Our successful expansion and operation of new stores outside North America will depend on our ability to find suitable partners and to successfully implement and manage joint venture relationships. We have a joint venture with Descente Ltd. in Japan. In addition, we expect to convert our franchise in Australia into a joint venture. Failure to find sufficient or capable partners in a particular geographic region may delay the rollout of our products in that area. If we are unable to find suitable partners through joint venture relationships, our growth strategy will suffer and our revenue and results of operations could be harmed.
 
Even if we are able to find a joint venture partner in a specific geographic area, there can be no guarantee that such a relationship will be successful. Such a relationship often creates additional risk. For example, our partners in joint venture relationships may have interests that differ from ours or that conflict with ours, such as the timing of new store openings and the pricing of our products, or our partners may become bankrupt which may as a practical matter subject us to such partners’ liabilities in connection with the joint venture. In addition, joint ventures can magnify several other risks for us, including the potential loss of control over our cultural identity in the markets where we enter into joint ventures and the possibility that our brand image could be impaired by the actions of our partners. Although we generally will seek to maintain sufficient control of any joint venture to permit our objectives to be achieved, we might not be able to take action without the approval of our partners. Reliance on joint venture relationships and our partners exposes us to increased risk that our joint ventures will not be successful and will result in competitive harm to our brand image that could cause our expansion efforts, profitability and results of operations to suffer.
 
We may need to raise additional capital that may be required to grow our business, and we may not be able to raise capital on terms acceptable to us or at all.
 
Operating our business and maintaining our growth efforts will require significant cash outlays and advance capital expenditures and commitments. If cash on hand and cash generated from operations and from this offering are not sufficient to meet our cash requirements, we will need to seek additional capital, potentially through debt or equity financings, to fund our growth. We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise needed cash on terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our stockholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase our securities may be lower than the price per share of our common stock in this offering. The holders of new securities may also have rights, preferences or privileges which are senior to


18


 

those of existing holders of common stock. If new sources of financing are required, but are insufficient or unavailable, we will be required to modify our growth and operating plans based on available funding, if any, which would harm our ability to grow our business.
 
We are subject to risks associated with leasing retail space subject to long-term non-cancelable leases and are required to make substantial lease payments under our operating leases, and any failure to make these lease payments when due would likely harm our business, profitability and results of operations.
 
We do not own any of our stores, but instead lease all of our corporate-owned stores under operating leases. Our leases generally have initial terms of between five and ten years, and generally can be extended only in five-year increments (at increased rates) if at all. All of our leases require a fixed annual rent, and most require the payment of additional rent if store sales exceed a negotiated amount. Generally, our leases are “net” leases, which require us to pay all of the cost of insurance, taxes, maintenance and utilities. We generally cannot cancel these leases at our option. Payments under these operating leases account for a significant portion of our cost of goods sold. For example, as of January 31, 2007, we were a party to operating leases associated with our corporate-owned stores as well as other corporate facilities requiring future minimum lease payments aggregating $35.1 million through fiscal 2011 and approximately $34.7 million thereafter. We expect that any new stores we open will also be leased by us under operating leases, which will further increase our operating lease expenses.
 
Our substantial operating lease obligations could have significant negative consequences, including:
 
  •  increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;
 
  •  requiring a substantial portion of our available cash to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes;
 
  •  limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business or in the industry in which we compete; and
 
  •  placing us at a disadvantage with respect to some of our competitors.
 
We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our available credit facilities or from other sources, we may not be able to service our operating lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or to fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would harm our business.
 
In addition, additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term non-cancelable leases. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. In addition, as our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. Of our 51 stores as of January 31, 2007, no leases expire in fiscal 2007 and three leases expire in fiscal 2008. If we are unable to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us or be released from our obligations under leases for stores that we close, our business, profitability and results of operations may be harmed.
 
If we are unable to adequately demonstrate that our independent manufacturers use ethical business practices and comply with applicable laws and regulations, our brand image could be harmed due to negative publicity.
 
Our core values, which include developing the highest quality products while operating with integrity, are an important component of our brand image, which makes our reputation particularly


19


 

sensitive to allegations of unethical business practices. While our internal and vendor operating guidelines promote ethical business practices such as environmental responsibility, fair wage practices, and compliance with child labor laws, among others, and we, along with a third party that we retain for this purpose, monitor compliance with those guidelines, we do not control our independent manufacturers or their business practices. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee their compliance with our guidelines. A lack of demonstrated compliance could lead us to seek alternative suppliers, which could increase our costs and result in delayed delivery of our products, product shortages or other disruptions of our operations.
 
Violation of labor or other laws by our independent manufacturers or the divergence of an independent manufacturer’s labor or other practices from those generally accepted as ethical in Canada, the United States or other markets in which we do business could also attract negative publicity for us and our brand. This could diminish the value of our brand image and reduce demand for our merchandise if, as a result of such violation, we were to attract negative publicity. Other apparel manufacturers have encountered significant problems in this regard, and these problems have resulted in organized boycotts of their products and significant adverse publicity. If we, or other manufacturers in our industry, encounter similar problems in the future, it could harm our brand image, stock price and results of operations.
 
Monitoring compliance by independent manufacturers is complicated by the fact that expectations of ethical business practices continually evolve, may be substantially more demanding than applicable legal requirements and are driven in part by legal developments and by diverse groups active in publicizing and organizing public responses to perceived ethical shortcomings. Accordingly, we cannot predict how such expectations might develop in the future and cannot be certain that our guidelines would satisfy all parties who are active in monitoring and publicizing perceived shortcomings in labor and other business practices worldwide.
 
Parties active in promoting ethical business practices, in addition to evaluating the substance of companies’ practices, also often scrutinize companies’ transparency as to such practices and the policies and procedures they use to ensure compliance by their suppliers and other business partners. Prior to this offering, we have been a private company, and so do not have extensive experience in assembling and disclosing information on such matters as required for public companies or as may be expected by such parties. Moreover, we do not expect as a general matter to publicly disclose information that we deem competitively sensitive, except as required by law. If we do not meet the transparency standards expected by parties active in promoting ethical business practices, we may attract negative publicity, regardless of whether the actual labor and other business practices adhered to by us and our independent manufacturers satisfy substantive expectations of ethical business practices. Such negative publicity could harm our brand image and results of operations and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.
 
The cost of raw materials could increase our cost of goods sold and cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.
 
The fabrics used by our suppliers and manufacturers include synthetic fabrics whose raw materials include petroleum-based products. Our products also include natural fibers, including cotton. Significant price fluctuations or shortages in petroleum or other raw materials may increase our cost of goods sold and cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.
 
Because a significant portion of our sales are generated in Canada, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could harm our results of operations.
 
Net revenue in Canada accounted for 91.5% and 87.1% of our total net revenue for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively. In addition to our new stores in the United States, we anticipate opening additional stores outside of North America in Japan and Australia and potentially in other countries with new joint venture partners. The reporting currency for our combined consolidated financial statements is


20


 

the U.S. dollar. The local currency of each country is the functional currency for each of our stores operating in that country. In the future, we expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our sales and incur a significant portion of our operating costs in Canada, and changes in exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar and the currencies of our foreign stores may have a significant, and potentially adverse, effect on our results of operations. Our primary risk of loss regarding foreign currency exchange rate risk is caused by fluctuations in the exchange rates between U.S. dollar and Canadian dollars, Australian dollars and Japanese yen. Due to the large percentage of our operations conducted outside the United States, strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to one or more of the foregoing currencies could have an adverse impact on future results of operations. We have not historically engaged in hedging transactions and do not currently contemplate engaging in hedging transactions to mitigate foreign exchange risks. As we continue to recognize gains and losses in foreign currency transactions, depending upon changes in future currency rates, such gains or losses could have a significant, and potentially adverse, effect on our results of operations.
 
Our international operations and the operations of many of our suppliers are subject to additional risks that are beyond our control and that could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We plan to expand our business into international markets and almost all of our suppliers are located outside the United States. Manufacturers in Canada, the People’s Republic of China and Taiwan produced approximately 94% of our apparel for fiscal 2006. The remaining 6% of our apparel was produced in Australia, Italy and the United States for fiscal 2006. Beginning in fiscal 2007, we expect to purchase products from manufacturers in Indonesia, Israel, Peru and Vietnam. As a result of our international operations and our international suppliers, we are subject to risks associated with doing business abroad, including:
 
  •  political unrest, terrorism, labor disputes and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries in which our products are manufactured;
 
  •  currency exchange fluctuations;
 
  •  the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to labor conditions, quality and safety standards, imports, duties, taxes and other charges on imports, as well as trade restrictions and restrictions on currency exchange or the transfer of funds;
 
  •  reduced protection for intellectual property rights, including trademark protection, in some countries, particularly the People’s Republic of China;
 
  •  understanding foreign consumer tastes and preferences that may differ from those in the United States or Canada;
 
  •  complying with foreign laws and regulations that differ from country to country;
 
  •  disruptions or delays in shipments; and
 
  •  changes in local economic conditions in countries where our manufacturers, suppliers or customers are located.
 
These and other factors beyond our control could interrupt our suppliers’ production in offshore facilities, influence the ability of our suppliers to export our products cost-effectively or at all, inhibit our and our suppliers’ ability to procure certain materials and influence our ability to sell our products in international markets, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.


21


 

 
Our ability to source our merchandise profitably or at all could be hurt if new trade restrictions are imposed or existing trade restrictions become more burdensome.
 
All of our apparel products are currently manufactured for us outside of the United States. The United States and the countries in which our products are produced or sold internationally have imposed and may impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs, or other restrictions or regulations, or may adversely adjust prevailing quota, duty or tariff levels. For example, under the provisions of the World Trade Organization, or WTO, Agreement on Textiles and Clothing, effective as of January 1, 2005, the United States and other WTO member countries eliminated quotas on textiles and apparel-related products from WTO member countries. In the beginning of 2005, China’s exports into the United States surged as a result of the eliminated quotas. In response to the perceived disruption of the market, the United States imposed new quotas, which are permitted to remain in place through the end of 2008, on certain categories of natural-fiber products that we import from China. As a result, we have expanded our relationships with suppliers outside of China, which among other things, has resulted in increased costs and shipping times for some products. Countries impose, modify and remove tariffs and other trade restrictions in response to a diverse array of factors, including global and national economic and political conditions, which make it impossible for us to predict future developments regarding tariffs and other trade restrictions. Trade restrictions, including tariffs, quotas, embargoes, safeguards and customs restrictions, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us or may require us to modify our supply chain organization or other current business practices, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to potential challenges relating to overtime pay and other regulations that impact our employees, which could cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows to suffer.
 
Various labor laws, including U.S. federal, U.S. state and Canadian provincial laws, among others, govern our relationship with our employees and affect our operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime pay, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates and citizenship requirements. These laws change frequently and may be difficult to interpret and apply. In particular, as a retailer, we may be subject to challenges regarding the application of overtime and related pay regulations to our employees. A determination that we do not comply with these laws could harm our brand image, business, financial condition and results of operation. Additional government-imposed increases in minimum wages, overtime pay, paid leaves of absence or mandated health benefits could also cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows to suffer.
 
Our franchisees may take actions that could harm our business or brand, and franchise regulations and contracts limit our ability to terminate or replace under-performing franchises.
 
As of April 1, 2007, we had three franchise stores in Canada, three franchise stores in the United States and one franchise store in Australia, which we expect to restructure into a joint venture relationship. Additionally, we may open one additional franchise store in the United States pursuant to an understanding with one of our existing franchisees. Franchisees are independent business operators and are not our employees, and we do not exercise control over the day-to-day operations of their retail stores. We provide training and support to franchisees, and set and monitor operational standards, but the quality of franchise store operations may decline due to diverse factors beyond our control. For example, franchisees may not successfully operate stores in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements, or may not hire and train qualified employees, which could harm their sales and as a result harm our results of operations or cause our brand image to suffer.
 
Franchisees, as independent business operators, may from time to time disagree with us and our strategies regarding the business or our interpretation of our respective rights and obligations under applicable franchise agreements. This may lead to disputes with our franchisees, and we expect such disputes to occur from time to time, such as the collection of royalty payments or other matters related to the franchisee’s successful operation of the retail store. Such disputes could divert the attention of our


22


 

management and our franchisees from our operations, which could cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows to suffer.
 
In addition, as a franchisor, we are subject to Canadian, U.S. federal, U.S. state and international laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. These laws impose registration and extensive disclosure requirements on the offer and sale of franchises, frequently apply substantive standards to the relationship between franchisor and franchisee and limit the ability of a franchisor to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise. We may therefore be required to retain an under-performing franchise and may be unable to replace the franchisee, which could harm our results of operations. We cannot predict the nature and effect of any future legislation or regulation on our franchise operations.
 
Our failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our brand and weaken our competitive position.
 
We currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade dress and unfair competition laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that the steps taken by us to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent infringement of such rights by others, including imitation of our products and misappropriation of our brand. In addition, intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries where laws or law enforcement practices may not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States or Canada, and it may be more difficult for us to successfully challenge the use of our intellectual property rights by other parties in these countries. If we fail to protect and maintain our intellectual property rights, the value of our brand could be diminished and our competitive position may suffer.
 
Our trademarks and other proprietary rights could potentially conflict with the rights of others and we may be prevented from selling some of our products.
 
Our success depends in large part on our brand image. We believe that our trademarks and other proprietary rights have significant value and are important to identifying and differentiating our products from those of our competitors and creating and sustaining demand for our products. We have obtained and applied for some U.S. and foreign trademark registrations, and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks as appropriate. However, we cannot guarantee that any of our pending trademark applications will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Moreover, even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or otherwise challenge these registrations. Additionally, we cannot assure you that obstacles will not arise as we expand our product line and the geographic scope of our sales and marketing. Third parties may assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand our business and the number of products we offer. Our defense of any claim, regardless of its merit, could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management resources. Successful infringement claims against us could result in significant monetary liability or prevent us from selling some of our products. In addition, resolution of claims may require us to redesign our products, license rights from third parties or cease using those rights altogether. Any of these events could harm our business and cause our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition to suffer.
 
We currently own the exclusive right to use various domain names containing or relating to our brand. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. Failure to protect our domain names could adversely affect our brand, and make it more difficult for users to find our website.
 
We will incur significant expenses as a result of being a public company, which will negatively impact our financial performance and could cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.
 
We will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of being a public company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules implemented by the SEC and


23


 

the securities regulators in each of the provinces and territories of Canada and by The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect that compliance with these laws, rules and regulations, including compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as discussed in the following risk factor, will substantially increase our expenses, including our legal and accounting costs, and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these laws, rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as officers. As a result of the foregoing, we expect a substantial increase in legal, accounting, insurance and certain other expenses in the future, which will negatively impact our financial performance and could cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.
 
Failure to maintain adequate financial and management processes and controls could lead to errors in our financial reporting, which could harm our business and cause a decline in our stock price.
 
Reporting obligations as a public company and our anticipated growth are likely to place a considerable strain on our financial and management systems, processes and controls, as well as on our personnel. In addition, as a public company we will be required to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 so that our management can certify the effectiveness of our internal controls and our independent registered public accounting firm can render an opinion on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by the time our fiscal 2008 annual report is due and thereafter. As a result, we will be required to improve our financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and procedures, to incur substantial expenses to test our systems and to make such improvements and to hire additional personnel. If our management is unable to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls or if our independent registered public accounting firm cannot render an opinion on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if material weaknesses in our internal controls are identified, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence, which could harm our business and cause a decline in our stock price. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in our stock price and harm our ability to raise capital. Failure to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis could also jeopardize our continued listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, the Toronto Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed. Delisting of our common stock on any exchange would reduce the liquidity of the market for our common stock, which would reduce the price of our stock and increase the volatility of our stock price.
 
Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock
 
We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the price of our common stock will be.
 
Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business. It is possible that, in future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. As a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may decline, possibly materially.


24


 

 
Our stock price may be volatile and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.
 
Broad market and industry factors may harm the price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuation in the price of our common stock may include, among other things:
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly operating results or other operating metrics, such as comparable store sales, that may be used by the investment community;
 
  •  changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;
 
  •  speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;
 
  •  conditions or trends affecting our industry or the economy generally;
 
  •  stock market price and volume fluctuations of other publicly traded companies and, in particular, those that are in the technical athletic apparel industry;
 
  •  announcements by us or our competitors of new products, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;
 
  •  changes in product mix between high and low margin products;
 
  •  capital commitments;
 
  •  our entry into new markets;
 
  •  timing of new store openings;
 
  •  percentage of sales from new stores versus established stores;
 
  •  additions or departures of key personnel;
 
  •  actual or anticipated sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors, officers or significant stockholders;
 
  •  significant developments relating to our manufacturing, distribution, joint venture or franchise relationships;
 
  •  customer purchases of new products from us and our competitors;
 
  •  investor perceptions of the apparel industry in general and our company in particular;
 
  •  major catastrophic events;
 
  •  volatility in our stock price, which may lead to higher stock-based compensation expense under applicable accounting standards; and
 
  •  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretation or principles.
 
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation, even if it does not result in liability for us, could result in substantial costs to us and divert management’s attention and resources.
 
A total of          , or  %, of our total outstanding shares after the offering are restricted from immediate resale, but may be sold on the Nasdaq Global Market and the Toronto Stock Exchange in the near future. The large number of shares eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our common stock.
 
The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our common stock. Based on shares outstanding as of          , 2007, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. Of these


25


 

shares, the common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the United States, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, and freely tradeable in Canada, except for any shares held by a control person for the purposes of Canadian securities laws. The holders of           shares of outstanding common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock during the 180-day period beginning on the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. This 180-day restricted period may be extended under the circumstances described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, including any extension, these shares may be sold in the public market in the United States or Canada, subject to prior registration in the United States or qualification by prospectus in Canada, if required, or reliance upon an exemption from U.S. registration or Canadian prospectus requirements, including, in the case of shares held by affiliates or control persons, compliance with the volume restrictions of Rule 144 in the United States and compliance with the control block notice of sale requirements in Canada, respectively.
 
     
Number of shares and
   
% of total outstanding
 
Date Available for Sale into Public Markets
 
          , or    %
  Immediately after this offering.
          , or    %
  180 days after the date of this prospectus due to contractual obligations and lock-up agreements between the holders of these shares and the underwriters. However, the underwriters can waive the provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time, provided their respective one-year holding periods under Rule 144 have expired.
          , or    %
  From time to time after the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus upon expiration of their respective one-year holding periods in the U.S. or in Canada.
 
As of          , 2007, stockholders owning an aggregate of           shares are entitled, under contracts providing for registration rights, to require us to register shares of our common stock owned by them for public sale in the United States. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement to register the approximately           shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable exercise periods and, in certain cases, lock-up agreements with the representatives of the underwriters referred to above, the shares of common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.
 
After the first anniversary of the date of this prospectus, we will file a registration statement in the United States to register either the issuance of up to           shares of our common stock upon the exchange of the then outstanding exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. or the resale of up to           shares of our common stock. In the case of a registration of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exchange of exchangeable shares, the registered shares will be freely tradeable, subject to the restrictions applicable to affiliates or control persons described above. In the case of a resale registration, although the registered shares will be freely tradeable under applicable securities laws, the holders of the registered shares or the exchangeable shares exchangeable for such registered shares will be required to agree in writing to limit the volume of public sales of the registered shares to the number of shares which such holders would have been permitted to sell under Rule 144 if the shares were “control securities” under Rule 144.
 
Sales of our common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause our stock price to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.


26


 

 
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.
 
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $      per share, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans.
 
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
 
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain all of our earnings for the foreseeable future to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases. Our board of directors retains the discretion to change this policy.
 
Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.
 
Mr. Wilson, our founder and Chairman and Chief Product Designer, will control approximately  % of the voting power of our outstanding stock after this offering or  % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering. Additionally, after this offering, funds controlled by Advent International will control an aggregate of    % of the voting power of our outstanding stock after this offering or    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.
 
We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering.
 
We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors and management regarding the application of these proceeds. Although we expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for new store openings, working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include general and administrative expenses, we have not allocated these net proceeds for specific purposes. It is possible that a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for us.
 
Anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could delay and discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider to be favorable.
 
Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering and applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may make it more difficult or impossible for a third party to acquire control of us or effect a change in our board of directors and management. These provisions include:
 
  •  the classification of our board of directors into three classes, with one class elected each year;
 
  •  prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;


27


 

 
  •  the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval;
 
  •  a special meeting of stockholders may only be called by our chairman or Chief Executive Officer, or upon a resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors, and not by our stockholders;
 
  •  prohibiting stockholder action by written consent; and
 
  •  our stockholders must comply with advance notice procedures in order to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to place stockholder proposals on the agenda for consideration at any meeting of our stockholders.
 
In addition, we are governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which, subject to some specified exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder”, which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock, for a three-year period following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. Section 203 could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control that our stockholders might consider to be in their best interests.
 
These and other provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws could delay, defer or prevent us from experiencing a change of control or changes in our board of directors and management and may adversely affect our stockholders’ voting and other rights. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors and management could deter potential acquirors or prevent the completion of a transaction in which our stockholders could receive a substantial premium over the then current market price for their shares of our common stock.


28


 

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Some of the statements contained in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts, such as statements regarding our future financial condition or results of operations, our prospects and strategies for future growth, the development and introduction of new products, and the implementation of our marketing and branding strategies. In many cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.
 
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect our current views about future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause events or our actual activities or results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future events, results, actions, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These factors include without limitation:
 
  •  our ability to manage operations at our current size or manage growth effectively;
 
  •  our ability to locate suitable locations to open new stores and to attract customers to our stores;
 
  •  our ability to successfully expand in the United States and other new markets;
 
  •  our ability to finance our growth and maintain sufficient levels of cash flow;
 
  •  increased competition causing us to reduce the prices of our products or to increase significantly our marketing efforts in order to avoid losing market share;
 
  •  our ability to effectively market and maintain a positive brand image;
 
  •  our ability to maintain levels of comparable store sales or average sales per square foot;
 
  •  our ability to continually innovate and provide our consumers with improved products;
 
  •  the ability of our suppliers or manufacturers to produce or deliver our products in a timely or cost-effective manner;
 
  •  our ability to attract and maintain the services of our senior management and key employees;
 
  •  the availability and effective operation of management information systems and other technology;
 
  •  changes in consumer preferences or changes in demand for technical athletic apparel and other products;
 
  •  our ability to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products;
 
  •  our ability to accurately anticipate and respond to seasonal or quarterly fluctuations in our operating results;
 
  •  our ability to find suitable joint venture partners to further our expansion outside North America;
 
  •  our ability to maintain effective internal controls; and
 
  •  changes in general economic or market conditions, including as a result of political or military unrest or terrorist attacks.


29


 

 
Although we believe that the assumptions inherent in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are reasonable, undue reliance should not be placed on these statements, which only apply as of the date hereof. In addition to the assumptions specifically identified herein, assumptions have been made regarding, among other things:
 
  •  the continued and growing demand for our products;
 
  •  the impact of competition;
 
  •  the ability to obtain and maintain existing financing on acceptable terms; and
 
  •  currency exchange and interest rates.
 
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect our views and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.


30


 

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $20.3 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares being sold by the selling stockholders, including any shares sold by the selling stockholders in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares, although we will pay the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) associated with the sale of those shares.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash flow from operations, to fund new store openings and working capital, and for other general corporate purposes, which may include general and administrative expenses, and potential acquisitions of franchises. For fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, we have budgeted an aggregate of $28.0 million to $34.0 million for new store openings although the actual amounts that we spend on such items may vary. As a result, we will retain broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return for us.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination as to the payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and other factors that our board of directors considers to be relevant. In addition, financial and other covenants in any instruments or agreements that we enter into in the future may restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock.


31


 

 
PRE-OFFERING TRANSACTIONS
 
Prior to the private equity investment in our capital stock in December 2005 by a group of private equity investors, all of our equity owners were subject to Canadian taxation. With the intention of allowing our Canadian equity owners, including Mr. Wilson, to defer tax in Canada following that investment transaction, we established the corporate structure described below. Upon completion of the private equity investment, Mr. Wilson, along with entities he controls, effectively beneficially owned 52% of the equity of lululemon, while Advent International Corporation, Brooke Private Equity Advisors and Highland Capital Partners together effectively beneficially owned a total of approximately 48% of the equity of lululemon, before giving effect to employee stock options.
 
Prior to our corporate reorganization, our equity owners held their ownership interests at various different corporations in our structure incorporated in the U.S. or Canada, including directly in our operating subsidiaries. Following our corporate reorganization, we will in effect own 100% of our operating subsidiaries, and all of our equity owners will own all of their equity interests only in our capital stock or shares exchangeable for our capital stock. With the intention of allowing our Canadian equity owners, including Mr. Wilson, to continue to defer tax in Canada following our corporate reorganization with respect to such equity owners’ continuing equity ownership, in our corporate reorganization we will issue to our Canadian shareholders shares in one of our Canadian subsidiaries which are exchangeable for our common stock, together with special voting shares in Lululemon Corp. These exchangeable shares and special voting shares are intended to be the economic and voting equivalent of shares of our common stock.
 
The following information describes in more detail our capital structure immediately before and immediately after our corporate reorganization. The diagrams included in this section are simplified illustrations that summarize our capital structure and are intended only as a supplement to, and not a substitute for, the following information regarding our corporate reorganization.
 
Pre-Reorganization Capitalization
 
As of April 26, 2007, Lululemon Corp. had the following shares of capital stock outstanding:
 
  •  108,495 shares of series A preferred stock; and
 
  •  116,994 shares of series TS preferred stock.
 
There were no shares of common stock outstanding and there were no outstanding options or warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock. Additionally, we were authorized to issue shares of series B preferred stock, although none were outstanding.
 
Holders of our series A preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends in an amount equal to 8% per annum of the stated value per share of series A preferred stock, compounded quarterly. Holders of our series TS preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends in an amount equal to 8% per annum of the stated value per share of series TS preferred stock, compounded quarterly. As of April 26, 2007, the stated value per share of our series A and series TS preferred stock was $859.11 per share and $10.281 per share, respectively. On April 26, 2007, the aggregate accrued dividend for our then outstanding shares of series A and series TS preferred stock was approximately $12.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
 
Our series TS preferred stock is a tracking stock which entitles the holder only to the economic rights associated with the equity of our U.S. subsidiary, Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., or Lulu USA. As a result, the dividend that was payable on our series TS preferred stock was limited to an amount equal to the value of our assets attributable to Lulu USA. Since the accrued aggregate dividend on our series TS preferred stock was less than the value of our assets attributable to Lulu USA, the full amount of the accrued aggregate dividend on our series TS preferred stock was payable, but only to the extent that our board of directors declares a dividend on our series TS preferred stock.


32


 

 
Pre-Reorganization Structure
 
Set forth below is a diagram that graphically illustrates, in simplified form, our corporate structure prior to our corporate reorganization.
 
(ORGANIZATIONAL CHART)
 
(1) Dennis Wilson is the controlling stockholder of LIPO Investments (USA) and LIPO Investments (Canada). He holds common shares in these companies in his individual capacity and in his capacity as trustee under a trust arrangement established for the benefit of the other stockholders of these companies, all of whom are Lululemon employees.
 
Our U.S. operations are conducted through Lulu USA, a company in which we hold a direct interest. Our Canadian operations are conducted through Lululemon Athletica Inc., or LAI, a company in which we hold an indirect 48% interest through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., or Lulu Canadian Holding.
 
Lulu USA had two classes of capital stock outstanding, participating preferred stock and non-participating preferred stock. We owned all of the issued and outstanding shares of the participating preferred stock which entitled us to a majority of the voting and economic rights associated with Lulu USA. All of the shares of non-participating preferred stock of Lulu USA were held by substantially all of our stockholders, including LIPO Investments (USA) Inc., or LIPO USA, an entity controlled by Mr. Wilson. In addition, as of April 6, 2007, there were outstanding vested and unvested options to purchase 1,885,250 shares of Lulu USA common stock held by employees of Lulu USA and LAI.
 
LAI also had two classes of capital stock outstanding, class A shares and class B shares. Lulu Canadian Holding owned all of the issued and outstanding class A shares of LAI which entitles Lulu Canadian Holding to 48% of the voting and economic interests associated with LAI. All of the issued and outstanding class B shares of LAI were held by an entity controlled by Mr. Wilson, LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., or LIPO Canada, which entitles LIPO Canada to 52% of the voting and economic interests associated with LAI. In addition, as of April 6, 2007, there were outstanding vested and


33


 

unvested options outstanding to purchase 1,885,250 LAI class C shares held by employees of Lulu USA and LAI.
 
Our stockholders agreement, which terminates upon completion of this offering, provided that upon a decision by our stockholders to proceed with an initial underwritten public offering, including this offering, each of our stockholders was required to support a reorganization of our capital stock and the capital stock of our subsidiaries so that Lulu USA and LAI will in effect become our direct (or indirect) wholly-owned subsidiaries. We refer to these transactions as our corporate reorganization. Upon completion of our corporate reorganization, with the exception of exchangeable shares that will be issued by Lulu Canadian Holding and which are described in greater detail below, all equity and voting interests in lululemon will be held through Lululemon Corp., the issuer of the shares offered in this prospectus.
 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
 
In order to carry out our corporate reorganization, we have entered into a reorganization agreement with all of our stockholders, Lulu USA, LAI, Lulu Canadian Holding, LIPO Canada, LIPO USA, Mr. Wilson, in his individual capacity and in his capacity as trustee pursuant to a trust arrangement established for the benefit of the minority stockholders and option holders of LIPO Canada and LIPO USA, and Slinky Financial ULC, or Slinky, an entity owned by Mr. Wilson which owns shares of LIPO Canada. Our corporate reorganization will be completed immediately following the execution and delivery of an underwriting agreement to be entered into with the underwriters named in this prospectus relating to the shares of common stock being offered hereby. We refer to the date on which our corporate reorganization is completed as the reorganization date. In furtherance of our corporate reorganization, prior to the time the SEC declares a registration statement relating to this offering effective, we will file an amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and Lulu Canadian Holding will file a notice of alteration of its articles of incorporation with the Province of British Columbia Registrar of Companies.
 
Securities to be Issued in Our Corporate Reorganization.   Upon completion of our corporate reorganization, we will issue shares of our common stock to our existing stockholders, to holders of shares of non-participating preferred stock of Lulu USA and to Slinky. The shares of our common stock being issued to Slinky are being offered pursuant to this prospectus. In connection with our corporate reorganization, each outstanding share of our common stock will be split into           shares of our common stock. In addition, Lulu Canadian Holding will issue a newly created class of shares, or exchangeable shares, to certain holders of LIPO Canada common shares. Holders of these exchangeable shares will be entitled, at any time, to exchange their exchangeable shares for an equal number of shares of our common stock (subject to anti-dilution provisions attaching to such shares).
 
In connection with our corporate reorganization, we will issue shares of a newly formed special class of voting stock, which we call the special voting shares, to holders of exchangeable shares. The total number of special voting shares that we will issue will be equal to the number of exchangeable shares that are issued. Holders of special voting shares and holders of shares of our common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters, except to the extent voting as a separate class is required by applicable law or our certificate of incorporation. For additional information on our special voting shares and the exchangeable shares, see “Description of Capital Stock — Special Voting Stock” and Description of Capital Stock — Exchangeable Shares of Lulu Canadian Holding and Related Agreements.”
 
The exchangeable shares are intended to be a means for LIPO Canada stockholders who are resident in Canada, including Mr. Wilson, to defer tax in Canada. The exchangeable shares, together with the special voting shares, are intended to be the economic and voting equivalent of shares of our common stock.
 
In connection with the reorganization, we established a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Lululemon Callco ULC, or Callco. Callco will be a party to the exchangeable share support agreement


34


 

described under “Description of Capital Stock — Exchangeable Shares of Lulu Canadian Holding and Related Agreements.” Callco will have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase any exchangeable shares tendered to Lulu Canadian Holding in exchange for shares of our common stock or to purchase all outstanding exchangeable shares if Lulu Canadian Holding elects to redeem these shares, which it is only entitled to do in certain limited circumstances. In each case, the purchase price payable by Callco would be paid through the delivery of one share of our common stock for each exchangeable share being purchased by Callco, plus the payment of any accrued and unpaid dividends on such exchangeable share at the time of purchase. Since Callco is our wholly-owned subsidiary, any exchangeable shares that Callco acquires will be indirectly owned by us. Pursuant to the terms of the exchangeable share support agreement, we have agreed to take any actions necessary for Callco to satisfy its obligations if it elects to exercise its right to acquire the exchangeable shares, including, without limitation, the issuance of shares of our common stock to holders of exchangeable shares.
 
Rights Attaching to Exchangeable Shares.   As described above, holders of exchangeable shares will be entitled, at any time, to exchange their exchangeable shares for an equal number of shares of our common stock. However, shares of our common stock issuable upon an exchange of exchangeable shares will not be delivered other than pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC, which we will not file prior to the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under U.S. and Canadian securities laws. The exchangeable shares will be accompanied by, and may not be traded separately from, shares of our special voting stock. The holders of exchangeable shares will not be entitled to vote on resolutions of shareholders of Lulu Canadian Holding except in certain limited circumstances as prescribed by law.
 
Corporate Reorganization.   The following discussion of shares issued in connection with our corporate reorganization assumes a reorganization date of          , 2007 and assumes an initial public offering price of $      per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The actual number of shares issued in connection with our corporate reorganization will depend upon the actual reorganization date due to the accrual of dividends on shares of preferred stock, and the initial public offering price.
 
Series A Preferred Stock.   Each holder of our series A preferred stock will be entitled to receive:
 
  •  its pro rata portion of 22,229,600 shares of our common stock (which we refer to as the common share amount); and
 
  •  with respect to each share of our series A preferred stock held by such stockholder, the number of shares of our common stock that is equal to (x) $           (representing the stated value of each such share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the assumed reorganization date, assuming that such share of series A preferred stock was issued on December 5, 2005), divided by (y) the initial public offering price per share of our common stock.
 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), we expect to issue an aggregate of           shares of our common stock to our existing holders of series A preferred stock upon completion of this offering.
 
Lulu USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock.   Lulu USA will repurchase all shares of non-participating preferred stock of Lulu USA which are outstanding as of the reorganization date for a purchase price of $1.00 per share in cash, or US$10,000 in the aggregate.
 
LIPO USA and LIPO Canada.   LIPO USA and LIPO Canada, or the LIPO Entities, are the holding companies formed by Mr. Wilson to hold his interests in lululemon. Substantially all of the assets of LIPO USA are composed of shares of our series TS preferred stock and Lulu USA non-participating preferred stock and substantially all of the assets of LIPO Canada are composed of LAI class B shares. In our corporate reorganization, we and Lulu Canadian Holding will issue a combination of shares of our common stock and exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, respectively, in exchange for the


35


 

securities of our company held by LIPO USA and in exchange for the securities of LIPO Canada that are held by the shareholders of LIPO Canada in the following amounts (the LIPO Share Amount):
 
  •  the LIPO Entities’ pro rata portion of the common share amount; and
 
  •  the number of shares of our common stock that is equal to (x) $      (representing the stated value of our series TS preferred stock and LAI class B shares held by the LIPO Entities, plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the assumed reorganization date) divided by (y) the initial public offering price per share of our common stock.
 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), we expect to issue an aggregate of           shares of our common stock with respect to the LIPO Entities’ interest in the company and LAI.
 
LIPO USA, on the one hand, and the shareholders of LIPO Canada, on the other hand, are entitled to their respective pro rata shares of the LIPO Share Amount. The portion of the LIPO Share Amount issuable to LIPO USA will be issued in the form of our common stock. The portion of the LIPO Share Amount issuable to the LIPO Canada shareholders will be issued in the form of shares of our common stock or exchangeable shares.
 
As part of our corporate reorganization, Slinky will transfer its LIPO Canada common shares to us in exchange for shares of our common stock, which Slinky will sell in this offering. Mr. Wilson and the remainder of the LIPO Canada shareholders will transfer the balance of the issued and outstanding common shares of LIPO Canada to Lulu Canadian Holding in exchange for exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding. The holders of the exchangeable shares other than Mr. Wilson are employees of lululemon. A portion of the exchangeable shares to be issued to these employees will be held by them outright, while the balance will be held in trust for them by Mr. Wilson pursuant to an incentive arrangement under which shares will vest, and will thereupon be released from the trust, ratably over time, as long as the employee remains employed by lululemon as of each vesting date. To the extent that shares do not vest, they will be forfeited and revert to the ownership of Mr. Wilson.
 
In connection with our corporate reorganization, we will issue to each holder of exchangeable shares a number of special voting shares that is equal to the number of exchangeable shares that is held by such holder.
 
LIPO Canada Stock Options.   As part of our corporate reorganization, each vested option to purchase LIPO Canada common shares will be exercised for LIPO Canada common shares, which will be transferred to Lulu Canadian Holding, as discussed above. Each unvested option to purchase LIPO Canada common shares will be exchanged for options to purchase LIPO USA common stock.
 
Lulu USA and LAI Stock Options.   In addition, each option to purchase shares of Lulu USA common stock or LAI class C shares will be exchanged for options to purchase shares of our common stock at an adjusted exercise price. Upon completion of this option adjustment, we will have outstanding options to purchase 1,885,250 shares of our common stock at a weighted average per share exercise price of $1.39.
 
After all of the foregoing share issuances and option adjustments have occurred, LIPO Canada will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Lulu Canadian Holding. At such time, Lulu Canadian Holding and LIPO Canada will be amalgamated (i.e., merged) and become one entity.
 
Upon completion of our corporate reorganization and the amalgamation of Lulu Canadian Holding and LIPO Canada, Lulu USA and LAI in effect will be our direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
Post-reorganization Capitalization
 
Immediately after our corporate reorganization, we will have outstanding:
 
  •             shares of our common stock assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share and a reorganization date of          , 2007;


36


 

 
  •             shares of our special voting stock; and
 
  •  options to purchase 1,885,250 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share.
 
We will have no shares of series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock or series TS preferred stock outstanding. In addition, no person other than us or our subsidiaries will have a direct voting or economic interest in Lulu USA or LAI since each of these companies will in effect be our direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
Immediately after our corporate reorganization, Lulu Canadian Holding will have           exchangeable shares outstanding, each exchangeable for one share of our common stock, and the former stockholders of LIPO Canada, through their ownership of exchangeable shares, will be the only group of persons who will have an interest in one of our subsidiaries.
 
Post-reorganization Structure
 
Set forth below is a diagram that graphically illustrates, in simplified form, our corporate structure immediately following completion of our corporate reorganization.
 
(POST-ORGANIZATIONAL CHART)


37


 

Termination of Stockholders Agreement
 
The reorganization agreement provides that our stockholders agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.
 
Hold-back Provisions
 
The reorganization agreement includes “hold-back” provisions that prohibit dispositions of shares of our common stock for a 180-day period following an underwritten public offering of our common stock, including this offering. Specifically, our stockholders who are party to the reorganization agreement have agreed not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, including the exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, in connection with an underwritten public offering of our common stock.
 
Registration Rights
 
Pursuant to the reorganization agreement, we have granted to Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership, Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership and Slinky Financial ULC, the right to include certain of their shares in this offering. These holders may request that we include up to an aggregate of           of the shares of our common stock that they receive in our corporate reorganization in this offering. This number may be decreased prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this offering relates upon the request of Goldman Sachs & Co., the lead co-managing underwriter in this offering. We are obligated to pay all expenses in connection with such registration (other than underwriting commissions or discounts).
 
In addition, the reorganization agreement provides for the amendment and restatement of a registration rights agreement providing for certain registration rights after the closing of this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for a description of these rights.


38


 

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table describes our capitalization and cash and cash equivalents as of January 31, 2007. Our capitalization and cash and cash equivalents are presented:
 
  •  on an actual basis, derived from our audited combined consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2007;
 
  •  on a “pro forma” basis, giving effect to:
 
  •  the consummation of our corporate reorganization on an assumed date of          , 2007, and (assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share) the issuance of           shares of our common stock;
 
  •  the issuance by Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, of           shares of its exchangeable common stock in connection therewith, as described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the issuance of           shares of our common stock upon the exchange of the Lulu Canadian Holding exchangeable shares; and
 
  •  on a “pro forma as adjusted” basis, further reflecting the sale by us of           shares of our common stock in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, and after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us).
 
The number of shares of our common stock to be issued in connection with our corporate reorganization and upon exchange of the exchangeable common stock of Lulu Canadian Holding depends in part on the initial offering price and the date of our corporate reorganization. This is because, as further described in “Pre-Offering Transactions,” various securities will be exchanged in our corporate reorganization based in part on the ratio of the value of accrued but unpaid dividends (which, where applicable, accrue on a daily basis until the consummation of our corporate reorganization) to our initial public offering price. Accordingly:
 
  •  A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would decrease the number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering by approximately           shares, assuming that our corporate reorganization occurs on          , 2007;
 
  •  A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase the number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering by approximately           shares, assuming that our corporate reorganization occurs on          , 2007; and
 
  •  If our corporate reorganization occurred five days later or earlier than the assumed date of          , 2007, the common stock outstanding after this offering would increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately           shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share.
 
We expect our corporate reorganization to occur immediately following the execution of an underwriting agreement with the underwriters relating to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.


39


 

 
You should read the information below in conjunction with our combined consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    January 31, 2007  
                Pro Forma
 
   
Actual(1)
   
Pro Forma
   
as Adjusted(2)
 
    (In thousands)  
          (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16,029     $ 16,029     $ 36,279  
                         
Long-term debt
                 
Non-controlling interest
    568       558       558  
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Participating preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 5,570,000 authorized, 225,489 issued and outstanding, actual;          authorized, none issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
                       
Undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value: no shares authorized, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
                       
Common stock, no par value, actual; $0.01 par value, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted: unlimited shares authorized, 117,000,361 issued and outstanding, actual;          authorized,          issued and outstanding, pro forma;          authorized,          issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
                       
Special voting stock, no par value: none authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;          authorized,          issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
                       
Additional paid-in capital
    99,111                  
Accumulated deficit
    (60,677 )                
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (1,057 )                
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    37,379                  
Total capitalization
  $ 37,947     $       $  
                         
 
(1) Stockholders’ equity and components thereof consist of capital of two related companies, Lululemon Corp. and LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.
 
(2) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The number of pro forma as adjusted shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding excludes:
 
  •  1,899,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of January 31, 2007 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share; and
 
  •             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 


40


 

DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.
 
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of January 31, 2007 was approximately $      million, or approximately $      per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the amount of our tangible net worth, or total tangible assets less total liabilities, as of January 31, 2007 by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding after giving effect to our corporate reorganization as described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” included elsewhere in this prospectus, and assuming the exchange, for shares of our common stock, of all the exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. to be issued in connection with our corporate reorganization. The number of shares of our common stock and the number of exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. to be issued in connection with our corporate reorganization depends in part on the initial offering price and the date of our corporate reorganization. See “Capitalization” for a discussion of how changes in the initial public offering price or the date of our corporate reorganization may affect the number of shares to be issued in connection with our corporate reorganization.
 
Dilution to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of the shares offered hereby on an assumed date of          , 2007 and at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, our pro forma net tangible book value as of January 31, 2007 would have been $      million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $      per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $      per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $        
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of January 31, 2007
  $                
Increase per share attributable to new investors
               
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
                 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $     , our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $      per share (assuming the number of shares set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus remains the same).
 
The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of January 31, 2007, after giving effect to our reorganization as described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” included elsewhere in this prospectus, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions

41


 

and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share:
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
   
Number
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Per Share
 
 
Existing stockholders
                     %   $               %   $             
New investors
                                       
                                         
Total
            100.0 %             100.0 %        
                                         
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $     , and increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by all new investors by  % (assuming the number of shares set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus remains the same).
 
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own  %, and new investors would own    %, of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.
 
The foregoing tables and calculations assume no exercise of any options outstanding as of January 31, 2007. Specifically, these tables and calculations exclude 1,899,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share. If all of these options were exercised, then:
 
  •  pro forma net tangible book value per share would increase from $      to $     , resulting in a decrease in dilution to new investors of $      per share;
 
  •  our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own  %, and our new investors would own  %, of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would have paid  % of total consideration, at an average price per share of $     , and our new investors would have paid  % of total consideration.


42


 

 
SELECTED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The selected combined consolidated financial data set forth below are derived from our combined consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our combined consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined consolidated statement of operations data for each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the combined consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2006 and 2007 are derived from, and qualified by reference to, our audited combined consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined consolidated statement of operations data for each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2003 and 2004, and the combined consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are derived from our unaudited combined consolidated statements of income and balance sheets. The unaudited combined consolidated statements of income and balance sheets have been prepared on the same basis as our audited combined consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments necessary to fairly present the information set forth below.
 
                                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands, except share data)  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                    
 
Combined consolidated statement of income data:
                                       
Net revenue
  $  5,903     $ 18,188     $ 40,748     $ 84,129     $ 148,885  
Cost of goods sold(1)
    3,079       8,748       19,448       41,177       72,903  
                                         
Gross profit
    2,823       9,439       21,300       42,952       75,982  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
    1,173       4,896       10,840       26,416       52,540  
Principal stockholder bonus
    1,314       3,782       12,134       12,809        
Settlement of lawsuit
                            7,228  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    336       761       (1,674 )     3,727       16,213  
Other expenses (income)
                                       
Interest income
                (11 )     (55 )     (142 )
Interest expense
          4       46       51       47  
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    336       757       (1,709 )     3,730       16,308  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    41       437       (298 )     2,336       8,753  
Non-controlling interest
                            (112 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 295     $ 319     $ (1,411 )   $ 1,394     $ 7,666  
                                         
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding(2):
                                       
For pro forma basic earnings per share
                                       
Series A preferred stock
                                       
Common stock equivalents
                                       
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
                                       
                                         
Pro forma Series A preferred basic earnings per share(2)
                                       
Pro forma common stock equivalents basic earnings per share(2)
                                       
Pro forma diluted earnings per share(2)
                                       


43


 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended
 
    January 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Cost of goods sold
  $     —     $ 755     $ 360  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
          1,945       2,470  
                         
Total
  $     $ 2,700     $ 2,830  
                         
 
(2) We have not computed basic and diluted earnings per share as the combined consolidated results reflect the results of two separate companies (Lululemon Corp. and LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.), each with its own distinct and separate capital structures. As a result of our corporate reorganization, various securities (including Series A preferred stock issued by Lululemon Corp. and common stock equivalents issued by LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.) will be exchanged for shares of our common stock based in part on the quotient of the value of accrued but unpaid dividends (which, where applicable, accrue on a daily basis until the consummation of our corporate reorganization) to our initial public offering price. We have accordingly presented pro forma earnings per share for the year ended January 31, 2007 giving effect to our corporate reorganization as if it had been consummated on the first day of that period. In addition, the outstanding stock options of the two companies will be converted into options to purchase shares of our common stock. See “Pre-Offering Transactions” and Note 11 to our combined consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                         
    As of January 31,  
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)              
 
Combined consolidated balance sheet data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 433     $ 7     $ 2,652     $ 3,877     $ 16,029  
Total assets
    2,323       11,448       21,148       41,914       71,855  
Long term debt
          594       272              
Total stockholders’ equity
    419       894       (604 )     28,052       37,379  


44


 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the “Selected Combined Consolidated Financial Data” section of this prospectus and our combined consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions set forth in the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the “Risk Factors‘ section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain tables may not sum due to rounding.
 
Overview
 
lululemon is one of the fastest growing designers and retailers of technical athletic apparel in North America. Our yoga-inspired apparel is marketed under the lululemon athletica brand name. We offer a comprehensive line of apparel and accessories including fitness pants, shorts, tops and jackets designed for athletic pursuits such as yoga, dance, running and general fitness. As of April 1, 2007, our branded apparel was principally sold through 52 corporate and franchise stores that are primarily located in Canada and the United States. We believe our vertical retail strategy allows us to interact more directly with and gain insights from our customers while providing us with greater control of our brand. For fiscal 2006, 87.1% of our net revenue was derived from sales of our products in Canada, 11.7% of our net revenue was derived from the sales of our products in the United States and 1.2% of our net revenue was derived from sales of our products in Australia and Japan.
 
Our net revenue has grown from $40.7 million for fiscal 2004 to $148.9 million for fiscal 2006. This represents a compound annual growth rate of 91.1%. By the end of fiscal 2004, we operated 20 stores including 14 corporate-owned stores and 6 franchise stores in Canada, the United States and Australia. The majority of our stores were located in Canada, with only three corporate-owned stores in the United States and one franchise store in Australia. Our increase in net revenue from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2006 resulted from the addition of 17 retail locations in fiscal 2005 and 14 retail locations in fiscal 2006 and strong comparable store sales growth of 19% and 25% in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively. Our ability to open new stores and grow sales in existing stores has been driven by increasing demand for our technical athletic apparel and a growing recognition of the lululemon athletica brand. We believe our superior products, strategic store locations, inviting store environment, grassroots marketing approach and distinctive corporate culture are responsible for our strong financial performance. We have recently increased our focus on our men’s apparel line, which represented approximately 11% of net revenue for fiscal 2006 and our accessories business, which represented approximately 9% of net revenue for fiscal 2006. The continued growth of our business and any future increase in our net revenue, earnings or cash flows are dependent on the successful expansion of our corporate-owned store base and on us continuing to develop innovative technical athletic apparel that our consumers demand.
 
lululemon was founded in 1998 by Dennis “Chip” Wilson in Vancouver, Canada. We initially conducted our operations through our Canadian operating company, Lululemon Athletica Inc. In 2002, in connection with our expansion into the United States, we formed a sibling operating company to conduct our U.S. operations, Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. Both operating companies were wholly-owned by affiliates of Mr. Wilson. In December 2005, Mr. Wilson sold 48% of his interest in lululemon to a group of private equity investors led by Advent International Corporation and Highland Capital Partners. Prior to this time, Mr. Wilson was our sole stockholder. Pursuant to the terms of the December 2005 transaction, we formed Lululemon Corp. (formerly known as Lulu Holding, Inc.), the issuer of the shares offered by this prospectus, to serve as a holding company for all of our related entities, including our two primary operating subsidiaries.


45


 

 
We have three reportable segments: corporate-owned stores, franchises and other. We report our segments based on the financial information we use in managing our businesses. While we receive financial information for each corporate-owned store, we have aggregated all of the corporate-owned stores into one reportable segment due to the similarities in the economic and other characteristics of these stores. Our franchises segment accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues for each of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006. Opening new franchise stores is not a significant part of our near-term store growth strategy, and we therefore expect that revenue derived from our franchise stores will eventually comprise less than 10% of the net revenue we report in future fiscal years, at which time we will reevaluate our segment reporting disclosures. Our other operations accounted for less than 10% of our revenues in each of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006.
 
As of April 1, 2007, we sold our products through 45 corporate-owned stores located in Canada, the United States and Japan. Most of our corporate-owned stores are located in North America, with only two corporate-owned stores located in Japan. We plan to increase our net revenue in North America by opening additional corporate-owned stores in new and existing markets. For fiscal 2006, corporate-owned stores net revenue accounted for 81.1% of total net revenue.
 
As of April 1, 2007, we also had six franchise stores located in North America and one franchise store located in Australia. In the past, we have entered into franchise agreements to distribute lululemon athletica branded products to more quickly disseminate our brand name and increase our net revenue and net income. In exchange for the use of our brand name and the ability to operate lululemon athletica stores in certain regions, our franchisees generally pay us a one-time franchise fee and ongoing royalties based on their gross revenue. Additionally, unless otherwise approved by us, our franchisees are required to sell only lululemon athletica branded products, which are purchased from us at a discount to the suggested retail price. Pursuing new franchise partnerships or opening new franchise stores is not a significant part of our near-term store growth strategy. In some cases, we may exercise our contractual rights to purchase franchises where it is attractive to us. For fiscal 2006, franchises net revenue accounted for 14.3% of total net revenue.
 
We believe that our athletic apparel has and will continue to appeal to consumers outside of North America who value its technical attributes as well as its function and style. In 2004, we opened a franchise store in Australia, our first store outside of North America. We intend to convert this Australian franchise into a joint venture partnership. In 2005, we opened a franchise store in Japan. In 2006, we terminated our franchise arrangement and entered into a joint venture agreement with Descente Ltd, or Descente, a global leader in fabric technology, to operate our stores in Japan. This joint venture company is named Lululemon Japan Inc. As of April 1, 2007, we operated two stores through Lululemon Japan Inc. Because we own 60% of the joint venture and maintain control over it, the financial results of Lululemon Japan Inc. are consolidated and included in our corporate-owned stores segment. We plan to increase net revenue in markets outside of North America primarily by opening additional stores with joint venture partners in existing markets as well as opening stores in new markets with new joint venture partners.
 
In addition to deriving revenue from sales through our corporate-owned stores and our franchises, we also derive other net revenue, which includes the sale of our products directly to wholesale customers, telephone sales to retail customers, including related shipping and handling charges, warehouse sales and sales through a limited number of company operated showrooms. Wholesale customers include select premium yoga studios, health clubs and fitness centers. Telephone sales are taken directly from retail customers through our call center. Warehouse sales are typically held a few times a year to sell slow moving inventory or inventory from prior seasons to retail customers at discounted prices. Our showrooms are typically small locations that we open from time to time when we enter new markets and feature a limited selection of our product offering during select hours. For fiscal 2006, other net revenue accounted for 4.6% of total net revenue.
 
We believe that a number of trends relevant to our industry have affected our results and may continue to do so. Specifically, we believe that there is an increasing appreciation for the health benefits


46


 

of yoga and related fitness activities in our markets and that women, our primary customers, are increasingly embracing an active healthy lifestyle. As such, we believe that participation in yoga and related fitness activities will continue to grow. There is also an increasing demand for technical athletic apparel relative to traditional athletic apparel, and we believe that more people are wearing technical apparel in casual environments to create a healthy lifestyle perception.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
Net revenue is comprised of:
 
  •  corporate-owned store net revenue, which includes sales to customers through corporate-owned stores (including stores operated by our majority owned joint venture);
 
  •  franchises net revenue, which consists of licensing fees and royalties as well as sales of our products to franchises; and
 
  •  other net revenue, which includes sales to wholesale accounts, telephone sales, including related shipping and handling charges, warehouse sales and sales from company operated showrooms;
 
in each case, less returns and discounts.
 
Comparable store sales reflects net revenue at corporate-owned stores, that have been open for at least twelve months. Therefore, net revenue from a store is included in comparable store sales beginning with the first month for which the store has a full month of comparable prior year sales. Comparable store sales includes stores that have been remodeled or relocated and stores operated by our majority owned joint venture, although as of January 31, 2007, the joint venture stores had not had a full month of comparable prior year sales. Non-comparable store sales include sales from new stores that have not been open for twelve months, sales from showrooms, and sales from stores that were closed within the past twelve months.
 
By measuring the change in year-over-year net revenue in stores that have been open for twelve months or more, comparable store sales allows us to evaluate how our core store base is performing. Various factors affect comparable store sales, including:
 
  •  the location of new stores relative to existing stores;
 
  •  consumer preferences, buying trends and overall economic trends;
 
  •  our ability to anticipate and respond effectively to customer preferences for technical athletic apparel;
 
  •  competition;
 
  •  changes in our merchandise mix;
 
  •  pricing;
 
  •  the timing of our releases of new merchandise and promotional events;
 
  •  the effectiveness of our grassroots marketing efforts;
 
  •  the level of customer service that we provide in our stores;
 
  •  our ability to source and distribute products efficiently; and
 
  •  the number of stores we open, close (including for temporary renovations) and expand in any period.
 
As we continue our store expansion program, we expect that a greater percentage of our net revenue will come from non-comparable store sales. Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. Accordingly, comparable store sales has limited utility for assessing the success of our


47


 

growth strategy insofar as comparable store sales do not reflect the performance of stores open less than twelve months.
 
Cost of goods sold includes:
 
  •  the cost of purchased merchandise, inbound freight, duty and non-refundable taxes incurred in delivering goods to our distribution centers;
 
  •  the cost of our production and design departments including salaries, stock-based compensation and benefits, and operating expenses;
 
  •  the cost of occupancy related to store operations (such as rent and utilities) and the depreciation and amortization related to store-level capital expenditures;
 
  •  the cost of our distribution centers (such as rent and utilities) as well as other fees we pay to third parties to operate our distribution centers and the depreciation and amortization related to our distribution centers;
 
  •  the cost of outbound freight and handling costs incurred upon shipment of merchandise; and
 
  •  shrink and valuation reserves.
 
Our cost of goods sold is substantially higher in the holiday season because cost of goods sold generally increases as net revenue increases. Cost of goods sold also may change as we open or close stores because of the resulting change in related occupancy costs. The primary drivers of the costs of individual goods are the costs of raw materials and labor in the countries where we source our merchandise. For fiscal 2006, cost of goods sold included $0.4 million of compensation charges related to stock-based compensation. We anticipate that our cost of goods sold will increase in absolute dollars compared to fiscal 2006, but will remain relatively stable as a percentage of net revenue.
 
Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist of all operating costs not otherwise included in cost of goods sold, principal stockholder bonus or settlement of lawsuit. Our selling, general and administrative expenses include marketing costs, accounting costs, information technology costs, professional fees, corporate facility costs, corporate and store-level payroll and benefits expenses including stock-based compensation, (other than the salaries and benefits and stock-based compensation for our production and design departments included in cost of goods sold and other corporate costs). For fiscal 2006, selling, general and administrative expenses included $2.5 million of charges related to stock-based compensation. Our selling, general and administrative expenses also include depreciation and amortization expense for all assets other than depreciation and amortization expenses related to store-level capital expenditures and our distribution centers, each of which are included in cost of goods sold. We anticipate that our selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2007 will increase in absolute dollars compared to fiscal 2006, due to the full year of compensation expense related to personnel hired at the end of fiscal 2006, as well as the anticipated continued growth of our corporate support staff and store-level employees. We believe that we have now assembled a management team that should allow us to grow our business for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we expect our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of our net revenue to decline as we achieve higher revenues.
 
Principal stockholder bonus consists of annual bonus payments paid to Mr. Wilson prior to December 2005. These bonuses were paid to Mr. Wilson as our sole stockholder and were in an amount equal to our Canadian taxable income for the year above a particular threshold. For Canadian income tax purposes, these payments were fully taxable to Mr. Wilson as ordinary income and fully deductible by us as a compensation expense. Following his sale of 48% of his interest in lululemon to a group of private equity investors in December 2005, these payments to Mr. Wilson were discontinued.
 
Settlement of lawsuit consists of a payment we made in February 2007 in the amount of $7.2 million to a third party web site developer arising from the termination of a profit sharing


48


 

arrangement associated with our retail web site for our products. We accrued for the entire settlement amount in fiscal 2006.
 
Stock-based compensation includes charges incurred in recognition of compensation expense associated with grants of stock options and stock purchases. In December 2005, we adopted the fair value recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)). SFAS 123(R) is applicable to stock-based awards exchanged for employee services and in certain circumstances for non-employee directors. Pursuant to SFAS 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period. We record our stock-based compensation in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses as stock-based awards have been made to employees whose salaries are classified in both expense categories. As of January 31, 2007, we had options to purchase 1,899,000 shares of our common stock outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share, 187,250 of which were exercisable at January 31, 2007. Additionally, as of January 31, 2007, each of LIPO Investments (USA) Inc., or LIPO USA, and LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., or LIPO Canada, had granted to some of our employees restricted stock of those entities and options to purchase shares of stock in those entities. LIPO USA and LIPO Canada, the sole assets of which are a 52% interest in lululemon, are entities controlled by Mr. Wilson. Accordingly, we recognize a stock-based compensation expense for the restricted stock and options granted by those entities. As of January 31, 2007, pursuant to SFAS 123(R), there was $18.3 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, of which we expect to amortize $5.3 million in fiscal 2007, $5.1 million in fiscal 2008 and the remainder thereafter.
 
Interest income includes interest earned on our cash balances. We expect to continue to generate interest income to the extent that our cash generated from operations exceeds our cash used for investment.
 
Interest expense includes interest costs associated with our credit facilities and with letters of credit drawn under these facilities for the purchase of merchandise. We have maintained relatively small outstanding balances on our credit facilities and expect to continue to do so.
 
Provision for income taxes depends on the statutory tax rates in the countries where we sell our products. Historically we have generated taxable income in Canada and we have generated tax losses in the United States. As of January 31, 2007, we had $5.0 million of federal net operating loss carry-forwards available to reduce future taxable income in the United States. These tax operating loss carry-forwards begin to expire in 2023. The consummation of the corporate reorganization transactions contemplated by this prospectus combined with this offering could result in an annual limitation on the amount of tax operating loss carry-forwards that we can use in future years to offset future taxable income in the United States. These annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating loss carry-forwards before they may be used. We currently record a full valuation allowance against our losses in the United States.
 
Several factors have contributed to our effective tax rate in recent periods being significantly higher than our anticipated long-term effective tax rate. First, in both fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we generated losses in the United States which we were unable to offset against our income in Canada for tax purposes. Second, in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006 we incurred stock-based compensation expenses of $2.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively, which were not deductible for tax purposes in Canada and the United States during these periods. The impact of these losses and non-deductible expenses on our effective tax rate was exacerbated in fiscal 2005 by the payment of a bonus to our principal stockholder in that period. Prior to December 2005 our sole stockholder, Mr. Wilson, received a bonus payout each year representing a substantial percentage of our earnings before income taxes. Following Mr. Wilson’s sale of 48% of his interest in lululemon to a group of private equity investors in December 2005 we discontinued this practice. Payments of these bonuses therefore decreased to $0 in fiscal 2006 from $12.8 million in fiscal 2005. This payment in fiscal 2005 significantly decreased our income before income taxes in this period and accordingly resulted in us realizing a higher effective tax rate in this


49


 

period as we gave effect to the non-deductible nature of the losses and the stock-based compensation expenses. Our effective tax rate in fiscal 2006 was 53.7%, compared to 62.6% in fiscal 2005.
 
As we begin to generate taxable income in the United States and Japan, we expect our effective tax rate to decline. We expect that our long term effective tax rate will be between approximately 35% and 40%. In addition, we anticipate that in the future we may start to sell our products directly to some customers located outside of Canada, the United States and Japan, in which case we would become subject to taxation based on the foreign statutory rates in the countries where these sales take place and our effective tax rate could fluctuate accordingly.
 
Internal Controls
 
The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. There can be no assurance that any actions we take will be completely successful. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting on an on-going basis.
 
We have not begun testing or documenting our internal control procedures in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. We must comply with Section 404 no later than the time we file our annual report for fiscal 2008 with the SEC. As part of this process, we may identify specific internal controls as being deficient. We anticipate retaining additional personnel to assist us in complying with our Section 404 obligations. We are currently evaluating whether such personnel will be retained as consultants or as our employees.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of net revenue:
 
                         
   
Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Combined consolidated statements of income:
                       
Net revenue
  $ 40,748     $ 84,129     $ 148,885  
Cost of goods sold (including stock-based compensation expense of $nil, $755 and $359)
    19,448       41,177       72,903  
                         
Gross profit
    21,300       42,952       75,982  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of $nil, $1,945 and $2,470)
    10,840       26,416       52,540  
Principal stockholder bonus
    12,134       12,809        
Settlement of lawsuit
                7,228  
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,674 )     3,727       16,213  
                         
Other expenses (income)
                       
Interest income
    (11 )     (55 )     (142 )
Interest expense
    46       51       47  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,709 )     3,730       16,308  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    (298 )     2,336       8,753  
                         
Non-controlling interest
                (112 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,411 )   $ 1,394     $ 7,666  
                         


50


 

                         
   
Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (% of net revenue)  
 
Net revenue
    100.0       100.0       100.0  
Cost of goods sold (including stock-based compensation expense of 0%, 0.9% and 0.2%)
    47.7       48.9       49.0  
Gross profit
    52.3       51.1       51.0  
Operating expenses:
                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of 0%, 2.3% and 1.7%)
    26.6       31.4       35.3  
Principal stockholder bonus
    29.8       15.2        
Settlement of lawsuit
                4.9  
Income (loss) from operations
    (4.1 )     4.4       10.9  
Other expenses (income)
                       
Interest income
    (0.0 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )
Interest expense
    0.1       (0.1 )     0.0  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4.2 )     4.4       11.0  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    (0.7 )     2.8       5.9  
Non-controlling interest
                (0.0 )
Net income (loss)
    (3.5 )     1.7       5.1  
 
Comparison of Fiscal 2005 and Fiscal 2006
 
Net Revenue
 
Net revenue increased $64.8 million, or 77.0%, to $148.9 million for fiscal 2006 from $84.1 million for fiscal 2005. This increase was the result of increased comparable store sales, sales from new stores opened in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, higher franchises net revenues and the strengthening of the average exchange rate for the Canadian dollar against the United States dollar during the year. Assuming the average exchange rate between Canadian and United States dollars for fiscal 2005 remained constant, our net revenue would have increased $58.1 million or 69.0% for fiscal 2006.
 
                 
   
Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
 
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Net revenue by segment:
               
Corporate-owned stores
  $ 65,578     $ 120,733  
Franchises
    14,555       21,360  
Other
    3,997       6,792  
                 
Net revenue
  $ 84,129     $ 148,885  
 
Corporate-Owned Stores.   Net revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment increased $55.2 million, or 84.1%, to $120.7 million for fiscal 2006 from $65.6 million for fiscal 2005. The following contributed to the $55.2 million increase in net revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment.
 
  •  New stores opened during fiscal 2005 prior to sales from such stores becoming part of our comparable store sales base contributed $22.2 million or 40.3% of the increase. During fiscal 2005, we opened 13 corporate-owned stores, consisting of 12 in Canada and 1 in the United States.


51


 

 
  •  New stores opened during fiscal 2006 contributed $16.7 million or 30.3% of the increase. During fiscal 2006, we opened 13 corporate-owned stores, consisting of 7 in Canada, 5 in the United States and 1 in Japan.
 
  •  Comparable store sales in fiscal 2006 contributed $16.2 million or 29.4% of the increase. Assuming the average exchange rate between the Canadian and the United States dollars for fiscal 2005 remained constant, our comparable store sales would have increased $12.8 million or 20% for fiscal 2006. The increase in comparable store sales on a constant currency basis was driven primarily by the strength of our existing product lines, successful introduction of new products and increasing recognition of the lululemon athletica brand name.
 
Franchises.   Net revenue from our franchises segment increased $6.8 million, or 46.8%, to $21.4 million for fiscal 2006 from $14.6 million for fiscal 2005. Of the $6.8 million increase in net revenue from our franchises segment, $4.4 million or 64.1% of the increase resulted from sales of goods to franchise stores and $2.4 million or 35.9% of the increase resulted from an increase in royalty revenue. During fiscal 2006, two franchise stores were opened and two franchise stores were converted to corporate-owned stores.
 
Other.   Net revenue from our other segment increased $2.8 million, or 69.9%, to $6.8 million for fiscal 2006 from $4.0 million for fiscal 2005. The following contributed to the $2.8 million increase in net revenue from our other segment.
 
  •  Warehouse and showroom sales accounted for $2.1 million or 73.7% of the increase due to four warehouse sales in fiscal 2006 compared to one new warehouse sale in fiscal 2005 and three new showrooms opened in the United States during fiscal 2006 compared to one new showroom opened at the end of fiscal 2005.
 
  •  Phone sales revenue accounted for $0.5 million or 17.9% of the increase.
 
  •  New wholesale accounts at fitness clubs and yoga studios in the United States accounted for $0.2 million or 8.4% of the increase.
 
Gross Profit
 
Gross profit increased $33.0 million, or 76.9%, to $76.0 million for fiscal 2006 from $43.0 million for fiscal 2005. The increase in gross profit was driven principally by:
 
  •  an increase of $55.2 million in our corporate-owned stores segment;
 
  •  an increase of $6.8 million in our franchises segment; and
 
  •  an increase of $2.8 million in our other segment.
 
This amount was partially offset by:
 
  •  an increase in product costs of $22.2 million associated with our sale of goods through corporate-owned stores, franchises and other segments;
 
  •  an increase in occupancy costs of $6.1 million due to higher occupancy costs in new markets;
 
  •  an increase of $1.9 million in expenses related to our production, design and distribution departments (including stock-based compensation expense) principally due to the hiring of additional employees to support our growth, partially offset by the absence in fiscal 2006 of the cash bonus paid to employees in fiscal 2005 in conjunction with our recapitalization; and
 
  •  an increase in depreciation of $1.6 million related to opening new corporate-owned stores.


52


 

 
Gross profit as a percentage of net revenue, or gross margin, decreased 0.1% to 51.0% for fiscal 2006 from 51.1% for fiscal 2005. The decrease in gross margin resulted from:
 
  •  higher occupancy costs in new markets that contributed to a decrease in gross margin of 2.1%; and
 
  •  an increase in depreciation that contributed to a decrease in gross margin of 0.3% related to opening new corporate-owned stores.
 
The factors that led to a decrease in gross margin were offset by:
 
  •  a decrease in product costs as a percentage of net revenue that contributed to an increase in gross margin of 0.7% due to an increase in pricing to our franchises and wholesale customers, partially offset by an increased percentage of our net revenue being derived from our oqoqo and factory outlet stores, which generate lower gross margins than our other corporate-owned stores, and a short-term increase in expenses during our transition to the use of more off-shore manufacturers; and
 
  •  a decrease in expenses related to our production, design and distribution departments (including stock-based compensation expense) as a percentage of net revenue from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 which contributed to an increase in gross margin of 1.6%.
 
Our costs of goods sold in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 included $0.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $26.1 million, or 98.9%, to $52.5 million for fiscal 2006 from $26.4 million for fiscal 2005. As a percentage of net revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 3.9% to 35.3% from 31.4%. Of the $26.1 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses:
 
  •  $7.8 million or 29.9% resulted from an increase in store employee compensation related to opening additional corporate-owned stores;
 
  •  $5.1 million or 19.4% resulted from an increase in consulting fees paid to third parties to analyze and implement new accounting and logistics processes and from an increase in fees associated with retaining professional search firms in connection with identifying qualified senior management candidates;
 
  •  $4.6 million or 17.7% resulted from an increase in corporate compensation principally due to hiring of additional employees to support our growth, partially offset by the absence in fiscal 2006 of the cash bonus paid to employees in fiscal 2005 in conjunction with our recapitalization;
 
  •  $3.9 million or 15.1% resulted from an increase in other corporate expenses such as travel expenses and rent associated with corporate facilities;
 
  •  $3.6 million or 13.7% resulted from an increase in other store operating expenses such as supplies, packaging, and credit card fees; and
 
  •  $0.6 million or 2.1% resulted from an increase in depreciation resulting from our move into a new corporate headquarters at the beginning of fiscal 2006.
 
Our selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 included $2.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense.


53


 

 
Principal Stockholder Bonus
 
There was no principal stockholder bonus for fiscal 2006 due to the termination of the payment of a principal stockholder bonus at the end of fiscal 2005 as part of the stockholder’s sale of 48% of his interest in us to a group of private equity investors. Principal stockholder bonus was $12.8 million for fiscal 2005.
 
Settlement of Lawsuit
 
In February 2007, we settled a lawsuit with a third-party web site developer arising from the termination of a profit sharing arrangement associated with our retail web site for our products. In connection with the settlement, we paid $7.2 million in fiscal 2007, all of which was accrued in fiscal 2006. We did not incur any similar material liabilities during fiscal 2005.
 
Income from Operations
 
The increase of $12.5 million in income from operations for fiscal 2006 was primarily due to a $33.0 million increase in gross profit resulting from increased comparable store sales and additional sales from corporate-owned stores opened during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, and a $12.8 million decline in our principal stockholder bonus, partially offset by an increase of $26.1 million in selling, general and administrative expenses and the payment of $7.2 million in connection with a lawsuit settlement in fiscal 2006.
 
On a segment basis, we determine income from operations without taking into account the payment of our principal stockholder bonus in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, the settlement of a lawsuit in fiscal 2006 and our general corporate expenses such as employee costs, travel expenses and corporate rent. For purposes of our management’s analysis of our financial results, we have allocated some general product expenses to our corporate-owned stores segment. For example, all expenses related to our production, design and distribution departments have been allocated to this segment.
 
Income from operations (before general corporate expenses) from:
 
  •  our corporate-owned stores segment increased $17.0 million, or 82.2%, to $37.8 million for fiscal 2006 from $20.7 million for fiscal 2005 primarily due to an increase in corporate-owned stores gross profit of $28.4 million, offset by an increase of $7.8 million in store employee expenses and an increase of $3.6 million in other store expenses;
 
  •  our franchises segment increased $3.4 million to $10.7 million for fiscal 2006 from $7.3 million for fiscal 2005 primarily due to an increase of $2.4 million in royalty revenue and an increase of $0.9 million in gross profit associated with our sale of our products to franchises; and
 
  •  our other segment increased $1.3 million to $2.7 million for fiscal 2006 from $1.5 million for fiscal 2005 primarily due to an increase in revenue of $2.8 million, offset by an increase of $1.5 million in product costs.
 
Total income from operations also includes general corporate expenses. General corporate expenses increased $9.2 million, or 35.5%, to $35.0 million for fiscal 2006 from $25.8 million in fiscal 2005 primarily due to a lawsuit settlement of $7.2 million in fiscal 2006, an increase of $5.1 million in consulting and recruiting fees, an increase of $4.6 million in corporate employee costs, an increase of $3.9 million in other corporate expenses and an increase of $0.6 million in depreciation, partially offset by a $12.8 million decrease in our principal stockholder bonus.
 
Interest Income
 
Interest income remained relatively constant at $141,736 for fiscal 2006 from $54,562 for fiscal 2005.


54


 

 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense remained relatively constant at $47,348 for fiscal 2006 from $51,020 for fiscal 2005.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes increased $6.5 million to $8.8 million for fiscal 2006 from $2.3 million for fiscal 2005. For fiscal 2006, our effective tax rate was 53.7% compared to 62.6% for fiscal 2005. In both fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we generated losses in the United States which we were unable to offset against our income in Canada for tax purposes. In fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we also incurred stock-based compensation expenses of $2.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively, which were not deductible for tax purposes during these periods. The impact of these losses and non-deductible expenses on our effective tax rate was exacerbated in fiscal 2005 by the payment of a bonus to our principal stockholder in that period. Prior to December 2005 our sole stockholder, Mr. Wilson, received a bonus payout each year representing a substantial percentage of our earnings before income taxes. We discontinued this practice following Mr. Wilson’s sale of 48% of his interest in lululemon to a group of private equity investors in December 2005. Payments of these bonuses therefore decreased to $0 in fiscal 2006 from $12.8 million in fiscal 2005. This payment in fiscal 2005 dramatically decreased our income before income taxes in this period and accordingly resulted in us realizing a higher effective tax rate in this period as we gave effect to the non-deductible nature of the losses and the stock-based compensation expenses.
 
Net Income
 
Net income increased $6.3 million to $7.7 million for fiscal 2006 from $1.4 million for fiscal 2005. The increase in net income of $6.3 million for fiscal 2006 is a result of an increase in gross profit of $33.0 million resulting from increased comparable store sales and additional sales from corporate-owned stores opened during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006 and the elimination of our principal stockholder bonus in fiscal 2006, which accounted for an expense of $12.8 million in fiscal 2005, offset by increases in selling, general and administrative expenses of $26.1 million, the payment of $7.2 million in connection with a lawsuit settlement in fiscal 2006, and an increase of $6.5 million in provision for income taxes. Our cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 included $2.8 million and $2.7 million of stock-based compensation expense respectively.
 
Comparison of Fiscal 2004 and Fiscal 2005
 
Net Revenue
 
Net revenue increased $43.4 million, or 106.5%, to $84.1 million for fiscal 2005 from $40.7 million for fiscal 2004. This increase was the result of increased comparable store sales, sales from new stores opened in fiscal 2004 prior to such stores being included in comparable store sales, sales from new stores in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, and the strengthening of the average exchange rate for the Canadian dollar against the United States dollar during the year. Assuming the average exchange rate between Canadian and United States dollars for fiscal 2004 remained constant, our net revenue would have increased $38.4 million or 94.2% for fiscal 2005.
 


55


 

                 
   
Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
 
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Net revenue by segment:
               
Corporate-owned stores
  $ 29,906     $ 65,578  
Franchises
    7,363       14,555  
Other
    3,480       3,997  
                 
Net revenue
  $ 40,748     $ 84,129  
 
Corporate-Owned Stores.   Net revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment increased $35.7 million, or 119.3%, to $65.6 million for fiscal 2005 from $29.9 million for fiscal 2004. The following contributed to the $35.7 million increase in net revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment.
 
  •  New stores opened during fiscal 2004 prior to sales from such stores becoming part of our comparable store sales base contributed $11.0 million or 30.7% of the increase. During fiscal 2004, we opened seven corporate-owned stores, consisting of five in Canada and two in the United States.
 
  •  New stores opened during fiscal 2005 contributed $19.6 million or 54.9% of the increase. During fiscal 2005, we opened 13 corporate-owned stores, consisting of 12 in Canada and 1 in the United States.
 
  •  Comparable store sales in fiscal 2005 contributed $5.1 million or 14.4% of the increase. Assuming the average exchange rate between the Canadian and the United States dollars for fiscal 2004 remained constant, our comparable store sales would have increased $3.1 million or 12% for fiscal 2005. The increase in comparable store sales on a constant currency basis was driven primarily by the strength of our existing product lines, successful introduction of new products and increasing recognition for the lululemon athletica brand name.
 
Franchises.   Net revenue from our franchises segment increased $7.2 million, or 97.7%, to $14.6 million for fiscal 2005 from $7.4 million for fiscal 2004. Of the $7.2 million increase in net revenue from our franchises segment, approximately $4.9 million or 68.3% of the increase resulted from an increase in royalty revenue and $2.3 million or 31.7% of the increase resulted from sales of goods to franchise stores. During fiscal 2005, five franchise stores were opened and one franchise store was purchased and converted to a corporate-owned store.
 
Other.   Net revenue from our other segment increased $0.5 million, or 14.9%, to $4.0 million for fiscal 2005 from $3.5 million for fiscal 2004. The following contributed to the $0.5 million increase in net revenue for our other segment.
 
  •  An increase of $0.4 million from warehouse and showroom revenue due to increased sales at our one warehouse sale in fiscal 2005 compared to our one warehouse sale in fiscal 2004 and the addition of one showroom in fiscal 2005 where none existed in fiscal 2004.
 
  •  An increase of $0.3 million in wholesale revenue.
 
The increase in other net revenue was partially offset by a decline of $0.1 million in phone sales revenue. In fiscal 2004, we had limited revenue from our retail website that was included in phone sales revenue. We ceased operating this website in fiscal 2005.

56


 

 
Gross Profit
 
Gross profit increased $21.7 million, or 101.7%, to $43.0 million for fiscal 2005 from $21.3 million for fiscal 2004. The increase in gross profit was driven principally by:
 
  •  an increase of $35.7 million in our corporate-owned stores segment;
 
  •  an increase of $7.2 million in our franchises segment; and
 
  •  an increase of $0.5 million in our other segment.
 
This amount was partially offset by:
 
  •  an increase in product costs of $14.5 million associated with our sale of goods through corporate-owned stores, franchises and other segments;
 
  •  an increase in occupancy costs of $2.1 million due to higher occupancy costs in new markets;
 
  •  an increase of $4.0 million in expenses related to our production, design and distribution departments due to an increase in compensation from an employee stock compensation program introduced in December 2005 and a cash bonus paid to employees of these departments in conjunction with our recapitalization in December 2005; and
 
  •  an increase in depreciation of $1.1 million related to opening new corporate-owned stores.
 
Gross profit as a percentage of net revenue, or gross margin, decreased 1.2% to 51.1% for fiscal 2005 from 52.3% for fiscal 2004. The decrease in gross margin resulted from:
 
  •  an increase in expenses related to our production, design and distribution departments that contributed to a decrease in gross margin of 2.6%;
 
  •  an increase in occupancy costs that contributed to a decrease in gross margin of 0.4%; and
 
  •  an increase in depreciation that contributed to a decrease in gross margin of 0.7%.
 
The factors that led to a decrease in gross margin were offset by higher product pricing to our franchisees and wholesale customers. The higher pricing contributed to an increase in gross margin of 2.5%, offset by lower gross margin on select new products during fiscal 2005.
 
Our gross profit in fiscal 2005 and 2004 included $0.8 million and $0, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $15.6 million, or 143.7%, to $26.4 million for fiscal 2005 from $10.8 million for fiscal 2004. As a percentage of net revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 4.8% to 31.4% from 26.6%. The $15.6 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses resulted from:
 
  •  an increase of $6.7 million or 42.8% in corporate employee costs due to hiring additional employees, an increase in stock-based compensation from stock grants made under an employee stock compensation program introduced in December 2005 and a cash bonus paid to corporate employees in conjunction with our recapitalization in December 2005;
 
  •  an increase of $5.5 million or 35.6% in store employee compensation related to opening additional corporate-owned stores;
 
  •  an increase of $1.8 million or 11.7% in other corporate expenses such as travel expenses and rent associated with corporate facilities;
 
  •  an increase of $1.3 million or 8.3% in other store operating expenses such as supplies, packaging, and credit card fees;


57


 

 
  •  an increase of $0.4 million or 2.5% in professional fees; and
 
  •  an increase of $0.3 million or 1.6% in depreciation.
 
The factors that led to an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses were partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in foreign exchange gain.
 
Our selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 included $1.9 million and $0, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense related to grants under our employee stock option plan.
 
Principal Stockholder Bonus
 
Principal stockholder bonus increased $0.7 million to $12.8 million for fiscal 2005 from $12.1 million for fiscal 2004. These bonuses were paid to Mr. Wilson as our sole stockholder and were in an amount equal to our Canadian taxable income for the year above a particular threshold. Though our Canadian taxable income before the principal stockholder bonus was significantly greater in fiscal 2005 than fiscal 2004, our principal stockholder bonus increased but did not increase at the same rate as Canadian taxable income before the principal stockholder bonus because the principal stockholder bonus was not paid for all of fiscal 2005. Following his sale of 48% of his interest in lululemon to a group of private equity investors in December 2005, these payments to our principal stockholder were discontinued.
 
Income (Loss) from Operations
 
Income from operations increased $5.4 million to income of $3.7 million for fiscal 2005 from a loss of $1.7 million for fiscal 2004. The increase of $5.4 million in income from operations for fiscal 2005 was primarily due to a significant increase in gross profit of $21.7 million resulting from increased comparable store sales and additional sales from corporate-owned stores opened during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $15.6 million and an increase of $0.7 million in principal stockholder bonus.
 
On a segment basis, we determine income from operations without taking into account the payment of our principal stockholder bonus in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 and our general corporate expenses such as employee costs, travel expenses and corporate rent. For purposes of our management’s analysis of our financial results, we have allocated some general product expenses to our corporate-owned stores segment. For example, all expenses related to our production, design and distribution departments have been allocated to this segment.
 
Income from operations (before general corporate expenses) from:
 
  •  our corporate-owned stores segment increased $10.9 million, or 111.8%, to $20.7 million for fiscal 2005 from $9.8 million for fiscal 2004 primarily due to an increase in corporate-owned stores gross profit of $17.8 million, partially offset by an increase of $5.5 million in store employee expenses and an increase of $1.3 million in other store expenses;
 
  •  our franchises segment increased $4.2 million to $7.3 million for fiscal 2005 from $3.1 million for fiscal 2004 primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in royalty revenue and an increase of $1.9 million in gross profit associated with our sale of our products to franchises; and
 
  •  our other segment decreased $0.3 million to $1.5 million for fiscal 2005 from $1.8 million for fiscal 2004 primarily due to our decision to cease operation of our retail website and a decline in the profitability of our one warehouse sale in fiscal 2005 as compared to fiscal 2004, notwithstanding the increase in net revenue from the sale in fiscal 2005.
 
Total income from operations also includes general corporate expenses. General corporate expenses increased $9.4 million to $25.8 million for fiscal 2005 from $16.4 million in fiscal 2004 primarily due to an increase of $6.7 million in corporate employee costs, an increase of $1.8 million in


58


 

other corporate expenses, an increase of $0.7 million in principal stockholder bonus, an increase of $0.4 million in professional fees and an increase of $0.3 million in depreciation, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in foreign exchange gain.
 
Interest Income
 
Interest income remained relatively constant at $54,562 for fiscal 2005 from $10,686 for fiscal 2004.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense remained relatively constant at $51,020 for fiscal 2005 from $45,549 for fiscal 2004.
 
Provision for (Recovery of) Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes increased $2.6 million to $2.3 million for fiscal 2005 from a recovery of $0.3 million in fiscal 2004. For fiscal 2005, our effective tax rate was 62.6% compared to 17.4% for fiscal 2004. This increase in the effective tax rate and the increase of $2.6 million in our provision for income taxes was a result of:
 
  •  greater losses in the United States in fiscal 2005 which we are unable to offset against our income in Canada for tax purposes; and
 
  •  an increase in stock-based compensation expenses from $0 in fiscal 2004 to $2.7 million in fiscal 2005, which were not deductible for tax purposes during these periods.
 
Net Income (Loss)
 
Net income increased $2.8 million to net income of $1.4 million for fiscal 2005 from a net loss of $1.4 million for fiscal 2004. The increase in net income of $2.8 million was primarily due to a significant increase in gross profit of $21.7 million resulting from increased comparable store sales and sales from new corporate-owned stores opened during the period, offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $15.6 million, an increase in the provision for income taxes of $2.6 million, and an increase in principal stockholder bonus of $0.7 million. Our cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 included $2.7 million and $0, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense.
 
Unaudited Quarterly Statements of Operations
 
The following tables present our unaudited quarterly results of operations for each of the eight fiscal quarters in the period ended January 31, 2007 and our unaudited quarterly results of operations expressed as a percentage of the annual amount for the same periods. You should read the following tables in conjunction with our audited combined consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on a basis consistent with our audited combined consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to fairly present our operating results for the quarters presented. Our historical unaudited quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results for any future quarter or for a full year.
 


59


 

                                                                 
    Fiscal 2005     Fiscal 2006  
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
 
    (In thousands)
 
    (unaudited)  
Combined consolidated statements of income :                                                                
Net revenue
  $ 15,630     $ 17,126     $ 19,984     $ 31,390     $ 28,184     $ 32,517     $ 35,968     $ 52,216  
Cost of goods sold
    8,207       7,940       9,613       15,416       13,664       16,614       17,227       25,397  
                                                                 
Gross profit
    7,423       9,186       10,371       15,973       14,519       15,903       18,740       26,819  
                                                                 
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    3,574       4,473       5,338       13,032       8,406       12,667       14,046       17,421  
Principal stockholder bonus
    3,667       4,634       4,508                                
Settlement of lawsuit
                                              7,228  
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    182       79       525       2,941       6,113       3,236       4,694       2,170  
                                                                 
Other expenses (income) Interest income
    (16 )     (27 )     (6 )     (6 )     (26 )     (34 )     (52 )     (30 )
Interest expense
    10       8       15       19       3       12       8       23  
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    188       98       516       2,929       6,136       3,258       4,738       2,176  
                                                                 
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    (31 )     (41 )     160       2,249       2,955       1,318       3,132       1,348  
                                                                 
Non-controlling interest
                                        (58 )     (54 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 219     $ 139     $ 356     $ 680     $ 3,181     $ 1,940     $ 1,664     $ 882  
                                                                 
Selected store data :
                                                               
Number of stores open at end of period
    24       26       30       37       40       42       46       51  
 
                                                                 
    Fiscal 2005     Fiscal 2006  
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
 
    (% of net revenue)  
 
Net revenue
    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
Cost of goods sold
    52.5       46.4       48.1       49.1       48.5       51.1       47.9       48.6  
Gross profit
    47.5       53.6       51.9       50.9       51.5       48.9       52.1       51.4  
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    22.9       26.1       26.7       41.5       29.8       39.0       39.1       33.4  
Principal stockholder bonus
    23.5       27.1       22.6                                
Settlement of lawsuit
                                              13.8  
Income (loss) from operations
    1.2       0.5       2.6       9.4       21.7       10.0       13.1       4.2  
Other expenses (income)
                                                               
Interest income
    (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.0 )     (0.0 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )
Interest expense
    0.1       0.0       0.1       0.1       0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    1.2       0.6       2.6       9.3       21.8       10.0       13.2       4.2  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    (0.2 )     (0.2 )     0.8       7.2       10.5       4.1       8.7       2.6  
Non-controlling interest
                                        (0.2 )     (0.1 )
Net income (loss)
    1.4       0.8       1.8       2.2       11.3       6.0       4.6       1.7  

60


 

Our quarterly results of operations have varied in the past and are likely to do so again in the future. As such, we believe that comparisons of our quarterly results of operations should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. The items discussed below highlight unusual events and circumstances that make comparability between quarters difficult.
 
Cost of Goods Sold.   We experience seasonal fluctuations in our cost of goods sold as a result of the increased sales during the holiday period. In addition, we have experienced quarterly fluctuations due to warehouse sales, where we sell our products at reduced gross margins, and write downs of inventory. For example, a warehouse sale caused our cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenue to decrease from 52.5% to 46.4% in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Another example is a write down of obsolete raw material inventory that caused our cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenue to increase from 49.8% to 52.2% in the second quarter of fiscal 2006.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   The quarterly fluctuations in our selling, general and administrative expenses are primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation expenses from grants made under our employee stock compensation plan, a cash bonus paid to employees in conjunction with our recapitalization in December 2005, various consulting projects, and fees associated with the hiring of senior executives. For example, compensation expenses from grants made under our employee stock compensation plan and a cash bonus paid to employees in conjunction with our recapitalization in December 2005 caused our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenue to increase from 26.7% to 41.5% in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. Additionally, our selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 29.8% to 39.0% in the second quarter of fiscal 2006 and remained at that level for the third quarter of fiscal 2006 as a result of increased expenses from consulting projects that began in the second quarter.
 
Principal Stockholder Bonus.   Prior to December 2005, we paid an annual bonus to Mr. Wilson, our sole stockholder, in an amount equal to our Canadian taxable income for the year above a particular threshold. For quarterly reporting purposes, the bonus amounts were allocated based on taxable income for the respective quarters. As the principal stockholder bonus was discontinued during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, there was no bonus amount allocated to that quarter or in any subsequent quarter.
 
Provision for (Recovery of) Income Taxes.   Provision for (recovery of) income taxes has fluctuated during the last eight quarters due to fluctuations in taxable income, discontinuing the tax deductible principal stockholder bonus, and the treatment of stock-based compensation. For example, provision for income taxes as a percentage of net revenue increased to 7.2% from 0.8% in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 due to our discontinuation of the principal stockholder bonus.
 
   Seasonality
 
In fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we recognized over 35% of our net revenue in the fourth quarter due to significant increases in sales during the holiday season. We recognized 48.8% and 11.5% of our net income in the fourth quarter in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively. The amount of net income attributable to the fourth quarter in fiscal 2006 was substantially impacted by a lawsuit expense of $7.2 million that was accrued for in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. Despite the fact that we have experienced a significant amount of our net revenue and net income in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, we believe that the true extent of the seasonality or cyclical nature of our business may have been overshadowed by our rapid growth to date.
 
The level of our working capital reflects the seasonality of our business. We expect inventory, accounts payable and accrued expenses to be higher in the third and fourth quarters in preparation for the holiday selling season. Because our products are sold primarily through our stores, order backlog is not material to our business.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our cash requirements are principally for working capital and capital expenditures, principally the build out cost of new stores, renovations of existing stores, and improvements to our distribution facility


61


 

and corporate infrastructure. Our need for working capital is seasonal, with the greatest requirements from August through the end of November each year as a result of our inventory build-up during this period for our holiday selling season. Historically, our main sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operating activities and borrowings under our existing and previous revolving credit facilities.
 
At January 31, 2007, our working capital (excluding cash and cash equivalents) was $1.2 million and our cash and cash equivalents were $16.0 million.
 
The following table presents the major components of net cash flows provided by and used in operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.
 
Operating Activities
 
                         
   
For the Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
(Loss) net income for the year
  $ (1,411 )   $ 1,394     $ 7,666  
Items not affecting cash:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    1,123       2,466       4,619  
Deferred income taxes
    (107 )     (175 )     (3,077 )
Loss on property and equipment
                230  
Non-cash compensation
          2,700       2,830  
Non-controlling interest
          10       563  
Changes in non-cash working capital items
    5,737       (16,677 )     12,869  
                         
Cash flows (used by) operating activities
  $ 5,342     $ (10,282 )   $ 25,699  
 
Operating Activities consist primarily of net income adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, realized gains and losses on property and equipment, stock-based compensation expense and the effect of the changes in non-cash working capital items, principally accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued expenses.
 
For fiscal 2006, cash provided by operating activities increased $36.0 million to $25.7 million compared to cash used in operating activities of $10.3 million for fiscal 2005. The increase was due to an increase of $29.5 million due to changes in working capital, excluding cash, an increase in net income of $6.3 million and an increase in depreciation and amortization of $2.1 million, offset by the negative impact of an increase in deferred income taxes of $2.9 million. Inventories increased $10.7 million and $5.4 million in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively. The significant build-up of inventory in fiscal 2005 was in anticipation of increased sales associated with new store openings in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006. The termination of our principal stockholder bonus at the end of fiscal 2005 resulted in a decrease in accrued liabilities of $11.5 million in fiscal 2006 from an increase of $11.1 million in fiscal 2005. Income taxes payable increased $8.7 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively.
 
Depreciation and amortization relate almost entirely to leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures, computer hardware and software, equipment and vehicles in our stores and other corporate buildings. Depreciation and amortization increased $2.1 million to $4.6 million for fiscal 2006 from $2.5 million for fiscal 2005. Depreciation for our corporate-owned store segment was $3.1 million, $1.5 million and $0.4 million in fiscal 2006, fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, respectively. Depreciation related to corporate activities was $1.1 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million in fiscal 2006, fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, respectively. We have not allocated any depreciation to our franchises or other segments as these amounts to date have been immaterial.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $5.3 million for fiscal 2004.


62


 

 
Investing Activities
 
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended
 
    January 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Purchase of property and equipment
  $ (3,806 )   $ (7,846 )   $ (12,414 )
Acquisition of franchises
          (461 )     (512 )
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
  $ (3,806 )   $ (8,307 )   $ (12,926 )
 
Investing Activities relate entirely to capital expenditures and acquisitions of franchises. Cash used in investing activities increased $4.6 million to $12.9 million for fiscal 2006 from $8.3 million for fiscal 2005. This increase in cash used in investing activities represents an increase in the number of new stores as well as maintenance and repair expenditures on a larger store base. Capital expenditures for our corporate-owned stores segment were $11.3 million in fiscal 2006 which included $7.5 million to open 13 stores (not including one acquired franchise store), $6.1 million in fiscal 2005 which included $5.3 million to open 13 stores and $2.8 million in fiscal 2004 which included $2.3 million to open 7 stores. The remaining capital expenditures for our corporate-owned stores segment in each period were for ongoing store maintenance. Capital expenditures related to corporate activities and administration were $2.0 million, $2.3 million and $1.0 million in fiscal 2006, fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, respectively. The capital expenditures in each period for corporate activities and administration were for improvements at our head office and other corporate buildings as well as investments in information technology. There were no capital expenditures associated with our franchises and other segments. In fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we purchased our franchises in Whistler, British Columbia for $0.5 million and Portland, Oregon for $0.5 million, respectively.
 
Capital expenditures are expected to aggregate approximately $44.0 million to $50.0 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, including approximately $28.0 million to $34.0 million for 50 to 60 new stores, approximately $5.0 million for information technology enhancements, approximately $6.0 million for the build-out of our new corporate headquarters, and the remainder for ongoing store maintenance and for corporate activities.
 
Financing Activities
 
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended
 
    January 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Capital stock issued for cash — net of issuance costs
  $     $ 93,037     $ 446  
Distribution to principal stockholder
          (69,005 )      
Repayment of long-term debt
    (300 )     634        
Funds received from principal stockholder loan
    4,325       7,832       222  
Funds repaid on principal stockholder loan
    (2,527 )     (11,143 )      
Change in bank indebtedness
    (65 )            
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
  $ 1,433     $ 20,086     $ 669  
 
Financing Activities consist primarily of capital stock issued for cash, distributions to principal stockholder, repayment of long-term debt, funds received from and repaid on stockholder loan and changes in bank indebtedness. Cash provided by financing activities decreased $19.4 million to $0.7 million for fiscal 2006 from $20.1 million for fiscal 2005. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to a $93.1 million issuance of capital stock in fiscal 2005, offset by a purchase of shares from a stockholder of $69.0 million in fiscal 2005. In fiscal 2004, financing activities provided $1.4 million in cash primarily from funds received from principal stockholder loan of $4.3 million, offset by $2.5 million from funds repaid on principal stockholder loan.


63


 

 
We believe that our cash from operations, proceeds from our initial public offering and borrowings available to us under our revolving credit facility, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. Our cash from operations may be negatively impacted by a decrease in demand for our products as well as the other factors described in “Risk Factors.” In addition, we may make discretionary capital improvements with respect to our stores, distribution facility, headquarters, or other systems, which we would expect to fund through the issuance of debt or equity securities or other external financing sources to the extent we were unable to fund such capital expenditures out of our cash from operations.
 
Revolving Credit Facility
 
In April 2007, we entered into an uncommitted senior secured demand revolving credit facility with Royal Bank of Canada which replaces our existing credit facility. The revolving credit facility provides us with available borrowings in an amount up to CDN$20.0 million. The revolving credit facility must be repaid in full on demand and is available by way of prime loans in Canadian currency, US base rate loans in US currency, bankers’ acceptances, LIBOR based loans in US currency or Euro currency, letters of credit in Canadian currency or US currency and letters of guarantee in Canadian currency or US currency. The revolving credit facility bears interest on the outstanding balance in accordance with the following: (i) prime rate for prime loans; (ii) US base rate for US based loans; (iii) a fee of 1.125% per annum on bankers’ acceptances; (iv) LIBOR plus 1.125% per annum for LIBOR based loans; (v) a 1.125% annual fee for letters of credit; and (vi) a 1.125% annual fee for letters of guarantee. Both Lulu USA and Lululemon FC USA, Inc. provided Royal Bank of Canada with guarantees and postponements of claims in the amounts of CDN$20.0 million with respect to LAI’s obligations under the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility is also secured by all of our present and after acquired personal property, including all intellectual property and all of the outstanding shares we own in our subsidiaries.
 
Our prior credit facility included a revolving term loan facility of up to CDN$2.1 million, bearing interest at prime plus 0.50%, for general operating requirements. We also had a revolving demand facility of up to CDN$6.0 million available by way of letters of credit or guarantees for the payment of suppliers and we also had a revolving demand facility for the security of a lease for retail premises that was cancelled in November 2005. The term loans and demand facilities were secured by a general security agreement provided by us. On January 31, 2006, a guarantee and postponement of claim in an amount totaling CDN$4.5 million was provided by our majority stockholder.
 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
 
Leases.   We lease certain retail locations, storage spaces, building and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Our leases generally have initial terms of between five and ten years, and generally can be extended only in five-year increments (at increased rates) if at all. Our leases expire at various dates between 2008 and 2019, excluding extensions at our option. A substantial number of our leases for retail premises include renewal options and certain of our leases include rent escalation clauses, rent holidays and leasehold rental incentives, none of which are reflected in the following table. Most of our leases for retail premises also include contingent rental payments based on sales volume, the impact of which also are not reflected in the following table. The following table summarizes our contractual arrangements at January 31, 2007, and the timing and effect that such commitments are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:
 
                                         
    Payments due by Period
       
   
(Year Ended January 31,)
       
   
(In thousands)
 
Contractual Obligations
 
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
Thereafter
 
 
Operating Leases (minimum rent)*
  $ 8,797     $ 9,823     $ 9,056     $ 7,384     $ 34,675  
 
* Includes $250, $250, $250, $250 and $270 for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and thereafter for one store lease which has been terminated on May 15, 2007.
 


64


 

Franchise Agreements.   As of April 1, 2007, we operated six stores in North America and one store in Australia through franchise agreements. Under the terms of our franchise agreements, unless otherwise approved by us, franchisees are permitted to sell only lululemon athletica products, are required to purchase their inventory from us, which we sell at a slight premium to our cost, and are required to pay us a royalty based on a percentage of their gross sales. Additionally, under some of our franchise agreements, we have the ability to repurchase franchises at a price equal to a specified percentage of trailing 12-month sales. Pursuant to one of our franchise agreements, the franchisee has the right to sell his interest in the franchise back to us by June 2008. As of March 1, 2007, if the franchisee elected to sell his interest in the franchise to us, our repurchase costs for this franchise would have been approximately $0.5 million.
 
On April 1, 2007, we acquired three franchise stores in Calgary, Alberta for a purchase price of $5.4 million, subject to final working capital adjustments.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We enter into documentary letters of credit to facilitate the international purchase of merchandise. We also enter into standby letters of credit to secure certain of our obligations, including insurance programs and duties related to import purchases. As of January 31, 2007, letters of credit and guarantees totaling $0.4 million have been issued.
 
Other than these standby letters of credit, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts or synthetic leases.
 
Commencing July 7, 2003, our principal stockholder, Mr. Wilson, held an interest in a company that manufactured finished goods exclusively for us. Mr. Wilson sold his interest in this manufacturing company in December 2006. As a result of the relationships between us, Mr. Wilson and the manufacturing company, we had a variable interest in the manufacturing company. We have concluded that we were not the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity, and we have not consolidated the entity. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of the manufacturing company have not been included in our combined consolidated financial statements. We were not exposed directly or indirectly to any losses of the manufacturing company. Following Mr. Wilson’s sale of his interests in the manufacturing company in December 2006, we no longer have a variable interest in the manufacturing company.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and consolidated results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to uncollectible accounts receivable and accrued expenses. We base these estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.


65


 

 
We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
 
Revenue Recognition.   Net revenue is comprised of corporate-owned store net revenue which includes sales to customers through corporate-owned stores (including stores operated by our majority owned joint venture), franchise licensing fees and royalties as well as sales of products to franchises, and other net revenue, which includes sales to wholesale accounts, telephone sales, including related shipping and handling charges, warehouse sales and sales from company operated showrooms, in each case, less returns and discounts. Sales to customers through corporate-owned stores are recognized at the point of sale, net of an estimated allowance for sales returns. Franchise licensing fees and royalties are recognized when earned, in accordance with the terms of the franchise/license agreements. Royalties are based on a percentage of the franchisees’ sales and recognized when those sales occur. Franchise fee net revenue arising from the sale of a franchise is recognized when the agreement has been signed and all of our substantial obligations have been completed. Other net revenue, generated by sales to wholesale accounts, telephone sales, including related shipping and handling charges, and showroom sales are recognized when those sales occur, net of an estimated allowance for sales returns. Other net revenue related to warehouse sales are recognized when these sales occur. Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling are recognized at the time of shipment.
 
Sales are reported on a net revenue basis, which is computed by deducting from our gross sales the amount of sales taxes, actual product returns received, discounts and an amount established for anticipated sales returns. Our estimated allowance for sales returns is a subjective critical estimate that has a direct impact on reported net revenue. This allowance is calculated based on a history of actual returns, estimated future returns and any significant future known or anticipated events. Consideration of these factors results in an estimated allowance for sales returns. Our standard terms for retail sales limit returns to approximately 14 days after the sale of the merchandise. For our wholesale sales, we allow returns from our wholesale customers if properly requested and approved. Employee discounts are classified as a reduction of net revenue. We account for gift cards by recognizing a liability at the time a gift card is sold, and recognizing net revenue at the time the gift card is redeemed for merchandise. We review our gift card liability on an ongoing basis and recognize our estimate of the unredeemed gift card liability on a ratable basis over the estimated period of redemption.
 
Accounts Receivable.   Accounts receivable primarily arise out of royalties on sales owed us by our franchises. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses in accounts receivable. This allowance is established based on the specific circumstances associated with the credit risk of a franchise, the size of the accounts receivable balance, aging of accounts receivable balances and our collection history with the franchisee and other relevant information. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a monthly basis. Receivables are charged to the allowance when management believes the account will not be recovered.
 
Inventory.   Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and market. Cost is determined using the average cost method. For finished goods and work-in-process, market is defined as net realizable value; for raw materials, market is defined as replacement cost. Cost of inventories includes all costs incurred to deliver inventory to our distribution centers including freight, duty and other landing costs. During fiscal 2006, we initiated a new purchasing strategy that requires our manufacturers to acquire the raw materials used in the manufacturing of our apparel products. Because we will no longer be required to acquire these raw materials, we expect raw materials and work in process inventories to decline.
 
We periodically review our inventories and make provisions as necessary to appropriately value obsolete or damaged goods. The amount of the markdown is equal to the difference between the book cost of the inventory and its estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demands, selling prices and market conditions. In fiscal 2006, we wrote-off $1.0 million of inventory.
 
Property and Equipment.   Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs related to software used for internal purposes are capitalized in accordance with the provisions of the Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or


66


 

Obtained for Internal Use ” whereby direct internal and external costs incurred during the application development stage or for upgrades that add functionality are capitalized. All other costs related to internal use software are expensed as incurred.
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the length of the lease, without consideration of option renewal periods and the estimated useful life of the assets, up to a maximum of five years. All other property and equipment are amortized using the declining balance method as follows:
 
         
Furniture and fixtures
    20 %
Computer hardware and software
    30 %
Equipment
    30 %
Vehicles
    30 %
 
Long-Lived Assets.   Long-lived assets held for use are evaluated for impairment when the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances indicates that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable as measured by comparing their net book value to the estimated future cash flows generated by their use and eventual disposition. Impaired assets are recorded at fair value, determined principally by discounting the future cash flows expected from their use and eventual disposition. Reductions in asset values resulting from impairment valuations are recognized in earnings in the period that the impairment is determined. Long-lived assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying value of the asset and fair value less cost to sell. Any write-downs to reflect fair value less selling cost is recognized in income when the asset is classified as held for sale. Gains or losses on assets held for sale and asset dispositions are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Income Taxes.   We follow the liability method with respect to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.   Intangible assets are recorded at cost. Non-competition agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of five years. Reacquired franchise rights are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives of ten years. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired and is not amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently when an event or circumstance indicates that goodwill might be impaired. We use our best estimates and judgment based on available evidence in conducting the impairment testing. When the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value over its fair market value.
 
Stock-Based Compensation.   We account for stock-based compensation using the fair value method as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 — (Revised 2004) “Share Based Payments” (FAS 123R). The fair value of awards granted is estimated at the date of grant and recognized as employee compensation expense on a straight line basis over the requisite service period with the offsetting credit to additional paid-in capital. Our calculation of stock-based compensation requires us to make a number of complex and subjective estimates and assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, future forfeitures, stock price volatility, expected life of the options and related tax effects. Prior to our initial public offering, our board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on a number of factors, most significantly our implied enterprise value based upon the purchase price of our securities sold in December 2005 pursuant to an arms-length private placement to a group of private equity investors. The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from our estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.


67


 

We consider several factors when estimating expected forfeitures, such as types of awards, size of option holder group and anticipated employee retention. Actual results may differ substantially from these estimates. Expected volatility of the stock is based on our review of companies we believe of similar growth and maturity and our peer group in the industry in which we do business because we do not have sufficient historical volatility data for our own stock. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. In the future, as we gain historical data for volatility in our own stock and the actual term employees hold our options, expected volatility and expected term may change which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and, ultimately, the expense we record. For awards with service and/or performance conditions, the total amount of compensation cost to be recognized is based on the number of awards that are expected to vest and is adjusted to reflect those awards that do ultimately vest. For awards with performance conditions, we recognize the compensation cost over the requisite service period as determined by a range of probability weighted outcomes. For awards with market and or performance conditions, all compensation cost is recognized if the underlying market or performance conditions are fulfilled. Certain employees are entitled to share based awards from a stockholder of the Company. These awards are accounted for as employee compensation expense in accordance with the above noted policies. We commenced applying FAS 123R when we introduced share based awards for our employees in the year ended January 31, 2006.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (SAB 108), which provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 requires financial statement errors to be quantified using both balance sheet and income statement approaches and an evaluation on whether either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. SAB 108 did not have any impact on these combined consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, (FAS 157) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adopting SFAS 157 will have on its combined consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48), which provides additional guidance and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing a tax return position in the financial statements as “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and disclosure of tax return positions in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has determined that the adoption of FIN 48 will not have a material impact on its combined consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached in EITF 06-03, “How Sales Tax Collected from Customers and Remitted to Government Authorities Should be Presented in the Income Statement” (gross versus net presentation). The EITF reached a consensus that the presentation of taxes on either a gross or net basis is an accounting policy decision that requires disclosure. EITF 06-03, is effective for


68


 

the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of EITF 06-03 did not have any effect on the company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
In October 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position No. (FSP) SFAS 13-1, “Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred during a Construction Period” (FSP SFAS 13-1). FSP SFAS 13-1 concludes that there is no distinction between the right to use a leased asset during and after the construction period; therefore rental costs incurred during the construction period should be recognized as rental expense and deducted from income from continuing operations. FSP SFAS 13-1 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2005. The company has applied the guidance under SFAS 13-1 for all periods presented.
 
In June 2005, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 05-6, “Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination” (EITF 05-6). EITF 05-6 addresses the amortization period for leasehold improvements in operating leases that are either (a) placed in a service significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the initial lease term or (b) acquired in a business combination. Leasehold improvements that are placed in service significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the lease term should be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date the leasehold improvements are purchased. Leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination should be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date of acquisition. EITF 05-6 has been applied for all periods presented.
 
In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, (FAS 154) which replaced APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. FAS 154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle and requires retrospective application (a term defined by the statement) to prior periods’ financial statements, unless it is impracticable to determine the effect of a change. It also applies to changes required by an accounting pronouncement that does not include specific transition provisions. FAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of FAS 154 in 2007 had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard 123R, Share Based Payment (FAS 123R), which revised Statement of Financial Accounting Standard 123, Accounting for Stock-based compensation and supersedes APB 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. FAS 123R requires all stock-based compensation to be recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that such costs be measured according to the fair value of the award. FAS 123R became effective for the Company on January 1, 2006 but has been applied for all periods presented. In March 2005, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin no. 107 was issued to provide guidance from SEC staff on the implementation of FAS 123R as this statements relates to the valuation of the share-based payment arrangements for public companies. The Company has applied FAS 123R to all share based awards since the inception of its plans during fiscal 2005.
 
In November 2004, FASB issues FAS No. 151, Inventory Costs (“FAS 151”) which is an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, Inventory Pricing. FAS 151 requires all companies to recognize a current-period charge for abnormal amounts of idle facility expenses, freight, handling costs and wasted materials. This statement also requires that the allocation of fixed production overhead to costs of conversation be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. FAS 151 was effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. SFAS 151 has been applied for all periods presented in these combined consolidated financial statements with no effect.


69


 

 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk.   We currently generate a majority of our net revenue in Canada. The reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements is U.S. dollars. Historically, our operations were based largely in Canada. However, since fiscal 2003, we have opened 11 stores in the United States, one store in Australia and two stores in Japan. As a result, we have been impacted by changes in exchange rates and may be impacted materially for the foreseeable future. For example, because we recognize sales in Canada in Canadian dollars, as the U.S. dollar strengthens it would have a negative impact on our Canadian operating results upon translation of those results into U.S. Dollars upon consolidation. Any hypothetical loss in net revenue could be partially or completely offset by lower cost of sales and lower selling, general and administrative expenses that are generated in Canadian dollars. A 10% appreciation in the relative value of the U.S. dollar compared to the Canadian dollar would have resulted in lost income from operations for fiscal 2006 of approximately $4.0 million. To the extent the ratio between our net revenue generated in Canadian dollars increases as compared to our expenses generated in Canadian dollars, we expect that our results of operations will be further impacted by changes in exchange rates. We do not currently hedge foreign currency fluctuations. However, in the future, in an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times enter into derivative financial instruments, although we have not historically done so. These may take the form of forward sales contracts and option contracts. We do not, and do not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for profit.
 
Interest Rate Risk.   In April 2007, we entered into an uncommitted senior secured demand revolving credit facility with Royal Bank of Canada which replaces our existing credit facility. Because our revolving credit facility bears interest at a variable rate, we will be exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates, if we have a meaningful outstanding balance. At January 31, 2007, we had no outstanding borrowings on our then existing revolving facility and our term facility, other than letters of credit drawn under these facilities for the purchase of merchandise. We have maintained small outstanding balances during the third and fourth quarters as we build inventory and working capital for the holiday selling season, but we do not believe we are significantly exposed to changes in interest rate risk. We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and currently have no intention to do so in the foreseeable future. However, in the future, if we have a meaningful outstanding balance, in an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times enter into derivative financial instruments, although we have not historically done so. These may take the form of forward sales contracts, option contracts, and interest rate swaps. We do not, and do not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for profit.
 
Inflation
 
Inflationary factors such as increases in the cost of our product and overhead costs may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenue if the selling prices of our products do not increase with these increased costs.


70


 

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
lululemon is one of the fastest growing designers and retailers of technical athletic apparel in North America. Our yoga-inspired apparel is marketed under the lululemon athletica brand name. We believe consumers associate our brand with highly innovative, technically advanced premium apparel products. Our products are designed to offer superior performance, fit and comfort while incorporating both function and style. Our heritage of combining performance and style distinctly positions us to address the needs of female athletes as well as a growing core of consumers who desire everyday casual wear that is consistent with their active lifestyles. We also continue to broaden our product range to increasingly appeal to male athletes. We offer a comprehensive line of apparel and accessories including fitness pants, shorts, tops and jackets designed for athletic pursuits such as yoga, dance, running and general fitness. As of April 1, 2007, our branded apparel was principally sold through our 52 stores that are primarily located in Canada and the United States. We believe our vertical retail strategy allows us to interact more directly with and gain insights from our customers while providing us with greater control of our brand.
 
We have developed a distinctive community-based strategy that we believe enhances our brand and reinforces our customer loyalty. The key elements of our strategy are to:
 
  •  design and develop innovative athletic apparel that combines performance with style and incorporates real-time customer feedback;
 
  •  locate our stores in street locations, lifestyle centers and malls that position each lululemon athletica store as an integral part of its community;
 
  •  create an inviting and educational store environment that encourages product trial and repeat visits; and
 
  •  market on a grassroots level in each community, including through influential fitness practitioners who embrace and create excitement around our brand.
 
We were founded in 1998 by Dennis “Chip” Wilson in Vancouver, Canada, an important center for active and outdoor culture. Noting the increasing number of women participating in sports, and specifically yoga, Mr. Wilson developed lululemon athletica to address a void in the women’s athletic apparel market. The founding principles established by Mr. Wilson drive our distinctive corporate culture with a mission of providing people with the components to live a longer, healthier and more fun life. Consistent with this mission, we promote a set of core values in our business, which include developing the highest quality products, operating with integrity, leading a healthy balanced life, and training our employees in self responsibility and goal setting. These core values attract passionate and motivated employees who are driven to succeed and share our vision of “elevating the world from mediocrity to greatness.” We believe the energy and passion of our employees allow us to successfully execute on our business strategy, enhance brand loyalty and create a distinctive connection with our customers.
 
We believe our culture and community-based business approach provide us with competitive advantages that are responsible for our strong financial performance. Our net revenue has increased from $40.7 million in fiscal 2004 to $148.9 million in fiscal 2006, representing a 91.1% compound annual growth rate. During fiscal 2006 our comparable store sales increased 25% and we reported income from operations of $16.2 million, which includes a one-time $7.2 million litigation settlement charge. Over that same period, our stores open at least one year averaged sales of approximately $1,400 per square foot, which we believe is among the best in the apparel retail sector.
 
Our Market
 
Our primary target customer is a sophisticated and educated woman who understands the importance of an active, healthy lifestyle. She is increasingly tasked with the dual responsibilities of


71


 

career and family and is constantly challenged to balance her work, life and health. We believe she pursues exercise to achieve physical fitness and inner peace.
 
As women have continued to embrace a variety of fitness and athletic activities, including yoga, we believe other athletic apparel companies are not effectively addressing their unique style, fit and performance needs. We believe we have been able to help address this void in the marketplace by incorporating style along with comfort and functionality into our products. Although we were founded to address the unique needs of women, we are also successfully designing products for men who also appreciate the technical rigor and premium quality of our products.
 
We believe that we are one of the leaders in the yoga apparel market and are well positioned in the broader sports apparel market. According to the 2004 Yoga in America Study, as published by the Yoga Journal on December 8, 2004, the yoga apparel market was estimated to be approximately $500 million in 2004, part of the larger market for yoga products and services estimated at approximately $2.95 billion. The yoga apparel market has been, and continues to be, supported by a growing number of participants in yoga and related activities. In 2006, SGMA International, a global business trade association for the sports products industry, estimated that participation in yoga and related activities grew approximately 18% from 2004 to 2005. In addition to this growth in the yoga apparel market, the broader sports apparel market grew 8.3% in 2006 to over $47 billion as estimated by The NPD Group Consumer Tracking Service. We believe that both yoga and broader fitness-related participation will continue to grow as a result of a sustained shift toward health and well-being on the part of women and men. We also believe longer-term growth in athletic participation will be reinforced as the aging Baby Boomer generation focuses more on longevity. In addition, we believe consumer purchase decisions are driven by both an actual need for functional products and a desire to create a particular lifestyle perception. As such, we believe the credibility and authenticity of our brand expands our potential market beyond just athletes to those who desire to lead an active, healthy, and balanced life.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and are important to our success:
 
  •  Premium Active Brand.   lululemon athletica stands for leading a healthy, balanced and fun life. We believe customers associate the lululemon athletica brand with high quality premium athletic apparel that incorporates technically advanced materials, innovative functional features and style. We believe our focus on women differentiates us and positions lululemon athletica to address a void in the growing market for women’s athletic apparel. The premium nature of our brand is reinforced by our vertical retail strategy and our selective distribution through yoga studios and fitness clubs that we believe are the most influential within the fitness communities of their respective markets. We believe this approach allows us to further control our brand image and merchandising. While our brand has its roots in yoga, our products are increasingly being designed and used for other athletic and casual lifestyle pursuits. We work with local athletes and fitness practitioners to enhance our brand awareness and broaden our product appeal.
 
  •  Distinctive Retail Experience.   We locate our stores in street locations, lifestyle centers and malls that position lululemon athletica stores to be an integral part of their communities. Our retail concept is based on a community-centric philosophy designed to offer customers an inviting and educational experience. We believe that this environment encourages product trial, purchases and repeat visits. We coach our store sales associates, who we refer to as “educators”, to develop a personal connection with each guest. Our educators embody our core values and are typically experienced fitness practitioners. They receive approximately 30 hours of in-house training within the first three months of the start of their employment and are well prepared to explain the technical and innovative design aspects of each product. Each of our stores features


72


 

  a community board with local information regarding yoga, fitness and other activities. Our educators also serve as knowledgeable references for information on fitness classes, instructors and events in the local community. We believe that these characteristics contribute to the productivity of our stores which exhibit strong operating metrics, including sales per square foot and average payback period on new store investments.
 
  •  Innovative Design Process.   We offer high-quality premium apparel that is designed for performance, comfort, functionality and style. We attribute our ability to develop superior products to a number of factors, including:
 
  •  Our feedback-based design process through which our design and product development team proactively and frequently seek input from our customers and local fitness practitioners;
 
  •  Close collaboration with our third-party suppliers to formulate innovative and technically advanced fabrics and features for our products; and
 
  •  Although we typically bring products from design to market in 8 to 10 months, our vertical retail strategy enables us to bring select products to market in as little as one month, thereby allowing us to respond quickly to customer feedback, changing market conditions and apparel trends.
 
  •  Community-Based Marketing Approach.   We differentiate lululemon athletica through an innovative, community-based approach to building brand awareness and customer loyalty. We use a multi-faceted grassroots marketing strategy that includes partnering with local fitness practitioners and retail educators and creating in-store community boards. To create excitement and reinforce the premium image for our brand, we often initiate our grassroots marketing efforts in advance of opening our first store. Each of our stores has a dedicated community coordinator who organizes fitness or philanthropic events that heighten the image of our brand in the community. We believe this grassroots approach allows us to successfully increase brand awareness and broaden our appeal while reinforcing our premium brand image.
 
  •  Deep Rooted Culture Centered on Training and Personal Growth. We believe our core values and distinctive corporate culture allow us to attract passionate and motivated employees who are driven to succeed and share our vision. We provide our employees with a supportive, goal-oriented environment and encourage them to reach their full professional, health and personal potential. We offer programs such as personal development workshops and goal coaching to assist our employees in realizing their long-term objectives. We believe our relationship with our employees is exceptional and a key contributor to our success. The passion and dedication of our employees allows us to execute on our business strategy which promotes repeat visits and strengthens our brand loyalty.
 
  •  Experienced Management Team with Proven Ability to Execute. Our founder, Mr. Wilson, leads our design team and plays a central role in corporate strategy and in promoting our distinctive corporate culture. Our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Meers, whose experience includes 15 years at Reebok International Ltd., most recently serving as the chief executive officer of the Reebok brand from 1996 to 1999, joined us in December 2005. Messrs. Wilson and Meers have assembled a management team with a complementary mix of retail, design, operations, product sourcing and marketing experience from leading apparel and retail companies such as Abercrombie & Fitch Co., Limited Brands, Inc., Nike, Inc. and Reebok. We believe our management team is well positioned to execute the long-term growth strategy for our business.


73


 

 
Growth Strategy
 
Key elements of our growth strategy are to:
 
  •  Grow our Store Base in North America.   As of April 1, 2007, our products were sold through 52 stores, including 37 in Canada and 12 in the United States. We expect that most of our near-term store growth will occur in the United States. We have demonstrated strong sales to date in the United States, supporting the portability of our brand and retail concept. We plan to add new stores to strengthen existing markets and selectively enter new markets in the United States and Canada. We anticipate opening between 20 and 25 stores in fiscal 2007 and between 30 and 35 additional stores in fiscal 2008 in the United States and Canada.
 
  •  Increase our Brand Awareness.   We will continue to increase brand awareness and customer loyalty through our grassroots marketing efforts and planned store expansion. In existing markets, our community coordinators organize frequent events and generate excitement around our brand to enhance our profile in the local community. We also seek to cluster our new stores within a given area when appropriate to leverage our community marketing efforts. Our ability to initiate our grassroots marketing efforts in advance of selected store openings allows us to actively develop brand awareness in new markets. We believe that increased brand awareness will result in increased comparable-store sales and sales productivity over time.
 
  •  Introduce New Product Technologies.   We remain focused on developing and offering products that incorporate technology-enhanced fabrics and performance features that differentiate us in the market. Collaborating with leading fabric manufacturers, we have jointly developed and trademarked names for innovative fabrics such as Luon and Silverescent, and natural stretch fabrics using organic elements such as bamboo, soy, and seaweed. Among our ongoing efforts, we are jointly developing encapsulation enhanced fabrics to provide advanced features such as UV protection and temperature control. In addition, we will continue to develop differentiated manufacturing techniques that provide greater support, protection, and comfort. We believe that incorporating new technologies into our products will reinforce the authenticity and appeal of our products and encourage brand loyalty.
 
  •  Broaden the Appeal of our Products.   We will selectively seek opportunities to expand the appeal of our brand to improve store productivity and increase our overall addressable market. To enhance our product appeal, we intend to:
 
  •  Grow our Men’s Business.   We believe the premium quality and technical rigor of our products will continue to appeal to men and that there is an opportunity to expand our men’s business as a proportion of our total sales.
 
  •  Expand our Product Categories.   We plan to expand our product offerings in complementary existing and new categories such as bags, undergarments, outerwear and sandals.
 
  •  Increase the Range of Athletic Activities our Products Target.   We expect customers to increasingly purchase our products for activities such as running, dance and general fitness as we educate them on the versatility of our products and expand our offering.
 
  •  Expand Beyond North America.   As of April 1, 2007, we operated two stores in Japan through a joint venture and one franchise store in Australia, which we intend to transition to a joint venture. Given the attractive demographics of and our early success in both markets, we plan to open additional stores in Japan and Australia with our joint venture partners. Over time, we intend to pursue additional joint venture opportunities in other Asian and European markets. We believe partnering in these regions reduces our risk and improves the probability of success in these markets, as we are able to leverage our partners’ local market knowledge and existing infrastructure.


74


 

 
Our Stores
 
As of April 1, 2007, our retail footprint included 37 stores in Canada, 12 stores in the United States, 1 store in Australia, and 2 joint-venture controlled stores in Japan. The 49 stores in Canada and the United States include 3 franchise stores in Canada and 3 in the United States. While the significant majority of our stores are branded lululemon athletica, two of our corporate-owned stores and one franchise store in Canada are branded oqoqo and specialize in apparel made with sustainable organic or recycled fabrics. Our retail stores are located primarily on street locations, in lifestyle centers and in malls. Each store exterior is unique and prominently displays the lululemon athletica or oqoqo logo. Store windows are creatively designed by the store’s management team to reflect the unique features of the surrounding community.
 
The following store list shows the number of branded stores (including corporate-owned stores, franchise stores, and stores operated through our joint venture relationships) operated in each Canadian province, U.S. state, and internationally as of April 1, 2007.
 
                 
    Corporate-Owned
    Franchise
 
Canada
 
Stores
   
Stores
 
 
British Columbia
      10 *         2  
Ontario
    13        
Alberta
    7        
Quebec
    3        
Manitoba
    1        
Saskatchewan
          1  
                 
Total Canada
    34       3  
                 
                 
United States
               
California
    5       1  
Colorado
          1  
Illinois
    1        
Massachusetts
    1        
New York
    1        
Oregon
    1        
Washington
          1  
                 
Total United States
    9       3  
                 
                 
International
               
Japan
    2        
Australia
          1  
                 
Total International
     2        1  
                 
 
* Includes one oqoqo store which will close on May 15, 2007.
 
Distinctive Store Experience
 
We are committed to providing our customers with an inviting and educational store environment. Our store sales associates, who we refer to as educators, are coached to personally engage and connect with each guest. Our educators, who embody our core values and are often experienced fitness practitioners, receive approximately 30 hours of in-house training within the first three months of the start of their employment. They are therefore well prepared to explain the technical features of all of our products. We believe this environment encourages product trial, purchases and repeat visits.
 
We position our stores as community hubs designed to educate and enrich our customers. Each of our stores posts a community board featuring local yoga studios, athletic events and other information.


75


 

Our educators also serve as knowledgeable references for guests seeking information on fitness classes, instructors and events in the community. Our stores display pictures of local fitness practitioners wearing our apparel while engaged in athletic activity at area landmarks. In order to make our customers feel welcome and provide a personalized experience, we refer to them on a first name basis in the changing area, allow them to use our restrooms, and provide everyone fresh filtered water.
 
Store Economics
 
We believe that our innovative retail concept and customer experience contribute to the success of our stores most of which generate strong productivity and returns. During fiscal 2006 our corporate-owned stores open at least one year, which average approximately 2,900 square feet, produced annual average sales per square foot of approximately $1,400. Generally, we have found that as each location becomes more integrated into its community and brand awareness grows, our store productivity tends to improve as measured by comparable store sales.
 
Store Expansion and Site Selection
 
From February 1, 2002 to April 1, 2007, we opened 42 corporate-owned stores in North America. We opened our first corporate-owned store in the United States in 2003 and as of April 1, 2007, there were 12 stores in the United States, including 3 franchise stores. Over the next few years, our new store growth will be primarily focused on corporate-owned stores in the United States, an attractive market with a population of over nine times the size of Canada. We intend to open between 20 and 25 stores in fiscal 2007, and between 30 and 35 new stores in fiscal 2008 in the United States and Canada.
 
In new markets, our new store operating model assumes a target store size of 2,500 square feet that achieved sales per square foot of $750 in the first year of operation. Our new store operating model also assumes an average new store investment of approximately $825,000, which consists of approximately $500,000 of build-out costs, exclusive of landlord contributions, approximately $175,000 of pre-opening costs and approximately $150,000 of initial inventory. We target an average payback period of 18 months on our initial investment.
 
                                 
                      Total
 
                      Corporate-Owned
 
   
Corporate-Owned Stores Opened or Repurchased From Franchisees
    Stores at
 
Fiscal Year
 
Canada
   
U.S.
   
International
   
End of Period
 
 
Prior to 2002
    1                   1  
2002
    1                   2  
2003
    4       1             7  
2004
    5       2             14  
2005
    12       1             27  
2006
    7       5       2       41  
2007 YTD
    4                   45  
                                 
Total Stores as of April 1, 2007
      34 *         9           2         45  
                                 
 
* Includes one oqoqo store which will close on May 15, 2007.
 
We believe our innovative approach to entering new markets should allow us to successfully open stores in diverse areas. This often includes initiating our grassroots marketing efforts in advance of opening our first store in a new market to create excitement and reinforce the premium image of our brand.
 
We have adopted a strategic approach to selecting store locations. We generally look for areas that offer the right mix of high foot traffic and consistency with our brand position and community marketing efforts. We have a flexible approach to designing and locating our stores and strive to open stores that reflect the distinctive characteristics of each community that we enter. This approach typically favors


76


 

street locations and lifestyle centers where we are an integral part of the community rather than mall-based locations favored by many traditional retailers. Nevertheless, we recognize that there are some markets where the mall serves as a hub for the community, and as such, we do not constrain ourselves to a formulaic approach to site selection. Our stores are typically located near retailers and fitness facilities that we believe are complementary to the lifestyle choices of our customers. Also, in an effort to leverage our ongoing community based marketing efforts and distribution infrastructure, we seek to ‘cluster’ our new stores within a given area when appropriate. We believe that this approach allows us to maximize our return on investment in each market while selecting store locations that serve their targeted communities.
 
Franchise Stores in North America
 
As of April 1, 2007 we had three franchise stores in Canada and three franchise stores in the United States. We began opening franchise stores in select markets in 2002 to expand our store network while limiting required capital expenditures. We have committed to open one additional franchise store in the United States with one of our existing franchisees. Pursuing new franchise partnerships or opening new franchise stores is not a significant part of our near-term store growth strategy. We continue to evaluate the ability to repurchase attractive franchises, which, in some cases, we can contractually acquire at a specified percentage of trailing 12-month sales. Unless otherwise approved by us, our franchisees are required to sell only our branded products, which are purchased from us at a discount to the suggested retail price.
 
International Stores
 
Beyond North America, we intend to pursue a joint venture model to expand our global presence. We believe that partnering with companies and individuals that have significant experience and proven success in the target country is to our advantage. This model allows us to leverage our partners’ knowledge of local markets to reduce risks and improve our probability of success. In 2006, we established a joint venture in Japan with Descente Ltd, a global leader in fabric technology, called “Lululemon Japan Inc.” We own 60% of the joint venture, which currently operates two stores. Through the joint venture, we take advantage of Descente Ltd.’s experience and resources in Japan including real estate, point-of-sale systems, experienced local management and distribution operations. In return, we contribute marketing support, operational support services, training, and brand management.
 
As of April 1, 2007, we operated one store in Melbourne, Australia, through a franchise arrangement. We expect to transition this franchise to a joint venture arrangement. We intend to structure the joint venture such that that we are the majority owner.
 
In addition to these efforts, we plan to selectively create new joint venture relationships across Europe and Asia. We currently have not made arrangements or plans to enter these markets and do not intend to in the immediate term.
 
oqoqo
 
As of April 1, 2007, we operated three oqoqo branded stores in Canada, including one franchise oqoqo store. These stores focus on apparel products that integrate sustainable organic materials such as soy and bamboo. Products sold at these stores are labeled with the oqoqo trademark. Selected oqoqo products are also sold through our lululemon athletica branded stores. We plan to continue to develop and sell products that integrate sustainable organic materials. On May 15, 2007, we will close one corporate-owned oqoqo store, and we do not intend to open any additional oqoqo stores over the next few years.
 
Wholesale Channel
 
We also sell lululemon athletica products through premium yoga studios, health clubs and fitness centers. In fiscal 2006, this channel represented only 2.2% of our net revenue. We believe that these


77


 

premium wholesale locations offer an alternative distribution channel that is convenient for our core consumer and enhances the image of our brand. We do not intend wholesale to be a meaningful contributor to overall sales. Instead we use the channel to build brand awareness, especially in new markets.
 
Our Products
 
Our yoga-inspired apparel is marketed under the lululemon athletica brand name. We believe consumers associate our brand with highly innovative, technically advanced premium apparel products. We offer premium apparel that is optimized for performance, comfort, functionality and style. By combining performance enhancing technology with style, our brand not only has strong athletic appeal, but also attracts a growing core of consumers that desire casual wear suited to their active lifestyles. We believe that our superior quality and technically advanced products allow us to maintain premium price points and encourage repeat purchases among our customers. We believe that while we are one of the few global brands primarily designed for and catering to women, the technology, performance and functionality of our products resonate with male athletes. Therefore, we believe there is an opportunity to grow our men’s business as a percentage of our total net revenue. In fiscal 2006, sales of products designed for men represented approximately 11% of our net revenue.
 
We offer a comprehensive line of performance apparel and accessories for both women and men. Our apparel assortment, including items such as fitness pants, shorts, tops and jackets, is designed for healthy lifestyle activities such as yoga, dance, running and general fitness. According to a third-party survey commissioned by one of our investors in 2005, approximately 25% of our products were purchased specifically for yoga. The balance of purchases were for a range of athletic and casual pursuits. Although we benefit from the growing number of people that participate in yoga, we believe the percentage of our products sold for other activities will continue to increase as we broaden our product range to address other activities. Our fitness-related accessories include an array of items such as bags, socks, underwear, yoga mats, instructional yoga DVDs, water bottles and headbands.
 
We believe the authenticity of our products is driven by a number of factors. These factors include our athlete-inspired design process, our use of technical materials, our sophisticated manufacturing methods and our innovative product features. Our athletic apparel is designed and manufactured using cutting-edge fabrics that deliver maximum function and athletic fit. We collaborate with leading fabric suppliers to develop advanced fabrics that we sell under our trademarks. Our in-house design and development team works closely with our suppliers to formulate fabrics that meet our performance and functional specifications such as stretch ability, capability to wick moisture and durability. We currently incorporate the following advanced fabrics in our products:
 
  •  Luon , included in more than half of our products, wicks away moisture, moves with the body and is designed to eliminate irritation;
 
  •  Silverescent incorporates silver directly into the fabric to reduce odors as a result of the antibacterial properties of the silver in the fabric; and
 
  •  Vitasea , derived from a seaweed compound, releases amino acids, minerals and vitamins directly into the skin.
 
In addition to these fabrics, we have filed trademark applications for the names Boolux and WET.DRY.WARM and obtained a trademark registration for the name Soyla for present and future use. Our design and development team continues to develop fabrics that we believe will help advance our product line and differentiate us from the competition.
 
We also offer a line of casual, organic products made from sustainable recyclable materials such as soy, bamboo and vitasea. These products are typically sold under the oqoqo brand name and feature stylish casual designs sold through lululemon athletica and oqoqo stores.


78


 

 
Our products are constructed with advanced sewing techniques such as flat seaming, and ’rip-out’ labels which increase comfort and functionality by reducing skin irritation and strengthening important seams. Our apparel products include innovative features to promote convenience, such as pockets designed to hold credit cards, keys, digital audio players, and heart rate monitors, or clips for heart rate transmitters.
 
Our Culture and Values
 
Since our inception, Mr. Wilson has developed a distinctive corporate culture with a mission to provide people with components to live a longer, healthier and more fun life. We promote a set of core values in our business, which include developing the highest quality products, operating with integrity, leading a healthy balanced life and instilling in our employees a sense of self responsibility and personal achievement. These core values allow us to attract passionate and motivated employees who are driven to succeed and share our vision of “elevating the world from mediocrity to greatness.”
 
For many team members, their job is an extension of their personal philosophy and lifestyle. We provide our employees with a supportive and goal-oriented environment and encourage them to reach their full professional, health and personal potential. We believe at least three quarters of our staff have written professional, health and personal goals and we offer programs such as personal development workshops and goal coaching to assist them in realizing their objectives. All employees have access to an updated library of business, leadership and personal development books.
 
We believe our relationship with our employees, at all levels within our organization, is exceptional and a key contributor to our success. We believe the knowledge and passion of our employees allows us to execute our community-based strategy and strengthens our brand loyalty. We believe motivated and educated employees lead to satisfied customers who, in turn, lead to increased revenues and profitability.
 
Community-Based Marketing
 
We differentiate our business through an innovative, community-based approach to building brand awareness and customer loyalty. We pursue a multi-faceted strategy which leverages our local ambassadors, in-store community boards, retail educators and a variety of grassroots initiatives. Our ambassadors, who are local fitness practitioners, share our core values and introduce our brand to their fitness classes and communities leading to interest in the brand, store visits and word-of-mouth marketing. Our in-store community boards coupled with our educators’ knowledge, further position our stores as community destinations designed to educate and enrich our customers. Each of our stores has a dedicated community coordinator who selectively organizes events that heighten the image of our brand in the community. Each of our community coordinators customizes a local marketing plan to focus on the important athletic and philanthropic activities within each community.
 
We often initiate our grassroots marketing efforts in advance of opening our first store in a new market. We believe building brand awareness in new markets prior to opening a new store will continue to contribute to our ability to successfully open stores in diverse markets.
 
We believe our community-based marketing strategy allows us to successfully increase brand awareness and broaden our appeal while reinforcing our product superiority and functionality.
 
Product Design and Development
 
Our product design efforts are led by Mr. Wilson and a team of ten designers based in Vancouver, Canada. Our team is comprised of dedicated athletes and users of our products who embody our design philosophy and dedication to premium quality. While our design team identifies trends based on market research, we primarily use an innovative feedback-based design process through which we proactively seek the input of customers and our ambassadors. Our ambassadors have become an integral part of our product design process as they test and evaluate our products, providing real-time feedback on


79


 

performance and functionality. Our design team also hosts meetings each year in many of our markets. In these meetings, local athletes, trainers, yogis and members of the fitness industry discuss our products and provide us with additional feedback and ideas. Members of our design team also regularly work at our stores, which gives them the opportunity to interact with and receive direct feedback from customers. Our design team incorporates all of this input to adjust fit and style, to detect new athletic trends and to identify desirable fabrics.
 
We typically bring new products from design to market in approximately 8 to 10 months, however, our vertical retail structure enables us to bring select new products to market in as little as one month. We believe our lead times are shorter than a typical apparel wholesaler due to our streamlined design and development process as well as the real-time input we receive from our consumers and ambassadors through our retail locations. Our process does not involve edits by intermediaries, such as retail buyers or a sales force, and we believe it incorporates a shorter sample process than typical apparel wholesalers. This rapid turnaround time allows us to respond relatively quickly to trends or changing market conditions.
 
Sourcing and Manufacturing
 
We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities. We instead choose to contract with third-party vendors for fabrics and finished goods. To ensure that we continue to provide our customers with advanced fabrics, our design and development team works closely with our suppliers to incorporate innovative fabrics that meet particular specifications into our products. These specifications include characteristics such as stretch ability, capability to wick moisture and durability. We collaborate with leading fabric suppliers to develop fabrics that we ultimately trademark for brand recognition whenever possible. To enhance our efficiency and profitability, we recently discontinued the practice of purchasing fabrics directly from suppliers and now buy finished products from third-party manufacturers. The fabric used in our products is sourced by our manufacturers from a limited number of pre-approved suppliers.
 
All of our products are manufactured by third-parties. We work with a group of approximately 30 manufacturers, ten of which produce approximately 85% of our products. During fiscal 2006, no single manufacturer produced more than 30% of our product offering. During fiscal 2006, approximately 36% of our products at cost were produced in Canada, approximately 36% in China, approximately 22% in Taiwan and the remainder in Australia, Italy and the United States. Beginning in fiscal 2007, we expect to purchase products from manufacturers in Indonesia, Israel, Peru and Vietnam. Our Canadian manufacturers typically produce more fashion-oriented products and provide us with the speed to market necessary to respond quickly to changing trends. While we plan to support future growth through manufacturers outside of Canada, our intent is to also maintain production from Canadian manufacturers. We have developed long-standing relationships with a number of our vendors and take great care to ensure that they share our commitment to quality and ethics. We do not, however, have any long-term agreements requiring us to use any manufacturer, and no manufacturer is required to produce our products in the long term. We require that all of our manufacturers adhere to a code of conduct regarding quality of manufacturing, working conditions and other social concerns. We currently also work with a leading inspection and verification firm to closely monitor each supplier’s compliance to applicable law. In managing our sourcing relationships, we currently work with a leading sourcing consultant and have taken steps to bring all of our sourcing operations in-house by the end of 2008. In fiscal 2006, we hired a Director of Global Production with significant experience with third party manufacturers in Asia to lead our in-house sourcing operations.
 
Distribution Facilities
 
We centrally distribute finished products in North America from distribution facilities in Vancouver, Canada and Renton, Washington. The facility in Washington is operated by a third party. Our contract for the Renton, Washington distribution facility expired in February 2007, and our operations at the facility are on a month-to-month basis. We are currently evaluating proposals from third party operators of distribution facilities, including our current operator. We operate the distribution facility in Vancouver,


80


 

which is leased and is approximately 50,000 square feet in size with 18 foot ceilings. In August 2007, we are scheduled to relocate to a larger distribution facility in Vancouver, which is approximately 50,000 square feet in size with 28 foot ceilings. We believe that this more modern facility will enhance the efficiency of our operations. We believe that once we have relocated, our distribution infrastructure will be sufficient to accommodate our expected store growth and expanded product offerings over the next several years. Merchandise is typically shipped to our stores, via third-party delivery services, multiple times per week, providing them with a steady flow of new inventory.
 
Management Information Systems
 
We use our information systems to manage our retail and corporate operations. These management information systems provide business process support and intelligence across merchandising, retail point of sale and inventory management, and finance and accounting systems.
 
We believe that our existing systems infrastructure is sufficient to support our operations over the next couple of years. To support our growth beyond fiscal 2008, we embarked on a comprehensive strategy to replace our legacy information systems infrastructure. Our new systems will include core functions such as purchasing, merchandising, finance and accounting, inventory and order management, and warehousing and distribution. Our systems upgrade will provide us with a number of benefits, including enhanced customer service, improved operational efficiency and increased management reporting and control. Moreover, the new system will provide us with the ability to monitor store level sales, transaction and inventory information on a daily basis.
 
Competition
 
Competition in the athletic apparel industry is principally on the basis of brand image and recognition as well as product quality, innovation, style, distribution and price. We believe that we successfully compete on the basis of our premium brand image, our focus on women and our technical product innovation. In addition, we believe our vertical retail distribution strategy differentiates us from our competitors and allows us to more effectively control our brand image. We are also differentiated by our commitment to community-based grassroots marketing which allows us to increase brand awareness and strengthen customer loyalty.
 
The market for athletic apparel is highly competitive. It includes increasing competition from established companies who are expanding their production and marketing of performance products, as well as from frequent new entrants to the market. We are in direct competition with wholesalers and direct sellers of athletic apparel, such as Nike, Inc., adidas AG, which includes the adidas and Reebok brands, and Under Armour, Inc. We also compete with retailers specifically focused on women’s athletic apparel including Lucy Activewear Inc., The Finish Line Inc. (including Finish Line and Paiva collection), and bebe stores, inc. (BEBE SPORT collection).
 
Our Employees
 
As of April 1, 2007, we had 1,673 employees, of which 1,403 were employed in Canada and 270 were employed in the United States. Of the 1,403 Canadian employees, 1,116 were employed in our corporate-owned stores, 68 were employed in distribution, 43 were employed in sourcing and production, and the remaining 152 performed selling, general and administrative and other functions. Of the 270 employees employed in the United States, 252 were employed in our corporate-owned stores and 18 performed selling, general and administration functions. None of our employees are currently covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have had no labor-related work stoppages and we believe our relations with our employees are excellent.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We believe we own the material trademarks used in connection with the marketing, distribution and sale of all of our products, in Canada, the United States and in the other countries in which our products are


81


 

currently or intended to be either sold or manufactured. Our major trademarks include Lululemon Athletica & design, the logo design (WAVE design) and lululemon as a word mark. In addition to the registrations in Canada and the United States, lululemon’s design and word mark are registered in over 50 other jurisdictions which cover over 90 countries. We own trademark registrations for names of several of our fabrics including Luon, Silverescent, Vitasea, Soyla, Boolux and WET.DRY.WARM. In addition, we own trademark registration for oqoqo in Canada and the United States.
 
We intend to continue to strategically register both domestically and internationally trademarks we use today and those we develop in the future. We also own domain names for our primary trademarks and own unregistered copyright rights in our design marks as well as in our website.
 
Properties
 
Our principal executive and administrative offices are located at 2285 Clark Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V5N 3G9. We expect that our current administrative offices are sufficient for our expansion plans through 2008, and we have secured appropriate office space beyond 2008. We currently operate one distribution center located in Vancouver, BC, which we opened in 2005. We have secured a new distribution center, which will open in fiscal 2007, capable of accommodating our expansion plans through the foreseeable future. See “Distribution Facilities” elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.
 
The general location, use, approximate size and lease renewal date of our properties, none of which is owned by us, are set forth below:
 
                     
        Approximate
    Lease
 
Location
 
Use
 
Square Feet
   
Renewal Date
 
 
Vancouver, BC
  Executive and Administrative Offices     30,000       January 2009  
Vancouver, BC
  Distribution Center     50,000       January 2008  
 
As of January 31, 2007, we leased approximately 122,181 gross square feet relating to 41 corporate-owned stores. Our leases generally have initial terms of between five and ten years, and generally can be extended only in five-year increments (at increased rates) if at all. All of our leases require a fixed annual rent, and most require the payment of additional rent if store sales exceed a negotiated amount. Generally, our leases are “net” leases, which require us to pay all of the cost of insurance, taxes, maintenance and utilities. We generally cannot cancel these leases at our option.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
James Jones, one of our former executive officers, filed suit against us in the Supreme Court of British Columbia, Canada. The action, captioned James Jones v. Lululemon Athletica Inc., Case No. S071780, was filed on March 14, 2007 against us. The complaint charges breach of contract, wrongful dismissal and negligent misrepresentation, and the plaintiff seeks damages in an unspecified amount, plus costs and interest. We believe this claim is without merit and are vigorously defending against it.
 
We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, including the James Jones matter described above, which arise in the ordinary course of our business. Although the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.


82


 

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors as of April 1, 2007:
 
             
Name and
       
Municipality of Residence
 
Age
 
Position
 
Dennis J. Wilson
Vancouver, British Columbia
  51   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Product Designer
Steven J. Collins
Boston, Massachusetts
  38   Director
RoAnn Costin
Boston, Massachusetts
  54   Director
R. Brad Martin
Memphis, Tennessee
  55   Director
Robert Meers
Pasadena, California
  63   Director and Chief Executive Officer
David M. Mussafer
Boston, Massachusetts
  43   Director
Rhoda M. Pitcher
Clyde Hill, Washington
  52   Director
Thomas G. Stemberg
Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts
  58   Director
John E. Currie
North Vancouver, British Columbia
  51   Chief Financial Officer
Mike J. Tattersfield
Columbus, Ohio
  41   Chief Operating Officer
 
Non-Executive Directors
 
Steven J. Collins has been a member of our board of directors since 2005. Mr. Collins is currently a Partner of Advent International Corporation, one of our principal stockholders. Mr. Collins joined Advent International Corporation in 1995 and has been a principal of that firm since 2000. Mr. Collins is a member of the board of directors of Kirkland’s, Inc., a specialty retailer of home décor. Mr. Collins received a B.S. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
 
RoAnn Costin has been a member of our board of directors since March 2007. Ms. Costin has served as the President of Wilderness Point, a financial investment firm, since 2005. From 1992 until 2005, Ms. Costin served as the President of Reservoir Capital Management, Inc., an investment advisory firm. Ms. Costin received a B.A. in Government from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.
 
R. Brad Martin has been a member of our board of directors since March 2007. Mr. Martin served as the Chief Executive Officer of Saks Incorporated, a retail department store company, from 1989 until January 2006. Mr. Martin is a member of the board of directors of Saks Incorporated, First Horizon National Corporation, a banking corporation, and Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc. and Gaylord Entertainment Company, each a hospitality and entertainment company. Mr. Martin received a B.S. in political science from the University of Memphis and an M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University.
 
David M. Mussafer has been a member of our board of directors since 2005. Mr. Mussafer is currently a Managing Director of Advent International Corporation, one of our principal stockholders, and is responsible for Advent International Corporation’s North American private equity operations.


83


 

Mr. Mussafer joined Advent International Corporation in 1990 and has been a principal of the firm since 1993 and is a member of Advent’s executive committee and board of directors. Mr. Mussafer is a member of the board of directors of Kirkland’s, Inc., a specialty retailer of home décor and Shoes for Crews Inc, a designer and marketer of footwear. Mr. Mussafer received a B.S.M. from Tulane University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
 
Rhoda M. Pitcher has been a member of our board of directors since 2005. For the past ten years she has served as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Rhoda M. Pitcher Inc., a provider of management consulting services. Ms. Pitcher received a Masters of Human Resource Development from University Associates.
 
Thomas G. Stemberg has been a member of our board of directors since 2005. Since March 2007, he has been the managing general partner of Highland Consumer Partners, a venture capital firm. From February 2005 until March 2007, Mr. Stemberg was a venture partner with Highland Capital Partners. Mr. Stemberg co-founded Staples, Inc., an office supplies retailer, serving as its Chairman from 1988 to 2005, and as its Chief Executive Officer from 1986 until 2002. Mr. Stemberg serves on the board of directors of CarMax, Inc., a retailer of used cars, The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., a national securities exchange and PETsMART, Inc., a retailer of pet supplies and products. Mr. Stemberg received an A.B. in Physical Science from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
 
Executive Officers Who Also Serve as Directors
 
Dennis J. Wilson founded our company in 1998 and has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since 1998 and currently also serves as our Chief Product Designer. Prior to serving as our Chairman and Chief Product Designer, Mr. Wilson served as our Chief Executive Officer from 1998 until 2005. In 1980, Mr. Wilson founded Westbeach Snowboard Ltd., a surf, skate and snowboard vertical retailer, and served as its Chief Executive Officer from 1980 until 1995 and as its Head of Design and Production from 1995 until 1997. Mr. Wilson received a B.A. in Economics from the University of Calgary.
 
Robert Meers has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Meers served since 2002 as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Syratech Corporation, a designer, manufacturer, importer and distributor of a variety of tabletop and home decoration products. In February 2005, Syratech Corporation filed a voluntary petition for protection pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Massachusetts. From 1999 until 2002 Mr. Meers served as Chairman of BBM Holding, Inc., a specialty retailer and an importer/exporter in the food industry. Mr. Meers served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Reebok brand from 1996 until 1999, having joined the company in 1984. Mr. Meers graduated from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst’s School of Hotel, Restaurant, and Travel Administration.
 
Executive Officers Who Do Not Serve as Directors
 
John E. Currie has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Currie worked for Intrawest Corporation, a provider of destination resorts and leisure travel, from 1989 to 2006, including as Chief Financial Officer from 2004 to 2006 and Senior Vice President, Financing & Taxation from 1997 to 2004. Prior to joining Intrawest he held senior financial positions within the BCE Group, a telecommunications service provider, and was a specialist in international taxation with a major accounting firm. Mr. Currie is a member of the board of directors of Hathor Exploration Limited, a resource exploration company. Mr. Currie, a chartered accountant, received a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of British Columbia.
 
Mike J. Tattersfield joined us in November 2006 and serves as our Chief Operating Officer. From 2005 until joining us, Mr. Tattersfield served as the Vice President and Head of Store Operations for Limited Brands, an international apparel company. From 1992 until 2005, Mr. Tattersfield held various roles at Yum Restaurants International (former division of Pepsico). His roles increased in scope and level


84


 

of responsibility from Mexico Director of Operations from 1992 until 1997, to Mexico Chief Financial Officer and Director of Development from 1997 until 1998, to Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Puerto Rico/USVI and Venezuela from 1998 until 2003, to lastly President of A&W Restaurants worldwide from 2003 until 2005. Mr. Tattersfield is a member of the board of directors of Peter Piper Pizza, a restaurant chain. Mr. Tattersfield received a B.S. in Accounting from Indiana University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
 
Board Composition
 
We currently have eight directors, seven of whom were elected as a director under the board of director composition provisions of a stockholders agreement, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Under our existing stockholders agreement, shares of our capital stock held by affiliates of Advent International Corporation have the right to nominate three individuals for membership on our board of directors. Messrs. Mussafer, Collins and Meers are the current designees of affiliates of Advent International Corporation. In addition, affiliates of Mr. Wilson also have the right to nominate three individuals for membership on our board of directors. Ms. Pitcher, Mr. Martin and Mr. Wilson are the current designees of Mr. Wilson’s affiliated entities. Finally, affiliates of Highland Capital Partners that hold shares of our capital stock have the right to nominate one individual for membership on our board of directors. Mr. Stemberg is the current designee of the entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Stockholders Agreement.” Our stockholders agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, including those provisions of the stockholders agreement set forth above. See “Pre-Offering Transactions — Termination of Stockholders Agreement.”
 
Following the offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors as follows:
 
  •  the Class I directors will be Ms. Costin and Mr. Martin, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008;
 
  •  the Class II directors will be Ms. Pitcher, Mr. Collins and Mr. Meers, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009; and
 
  •  the Class III directors will be Messrs. Mussafer, Stemberg and Wilson, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010.
 
A classified board of directors may have the effect of deterring or delaying any attempt by any person or group to obtain control of us by a proxy contest since such third party would be required to have its nominees elected at two separate annual meetings of our board of directors in order to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors. See “Risk Factors — Anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could delay and discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider to be favorable.”
 
Our board of directors will observe all applicable criteria for independence established by The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and other governing laws and applicable regulations. No director will be deemed to be independent unless our board of directors determines that the director has no relationship which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Costin and Messrs. Collins, Martin, Mussafer and Stemberg are independent for purposes of the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and pursuant to other governing laws and applicable regulations.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors maintains the following three standing committees: Audit Committee; Compensation Committee and Nominating Committee.


85


 

 
Audit Committee
 
Our Audit Committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. The responsibilities of our Audit Committee, which are set forth in a written charter adopted by our board of directors and reviewed and reassessed annually by the Audit Committee, include:
 
  •  review and assess the adequacy of the Audit Committee and its charter at least annually;
 
  •  evaluate, determine the selection of, and if necessary, the replacement/rotation of, our independent public accountants;
 
  •  review our audited financial statements;
 
  •  review whether interim accounting policies and significant events or changes in accounting estimates were considered by our independent public accountants to have affected the quality of our financial reporting;
 
  •  review our financial reports and other information submitted to any governmental body or the public;
 
  •  review with management and our independent public accountants their judgments about the quality of disclosures in our financial statements;
 
  •  obtain from our independent public accountants their recommendation regarding our internal controls and review management’s report on its assessment of the design and effectiveness of our internal controls;
 
  •  review our major financial risk exposures;
 
  •  pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services and related fees;
 
  •  establish, review and update periodically our code of business conduct and ethics;
 
  •  establish and review policies for approving related party transactions between us and our directors, officers or employees;
 
  •  adopt procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters; and
 
  •  adopt regular and separate systems of reporting to our Audit Committee by management and our internal auditors regarding controls and operations of our business units.
 
Our Audit Committee is composed of Mr. Collins (Chair), Ms. Costin and Mr. Martin. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Collins qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Commission.
 
Ms. Costin and Mr. Martin have been determined to be independent by our board of directors. Mr. Collins, a principal of one of our affiliates, has been determined by our board of directors to not be independent pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Although our Audit Committee includes only two instead of at least three independent directors as required by The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, a company listing in connection with its initial public offering is permitted to phase in its compliance with the independent committee requirements under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Under those rules, our Audit Committee may continue with its current composition, with a majority of the members of Audit Committee meeting applicable independence requirements, until our first anniversary of initial Nasdaq listing. After the first anniversary of our initial listing on Nasdaq, all of our Audit Committee members must meet applicable independence requirements.


86


 

 
Compensation Committee
 
Our Compensation Committee administers the compensation program for our named executive officers. Our Compensation Committee reviews and either approves, on behalf of the board of directors, or recommends to the board of directors for approval, (i) annual salaries, bonuses, and other compensation for our executive officers, and (ii) individual equity awards for our employees and executive officers. Our Compensation Committee also oversees our compensation policies and practices. Our Compensation Committee may from time to time establish a subcommittee to perform any action required to be performed by a committee of “non-employee directors” pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and “outside directors” pursuant to Rule 162(m) under the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Our Compensation Committee also performs the following functions related to executive compensation:
 
  •  Evaluates the performance of our executive officers in light of the goals and objectives of our compensation programs;
 
  •  Annually evaluates each of our executive officers’ performance;
 
  •  Reviews and approves our compensation programs;
 
  •  Reviews and recommends new executive compensation programs;
 
  •  Annually reviews the operation and efficacy of our executive compensation programs;
 
  •  Periodically reviews that executive compensation programs comport with the compensation committee’s stated compensation philosophy;
 
  •  Establishes and periodically reviews policies in the area of management perquisites;
 
  •  Reviews and recommends to the board of directors the terms of any employment agreements entered into with executive officers;
 
  •  Reviews and recommends to the board of directors the appropriate structure and amount of compensation for our directors;
 
  •  Reviews and approves material changes in our employee benefit plans;
 
  •  Establishes and periodically reviews policies for the administration of our equity compensation plans; and
 
  •  Reviews the adequacy of the Compensation Committee and its charter and recommends any proposed changes to the board of directors not less than annually.
 
In deciding upon the appropriate level of compensation for our executive officers, the Compensation Committee regularly reviews our compensation programs relative to our strategic objectives and emerging market practice and other changing business and market conditions. In addition, the Compensation Committee also takes into consideration the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer concerning compensation actions for our other executive officers.
 
Our Compensation Committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee is currently composed of Mr. Collins, Mr. Mussafer (Chair) and Mr. Stemberg, each of whom has been determined to be independent by our board of directors.
 
Nominating Committee
 
The responsibilities of our Nominating Committee include the selection of potential candidates for our board of directors. Our Nominating Committee also makes recommendations to our board of directors concerning the membership of the other board committees. Our Nominating Committee also is


87


 

responsible for developing policies and procedures with regard to consideration of any director candidates recommended by our stockholders. Our Nominating Committee is composed of Mr. Mussafer and Mr. Stemberg (Chair).
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
The current members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Collins, Mussafer (Chair) and Stemberg. None of these individuals was at any time during fiscal 2007 an officer or employee of ours. In addition, none of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive offices serving as a member of our board of directors or Compensation Committee.
 
Director Compensation
 
The following table sets forth the amount of compensation we paid to each of our directors for fiscal 2006. The dollar amounts shown were converted to U.S. dollars from Canadian dollars using the average of the exchange rates on the last business day of each month during fiscal 2006. Applying this formula to fiscal 2006, CDN$1.00 was equal to US$0.882.
 
                                                         
                           
 
       
                            Change in
             
                            Pension Value
             
    Fees Earned
                Non-Equity
    and Nonqualified
             
    or Paid in
    Stock
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    Deferred
    All Other
       
    Cash
    Awards
    Awards
    Compensation
    Compensation
    Compensation
    Total
 
Name
 
($)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
   
Earnings
   
($)
   
($)
 
 
Susanne Conrad(1)
    23,318             12,690 (2)                 94,004 (3)     130,012  
Rhoda Pitcher
    23,318             12,690 (4)                 225,566 (5)     261,574  
 
(1) Ms. Conrad served as a director of ours from December 2005 until March 2007. Mr. Wilson, our Chairman and Chief Product Designer, is Ms. Conrad’s brother-in-law.
 
(2) As of January 31, 2007, Ms. Conrad had outstanding options to purchase 23,500 shares of our common stock. In connection with her resignation from our board of directors, our board of directors immediately accelerated 11,750 of her options to purchase shares of our common stock and extended the exercise period of these options until December 31, 2007.
 
(3) Represents a stock-based compensation expense recognized by us in the amount of $94,004 in connection with the sale by us to Ms. Conrad of 250 shares of series A preferred stock.
 
(4) As of January 31, 2007, Ms. Pitcher had outstanding options to purchase 23,500 shares of our common stock.
 
(5) All other compensation for Ms. Pitcher consists of the following: (a) fees and expenses paid to Ms. Pitcher for human resources consulting services provided to us in the amount of $131,562 and (b) a stock-based compensation expense recognized by us in the amount of $94,004 in connection with the sale by us to Ms. Pitcher of 250 shares of series A preferred stock.
 
Other than compensation paid to Ms. Conrad and Ms. Pitcher, we did not pay any of our other directors for service on our board of directors.
 
We intend to provide compensation to our non-employee directors for their services following the completion of the offering pursuant to the following policy:
 
  •  Each director will be paid an annual cash retainer (pro rated for partial-year service) of $30,000.
 
  •  The audit committee chair will be paid an additional $15,000 annual retainer, and the chair of the compensation committee will be paid an annual retainer of $10,000.
 
  •  In addition, each director will be paid meeting fees of (1) $1,000 per regular or special meeting for in-person attendance, (2) $500 per committee meeting, and (3) $500 per regular or special board meeting for telephone participation.


88


 

 
  •  Directors will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or its committees.
 
  •  Equity compensation will consist of (1) an annual grant of restricted stock awards under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan having a fair market value at the time of grant equal to $30,000, subject to one year vesting and (2) an annual option grant under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan having a fair market value at the time of grant equal to $80,000 subject to four year vesting at 25% per year on each anniversary of the grant date. Other than the first equity grant under the policy, such annual grants will be made at the conclusion of each annual meeting of stockholders if the director is then a member of our board of directors. Stock option grants will have a 10-year term and an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The first equity grants under the policy will be made on the date of this prospectus with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.


89


 

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
The primary goals of our executive compensation program are to:
 
  •  attract, retain, motivate and reward talented executives;
 
  •  tie annual and long-term compensation incentives to achievement of specified performance objectives inherent in our business strategy;
 
  •  create long-term value for our stockholders by aligning the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders; and
 
  •  provide our executives with a total compensation package that recognizes individual contributions, as well as overall business results.
 
To achieve these goals, we intend to maintain compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of our executives’ overall compensation to the achievement of key strategic, operational and financial goals and appreciation in our stock price.
 
Our Compensation Committee and board of directors evaluate individual executive performance with the goal of setting compensation at levels they believe are comparable with executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the retail apparel industry. In connection with setting appropriate levels of compensation, our Compensation Committee and board of directors base their decision on their general business and industry knowledge and experience and publicly available information of high growth retailers, branded athletic apparel companies, and comparable companies based in Vancouver and elsewhere in Canada, while also taking into account our relative performance and strategic goals. We intend to continue to conduct an annual review of the aggregate level of our executive compensation as part of our annual budget review and annual performance review processes. As part of this review, we will determine the operating metrics and non-financial elements used to measure our performance and to compensate our executive officers. This review is based on our knowledge of how other retail apparel companies measure their executives’ performance and on the key operating metrics that are critical in our effort to increase the value of our company.
 
Role of Executive Officers in Executive Compensation
 
Our Compensation Committee determines the compensation for our executive officers, based in part on recommendations from our Chief Executive Officer.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
Our executive officer compensation consists of the following components:
 
  •  base salary;
 
  •  annual cash incentives linked to corporate and individual performance;
 
  •  long-term incentive awards in the form of equity-based compensation; and
 
  •  other benefits such as automobile and housing allowances, reimbursement of relocation expense and tax consulting services.
 
Our Compensation Committee’s policies with respect to each of these elements, including the basis for the compensation awarded to our executive officers, are discussed below. In addition, while each element of compensation described below is considered separately, our Compensation Committee takes into account the full compensation package for each individual in determining total compensation.


90


 

 
Base Salary
 
The base salary established for each of our executive officers is intended to reflect each individual’s responsibilities, experience, prior performance and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our Compensation Committee and board of directors. Base salary is also designed to provide our executive officers with steady cash flow during the course of the fiscal year that is not contingent on short-term variations in our operating performance. We believe that executive base salaries targeted at, or slightly above, market is a key factor in attracting and retaining the services of qualified executives. Our Compensation Committee determines market level based on our executives’ experience in the industry with reference to the base salaries of similarly situated executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the retail apparel industry, as provided in publicly available documents.
 
In considering whether to adjust base salary from year to year, our Compensation Committee considers the following:
 
  •  corporate performance and the performance of each individual executive officer;
 
  •  new responsibilities delegated to each executive officer during the year; and
 
  •  competitive marketplace for executive talent, including a comparison of base salaries for comparable positions at other similarly situated companies operating in the retail apparel industry.
 
With these principles in mind, base salaries are reviewed at least annually by our Compensation Committee and the board of directors, and may be adjusted from time to time based on the results of this review.
 
Fiscal 2006 Base Salaries
 
The base salaries paid to Messrs. Meers and Wilson in fiscal 2006 were established in connection with their respective employment agreements with us, each dated as of December 5, 2005, which we believe resulted in base salaries that are commercially reasonable and typical of the base salaries offered to similarly situated executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the retail apparel industry.
 
Mr. Bacon served as our principal financial officer during fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2006, we did not change his base salary other than to reflect the average increase received by all other headquarters’ employees in fiscal 2006. As of January 2007, Mr. Bacon was no longer one of our executive officers.
 
Mr. Jones joined us as an employee in April 2006. His base salary was set as a result of arms’ length negotiations of his employment terms. Mr. Jones left our employ in January 2007.
 
Mr. Tattersfield commenced employment as our Chief Operating Officer in November 2006. His base salary was established through negotiations in connection with his offer letter with us, which we believe resulted in a base salary that is commercially reasonable and typical of base salaries offered to similarly situated executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the retail apparel industry.
 
Mr. Currie commenced employment with us as our Chief Financial Officer on January 3, 2007. His base salary was established through negotiations in connection with his offer letter with us, which we believe resulted in a base salary that is commercially reasonable and typical of base salaries offered to similarly situated executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the retail apparel industry.


91


 

 
The following table sets forth the fiscal 2006 annual base salaries for each of our named executive officers:
 
                 
    Fiscal 2006 Base Salary  
Name
 
(CDN$)
   
(US$)(1)
 
 
Robert Meers
    600,000       529,200  
Mike J. Tattersfield
    392,111       345,842  
John E. Currie
    325,000       286,650  
James Jones
    280,000       246,960  
Dennis J. Wilson
    250,000       220,500  
Brian Bacon
    186,000       164,052  
 
(1) The dollar amounts shown in this column reflect the US$ equivalent of the amounts paid to the executive officers listed. The amounts were converted to U.S. dollars from Canadian dollars using the average of the exchange rates on the last business day of each month during fiscal 2006. Applying this formula to fiscal 2006, CDN$1.00 was equal to US$0.882.
 
The amount of base salary earned by each of our executive officer’s for fiscal 2006 is set forth in the summary compensation table below.
 
Fiscal 2007 Base Salaries
 
For fiscal 2007, no increases were made to the annual base salaries of Messrs. Meers, Tattersfield, Currie and Wilson.
 
The following table sets forth the fiscal 2007 base salaries for each of our executive officers:
 
         
Name
 
Fiscal 2007 Base Salary
 
 
Robert Meers
  CDN$ 600,000  
Mike J. Tattersfield
  CDN$ 392,111  
John E. Currie
  CDN$ 325,000  
Dennis J. Wilson
  CDN$ 250,000  
 
Annual Cash Incentives
 
Annual Discretionary Cash Performance Bonus.   Our board of directors has the authority and discretion to award annual performance bonuses to our executive officers. The annual performance bonuses are intended to compensate officers for achieving financial, operational and strategic goals and for achieving individual annual performance objectives. These annual bonus amounts are intended to reward both overall company and individual performance during the year and, as such, can be highly variable from year to year. Cash bonuses, as opposed to equity grants, are designed to more immediately reward annual performance against key short-term performance metrics. We believe that establishing cash bonus opportunities is an important factor in both attracting and retaining the services of qualified and highly skilled executives.
 
Pursuant to the terms of their employment agreement or offer letter with us, each of Messrs. Meers, Currie, Tattersfield, and Wilson are eligible to receive annual bonuses of up to 75%, 60%, 60% and 75%, respectively, of their base salaries, if specified corporate and individual performance goals, as established by our board of directors, are met for the year. Mr. Bacon does not have an employment agreement or offer letter with us, and, therefore, has no particular entitlement to a bonus target percentage.
 
During the first quarter of each fiscal year, our Compensation Committee reviews our performance relative to the achievement of our financial, operational and strategic goals established by our board of directors at the beginning of the preceding fiscal year and each executive’s individual performance and contribution to achieving those goals in order to determine the amount of discretionary bonus, if any,


92


 

payable to our executive officers. In making its determination, our board of directors and/or Compensation Committee may make adjustments to the corporate and individual performance goals to take into account certain extraordinary and/or non-recurring events such as acquisitions, dispositions, and other corporate transactions that could have an effect on our operating budget during the preceding fiscal year.
 
Fiscal 2006 Bonus Awards.   In March 2007, we decided to pay discretionary bonuses for fiscal 2006. In determining bonus amounts, our Compensation Committee took into account financial measures such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or “EBITDA”, adjusted operating margin, comparable store sales, and annual inventory turnover as well as the individual performance of the executive during the year. Based on our performance in fiscal 2006 relative to these financial measures and its assessment of the individual performance for each executive, our Compensation Committee approved bonuses for the following named executive officers as follows:
 
                 
    Fiscal 2006 Bonus  
Name
 
(CDN$)
   
(US$)(1)
 
 
Robert Meers
    213,800       188,572  
Dennis J. Wilson
    80,200       70,736  
Mike J. Tattersfield(2)
    39,000       34,398  
Brian Bacon
    24,000       21,168  
 
(1) The dollar amounts shown in this column reflect the US$ equivalent of the amounts paid to the named executive officers listed. The amounts were converted to U.S. dollars from Canadian dollars using the average of the exchange rates on the last business day of each month during fiscal 2006. Applying this formula to fiscal 2006, CDN$1.00 was equal to US$0.882.
 
(2) Mr. Tattersfield’s performance bonus was pro-rated based on the number of days he was employed by us during the year.
 
Messrs. Currie and Jones were not eligible to receive performance bonuses for fiscal 2006 as Mr. Currie did not commence employment with us until January 3, 2007 and Mr. Jones left our employ in January 2007.
 
Signing Bonuses.   Messrs. Tattersfield and Jones received signing bonuses in fiscal 2006 in the amount of $72,051 and $49,891, respectively.
 
Executive and Management Bonus Plans
 
Background.   In March 2007, our Compensation Committee adopted an executive bonus plan, which covers our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and a management bonus plan, which covers several of our other key employees. Other than with respect to eligibility or as otherwise specified below, the bonus plans are substantially similar. The objectives of the bonus plans are to:
 
  •  align management with our strategic plan and critical performance goals;
 
  •  encourage teamwork and collaboration;
 
  •  motivate and reward achievement of specific, measurable company-based as well as individual annual performance objectives;
 
  •  provide payouts commensurate with our performance; and
 
  •  provide competitive total compensation opportunities.
 
Performance Period; Timing of Payments.   The bonus plans operate on a fiscal year schedule. Cash bonuses are paid out within the first two and a half months following our fiscal year-end.


93


 

 
Bonus Targets.   Participants in the bonus plans are assigned specific target bonus awards based on each participant’s position with us. The target bonus awards are based on competitive practices and reflect the award to be paid for meeting pre-defined performance goals. Actual awards can range from 0% to 120% of the target bonus award depending on performance. Generally, threshold performance will pay out at 50% of target and achieving stretch performance can result in awards up to 120% of target. Performance below threshold will result in no payout. In order for the bonus plans to be “triggered”, we must achieve a minimum threshold performance of EBITDA.
 
Performance Measures.   Each participant has pre-defined performance goals that determine his or her cash bonus. We base our bonus plan on two performance categories: a company performance component and an individual performance component. The object is to focus the majority of the awards based on company performance.
 
Company Performance Component
 
Our overall financial performance is evaluated against four critical financial measures:
 
  •  EBITDA, after deduction of all executive and management bonus payments;
 
  •  adjusted operating margin, which is equal to our EBITDA less other net revenue divided by our retail sales;
 
  •  comparable store sales, which relates to net revenue of corporate-owned stores that have been open for at least 12 months; and
 
  •  annual inventory turnover, which is equal to our annual cost of goods sold divided by our average quarterly inventory.
 
If the minimum EBITDA goal is not reached for a given year, there will be no bonus paid with respect to that year.
 
Individual Performance Component
 
At the end of the fiscal year, our Compensation Committee undergoes a subjective review of each executive officer’s performance for the prior year in an effort to determine what percentage of the individual performance component should be awarded to the executive officer.
 
Bonus Calculation.   Following the completion of each fiscal year, our overall financial performance is assessed against the specific goals established at the start of the year. After all performance results are available, the annual bonus awards are calculated for each participant and approved by our Compensation Committee.
 
Bonus Plan for Mr. Wilson.   Mr. Wilson continues to be eligible to receive an annual bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of up to 75% of his base salary. While the amount payable to Mr. Wilson as an annual bonus is at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, the Compensation Committee intends to take into consideration the same factors it uses to determine the bonus amount payable to our Chief Executive Officer under our executive bonus plan described above.
 
Equity-Based Compensation.   We believe that equity awards are an important component of our executive compensation program and that providing a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation package in equity-based compensation aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our stockholders and with our long-term success. Additionally, we believe that equity-based awards enable us to attract, motivate, retain and adequately compensate executive talent. To that end, we award equity-based compensation in the form of options to purchase our common stock. Our Compensation Committee believes stock options provide executives with a significant long-term interest in our success by only rewarding the creation of stockholder value over time.


94


 

 
Generally, each executive officer is provided with a stock option grant when they join our company based upon their position with us and their relevant prior experience. These inducement grants generally vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant to encourage executive longevity and to compensate our executive officers for their contribution over a period of time.
 
With respect solely to Mr. Meers, a portion of his option award will vest based upon achievement of specified investor rate of return multiples in connection with a sale of substantially all of our assets or the sale by certain of our stockholders of 80% of their capital stock in one transaction or a series of transactions. See “— Grants of Plan Based Awards” for a description of Mr. Meers outstanding options.
 
Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. To date, because there has not been a market for our shares, fair market value has been determined based on the good faith judgment of our board of directors. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to determine fair market value for purposes of stock option pricing based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.
 
Our Compensation Committee determines the size and terms and conditions of option grants to our executive officers in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan. Equity grants made to our executive officers are recommended by our Compensation Committee and approved by our Board of Directors.
 
Fiscal 2006 Option Grants.   Each of Messrs. Meers, Currie, Tattersfield, Jones and Bacon received option grants during fiscal 2006, as set forth below in the Grants of Plan Based Awards Table.
 
Our Compensation Committee generally considered the following factors when determining the option grant sizes for our executive officers:
 
  •  the executive officer’s position, responsibility and anticipated contributions toward stockholder value;
 
  •  the objective of providing a competitive total compensation package to attract highly skilled executives; and
 
  •  the allocation between cash and equity compensation, with the goal of providing the appropriate mix of each to properly retain and motivate each executive officer over a period of time.
 
In addition to stock options granted upon commencement of employment with us, our Compensation Committee may recommend, and our board of directors may grant additional stock options to retain our executives or recognize the achievement of corporate goals and/or strong individual performance.
 
We expect that we will continue to provide new key employees with initial option grants in fiscal 2007 and will continue to rely on retention grants in fiscal 2007 to provide additional incentives for our executive officers.
 
Effective upon the consummation of this offering, we will implement our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. For more information relating to our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, see “Employee Benefit Plans — 2007 Equity Incentive Plan” below. In fiscal 2006 we issued options to purchase shares of common stock in each of our subsidiaries, Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. under the terms of substantially similar equity incentive plans. As part of our reorganization, which will occur in connection with this offering, all of the outstanding options exercisable for class C shares of Lululemon Athletica Inc. and shares of common stock of Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., will be exchanged for options to purchase shares of our common stock under the terms of our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. We will not issue any more options under either of these predecessor plans. For additional details relating to the reorganization see “Pre-Offering Transactions” above.


95


 

 
Our equity incentive plan will allow for the grant of other forms of equity incentives in addition to stock options, such as grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights. In the future, our Compensation Committee and board of directors may consider awarding such additional or alternative forms of awards to our executive officers, although no decision to use such other forms of award has yet been made.
 
Severance Arrangements.   We entered into employment agreements or offer letters with each of Messrs. Meers, Tattersfield and Wilson that provide certain severance rights. These agreements were made in order to attract and retain the services of these particular executives. The agreements were the result of negotiations between the parties, which we believe resulted in severance rights that are commercially reasonable and typical of the rights afforded to similarly situated executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the retail apparel industry.
 
In each case, the severance payments are contingent on the occurrence of certain termination (or constructive termination) events and, with respect to Messrs. Meers and Wilson, require the executive to execute a release of claims in our favor. These severance arrangements are intended to provide the executive with a sense of security in making the commitment to dedicate his or her professional career to our success. These severance rights do not differ based on whether or not we experience a change in control. The specific terms of these arrangements are discussed in detail below under the heading “— Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”
 
Other Compensation.   By virtue of the cross-border nature of our operations, our executives may be required to travel extensively for business purposes and may therefore also incur tax obligations in multiple jurisdictions. In addition, certain of our named executives have relocated their principal residence in order to accept employment with us. Accordingly, in order to encourage such business travel and relocation, we provide certain of our executive officers with reasonable automobile, temporary housing allowances and reimbursement of relocation expenses and tax consulting services.
 
In addition, even though we offer life and disability insurance benefits, such benefits are not generally proportionate to such employee’s base salary. Accordingly, under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Meers is entitled to an annual allowance for the purchase of supplemental individual life and disability insurance. Because this allowance is provided, Mr. Meer’s employment agreement does not provide for any special benefits in the event of a cessation of his employment due to death or disability.
 
The value of these perquisites is identified below in the “— Summary Compensation Table — All Other Compensation.”
 
We have no current plans to make changes to the employment agreement of either our Chief Executive Officer or Chairman and Chief Product Designer or to the offer letters of our Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer (except as required by law or as required to clarify the benefits to which our executive officers are entitled as set forth herein) or to levels of benefits and perquisites provided to our executive officers.
 
Tax and Accounting Considerations Affecting Executive Compensation
 
We structure our compensation program in a manner that is consistent with our compensation philosophy and objectives. However, while it is our Compensation Committee’s general intention to design the components of our executive compensation program in a manner that is tax efficient for both us and our executives, there can be no assurance that our Compensation Committee will always approve compensation that is tax advantageous for us. Additionally, we do not currently maintain a committee of “outside directors” for the purposes of Section 162(m) under the Internal Revenue Code and, accordingly, any compensation we grant over a $1 million threshold will be subject to a deduction limitation.


96


 

 
Similarly, we endeavor to design our equity incentive awards conventionally, so that they are accounted for under standards governing equity-based arrangements and, more specifically, so that they are afforded fixed treatment under those standards.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth summary information concerning compensation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer and each of the next three most highly compensated current executive officers whose total compensation (excluding any compensation as a result of a change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings) exceeded $100,000 during fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006. We refer to these persons as our named executive officers. The dollar amounts shown were converted to U.S. dollars from Canadian dollars using the average of the exchange rates on the last business day of each month during the applicable fiscal year. Applying this formula to fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, CDN$1.00 was equal to US$0.882, US$0.834, and US$0.776, respectively.
 
                                                 
                      Option
    All Other
       
Name and
        Salary
    Bonus
    Awards
    Compensation
    Total
 
Principal Position
 
Fiscal Year
   
($)
   
($)(1)
   
($)
   
($)(2)
   
($)
 
 
Robert Meers(3)
    2006       529,200       188,572       624,996       41,331       1,384,099  
Chief Executive Officer
    2005       41,700       83,400             6,107       131,207  
      2004                                
John E. Currie(4)
    2006       20,580             55,434             76,014  
Chief Financial Officer
    2005                                
      2004                                
Dennis J. Wilson
    2006       220,500       70,736             36,928       328,164  
Chairman and
    2005       521,250       12,809,142             3,023       13,333,415  
Chief Product Designer
    2004       199,626       12,134,019                   12,333,645  
Mike J. Tattersfield(5)
    2006       28,820       106,449       80,842       12,882       228,993  
Chief Operating Officer
    2005                                
      2004                                
Brian Bacon(6)
    2006       164,052       21,168       2,310       17       187,547  
Controller
    2005       108,420       133,357       182,195       11       423,983  
      2004       72,446       8,400                   80,846  
James Jones(7)
    2006       134,917       49,882             101,220       286,019  
Chief HR, Culture &
    2005                                
Training Officer
    2004                                
 
(1) For fiscal 2006, bonuses consist of: (a) payments made pursuant to discretionary performance bonuses to the following individuals in the following amounts: Mr. Meers — $188,572, Mr. Wilson — $70,736, Mr. Tattersfield — $34,398 and Mr. Bacon — $21,168; and (b) payments made pursuant to signing bonuses to the following individuals in the following amounts: Mr. Tattersfield — $72,051 and Mr. Jones — $49,882.
 
For fiscal 2005, bonuses consist of: (a) a signing bonus paid to Mr. Meers in the amount of $83,400; (b) a bonus paid to Mr. Wilson in the amount of $12,809,142 that is equal to our Canadian taxable income for that year above a particular threshold; and (c) a one time special bonus and a discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Bacon in the amount of $87,334 and $46,023, respectively.
 
For fiscal 2004, bonuses consist of: (a) a bonus paid to Mr. Wilson in the amount of $12,134,019 that is equal to our Canadian taxable income for that year above a particular threshold; and (b) a discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Bacon in the amount of $8,400.
 
(2) For fiscal 2006, all other compensation consist of: (a) payments made on behalf of Mr. Meers for housing and other living expenses in the amount of $28,823 and for expenses associated with a vehicle lease in the amount of $12,508; (b) imputed interest in connection with an interest free loan we made to Mr. Wilson in the amount of $36,917; (c) payments made on behalf of Mr. Tattersfield for housing and other living expenses in the amount of $12,747 and for a Canadian work permit in the amount of $132; (d) payments made on behalf of Mr. Jones for housing, living and relocation expenses in the amount of $59,009 and travel expenses in the amount of $42,211; portions of Mr. Jones’ reimbursed expenses are in dispute between us and Mr. Jones; and (e) life insurance premiums paid on behalf of the following individuals in the following amounts: Mr. Wilson — $12, Mr. Tattersfield — $3 and Mr. Bacon — $17.


97


 

 
For fiscal 2005, all other compensation consists of: (a) payments made on behalf of Mr. Meers for housing and other living expenses in the amount of $5,208 and for expenses associated with a vehicle lease in the amount of $899; (b) imputed interest in connection with an interest free loan we made to Mr. Wilson in the amount of $3,007; and (c) life insurance premiums paid on behalf of the following individuals in the following amounts: Mr. Wilson — $16 and Mr. Bacon $11.
 
(3) Mr. Meers joined us as our Chief Executive Officer in December 2005.
 
(4) Mr. Currie joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in January 2007.
 
(5) Mr. Tattersfield joined us as our Chief Operating Officer in November 2006.
 
(6) Mr. Bacon, although no longer an executive officer, served as our principal financial officer during fiscal 2004, fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006.
 
(7) Mr. Jones joined us as an employee in April 2006. Mr. Jones left our employ in January 2007.
 
Grants of Plan Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth each grant of an award made to a named executive officer for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007. Each of the option grants set forth below represents a paired grant by each of Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. representing options to purchase the aggregate number of shares shown on the table at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share. Prior to the offering, each of the paired options will be split into two tranches, with the exercise prices and number of shares subject to the options to be determined based on the relative value of our two operating companies. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to the options and the weighted average exercise price per share will remain the same.
 
Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
 
                                                                 
                                  All Other
             
                                  Option
          Grant Date
 
                                  Awards:
    Exercise or
    Fair Value
 
                                  Number of
    Base Price
    of Stock
 
                Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards     Securities
    of Option
    and Option
 
          Approval
    Threshold
    Target
    Maximum
    Underlying
    Awards
    Awards
 
Name
 
Grant Date
   
Date
   
(#)
   
(#)
   
(#)
   
Options
   
($/Sh)
   
($)
 
 
Robert Meers
    07/03/06       01/27/06       36,036             468,000       702,000       1.39       2,499,984  
John E. Currie
    01/03/07       12/27/06                         150,000       1.39       2,890,500  
Mike J. Tattersfield
    12/27/06       12/27/06                         175,000       1.39       3,372,250  
Brian Bacon
    12/27/06       12/27/06                         5,000       1.39       96,350  
James Jones(1)
    12/27/06       12/27/06                         20,000       1.39       385,400  
 
(1) None of Mr. Jones’ stock options had vested at the time he left our employ and all of his options terminated according to their terms.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
 
The following table sets forth unexercised stock options, stock that has not yet vested and equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer outstanding for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007. Each of the option grants set forth below with a $1.39 exercise price per share represents a paired grant by each of Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. representing options to purchase the aggregate number of shares shown on the table at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share. Prior to the offering, each of the paired options will be split into two tranches, with the exercise prices and number of shares subject to the options to be determined based on the relative value


98


 

of our two operating companies. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to the options and the weighted average exercise price per share will remain the same.
 
                                                         
                Equity Incentive
                         
                Plan Awards:
                      Market
 
    Number of
    Number of
    Number of
                Number of
    Value of
 
    Securities
    Securities
    Securities
                Shares or
    Shares or
 
    Underlying
    Underlying
    Underlying
                Units of
    Units of
 
    Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
    Option
    Stock That
    Stock That
 
    Options (#)
    Options (#)
    Unearned
    Exercise
    Expiration
    Have Not
    Have Not
 
Name
 
Exercisable
   
Unexercisable
   
Options (#)
   
Price ($)
   
Date
   
Vested (#)
   
Vested ($)
 
 
Robert Meers
    175,500       526,500 (1)     468,000 (2)   $ 1.39       01/16/16              
John E. Currie
          150,000 (3)         $ 1.39       01/02/17              
Mike J. Tattersfield
          175,000 (4)         $ 1.39       12/26/16              
Brian Bacon
          5,000 (5)         $ 1.39       12/26/16              
              (6)(7)             (7)(8)         $       (7)     12/31/10              
                                            (7)(9)        
                                            (7)(10)        
James Jones
          20,000           $ 1.39       (11)            
 
(1) The options will vest 25% per year on each of January 27, 2008, 2009 and 2010 provided that Mr. Meers remains employed with us.
 
(2) The options will vest pursuant to certain return multiples received in connection with a sale of substantially all of our assets or the sale by certain of our stockholders of at least 80% of their capital stock in one transaction or a series of transactions.
 
(3) The options will vest 25% per year on each of January 3, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 provided that Mr. Currie remains employed with us.
 
(4) The options will vest 25% per year on each of December 27, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 provided that Mr. Tattersfield remains employed with us.
 
(5) The options will vest 25% per year on each of December 27, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 provided that Mr. Bacon remains employed with us.
 
(6) Represents           shares of our common stock that will be issued to Mr. Bacon upon exercise of his options to purchase           common shares of LIPO USA. Upon exercise of such options, LIPO USA will deliver shares of our common stock it holds in lieu of common shares of LIPO USA. See “Employee Benefit Plans — Stockholder Sponsored Plans — LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.”
 
(7) Assumes (a) that our corporate reorganization described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” elsewhere in this prospectus has been completed, and (b) an initial public offering price of $      per share.
 
(8) Represents           shares of our common stock that may be issued to Mr. Bacon upon exercise of his options to purchase           common shares of LIPO USA. Upon exercise of such options, LIPO USA will deliver shares of our common stock it holds in lieu of common shares of LIPO USA. The options to purchase common shares of LIPO USA will vest as follows:      options will vest on December 5, 2007;      options will vest on December 5, 2008;      options will vest on December 5, 2009 and options will vest on December 5, 2010. See “Employee Benefit Plans — Stockholder Sponsored Plans — LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.”
 
(9) Represents           shares of our common stock that may be issued to Mr. Bacon upon the vesting and exchange of his restricted stock awards to purchase common shares of LIPO USA.
 
(10) Represents           restricted exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. that are held by Mr. Wilson, in trust for the benefit of Mr. Bacon. Upon vesting, Mr. Wilson will transfer the vested exchangeable shares to Mr. Bacon. If Mr. Bacon’s employment with us terminates, his unvested exchangeable shares will be forfeited.
 
(11) None of Mr. Jones’ stock options had vested at the time he left our employ and all of his options terminated according to their terms.


99


 

 
Options to Purchase Securities
 
The following table sets forth certain information as of April 6, 2007 concerning outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock granted to executive officers, non-executive directors, employees and others. Each of the option grants set forth below represents a paired grant by each of Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. representing options to purchase the aggregate number of shares shown on the table at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share. Prior to the offering, each of the paired options will be split into two tranches, with the exercise prices and number of shares subject to the options to be determined based on the relative value of our two operating companies. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to the options and the weighted average exercise price per share will remain the same.
 
                         
    Optioned Shares
    Exercise Price
       
   
(#)
   
($)
   
Expiration Date
 
 
Executive Officers
    1,170,000     $ 1.39       01/26/16  
      175,000     $ 1.39       12/26/16  
      150,000     $ 1.39       01/02/17  
Non-Executive Directors
    23,500     $ 1.39       01/26/16  
Employees and Others
    11,750     $ 1.39       01/26/16  
      5,000     $ 1.39       08/14/16  
      350,000     $ 1.39       12/26/16  
 
The following table sets forth shares of our common stock that may be issued to our executive officers, non-executive directors, employees and others as of April 1, 2007 concerning outstanding options to purchase common shares of LIPO USA granted to our executive officers, non-executive directors, employees and others. See “Employee Benefit Plans — Stockholder Sponsored Plans — LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.”
 
                         
    Optioned Shares
    Exercise Price
       
   
(#)
   
($)
   
Expiration Date
 
 
Executive Officers
                 
Non-Executive Directors
                 
Employees and Others
      (1)(2)   $   (2)(3)     12/31/10  
 
(1) Represents           shares of our common stock that may be issued to our employees upon exercise of their options to purchase common shares of LIPO USA. Upon exercise of such options, LIPO USA will deliver shares of our common stock it holds in lieu of common shares of LIPO USA See “— Employee Benefit Plans — Stockholder Sponsored Plans — LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.”
 
(2) Represents           shares of our common stock that may be issued to Mr. Bacon upon exercise of his options to purchase           common shares of LIPO USA. Upon exercise of such options, LIPO USA will deliver shares of our common stock it holds in lieu of common shares of LIPO USA. The options to purchase common shares of LIPO USA will vest as follows:      options will vest on December 5, 2007;      options will vest on December 5, 2008;      options will vest on December 5, 2009 and options will vest on December 5, 2010. See “Employee Benefit Plans — Stockholder Sponsored Plans — LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.”
 
(3) Represents the equivalent per share exercise price per option as if the option was being exchanged directly into shares of our common stock. Each outstanding option to purchase common shares of LIPO USA has a per share exercise price equal to $     .
 
Options Exercises and Stock Vested
 
None of our named executive officers exercised stock options to purchase shares of our common stock or had any stock awards to purchase shares of our common stock that vested during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007.


100


 

 
None of our named executive officers exercised stock options to purchase common shares of LIPO USA for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007. The following table sets forth shares of our common stock that may be issued to each of our named executive officers pursuant to stock awards to purchase common shares of LIPO USA or pursuant to a forfeitable share trust arrangement with Mr. Wilson to receive exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. that vested during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007.
 
                 
    Stock Awards  
          Value Realized
 
    Number of Shares
    on Vesting
 
Name
 
Acquired on Vesting (#)(1)
   
($)(1)
 
 
Brian Bacon
           (2 )              
             (3 )              
 
(1) Assumes (a) that our corporate reorganization described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” elsewhere in this prospectus has been completed, and (b) an initial public offering price of $      per share.
 
(2) Represents           shares of our common stock that may be issued to Mr. Bacon upon the vesting of restricted stock awards to purchase common shares of LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.
 
(3) Represents           exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. that are held by Mr. Wilson, in trust for the benefit of Mr. Bacon. Upon vesting, Mr. Wilson will transfer the vested exchangeable shares in the name of Mr. Bacon. If Mr. Bacon is no longer employed with us, his unvested exchangeable shares will be forfeited.
 
Agreements with Named Executive Officers
 
Robert Meers
 
On December 5, 2005, we entered into an Employment and Restrictive Covenant Agreement with Robert Meers, our Chief Executive Officer.
 
The initial term of Mr. Meers’ employment agreement expires on December 4, 2009, unless earlier terminated by us or Mr. Meers.
 
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Meers receives a minimum annual base salary of CDN$584,300. Mr. Meers is also eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to seventy-five percent (75%) of his base salary for the applicable fiscal year, if specified corporate and individual performance goals, as determined by our board of directors, are met for that year.
 
In connection with his employment agreement, we granted Mr. Meers an option to purchase 1,170,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share. Mr. Meers’ options vest as follows: options to purchase 468,000 shares will vest pursuant to certain return multiples received in connection with a sale of substantially all of our assets or the sale by certain of our stockholders of at least 80% of their capital stock in one transaction or a series of transactions and options to purchase 131,625 shares of our common stock will vest on each of January 31, 2007, January 31, 2008, January 31, 2009 and January 31, 2010.
 
Mr. Meers is entitled to participate in our health insurance, term life insurance, long term disability insurance and other employee benefit arrangements maintained by us for our employees. He is also eligible for reimbursement of up to CDN$17,500 annually for premiums payable with respect to supplemental term life insurance and/or long-term disability insurance, as well as for reimbursement of all of his reasonable business expenses in accordance with our customary reimbursement policies.
 
If we terminate Mr. Meers’ employment without cause, he will be entitled, provided he agrees to enter into a mutually acceptable release, to:
 
  •  payment of all accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of such termination;


101


 

 
  •  payment for all unused vacation and personal days accrued through the date of such termination;
 
  •  monthly severance payments equal to one-twelfth of his base salary as of the date of termination for a period equal to the greater of 24 months or the period remaining until December 5, 2009; and
 
  •  payment of any otherwise unpaid annual bonus payable to him with respect to the fiscal year ending prior to the date of such termination.
 
If Mr. Meers’ employment is otherwise terminated, including for cause, or as a result of his death or disability, or by Mr. Meers himself, then our obligation will be limited solely to the payment of accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of such termination, as well as to his right to payment or reimbursement for claims incurred prior to the date of such termination under any insurance contract funding an employee benefit arrangement.
 
If any payment or benefit due to Mr. Meers would constitute an “Excess Parachute Payment” under the Internal Revenue Code, the amount otherwise payable and benefits otherwise due to him will be limited to ensure that all portions thereof will be tax-deductible to us. Alternatively, Mr. Meers could be required to repay to us the amount of any overpayment.
 
Mr. Meers is obligated, for 24 months following his termination, not to:
 
  •  participate in a company that competes against us in the United States or Canada;
 
  •  become interested in a company that competes against us;
 
  •  influence or attempt to influence any of our employees, consultants, suppliers, licensors, licensees, contractors, agents, strategic partners, distributors, customers or other persons to terminate or modify such person’s agreement or arrangement with us or any of our affiliates; or
 
  •  solicit for employment or employ or retain (or arrange to have any other person or entity employ or retain) any person who has been employed or retained by us or any of our affiliates within the prior 12 months.
 
Mr. Meers is also obligated to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information. In addition, Mr. Meers agrees that all rights to our proprietary information and intellectual property are and will remain our sole and exclusive property.
 
Dennis J. Wilson
 
On December 5, 2005, we entered into an Employment and Restrictive Covenant Agreement with Dennis J. Wilson, our Chairman and Chief Product Designer.
 
The term of Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement continues until either he or we terminate his employment.
 
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Wilson receives a minimum annual base salary of CDN$250,000, which is subject to annual review and adjustment. Beginning in 2006, he became eligible for an annual bonus of up to 75% of his base salary for the applicable fiscal year, if specified corporate and individual performance goals, as determined by our board of directors, are met for that year.
 
Mr. Wilson is entitled to participate in health insurance, term life insurance, long term disability insurance and other employee benefit arrangements generally available to our employees, as well as to vacation time and reimbursement of his reasonable business expenses.
 
If we terminate Mr. Wilson’s employment without cause, he will be entitled, provided he agrees to a mutually acceptable release, to:
 
  •  payment of all accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of such termination;


102


 

 
  •  payment for all unused vacation and personal days accrued through the date of such termination;
 
  •  monthly severance payments equal to one-twelfth of his base salary as of the date of such termination for a period of twenty-four months; and
 
  •  payment of any otherwise unpaid annual bonus payable with respect to the fiscal year ending prior to the date of such termination.
 
If Mr. Wilson’s employment is otherwise terminated, including for cause or as a result of his death or disability, then we will only be obligated to pay him accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of such termination.
 
Mr. Wilson is obligated, for 24 months following his termination, not to:
 
  •  participate in a company that competes against us in the United States or Canada;
 
  •  become interested in a company that competes against us;
 
  •  influence or attempt to influence any of our employees, consultants, suppliers, licensors, licensees, contractors, agents, strategic partners, distributors, customers or other persons to terminate or modify such person’s agreement or arrangement with us or any of our affiliates; or
 
  •  solicit for employment or employ or retain (or arrange to have any other person or entity employ or retain) any person who has been employed or retained by us or any of our affiliates within the prior 12 months.
 
Mr. Wilson is also obligated to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information. In addition, Mr. Wilson agrees that all rights to our proprietary information and intellectual property are and will remain our sole and exclusive property.
 
John E. Currie
 
On December 20, 2006, we entered into an Offer Letter with John E. Currie, our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Currie’s employment with us began on January 3, 2007.
 
Under his offer letter, Mr. Currie receives a minimum annual base salary of CDN$325,000, which is subject to annual review and adjustment. Mr. Currie is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of at least 60% of his base salary for the applicable fiscal year, if specified corporate and individual performance goals, as determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee, are met for that year. We also granted Mr. Currie options to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share to vest 25% per year for four years on each anniversary of the effective grant date of the option.
 
Mr. Currie is entitled to participate in health insurance, term life insurance, long term disability insurance and other employee benefit arrangements generally available to our employees.
 
Mike J. Tattersfield
 
On October 4, 2006, we entered into an Offer Letter with Mike J. Tattersfield, our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Tattersfield’s employment with us began on November 1, 2006.
 
Under his offer letter, Mr. Tattersfield receives a minimum annual base salary of $350,000, which is subject to annual review and adjustment. Mr. Tattersfield is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of at least sixty percent (60%) of his base salary for the applicable fiscal year, if specified corporate and individual performance goals, as determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee, are met for that year. We also granted Mr. Tattersfield options to purchase 175,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share to vest 25% per year for four years on each anniversary of the grant date of the option.


103


 

 
Mr. Tattersfield was also guaranteed reimbursement for reasonable relocation expense incurred by him, provided that such relocation expenses did not exceed $75,000 and $4,500 of tax guidance, advice and tax preparation from KPMG LLP during his first year of service as our Chief Operating Officer.
 
Mr. Tattersfield is entitled to participate in health insurance, term life insurance, long term disability insurance and other employee benefit arrangements generally available to our employees.
 
In addition, Mr. Tattersfield shall receive 12 months of salary and medical benefits if his employment should ever be terminated without cause, provided, however, that Mr. Tattersfield executes an appropriate non-disparagement and non-compete agreements with us.
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
We believe our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of the employees and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The material terms of our equity incentive plans are described below.
 
2007 Equity Incentive Plan
 
General
 
Effective upon the consummation of this offering, we will implement the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be approved by our board of directors and by our stockholders prior to this offering. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by the text of our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Awards
 
Awards granted under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan may consist of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (SAR), restricted stock grants, and restricted stock units (RSU). Each award is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and to those other terms and conditions specified by the Committee and memorialized in a written award agreement.
 
Shares Subject to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Subject to adjustment in certain circumstances as discussed below, the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes up to      shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. No participant will be granted stock options or SARs in any single calendar year with respect to more than      shares of our common stock. If and to the extent awards granted under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan terminate, expire, cancel, or are forfeited without being exercised and/or delivered, the shares subject to such awards again will be available for grant under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Additionally, to the extent any shares subject to an award are tendered and/or withheld in settlement of any exercise price and/or any tax withholding obligation associated with that award, those shares will again be available for grant under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
In the event of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, stock split or combination, stock dividend or other similar event or transaction, substitutions or adjustments will be made by our Compensation Committee to: (i) to the aggregate number, class and/or issuer of the securities reserved for issuance under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan; (ii) to the number, class and/or issuer of securities subject to outstanding awards; and (iii) to the exercise price of outstanding options or SARs, in each case in a manner that reflects equitably the effects of such event or transaction.


104


 

 
Administration
 
The 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered and interpreted by our board of directors or by our Compensation Committee. Our board of directors will have full authority to grant awards under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and determine the terms of such awards, including the persons to whom awards are to be granted, the type and number of awards to be granted and the number of shares of our common stock to be covered by each award. Our board of directors will also have full authority to specify the time(s) that which awards will be exercisable or settled.
 
Eligibility
 
Employees, directors, consultants and other of our service providers that provide services to us are eligible to participate in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, provided, however , that only employees of ours or our subsidiaries are eligible to receive incentive stock options.
 
Stock Options
 
General.   Our Compensation Committee may grant options qualifying as incentive stock options (ISO) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and/or non-qualified stock options (NQSO) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Term, Purchase Price, Vesting and Method of Exercise of Options.   The exercise price of any stock option granted under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will be the fair market value of such stock on the date the option is granted.
 
Our Compensation Committee may determine the option term for each option; provided, however , that the exercise period of any option may not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. Vesting for each option will also be determined by our Compensation Committee.
 
Generally, payment of the option price may be made (i) in cash, (ii) unless otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee, in shares subject to the option via net-share settlement whereby the cost to exercise the option is satisfied by share withholding, or (iii) by such other method as our Compensation Committee may approve. The participant must pay the option price and the amount of withholding tax due, if any, at the time of exercise. Shares of our common stock will not be issued or transferred upon exercise of the option until the option price and the withholding obligation are fully paid.
 
SARs
 
Our Compensation Committee is authorized to grant SARs pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Upon exercise of a SAR, the participant is entitled to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of our common stock underlying the SAR on the date of grant and the fair market value of the shares of our common stock underlying the SAR on the date of exercise. Such amount may be paid in cash or shares of our common stock as determined by our Compensation Committee.
 
Effects of Termination of Service with Us
 
Generally, unless provided otherwise in the award agreement, the right to exercise any option or SAR terminates ninety (90) days following termination of the participant’s relationship with us for reasons other than death, disability or termination for “cause” as defined in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. If the participant’s relationship with us terminates due to death or disability, unless provided otherwise in the award agreement, the right to exercise an option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of one year following such termination or the award’s original expiration date. If the participant’s relationship with us is terminated for “cause”, any option or SAR not already exercised will automatically be forfeited as of the date of such termination.


105


 

 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
Our Compensation Committee is authorized to grant awards of restricted stock. Prior to the end of the restricted period, shares received as restricted stock may not be sold or disposed of by participants, and may be forfeited in the event of termination of employment in certain circumstances. The restricted period generally is established by our Compensation Committee. While the shares remain unvested, a participant may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares. Unless otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee, an award of restricted stock entitles the participant to all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any dividends thereon.
 
RSUs
 
Our Compensation Committee is authorized to issue RSUs pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. A RSU is a contractual promise to issue shares and/or cash in an amount equal to the fair market value (determined at the time of distribution) of the shares of our common stock subject to the award, at a specified future date, subject to the fulfillment of vesting conditions specified by our Compensation Committee. Prior to settlement, a RSU carries no voting or dividend rights or other rights associated with stock ownership. A RSU award may be settled in our common stock, cash, or in any combination of our common stock and/or cash. However, that a determination to settle a RSU in whole or in part in cash shall be made by our Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.
 
Amendment and Termination of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors may amend, alter or discontinue the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. However, any amendment that increases the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued or transferred under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or changes the class of individuals eligible to participate in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, will be subject to approval by our stockholders. An ISO may not be granted after the date, which is ten years from the effective date of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (or, if stockholders approve an amendment that increases the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, ten years from the date of the amendment). Thereafter, the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will remain in effect for the purposes of awards other than ISOs, unless and until otherwise determined by our board of directors.
 
Change of Control
 
In the event of a change of control of us, our Compensation Committee has discretion to, among other things, accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards, cashout outstanding awards or exchange outstanding awards for similar awards of a successor company. A change of control will be deemed to have taken place upon:
 
  •  the acquisition by any person of direct or indirect ownership of securities representing more than 50% of the voting power of our then outstanding stock;
 
  •  our consolidation, share exchange, reorganization or merger resulting in our stockholders immediately prior to such event not owning at least a majority of the voting power of the resulting entity’s securities outstanding immediately following such event;
 
  •  the sale of substantially all of our assets;
 
  •  our liquidation or dissolution; or
 
  •  the occurrence of any similar transaction deemed by our board of directors to be a change of control.


106


 

 
New Plan Benefits
 
Because future awards under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will be granted at the discretion of our Compensation Committee, the type, number, recipients, and other terms of such awards cannot be determined at this time. However, information regarding our recent practices with respect to annual, long-term and stock-based compensation under other plans is presented above in the “— Summary Compensation Table” and “— Grants of Plan Based Awards Table.”
 
Section 162(m)
 
Under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, options or SARs granted with an exercise price at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant may satisfy the requirements for treatment as “qualified performance-based compensation.” A number of other requirements must be met, however, in order for those awards to so qualify. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that such awards under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will be fully deductible under all circumstances. In addition, other awards under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan generally will not so qualify, so that compensation paid to certain executives in connection with those awards may, to the extent it and other non-exempt compensation exceed $1 million in any given year, be subject to the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
Our Predecessor Stock Option Plans
 
We previously issued options to purchase shares of common stock in each of our subsidiaries, Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. Pursuant to our corporate reorganization, that will occur in connection with the closing of this offering, all of the outstanding options exercisable for shares of common stock of our subsidiaries, Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., will be exchanged for options to purchase an aggregate of 1,885,250 shares of our common stock at a per share weighted average exercise price of $1.39. The substituted options will be granted under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Pre-Offering Transactions” as described elsewhere in this prospectus. We will not issue any more options under either of the stock option plans of our subsidiaries, Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Lululemon Athletica USA Inc.
 
Stockholder Sponsored Plans — LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.
 
Certain of our employees are participants in a stock option plan sponsored by LIPO USA, the LIPO USA Option Plan. LIPO USA, a company controlled by Mr. Wilson, established the LIPO USA Option Plan in December 2005. Awards under the LIPO USA Option Plan consist of stock options and restricted stock. Each award is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the LIPO USA Option Plan and to those other terms and conditions specified by the LIPO USA board of directors and memorialized in a written award agreement or option certificate.
 
Upon completion of our corporate reorganization,      options to acquire common shares of LIPO USA will be outstanding under the LIPO USA Option Plan, of which      will be vested and the remainder will vest over the next three years with the final vesting date on December 5, 2010, and           restricted common shares of LIPO USA will be outstanding under the LIPO USA Option Plan, of which      will be vested and the remainder will vest over the next three years with the final vesting date on December 5, 2010.
 
A holder may exercise such holder’s options any time after they are vested. Upon exercise of the options, LIPO USA will deliver to such holder shares of our common stock which are held by LIPO USA in lieu of common shares of LIPO USA. A holder of restricted common shares may tender such shares to LIPO USA in exchange for shares of our common stock. Up to           shares of our common stock which are held by LIPO USA may be delivered to holders of vested options upon exercise of their vested options and holders of vested common shares.


107


 

 
All of our shares of common stock which may be issued to participants of the LIPO USA Option Plan will be owned by LIPO USA. Upon completion of the offering, all shares of our common stock which are held by LIPO USA will be issued and outstanding. As a result, the delivery and transfer of our shares of common stock upon a participant’s exercise of such participant’s vested LIPO USA options or exchange of such participant’s vested common shares of LIPO will have no accounting impact on us.
 
If an employee forfeits any of his LIPO USA shares or options, such as upon termination of employment prior to vesting, beneficial ownership of the corresponding shares of our common stock which could have been issued to such employee upon exercise of options or exchange of vested common shares will effectively be transferred to Mr. Wilson as the sponsor of the plan. An employee’s forfeiture of his interest in the LIPO USA shares or options and corresponding shares of our common stock will have no accounting impact on us.


108


 

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Related Person Transactions for Fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006
 
Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements which are described under “Management,” the matters described under “Legal Proceedings” and the transactions described below, since February 1, 2004, there has not been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than five percent of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 5, 2005
 
On December 5, 2005, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with certain parties, including certain of our affiliates, pursuant to which:
 
  •  We issued an aggregate of 107,995 shares of our series A preferred stock resulting in aggregate proceeds to us of approximately $92.8 million. Of these shares, 85,796 shares of series A preferred stock were issued to funds managed by our affiliate, Advent International Corporation, resulting in aggregate proceeds to us of approximately $73.7 million.
 
  •  We issued 116,994 shares of our series TS preferred stock to one of our then current stockholders, an entity controlled by Mr. Wilson, in exchange for 115,594 shares of participating preferred stock of Lululemon Athletica USA Inc.
 
Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, we also entered into a stockholders agreement and registration rights agreement with certain of our stockholders and an indemnity agreement with Mr. Wilson, our founder and majority stockholder, among other ancillary agreements. See “— Stockholders Agreement” and “— Registration Rights Agreement” below. Pursuant to the indemnity agreement with Mr. Wilson, Mr. Wilson agreed to indemnify us for all expenses and costs associated with litigation with a third party web site developer arising from the termination of a profit sharing arrangement associated with our retail website for our products. On February 7, 2007, we settled our dispute with the web site developer by agreeing to pay the developer approximately $7.2 million. In connection with the settlement, we waived Mr. Wilson’s obligation to us arising under the indemnity agreement to indemnify us for such amount.
 
Stockholders Agreement
 
In connection with the private placement of our capital stock in December 2005, we entered into a stockholders agreement with the investors of our series A preferred stock and series TS preferred stock and certain of their affiliates. In accordance with this agreement, the holders of our capital stock agree to vote their shares in favor of election to our board of directors of three individuals designated by affiliates of Advent International Corporation, three individuals designated by affiliates of Mr. Wilson and one individual designated by affiliates of Highland Capital Partners. Accordingly, Messrs. Mussafer, Collins and Meers, the designees of affiliates of Advent International Corporation, Mr. Wilson, Mr. Martin and Ms. Pitcher, the designees of affiliates of Mr. Wilson, and Mr. Stemberg, the designee of affiliates of Highland Capital Partners, have been elected to our board of directors. Our stockholders agreement also provides that upon a decision to proceed with an initial underwritten public offering, including this offering, each of our stockholders will be required to cause a reorganization of our and certain of our subsidiaries capital stock such that Lulu USA and LAI become our direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. See “Pre Offering Transactions” above. In addition, the stockholders agreement provides certain of our stockholders’ rights with respect to our capital stock, including rights of first refusal, preemptive rights and participation rights in the sale of shares of our capital stock. The preemptive rights do not apply to issuances by us in an initial underwritten public offering of our common stock, including this offering. The stockholders agreement, and all of the rights of our stockholders under the


109


 

agreement, will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. See “— Agreement and Plan of Reorganization.”
 
Registration Rights Agreement
 
Pursuant to the terms of the reorganization agreement, Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership, Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership and Slinky Financial ULC, have the right to include certain of their shares in this offering. These holders may request that we include up to an aggregate of      of the shares of our common stock that they receive in our corporate reorganization in this offering. This number may be decreased prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this offering relates by Goldman Sachs, the lead co-managing underwriter in this offering, in its sole discretion. We are obligated to pay all expenses in connection with such registration (other than underwriting commissions or discounts).
 
In addition, the reorganization agreement provides for the amendment and restatement of a registration rights agreement providing for certain registration rights after the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the terms of an amended and restated registration rights agreement, Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership, Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership, Rhoda Pitcher, Susanne Conrad, Dennis Wilson, Oyoyo Holdings, Inc., Five Boys Investments ULC, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and Slinky Financial ULC, who will collectively hold  % of our common stock after completion of this offering, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after the completion of this offering. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”
 
Subscription of Series A Preferred Stock With Certain Directors
 
On April 12, 2006, Ms. Pitcher, a current member of our board of directors, and Susanne Conrad, a former member of our board of directors, entered into a subscription agreement with us whereby each purchased 250 shares of our series A preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of CDN$250,000, respectively. The sale of series A preferred stock to Ms. Pitcher closed on June 14, 2006 and the sale of series A preferred stock to Ms. Conrad closed on July 6, 2006. In connection with the sale of shares of our series A preferred stock to Ms. Pitcher and Ms. Conrad, we recognized a charge in fiscal 2006 in an aggregate amount of $188,008 as stock-based compensation expense.
 
Manufacturing Agreement
 
Mr. Wilson previously held a 50% ownership interest in Harmony Manufacturing Inc., one of our suppliers. During fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, we purchased goods from Harmony Manufacturing aggregating $3,825,241, $6,377,454 and $6,388,158, respectively. Mr. Wilson disposed of his ownership interest in Harmony Manufacturing on December 31, 2006.


110


 

 
Franchise Agreements
 
Mr. Wilson previously held a direct ownership interest in our Australia franchise and our two Victoria, British Columbia franchises. During 2004, 2005 and 2006, we received payments from our Australia franchise for the purchase of goods and payments associated with royalty fees aggregating CDN$337,352, CDN$907,715 and CDN$689,596, respectively. Mr. Wilson held a 75% ownership interest in our Australia franchise prior to disposing of his interest to a third party on January 31, 2007. During 2004, 2005 and 2006, we received payments from one of our Victoria, British Columbia franchises for the purchase of goods and payments associated with royalty fees aggregating CDN$1,714,038, CDN$3,443,065 and CDN$4,127,478, respectively. Mr. Wilson held a 50% ownership interest in this Victoria, British Columbia franchise prior to disposing of his interest to a third party on January 2, 2007. During 2005 and 2006, we received payments from our other Victoria, British Columbia franchise for the purchase of goods and payments associated with royalty fees aggregating CDN$160,257 and CDN$339,937, respectively. Mr. Wilson held a 50% ownership interest in this Victoria, British Columbia franchise prior to disposing of his interest on December 31, 2006.
 
Loans to Directors and Executive Officers
 
In December 2005, Mr. Wilson, took out a loan from us in the amount of $222,400. The loan had no stated term or repayment obligations and carried no interest. Mr. Wilson repaid the loan in January 2007.
 
Loans to and from Oyoyo Holdings, Inc.
 
In December 2004, Lululemon Athletica Inc., or LAI, made a loan in the principal amount of CDN$2,342,299 to Oyoyo Holdings, Inc., one of our stockholders and an entity controlled by Mr. Wilson. On the same day, Oyoyo Holdings made a loan of US$1,940,685 (all of the proceeds of the loan from LAI) to Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., or USA. The offsetting loans had no stated term of repayment and carried no interest. On December 5, 2005, substantially all of the principal balances on the off-setting loans were repaid. The remaining outstanding balance on each of the offsetting loans of US$9,329 was repaid in April 2007.
 
Relationships Among Members of our Board of Directors
 
Mr. Wilson is Ms. Conrad’s brother-in-law. Mr. Wilson receives no compensation for service on our board of directors since he is an employee director. Ms. Conrad received the amount of compensation typically paid to non-employee directors of ours during fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2006 Ms. Conrad was paid CDN$26,438 for service on our board of directors and was granted options to purchase 23,500 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share. She was also reimbursed for out of pocket costs incurred by her in connection with her service on our board of directors. Ms. Conrad resigned from our board of directors in March 2007.
 
Rhoda Pitcher Consulting Fees
 
During fiscal 2005 and 2006 Ms. Pitcher, one of our directors, provided human resources consulting services to us. During fiscal 2005 and 2006 we paid Ms. Pitcher $18,000 and $131,562, respectively, for her consulting services. Ms. Pitcher no longer provides consulting services to us.
 
Executive Search Services Performed by Corporate Match
 
During fiscal 2006 we hired an executive search firm, Corporate Match, to perform executive search services for us. Janet Jones, wife of our former executive officer Jimmy Jones, serves as the managing partner of and is one of the founding partners of Corporate Match. During fiscal 2006, we paid Corporate Match approximately $414,966 in fees.


111


 

 
Loans to the Company
 
Mr. Wilson made a stockholder loan to us in the amount of CDN$5,300,000 in April 2004 and CDN$9,063,456 in June 2005. The loan had no stated term of repayment and carried no interest. The loan was repaid in full on December 5, 2005.
 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
 
Prior to the date of this prospectus, we did not own 100% of our operating subsidiaries, LAI and Lulu USA. In connection with this offering, we have entered into an agreement of reorganization with certain of our affiliates which include our existing stockholders, LAI, Lulu Canadian Holding, LIPO Canada, LIPO USA and Mr. Wilson, in his individual capacity and in his capacity as trustee pursuant to a trust arrangement established for the benefit of the minority stockholders of LIPO USA and LIPO Canada, pursuant to which LAI and Lulu USA will in effect become our direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. Upon completion of this corporate reorganization, we will issue shares of our common stock to our existing stockholders and to Slinky Financial ULC, a company controlled by Mr. Wilson which owns shares of LIPO Canada. Slinky is offering those shares of our common stock in this offering. In addition, Lulu Canadian Holding will issue exchangeable shares to other holders of common shares of LIPO Canada, including Mr. Wilson. We will also issue special voting shares to all the holders of exchangeable shares. For additional information on the agreement of reorganization and the terms of our corporate reorganization, see “Pre-Offering Transactions — Agreement and Plan of Reorganization.” Pursuant to the terms of the reorganization agreement, we have also agreed to provide Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership and Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership certain audited and unaudited financial and budget information, subject to their agreement to keep such information confidential. Our obligation to provide this type of information to the foregoing shareholders is deemed satisfied to the extent such information is included in our filings with the SEC.
 
Indemnification Agreements and Directors and Officers Liability Insurance
 
Our amended and restated bylaws limit the personal liability of our directors to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the Sate of Delaware. A general description of these provisions is contained under the heading “Description of Capital Stock — Indemnification and Limitation of Director and Officer Liability.” In addition, we intend to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to provide our directors and officers with insurance coverage for losses arising from claims based on breaches of duty, negligence, errors and other wrongful acts. We also intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. A general description of the provisions of these agreements is contained under the heading “Description of Capital Stock — Indemnification and Limitation of Director and Officer Liability.”
 
Our Policies Regarding Related Party Transactions
 
In April 2007, we adopted a written statement of policy with respect to related party transactions, which is administered by our Audit Committee. Under our related party transaction policy, a “Related Party Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship between us or any of our subsidiaries and a Related Person not including any transactions involving less than $60,000 when aggregated with all similar transactions, or transactions that have received pre-approval of our Audit Committee. A “Related Person” is any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees, any stockholder beneficially owning in excess of 5% of our stock or securities exchangeable for our stock, any


112


 

immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is an executive officer, a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest in such entity.
 
Pursuant to our related party transaction policy, a Related Party Transaction may only be consummated or may only continue if:
 
  •  Our Audit Committee approves or ratifies such transaction in accordance with the terms of the Policy; or
 
  •  the chair of our Audit Committee pre-approves or ratifies such transaction and the amount involved in the transaction is less than $100,000, provided that for the Related Party Transaction to continue it must be approved by our Audit Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
 
If advance approval of a Related Party Transaction is not feasible, then that Related Party Transaction will be considered and, if our Audit Committee determines it to be appropriate, ratified, at its next regularly scheduled meeting. If we decide to proceed with a Related Party Transaction without advance approval, then the terms of such Related Party Transaction must permit termination by us without further material obligation in the event our Audit Committee ratification is not forthcoming at our Audit Committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting.
 
Transactions with Related Persons, though not classified as Related Party Transactions by our related party transaction policy and thus not subject to its review and approval requirements, may still need to be disclosed if required by the applicable securities laws, rules and regulations.


113


 

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information known to us with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock as of           by:
 
  •  each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  the selling stockholders;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.
 
In the table below, the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned before the offering assumes that our corporate reorganization as described in “Pre-Offering Transactions” elsewhere in this prospectus has been completed including the issuance of           shares of our common stock in connection therewith (assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share).
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Shares of our common stock subject to options or warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of     , are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of outstanding shares of the person holding these options or warrants, but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based upon shares of our common stock outstanding as of     , and           shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering (including           shares of our common stock issuable upon the exchange of an equal number of exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. outstanding as of the date of this prospectus). The table below assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is as follows: c/o Lululemon Corp., 2285 Clark Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V5N 3G9.
 
                                         
    Shares Beneficially Owned
    Shares
    Shares Beneficially
 
    Before Offering     Being
    Owned After Offering  
Beneficial Owner
 
Number
   
Percentage
   
Offered
   
Number
   
Percentage
 
 
Dennis J. Wilson(1)
                                       
Advent International Corporation(2)
                                       
Highland Capital Partners(3)
                                       
Brooke Private Equity Advisors(4)
                                       
Steven J. Collins
                                       
RoAnn Costin
                                       
R. Brad Martin
                                       
Robert Meers(5)
                                       
David M. Mussafer(6)
                                       
Rhoda M. Pitcher(7)
                                       
Thomas G. Stemberg
                                       
Brian Bacon(8)
                                       
John E. Currie(9)
                                       
James Jones
                                       
Mike J. Tattersfield(10)
                                       
All directors and executive officers as a group (11)
                                       
 
Less than 1%.
 
(1) Includes           shares of our common stock issuable upon the exchange of an equal number of exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. held by Mr. Wilson and           shares of our common


114


 

stock held by LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., with respect to which Mr. Wilson exercises voting control. Immediately prior to this offering, Mr. Wilson will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. In the offering, Mr. Wilson will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Immediately after this offering, Mr. Wilson will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, Mr. Wilson will beneficially own           shares of our common stock after this offering, or  % of our common stock.
 
(2) Includes           shares owned by Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership,           shares owned by Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership,           shares owned by Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership,           shares owned by Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership,           shares owned by Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership,           shares owned by Advent Partners III Limited Partnership,           shares owned by Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership,           shares owned by Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership and           shares owned by Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership (collectively, the “Advent Funds”). The Advent Funds collectively purchased their interest in shares of our capital stock on December 5, 2005. Immediately prior to this offering, the Advent Funds will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. In the offering, Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent Partners III Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) and Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Immediately after this offering, the Advent Funds will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the Advent Funds will beneficially own           shares of our common stock after this offering, or  % of the shares of common stock outstanding. Advent International Corporation is the managing member of Advent International LLC which is the general partner of GPE GP Limited Partnership which is the general partner of each of Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership and Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership. Advent International Corporation is the managing member of Advent International LLC which is the general partner of each of Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership and Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership. Advent International Corporation as the managing member of the general partners of each of the Advent Funds, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of these entities. The address of Advent International Corporation and each of the funds listed above is c/o Advent International Corporation, 75 State Street, Boston, MA 02109.
 
(3) Includes           shares owned by Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership (“Highland Capital VI”),           shares owned by Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership (“Highland Capital VI-B”),           shares owned by Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership (“Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund” and together with Highland Capital VI and Highland Capital VI-B, the “Highland Investing Entities”). The Highland Investing Entities collectively purchased their shares of our capital stock on December 5, 2005. Immediately prior to this offering, the Highland Investing Entities will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. In the offering, Highland Capital VI will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise


115


 

in full their option to purchase additional shares), Highland Capital VI-B will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), and Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Immediately after this offering, the Highland Investing Entities will own           shares of our common stock, or     % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the Highland Investing Entities will beneficially own           shares of our common stock after this offering, or  % of our common stock. Highland Management Partners VI Limited Partnership (“HMP”) is the general partner of Highland Capital VI and Highland Capital VI-B. HEF VI Limited Partnership (“HEF”) is the general partner of Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund. Highland Management Partners VI, Inc. (“Highland Management”) is the general partner of both HMP and HEF. Certain individuals are the managing directors of Highland Management (together, the “Managing Directors”). Highland Management, as the general partner of the general partners of the Highland Investing Entities, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Highland Investing Entities. The Managing Directors have shared voting and investment control over all the shares held by the Highland Investing Entities and therefore may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Highland Investing Entities by virtue of their status as controlling persons of Highland Management. Each of the Managing Directors disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Highland Investing Entities, except to the extent of such Managing Director’s pecuniary interest therein. The address for the entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners is 92 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421.
 
(4) Includes           shares owned by Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership and           shares owned by Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership (collectively, the “Brooke Funds”). The Brooke Funds collectively purchased their interest in shares of our capital stock on December 5, 2005. Immediately prior to this offering, the Brooke Funds will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. In the offering, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) and Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership will be entitled to sell           shares of our common stock (or a total of           shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Immediately after this offering, the Brooke Funds will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the Brooke Funds will beneficially own           shares of our common stock after this offering, or  % of our common stock. Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P. is the general partner of Brooke Private Equity Management, LLC which is the general partner of each of Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A and Brook Private Equity Advisors Fund I(D). Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P. as the managing member of the general partner of each of the Brooke Funds, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of these entities. The address of Brooke Private Equity Advisors and each of the funds listed above is c/o Brooke Private Equity Advisors, 114 State Street, 6th Floor, Boston, MA 02109.
 
(5) Includes           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Meers that may be exercised within 60 days of          . Immediately prior to this offering, Mr. Meers will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. Immediately after this offering, Mr. Meers will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.
 
(6) Mr. Mussafer is the Managing Director of Advent International Corporation and may be deemed to beneficially own these           shares. Immediately prior to this offering, Advent International Corporation will beneficially own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. Immediately after this offering, Advent International Corporation will beneficially own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, Advent International Corporation will beneficially own           shares of our common stock after this offering, or  % of the shares of common stock outstanding, of which Mr. Mussafer will be deemed to beneficially owned. Mr. Mussafer disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by Advent International Corporation.
 
(7) Includes           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Ms. Pitcher that may be exercised within 60 days of           . Immediately prior to this offering, Ms. Pitcher will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. Immediately after this offering, Ms. Pitcher will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.


116


 

 
(8) Includes           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Bacon that may be exercised within 60 days of          . Includes           shares of our common stock issuable to Mr. Bacon upon the vesting of forfeitable shares and the exercise of outstanding options held by Mr. Bacon in LIPO Investments (USA) Inc., which vesting will occur within 60 days of          . Immediately prior to this offering, Mr. Bacon will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. Immediately after this offering, Mr. Bacon will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.
 
(9) Includes           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Currie that may be exercised within 60 days of           . Immediately prior to this offering, Mr. Currie will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. Immediately after this offering, Mr. Currie will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.
 
(10) Includes           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Tattersfield that may be exercised within 60 days of          . Immediately prior to this offering, Mr. Tattersfield will own shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis. Immediately after this offering, Mr. Tattersfield will own           shares of our common stock, or  % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.
 
(11) Includes           shares of our common stock issuable upon the exchange of an equal number of exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. held by certain of our directors and executive officers,           shares of our common stock held by LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., with respect to which Mr. Wilson exercises voting control, and           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options that may be exercised within 60 days of          .


117


 

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
In connection with our initial public offering, we will complete a series of transactions involving the reorganization of our capital stock and the capital stock of our subsidiaries as a result of which Lulu USA and LAI will become our direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. We refer to these transactions as our corporate reorganization. Upon completion of our corporate reorganization, with the exception of exchangeable shares that will be issued by Lulu Canadian Holding and which are described in greater detail below, all equity and voting interests in our organization will be held through Lululemon Corp., the issuer of the shares offered in this prospectus. For additional information relating to our corporate reorganization, see “Pre-Offering Transactions.”
 
General
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, will consist of           shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share,      shares of special voting stock, no par value per share, and           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The following description summarizes the terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our form of amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our form of amended and restated bylaws, as in effect immediately following the closing of this offering, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Common Stock
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share for the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Whenever corporate action is to be taken by vote of the stockholders, it becomes authorized upon receiving the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all stockholders entitled to vote on the matter. Subject to preferences that may be granted to any holders of another class of shares, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably only those dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, as well as any distributions to our stockholders. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets remaining after we pay our liabilities and distribute the liquidation preference of any class of our shares that has a liquidation preference over our common stock.
 
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or other subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our board of directors has the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of such preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things:
 
  •  restricting dividends on the common stock;
 
  •  diluting the voting power of the common stock;
 
  •  impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or
 
  •  delaying or preventing a change in our control without further action by the stockholders.


118


 

 
The issuance of our preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in our control. Upon the completion of the offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
Special Voting Stock
 
The number of shares of our special voting stock, or special voting shares, that we will issue in connection with our corporate reorganization will be equal to the number of exchangeable shares that are issued by Lulu Canadian Holding in our corporate reorganization. The special voting shares will be issued to holders of exchangeable shares. Holders of special voting shares will be able to vote in person or by proxy on any matters put before holders of our common stock at any stockholders meeting. Each special voting share carries one vote. Such votes may be exercised for the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders.
 
Our special voting shares do not entitle their holders to receive dividends or distributions from us or to receive any consideration in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. To the extent exchangeable shares are exchanged for shares of our common stock, a number of special voting shares as corresponds to the number of exchangeable shares thus exchanged will be cancelled without consideration.
 
Exchangeable Shares of Lulu Canadian Holding and Related Agreements
 
The following is a summary of the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding. Because this description is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to the plan of arrangement and exchangeable shares provision of Lulu Canadian Holding, the exchange trust agreement and the exchangeable share support agreement, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
In connection with our corporate reorganization, each holder of LIPO Canada common shares will exchange certain such shares for exchangeable shares issued by Lulu Canadian Holding.
 
The exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, together with the special voting shares, are intended to be the economic equivalent to shares of our common stock. The rights, preferences, restrictions and conditions attaching to the exchangeable shares include the following:
 
  •  Any holder of exchangeable shares is entitled at any time to require Lulu Canadian Holding to redeem any or all of the exchangeable shares registered in such holder’s name in exchange for one share of our common stock for each exchangeable share presented and surrendered, plus a cash payment in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends on such exchangeable shares at the time of redemption. However, shares of our common stock issuable upon an exchange of exchangeable shares will not be delivered other than pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC, which we will not file prior to the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under U.S. and Canadian securities laws. The right of a holder of exchangeable shares to require Lulu Canadian Holding to redeem such holder’s exchangeable shares is referred to herein as the put right.
 
  •  If we declare a dividend on our common stock, the holders of exchangeable shares are entitled to receive from Lulu Canadian Holding the same dividend, or an economically equivalent dividend, on their exchangeable shares.
 
  •  Holders of exchangeable shares are not entitled to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the stockholders of Lulu Canadian Holding or to vote at any such meeting, except as required by law or as specifically provided in the exchangeable share conditions.
 
  •  Lulu Canadian Holding will have the right to force the exchange of all exchangeable shares for shares of our common stock (and payment of any accrued and unpaid dividends on the


119


 

  exchangeable shares) at any time after the earlier of (i) the 40th anniversary of our corporate reorganization, (ii) the date on which fewer than 10% of the originally issued exchangeable shares remain outstanding or (iii) the occurrence of certain specified events such as a change of control of us. The right of Lulu Canadian Holding to force the exchange of all exchangeable shares is referred to herein as the call right.
 
  •  The right of holders of exchangeable shares to require Lulu Canadian Holding to redeem their exchangeable shares and the right of Lulu Canadian Holding to redeem the exchangeable shares, both as described above, are subject to the overriding right of Lululemon Callco ULC, or Callco, our wholly owned subsidiary, to purchase such shares at a rate of one share of our common stock for each exchangeable share, together with all declared and unpaid dividends on such exchangeable share.
 
  •  Holders of exchangeable shares will be entitled to vote their special voting shares.
 
Exchange Trust Agreement
 
In connection with the issuance of exchangeable shares as part of our corporate reorganization, we will also enter into an exchange trust agreement with Lulu Canadian Holding and a third party-trustee named therein, or the trustee.
 
Under the exchange trust agreement, the holders of exchangeable shares may instruct the trustee to exercise the right to require Callco to purchase all outstanding exchangeable shares in certain events. The purchase price payable by Callco for the exchangeable shares will be equal to one share of our common stock for each exchangeable share, together with any accrued and unpaid dividend on the exchangeable share.
 
In accordance with the terms of the exchangeable share support agreement described below, we will not exercise any voting rights with respect to any exchangeable shares held by us or our subsidiaries, although we may appoint proxy-holders with respect to such exchangeable shares for the sole purpose of attending meetings of the holders of exchangeable shares in order to be counted as part of the quorum for such meetings.
 
With the exception of administrative changes for the purpose of adding covenants of any or all parties for the protection of the beneficiaries thereunder, making certain necessary amendments or curing or correcting any ambiguity, inconsistent provision, or manifest error (in each case provided that our board of directors and the board of directors of Lulu Canadian Holding is of the good faith opinion that such changes or corrections are not prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the exchangeable shares), the exchange trust agreement may not be amended without the approval of the holders of the exchangeable shares given in the manner specified therein.
 
The trust created by the exchange trust agreement will continue until the earliest to occur of the following events:
 
  •  no outstanding exchangeable shares or shares or rights convertible into or exchangeable for exchangeable shares are held by a beneficiary (other than by us or any of our subsidiaries); and
 
  •  we and Lulu Canadian Holding together elect in writing to terminate the exchange trust agreement and such termination is approved by the beneficiaries as set forth in the provisions to the exchangeable shares.
 
Exchangeable Share Support Agreement
 
In connection with the issuance of the exchangeable shares as part of our corporate reorganization, we will enter into an exchangeable share support agreement with Lulu Canadian Holding and Callco.


120


 

Pursuant to the exchangeable share support agreement, for so long as any exchangeable shares (other than exchangeable shares held by us or any of our subsidiaries) remain outstanding:
 
  •  Lulu Canadian Holding and we will take all actions and do all things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit it and us, in accordance with applicable law, to perform our respective obligations and complete all such actions and all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit us to deliver or cause to be delivered shares of our common stock to the holders of exchangeable shares who exercise their put rights.
 
  •  Lulu Canadian Holding, Callco and we will take all such actions and do all things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit them and us, in accordance with applicable law, to perform our respective obligations arising upon the exercise by Lulu Canadian Holding or Callco of their rights to acquire exchangeable shares, including without limitation all such actions and all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit us to deliver or cause to be delivered shares of our common stock to the holders of exchangeable shares in accordance with the provisions of the such rights.
 
  •  Neither we nor Lulu Canadian Holding may take any action in order to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up, each a voluntary liquidation, or proceed with any voluntary liquidation, unless the other concurrently takes action to voluntarily liquidate or proceeds with a voluntary liquidation.
 
We will send to the holders of exchangeable shares, to the extent not already sent to holders of the special voting shares, the notice of each meeting at which our stockholders are entitled to vote, together with the related meeting materials, including without limitation, any circular or information statement. Such mailing will commence on the same day as we send such notice and materials to our stockholders. We will also send to the holders of exchangeable shares copies of all information statements, interim and annual financial statements, reports and other materials that we send to our stockholders at the same time as such materials are sent to our stockholders. We will also use reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver a copy of any materials sent by a third party to our stockholders, including dissident proxy and information circulars (and related information and materials) and tender and exchange offer circulars, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such materials by us or by our stockholders (if such receipt is known by us), to the extent not already sent to holders of the special voting shares.
 
The exchangeable share support agreement provides that, in the event of any proposed tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid or similar transaction with respect to the shares of our common stock which is recommended by our board of directors, we will use all reasonable efforts expeditiously and in good faith to take all actions necessary or desirable to enable and permit holders of exchangeable shares to participate in such transaction to the same extent and on an economically equivalent basis as holders of shares of our common stock, without discrimination.
 
In order to assist us in complying with our obligations under the exchangeable share support agreement, Lulu Canadian Holding and Callco are required to notify us as soon as practicable upon the exercise of their rights to acquire exchangeable shares.
 
In order to assist Lulu Canadian Holding in complying with its obligations under the exchangeable share support agreement, we will notify Lulu Canadian Holding as soon as possible upon a proposed declaration by us of any dividend on our shares of common stock and take all such other actions as are reasonably necessary, in cooperation with Lulu Canadian Holding, to ensure that the respective declaration date, record date and payment date for a dividend on our shares of common stock shall be the same as the declaration date, record date and payment date for the corresponding dividend on the exchangeable shares, subject to all applicable laws.
 
Under the exchangeable share support agreement, we have agreed not to exercise any voting rights attached to the exchangeable shares owned by us or any of our subsidiaries on any matter considered at meetings of holders of exchangeable shares.


121


 

 
With the exception of administrative changes for the purpose of adding covenants of any or all parties, making certain necessary amendments or curing or correcting any ambiguity, inconsistent provision or manifest error (in each case provided that our board of directors and the boards of directors of Lulu Canadian Holding and Callco are of the good faith opinion that such changes or corrections are not prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the exchangeable shares), the exchangeable share support agreement may not be amended without the approval of the holders of the exchangeable shares as provided in the exchangeable share support agreement.
 
Options to Purchase Common Stock
 
Upon completion of this offering, there will be outstanding options to purchase 1,885,250 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share.
 
Registration Rights
 
Pursuant to the terms of an amended and restated registration rights agreement that will be effective upon completion of the reorganization, Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership, Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership, Rhoda Pitcher, Susanne Conrad, Dennis Wilson, Oyoyo Holdings, Inc., Five Boys Investments ULC, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and Slinky Financial ULC, who will collectively hold  % of our common stock after completion of this offering, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after the completion of this offering. The registration rights agreement provides that if we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act after the initial public offering, either for our own account or for the account of a security holder or holders, the holders of registration rights are entitled to written notice of the registration and are entitled to include their shares of our common stock in such registration. In addition, the holders of registration rights may demand us to use our best efforts to effect the registration of their shares of our common stock on up to three occasions. All of these registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of underwriters to limit the number of shares included in an offering. In general, we are required to pay all registration expenses except any underwriting discounts and applicable selling commissions. We are also obligated to indemnify the holders of registration rights and any underwriter, and the holders of registration rights are required to indemnify us, for certain liabilities in connection with offerings conducted under the amended and restated registration rights agreement.
 
Indemnification and Limitation of Director and Officer Liability
 
As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we intend to adopt provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following:
 
  •  any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or the stockholder;
 
  •  acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.


122


 

 
This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
 
As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also will provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law and that we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions. We believe that indemnification under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also permits us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law would permit indemnification. We intend to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to provide our directors and officers with insurance coverage for losses arising from claims based on breaches of duty, negligence, errors and other wrongful acts.
 
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which is in addition to and may be broader than the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.
 
The underwriting agreement also provides for indemnification by the underwriters of our officers and directors for specified liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Charter, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law
 
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering, as summarized below, and applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may make it more difficult for or prevent a third party from acquiring control of us or changing our board of directors and management. These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or in our management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies furnished by them and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in our control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
 
Undesignated Preferred Stock.   The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change the control of our company. This may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.
 
No Cumulative Voting.   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. The combination of ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock


123


 

and lack of cumulative voting will make it more difficult for our other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors.
 
Stockholder Meetings.   Our charter documents provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board or president, or upon a resolution adopted by or affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors, and not by the stockholders.
 
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.   Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.
 
Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent.   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.
 
Election and Removal of Directors.   Upon closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. The provision for a classified board could prevent a party who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock from obtaining control of our board of directors until the second annual stockholders meeting following the date the acquiring party obtains the controlling stock interest. The classified board provision could discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us and could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions.
 
Directors may be removed with cause by the vote of a two-thirds of the shares represented in person or by proxy at a meeting entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting as a single class.
 
Size of Board and Vacancies.   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors on our board of directors will be fixed exclusively by our board of directors. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors will be filled solely by the vote of our remaining directors in office. Any vacancies in our board of directors resulting from death, resignation or removal from office or other cause will be filled solely by the vote of our remaining directors in office.
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.   We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:
 
  •  prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; and
 
  •  on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.


124


 

 
  •  Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.
 
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.
 
Nasdaq Global Market Listing
 
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LULU.”
 
Toronto Stock Exchange
 
We intend to apply to list the common stock distributed under this prospectus on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “LLL.” Listing will be subject to the issuer fulfilling all the listing requirements of the Toronto Stock Exchange.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is          . Its address is          , and its telephone number is (    )          .
 
Auditors
 
Our auditors are PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP whose address is 250 Howe Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V6C 3S7.


125


 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could reduce prevailing market prices. Some shares will not be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on sale as described below. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the U.S. or Canadian public market after any of these restrictions on sale lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
 
Upon the completion of this offering,           shares of our common stock will be outstanding. All shares of common stock sold in this offering, other than shares sold in our directed share program, will be freely tradable in the United States and Canada, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act or qualification by prospectus under Canadian securities laws unless they are purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or by our control persons within the meaning of Canadian securities laws, or by persons who are subject to the lock-up agreements described below to the extent sales of such shares are prohibited by the terms of such lock-up agreements. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale in the United States if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market in the United States only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as summarized below.
 
As a result of contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters as described below, and subject to the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act described below, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
                 
    Shares Eligible
       
Days after Date of this Prospectus
 
for Sale
   
Comment
 
 
Upon completion of offering
               
180 days after completion of offering
               
Thereafter
               
 
Some of the shares in the table above, including shares held by executive officers and directors, listed as not being saleable until 180 days after the date of this prospectus may become saleable at a sooner date, as described under “Lock-up Agreements” below.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We and our directors, officers and stockholders, holding in the aggregate           shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, have entered into contractual lock-up agreements with representatives of the underwriters, pursuant to which, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, we and our directors, officers and stockholders will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. In addition, if we issue an earnings release or announces material news or a material event during the last 17 of the 180 days or if, prior to the expiration of the 180 days, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the 180th day, then in each case the 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive, in writing, such extension. Goldman Sachs and Merrill Lynch may, in their sole discretion, at any time and without prior notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions contained in any such lock-up agreements.


126


 

 
Hold-back Provisions
 
The reorganization agreement includes “hold-back” provisions that prohibit dispositions of shares of our common stock for a 180-day period following an underwritten public offering of our common stock, including this offering. Specifically, our stockholders who are party to the reorganization agreement have agreed not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, including the exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, in connection with an underwritten public offering of our common stock.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering, a person who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares in the public market in the United States within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal           shares immediately after this offering; and
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
 
Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 in the United States are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates that sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares in the United States must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.
 
Rule 144(k)
 
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, may sell those shares in the United States without complying with the manner-of-sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
Rule 701
 
Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan may be resold, to the extent not subject to lock-up agreements, in the United States beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus:
 
  •  by persons other than affiliates, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and
 
  •  by affiliates, subject to the manner-of-sale, current public information, and filing requirements of Rule 144.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase a total of 1,885,250 shares of our common stock were outstanding.
 
Form S-8 Registration Statements
 
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register for the purposes of U.S. federal securities laws the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. These registration statements


127


 

are expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the effective date of this offering. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets in the United States, subject to the lock-up agreements and, if applicable, to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.
 
Registration Rights
 
After this offering, and subject to the lock-up agreements, Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, Limited Partnership, Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership, Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership, Rhoda Pitcher, Susanne Conrad, Dennis Wilson, Five Boys Investments ULC, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and Slinky Financial ULC, who will collectively hold  % of our common stock after completion of this offering, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after the completion of this offering. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” After such registration, these shares of our common stock will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. These sales could have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market price of our common stock.
 
After the first anniversary of the date of this prospectus, we will file a registration statement in the United States to register either the issuance of up to           shares of our common stock upon the exchange of the then outstanding exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. or the resale of up to           shares of our common stock. In the case of a registration of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exchange of exchangeable shares, the registered shares will be freely tradeable under applicable securities laws, subject to the restrictions applicable to affiliates or control persons described above. In the case of a resale registration, the holders of the registered shares or the exchangeable shares exchangeable for such registered shares will be required to agree in writing to limit the volume of public sales of the registered shares to the number of shares which such holders would have been permitted to sell under Rule 144 if the shares were “control securities” under Rule 144.
 
Additional Restrictions for Sales in Canada
 
The sale of any of our common stock in the public market in Canada by Mr. Wilson and affiliates of Advent International Corporation (as our controlling stockholders) will be subject to restrictions under applicable Canadian securities laws in addition to those restrictions noted above, unless the sale is qualified under a prospectus filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities or if prior notice of the sale has been filed with the Canadian securities regulatory authorities at least seven days before any sale.
 
Sales under the procedure noted above are also subject to other requirements and restrictions regarding the manner of sale, payment of commissions, reporting and availability of current public information about us and compliance with applicable Canadian securities laws.


128


 

 
UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. In general, a non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of common stock that is:
 
  •  an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the U.S.;
 
  •  a corporation (including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not organized or created in or under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate that is not taxable in the United States on its worldwide income; or
 
  •  a trust that (i) is not subject to primary supervision over its administration by a U.S. court or is not subject to the control of a U.S. person with respect to all substantial trust decisions and (ii) has not elected to be treated as a U.S. person pursuant to applicable Treasury regulations.
 
If a non-U.S. holder is a partner in a partnership, or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds our common stock, the non-U.S. holder’s tax treatment generally will depend upon the non-U.S. holder’s tax status and upon the activities of the partnership. Persons holding common stock through a partnership should consult a tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of such ownership.
 
An individual who is not a citizen of the U.S. may be deemed to be a U.S. resident in any calendar year by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in that calendar year (counting for such purposes all of the days present in that year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year). U.S. residents are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. citizens.
 
This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the final and temporary U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and published administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
 
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal taxation, and in particular is limited as follows:
 
  •  the discussion assumes that a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock as a capital asset and that the non-U.S. holder does not have a special tax status, such as a financial institution, an insurance company, a hybrid entity, a tax-exempt organization or a broker-dealer or trader in securities;
 
  •  the discussion does not consider tax consequences that depend upon a non-U.S. holder’s particular tax situation;
 
  •  the discussion does not consider special tax rules that may apply to a non-U.S. holder who holds our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;
 
  •  the discussion does not consider special tax provisions that may be applicable to a non-U.S. holder that has relinquished U.S. citizenship or residence;
 
  •  the discussion does not cover U.S. federal gift tax consequences, state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences;


129


 

 
  •  the discussion does not consider the tax consequences for stockholders, partners, owners or beneficiaries of a non-U.S. holder; and
 
  •  we have not requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, on the tax consequences of owning the common stock. As a result, the IRS could disagree with portions of this discussion.
 
Each prospective purchaser of common stock is advised to consult a tax advisor with respect to current and possible future U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, municipality or other taxing jurisdiction within or outside the U.S.
 
Distributions
 
Distributions paid on the shares of common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, the distribution first will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s basis in the shares of common stock, reducing that adjusted basis, and the balance of the distribution in excess of the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted basis will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange of the common stock.
 
Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, a U.S. withholding tax of 30% generally will be imposed on any distribution we make to a non-U.S. holder, to the extent it constitutes a dividend under the rules described in the preceding paragraph, unless a reduced withholding tax rate is specified by an applicable income tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification requirements.
 
The 30% withholding tax does not apply, and instead the dividends are taxed on a net income basis at regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, if a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and if dividends on the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business and, if an applicable U.S. income tax treaty requires, are attributable to a permanent establishment which the non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States. In that case, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification requirements. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, a “branch profits tax” may be imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) on its effectively connected earnings and profits, as adjusted for certain items.
 
To obtain the benefit of a reduced withholding tax rate under a treaty, or to claim an exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder generally must provide us or our paying agent, as the case may be, with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, for treaty benefits, or W-8 ECI, for effectively connected income, prior to the payment of the dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. If a non-U.S. holder holds common stock through a foreign partnership or a foreign intermediary, the partnership or intermediary may also need to satisfy certification requirements.
 
If withholding results in an overpayment of tax, a non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of the excess by timely filing with the IRS an appropriate claim for refund along with the required information.
 
Gain On Disposition of Common Stock
 
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case


130


 

  the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above may also apply;
 
  •  we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock; in this case, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net gain derived from the disposition of our common stock at regular graduated rates. Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. If we are, or were to become, a USRPHC, gain realized upon disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not directly or indirectly own more than 5% of our common stock during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock generally would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC; or
 
  •  if a non-U.S. holder (i) is an individual, (ii) holds the common stock as a capital asset, (iii) is present in the United States for 183 or more days during the taxable year of the sale and (iv) certain conditions are met, then the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the U.S.
 
Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding
 
We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, the name and address of the holder, and the amount of any tax withheld from the payment. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting the dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.
 
Under some circumstances, U.S. Treasury regulations require additional information and backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on some payments on our common stock. The gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that fails to certify its status as a non-U.S. holder in accordance with applicable U.S. Treasury regulations (or paid to a person whom the payor has actual knowledge or reason to know is a U.S. person as defined in the Code) generally will be reduced by backup withholding at the applicable rate.
 
In addition, a non-U.S. holder may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish its non-U.S. status in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding on proceeds from a disposition of common stock.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. When withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained if the required information or appropriate claim for refund is timely furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.


131


 

 
Federal Estate Tax
 
A non-U.S. holder who is an individual and owns common stock at the time of his or her death, or who had made certain lifetime transfers of an interest in common stock while retaining certain powers, rights or interests in the stock, will be required to include the value of that common stock in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and therefore may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
The foregoing discussion is only a summary of material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership, sale or other disposition of common stock by non-U.S. holders. Each non-U.S. holder is urged to consult a tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences of ownership and disposition of common stock, including the effect of any U.S., state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws, and any applicable income or estate tax treaty.


132


 

 
CERTAIN CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
The following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations under the Income Tax Act (Canada), which we refer to herein as the Canadian Tax Act, generally applicable as of the date hereof to the purchase, holding and disposition of our common stock acquired pursuant to this offering. This summary is applicable only to a purchaser who, at all relevant times, is resident in Canada, deals with us at arm’s length, is not affiliated with us, is not in a relationship with us such that we would be considered a “foreign affiliate” of such purchaser and holds or will hold our common stock as capital property (a “Canadian Holder”) all within the meaning of the Canadian Tax Act. Shares of common stock will generally be considered to be capital property to a purchaser unless the purchaser holds such shares in the course of carrying on a business or has acquired the shares in a transaction or transactions considered to be an adventure in the nature of trade.
 
This summary does not apply to a Canadian Holder that is a “financial institution” for the purposes of the mark-to-market rules or a Canadian Holder an interest in which is a “tax shelter investment” (both as defined in the Canadian Tax Act). Such holders should consult their own tax advisors.
 
This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Canadian Tax Act and the regulations thereunder, specific proposals to amend the Canadian Tax Act (the “Proposed Amendments”) which have been announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof, and our understanding of the administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary assumes that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed and does not take into account or anticipate any other changes in law, whether by way of judicial, legislative or governmental decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or non-Canadian income tax legislation or considerations which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax considerations discussed herein. No assurances can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted as proposed or at all, or that legislative, judicial or administrative changes will not modify or change the statements expressed herein.
 
This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in common stock. The tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of common stock will vary according to the status of the purchaser, the province or provinces in which the purchaser resides or carries on business and, generally, the purchaser’s own particular circumstances, including any tax requirements imposed on a purchaser by a jurisdiction outside of Canada. Accordingly, the following summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to constitute legal or income tax advice to any particular purchaser. Prospective purchasers should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the income tax consequences of investing in our common stock, based on the purchaser’s particular circumstances.
 
For purposes of the Canadian Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of our common stock, including dividends, adjusted cost base and proceeds of disposition, must be expressed in Canadian dollars. If in the future we decide to pay dividends in U.S. dollars, Canadian Holders may realize greater or lesser income by virtue of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The amount of capital gains and losses may also be affected by virtue of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. For purposes of the Canadian Tax Act, amounts denominated in U.S. dollars generally must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the prevailing U.S. dollar exchange rate at the relevant time.
 
Dividends on Common Stock
 
Dividends received or deemed to be received on common stock by a Canadian Holder who is an individual (including certain trusts) will be required to be included in computing the individual’s income for tax purposes and will not qualify for the gross-up and dividend tax credit rules which are applicable only to dividends received from taxable Canadian corporations. A Canadian Holder that is a corporation will be required to include dividends received or deemed to be received on the common stock in computing its income for tax purposes and will not be entitled to deduct the amount of such dividends


133


 

in computing its taxable income. The full amount of dividends including amounts deducted for U.S. withholding tax, if any, in respect of the dividends must be included in income. To the extent U.S. withholding tax is deducted in respect of dividends paid on common stock, the amount of such tax may be eligible for foreign tax credit or deduction treatment subject to the detailed rules and limitations under the Canadian Tax Act. Canadian Holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction to them having regard to their particular circumstances.
 
Disposition of Common Stock
 
A Canadian Holder who disposes of, or is deemed to have disposed of, a share of common stock will realize a capital gain (or a capital loss) equal to the amount by which the proceeds of disposition of the share of common stock exceed (or are less than) the aggregate of the adjusted cost base of such share of common stock and any reasonable expenses associated with the disposition.
 
A Canadian Holder will be required to include one-half of any capital gain (a taxable capital gain) realized in computing income and, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Canadian Tax Act, is required to deduct one-half of any capital loss (an allowable capital loss) from taxable capital gains incurred by the Canadian Holder in the year, and allowable capital losses in excess of taxable capital gains may generally be carried back and deducted in any of the three preceding taxation years or carried forward and deducted in any subsequent year against net taxable capital gains realized in such years in the circumstances and to the extent provided in the Canadian Tax Act.
 
Capital gains realized by an individual and certain trusts may result in the individual or trust paying alternative minimum tax under the Canadian Tax Act.
 
Additional Refundable Tax
 
A “Canadian-controlled private corporation” (as defined in the Canadian Tax Act) may be liable to pay an additional refundable tax of 6 2 / 3 % on its “aggregate investment income” which is defined to include amounts in respect of taxable capital gains and certain dividends (but not dividends or deemed dividends deductible in computing taxable income).
 
Foreign Investment Entity Rules
 
On November 22, 2006, the Minister of Finance (Canada) released Bill C-33 in the Canadian parliament. The provisions of the Bill will apply, among other things, to certain investments in non-resident entities designated as “foreign investment entities” (the “FIE Rules”). These proposals will generally apply to fiscal years commencing after 2006 notwithstanding that they have yet to be passed into law. Pursuant to these proposals a taxpayer (other than an “exempt taxpayer”) who, in a particular taxation year holds a “participating interest”, other than an “exempt interest”, in a “non-resident entity” at that entity’s taxation year-end and at that time the non-resident entity constitutes a foreign investment entity, will generally be required to include in computing income for that year an amount in respect of the foreign investment entity calculated in accordance with the FIE Rules.
 
Our common stock will constitute “participating interests” for the purposes of the FIE Rules.
 
Under the FIE Rules, a corporation will not be a “foreign investment entity” at the end of a taxation year if the “carrying value” at that time of all of its “investment property” does not exceed one-half of the “carrying value” of all of its property or if, throughout that taxation year, its principal business is not an “investment business” within the meaning of those terms in the FIE Rules.
 
If we are a foreign investment entity, our common stock might nevertheless qualify as an “exempt interest” for a particular Canadian Holder in which case the FIE Rules will not apply to such Canadian Holder. Our common stock will be an “exempt interest” to a particular Canadian Holder if it is reasonable to conclude that the Canadian Holder has no “tax avoidance motive” in respect of the common stock at that time and, throughout the period during which the common stock is held: (i) the


134


 

Company is resident in the U.S. for the purposes of the Canada-U.S. Income Tax Convention (1980); (ii) our common stock is listed on the TSX; and (iii) the shares of common stock are “arm’s length interests” of the Canadian Holder. It is expected that the common stock will be “arm’s length interests” of a Canadian Holder for purposes of the FIE Rules if (i) there are at least 150 persons each of which holds common stock that has a total fair market value of $500 (Canadian); and (ii) the total common stock such Canadian Holder (or an entity or an individual with whom the Canadian Holder does not deal at arm’s length) holds does not exceed 10% of our common stock. Whether a Canadian Holder has a “tax avoidance motive” for the purposes of the FIE Rules will depend upon the Canadian Holder’s particular circumstances. Each Canadian Holder should consult its own tax advisor to make this determination. If a particular Canadian Holder has no “tax avoidance motive” in respect of the common stock and if the shares of common stock are “arm’s length interests” of that Canadian Holder, then the common stock will qualify as an “exempt interest” in respect of the particular Canadian Holder at that time. However, the determination of whether the shares of common stock constitute an “exempt interest” must be made at the end of each of the Company’s taxation years and no assurances can be given that the shares of common stock will continue to qualify as an “exempt interest” to any particular Canadian Holder in the future.
 
Foreign Property Information Reporting
 
A Canadian Holder that is a “specified Canadian entity” for a taxation year or fiscal period and whose total cost amount of “specified foreign property” (as such terms are defined in the Canadian Tax Act) at any time in the year exceeds $100,000 will be required to file an information return for the year to disclose certain prescribed information including the cost amount, any dividends received in the year and any gains or losses realized in the year. Subject to certain exceptions, a taxpayer resident in Canada will generally be a specified Canadian entity. Our common stock comes within the definition of “specified foreign property.” Canadian Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether they must comply with these reporting requirements.


135


 

 
UNDERWRITING
 
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock indicated in the following table.
 
         
Underwriter
 
Number of Shares
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
                
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
       
Incorporated
       
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 
       
CIBC World Markets Corp. 
       
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
       
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares of common stock covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares of common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional           shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover those sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares of common stock are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares of common stock in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional shares of common stock.
 
Paid by the Company
 
                 
   
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $                $             
Total
  $       $  
 
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
                 
   
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $                $             
Total
  $       $  
 
Shares of common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per common share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
 
We, each of our officers, directors and stockholders have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date


136


 

that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of specified transfer restrictions.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the initial 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial 180-day period, then in each case the initial 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated waive, in writing, such extension.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of our company, an assessment of our company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial offering price.
 
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares of common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and applicable Canadian securities law, and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program referred to below, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.
 
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to           shares of common stock offered hereby for officers, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Each person who purchases shares of common stock in the directed share program will agree, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares of common stock purchased in the directed share program without the consent of      .
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock or purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares of common stock to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares of common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares of common stock pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of that option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect


137


 

investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares of common stock sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
This offering is being made concurrently in the United States and each of the provinces and territories of Canada. Our shares of common stock will be offered in the United States and Canada through the underwriters either directly or through their respective United States or Canadian broker-dealer affiliates or agents, as applicable. No securities will be offered or sold in any jurisdiction except by or through brokers or dealers duly registered under the applicable securities laws of that jurisdiction, or in circumstances where any exemption from such registered dealer requirements is available. Subject to applicable law, the underwriters may offer our common stock outside of the United States and Canada.
 
For purposes of the offering in Canada, if all of the shares have not been sold, after the Canadian underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell the shares at the public offer price, the Canadian underwriters may from time to time decrease or change the offering price and the other selling terms provided that the price for the shares shall not exceed the public offer price and further provided that the compensation that is realized by the Canadian underwriters will be decreased by the amount that the aggregate price paid by the purchasers for the shares is less than the gross proceeds paid by the Canadian underwriters to us or the selling stockholders.
 
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market, the Toronto Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
Pursuant to rules of the Ontario Securities Commission, the Autorité des Marchés Financiers and the Universal Market Integrity Rules for Canadian Marketplaces, the underwriters may not, throughout the period of distribution, bid for or purchase shares of our common stock except in accordance with certain permitted transactions, including market stabilization and passive market making activities. In connection with the sale of the shares of our common stock, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are required to purchase in this offering or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the shares at levels other than those which otherwise might prevail on the open market.
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
  (a)   to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;


138


 

 
  (b)   to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  (c)   to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
  (d)   in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
 
  1.1   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and
 
  1.2   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an


139


 

accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.


140


 

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Pepper Hamilton LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain matters regarding Canadian law will be passed upon for us by McCarthy Tétrault LLP, and for the underwriters by Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP.
 
EXPERTS
 
The financial statements as of January 31, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2007 included in this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act for the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Room 1590, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
We maintain an Internet website at http://www.lululemon.com (which is not intended to be an active hyperlink in this prospectus). The information contained on, connected to or that can be accessed via our website is not part of this prospectus.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and website of the SEC referred to above. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent accountants.


141


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
INTERCORPORATE RELATIONSHIPS
 
Lululemon Corp. was incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law on November 21, 2005. The Company’s registered and records office is located at 1313 North Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 and its head office is located at 2285 Clark Avenue, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V5N 3G9.
 
The Company has two effectively wholly-owned primary operating subsidiaries. Lululemon Athletica Inc., a company organized under the laws of British Columbia, is an operating company that conducts our Canadian operations. Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., a Nevada corporation, is an operating company that conducts our U.S. operations.
 
MATERIAL CONTRACTS
 
The material contracts entered into by us or any of our subsidiaries during the two year period prior to the date hereof or which will be entered into prior to the closing of this offering, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, are as follows:
 
1. Underwriting Agreement dated          , 2007 between us, the underwriters and the selling stockholders relating to the initial public offering of the shares of our common stock;
 
2. Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of April 26, 2007 by and among the parties named therein;
 
3. Arrangement Agreement dated as of April 26, 2007 by and among the parties named therein;
 
4. Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of      by and among the parties named therein;
 
5. Credit Facility dated as of April 11, 2007 by and among the parties named therein;
 
6. Lululemon Corp. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan;
 
7. Exchange Trust Agreement dated as of      by and among the parties named therein; and
 
8. Exchangeable Share Support Agreement dated as of      by and among the parties named there.
 
Copies of these agreements, together with certain other contracts filed as exhibits to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, may be examined at our registered office during normal business hours during the course of the distribution to the public of the shares of our common stock pursuant to this offering and for a period of 30 days thereafter or may be viewed at www.sec.gov as exhibits to our Registration Statement on Form S-1.
 
NOTICE TO INVESTORS
 
The financial statements included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which differ in certain material respects from Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. As we are considered an “SEC issuer” (within the meaning of National Instrument 52-107 under Canadian securities laws), we are not required to provide, and have not provided, a reconciliation of our financial statements to Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.


142


 

 
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT
 
In the opinion of McCarthy Tétrault LLP, Canadian counsel to the Company, and Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, Canadian counsel to the Underwriters, the shares of common stock if, as and when issued and provided that the common stock is listed at that time on the Toronto Stock Exchange will be qualified investments for a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan, a registered retirement income fund, a registered education savings plan or a deferred profit sharing plan under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder. The foregoing opinions assume that there will be no changes in the applicable legislation currently in effect prior to the date of issue of the shares of common stock.
 
PURCHASERS’ STATUTORY RIGHTS
 
Securities legislation in certain of the provinces and territories of Canada provides purchasers with the right to withdraw from an agreement to purchase securities. This right may be exercised within two business days after receipt or deemed receipt of a prospectus and any amendment. In several of the provinces and territories, the securities legislation further provides a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus and any amendment contains a misrepresentation or is not delivered to the purchaser, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for the particulars of these rights or consult with a legal adviser.


143


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
AUDITORS’ CONSENT
 
We have read the preliminary base PREP prospectus of Lululemon Corp. (the “Company”) dated April 30, 2007 relating to new issue and sale of common shares of the Company. We have complied with Canadian generally accepted standards for an auditor’s involvement with offering documents.
 
We consent to the use in the above-mentioned prospectus of our report to the Board of Directors of Lululemon Corp., Board of Directors of LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., stockholders of Lululemon Corp., and stockholders of LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc. on the following financial statements in the preliminary PREP prospectus:
 
  •  combined consolidated balance sheets of Lululemon as at January 31, 2006 and January 31, 2007; and
 
  •  combined consolidated statement of (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive (loss) income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2007.
 
Our report is dated      , 2007.
 
Chartered Accountants
Vancouver, BC
 
          , 2007


144


 

 
LULULEMON
 
INDEX TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
Audited Combined Consolidated Financial Statements:
   
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7


F-1


 

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors of Lululemon Corp., Board of Directors of LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., Stockholders of Lululemon Corporation and Stockholders of LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.:
 
The reorganization of the companies and changes in capital structure of Lululemon Corp. as set out in the stockholders’ agreement has not and will not be consummated prior to the initial public offering of the common shares of Lululemon Corp. The Company has not included earnings per share data in the combined consolidated financial statements as the number of shares to be issued on the reorganization is not determinable as explained in note 11. However, the Company has included pro forma earnings per share data which is incomplete pending the determination of an appropriate estimate of the initial public offering price. When the Company has determined the appropriate estimate and completed note 11 to the combined consolidated financial statements, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:
 
“In our opinion, the accompanying combined consolidated balance sheets and the related combined consolidated statements of (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive (loss) income and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Lululemon group of companies (“Lululemon”), as described in note 1 to these financial statements, at January 31, 2006 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended January 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.”
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada
April 30, 2007


F-2


 

 
Lululemon

Combined Consolidated Balance Sheets
As at January 31, 2006 and 2007
(Expressed in U.S. dollars)
 
                 
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
 
ASSETS
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    3,877,017       16,028,534  
Accounts receivable — net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $nil;
2007 — $nil
    1,300,281       2,290,665  
Due from related parties
    273,723       192,302  
Inventories
    21,077,881       26,628,113  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    688,422       830,231  
Deferred income taxes
          2,522,898  
                 
      27,217,324       48,492,743  
Property and equipment  — net
    10,426,795       18,822,239  
Goodwill
    840,325       811,678  
Intangible assets  — net
    2,441,739       2,140,011  
Deferred income taxes
    186,772       588,397  
Other non-current assets
    801,012       999,470  
                 
      41,913,967       71,854,538  
                 
 
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
               
Trade accounts payable
    5,881,936       4,932,960  
Due to related parties
    632,541        
Accrued liabilities
    2,987,708       14,520,633  
Income taxes payable
    497,124       9,177,953  
Other current liabilities
    2,247,646       2,652,491  
                 
      12,246,955       31,284,037  
Other liabilities
    1,073,409       2,239,650  
Deferred income taxes
    536,707       384,354  
                 
      13,857,071       33,908,041  
                 
Non-controlling interest
    10,000       567,699  
                 
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Common stock
               
Common stock of LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., without par value; unlimited shares authorized; 117,000,361 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2006 and 2007
    1       1  
Preferred stock
               
Participating preferred stock of Lululemon Corp., $0.01 par value; issuable in series; 5,750,000 shares authorized as of January 31, 2006 and 2007; 224,989 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2006; 225,489 issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2007
    2,250       2,255  
Additional paid-in capital
    95,834,516       99,110,502  
Accumulated deficit
    (68,343,726 )     (60,677,395 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    558,743       (1,056,565 )
                 
      28,051,784       37,378,798  
                 
      41,913,967       71,854,538  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (note 13)
               
Subsequent events (note 21)
               
 
Approved by the Board of Directors
 
     
(Signed) Dennis Wilson  Director
  (Signed) Steven Collins  Director
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.


F-3


 

 
Lululemon
 
Combined Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
For Each of the Years in the Three-Year Period Ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
(Expressed in U.S. dollars)
 
                                                                         
                                        Accumulated
             
                                        Other
    Total
       
    Lululemon
    Lululemon
    Additional
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Total
 
   
Athletica Inc.
   
Athletica USA Inc.
    Paid-in
    Earnings
    Income
    Income
    Stockholders’
 
          Amount
          Amount
    Capital
    (Deficit)
    (Loss)
    (Loss)
    Equity
 
   
Shares
   
$
   
Shares
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Balance at January 31, 2004
    100       2       100       100,000               678,329       31,439               809,770  
Net income
                                            (1,411,032 )             (1,411,032 )     (1,411,032 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    (2,923 )     (2,923 )     (2,923 )
                                                                         
Balance at January 31, 2005 *
    100       2       100       100,000             (732,703 )     28,516       (1,413,955 )     (604,185 )
                                                                         
 
                                                                         
   
Lululemon Corp.
   
LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.
                         
          Amount
          Amount
                               
   
Shares
   
$
   
Shares
   
$
   
$
                         
 
Issued Series A preferred stock — net of share issuance costs on December 5, 2005
    107,995       1,080                       92,043,184                               92,044,264  
Issued Series TS preferred stock on December 5, 2005**
    116,994       1,170                       1,091,416                               1,092,586  
Issued common stock on December 5, 2005 **
                    115,253,853       1                                       1  
Elimination of subsidiaries capital stock**
                                                                    (100,002 )
Issued restricted shares on December 5, 2005 (note 10)
                    1,746,508                                                
Distribution to principal stockholder on December 5, 2005
                                            (69,005,127 )                     (69,005,127 )
Stock-based compensation
                                    2,699,916                               2,699,916  
Net income
                                            1,394,104               1,394,104       1,394,104  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    530,227       530,227       530,227  
                                                                         
Balance at January 31, 2006
    224,989       2,250       117,000,361       1       95,834,516       (68,343,726 )     558,743       1,924,331       28,051,784  
                                                                         
Issued Series A preferred stock
    500       5                       634,422                               634,427  
Stock-based compensation
                                    2,641,564                               2,641,564  
Net income
                                            7,666,331               7,666,331       7,666,331  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    (1,615,308 )     (1,615,308 )     (1,615,308 )
                                                                         
Balance at January 31, 2007
    225,489       2,255       117,000,361       1       99,110,502       (60,677,395 )     (1,056,565 )     6,051,023       37,378,798  
                                                                         
 
* The balance of capital for LAI and Lulu US was $100,000 and $2, respectively on December 5, 2005.
 
** Issued in exchange for interests in Lulu US and Lululemon Athletica Inc. resulting in the elimination of share capital amounts for these two companies from total stockholders’ equity.


F-4


 

 
Lululemon

Combined Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income
For Each of the Years in the Three-Year Period Ended January 31, 2007
(Expressed in U.S. dollars)
 
                         
    2005
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Net revenue
    40,748,376       84,129,093       148,884,834  
Cost of goods sold (including stock-based compensation expense of $nil, $754,765 and $359,543)
    19,448,431       41,176,981       72,903,112  
                         
Gross profit
    21,299,945       42,952,112       75,981,722  
Operating expenses
                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of $nil, $1,945,151 and $2,470,029)
    10,840,138       26,416,262       52,539,998  
Principal stockholder bonus
    12,134,019       12,809,142        
Settlement of lawsuit
                7,228,310  
                         
(Loss) income from operations
    (1,674,212 )     3,726,708       16,213,414  
                         
Other expenses (income)
                       
Interest income
    (10,686 )     (54,562 )     (141,736 )
Interest expense
    45,549       51,020       47,348  
                         
      34,863       (3,542 )     (94,388 )
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (1,709,075 )     3,730,250       16,307,802  
(Recovery of) provision for income taxes
    (298,043 )     2,336,146       8,753,336  
Non-controlling interest
                (111,865 )
                         
(Loss) net income
    (1,411,032 )     1,394,104       7,666,331  
                         
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding:
                       
For pro forma basic earnings per share:
                       
Series A preferred stock
                    l     
Common stock equivalents
                    l     
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
                    l     
Pro forma Series A Preferred basic earnings per share
                    l     
Pro forma common stock equivalents basic earnings per share
                    l     
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
                    l     
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.


F-5


 

 
Lululemon

Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For Each of the Years in the Three-Year Period Ended January 31, 2007
(Expressed in U.S. dollars)
 
                         
    2005
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
(Loss) net income for the year
    (1,411,032 )     1,394,104       7,666,331  
Items not affecting cash
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    1,122,686       2,466,298       4,618,512  
Deferred income taxes
    (107,142 )     (174,901 )     (3,076,876 )
Loss on property and equipment
                229,950  
Non-cash compensation
          2,699,916       2,829,572  
Non-controlling interest
          10,000       562,587  
Changes in non-cash working capital items
    5,737,198       (16,677,486 )     12,869,203  
                         
      5,341,710       (10,282,069 )     25,699,279  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (3,805,512 )     (7,846,264 )     (12,413,833 )
Acquisition of franchises
          (460,567 )     (511,850 )
                         
      (3,805,512 )     (8,306,831 )     (12,925,683 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Capital stock issued for cash — net of issuance costs
          93,036,851       446,419  
Distribution to principal stockholder
          (69,005,127 )      
Repayment of long-term debt
    (299,636 )     (634,467 )      
Funds received from principal stockholder loan
    4,325,346       7,831,694       222,440  
Funds repaid on principal stockholder loan
    (2,527,250 )     (11,143,141 )      
Change in bank indebtedness
    (65,141 )            
                         
      1,433,319       20,085,810       668,859  
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (317,743 )     (271,667 )     (1,290,938 )
                         
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    2,651,774       1,225,243       12,151,517  
Cash and cash equivalents — Beginning of year
          2,651,774       3,877,017  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents — End of year
    2,651,774       3,877,017       16,028,534  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.


F-6


 

 
Lululemon

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements
January 31, 2006 and 2007
(Expressed in U.S. dollars)
 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
1   Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation
 
Nature of operations
 
Lululemon is engaged in the design, manufacture and distribution of healthy lifestyle inspired athletic apparel, which is sold through a chain of corporate-owned and operated retail stores, independent franchises and a network of wholesale accounts. The Company’s primary markets are Canada, the United States, Japan and Australia. 16, 27 and 41 corporate owned stores were in operation as at January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Basis of presentation
 
The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the group of companies operating under the name Lululemon during the three-year period ended January 31, 2007. These combined consolidated financial statements include the following active entities from February 1, 2004, or the date of incorporation if later, as noted below:
 
a) Lululemon Corp. (“LC”) (formerly Lulu Holding, Inc.) incorporated in the state of Delaware on November 21, 2005 as a holding company to hold various interests as described below. The change of name was effective March 27, 2007;
 
b) Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. (LCHI) incorporated in the province of British Columbia on November 23, 2005 as a holding company to hold various interests as described below. LCHI is a wholly owned subsidiary of LC;
 
c) LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc. (LIPO) incorporated in the province of British Columbia on November 24, 2005 as a holding company to hold various interests as described below;
 
d) Lululemon Athletica Inc. (LAI) incorporated in the province of British Columbia. LAI designs and contracts the manufacture of branded Lululemon apparel and distributes the product in Canada and to the other Lululemon companies in other countries. As of December 5, 2005, a 52% beneficial interest in LAI was transferred to LIPO, a company under common control with LAI, and a 48% beneficial interest in LAI was transferred to LCHI;
 
e) Lululemon Athletica International SRL (SRL) organized under Barbados law on April 29, 2004 to facilitate the expansion of the Company’s business outside of North America. SRL is a 99% subsidiary of LAI with the remaining 1% beneficial interest owned by LCHI;
 
f) Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. (Lulu US) incorporated in the state of Nevada to operate retail stores in the United States. Lulu US is a wholly owned subsidiary of LC;
 
g) Lululemon FC USA Inc. (Lulu FC) incorporated in the state of Nevada on November 24, 2004 as a franchisor in the United States. Lulu FC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lulu US;
 
h) Lululemon Japan Inc. (Lulu JP) organized under the laws of Japan on August 9, 2006 to operate Lululemon branded retail stores throughout Japan. LAI holds a 60% interest in Lulu JP and Descente Ltd., an unrelated party, owns a 40% interest; and
 
i) Lululemon HK Limited (LHK) incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong on July 29, 2005 to develop and manage the Company’s wholesale business in Asia. LHK is a wholly owned subsidiary of SRL.


F-7


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

On December 5, 2005, the operations of Lululemon were organized into the corporate structure that existed as at January 31, 2007. The reorganization is further described in note 9.
 
The consolidated financial statements of LIPO and LC have been combined as these entities were under common control and management effective December 5, 2005. The consolidated financial statements of LAI, Lulu US and Lulu FC have been combined for the periods prior to December 5, 2005 as these companies were under common control and management during those periods. For periods prior to December 5, 2005, these combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of LAI, SRL, Lulu US, Lulu FC, and LHK.
 
Throughout these combined consolidated financial statements, the terms “Lululemon” or “the Company” refer collectively to all entities operating under common control and management. The “principal stockholder” referred to throughout is an individual owning a 52% beneficial interest from December 5, 2005 to present in Lululemon through ownership of LIPO and an interest in LC. Prior to December 5, 2005, the principal stockholder held a 100% interest in Lululemon through ownership of LAI, Lulu US and Lulu FC.
 
2   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Principles of combination and consolidation
 
The combined consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the respective companies under common control and management. The financial statements of the companies under common control and management consolidate the accounts of subsidiaries of which the Company is either the primary beneficiary under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” , an interpretation of ARB No. 51, or has voting control, as applicable. All intercompany balances and transactions, including profits resulting from the transfer of inventories, between and among the companies in Lululemon have been eliminated.
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank balances and short-term deposits with original maturities of less than three months.
 
Accounts receivable
 
Accounts receivable primarily arise out of royalties on sales owed to the Company by its franchisees. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses in accounts receivable and is reviewed monthly. Receivables are written off against the allowance when management believes that the amount receivable will not be recovered.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories, consisting of finished goods, raw materials and work in process, are stated at the lower of cost and market value. Cost is determined using standard costs, which approximate average costs. For finished goods and work in process, market is defined as net realizable value, and for raw materials, market is defined as replacement cost. Cost of inventories includes acquisition and production costs including raw material, labor and an allocation of overhead, as applicable, and all costs incurred to deliver inventory to the Company’s distribution centres including freight, non-refundable taxes, duty and other landing costs.
 
The Company periodically reviews its inventories and makes provisions as necessary to appropriately value obsolete or damaged goods. The amount of the provision is equal to the difference


F-8


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

between the cost of the inventory and its estimated net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand, selling prices and market conditions.
 
Property and equipment
 
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs related to software used for internal purposes are capitalized in accordance with the provisions of the Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ”, whereby direct internal and external costs incurred during the application development stage or for upgrades that add functionality are capitalized. All other costs related to internal use software are expensed as incurred.
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the length of the lease, without consideration of option renewal periods, and the estimated useful life of the assets, to a maximum of five years. All other property and equipment are amortized using the declining balance method as follows:
 
         
Furniture and fixtures
    20%  
Computer hardware and software
    30%  
Equipment
    30%  
Vehicles
    30%  
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
 
Intangible assets are recorded at cost. Non-competition agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of five years. Reacquired franchise rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 10 years.
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired and is not amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently when an event or circumstance indicates that goodwill might be impaired. When the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value over its fair market value.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets
 
Long-lived assets held for use are evaluated for impairment when the occurrence of events or a change in circumstances indicates that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable as measured by comparing their net book value to the estimated future cash flows generated by their use and eventual disposition. Impaired assets are recorded at fair value, determined principally by discounting the future cash flows expected from their use and eventual disposition. Reductions in asset values resulting from impairment valuations are recognized in earnings in the period that the impairment is determined. Long-lived assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying value of the asset and fair value less cost to sell. Any write-downs to reflect fair value less selling cost is recognized in income when the asset is classified as held for sale. Gains or losses on assets held for sale and asset dispositions are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Leased property and equipment
 
The Company leases retail stores, distribution centres and administrative offices. Minimum rental payments, including any fixed escalation of rental payments and rent premiums, are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease beginning on the possession date. Rental costs incurred during a construction period, prior to store opening, are recognized as rental expense. The difference


F-9


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

between the recognized rental expense and the total rental payments paid is reflected on the combined consolidated balance sheet as a deferred lease liability or a prepaid lease asset.
 
Deferred lease inducements, which include leasehold improvements paid for by the landlord and free rent, are recorded as liabilities on the combined consolidated balance sheet and recognized as a reduction of rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
 
Contingent rental payments based on sales volumes are recorded in the period in which the sales occur.
 
Leases that transfer substantially all of the benefits and risks incidental to ownership of property and equipment to the Company are accounted for as capital leases. A capital lease is accounted for as an acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a related long-term obligation.
 
The Company may be obligated to remove long-lived assets from leased property. The Company recognizes at fair value a liability and an asset retirement cost for asset retirement obligations in the period the obligation is incurred. The asset retirement cost is included in the cost of the related asset. As at January 31, 2006 and 2007, these obligations were insignificant.
 
Deferred revenue
 
Payments received from franchisees for goods not shipped as well as receipts from the sale of gift cards are treated as deferred revenue. Franchise inventory deposits are included in other current liabilities and recognized as sales when the goods are shipped. Amounts received in respect of gift cards are recorded as deferred revenue. When gift cards are redeemed for apparel, the Company recognizes the related revenue.
 
Based on historical experience, the Company estimates the value of gift cards not expected to be redeemed and, to the extent allowed by local laws, amortizes these amounts into income.
 
Revenue recognition
 
Sales revenue includes sales of apparel to customers through corporate-owned and operated retail stores, phone sales, sales through a network of wholesale accounts, initial license and franchise fees, royalties from franchisees and sales of apparel to franchisees.
 
Sales to customers through corporate-owned retail stores and phone sales are recognized at the point of sale, net of an estimated allowance for sales returns.
 
Initial license and franchise fees are recognized when all material services or conditions relating to the sale of a franchise right have been substantially performed or satisfied by the Company, provided collection is reasonably assured. Substantial performance is considered to occur when the franchisee commences operations. Franchise royalties are calculated as a percentage of franchise sales and are recognized in the month that the franchisee makes the sale.
 
Sales of apparel to franchisees and wholesale accounts are recognized when goods are shipped and collection is reasonably assured.
 
All revenues are reported net of sales taxes collected for various governmental agencies.
 
Cost of goods sold
 
Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, including in-bound freight, duty and non-refundable taxes incurred in delivering the goods to the Company’s distribution centres. It also includes all occupancy costs such as minimum rent, contingent rent where applicable, property taxes, utilities


F-10


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

and depreciation expense for the Company’s retail locations and all costs incurred in operating the Company’s distribution centres and production and design departments. Production, design and distribution centre costs include salaries and benefits as well as operating expenses, which include occupancy costs and depreciation expense for the Company’s distribution centres.
 
Store pre-opening costs
 
Operating costs incurred prior to the opening of new stores are expensed as incurred.
 
Government assistance
 
Government grants are recorded as either a reduction of the cost of the applicable assets or as income in the combined consolidated income statement as determined by the terms and conditions of the agreement under which the grants are provided to the Company.
 
Income taxes
 
The Company follows the liability method with respect to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
Currency translation
 
The functional currency for each entity included in these combined consolidated financial statements that is domiciled outside of the United States (the foreign entities) is the applicable local currency. Assets and liabilities of each foreign entity are translated into United States dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average rate in effect during the period. Unrealized translation gains and losses are recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment, which is included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.
 
Foreign currency transactions denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency are translated into the functional currency with any resulting gains and losses included in income.
 
Stock-based compensation
 
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the fair value method as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 — (Revised 2004), “Share Based Payments” (FAS 123R). The fair value of awards granted is estimated at the date of grant and recognized as employee compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period with the offsetting credit to additional paid-in capital. For awards with service and/or performance conditions, the total amount of compensation cost to be recognized is based on the number of awards expected to vest and is adjusted to reflect those awards that do ultimately vest. For awards with performance conditions, the Company recognizes the compensation cost if and when the Company concludes that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The Company reassesses the probability of achieving the performance condition at each reporting date. For awards with market conditions, all compensation cost is recognized irrespective of whether such conditions are met.


F-11


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Certain employees are entitled to share-based awards from the principal stockholder of the Company. These awards are accounted for by the Company as employee compensation expense in accordance with the above-noted policies.
 
The Company commenced applying FAS 123R when it introduced stock-based awards for its employees in the year ended January 31, 2006.
 
Earnings per share
 
Earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders for the period by the diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution from common shares issuable through stock options using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings per common share is the same as basic earnings per common share for periods where there is a net loss accruing to the common stockholders.
 
Use of estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant areas requiring the use of management estimates relate to the determination of inventory valuation, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill and recognition of breakage on gift cards. Actual amounts could differ materially from those estimates.
 
Recently issued accounting standards
 
a) In September 2006, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements ” (SAB 108), which provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 requires financial statement errors to be quantified using both balance sheet and income statement approaches and an evaluation of whether either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. SAB 108 did not have any impact on these combined consolidated financial statements.
 
b) In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements ” (FAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adopting FAS 157 will have on its combined consolidated financial statements.
 
c) In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”  — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48), which provides additional guidance and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing a tax return position in the financial statements as “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and disclosure of tax return positions in the financial statements. FIN 48 is


F-12


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has determined that the adoption of FIN 48 will not have a material impact on its combined consolidated financial statements.
 
d) In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached in Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF 06-03), How Sales Tax Collected from Customers and Remitted to Government Authorities Should be Presented in the Income Statement ” (gross versus net presentation). The EITF reached a consensus that the presentation of taxes on either a gross or net basis is an accounting policy decision that requires disclosure. EITF 06-03 is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of EITF 06-03 did not have any effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations as the Company was already disclosing these amounts.
 
e) In October 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position No. (FSP) SFAS 13-1, “Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred during a Construction Period” (FSP SFAS 13-1). FSP SFAS 13-1 concludes that there is no distinction between the right to use a leased asset during and after the construction period; therefore, rental costs incurred during the construction period should be recognized as rental expense and deducted from income from continuing operations. FSP SFAS 13-1 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company has applied the guidance under FSP SFAS 13-1 for all periods presented.
 
f) In June 2005, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 05-6, “Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination” (EITF 05-6). EITF 05-6 addresses the amortization period for leasehold improvements in operating leases that are either (a) placed in service significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the initial lease term or (b) acquired in a business combination. Leasehold improvements that are placed in service significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the lease term should be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals deemed to be reasonably assured at the date the leasehold improvements are purchased. Leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination should be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals deemed to be reasonably assured at the date of acquisition. EITF 05-6 has been applied for all periods presented.
 
g) In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 154, “ Accounting Changes and Error Corrections ” (FAS 154), which replaced APB Opinion No. 20, “ Accounting Changes ”, and FAS No. 3, “ Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements .” FAS 154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle and requires retrospective application (a term defined by the statement) to prior periods’ financial statements, unless it is impracticable to determine the effect of a change. It also applies to changes required by an accounting pronouncement that does not include specific transition provisions. FAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of FAS 154 in 2007 had no effect on the Company’s combined consolidated financial statements.
 
h) In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard 123R, “ Share Based Payment ” (FAS 123R), which revised Statement of Financial Accounting Standard 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation , and supersedes APB 25, “ Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees .” FAS 123R requires all stock-based compensation to be recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that such costs be measured according to the fair value of the award. FAS 123R became effective for the Company on February 1, 2006 but has been applied for all periods presented. In March 2005, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 was issued to provide guidance on the implementation of FAS 123R as this statement relates to the valuation of the share-based payment arrangements for public


F-13


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

companies. The Company has applied FAS 123R to all share-based awards since the inception of its plans during the year ended January 31, 2006.
 
i) In November 2004, the FASB issued FAS No. 151, “ Inventory Costs ” (FAS 151), which is an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, “ Inventory Pricing .” FAS 151 requires all companies to recognize a current-period charge for abnormal amounts of idle facility expenses, freight, handling costs and wasted materials. This statement also requires that the allocation of fixed production overhead to costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. FAS 151 was effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. FAS 151 has been applied for all periods presented in these combined consolidated financial statements with no effect.
 
3   Inventories
 
                 
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
 
 
Finished goods
    13,076,666       21,310,791  
Work in process
    1,868,569       1,634,196  
Raw materials
    6,377,275       4,644,620  
Provision to reduce inventory to market value
    (244,629 )     (961,494 )
                 
      21,077,881       26,628,113  
                 
 
4   Property and Equipment
 
                         
    2006  
          Accumulated
       
    Cost
    Amortization
    Net
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Leasehold improvements
    8,857,568       2,121,163       6,736,405  
Furniture and fixtures
    2,764,784       412,300       2,352,484  
Computer hardware
    1,190,913       435,414       755,499  
Computer software
    867,620       375,798       491,822  
Equipment
    71,109       18,315       52,794  
Vehicles
    86,341       48,550       37,791  
                         
      13,838,335       3,411,540       10,426,795  
                         
 
                         
    2007  
          Accumulated
       
    Cost
    Amortization
    Net
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Leasehold improvements
    17,039,752       4,713,551       12,326,201  
Furniture and fixtures
    5,287,109       1,051,952       4,235,157  
Computer hardware
    1,941,252       770,278       1,170,974  
Computer software
    1,591,572       582,748       1,008,824  
Equipment
    90,808       37,102       53,706  
Vehicles
    83,398       56,021       27,377  
                         
      26,033,891       7,211,652       18,822,239  
                         


F-14


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company received government grants totalling $100,000 in 2005; $nil in 2006 and $nil in 2007 in relation to the Canadian Apparel and Textiles Industry Program. These amounts were netted against computer software additions.
 
Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $744,697 in 2005, $2,069,948 in 2006, and $4,183,289 in 2007.
 
The Company recorded a loss of $nil in 2005, $nil in 2006 and $229,950 in 2007 in leasehold improvements for stores that were relocated or closed. These assets were previously used in the corporate-owned stores’ segment.
 
5   Goodwill and Intangible Assets — Net
 
All of the goodwill relates to the corporate-owned stores’ segment. Changes in the carrying value of goodwill were as follows:
 
                 
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
 
 
Balance — Beginning of the year
    771,375       840,325  
Foreign currency translation
    68,950       (28,647 )
                 
Balance — End of year
    840,325       811,678  
                 
 
Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
                         
    2006  
          Accumulated
       
    Cost
    Amortization
    Net
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Reacquired franchise rights
    2,681,031       608,037       2,072,994  
Non-competition agreements
    790,167       421,422       368,745  
                         
      3,471,198       1,029,459       2,441,739  
                         
 
                         
    2007  
          Accumulated
       
    Cost
    Amortization
    Net
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Reacquired franchise rights
    2,835,441       904,980       1,930,461  
Non-competition agreements
    769,252       559,702       209,550  
                         
      3,604,693       1,464,682       2,140,011  
                         


F-15


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $377,989, $396,350 and $435,223 for the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for the each of next five years is $1,605,738 as follows:
 
         
   
$
 
 
2008
    433,088  
2009
    331,324  
2010
    280,442  
2011
    280,442  
2012
    280,442  
         
      1,605,738  
         
 
During the year ended January 31, 2006, the Company acquired the net assets of one franchisee for a total cost of $497,886 consisting of the settlement of the royalty owed to the Company by the franchisee of $37,319 and cash of $460,567. The Company recorded acquired franchise rights of $311,518 and goodwill of $nil.
 
During the year ended January 31, 2007, the Company acquired the net assets of one franchisee for a total cash consideration of $511,850 . The Company recorded acquired franchise rights of $204,114 and goodwill of $nil.
 
During the year ended January 31, 2007, the Company and a franchisee mutually terminated their franchise agreement. The franchisee had commenced operations during the prior year. The Company paid the franchisee a negotiated amount of $527,590 that was recognized as a loss on the termination of the agreement and charged to selling, general and administrative expenses. The amount represented compensation for working capital which was abandoned by the Company and the return of the initial franchise fee of $10,000.
 
6   Accrued Liabilities
 
                 
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
 
 
Settlement of lawsuit (note 13)
          7,228,310  
Accrued inventory in transit
    1,037,338       1,877,065  
Wages and vacation payable
    940,604       2,816,751  
Sales tax collected
    534,351       927,555  
Other
    475,415       1,670,952  
                 
      2,987,708       14,520,633  
                 
 
7   Other Liabilities
 
                 
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
 
 
Deferred lease liability
    711,633       1,585,097  
Deferred revenue
    2,609,422       3,307,044  
                 
      3,321,055       4,892,141  
Less: Current portion
    2,247,646       2,652,491  
                 
      1,073,409       2,239,650  
                 


F-16


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

8   Long-term Debt and Credit Facilities

 
During the year ended January 31, 2006, the Company repaid the remaining balance of a term loan facility of CA$1,500,000. The facility carried interest at prime plus 1.25% per annum and was repayable in equal annual instalments of CA$37,500.
 
The Company has a revolving demand facility of up to CA$8,000,000 in 2006 and 2007 bearing interest at prime plus 0.50% (2007 — 0.50%) for general operating requirements. This facility is available by way of letters of credit or guarantees. As at January 31, 2006, letters of credit and guarantees totalling $1,458,300 (2007 — $355,355) have been issued under the facility leaving available $5,584,573 (2007 — $6,423,450) (note 13). Also see subsequent events (note 21).
 
9   Combined Stockholders’ Equity
 
Authorized share capital
 
The authorized capital as at January 31, 2006 and 2007 of the two companies being combined is as follows:
 
LC
 
35,000,000 common shares, voting, with a par value of $0.01 per share 5,750,000 preferred shares issuable in series with a par value of $0.01 per share
 
LIPO
 
Unlimited number of common shares, voting, without par value
 
Prior to December 5, 2005, these combined financial statements represented the combination of LAI and Lulu US. The authorized share capital of LAI and Lulu US for the period from February 1, 2004 to December 5, 2005 was as follows:
 
LAI
 
10,000 Class A voting common shares without par value; 10,000 Class B non-voting common shares without par value.
 
Lulu US
 
1,000 common shares with a par value of $0.001 per share
 
Lululemon Corp.
 
LC has designated three series of preferred shares as follows:
 
a) Series A participating convertible preferred stock (Series A shares) — 250,000 shares with a par value of $0.01 per share and a stated value of $859.11 per share;
 
b) Series B participating convertible preferred stock (Series B shares) — 250,000 shares with a par value of $0.01 per share and a stated value of $859.11 per share;
 
c) Series TS participating convertible preferred tracking stock (Series TS shares) — 250,000 shares with a par value of $0.01 per share and a stated value of $10.28 per share.


F-17


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Each Series A share, Series B share and Series TS share is entitled to 100 votes on all matters to be voted on by the LC stockholders with the caveat that the Series TS shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter relating to LCHI or its subsidiaries.
 
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the business and prior to the payment of any amount in respect of any other class of shares, the holder of each Series A share, Series B share and Series TS share is entitled to receive in respect of each share, the Series A liquidation preference, the Series B liquidation preference and the Series TS liquidation preference, respectively, where the liquidation preference for each share is the unreturned original cost of that share plus the accrued and unpaid dividends outstanding at the date of the liquidation event. If, upon a liquidation event, the net assets available for distribution to the stockholders are insufficient to fully pay the Series A liquidation preference, the Series B liquidation preference and the Series TS liquidation preference then the available assets shall be distributed, first, in respect of each Series A share pro-rata up to the amount of the unreturned original cost of each Series A share; second, in respect of each Series B share pro-rata up to the amount of the unreturned original cost of each Series B share; third, in respect of each Series TS share pro-rata up to the amount of the unreturned original cost of each Series TS share; fourth, in respect of each Series TS share any accrued and unpaid dividends pro-rata up to the total accrued and unpaid dividends outstanding at the liquidation date; and fifth in respect of each Series A and Series B share any accrued and unpaid dividends pro-rata up to the total accrued and unpaid dividends outstanding at the liquidation date. In any event, distributions made on liquidation in respect of the Series TS shares shall not exceed the net assets of Lulu US and its subsidiaries attributable to the Series TS shares.
 
Each Series A share, Series B share and Series TS share shall accrue preferred cumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the stated value of the underlying share per annum compounded quarterly adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations or other similar changes. Accrued dividends are payable at the discretion of the board of directors and any dividends paid to the Series A shares, the Series B shares or the Series TS shares must be paid contemporaneously to the other two classes of shares. Any accrued and unpaid dividends owing to holders of Series A, Series B or Series TS shares must be paid out prior to any dividends being paid on the common shares. In addition, each Series A, Series B and Series TS share is entitled to receive dividends equal to 100 times the amount of any dividend paid in respect of each common share. At January 31, 2006 and 2007, the amount of undeclared cumulative accrued dividends is $1,271,720 and $9,907,054, respectively.
 
In the event of an initial public offering (IPO) of LC, each Series A share, Series B share and Series TS share shall be converted into 100 common shares of LC plus the number of shares determined by dividing the unreturned original cost and the accrued and unpaid dividends attributable to each share by the public offering price.
 
LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.
 
LIPO has designated one class of common share without par value.
 
Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
Prior to December 5, 2005, LAI had 100 Class A voting common shares outstanding and issued. These shares were effectively cancelled on the reorganization as described below.


F-18


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc.
 
Prior to December 5, 2005, Lulu US had 100 common shares outstanding and issued. These shares were effectively cancelled on the reorganization as described below.
 
Summary of Share Capital Transactions
 
On December 5, 2005, the principal stockholder of the Company directly or indirectly held all of the issued and outstanding interests in LAI, Lulu US and Lulu FC. On December 5, 2005, the principal stockholder agreed to sell a 48% interest in these operating companies to third party investors. In conjunction with this sale, three holding companies (LIPO, LC and LCHI) were created to hold the interests in the operating companies (LAI and Lulu US).
 
On December 5, 2005, through a series of transactions, LAI became a subsidiary of LIPO, and LCHI, which is wholly owned by LC, acquired a 48% interest in LAI; Lulu US became a subsidiary of LC; and Lulu FC became a subsidiary of Lulu US. The third party investors acquired 75% of their interests from the principal stockholder for cash consideration. The remaining 25% of their interests was acquired through an issuance of preferred shares in LC for cash consideration of $23 million.
 
As a result of this series of transactions, the principal stockholder effectively retained a 52% interest in the Company and the third party investors acquired a 48% interest in the Company. The principal stockholder’s interest is subordinate to the stock issued to the third party investors.
 
This series of transactions resulting in the operating companies becoming subsidiaries of the respective holding companies have been accounted for as transactions between entities under common control with of the interests reflected at the carrying amounts as held by the principal stockholder. The acquisition of the 36% interest from the principal stockholder has been accounted for as an acquisition of shares by the Company with proceeds in excess of the carrying value of $69,005,127 being reflected as a distribution to the principal stockholder. The acquisition of the remaining 12% interest acquired by the third party investors has been accounted for as a purchase of shares from treasury of LC.
 
On December 5, 2005 Lulu US authorized and issued 10,000 non-participating preferred shares with a par value of $0.001 per share. The non-participating preferred shares have a stated value of $10,000.
 
During 2006, LC issued 500 Series A preferred shares to two directors for cash consideration of CA$500,000 (US $446,419). As these shares were issued at a price below market value, a charge of $188,008 was recorded as non-cash compensation expense in the combined consolidated statement of income. These shares were unrestricted at the date of issuance and the fair value was determined by the Company based on an analysis of EBITDA and revenue multiples. These shares had a weighted average grant date fair value of $1,262. The total fair value was $634,472.
 
10   Equity Incentive Compensation Plans
 
As at January 31, 2007, employees of the Company participate in four stock-based compensation plans. The compensation cost charged to income for those plans was $nil, $2,699,916 and $2,829,572 for the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, including the compensation expense incurred on the issuance of shares to two of the Company’s directors (note 9). The Company has not recognized any income tax benefits related to these plans.
 
Stockholder sponsored awards
 
During the year ended January 31, 2006, LIPO and LIPO Investment USA, Inc. (LIPO USA), a company wholly owned by the principal stockholder, created stock-based compensation plans (the LIPO


F-19


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Plans) for certain eligible employees of the Company in order to provide incentive to increase stockholder value. Under the provisions of the LIPO plans, the eligible employees were granted options to acquire shares of LIPO and LIPO USA respectively. The board of directors of LIPO and LIPO USA may exchange the LIPO and LIPO USA shares held in trust for an equivalent number of shares of LC to be held by LIPO and LIPO USA, respectively, on the exchange date. If an employee ceases employment, the LIPO Plans provide that LIPO and LIPO USA will repurchase the shares issued pursuant to the Series A options at the lower of the exercise price paid and the fair market value of the shares, subject to a 25% discount if the employee resigns. Shares issued pursuant to the Series B options will be repurchased at the exercise price paid.
 
Where Series A shares are forfeited, they are not cancelled and are returned back to the principal stockholder.
 
An aggregate of 21,790,626 common shares of each of LIPO and LIPO USA have been reserved for issuance under the LIPO Plans.
 
On December 1, 2005, LIPO and LIPO USA each granted 5,295,952 Series A options with an exercise price of CA$0.00001 and an expiry date of December 1, 2009 and 11,062,179 Series B options with an expiry date of December 1, 2010, respectively. The LIPO and LIPO USA Series B options have exercise prices of CA$0.99 and $0.01, respectively. Each Series A option and each Series B option entitles the holder to acquire one share of common stock of the respective companies.
 
While all of the Series A options of both companies vested on December 5, 2005 and were immediately exercised, 3,549,444 of the common shares of LIPO and LIPO USA issued were designated as forfeitable. These forfeitable shares are considered to be non-vested for accounting purposes and were considered not to be earned as of December 5, 2005. These non-vested shares become non-forfeitable over a four-year requisite service period December 5, 2009. In addition, on December 5, 2005, 2,239,395 of the Series B options vested, with the remaining options vesting over a five-year period ending December 5, 2010.
 
The summary of option grants, forfeitures, vesting and exercises under the LIPO Plans since inception is as follows:
 
                                                 
    LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.     LIPO Investment (USA), Inc.  
          Weighted
                Weighted
       
          Average
    Weighted
          Average
    Weighted
 
          Exercise
    Average
          Exercise
    Average
 
    Number of
    Price
    Contract Life
    Number of
    Price
    Contract Life
 
   
options
   
CA$
   
(Months)
   
Options
   
CA$
   
(Months)
 
 
Granted
    11,062,179       0.99               11,062,179       0.01          
                                                 
Outstanding at January 31, 2006
    11,062,179       0.99       59       11,062,179       0.01       59  
                                                 
Exercisable at January 31, 2006
    2,239,395       0.99       59       2,239,395       0.01       59  
                                                 
Forfeited
    585,902       0.99               585,902       0.01          
                                                 
Outstanding at January 31, 2007
    10,476,277       0.99       47       10,476,277       0.01       47  
                                                 
Exercisable at January 31, 2007
    4,307,262       0.99       47       4,307,262       0.01       47  
                                                 


F-20


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company recorded compensation expense for shares issued under the LIPO Series B options, over the requisite service periods. Under the fair value method, compensation expense were $1,012,468 in 2006 and $60 9 ,620 in 2007.
 
The summary of activity and changes related to forfeitable shares issued under the LIPO Series A options since inception of the plans is as follows:
 
                                                 
    LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.     LIPO Investment USA Inc.  
          Weighted
                Weighted
       
          Average
    Weighted
          Average
    Weighted
 
          Purchase
    Average
          Purchase
    Average
 
    Number of
    Price
    Contract Life
    Number of
    Price
    Contract Life
 
   
Shares
   
CA$
   
(Months)
   
Shares
   
CA$
   
(Months)
 
 
Granted
    5,295,952       0.00001               5,295,952       0.00001          
Vested
    1,746,508       0.00001               1,746,508       0.00001          
                                                 
Unvested at January 31, 2006
    3,549,444       0.00001       47       3,549,444       0.00001       47  
Forfeited
    10,798       0.00001               10,798       0.00001          
Vested
    1,197,999       0.00001               1,197,999       0.00001          
                                                 
Unvested at January 31, 2007
    2,340,647       0.00001       35       2,340,647       0.00001       35  
                                                 
 
The Company records compensation expense for forfeitable shares issued under LIPO Series A over the requisite service periods. Under the fair value method, compensation expenses were $nil in 2005, $1,687,448 in 2006 and $ 863,275 in 2007.
 
Forfeitable shares issued under Series A options become non-forfeitable and Series B options vest under the LIPO Plans as follows:
 
                                                 
    Number of Options/Shares Vesting
    Number of Options/Shares Vesting
 
    LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.     LIPO Investment USA Inc.  
    Forfeitable
    Series B
          Forfeitable
    Series B
       
Vesting Date
 
Shares
   
Options
   
Total
   
Shares
   
Options
   
Total
 
 
December 5, 2005
    1,746,508       2,239,395       3,985,903       1,746,508       2,239,395       3,985,903  
December 5, 2006
    1,197,999       2,067,867       3,265,866       1,197,999       2,067,867       3,265,866  
December 5, 2007
    1,197,999       2,067,867       3,265,866       1,197,999       2,067,867       3,265,866  
December 5, 2008
    863,566       2,019,682       2,883,248       863,566       2,019,682       2,883,248  
December 5, 2009
    289,880       1,669,519       1,959,399       289,880       1,669,519       1,959,399  
December 5, 2010
          997,849       997,849             997,849       997,849  
                                                 
      5,295,952       11,062,179       16,358,131       5,295,952       11,062,179       16,358,131  
                                                 
 
The fair value of the non-forfeitable and forfeitable shares issued under LIPO Series A was measured at the fair value of the underlying stock on the grant date. The fair value of the LIPO Series B options was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
 
         
Dividend yield
    0 %
Expected volatility
    45 %
Risk-free interest rate
    5 %
Weighted-average expected life of option (years)
    5.0  
 
The expected volatility was based on available information on volatility from a peer group of publicly traded U.S. and Canadian retail apparel companies. The expected life of the options was determined by reviewing data about exercise patterns of employees in the retail industry as well as


F-21


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

considering the probability of a liquidity event such as the sale of the Company or an IPO and the potential impact of such an event on the exercise pattern. The risk-free interest rate approximates the yield on benchmark Government of Canada bonds for terms similar to the contract life of the options.
 
The weighted-average estimated fair value at the date of grant for the non-forfeitable shares and options granted by LIPO and LIPO US was CA$0.67 and CA$0.0067, respectively, for the year ended January 31, 2006.
 
As at January 31, 2007, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to the restricted shares and options under LIPO Series A and B were $2,003,565 and $2,238,097, respectively. These unrecognized costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.
 
Share option plans
 
On July 3, 2006, the board of directors approved the Lululemon Athletica Inc. Equity Incentive Compensation Plan and the Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (“the Plans”), which provide for the grant of stock awards to employees, directors, consultants and other individuals providing services to the Company. LAI and Lulu US have each reserved 2,500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plans. The exercise price and vesting conditions are determined by the board of directors for each grant. The contractual life of the options is 10 years. The companies expect to issue shares upon the exercise of these options.
 
Options with service conditions
 
The majority of options granted under the Plans vest based solely on time. These options generally vest in equal installments over a four-year period. A total of 47,000 of the time-vested options outstanding vest immediately in the event of a change in control or an IPO of the Company’s stock ranking proceeds of at least $75,000,000.
 
The summary of option activity and changes since inception of the Plans is as follows:
 
                                                 
    Lululemon Athletica Inc.     Lululemon Athletica USA Inc.  
          Weighted
    Weighted
          Weighted
    Weighted
 
          Average
    Average
          Average
    Average
 
          Exercise
    Contract
          Exercise
    Contract
 
    Number of
    Price
    Life
    Number of
    Price
    Life
 
   
Options
   
$
   
(Months)
   
Options
   
$
   
(Months)
 
 
Granted
    1,451,000       1.18       118       1,451,000       0.21       118  
Forfeited
    (20,000 )     1.18       119       (20,000 )     0.21       119  
                                                 
      1,431,000                       1,431,000                  
                                                 
Outstanding at January 31, 2007
                                               
Exercisable
    187,250       1.18       115       187,250       0.21       115  
Not vested
    1,243,750       1.18       119       1,243,750       0.21       119  
                                                 
Total
    1,431,000       1.18       115       1,431,000       0.21       115  
                                                 


F-22


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the vesting schedule for all unvested time-based options outstanding under the Plans at January 31, 2007:
 
                 
    Lululemon
    Lululemon
 
    Athletica Inc.     Athletica USA Inc.  
 
June 15, 2007
    5,000       5,000  
December 27, 2007
    131,750       131,750  
January 3, 2008
    37,500       37,500  
January 27, 2008
    187,250       187,250  
December 27, 2008
    131,750       131,750  
January 3, 2009
    37,500       37,500  
January 27, 2009
    187,250       187,250  
December 27, 2009
    131,750       131,750  
January 3, 2010
    37,500       37,500  
January 27, 2010
    187,250       187,250  
December 27, 2010
    131,750       131,750  
January 3, 2011
    37,500       37,500  
                 
      1,243,750       1,243,750  
                 
 
The fair value of options with service conditions was determined at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. Expected volatilities are based on a review of a peer group of publicly traded apparel retailers. The expected term of options with service conditions is the simple average of the term and the requisite service period as stated in the respective option contracts. The risk-free interest rate for LAI is the Bank of Canada bank rate and for Lulu US is the Federal Reserve federal funds rate.
 
                 
    Lululemon
    Lululemon
 
   
Athletica Inc.
   
Athletica USA Inc.
 
 
Dividend yield
    0 %     0 %
Expected volatility
    50 %     50 %
Risk-free interest rate
    5 %     5 %
Weighted-average life
    7.0       7.0  
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted by LAI and Lulu US was $11.33 and $0.70, respectively. As of January 31, 2007, the unrecognized compensation cost related to these options was $13,570,687, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years. The aggregate fair value of the outstanding and exercisable options at January 31, 2007 was $404,909. Compensation costs related to the options was NIL in 2005, NIL in 2006 and $735,086 in 2007.
 
Options with performance and/or market conditions
 
Certain options granted under the Plans have a potential to vest based on the return multiple achieved in connection with the sale by certain of the Company’s stockholders of 80% of their holding of the Company’s capital stock through one or a series of transactions. The percentage of options under grant that vest increases in defined increments as the return multiple increases. A minimum return multiple of two is required for any of the options to vest and all options vest if a return multiple of five is achieved. These options have a contractual life of ten years. During the year ended January 31, 2007, LAI and Lulu US each granted 468,000 options with these terms with exercise prices of $1.18 and $0.21, respectively. All of these options remain outstanding and none were exercisable at January 31, 2007. These options had a weighted-average contractual term of 10 years and an aggregate fair value of


F-23


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

$1,051,516 at the grant date. During the year ended January 31, 2007, $433,583 in expense was recognized in respect of these options. The remaining $530,943 is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average term of 1.5 years.
 
The fair value of these options was determined by first considering a range of potential outcomes with regard to the timing of the sale transaction. Probabilities were ascribed to different terms based on knowledge of the investors’ strategy for the fund, general market conditions at the time of the grant, volatility assumptions and other relevant information. The weighted average of these probabilities was used as the requisite service period.
 
The valuation also considered the probability of the stockholders achieving the threshold multiples stipulated in the option agreement was developed. Probabilities were assigned based on the Company’s growth plans, the option holders and management’s expectations at the time of the grant, the anticipated time of the sale transaction as noted above and other relevant information. The weighted average of the assigned probabilities was used as the most likely multiple to be achieved.
 
The weighted average probabilities developed above were used as input for a valuation simulation to establish the option values. Other terms used in the probabilities based valuation simulation were consistent with those used for the time-vested options noted above except for the term that was shortened to four years consistent with the employment contract of the option holder.
 
11   Earnings Per Share
 
Pro forma earnings per share (audited)
 
The Company has not computed basic and diluted earnings per share which consists of LIPO Canada and LC, which each have their own distinct and separate capital structures. While the stockholders agreement provides for capital reorganization on an initial public offering, the number of common shares to be issued by LC for the outstanding classes of shares of the Company is not determinable as the number is partially dependent on the offering price in the initial public offering (IPO). In conjunction with the IPO of LC, the Company’s capital structure will be reorganized such that the LIPO common stock will be exchanged for exchangeable shares of LCHI, all of the classes of preferred stock of LC will be converted to LC common stock and the preferred stock of Lulu US will be exchanged for LC common stock. The exchangeable shares of LCHI will be exchangeable into common shares of LC and will have attributes and provisions that result in these shares being equivalent to the common shares of LC. As a result of these transactions, LC will issue a fixed number of common shares plus the number of common shares that result from dividing the stated value of the existing outstanding shares by the offering price in the IPO. In addition, the outstanding stock options of the Company will be converted into options of LC based on a share conversion formula.
 
The Company has determined that the common stock of the Company will be represented by the common stock of LIPO Canada and the Series TS Preferred Stock of LC (collectively, the “common stock equivalents”) on the basis that these classes of stock are subordinate to all other classes of stock of the Company. The common stock equivalents include all of the shares held by the principal stockholder either directly or in trust for the LIPO stock based compensation plans as any shares or options forfeited would be returned to the principal stockholder.
 
The Series A Preferred Stock of LC is considered to be a participating security.
 
The Company has determined pro forma earnings per share for the year ended January 31, 2007 assuming the IPO is completed and the shares issued by LC on the conversion or exchange of the other classes of shares of the Company had been outstanding for the year ended January 31, 2007. The


F-24


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Company has assumed that IPO price to be $     l     , the midpoint of the range of potential offering prices determined by management.
 
The computation of pro forma earnings per share has been based on the two-class method as the Series A Preferred stock of LC is participating. The two class computation reflects the amount of allocated undistributed pro forma earnings per share using the participation percentage which reflects the dividend rights of the Series A Preferred Stock.
 
Pro forma diluted earnings per share has been computed assuming the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into common stock of LC and the exercise of options, as applicable, as of the beginning of the year. The common shares to be issued by LC for dividends to be declared on the various classes of shares and the non-participating preferred stock of Lulu US have been excluded from the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share. The exercise of options under the LIPO plans have been excluded as any shares of LC ultimately issued on exercise of these options have already been included in the common stock equivalents.
 
The detail of the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows:
 
         
   
$
 
 
Net income
    7,666,331  
Less: Dividends paid
     
Undistributed earnings
       
Series A Preferred stock
      l    
Common stock equivalents
      l    
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding
       
For pro forma basic earnings per share
       
Series A Preferred stock
      l    
Common stock equivalents
      l    
Effect of diluted securities
       
Stock options
      l    
Conversion of non-participating stock of Lulu US
      l    
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
      l    
Pro forma Series A Preferred basic earnings per share
      l    
Pro forma Common stock equivalents basic earnings per share
      l    
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
      l    
 
In the offering price in the IPO differs from the midpoint of $     l      used in the above calculations by  l   %, the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share would increase or decrease by:
 
         
   
$
 
 
Pro forma basic earnings per share
       
Series A Preferred stock
      l    
Common stock equivalents
      l    
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
      l    
 
In conjunction with the IPO, dividends amounting to $     l      in aggregate are expected to be declared on various classes of stock of the Company. These dividends are to be settled in stock of LC based on the offering price in the IPO. The pro forma number of shares issuable related to these dividends are expected to amount to     l      common shares based on the midpoint price. These shares have been excluded from the calculations of earnings per share as the dividends were not previously declared and may result in future dilution. Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share for


F-25


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

the year ended January 31, 2007 would have been $     l      and $     l      , respectively, if it had been assumed that the dividends had been declared during the year.
 
12   Common Control Transaction
 
Prior to December 5, 2005, Lulu US and Lulu FC were affiliates under common ownership and control. On December 5, 2005, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Lulu FC were transferred to Lulu US for cash consideration of $260,000. This transfer was accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests whereby the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows have been included as if Lulu FC had been consolidated by Lulu US for all periods presented prior to December 5, 2005. The net assets of Lulu FC of $99,450 as at December 5, 2005 consisted of cash of $105,300, other assets of $173,997 and liabilities of $179,847. The difference between the cash consideration paid to the principal stockholder and the net assets acquired in the amount of $138,294 has been reflected as a reduction of retained earnings in the combined consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity under the caption “Distribution to principal stockholder on December 5, 2005” and as a financing activity in the combined consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended January 31, 2006.
 
13   Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company has obligations under operating leases for its office, warehouse and retail premises in Canada and the United States. As at January 31, 2007, the lease terms of various leases are from three to 10 years. A substantial number of the Company’s leases for retail premises include renewal options and certain of the Company’s leases include rent escalation clauses, rent holidays and leasehold rental incentives. Certain of the Company’s leases for retail premises also include contingent rental payments based on sales volume. The Company is required to make deposits for rental payments pursuant to certain lease agreements, which have been included in other non-current assets. Minimum annual basic rent payments excluding other executory operating costs, pursuant to lease agreements are approximately as laid out in the table below. These amounts include commitment in respect of administrative offices and for stores that have not yet opened but for which lease agreements have been executed.
 
         
   
US$
 
 
Year ending January 31
       
2008
    8,796,902  
2009
    9,822,764  
2010
    9,056,498  
2011
    7,383,664  
Thereafter
    34,675,481  
 
Rent expense for the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $1,634,764, $3,415,045 and $9,299,076, respectively, under operating lease agreements, consisting of minimum rental expense of $1,143,887, $3,035,413 and $8,144,993, respectively, and contingent rental amounts of $490,877, $379,632 and $1,154,083, respectively.
 
Pursuant to a lease agreement for retail premises, the Company has provided a letter of guarantee of $52,822 in 2006 and $50,882 in 2007 to the landlord.
 
The Company has provided letters of credit totalling $1,283,828 as at January 31, 2006 and $305,979 as at January 31, 2007 to suppliers (note 8).
 
As at January 31, 2007, the Company has entered into firm purchase commitments for leasehold improvements and other property and equipment expenditures amounting to $2,534,369.


F-26


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Pursuant to one of its franchise agreements, the franchise has the right to sell its franchise interest to the Company prior to June 2008. In the event that the franchise exercises this right, the repurchase cost to the Company will aggregate approximately $500,000.
 
On March 14, 2007, a former executive officer filed suit against the Company for breach of contract, wrongful dismissal and negligent misrepresentation seeking damages in an unspecified amount plus costs and intent. The Company believes the claim is without merit and is vigorously defending against it.
 
The Company is, from time to time, involved in routine legal matters incidental to its business. Management believes that the ultimate resolution of any such current proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s continued financial position, results of operations or cash flows except as follows:
 
On March 5, 2003, the Company was named in a lawsuit filed in the Supreme Court of British Columbia by a firm that had provided services to the Company alleging that the Company had breached the terms of its contract with the complainant. The Company negotiated a full settlement of the suit in January 2007 for CA$8.5 million (US$7.2 million). The total amount was paid in February 2007 and the amount is fully accrued in these combined consolidated financial statements.
 
14   Related Party Transactions and Balances
 
Amounts outstanding with related parties at January 31, 2006 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                 
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
 
 
Due from related parties
               
Controlling stockholder
    222,440        
Franchises controlled by related parties
          192,302  
Franchises under common control
    51,283        
                 
      273,723       192,302  
                 
Due to related parties
               
Franchises controlled by related parties
    36,947        
Other companies under common control
    595,594        
                 
      632,541        
                 
 
Amounts due from and to related parties are non-interest bearing and unsecured, with no specific terms of repayment, and accordingly, the fair value cannot be determined.
 
The Company entered into the following transactions with related parties:
 
a) Sold merchandise totalling $313,337 in 2005, $668,405 in 2006 and $880,674 in 2007 to franchises under common control.
 
b) Sold merchandise and received royalties totalling $1,581,773 in 2005, $2,906,920 in 2006 and $3,982,118 in 2007 to franchises controlled by related parties.
 
c) Pursuant to a manufacturing agreement, acquired merchandise totalling $3,825,241 in 2005, $6,377,454 in 2006 and $6,338,158 in 2007 from a company owned 50% by the Company’s principal stockholder (note 19).
 
d) Paid $nil in 2005, $nil in 2006 and $414,966 in 2007 to an executive search firm that is partly owned by the wife of a former executive officer.


F-27


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

e) Paid $nil in 2005, $18,000 in 2006 and $131,562 in 2007 to a director of the Company for consulting services.
 
f) Received royalties of $580,687 in 2005, $1,027,982 in 2006 and $1,416,628 in 2007 from franchises controlled by related parties.
 
g) Received royalties of $nil in 2005, $nil in 2006 and $nil in 2007 from franchises under common control.
 
“Franchises controlled by related parties” referred to above relate to two franchise operations in which the principal stockholder of the Company previously owned a 50% interest. During the year ended January 31, 2007, the principal stockholder disposed of his interest in these franchises to a family member.
 
“Franchises under common control” referred to above relates to a franchise operation previously controlled by the principal stockholder of the Company. During the year ended January 31, 2007, the principal stockholder disposed of his interest in this franchise to unrelated parties.
 
“Other companies under common control” referred to above relate to a manufacturing company in which the principal stockholder of the Company previously held a 50% interest. The manufacturing company produced Lululemon product under an exclusive agreement on a cost plus basis. During the year ended January 31, 2007, the Company’s principal stockholder disposed of his interest in the manufacturer.
 
During the three years ended January 31, 2007, the Company and the principal shareholder entered into certain financing transactions. These arrangements had no stated term, repayment terms or interest. On February 1, 2004, the amount due to the principal shareholder amounted to $1,294,434. During the year ended January 31, 2005, the principal shareholder advanced to the Company $4,325,346 and the Company repaid the principal shareholder $2,527,250. In addition, the Company paid expenses of $589,390 on behalf of the principal shareholder related to the start up of the Australian franchise operations which were applied against the amount due to the principal shareholder. As at January 31, 2005, the balance due to the principal shareholder was $3,042,054. During the year ended January 31, 2006, the principal shareholder advanced the Company $7,831,694.
 
On December 5, 2006, in conjunction with the capital transactions described in note 9, the Company repaid the principal shareholder $11,143,141. An amount due to the principal shareholder of $1,931,187 was converted into 187,357 participating preferred shares and 8,428 non-participating of Lulu USA. As a result, $999,105 was recorded as additional paid in capital in relation to 52% of the participating preferred shares while $5,200 was recorded as minority interest in relation to the non-participating preferred shares.
 
As a result of these repayments and settlements, an amount due to the Company of $222,440 arose, which was settled in year ended January 31, 2007.


F-28


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
15   Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
Changes in non-cash working capital items:
 
                         
    2005
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Increase in accounts receivable
    (134,847 )     (663,245 )     (1,153,663 )
Increase in prepaid expenses
    (74,455 )     (553,983 )     (141,809 )
Increase in inventories
    (4,329,108 )     (10,693,625 )     (5,430,998 )
Decrease (increase) in due to related parties
          531,529       (765,980 )
(Increase) decrease in other non-current assets
    18,986       (681,480 )     (194,362 )
Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable
    21,013       4,571,376       (1,228,825 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities
    9,259,771       (11,062,197 )     11,532,925  
Increase in other current liabilities
    1,115,005       1,823,963       1,571,086  
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable
    (139,167 )     50,176       8,680,829  
                         
      5,737,198       (16,677,486 )     12,869,203  
                         
Cash paid for income taxes
    (56,434 )     2,466,900       3,091,552  
Interest paid
    45,549       51,020       47,348  
 
16   Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
                         
    2005
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (1,709,075 )     3,730,250       16,307,802  
                         
Tax at statutory rate of 34%
    (581,086 )     1,268,285       5,544,652  
Non-deductible compensation expense
          897,352       912,465  
Non-deductible expenses
    90,549       47,123       9,601  
Other — U.S. state taxes
    2,500       21,908       11,240  
Change in valuation allowance
    122,071       28,359       1,808,368  
Foreign tax rate differential
          38,957       214,844  
Other
    67,923       34,162       252,166  
                         
(Recovery of) provision for income taxes
    (298,043 )     2,336,146       8,753,336  
                         
 
The statutory income tax rate of 34% represents the U.S. taxation rate attributable to Lululemon’s domestic operations. The effective tax rate differs from this statutory rate as the majority of the Company’s income before taxes arises from its foreign operations in Canada where the tax rate are 35% in 2006 and 35% in 2007.


F-29


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at January 31, 2006 and 2007 are presented below:
 
                 
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
 
 
Deferred tax assets
               
Net operating losses
    232,452       1,866,777  
Inventories
    4,132       50,362  
Plant and equipment
          395,233  
Deferred lease liability
    209,609       343,814  
Lawsuit
          2,522,898  
                 
      446,193       5,179,084  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Plant and equipment
    14,138        
Intangible assets
    522,569       384,354  
                 
      536,707       384,354  
                 
Gross deferred tax (liability) asset
    (90,514 )     4,794,730  
Valuation allowance
    (259,421 )     (2,067,789 )
                 
Net deferred tax (liability) asset
    (349,935 )     2,726,941  
                 
 
The Company has operating loss carry-forwards and deductible temporary differences related to Lulu US, which are available to reduce taxable income in future periods. Based on a review of all available positive and negative evidence, including the cumulative losses in its U.S. operations, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets of its U.S. operations are not realizable and has recorded a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets relating to Lulu US at January 31, 2006 and 2007. The amounts and expiry dates of these operating losses are as follows:
 
         
   
$
 
 
2023
    179,511  
2024
    359,032  
2026
    61,354  
2027
    4,384,281  
         
      4,984,178  
         


F-30


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The Company’s current and deferred taxes from federal, state and foreign sources were as follows:
 
                         
    2005
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Net income before taxes
                       
Domestic
    (498,545 )     (150,047 )     (2,229,966 )
Foreign
    (1,210,530 )     3,880,297       18,537,768  
                         
      (1,709,075 )     3,730,250       16,307,802  
                         
Current taxes
                       
Federal
                 
State
    2,500       21,908       11,240  
Foreign
    (198,101 )     2,493,089       11,818,972  
                         
Total current
    (195,601 )     2,514,997       11,830,212  
                         
Deferred taxes
                       
Federal
                 
State
                 
Foreign
    (102,442 )     (178,851 )     (3,076,876 )
                         
Total deferred
    (102,442 )     (178,851 )     (3,076,876 )
                         
(Recovery of) provision for income taxes
    (298,043 )     2,336,146       8,753,336  
                         
 
17   Segmented Financial Information
 
The Company applies FASB No. 131, “Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information ” (FAS 131), in determining reportable segments for financial statement disclosure. Based on financial information provided to the chief operating decision maker of the Company and the manner in which the Company operates its outlets and other operations, the Company determined that each store, showroom and warehouse sales outlet is an operating segment. The Company’s operating segments also include Canadian franchise activities, U.S. franchise activities, wholesale sales to the Company’s U.S. stores and to third parties and phone sales. The Company has aggregated all of its corporate-owned stores in Canada, the United States and Japan into a single reportable segment — Corporate-owned stores, and all franchise activities in both Canada, the United States, Japan and Australia (including sales of apparel to franchisees) into a single reportable segment — Franchises. Wholesale, phone sales, warehouse sales and showrooms have been combined into Other as none of these operations individually meets the quantitative thresholds for disclosure as a reportable segment. Segment results for corporate-owned stores include retail sales of apparel less costs of goods sold, employee costs, occupancy costs, depreciation and all other operating costs incurred in the operation of those stores. Franchise results include license fees and royalties from the franchisees as well as sales to franchisees less costs of goods sold. Segment results for operations combined in Other include sales of apparel and


F-31


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

related costs of goods sold. General corporate expenses include expenses related to corporate activities and administration. Information for these segments is detailed in the table below:
 
                         
    2005
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Net revenue
                       
Corporate-owned stores
    29,905,624       65,577,622       120,732,774  
Franchises
    7,362,992       14,554,606       21,360,005  
Other
    3,479,760       3,996,865       6,792,055  
                         
      40,748,376       84,129,093       148,884,834  
                         
Income from operations before general corporate expense
                       
Corporate-owned stores
    9,796,555       20,744,932       37,789,660  
Franchises
    3,102,826       7,297,532       10,655,095  
Other
    1,807,809       1,438,829       2,735,322  
                         
      14,707,190       29,526,293       51,180,077  
General corporate expense
    16,381,402       25,799,585       34,966,663  
                         
Net operating (loss) income
    (1,674,212 )     3,726,708       16,213,414  
Net interest expense (income)
    34,863       (3,542 )     (94,388 )
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (1,709,075 )     3,730,250       16,307,802  
                         
Capital expenditures
                       
Corporate-owned stores
    2,806,242       6,096,870       11,274,993  
Corporate
    999,270       2,283,503       1,995,391  
                         
      3,805,512       8,380,373       13,270,384  
                         
Depreciation
                       
Corporate-owned stores
    449,251       1,520,878       3,077,574  
Corporate
    295,446       549,069       1,105,715  
                         
      744,697       2,069,947       4,183,289  
                         
 
The Company sells apparel from its Canadian operations to its US corporate owned stores based on agreed upon transfer prices. The intercompany wholesale sales of $162,782, $3,404,968 and $10,397,560 for the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, have been excluded from the net revenue in the other reportable segment. In addition, the income from operations reported included in the segment results for other does not reflect the intercompany profit on these sales, which amounted to $3,553, $153,473 and $307,421 for the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Lululemon operates in four geographic areas — Canada, the United States, Asia and Australia. Revenues from these regions for the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:
 
                         
    2005
    2006
    2007
 
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
 
Canada
    37,936,384       76,983,758       129,706,897  
United States
    2,511,121       6,469,631       17,363,904  
Asia and Australia
    300,871       675,704       1,814,033  
                         
      40,748,376       84,129,093       148,884,834  
                         


F-32


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Long-lived assets by geographic area for the years ended January 31, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:
 
                 
    2007
    2006
 
   
$
   
$
 
 
Canada
    9,308,017       13,500,195  
United States
    1,118,778       5,049,599  
Asia and Australia
          272,445  
                 
      10,426,795       18,822,239  
                 
 
During the last three years, substantially all of the Company’s intangible assets and goodwill relate to the reporting segment consisting of corporate-owned stores.
 
For the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the Company acquired approximately 17%, 25% and 17% of the product used in its apparel production from a single supplier. Although management believes that other suppliers could provide these raw materials, a change in suppliers could cause a delay in the production process and a possible loss of sales.
 
The Company has entered into franchise agreements under which franchisees are permitted to sell Lululemon apparel and are required to purchase Lululemon apparel from the Company and to pay the Company a royalty based on a percentage of the franchisee’s gross sales. The Company also received an initial license fee in some cases. Initial franchise fees and royalty fees recognized during the year ended January 31, 2005 amounted to $nil and $2,604,246, $35,000 and $4,846,892 for the year ended January 31, 2006 and $50,000 and $7,271,981 for the year ended January 31, 2007, respectively. Sales and cost of sales of apparel sold to franchisees for the year ended January 31, 2005 amounted to $4,758,746 and $4,479,286, $9,672,714 and $7,192,998 for the year ended January 31, 2006 and $14,038,025 and $10,681,111 for the year ended January 31, 2007, respectively. The number of franchises repurchased during the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was nil, 1 and 2 respectively. The number of franchises sold during the year ended January 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 2, 5 and 2.
 
18   Financial Instruments
 
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, due from related parties, trade accounts payable, accrued liabilities, other liabilities, deferred revenue and due to related parties. Unless otherwise noted, it is management’s opinion that the Company is not exposed to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments. All foreign gains or losses were recorded in the income statement under selling, general and administrative expenses. The fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying value, unless otherwise noted.
 
Foreign exchange risk
 
A significant portion of the Company’s sales are denominated in Canadian dollars. This exposure is partly mitigated by a natural hedge in that a significant portion of the Company’s operating costs are also denominated in Canadian dollars. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts.
 
The aggregate foreign currency transaction (losses) gains included in income amount to ($63,372), $211,970 and $183,471 for the years ended January 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.


F-33


 

 
Lululemon
 
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Concentration of credit risk
 
The Company is exposed to credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are held with high quality financial institutions. Trade accounts receivable are primarily from certain franchisees and wholesale accounts. The Company does not require collateral to support the trade accounts receivable; however, in certain circumstances, the Company may require parties to provide payment for goods prior to delivery of the goods. The accounts receivable are net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is established based on management’s assessment of the credit risks of the underlying accounts.
 
19   Variable Interest Entity
 
Commencing July 7, 2003, the principal stockholder held an interest in a company that manufactured finished goods exclusively for the Company. The principal stockholder disposed of this interest in December 2006. As a result of the relationships between the Company, its principal stockholder and the manufacturing company, the Company had a variable interest in the manufacturing company. Transactions with the manufacturing company are disclosed in note 14. The Company has concluded that it was not the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity and has not consolidated the entity. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of the manufacturing company have not been included in these combined consolidated financial statements. The Company was not exposed directly or indirectly to any losses of the manufacturing entity.
 
20   Seasonal Nature of the Business
 
The Company has experienced, and expects to continue to experience, significant seasonal variations in net revenue and income from operations. Seasonal variations in revenue are primarily related to increased sales of products during the fiscal fourth quarter, reflecting historical strength in sales during the holiday season. Historically, seasonal variations in income from operations have been driven principally by increased net revenue in the fiscal fourth quarter.
 
21   Subsequent Events
 
a)  Franchise acquisition
 
The Company entered into an agreement to reacquire three franchised stores in Calgary; the acquisition closed in April  2007 with the purchase price amounting to $5.4 million, subject to final working capital adjustments.
 
b)  New banking agreement
 
In April 2007, the Company renegotiated its credit facility. The primary facility was expanded to CA$20,000,000 (US $16,960,650) available for general operating purposes including the reacquisition of franchises. Borrowings under the facility are repayable on demand and secured by a general security agreement over all personal property of the Company. Loans under this facility bear interest at prime for Canadian and U.S. dollar loans, prime plus 1.125% for LIBOR loans. Letters of credit opened under the agreement are subject to fees of 1.125% per annum.


F-34


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
CERTIFICATE OF LULULEMON
 
Dated: April 30, 2007
 
This prospectus, together with the documents and information incorporated herein by reference, will as of the date of the supplemented prospectus providing the information permitted to be omitted from this prospectus, constitute full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered by this prospectus as required by Part 9 of the Securities Act (British Columbia), Part 9 of the Securities Act (Alberta), Part XI of the Securities Act, 1988 (Saskatchewan), Part VII of The Securities Act (Manitoba), Part XV of The Securities Act (Ontario), Part II of the Securities Act (Prince Edward Island), Section 64 of the Securities Act (Nova Scotia), Part 6 of the Securities Act (New Brunswick), Part XIV of the Securities Act (Newfoundland and Labrador), Part 3 of the Securities Act (Yukon), Section 27 of the Securities Act (Northwest Territories) and Section 27 of the Securities Act (Nunavut) and the respective regulations thereunder. For the purpose of the province of Québec, this prospectus will as of the date of the supplemented prospectus contain no misrepresentation likely to affect the value or the market price of the securities to be distributed.
 
Lululemon Corp.
 
     
     
By: (Signed) Robert Meers   By: (Signed) John Currie
Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer
 
On Behalf of the Board of Directors
 
     
     
By: (Signed) Dennis Wilson   By: (Signed) Steven Collins
Director
  Director


C-1


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
CERTIFICATE OF THE CANADIAN UNDERWRITERS
 
Dated: April 30, 2007
 
To the best of our knowledge, information and belief, this prospectus, together with the documents incorporated herein by reference, will as of the date of the supplemented prospectus providing the information permitted to be omitted from this prospectus, constitute full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the securities offered by this prospectus as required by Part 9 of the Securities Act (British Columbia), Part 9 of the Securities Act (Alberta), Part XI of The Securities Act, 1988 (Saskatchewan), Part VII of The Securities Act (Manitoba), Part XV of the Securities Act (Ontario), Part II of the Securities Act (Prince Edward Island), Section 64 of the Securities Act (Nova Scotia), Part 6 of the Securities Act (New Brunswick), Part XIV of the Securities Act (Newfoundland and Labrador), Part 3 of the Securities Act (Yukon), Section 27 of the Securities Act (Northwest Territories) and Section 27 of the Securities Act (Nunavut) and the respective regulations thereunder. For the purpose of the province of Québec, to our knowledge, this prospectus will as of the date of the supplemented prospectus contain no misrepresentation likely to affect the value or the market price of the securities to be distributed.
 
     
     
Goldman Sachs Canada Inc.   Merrill Lynch Canada Inc.
     
By: (Signed) Steve Mayer
  By: (Signed) Paul D. Allison
 
     
     
Credit Suisse Securities (Canada) Inc.   UBS Securities Canada Inc.
     
By: (Signed) Ron Lloyd
  By: (Signed) Ted Larkin
 
CIBC World Markets Inc.
 
By: (Signed) Kathy Butler


C-2


 

(PHOTO)
BRETHE DEEPLY
and appreciate the moment. Living in the moment. Living in the moment could be the meaning of life.

 


 

(PHOTO)

 


 

(PHOTO)

 


 

 
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
           Shares
Common Stock
 
(LOGO)
Lululemon Corp.
 
 
 
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
 
 
Credit Suisse UBS Investment Bank
 
William Blair & Company  
      CIBC World Markets  
    Wachovia Securities  
  Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
 
 
 
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
Through and including          , 2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 


 

 
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR CANADIAN PROSPECTUS]
 
 
(LOGO)
 


 

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
 
         
    Amount
 
   
to be Paid
 
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 7,061  
NASD filing fee
    23,500  
The Nasdaq Global Market and Toronto Stock Exchange listing fees
    *
Blue sky fees and expenses
    *
Printing and Engraving expenses
    *
Legal fees and expenses
    *
Accounting fees and expenses
    *
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *
Miscellaneous
    *
         
Total
  $ *
         
 
* To be filed by amendment
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by current law.
 
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which is in addition to and may be broader than the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request.
 
Article VII of our bylaws provides for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.
 
The form of underwriting agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1 provides for indemnification by the underwriters named in this registration statement of our executive officers, directors and us, and by us of the underwriters named in this registration statement, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided in writing for inclusion in this registration statement.
 
We intend to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to provide our directors and officers with insurance coverage for losses arising from claims based on breaches of duty, negligence, errors and other wrongful acts.
 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
During the three year period preceding the date of filing of this registration statement, we have issued securities in the transactions described below without registration under the Securities Act.


II-1


 

 
No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting the transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.
 
  •  On December 5, 2005, we issued an aggregate of 107,995 shares of our series A preferred stock to certain investors resulting in aggregate proceeds to us of approximately $92.8 million. Of these shares, 85,796 shares of series A preferred stock were issued to funds managed by our affiliate, Advent International Corporation, resulting in aggregate proceeds to us of approximately $73.7 million. The issuance of these securities was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relating to sales not involving a public offering.
 
  •  On December 5, 2005, we issued 116,994 shares of our series TS preferred stock to one of our then current stockholders in exchange for 115,594 shares of participating preferred stock of Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. The issuance of these securities was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relating to sales not involving a public offering or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, with respect to securities offered and sold outside the United States to investors who were neither citizens nor residents of the United States.
 
  •  On June 13, 2006, we issued an aggregate of 250 shares of our series A preferred stock to one of our directors resulting in aggregate proceeds to us of CDN$250,000. The issuance of these securities was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relating to sales not involving a public offering.
 
  •  On July 6, 2006, we issued an aggregate of 250 shares of our series A preferred stock to one of our directors resulting in aggregate proceeds to us of CDN$250,000. The issuance of these securities was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relating to sales not involving a public offering.
 
  •  On April 26, 2007, we entered into an agreement with our stockholders, Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. (Lulu USA), Lululemon Athletica Inc. (LAI), LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc. (LIPO Investments Canada), Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. (Lulu Canadian Holding) and Dennis Wilson, in his individual capacity and in his capacity as trustee pursuant to a trust arrangement established for the benefit of the minority stockholders of LIPO Canada and LIPO USA, pursuant to which we agreed to the following issuances of our capital stock in order to effect a reorganization whereby Lulu USA and LAI will in effect become our direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. This reorganization will occur immediately following the effectiveness of this registration statement. We refer to this date as the reorganization date.
 
The information set forth below describes the sales of our securities in the reorganization if it occurred on          , 2007. The actual number of shares that will be issued in the reorganization will depend upon the date of the reorganization and the per share offering price of the shares sold in our initial public offering. Upon completion of the reorganization, we will issue shares of our common stock to our existing stockholders and to holders of common shares of LIPO Canada as described below.
 
  •  Series A Preferred Stock.   Each holder of our series A preferred stock will be entitled to receive:
 
  •  its pro rata portion of 22,229,600 shares of our common stock (which we refer to as the common share amount); and
 
  •  with respect to each share of series A preferred stock held by such holder, the number of shares of our common stock that is equal to ( x ) $     , representing the stated value of each such share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such share through the assumed reorganization date), divided by ( y ) the initial public offering price per share of our common stock.


II-2


 

 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, we will issue an aggregate           of           shares of our common stock to existing holders of our series A preferred stock upon completion of this offering.
 
  •  Shares Held by LIPO USA and LIPO Canada.   LIPO USA and LIPO Canada, or the LIPO Entities, are the holding companies formed by Mr. Wilson to hold his interests in the company, Lulu USA , and LAI. In the reorganization, we and Lulu Canadian Holding will issue a combination of shares of our common stock and exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding, respectively, in exchange for the securities of our company, Lulu USA and LAI that are held by the LIPO Entities in the following amount (the LIPO Share Amount):
 
  •  the LIPO Entities’ pro rata portion of the common share amount; and
 
  •  the number of shares of our common stock that is equal to ( x ) $           (representing the stated value of our series TS preferred stock and LAI class B shares held by the LIPO Entities, plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the assumed reorganization date), divided by ( y ) the initial public offering price per share of our common stock.
 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), we expect to issue an aggregate of           shares of our common stock with respect to the LIPO Entities’ interest in the company and LAI.
 
The number of shares of our common stock that is issuable to the LIPO entities in the reorganization is referred to herein as the LIPO Share Amount. Each LIPO entity will be entitled to its pro rata share of the LIPO Share Amount. LIPO Canada’s portion of the LIPO Share Amount will be issued to its shareholders in the form of shares of our common stock or exchangeable shares upon completion of the reorganization as described below.
 
As part of the reorganization, Slinky Financial ULC, an entity owned by Mr. Wilson which owns shares of LIPO Canada, will transfer a portion of his LIPO Canada common shares to us in exchange for shares of our common stock, which Slinky will sell in this offering. Mr. Wilson and the remainder of the LIPO Canada stockholders will transfer the balance of the issued and outstanding common shares of LIPO Canada to Lulu Canadian Holding in exchange for exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding. The number of shares of our common stock or exchangeable shares of Lulu Canadian Holding that each LIPO Canada stockholder will be entitled to receive will be equal to LIPO Canada’s portion of the LIPO Share Amount.
 
In connection with the reorganization, we will issue each holder of exchangeable shares a number of special voting shares that is equal to the number of exchangeable shares that is held by such holder.
 
  •  Lulu USA and LAI Stock Options.   Each option to purchase shares of Lulu USA common stock or LAI class C shares will automatically adjust and become options to purchase shares of our common stock at an adjusted exercise price. Upon completion of this option adjustment, we will have outstanding options to purchase 1,885,250 shares of our common stock at a weighted average per share exercise price of $1.39.
 
Each of the foregoing issuance of securities on the Reorganization Date will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relating to sales not involving a public offering and pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701 or pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered and sold outside the United States to investors who were neither citizens nor residents of the United States.


II-3


 

 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of April 26, 2007, by and among the parties named therein
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .2   Certificate of Correction to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .3   Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .4   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp. (to become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this offering)
  3 .5   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp. (to become effective immediately upon completion of this offering)
  3 .6   Bylaws of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .7   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lululemon Corp. (to become effective immediately upon completion of this offering)
  4 .1*   Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Lululemon Corp.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP
  10 .1   Lululemon Corp. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .2*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .3   Amended and Restated LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. Option Plan and form of Award Agreement
  10 .4   Employment and Restrictive Covenant Agreement with Robert Meers dated as of December 5, 2005
  10 .5   Employment and Restrictive Covenant Agreement with Dennis Wilson dated as of December 5, 2005
  10 .6   Offer Letter with Mike Tattersfield dated as of October 4, 2006
  10 .7   Offer Letter with John Currie dated December 20, 2006
  10 .8   Stockholders Agreement dated December 5, 2005 among Lululemon Corp. and the persons listed on Schedule A thereto
  10 .9   Registration Rights Agreement dated December 5, 2005 by and among Lululemon Corp. and the Investors named therein
  10 .10   Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement between the parties named therein
  10 .11   Form of Exchange Trust Agreement between Lululemon Corp. and Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. and Computershare Trust Company of Canada
  10 .12   Form of Exchangeable Share Support Agreement between Lululemon Corp. and Lululemon Callco ULC and Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc.
  10 .13   Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Forfeitable Exchangeable Shares, by and among the parties named therein
  10 .14   Arrangement Agreement dated as of April 26, 2007, by and among the parties named therein (including Plan of Arrangement and Exchangeable Share Provision)
  10 .15   Credit Facility between Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Royal Bank of Canada dated as of April 11, 2007.
  10 .16*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Lululemon Corp. and its directors and certain officers
  10 .17   Lease for 2285 Clark Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of January 25, 2006
  10 .18   Lease for 507 West Broadway, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of July 14, 2006
  10 .19   Lease for 2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of October 21, 2004
  10 .20   Lease Expansion and Amending Agreement for 2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of August 16, 2005
  10 .21   Lease for 5595 Trapp Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada dated as of December 15, 2006
  10 .22   Outside Director Compensation Plan
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Lululemon Corp.
  23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .2*   Consent of Pepper Hamilton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to the registration statement)
 
* To be filed by amendment.


II-4


 

 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the required information is included in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings.
 
We hereby undertake to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
We hereby undertake that:
 
(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(ii) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-5


 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, on the 30th day of April, 2007.
 
Lululemon Corp.
 
  By: 
/s/  Robert Meers
Robert Meers
Chief Executive Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Robert Meers and John E. Currie, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the common stock offered hereby under the Exchange Act, with the SEC, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Robert Meers

Robert Meers
  Director and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   April 30, 2007
         
/s/  John E. Currie

John E. Currie
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  April 30, 2007
         
/s/  Dennis J. Wilson

Dennis J. Wilson
  Chairman of the Board   April 30, 2007
         
/s/  RoAnn Costin

RoAnn Costin
  Director   April 30, 2007
         
/s/  Steven J. Collins

Steven J. Collins
  Director   April 30, 2007
         
/s/  R. Brad Martin

R. Brad Martin
  Director   April 30, 2007


II-6


 

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  David M. Mussafer

David M. Mussafer
  Director   April 30, 2007
         
/s/  Rhoda M. Pitcher

Rhoda M. Pitcher
  Director   April 30, 2007
         
/s/  Thomas G. Stemberg

Thomas G. Stemberg
  Director   April 30, 2007


II-7


 

Exhibit Index
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of April 26, 2007, by and among the parties named therein
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .2   Certificate of Correction to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .3   Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .4   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp. (to become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this offering)
  3 .5   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lululemon Corp. (to become effective immediately upon completion of this offering)
  3 .6   Bylaws of Lululemon Corp.
  3 .7   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lululemon Corp. (to become effective immediately upon completion of this offering)
  4 .1*   Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Lululemon Corp.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP
  10 .1   Lululemon Corp. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .2*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .3   Amended and Restated LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. Option Plan and form of Award Agreement
  10 .4   Employment and Restrictive Covenant Agreement with Robert Meers dated as of December 5, 2005
  10 .5   Employment and Restrictive Covenant Agreement with Dennis Wilson dated as of December 5, 2005
  10 .6   Offer Letter with Mike Tattersfield dated as of October 4, 2006
  10 .7   Offer Letter with John Currie dated December 20, 2006
  10 .8   Stockholders Agreement dated December 5, 2005 among Lululemon Corp. and the persons listed on Schedule A thereto
  10 .9   Registration Rights Agreement dated December 5, 2005 by and among Lululemon Corp. and the Investors named therein
  10 .10   Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement between the parties named therein
  10 .11   Form of Exchange Trust Agreement between Lululemon Corp. and Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. and Computershare Trust Company of Canada
  10 .12   Form of Exchangeable Share Support Agreement between Lululemon Corp. and Lululemon Callco ULC and Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc.
  10 .13   Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Forfeitable Exchangeable Shares, by and among the parties named therein
  10 .14   Arrangement Agreement dated as of April 26, 2007, by and among the parties named therein (including Plan of Arrangement and Exchangeable Share Provision)
  10 .15   Credit Facility between Lululemon Athletica Inc. and Royal Bank of Canada dated as of April 11, 2007.
  10 .16*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Lululemon Corp. and its directors and certain officers
  10 .17   Lease for 2285 Clark Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of January 25, 2006
  10 .18   Lease for 507 West Broadway, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of July 14, 2006
  10 .19   Lease for 2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of October 21, 2004
  10 .20   Lease Expansion and Amending Agreement for 2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada dated as of August 16, 2005
  10 .21   Lease for 5595 Trapp Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada dated as of December 15, 2006
  10 .22   Outside Director Compensation Plan
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Lululemon Corp.
  23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .2*   Consent of Pepper Hamilton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to the registration statement)
 
* To be filed by amendment.


II-8

 

Exhibit 2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
By and Among
Lululemon Corp.,
a Delaware corporation,
Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc.,
a Nevada corporation,
Lululemon Athletica Inc.,
a company formed under the laws of British Columbia,
LIPO Investments (USA), Inc.,
a company formed under the laws of British Columbia,
LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.,
a company formed under the laws of British Columbia,
Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc.,
a company formed under the laws of British Columbia,
and
Each of the Parties Whose Name Appears on Schedule I and Schedule II Hereto
Dated: April 26, 2007
 

 


 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
      THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of this 26th day of April, 2007 by and among (i) Lululemon Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ USA ”), (iii) Lululemon Athletica Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ LAI ”), (iv) LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ LIPO USA ”), (v) LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ LIPO Canada ”), (vi) Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ Canadian Holding ”), (vii) each of the parties whose name appears on Schedule I hereto (each, an “ Investor ”), and (viii) each of the parties whose name appears on Schedule II hereto (each, a “ LIPO Holder ”). Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in Article 10.
BACKGROUND
     The Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) has reviewed the ownership and distribution of the authorized capital stock of the Company and its subsidiaries. In particular, the Board has considered the authorized and outstanding capital structure of the Company, USA and LAI, which as of the date of this Agreement, is comprised of the following:
    108,495 shares of Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Company Series A Preferred Stock ”), stated value US$859.11 per share;
 
    116,994 shares of Series TS Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Company Series TS Preferred Stock ”), stated value US$10.281 per share;
 
    222,296 shares of Participating Preferred Stock of USA (the “ USA Participating Preferred Stock ”), stated value US$10.405 per share;
 
    10,000 shares of Non-Participating Preferred Stock of USA (“ USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock ”), stated value per share US$1.00 per share;
 
    options to purchase an aggregate of 1,897,000 shares of common stock of USA, par value US$.001 per share (the “ USA Common Stock ”) at an exercise price of US$0.21 per share;
 
    106,702 Class A Shares of LAI, no par value (the “ LAI Class A Shares ”), reference amount US$859.11 per share;
 
    115,594 Class B Shares of LAI, no par value (the “ LAI Class B Shares ”), reference amount US$859.11 per share;
 
    options to acquire an aggregate of 1,897,000 Class C Shares of LAI, no par value (“ LAI Class C Shares ”), at an exercise price of US$1.18 per share.
     Each of the Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series TS Preferred Stock, LAI Class A Share and LAI Class B Share accrues dividends at a rate of 8% per annum, compounded quarterly.

 


 

     The Company directly owns 100% of the USA Participating Preferred Stock and the Institutional Investors and LIPO USA own 48% and 52%, respectively, of the USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock. The Company indirectly owns all of the issued and outstanding LAI Class A Shares and LIPO Canada owns all of the issued and outstanding LAI Class B Shares. The outstanding LAI Class A Shares and LIPO Class B Shares represent 48% and 52%, respectively, of the equity interests in LAI.
     LIPO Canada and LIPO USA (collectively, the “LIPO Entities”) are companies that are controlled by Dennis Wilson. Substantially all of the assets of LIPO Canada and LIPO USA consists of their holdings in LAI and USA, respectively. As of the date of this Agreement, (i) LIPO Canada’s outstanding capitalization is comprised of 117,000,362 common shares, no par value (“ LIPO Canada Common Shares ”), of which 2,344,917 shares are designated as “forfeitable,” and options to purchase an aggregate of 10,476,250 LIPO Canada Common Shares (“ LIPO Canada Options ”), at an exercise price of $0.99 per share, and (ii) LIPO USA’s outstanding capitalization is comprised of 117,000,362 common shares, no par value (“ LIPO USA Common Shares ”), of which 2,344,917 shares are designated as “forfeitable”, and options to purchase an aggregate of 10,476,250 LIPO USA Common Shares (“ LIPO USA Options ”), at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.
     The Board and, by execution of this Agreement, the Investors have determined to effect a firm commitment initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value US$0.01 per share (the “ Company Common Stock ”) pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ Securities Act ”) filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on Form S-1. In furtherance thereof, the Board has approved the offering of Company Common Stock in the U.S. and Canada. Regardless of the amount of gross proceeds received by the Company in the Offering, the Board and the Investors desire to have the proposed Offering be deemed a “Qualified IPO” for purposes of the Company’s Stockholders Agreement, dated December 5, 2005 (the “ Company Stockholders Agreement ”).
     Based on the foregoing, the Company and the Board have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to effect a reorganization of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “ Reorganization ”). In furtherance thereof, each of the parties hereto has agreed to the completion of the Reorganization and to take such actions as may be requested by the Board to complete the Reorganization immediately after an underwriting agreement for the Offering has been executed by the Company and the underwriters participating in the Offering (the “ Reorganization Effective Time ”). The current outstanding equity of the Company, USA and LAI in the aggregate is owned 48% by the Investors and 52% by the LIPO Entities. Immediately after completion of the Reorganization, the Investors and the LIPO Entities will hold the same relative ownership percentages in the Company on a consolidated basis.
     In connection with the Reorganization, Canadian Holding will amend its articles of incorporation substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Amended Canadian Holding Charter ”) to designate a new class of shares (the “ Exchangeable Shares ”) having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the exchangeable shares provision attached to the Plan of Arrangement (as defined below) and contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company, Canadian Holding, LIPO USA and LIPO Canada entered into an arrangement agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Arrangement Agreement ”), attached to which is a plan of arrangement (the “ Plan of Arrangement ”) setting out certain steps of the reorganization then affecting Canadian Holding and the LIPO Entities. Each Exchangeable Share may, in accordance with its terms and the terms of the Exchange Trust Agreement (as defined below) and the Plan of Arrangement, be exchanged by the holder thereof for one share of Company Common Stock. At the Reorganization Effective Time, the Company, Canadian Holding and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (the “ Exchangeable Shares Trustee ”)

-2-


 

will enter into an exchange trust agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “ Exchange Trust Agreement ”) under which the Exchangeable Shares Trustee will be granted certain rights and will agree to certain obligations for the benefit of the holders of Exchangeable Shares. In addition, the Company, Canadian Holding and Lululemon Callco ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability company which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“ Callco ”), will enter into a support agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (the “ Exchangeable Share Support Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Company will agree to support the obligations of Canadian Holding and Callco.
     The following events will occur in the sequence set forth in Article 1:
  (A)   Each vested option to acquire LIPO Canada Common Shares will be exercised. Thereafter, each holder of LIPO Canada common shares (each, a “ LIPO Canada Holder ”) will exchange its LIPO Canada Common Shares for either, or a combination of, shares of Company Common Stock or Exchangeable Shares, and each remaining option to acquire LIPO Canada Common Shares will automatically be exchanged for an option to acquire LIPO USA Common Shares, in each case, in the manner more particularly provided in the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement. The aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock and Exchangeable Shares to be issued in exchange for LIPO Canada Common Shares will be equal to LIPO Canada’s pro rata portion of the LIPO Share Amount and each holder of LIPO Canada Common Shares will receive its pro rata portion of such aggregate number.
 
  (B)   LIPO USA, with respect to its shares of Company Series TS Preferred, will receive shares of Company Common Stock that are equal to its pro rata portion of the LIPO Share Amount.
 
  (C)   Each holder of shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock will receive: (i) its pro rata portion of the Common Share Amount, and (ii) a number of shares of Company Common Stock that is equal to the Investment Value, as of the Reorganization Effective Time, of such Company Series A Preferred Stock, divided by the IPO Price.
 
  (D)   USA will purchase all outstanding shares of USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock for a purchase price equal to the Investment Value of such stock, payable in cash.
 
  (E)   Each holder of Exchangeable Shares will purchase from the Company a number of shares of a special class of voting stock of the Company (the “ Special Voting Shares ”) that is equal to the number of Exchangeable Shares issued to such holder at the Reorganization Effective Time.
 
  (F)   Each option to purchase a share of USA Common Stock then outstanding shall become an option to purchase an adjusted number of shares of Company Common Stock at an adjusted exercise price, as more particularly set forth herein.
 
  (G)   Each option to purchase a LAI Class C Share then outstanding shall become an option to purchase an adjusted number of shares of Company Common Stock at an adjusted exercise price, as more particularly set forth herein.

-3-


 

  (H)   The Company will contribute any shares of Canadian Holding that it may hold in connection with the Reorganization to Callco.
 
  (I)   Canadian Holding and LIPO Canada will amalgamate pursuant to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia).
     In connection with the Reorganization, the Participating Holders have executed and delivered the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement in the form of Exhibit E hereto (the “ Restated Registration Rights Agreement ”) to the Company to be held in escrow and released upon completion of the Reorganization. The Restated Registration Rights Agreement shall become effective upon and shall supersede the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2005, by and among the Company, the Institutional Investors, LIPO USA and LIPO Canada (the “ Original Registration Rights Agreement ”) as of the Reorganization Effective Time.
     The Company will amend and restate the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) in the form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Step One Charter ”) to effect certain provisions of the Reorganization, to designate the special class of voting stock.
     Prior to the closing of the Offering (the “ Closing ”), the Company will amend and restate the Step One Charter in the form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “ Step Two Charter ”).
     Each of the foregoing actions was approved by the Board at a duly convened meeting on April 26, 2007 and the Board has unanimously recommended that the Company’s stockholders approve and adopt this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the votes represented by the outstanding Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series B Preferred Stock and Company Series TS Preferred Stock, voting as a single class (the “ Preferred Supermajority ”), will have approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants, promises and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Article 1
Reorganization
     The Reorganization shall be completed in the following sequence; subject to the Supreme Court of British Columbia issuing a final order approving the Plan of Arrangement pursuant to Section 291(4) of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) in accordance with the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
     1.1. Exchange or Repurchase of Outstanding Stock.
          (a) Company Preferred Stock . Upon the Reorganization Effective Time and as part of the Reorganization, the following transactions shall occur:

-4-


 

               (i) Company Series A Preferred Stock . Each issued and outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock will be exchanged for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of (A) the product of ( x ) the Investment Value of such share of Company Series A Preferred Stock, as of the Reorganization Effective Time, divided by the Total Investment Value, ( y ) multiplied by the Common Share Amount, and (B) the quotient of the Investment Value of such Company Series A Preferred Stock, as of the Reorganization Effective Time, divided by the IPO Price.
               (ii) Company Series TS Preferred Stock . Each issued and outstanding share of Company Series TS Preferred Stock will be exchanged for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of ( x ) the quotient of the Investment Value of such share of Company Series TS Preferred Stock, as of the Effective Time, divided by the aggregate Investment Value of all outstanding Company Series TS Preferred Stock as of the Reorganization Effective Time, multiplied by ( y ) the product of the USA Percentage multiplied by the LIPO Share Amount.
          (b) USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock . Upon the Reorganization Effective Time and as part of the Reorganization, but after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by Section 1.1(a), USA will repurchase each issued and outstanding share of USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock from the holders thereof for a per share purchase price equal to the Investment Value of such share.
     1.2. Reorganization of LIPO Canada.
          (a) Five minutes following completion of the transactions contemplated by Section 1.1, LIPO Canada, LIPO USA and Canadian Holding shall cause the terms of the Plan of Arrangement to be consummated in the order provided therein. In accordance with the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement, LIPO Canada Holders will exchange their LIPO Canada common shares in exchange for either, or a combination of, shares of Company Common Stock and Exchangeable Shares. The aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock and Exchangeable Shares that may be issued under the terms of the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement will be equal to the product of the LAI Percentage multiplied by the LIPO Share Amount. Of the foregoing total number of shares, (i) Slinky Financial ULC (“ Slinky ”), an Alberta unlimited company controlled by Mr. Wilson, will receive a number of shares of Company Common Stock that is equal to the number of shares of Company Common Stock that is set forth for Mr. Wilson or Slinky in the final prospectus for the Offering, and (ii) the remainder will be issued as Exchangeable Shares to the LIPO Canada Holders with respect to all other LIPO Canada shares then outstanding, in proportion to their relative ownership of LIPO Canada Common Shares.
          (b) Contemporaneously with the transactions contemplated by Section 1.2(a), as provided in the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement, each holder of Exchangeable Shares shall purchase a number of Special Voting Shares that is equal to the number of Exchangeable Shares issued to such holder at the Reorganization Effective Time. The aggregate purchase price for all Special Voting Shares issued pursuant to this Section 1.2(b) shall be Cdn$1,000.00. The purchase price payable by each purchaser of Special Voting Shares shall be such purchaser’s pro rata share of such aggregate purchase price. The Special Voting Shares shall be uncertificated.
          (c) Upon issuance at the Reorganization Effective Time, all of the Exchangeable Shares issued by Canadian Holding pursuant to this Agreement, the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement and all of the Special Voting Shares issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement shall be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

-5-


 

     1.3. Lululemon Callco ULC. Any time prior to the amalgamation contemplated by Section 1.5, the Company will contribute the shares of Canadian Holding it holds to Callco. The authorized capital of Callco will consist of redeemable preferred shares and common shares having such rights, designations and preferences and issued in such amount and purchase prices as shall be determined by the Board and the board of directors of Callco.
     1.4. Option Exchanges. Five minutes following the completion of the transactions contemplated by Section 1.2,
          (a) each option to purchase shares of USA Common Stock then outstanding shall be exchanged for an option to purchase a number shares of Company Common Stock equal to the number of shares of USA Common Stock set forth in the option agreement governing such option multiplied by the USA Percentage, at an adjusted exercise price equal to the exercise price set forth in such option agreement, divided by the USA Percentage, and the parties hereby determine that (i) the fair market value of the shares of Company Common Stock underlying such new option minus the aggregate exercise price under such new option does not exceed (ii) the fair market value of the shares of USA Common Stock underlying the options to purchase shares of USA Common Stock immediately before the exchange, minus the aggregate exercise price under such exchanged option to purchase USA Common Stock; and
          (b) each option to purchase LAI Class C Shares then outstanding shall be exchanged for an option to purchase a number shares of Company Common Stock equal to the number of LAI Class C Shares set forth in the option agreement governing such option multiplied by the LAI Percentage, at an adjusted exercise price equal to the exercise price set forth in such option agreement, divided by the LAI Percentage, and the parties hereby determine that (i) the fair market value of the shares of Company Common Stock underlying such new option minus the aggregate exercise price under such new option does not exceed (ii) the fair market value of the LAI Class C Shares underlying the options to purchase LAI Class C Shares immediately before the exchange, minus the aggregate exercise price under such exchanged option to purchase LAI Class C Shares.
The following is an example of the foregoing option share amount and exercise price adjustments. This example is provided for illustration purposes only. Assume that a hypothetical holder holds an option to acquire 5,000 shares of USA Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.21 per share and an option to acquire 5,000 LAI Class C Shares at an exercise price of $1.18 per share and that the USA Percentage and LAI Percentage is 15% and 85%, respectively. Based on the foregoing, upon completion of the Reorganization, (a) the option to acquire 5,000 shares of USA Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.21 per share would become an option to acquire 750 shares of Company Common Stock (i.e., 5,000 x 0.15) at an adjusted exercise price of $1.40 (i.e., $0.21 / 0.15), and (b) the option to acquire 5,000 LAI Class C Shares at an exercise price of $1.18 per share would become an option to acquire 4,250 shares of Company Common Stock (i.e., 5,000 x 0.85) at an adjusted exercise price of $1.39 (i.e., $1.18 / 0.85, or $1.39).
          (c) The Company, LAI and USA will use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the written acknowledgement of all holders of options to purchase shares of USA Common Stock and all holders of options to purchase LAI Class C Shares, pursuant to which such holders acknowledge that at the Reorganization Effective Time, pursuant to this Agreement and the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, such holders’ options to purchase shares of USA Common Stock and options to purchase LAI Class C Shares will be exchanged for options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock in the manner described in this Section 1.4, without any further act or formality on the part of such holders.

-6-


 

     1.5. Amalgamation. Five minutes following the completion of the transactions contemplated by Section 1.4, Canadian Holding and LIPO Canada will be amalgamated pursuant to Sections 273 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). The amalgamation contemplated by this Section 1.5 shall be completed prior to the IPO Closing.
     1.6. Allocation of Assets. The portion of the Company’s total fair market value that is attributable to the fair market value of USA (the “ USA Percentage ”), and the portion of the Company’s total fair market value that is attributable to the fair market value of LAI (the “ LAI Percentage ”), will each be expressed as a percentage, with the sum of the two adding to 100%. As soon as reasonably practicable after the execution of this Agreement, the Company will allocate the relative contribution to the Company’s total fair market value by USA and LAI. Any determination of such allocation will be made by the Board, in its discretion, in consultation with and on information provided by, the Company’s employees and advisors. The parties hereto agree that this Section 1.5 does not impose any obligation on the Company, USA or LAI to obtain a valuation report with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or either of the LIPO Entities.
     1.7. Fractional Shares. In the event that a fractional number of shares of capital stock is issuable as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by Sections 1.1 or 1.2, such fractional number shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. Any rounding required in respect of the transactions undertaken in Section 1.3 shall be effected to preserve the deferred exchange contemplated by subsection 7(1.4) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
     1.8. Adjustments. The class and number of any shares referred to in this Agreement will be adjusted equitably (without duplication) for any change in the class of or any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares resulting from stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, consolidations, mergers, reclassifications, recapitalizations or other similar transactions that take place after the date hereof and prior to the Closing. Any adjustments required in respect of the transactions undertaken in Section 1.3 shall be effected to preserve the deferred exchange contemplated by subsection 7(1.4) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
     1.9. Deliveries. At least three (3) business days prior to the Reorganization Effective Time, each Investor, Slinky and Mr. Wilson, in his individual capacity and in his capacity as trustee of the other LIPO Canada Holders, shall deliver to the Company and Canadian Holding stock certificates representing the capital stock tendered by such Investor, Slinky or Mr. Wilson, as the case may be, pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.2, along with duly endorsed stock powers, if required. At the Reorganization Effective Time, the Company and Canadian Holding shall issue to each Person whose certificates have been tendered certificates evidencing the number of shares of Company Common Stock and Exchangeable Shares held of record by such Person after giving effect to the Reorganization and the Stock Split.
     1.10. Failure to Deliver Shares. If a holder of shares of capital stock of the Company, LAI, USA or LIPO Canada (the “ Transferring Holder ”) fails to deliver its shares of capital stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, each of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries may, at its option, in addition to all other remedies it may have, send to the Transferring Holder the stock certificates for the shares of capital stock for which such Transferring Holder is entitled to pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and cancel on its books the stock certificate(s) representing such shares of capital stock. The Transferring Holder failing to deliver share certificates in accordance with this Agreement shall reimburse the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with the enforcement of obligations under this Agreement or utilizing the remedies set forth in this Section 1.10.

-7-


 

     1.11. Closing. In the event the Closing does not occur, the parties hereto agree to cooperate and work in good faith to execute and deliver such agreements and consents and amend such documents as may be necessary to re-establish the rights, preferences and privileges that the holders of capital stock and options in the Company, LAI, USA, LIPO Canada and LIPO USA had prior to the consummation of the Reorganization, taking into consideration applicable tax rules and regulations and all other relevant factors that the parties hereto may determine in light of current facts and circumstances.
Article 2
Consents to Transactions and Effect of Offering
     2.1. Consent of Investors and LIPO Holders. Each of the Investors and LIPO Holders hereby voluntarily:
          (a) approves and instructs the Company to effect, the Offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the Securities Act filed with the SEC on Form S-1;
          (b) agrees that notwithstanding the terms of the Company Stockholders Agreement, the Offering shall be deemed and treated as, a “Qualified IPO” for purposes of the Company Stockholders Agreement, regardless of whether the Company receives gross cash proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of less than US$75 million; and
          (c) approves and adopts (to the extent applicable to such person) the Reorganization and the form, terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement and all of the transactions contemplated herein and therein.
     2.2. Consent of Lulu Canadian Holding and LIPO Canada. Lulu Canadian Holding and LIPO Canada, being the only shareholders of LAI, hereby approve and adopt the Reorganization and the form, terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement and all of the transactions contemplated herein and therein.
     2.3. Amendment to and Termination of Company Stockholder Agreement.
          (a) Upon execution of this Agreement, the matters set forth in Section 2.1(b) shall have been approved by (i) the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding Company Series A Preferred Stock, and (ii) the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding Company Series TS Preferred Stock. Such holders and the Company agree that the Company Stockholders Agreement is hereby amended to the extent provided in Section 2.1(b), effective as of the date of this Agreement.
          (b) Pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Company Stockholders Agreement, effective as of the Closing, the Stockholders Agreement shall automatically terminate and shall not be of any force or effect thereafter.
     2.4. Termination of Other Stockholder Agreements. Pursuant to Section 7.1 of USA’s Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 5, 2005 (“ USA Stockholders Agreement ”) and Section 8.1 of LAI’s Shareholders Agreement dated as of December 5, 2005 (“ LAI Shareholders Agreement ”), the USA Stockholders Agreement and LAI Shareholders Agreement, respectively, shall automatically terminate and shall not be of any force or effect thereafter, effective as of the Reorganization Effective Time.
     2.5. Termination of Stock Purchase Agreement Provisions. Section 7.5 of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 5, 2005 by and among LAI, Canadian Holding, Mr. Wilson, certain of the Investors and certain other parties (the “ Canadian Stock Purchase Agreement ”) and Section

-8-


 

7.5 of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 5, 2005 by and among the Company, USA, Mr. Wilson, certain of the Investors and certain other parties (the “ USA Stock Purchase Agreement ”), relating to access to financial reports and other information, shall automatically terminate and shall not be of any force or effect thereafter, effective as of the Reorganization Effective Time. Section 7.6 of the Canadian Stock Purchase Agreement and Section 7.9 of the USA Stock Purchase Agreement, relating to insurance, shall automatically terminate and shall not be of any force or effect thereafter, effective as of the Reorganization Effective Time. Section 7.4 of the USA Stock Purchase Agreement, relating to the composition of the board of directors of USA, shall automatically terminate and shall not be of any force or effect thereafter, effective as of the Reorganization Effective Time.
Article 3
Representations and Warranties of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     Each of the Company, LAI, USA and Canadian Holding (each, a “ Lululemon Entity ”) hereby, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants, covenants, agrees and acknowledges to the Investors the following to be true and correct in all respects as to itself:
     3.1. Organization and Standing. Such Lululemon Entity is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to carry on its respective business and operations.
     3.2. Authority.
          (a) Such Lululemon Entity has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Lululemon Entity and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lululemon Entity, enforceable in accordance with its terms except as enforcement may be limited by insolvency, bankruptcy, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and except as enforcement may be limited by principles of equity (collectively, the “ Enforceability Exceptions ”). Except as set forth in Section 3.3, no other action is required to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation by such Lululemon Entity of the transactions contemplated hereby.
          (b) With respect to the Company, subject to the approval of the Preferred Super Majority, the approval of the holders of the Company Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and the approval of the holders of the Company Series TS Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, all corporate acts and other proceedings required to be taken by or on the part of the Company to authorize the Company to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement have been duly and properly taken.
     3.3. Non-Contravention, etc. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or will constitute, result in or give rise to any material breach or violation of, or any material default or right or material cause of action under, any material contractual obligation, the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or similar governing documents of such Lululemon Entity or any of its subsidiaries as in effect on the date hereof, any laws, orders, decrees, awards or orders of any court or governmental entity to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject. Except for (a) such filings as may be required by Delaware General Corporate Law and applicable laws of British Columbia in connection with the Reorganization and the Offering and the filings required by the SEC and market regulatory bodies in connection with the Offering, (b) the approvals set forth in the Arrangement Agreement, and (c) the approval of the Company’s stockholders under the Original Certificate of Incorporation and the Company Stockholders

-9-


 

Agreement, no approval, consent, waiver, authorization or other order of, and no declaration, filing, registration, qualification or recording with, any governmental authority or any other Person is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of such Lululemon Entity in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by such Lululemon Entity.
     3.4. Capitalization.
          (a) Company . The Company hereby makes the following representations:
               (i) As of the date of this Agreement, the Company is authorized to issue 40,750,000 shares of capital stock, of which (A) 35,000,000 shares have been designated as Company Common Stock, and (B) 5,750,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Of such shares of preferred stock, 250,000 shares have been designated as Company Series A Preferred Stock, 250,000 shares have been dated as Company Series B Preferred Stock, 250,000 shares have been designated as Company Series TS Preferred Stock and 5,000,000 shares have not been designated any class or series of preferred stock. As of the date of this Agreement, the Company’s issued and outstanding capital stock consists of 108,495 shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock and 116,994 shares of Company Series TS Preferred Stock. As of the date of this Agreement, no shares of Company Series B Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly and validly issued and outstanding and are fully paid and nonassessable.
               (ii) There are no other shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the Company outstanding and no outstanding Equity Rights relating to the capital stock of the Company. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, no Person has any Equity Right with respect to capital stock or other equity securities of the Company.
               (iii) Upon issuance at the Closing, all of the shares of Company Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.2 will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
          (b) USA . USA hereby makes the following representations:
               (i) As of the date of this Agreement, USA is authorized to issue 10,232,296 shares of capital stock, of which (i) 10,000,000 shares have been designated as USA Common Stock, and (ii) 232,296 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. Of such shares of preferred stock, 222,296 shares have been designated as USA Participating Preferred Stock and 10,000 shares have been designated as USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock. As of the date of this Agreement, USA’s issued and outstanding capital stock consists of 222,296 shares of USA Participating Preferred Stock, 10,000 shares of USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock and options to purchase 1,897,000 shares of USA Common Stock. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly and validly issued and outstanding and are fully paid and nonassessable.
               (ii) Except for the options described in Section 3.4(b)(i) or as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, (A) there are no other shares of capital stock or other equity securities of USA outstanding and no outstanding Equity Rights relating to the capital stock of USA, and (B) no Person has any Equity Right with respect to capital stock or other equity securities of USA.
          (c) LAI . LAI hereby makes the following representations:
               (i) As of the date of this Agreement, LAI is authorized to issue an unlimited number of LAI Class A Common Shares, LAI Class B Common Shares and LAI Class C

-10-


 

Common Shares. As of the date of this Agreement, LAI’s issued and outstanding capital stock consists of 106,702 LAI Class A Shares, 115,594 LAI Class B Shares and options to purchase 1,897,000 shares of LAI Class C Shares. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly and validly issued and outstanding and are fully paid and nonassessable.
               (ii) Except for the options described in Section 3.4(b)(i) as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, (A) there are no other shares of capital stock or other equity securities of LAI outstanding and no outstanding Equity Rights relating to the capital stock of LAI, and (B) no Person has any Equity Right with respect to capital stock or other equity securities of LAI.
Article 4
Representations and Warranties of Investors
     Each Investor, severally and not jointly with the other Investors, hereby represents, warrants, covenants, agrees and acknowledges to the Company the following to be true and correct in all respects as to itself:
     4.1. Authorization. If the Investor is a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, (a) the Investor has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) the execution and delivery by the Investor of this Agreement and the consummation by the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance of the Investor of its obligations hereunder have been duly and validly authorized by the Investor by all necessary action, and (c) no other action is required to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation by the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby. If the Investor is an individual, the Investor has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform his or her obligations hereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
     4.2. Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Investor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Investor enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by insolvency, bankruptcy, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and except as enforcement may be limited by principles of equity.
     4.3. Non-Contravention, etc. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or will constitute, result in or give rise to any material breach or violation of, or any material default or right or material cause of action under, any material contractual obligation or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement or other organizational documents of the Investor or any legal requirement applicable to the Investor. Assuming the accuracy of the representations set forth in Sections 3.3 and 8.5 and compliance with the agreements contained herein, no approval, consent, waiver, authorization or other order of, and no declaration, filing, registration, qualification or recording with, any governmental authority or any other Investor, including, without limitation, any Investor to any contractual obligation of the Investor, is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of the Investor in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the Investor.
     4.4. Title to Shares. The Investor is the record and beneficial owner of the shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series TS Preferred Stock and USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 4.4 hereto and has good, marketable and valid title to such shares, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances other than those transfer restrictions

-11-


 

created by applicable under the Securities Act and Applicable Laws, the Company Stockholder Agreement and the USA Stockholder Agreement.
     4.5. Review of S-1 and Business and Records. The Investor has received a draft of the Company’s Registration Statement, dated as of April 24, 2007. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, such Investor and its advisers have been provided with full and free access and opportunity to inspect, review, examine and inquire about the Company’s Registration Statement, dated as of April 24, 2007 and all books, records and information (financial or otherwise) of the Company, its business and affairs, and such Investor and its advisers have made such inspection, review, examination and inquiry as they have deemed appropriate; and the Investor and its advisers have been offered the opportunity to ask such questions and obtain such additional information concerning the Company and its business and affairs as each Investor and its advisers have requested so as to understand the nature of the investment in the Company Common Stock and to verify the accuracy of the information obtained as a result of their investigation.
4.6.   Securities Laws.
          (a) The Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, and if the Investor is an entity, has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the shares of Company Stock pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) The Investor understands and acknowledges that its shares of Company Common Stock will not be registered under the Securities Act or any other Applicable Laws, except as provided in Section 6.2, and are being offered in transactions not requiring registration (or any equivalent thereof) under the Securities Act or any other Applicable Laws, and may not be offered, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed except (i) in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other Applicable Laws or pursuant to an exemption therefrom or in a transaction not subject thereto, (ii) the Company has received an opinion from its counsel that the proposed sale, transfer or disposition does not require registration under the Securities Act or any other Applicable Laws, or (iii) as set forth in Section 8.5.
          (c) The Investor acknowledges and agrees that each share certificate evidencing shares of Company Common Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement (unless issued pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and any share certificate issued in replacement thereof, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with appropriate legends reflecting restrictions on transferability in accordance with the Applicable Laws, and transfer restrictions of like effect will be provided by the Company and its transfer agent, and the Investor acknowledges and agrees to such legends, transfer agent instructions and transfer restrictions, on behalf of such Investor and each subsequent Permitted Transferee of such Investor.
          (d) The shares of Company Common Stock to be acquired in accordance with this Agreement are being acquired by such Investor for investment and not as a nominee or agent for the benefit of any other person, and such Investor has no current intention of distributing, reselling or assigning the Company Common Stock in violation of the Securities Act.
          (e) The Investor is aware that: (i) an investment in the Company involves a high degree of risk, lack of liquidity and substantial restrictions on transferability of interest; and (ii) no Federal or state agency has made any finding or determination as to the fairness for investment by the public, nor has made any recommendation or endorsement, of the Company Common Stock.
          (f) The Investor or his, her or its representatives, as the case may be, together with its advisers, have such knowledge and experience in financial, tax, and business matters,

-12-


 

and, in particular, investments in securities, so as to enable them to utilize the information made available to them in connection with the Company Common Stock to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Company Common Stock and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.
     4.7. No Reliance. Except with respect to the matters set forth in Section 8.5, the Investor is not relying on the Company or any of its employees or agents with respect to the legal, tax, economic and related considerations of an investment in the Company Common Stock, and the Investor has relied on the advice of, or have consulted with, only its own advisers with respect to such matters.
     4.8. Representations of Dennis Wilson. For purposes of this Article 4, Mr. Wilson shall be deemed to be an Investor and is making the representations set forth in this Article 4 with respect to himself in all respects as if he were an Investor.
Article 5
Representations and Warranties of LIPO Entities and LIPO Holders
     Each of the LIPO Entities and LIPO Canada Holders, jointly and severally, represent, warrant, covenant, agree and acknowledge to the Company the following to be true and correct in all respects. These representations, warranties and covenants made by Mr. Wilson under this Article 5 are in addition to the representations, warranties and covenants made by Mr. Wilson in Article 4.
     5.1. Organization and Standing. LIPO Canada is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business and operations.
     5.2. Authority. LIPO Canada has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Arrangement Agreement and, subject to obtaining the necessary shareholder and option holder approvals as contemplated by the Arrangement Agreement, LIPO Canada has full corporate power and authority to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the Arrangement Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by LIPO Canada and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of LIPO Canada, enforceable in accordance with its terms except as enforcement may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions. No other action is required to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Arrangement Agreement, and the consummation by LIPO Canada of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than as set forth in the Arrangement Agreement.
5.3. Non-Contravention, etc. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Arrangement Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does or will constitute, result in or give rise to any material breach or violation of, or any material default or right or material cause of action under, any material contractual obligation, the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or similar governing documents of LIPO Canada as in effect on the date hereof, any laws, orders, decrees, awards or orders of any court or governmental entity to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject. Except as set forth in the Arrangement Agreement, no approval, consent, waiver, authorization or other order of, and no declaration, filing, registration, qualification or recording with, any governmental authority or any other Person is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of LIPO Canada in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Plan of Arrangement and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby by LIPO Canada.

-13-


 

     5.4. Capital Stock of LIPO Canada.
          (a) As of the date of this Agreement, LIPO Canada is authorized to issue an unlimited number of LIPO Canada Common Shares, of which 117,000,362 LIPO Canada Common Shares are issued and outstanding, and has 10,746,250 LIPO Canada Options issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding Common Shares are duly and validly issued and outstanding and are fully paid and nonassessable.
          (b) Except for the options described in Section 5.4(a) or as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, (i) there are no other shares of capital stock or other equity securities of LIPO Canada outstanding and no outstanding Equity Rights relating to the capital stock of LIPO Canada, and (ii) no Person has any Equity Right for the purchase, subscription or issuance of any securities of LIPO Canada.
     5.5. Liabilities; Litigation. LIPO Canada does not have any Liabilities, except liabilities or obligations relating to the LIPO Canada Stock Option Plan. There is no Litigation pending or, to the knowledge of Mr. Wilson, threatened against LIPO Canada at law or in equity before any governmental authority which questions the validity or seeks to prevent the consummation of this Agreement or the Plan of Arrangement by LIPO Canada or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
     5.6. Regulation S.
          (a) Each LIPO Holder acknowledges and agrees that each share certificate evidencing the Special Voting Shares and Exchangeable Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Arrangement Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement, and each share certificate evidencing shares of Company Common Stock issued upon exchange of any Exchangeable Share (unless issued pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and any share certificate issued in replacement thereof, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with the legends in substantially the form below and transfer restrictions of like effect will be provided by the Company and Canadian Holding to their respective transfer agents, and each LIPO Holder acknowledges and agrees to such legends, transfer agent instructions and transfer restrictions, on behalf of such LIPO Holder and each subsequent Permitted Transferee of such LIPO Holder:
THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF OR DISTRIBUTED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF U.S. PERSONS UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, REOFFER, SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, ENCUMBER OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF OR DISTRIBUTE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY THESE SECURITIES IN THE UNITED STATES, ITS TERRITORIES, POSSESSIONS, OR AREAS SUBJECT TO ITS JURISDICTION, OR TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR A SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY, (B) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

-14-


 

FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR (D) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S, INCLUDING RULES 904 AND 905 THEREOF. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF FURTHER AGREES THAT ANY HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES WILL BE CONDUCTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED THAT THE COMPANY, THE TRANSFER AGENT, AND THE REGISTRAR SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE DELIVERY OF A CERTIFICATION OF TRANSFER AND OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM SATISFACTORY TO THEM. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
          (b) Each of the LIPO Holders understands and acknowledges that the Exchangeable Shares, Special Voting Shares and shares of Company Common Stock issued upon exchange of any Exchangeable Share have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, are being offered in transactions not requiring registration under the Securities Act or any other securities laws, and may not be offered, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law or pursuant to an exemption therefrom or in a transaction not subject thereto.
          (c) Each LIPO Holder represents and warrants that at the time the commitment to purchase the Exchangeable Shares and the Special Voting Shares was originated, he, she or it was outside the United States and was not a U.S. person (and was not acquiring for the account or benefit of a U.S. person) within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act. No offer to purchase the Exchangeable Shares or the Special Voting Shares was made by such LIPO Holder in the United States.
          (d) Each LIPO Holder is acquiring the Exchangeable Shares and Special Voting Shares for his or its own account, or for one or more persons for whom he or it is acting as a fiduciary, trustee or agent, in each case for investment, and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within its or their control and subject to its or their ability to resell the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor pursuant to Rule 144, Regulation S or any other exemption from registration available under the Securities Act.
          (e) Each LIPO Holder agrees on his, her or its own behalf and on behalf of any person for whom it is acquiring the Exchangeable Shares and the Special Voting Shares, and each subsequent permitted transferee of the Exchangeable Shares and the Special Voting Shares by its acceptance thereof will be deemed to have agreed, that all subsequent offers and sales of the Special Voting Shares, the Exchangeable Shares and shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor shall be made only (i) to the Company or a subsidiary thereof, (ii) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (iii) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the

-15-


 

Securities Act and in compliance with Rules 904 and 905 thereunder, or (iv) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
          (f) Each LIPO Holder represents and agrees on his, her or its behalf and on behalf of any person for whom he or it is acquiring the Special Voting Shares, the Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, and each subsequent permitted transferee of the Special Voting Shares, the Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, by his, her or its acceptance thereof, will be deemed to have agreed, that (i) no subscription, resale or other transfer of the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor has been arranged to return the Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor to the U.S. securities markets or to a U.S. citizen or resident, and (ii) any hedging transaction involving the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor will be conducted only in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act.
          (g) Each LIPO Holder acknowledges, and each subsequent permitted transferee will be deemed to have acknowledged, (i) that the Company, Canadian Holding and their transfer agents reserve the right, prior to any offer, sale or other transfer of the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, to require delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company, Canadian Holding and their respective transfer agents, (ii) that each certificate evidencing the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor will contain a legend substantially as set forth in Section 5.6(a) and (iii) that the foregoing restrictions apply to holders of beneficial interests in the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, as well as to record holders of the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor.
          (h) Each LIPO Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, Lulu Canadian Holding and their respective transfer agents will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor by such LIPO Holder, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company, Canadian Holding and their transfer agents of compliance with the restrictions set forth in this agreement.
          (i) Each LIPO Holder acknowledges that the Company, Canadian Holding and their respective Affiliates and transfer agents and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements and agrees that if any of the acknowledgments, representations or agreements deemed to have been made by its purchase of the Exchangeable Shares and the Special Voting Shares are no longer accurate, it shall promptly notify the Company. If such LIPO Holder is acquiring the Exchangeable Shares and the Special Voting Shares as a fiduciary or agent for one or more other persons, such LIPO Holder represents that he or it has sole investment discretion with respect to such shares and it has full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on behalf of each such other person; and that each such other person is eligible to purchase the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, as applicable.
          (j) Each LIPO Holder agrees that he or it will give to each person to whom he or it transfers the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares, or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, notice of any restrictions on transfer of such security.

-16-


 

          (k) Each LIPO Holder understands that no United States or U.S. state agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Exchangeable Shares or the Special Voting Shares.
          (l) Each LIPO Holder has satisfied himself, herself or itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with the acquisition of the Special Voting Shares and Exchangeable Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within his, her or its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, and any sale or transfer thereof, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor. Each LIPO Holder’s acquisition of and payment for, and its continued ownership of the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of its jurisdiction.
          (m) Each LIPO Holder and his or its representatives have been solely responsible for such LIPO Holder’s own due diligence investigation of the Company and its subsidiaries including, Canadian Holding, and their management and business, for his or its own analysis of the merits and risks of this investment, and for his or its own analysis of the fairness and desirability of the terms of the investment. No LIPO Holder has relied on any representations or other information (whether oral or written) from the Company or any of its agents or affiliates other than as specifically set forth in this Agreement or the Arrangement Agreement, and no oral or written representations have been made or oral or written information furnished to the LIPO Holder or his or its advisors in connection with this Agreement which were in any way inconsistent with this Agreement or the Arrangement Agreement. In taking any action or performing any role relative to the arranging of the proposed acquisition of the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor, each LIPO Holder has acted solely in his or its own interest and those of any other person for whom such LIPO Holder is acquiring the Special Voting Shares, Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock issued in exchange therefor as a fiduciary, trustee or agent, and no LIPO Holder or any of his, her or its representatives has acted as an agent of the Company or its subsidiaries. Each LIPO Holder has carefully considered and has, to the extent such LIPO Holder believes such discussion necessary, discussed with his or its professional legal, tax and financial advisers the suitability of an acquisition of securities in the Company and Lulu Canadian Holding for such LIPO Holder’s particular tax and financial situation. Each LIPO Holder recognizes that an investment in the Company and its subsidiaries involves certain risks, and such LIPO Holder has taken full cognizance of and understands all of the risk factors relating to the Company, the Special Voting Shares and the Exchangeable Shares.
     5.7. Authority as Trustee. Except as set forth in the Arrangement Agreement, Mr. Wilson has all requisite power and authority to (a) act as agent and trustee of the shareholders of the LIPO Entities and to transfer shares of capital stock of LIPO Canada held by such shareholders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Plan of Arrangement and the Arrangement Agreement, and (b) on behalf of the shareholders of LIPO Entities, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Arrangement Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Mr. Wilson, on behalf of the shareholders of the LIPO Entities, of this Agreement and the Arrangement Agreement and the consummation by the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance of Mr. Wilson, on behalf of the LIPO Entities, of the LIPO Entities obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action. Except as set forth in the Arrangement Agreement, no other action is required for Mr. Wilson to

-17-


 

execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Arrangement Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, in each case, on behalf of the LIPO Canada shareholders.
Article 6
Registration Rights
     6.1. Registration Rights Agreement. Each of the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Original Registration Rights Agreement does not apply to the Offering nor does the Original Registration Rights Agreement provide any Person with registration rights in connection with the Offering. The parties hereto agree that the only registration rights with respect to the Offering are set forth in Section 6.2 and that such registration rights shall only be extended to the persons whose name appears on Schedule 6.2 (collectively, the “ Participating Holders ”).
     6.2. Registration Rights with Respect to the Offering.
          (a) Agreement to Register Shares . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6.2, the Company agrees to include, as shares to be sold under the Registration Statement, a portion of the Stockholder Shares. Each Participating Holder hereby requests that the Company register the number, or dollar value, of Stockholder Shares set forth opposite its name on Schedule 6.2, subject to Section 6.2(b). Without regard to whether Schedule 6.2 reflects a number or dollar value of Stockholder Shares to be registered, the number of shares (including the number of shares represented by any indicated dollar value) to be included in the Registration Statement remains subject to the sole discretion of the lead co-managing underwriters of the Offering (the “ Underwriters ”), to decrease such number at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, in the manner set forth in Section 6.2(b).
          (b) Priority of Registration Rights . If the Underwriters inform the Company (an “ Incidental Cutback Notice ”) that, in their opinion, the total amount of Stockholder Shares to be included in the Offering exceeds the number which can be sold in the Offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Company Common Stock (the foregoing, an “ Underwriter Cutback Condition ”), then the Company shall include in such registration only the number of Stockholder Shares which, in the good faith opinion of the Underwriters can be included without having such an adverse effect, selected in the following order:
               (i) first , the Stockholder Shares requested to be included by the Participating Holders pursuant to this Section 6.2 allocated pro rata based on the number of Stockholder Shares owned by such Participating Holder as a percentage of the number of Stockholder Shares held by all Participating Holders seeking to participate in such registration; and
               (ii) second , securities, if any, requested to be included by the Company in such registration;
provided, however , in no event shall any particular Participating Holder be permitted to include in such registration any Stockholder Shares in excess of the number of Stockholder Shares which such Participating Holder originally sought to include in such registration.
          (c) Conditions to Company’s Registration Obligations . In addition to the condition set forth in Section 6.2(d), the obligations of the Company to include the Stockholder Shares of any Participating Holder in the Registration Statement are expressly subject to the following conditions:

-18-


 

               (i) such Participating Holder shall become a party to the underwriting agreement by and among the Company, the underwriters who are parties thereto and the other Participating Holders for the Offering;
               (ii) such Participating Holder cooperates with the Company and the Underwriters as requested by the Company and/or Underwriters in connection with the Registration Statement and the Offering, including, without limitation, providing such information as is requested by them for inclusion in the Registration Statement and executing such agreements, acknowledgments and certificates as are customary in transactions of this type; and
               (iii) the Registration Statement is not withdrawn and/or the Offering is not completed for any reason.
          (d) Agreement of Underwriters . The obligations of the Company and the rights of the Participating Holders under this Section 6.2 are expressly conditioned on the consent and agreement of the Underwriters to include the Stockholder Shares in the Offering. In the event that the Underwriters determine, in their sole discretion, not to include the Stockholder Shares in the Offering, the Company’s obligations under this Section 6.2 shall cease and be of no further force or effect.
          (e) Registration Fees and Expenses .
               (i) The Company shall pay all of the expenses incurred in connection with its compliance with this Section 6.2, including (A) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or the NASD, (B) all fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel in connection with any survey of state securities or “blue sky” laws and the preparation of any memorandum thereon, (C) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses related to the preparation by the Company of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein, agreements with underwriters, and any other ancillary agreements, certificates or documents arising out of or related to the foregoing (including expenses of printing certificates for shares of the Company Common Stock in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses), (D) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company, and (E) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of shares of Company Common Stock on any securities exchange, Nasdaq, New York Stock Exchange, Toronto Stock Exchange or other trading medium. In addition, in all cases the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company. In addition, the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel of each of the Participating Holders.
               (ii) Each Participating Holder shall be responsible for all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the sale of its Stockholder Shares.
          (f) Indemnification . The indemnification provisions of Section 2.7 of the Original Registration Rights Agreement are incorporated herein by reference as if such section was stated herein in its entirety and shall apply to the Offering and be binding on the Company and the Participating Holders. All references in Section 2.7 of the Original Registration Rights Agreement to “Holder” or “holder” shall be read as a reference to “Participating Holder” and all references therein to “Registrable Securities” shall be a reference to “Stockholder Shares”.

-19-


 

          (g) Non-Transferability . The rights and obligations of the Participating Holder under this Section 6.2 may not be transferred or assigned without the written agreement of the Company, other than to a Permitted Transferee.
     6.3. No Other Registration Rights. Each of the Participating Holders acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s agreement to register the Stockholder Shares pursuant to Section 6.2 does not create any further right of the Participating Holder to have any of its shares registered in any subsequent registration of the offer and sale of Company securities under the Securities Act (whether in an offering by the Company or for the account of any Company securityholder) except as set forth in the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Restated Registration Rights Agreement ”) which shall be entered into as of the Reorganization Effective Time. Each of the Participating Holders has executed and delivered the Restated Registration Rights Agreement to the Company to be held in escrow and released upon completion of the Reorganization. Upon completion of the Reorganization, the Company shall release the executed signature pages of the Participating Holders to the Restated Registration Rights Agreement and deliver a fully executed copy of the Registration Rights Agreement to each of the Participating Holders. The Company and each of the Participating Holders agree that, effective as of the Reorganization Effective Time, the Restated Registration Rights Agreement shall (i) supersede the Original Registration Rights Agreement, and (ii) govern the registration rights of the Participating Holders.
     6.4. Registration Rights with Respect to Exchangeable Shares. The Company hereby agrees that following the date on which the Company is eligible to file a Shelf Registration Statement, it shall file a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the shares of Company Common Stock that are issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares for the benefit of holders of Exchangeable Shares. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as expeditiously as reasonably possible thereafter. To the extent permitted by SEC rules, regulation and policy, the Shelf Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be filed as a primary Shelf Registration Statement relating to the issuance of the Company Common Stock that are issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares. If the Company is not permitted by SEC rules, regulations and policy to file a primary Shelf Registration Statement, then the Shelf Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be filed as a secondary Shelf Registration Statement relating to the resale of Company Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares (“ Resale Registration Statement ”). Any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be for the benefit of holders of Exchangeable Shares which are issued pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement and shall include the shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the exchange of such holders’ Exchangeable Shares. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable for so long as there are any Exchangeable Shares that were issued in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement are issued and outstanding; provided, however , the Company’s obligation to maintain the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall terminate with respect to any shares of Company Common Stock covered thereby upon the earlier of (a) the date on which all of such shares of Company Common Stock have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or withdrawn from registration, (b) in the case of a Resale Registration Statement, the date on which the shares of Company Common Stock may be sold within a three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and (c) the date on which the Company Common Stock is no longer registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. The Company’s obligation to file a Resale Shelf Registration Statement as provided in this Section 6.4 with respect to each holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be subject to the condition that each such holder agree in writing to limit the volume of public sales of such shares to the number of shares which such holder would have been permitted to sell under Rule 144 if the shares being sold were “control securities” under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

-20-


 

Article 7
Covenants Relating to Public Company Status
     7.1. Market Stand-Off.
          (a) Each of the Investors and LIPO Holders hereby agrees that, in connection with any underwritten registration of any Stockholder Shares under the Securities Act, including the Offering, such investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer (including through short-sales, hedging or similar transactions) any Stockholder Shares (a “ Holdback ”) during the period specified by the Board; provided, however , such period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (but, with respect to the Offering, subject to extension on the same terms as the provision for extension contained in the Lock-Up Agreement) following the effective date of the applicable registration statement filed under the Securities Act (the “ Market Standoff Period ”); provided, further , to be effective, such Holdback shall apply to all members of the Board during the same Market Standoff Period. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Stockholder Shares subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.
          (b) In addition, if requested by any managing underwriter or book runner of any such offering (the “ Managing Underwriter ”), each Holder will execute and deliver such documents, agreements and instruments as the Managing Underwriter shall reasonably require to enable the Underwriter to obtain the benefit of the Holdback during the Market Standoff Period so long as all investors owning at least five percent (5%) of the stock of the Company and all members of the Board enter into substantially the same documents, agreements and instruments in favor of the Managing Underwriter.
          (c) In connection with the foregoing, each of the Investors and LIPO Holders hereby appoints Advent as its attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver all documents, agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by such investor, and to take all actions to be taken by such investor, in each case in connection with effecting any Holdback.
     7.2. Lock-Up Agreements; Stop Transfer Instructions.
          (a) As soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, but prior to the Reorganization Effective Time, each of the Investors and Wilson Related Investors hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, the Investors and Wilson Related Investors (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), pursuant to which each of them will be bound by certain restrictions on the sale or distribution of capital stock of the Company. Mr. Wilson shall cause each Wilson Related Investor to sign the Lock-Up Agreement at such time.
          (b) During the six month period after the Closing, the Company will not, without the consent of each of Advent, Highland and Mr. Wilson include in any Registration any shares of capital stock held by any shareholder of the Company.
          (c) Upon the Closing, the Company shall require that the transfer agent for the Company Common Stock make a notation in its records prohibiting the transfer of any shares of Company Common Stock held by the Investors and certain other shareholders for the period set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”). During the Lock-Up Period, the Company shall not, without the prior consent of Underwriters, instruct the transfer agent to remove the notation in its records relating to the prohibition on transfer of any shares of the Company Common Stock, or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Company Common Stock, that are subject to the Lock-Up Agreement and currently or hereafter owned by any Investor or Wilson Related Investor. At the Closing, each Investor and Wilson Related Investor agrees to surrender to the Company each certificate representing shares of Company Common Stock and each certificate representing Exchangeable Shares in order to effectuate the provisions of this Section 7.2(c).

-21-


 

     7.3. Reporting Obligations. Each Investor and Wilson Related Investor shall be responsible for filing and for the content of his, her or its reports relating to the securities of the Company as may be required under Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act (“ Reports ”) and any other Applicable Laws. Except as the Company may determine to be necessary based on a written opinion of counsel, the Company will not take any position contrary to the determinations underlying the Reports of the Investors and Wilson Related Investors (including any determination by any Investor or Wilson Related Investor that the filing of any such reports is not necessary) with regard to transactions in securities of the Company occurring on or prior to the Closing. In no event will the Company have any liability to any Investor or Wilson Related Investor for the content of any Report, the failure to file any Report, or otherwise relating to the Reports.
     7.4. Rule 144 Information. At all times following the Closing until the date on which the Company Common Stock is no longer registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and will take such further action as any Investor may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable the Investors to sell their respective Company Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 adopted by the SEC under the Securities Act or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
Article 8
Additional Agreements and Covenants
     8.1. Compliance with the Income Tax Act (Canada). The parties to this Agreement other than the Investors will take such action as may be required to comply with Section 116 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) in respect of the transactions contemplated herein and to facilitate compliance with such provisions by holders of LIPO Canada Common Shares, LIPO Canada Options, LIPO USA Common Shares, LIPO USA Options and options to purchase LAI Class C Shares in respect of the transactions contemplated herein.
     8.2. Access to Financial Reports and Other Information.
          (a) From and after the Closing, except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Company shall provide the Institutional Investors:
               (i) as soon as practicable and, in any event within 30 days after the end of each month, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flow for such month, including but not limited to, a comparative analysis showing budgeted to actual numbers for consolidated revenues and expenses, and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, in each case prepared in manner that is consistent with past practices;
               (ii) as soon as practicable and, in any event, within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flow for such fiscal quarter, including but not limited to, a comparative analysis showing budgeted to actual numbers for consolidated revenues and expenses, and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such quarterly reports shall contain no footnotes or year-end adjustments) setting forth in comparative form (A) the figures for the corresponding quarter and portion of the previous fiscal year, and (B) the figures for the corresponding quarter and portion of the then current fiscal year as set forth in the Company’s annual operating budget;

-22-


 

               (iii) as soon as practicable and, in any event, within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flow for such fiscal year, including but not limited to, a comparative analysis showing budgeted to actual numbers for desk level brokerage revenue and contribution margins, commercial division revenues and expenses, and consolidated indirect expenses, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, setting forth in comparative form (A) the figures for the previous fiscal year, and (B) the figures for the then current fiscal year as set forth in the Company’s annual operating budget;
               (iv) as soon as practicable and, in any event, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, (A) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related audited statements of income and cash flow for such fiscal year, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP and certified by a “big 4” firm of independent public accountants (or any successor to such a firm), together with a comparison of the figures in such financial statements with the figures for the previous fiscal year, (B) the figures set forth in the Company’s annual operating budget, (C) any management letters or other correspondence from such accountants and (D) the Company’s annual operating budget for the coming fiscal year, as approved by the Board;
               (v) promptly following the preparation thereof, a copy of any revisions to the annual operating budget delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(a), as approved by the Board; and
               (vi) as promptly as reasonably practicable, such other information with respect to Company and its subsidiaries as may reasonably be requested by the Institutional Investors.
          (b) The Company’s obligation to deliver and materials or other information under Section 8.2(a) shall be deemed satisfied to the extent such information is included in the Company’s filings with the SEC.
          (c) The Company shall keep, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to keep, proper books, records and accounts in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities; and will permit, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to permit, representatives of the Investors who are also members of the Board, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine and make copies from any of their respective books and records and to meet and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries with their respective officers, employees and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may reasonably be desired. Any examination conducted pursuant to this section shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.
     8.3. Insurance.
          (a) The Company shall carry and maintain adequate insurance with financially sound and reputable insurers against directors’ and officers’ liability, in amounts of coverage sufficient in the reasonable business judgment of the Board to protect the directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries which must be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Institutional Investors.
          (b) The Company shall obtain “key man” life insurance and disability insurance on Mr. Wilson naming the Company as loss payee in an amount equal to Ten Million United

-23-


 

States Dollars ($10,000,000) in the case of the life insurance, and Ten Million United States Dollars ($10,000,000) in the case of the disability insurance, which in each case shall be no less favorable in coverage than any applicable insurance obtained by the Company and relating to Mr. Wilson which is in effect immediately prior to the date of this Agreement. The Company maintain each such insurance policies until the second anniversary of the Closing.
     8.4. Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that it will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose, other than to monitor, report on (including to its investors, lenders and/or limited partners) or manage its investment in the Company, any Confidential Information, unless such Confidential Information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 8.4), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s Confidential Information or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party unless at the time of the proposed disclosure by such party, the Investor has knowledge that the disclosure was made to such party in breach of an obligation of confidentiality such party had to the Company; provided, however, that each Investor may disclose Confidential Information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (ii) to any affiliate, provided that the Confidential Information is disclosed on a confidential basis to such affiliate, or (iii) as may otherwise be required by law, legal process or regulatory requirements, provided that it takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.
     8.5. Rule 144. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that, based on rules and regulations of the SEC and applicable interpretations thereof as of the date hereof, each Investor’s holding period for shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock and Company Series TS Preferred Stock shall be “tacked” to the holding period of Such Investor’s shares of Company Common Stock acquired upon the exchange of such Investor’s Company Series A Preferred Stock and Company Series TS Preferred Stock in the Reorganization for the purpose of calculating the holding period of shares of Company Common Stock under Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act. The Company agrees that it will take such further action as any Investor may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Investor to resell such shares of Company Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act, within the limitations of exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time.
Article 9
Termination
     9.1. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be wholly without force or effect on such date that the Company provides written notice to the Investors and the LIPO Holders that the Board has determined not to proceed with the Offering; provided , however , that the provisions of Section 1.11 (Closing), Section 8.4 (Confidentiality), Article 10 (Definitions and Construction) and Article 11 (Miscellaneous) shall survive such termination of this Agreement. A written notice by the Company to the Investors and LIPO Holders pursuant to which they are advised that the Reorganization or the Offering is delayed shall not be deemed a notice that the Board has determined not to proceed with the Offering.
     9.2. Effect of Termination. Upon the termination of this Agreement and, except with respect to Sections 8.4, all obligations of the Company, the Investors and the LIPO Holders under this Agreement shall cease and the Company Stockholders Agreement, USA Stockholders Agreement, LAI Shareholders Agreement and Original Company Registration Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect (including the rights to designate directors thereunder).

-24-


 

Article 10
Definitions and Construction
     10.1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:
     “ $ ” means, except as otherwise set forth herein, shall refer to United States Dollars.
     “ Advent ” means Advent International Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Advent Funds ” means (i) Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership and Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, each a limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and (ii) Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership and Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, each a Delaware limited partnership.
     “ Advent Investor ” means the Advent Funds and each of their respective Permitted Transferees, and any stockholder of the Company who is a party to a voting agreement or has granted an irrevocable proxy and/or power of attorney, pursuant to which Advent (or an Affiliate thereof) has the right to vote any capital stock of the Company on behalf of such stockholder.
     “ Affiliate ” means, as to any specified Person, (a) any other person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person, (b) any other Person of which such specified Person is an officer, employee, agent, director, shareholder or partner or (c) any family member of such specified Person or of any individual who is an Affiliate of such specified Person by reason of clause (a) of this definition; provided, however, that no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other Person solely by reason of any investment in the Company. The term “control,” with respect to any Person, means possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or a partnership interest, by contract or otherwise. With respect to each of the Institutional Investor, the term “Affiliate” shall also include (i) any entity in which such Institutional Investor (or one of its Affiliates) is a general partner or member, and (ii) each investor in such Institutional Investor, but only in connection with the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Institutional Investor, and only to the extent of such investor’s pro rata share in the Institutional Investor. With respect to each Advent Fund, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any investment fund managed by Advent. For purposes of this definition, “family member” means, as to any Person who is a natural person, such Person’s spouse, ancestors, the lineal descendants of such individual’s grandparents, and trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing; provided that all the income beneficiaries and remainderman of any such trust are such individual’s spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants.
     “ Applicable Laws ” means any applicable state and provincial securities laws and, to the extent applicable to offers or sales of securities, the Exchange Act.
     “ Brooke Funds ” means Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P. and Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership.
     “ Brooke Investor ” means Brooke Funds and each of its Permitted Transferees.
     “ Common Share Amount ” means 22,229,600 shares of Company Common Stock.

-25-


 

     “ Confidential Information ” shall mean any information concerning the Company (whether prepared by the Company, its advisors or otherwise) which has been or is furnished or otherwise disclosed to an Investor before, now or in the future by or on behalf of the Company which is identified to the Investor as confidential non-public information.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Equity Rights ” means all arrangements, calls, commitments, contracts (written or oral), options, rights to subscribe to, scrip, understandings, warrants, or other binding obligations of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of the capital stock of a Person or by which a Person is or may be bound to issue additional shares of its capital stock or other Equity Rights.
     “ Highland ” means Highland Capital Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Highland Funds ” means Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership, and Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership, each a Delaware limited partnership.
     “ Highland Investors ” means Highland Funds and each of their respective Permitted Transferees, and any stockholder of the Company who is a party to a voting agreement or has granted an irrevocable proxy and/or power of attorney, pursuant to which Highland (or an Affiliate thereof) has the right to vote any capital stock of the Company on behalf of such stockholder.
     “ Institutional Investors ” means the Advent Investors, Brooke Investors and Highland Investors.
     “ Investment Value ” means, with respect to any share of Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series TS Preferred Stock and USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock, the sum of ( x ) the stated value of such share of capital stock, plus ( y ) the accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, on such share of capital stock, as of a particular date of determination. “Investment Value” means, with respect to any share of LAI Class B Share, the sum of ( x ) the LAI Class B Share reference amount of such share of capital stock pursuant to applicable share provisions, plus ( y ) the accrued and unpaid dividends on such share of capital stock, as of a particular date of determination.
     “ IPO Price ” means the initial public offering price of a share of Company Common Stock in the Offering.
     “ Liability ” means any direct or indirect liability, indebtedness, obligation, commitment, expense, claim, deficiency, guaranty or endorsement of or by any Person of any type, whether known or unknown, and whether accrued, absolute, contingent, matured or unmatured.
     “ LIPO Canada Value ” means the Investment Value of the LAI Class B Shares held by LIPO Canada, as of the date of determination.
     “ LIPO Share Amount ” means the number of shares of Company Common Stock that is equal to the sum of (i) the Total LIPO Value, divided by the Total Investment Value, multiplied by the Common Share Amount, plus (ii) the Total LIPO Value, divided by the IPO Price.
     “ LIPO USA Value ” means Investment Value of the Series TS Preferred Stock as of the date of determination.

-26-


 

     “ Litigation ” means any action, arbitration, lawsuit, claims, complaint, criminal prosecution, governmental or other examination, audit (other than regular audits of financial statements by outside auditors), hearing, administrative or other proceeding, in any case relating to or affecting a party, its business, its records, its policies, its practices, its compliance with laws, its actions, its assets, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan of Arrangement.
     “ Person ” means a natural person or any governmental authority, or legal or commercial entity, such as, but not limited to, a corporation, general partnership, joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, business association, group acting in concert, or any person acting in a representative capacity.
     “ Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to an Investor,
          (a) an Affiliate of such Investor;
          (b) any Person to whom such Investor may transfer its shares of Company Common Stock to hold such shares as such investor’s nominee;
          (c) following the Offering, in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, any Person who receives securities in a distribution by such holder to its members, partners or shareholders;
          (d) in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, any Person who receives securities in a liquidating distribution by such fund or holder to its members, partners or shareholders;
          (e) in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, one or more funds which invest in equity securities and are “qualified institutional buyers” or “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) in connection with the sale by such holder of any material part of its portfolio investments;
          (f) in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, any other Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund; and
          (g) in the event of the death or incompetence of the Participating Holder, a legal representative of the Participating Holder.
     “ Person ” means any individual, estate, legal representative, trust, partnership, association, organization, firm, company or corporation, joint venture, any other business entity, unincorporated or incorporated, any nation or any state or territory thereof or any public officer, agency, board or instrumentality thereof.
     “ Prospectus ” means the Prospectus include in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such Prospectus and all material incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
     “ Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the Securities Act, including the Prospectus, amendments, supplements, and post-effective amendments to such registration statement, and all exhibits to, and all material incorporated by reference in, such registration statement.

-27-


 

     “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on Form S-3 for an offering to be made on a continuous or delayed basis pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering shares of Company Common Stock.
     “ Stockholders Shares ” means shares of Company Common Stock held by, or that will be issued to, the Participating Holders in the Reorganization, or that are issuable to the Participating Holders upon exchange of Exchangeable Shares.
     “ Total LIPO Value ” means the sum of the LIPO Canada Value and LIPO USA Value, as of the date of determination.
     “ Total Investment Value ” means the sum of the Investment Value of all outstanding shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series TS Preferred Stock and LAI Class B Shares, as of the date of determination.
     “ Wilson Related Investor ” means, collectively, Mr. Wilson, LIPO Investments (USA) Inc., LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., Five Boys Investments ULC, Slinky Financial ULC and Oyoyo Holdings, Inc., and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.
     10.2. Construction.
          (a) For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender shall include the masculine and feminine genders.
          (b) Any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
          (c) The words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”
          (d) Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections,” “Exhibits” and “Schedules” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement, and Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement, as the context may require.
          (e) The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Article 11
Miscellaneous
     11.1. Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in Article 3, Article 4 and Article 5 shall survive indefinitely. All covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive indefinitely, except to the extent that an earlier date for termination of any particular covenant is expressly set forth herein.
     11.2. Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and costs of the Investors (including reasonable attorney and other professional fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     11.3. Assignment and Binding Effect.
          (a) This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the Company. Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors and assigns of the parties hereto, including upon any transfers of any capital stock issued pursuant hereto and

-28-


 

in compliance herewith. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.
          (b) Each of the Investors and LIPO Holders hereby agrees that, until the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, it shall not sell or otherwise transfer (i) any of its shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock or USA Non-Participating Preferred Stock or common shares of LIPO USA or LIPO Canada or any option to acquire common shares of LIPO USA or LIPO Canada, or any interest in any of the foregoing, or (ii) any shares of capital stock issued to it pursuant to the terms hereof, or any interest in any such shares, in each case except to a Permitted Transferee, and then only if (A) the Permitted Transferee of such shares acknowledges that such shares are subject to the provisions of this Agreement and further agrees to comply with the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if such purchaser or other transferee were the selling or transferring Investor or LIPO Holder, as the case may be, by signing a joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and (B) in the event Mr. Wilson or any entity he controls seeks to transfer any shares of LIPO Canada, the Permitted Transferee shall specify in writing to the Company as to whether such shares will be exchanged either for Exchangeable Shares or shares of Company Common Stock, in each case in accordance with Section 1.2. Any attempted sale or transfer of shares in violation of this Section 11.3 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and the Company shall cause its subsidiaries not to, in any way give effect to any such impermissible sale or transfer.
          (c) Each party hereto agrees and acknowledges that every consent, acknowledgement and agreement made by such party is expressly intended to be given and undertaken with respect to securities held by such party in his or its individual capacity as well as any fiduciary capacity, including, as trustee.
     11.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof except where expressly otherwise stated herein.
     11.5. Amendments; Waivers.
          (a) This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties hereto, and no claimed amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the Investor against whom or which such claimed amendment, modification, termination or waiver is sought to be enforced. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the parties hereto who are entitled to the benefit thereof by a written instrument executed by such parties.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.5(a), this Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time by an instrument executed by the Company, USA and LAI, without the approval of the Investors or the LIPO Holders, for the purposes of:
               (i) making such amendments or modifications not inconsistent with this Agreement as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions which the board of directors of each of the Company, USA and LAI, determine to be expedient to make, provided that such amendments or modifications are not prejudicial to the rights or interests of any party who has not approved such amendments or modification; and
               (ii) making such changes or corrections which, on the advice of counsel to the Company, USA and LAI, are required for the purpose of curing or correcting any

-29-


 

ambiguity or defect or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error, provided that such changes or corrections are not prejudicial to the rights or interests of any party who has not approved such changes or corrections.
     11.6. Notices. Any notice, request, demand, waiver, consent, approval or other communication which is required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given only if delivered personally (to the attention of the Person identified) to the address of such Person maintained on the books and records of the Company, or sent by facsimile transmittal or by certified mail, postage prepaid, or to such other address as the addressee may have specified in a notice duly given to the sender as provided herein. Such notice, request, demand, waiver, consent, approval or other communication will be deemed to have been given as of the date so delivered or telegraphed or, if mailed, three business days after the date so mailed.
     11.7. Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
          (a) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts or choice of laws.
          (b) Each of the parties hereto hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal or state courts of the State of Delaware with respect to any action or legal proceeding commenced by either of them with respect to this Agreement. Each of them irrevocably waives any objection they now have or hereafter may have respecting the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such a court or respecting the fact that such court is an inconvenient forum and consents to the service of process in any such action or proceeding by means of registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in care of the address set forth herein or at such other address as either of them shall furnish in writing to the other.
          (c) THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT, FRAUD OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     11.8. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining provisions hereof, and any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     11.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Any and all counterparts may be executed by facsimile.
[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

-30-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement on the date first above written.
         
  Lululemon Corp.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John Currie    
    Name:   John Currie  
    Title:   CFO  
 
         
  Lululemon Athletica USA Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John Currie  
    Name:   John Currie  
    Title:   CFO  
 
         
  Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John Currie  
    Name:   John Currie  
    Title:   CFO  
 
         
  LIPO Investments (USA) Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson  
    Name:   Dennis Wilson   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
         
  LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson  
    Name:   Dennis Wilson   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
         
  Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson  
    Name:       
    Title:       
 

 


 

     
    /s/ Dennis Wilson
 
  Dennis Wilson, in his individual capacity and as trustee, acting on behalf of the shareholders and option holders of LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc.
         
  Five Boys Investments ULC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson  
    Name:       
    Title:       
 
         
  Slinky Financial ULC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson  
    Name:       
    Title:       
 
     
    /s/ Rhoda Pitcher
 
  Rhoda Pitcher
     
    /s/ Susanne Conrad
 
  Susanne Conrad

 


 

     
 
  Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership
 
  Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership
 
  Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership
 
  Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership
 
  Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership
  By:   GPE V GP Limited Partnership, General Partner
  By:   Advent International LLC, General Partner
  By:   Advent International Corporation, Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David M. Mussafer  
    Name:   David M. Mussafer   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
 
  Advent Partners III Limited Partnership
 
  Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership
 
  Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership
 
  Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership
  By:   Advent International LLC, General Partner
  By:   Advent International Corporation, Manager
         
     
  By:   /s/ David M. Mussafer  
    Name:   David M. Mussafer   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

 


 

         
     
 
  Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.
 
  Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I(D), L.P.
  By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P., its General Partner
  By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC, its General Partner
         
     
  By:   /s/ John Brooke  
    Name:   John Brooke  
    Title:   Manager  
 
     
 
  Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership
  By:   Highland Management Partners VI Limited Partnership, its General Partner
  By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc., its General Partner
         
     
  By:   /s/ Paul Maeder  
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
 
  Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership
  By:   Highland Management Partners VI Limited Partnership, its General Partner
  By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc., its General Partner
         
     
  By:   /s/ Paul Maeder  
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
 
  Highland Capital Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership
  By:   HEF VI Limited Partnership, its General Partner
  By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc., its General Partner
         
     
  By:   /s/ Paul Maeder  
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

SCHEDULE I
                         
INVESTOR   SHARES OF COMPANY STOCK   SHARES OF USA STOCK
    Series A   Series TS   Non-Participating
    Preferred Stock   Preferred Stock   Preferred Stock
Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership
    11,426       -0-       508  
Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership
    28,378       -0-       1,261  
Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership
    23,978       -0-       1,066  
Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership
    18,318       -0-       814  
Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership
    2,749       -0-       122  
Advent Partners III Limited Partnership
    148       -0-       7  
Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership
    398       -0-       18  
Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership
    148       -0-       7  
Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership
    253       -0-       11  
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A
    480       -0-       21  
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-(D), Limited Partnership
    120       -0-       5  
Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership
    13,518       -0-       601  
Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership
    7,411       -0-       330  
Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership
    670       -0-       29  
Rhoda Pitcher
    250       -0-       -0-  
Susanne Conrad
    250       -0-       -0-  
R. Brad Martin
    151       -0-       -0-  
LIPO Investments (USA), Inc
    -0-       116,994       5,200  
Total
    108,646       116,994       10,000  

 

 

Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LULU HOLDING, INC.
ARTICLE I
NAME
     The name of the corporation is Lulu Holding, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE; REGISTERED AGENT
     The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware and New Castle County shall be 1313 North Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The registered agent at such address shall be PHS Corporate Services, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).
ARTICLE IV
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
     4.1    Total Authorized .   The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is Forty Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (40,750,000) shares consisting of Thirty Five Million (35,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and Five Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (5,750,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), issuable in series. Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), and shall have the rights, privileges, preferences and other terms set forth in Article VI herein. Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), and shall have the rights, privileges, preferences and other terms set forth in Article VI herein. Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series TS Participating Convertible Preferred Tracking Stock” (the “ Series TS Preferred Stock ”), and shall have the rights, privileges, preferences and other terms set forth in Article VI herein. The stated value of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and Eleven Cents ($859.11) per share (the “ Series A Stated Value ”), the stated value of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and Eleven Cents ($859.11) per share (the “ Series B Stated Value ”), and the stated value of the Series TS Preferred Stock shall be Eleven Dollars and Ninety Six and Seven Tenths Cents ($11.967) per share (the “ Series TS Stated Value ”).
     4.2    Designation of Preferred Stock .   The Preferred Stock that has not yet been designated shall be undesignated as to series or class and may be issued in accordance with this Section 4.2 from time to time in one or more additional series or classes. Except as otherwise restricted herein, including pursuant to Section 6.7 , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of Preferred Stock in additional series or classes, by filing a certificate of designation pursuant to the applicable laws of the State of Delaware (a “ Preferred Stock

 


 

Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such additional series or classes, and to fix the voting powers, preferences, privileges and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such additional series or class and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board with respect to each additional series or class shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
          4.2.1   The title of the series or class, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;
          4.2.2   The number of shares of the series or class, which number the Board may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the applicable Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);
          4.2.3   Whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative and the dividend rate, if any, of the series or class;
          4.2.4   The dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable;
          4.2.5   The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series or class;
          4.2.6   The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series or class;
          4.2.7   The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of, shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation or the occurrence of any change in control with respect to the Corporation;
          4.2.8   Whether the shares of the series or class shall be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series of such other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion may be made;
          4.2.9   Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series;
          4.2.10   The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series; and
          4.2.11   Any other relative, participating, optional or other special rights or privileges, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the series.
     The voting powers, preferences, privileges and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Corporation shall be as provided in Article V and Article VI herein.

 


 

ARTICLE V
COMMON STOCK
     Except as otherwise provided herein or as otherwise required by applicable law, all shares of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to the following rights and privileges.
     5.1    Voting Rights .   Except as otherwise provided herein or as otherwise required by applicable law, each holder of Common Stock (each a “ Common Holder ” and collectively, the “ Common Holders ”) shall be entitled to one vote per share held by such holder on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders and, except as required by law or otherwise provided herein, the Common Holders shall vote together with the Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders as a single voting group.
     5.2    Dividends and Distributions .   Subject to the rights, preferences and privileges of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation may declare and set aside for payment, may pay dividends on, or may otherwise make Distributions with respect to, the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE VI
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK
AND SERIES TS PREFERRED STOCK
     Except as provided otherwise herein or as otherwise provided by applicable law, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to the following rights and privileges.
     6.1    Rank on Liquidation .
          6.1.1    Series A Preferred Stock .   Except as otherwise approved by the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (individually a “ Series A Holder ” and collectively with all the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Series A Holders ”) and except as expressly provided in Article VI hereof, the Series A Preferred Stock shall, with respect to rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, rank (i) senior to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock and Series A Junior Stock, and (ii) on parity with the Series A Parity Stock.
          6.1.2    Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock .   Except as otherwise approved by the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (individually a “ Series B Holder ” and collectively with all the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the “ Series B Holders ”) and Series TS Preferred Stock (individually a “ Series TS Holder ” and collectively with all the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the “ Series TS Holders ”) entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in respect of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, voting together as a single voting group, and except as expressly provided in Article VI hereof, the Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall, with respect to rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, rank (i) senior to the Series B Junior Stock and Series TS Junior Stock, (ii) on parity with the Series B Parity Stock and Series TS Parity Stock, and (iii) on a parity with each other.
     6.2    Dividends and Distributions .
          6.2.1    Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock .   Each Series A Holder, Series B Holder and Series TS Holder shall be entitled to receive preferential cash dividends, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, at the rate, in the form, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Section 6.2 . Any dividend payment made with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock shall be made in cash out of funds legally available for such purpose, subject to Section 6.2.2 .

 


 

          6.2.2    Allocation to Series TS Preferred Stock .   To the extent that any provision of this Section 6.2 (other than Section 6.2.3 ) would otherwise require a Distribution to be made to the Series TS Holders in an amount exceeding the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets remaining available for Distribution, such Distribution shall only be made to the Series TS Holders to the extent that it does not exceed the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets, and any limitation on a Distribution to the Series TS Holders imposed by this paragraph shall not limit the amount otherwise distributable to the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation. This Section 6.2.2 shall not be construed to give the Series TS Holders any right to a priority Distribution in a situation where such Distribution is otherwise required to be distributed to the Series TS Holders and the holders of any other class or series of capital stock on a pari passu basis.
          6.2.3    Special Dividend Upon USA Disposition .   In the event of the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition by the Corporation of Substantially All of the Business of the USA Group to a person, entity or group of which the Corporation is not a direct or indirect majority owner (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or stock, liquidation, dissolution, winding up of the affairs of the USA Group or otherwise) other than in connection with a Liquidation Event (a “ USA Disposition ”), then within 90 days after the consummation of such USA Disposition, the Corporation shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 6.2.2 , declare and pay a dividend in cash and/or securities (other than securities issued by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation) payable with equal priority and pro rata among the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders, in proportion to the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by them, in an aggregate amount equal to the Net Proceeds received by the Corporation from such USA Disposition. Following a USA Disposition, other than the Distribution provided for pursuant to this Section 6.2.3 , the Series TS Holders shall have no right to receive any Distributions in respect of their Series TS Preferred Stock. Upon completion of the dividend payment called for under this Section 6.2.3 , all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be “ Fully Liquidated Series TS Preferred Stock ” and shall be deemed cancelled in accordance with Section 6.6 hereof. Any securities issued as all or a portion of a dividend under this Section 6.2.3 shall be valued in accordance with Section 6.3.4(a) and 6.3.4(b) .
          6.2.4    Accrual of Dividends; Dividend Rate .
               (a)   Except as otherwise provided for herein, dividends on each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall accrue and accumulate from the Issue Date at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum times the Stated Value per share (as adjusted proportionally for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like).
               (b)   Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall accrue daily whether or not declared and whether or not funds are legally available for the payment thereof. Any dividends that are not paid within ninety (90) days after the end of a fiscal quarter shall accrue additional dividends from the last day of such fiscal quarter at the same rate per annum. Dividends shall be paid only to the extent that there shall be sufficient funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of such dividend. The amount of dividends payable per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock for any period shorter than a full year shall be computed ratably on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year.
          6.2.5    Payment of Dividends .   Dividends shall be payable only when, as and if, declared by the Board. Each dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock as they appear on the books of the Corporation on the record date for such dividend, which record date shall be not more than forty-five (45) days nor fewer than ten (10) days preceding the proposed dividend payment date, as shall be fixed by the Board.

 


 

          6.2.6    Dividend Preference .
               (a)   Except as permitted under Section 6.2.2 , no dividends shall be paid in respect of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock unless an identical dividend per share (measured as a percentage of the Stated Value per share) is also contemporaneously paid on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock; no dividends shall be paid in respect of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock unless an identical dividend per share (measured as a percentage of the Stated Value per share) is also contemporaneously paid on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock; and no dividends shall be paid in respect of outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock unless an identical dividend per share (measured as a percentage of the Stated Value per share) is also contemporaneously paid on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.
               (b)   If, in any dividend period or periods, all accrued dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock (whether past or current) at the rate set forth herein shall not have been paid, then, unless and until all dividends accrued and unpaid on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock through the payment date for such dividends are declared and paid on each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment upon any share of Common Stock or any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock nor shall the Corporation purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration any share of Common Stock or any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock, unless approved by a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence, the Corporation may at any time repurchase, call or otherwise redeem shares of Common Stock from any employee of the Corporation who is not an Affiliate of any holder of Preferred Stock, in connection with the termination of employment of such employee, and paragraph (a) of this Section 6.2.6 shall not apply with respect to any such repurchase, call or redemption.
               (c)   If, at any time, the Corporation shall pay less than the total amount of dividends then accrued on the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, the aggregate payment to all Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders shall be distributed among all Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders so that an amount ratably in proportion to the respective dividends accrued thereon shall be paid with respect to each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, subject to Section 6.2.2 .
               (d)   This Section shall not apply with respect to Distributions upon a Liquidation Event, which shall instead be governed by Section 6.3 .
          6.2.7    Dividend Participation Rights .
               (a)   Each Series A Holder and Series B Holder shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock held, an amount equal to one hundred (100) times (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) the amount of any Distribution (cash, stock or otherwise) declared or paid on or with respect to a share of Common Stock or any other class of stock or equity security of the Corporation (other than with respect to any Distribution declared on the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock) or a share of any series of any such class, when declared or paid. Any such Distribution shall be paid to the Series A Holders and Series B Holders contemporaneously with payment of such Distribution to holders of such other shares.

 


 

               (b)   Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.2.2 , each Series TS Holder shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series TS Preferred Stock held, an amount equal to one hundred (100) times (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) the amount of any Distribution (cash, stock or otherwise) declared or paid on or with respect to a share of Common Stock or any other class of stock or equity security of the Corporation (other than with respect to any Distribution declared on the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock) or a share of any series of any such class, when declared or paid. Any Distribution to the Series TS Holders in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid to the Series TS Holders contemporaneously with payment of such Distribution to holders of such other shares.
     6.3    Rights on Liquidation .
          6.3.1    Liquidation Preference .   In the event of any Liquidation Event, unless paragraph (e) of this Section 6.3.1 applies, then after payment or provision of debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and all amounts due and owing to the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Senior Stock, Series B Senior Stock and Series TS Senior Stock, if any, and before Distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Series A Junior Stock, Series B Junior Stock or Series TS Junior Stock, the following payments shall be made out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for Distribution to holders of the Corporation’s capital stock of all or any classes (other than Series A Senior Stock, Series B Senior Stock and Series TS Senior Stock), whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings (such amount, expressed in Dollars, being herein referred to as the “ Available Assets ”):
               (a)   the Series A Holders shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu with the payments made to the Series B Holders and Series TS Holders under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 6.3.1 , an amount equal to the Series A Holders’ “ Series A Liquidation Preference .” The Series A Liquidation Preference shall mean for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock held by the Series A Holder, the Unreturned Original Cost of that share plus the accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such share, as of the date of the Liquidation Event. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the amount of the remaining USA Available Assets and the Non-Tracking Available Assets.
               (b)   the Series B Holders shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu with the payments made to the Series A Holders and Series TS Holders under paragraphs (a) and (c) of this Section 6.3.1, an amount equal to the Series B Holders’ “ Series B Liquidation Preference .” The Series B Liquidation Preference shall mean for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock held by the Series B Holder, the Unreturned Original Cost of that share plus the accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such share, as of the date of the Liquidation Event. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the amount of the remaining USA Available Assets and the Non-Tracking Available Assets.
               (c)   Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (f) of this Section 6.3.1 , the Series TS Holders shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu with the payments made to the Series A Holders and Series B Holders under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.3.1 , an amount equal to the Series TS Holders’ “ Series TS Liquidation Preference .” The Series TS Liquidation Preference shall mean for each outstanding share of Series TS Preferred Stock held by the Series TS Holder, the Unreturned Original Cost of that share plus the accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such share, as of the date of the Liquidation Event. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be made out of the amount of the remaining USA Available Assets.

 


 

               (d)   After payment of the Series A Liquidation Preference to the Series A Holders, payment of the Series B Liquidation Preference to the Series B Holders, and payment of the Series TS Liquidation Preference to the Series TS Holders to the extent provided pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 6.3.1 , the entire remaining Available Assets shall be distributed as follows:
                    (1)   the entire remaining USA Available Assets shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series TS Holders and the holders of the Common Stock, in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held or deemed to be held by them, with each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if it had been converted into one hundred (100) shares (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) of Common Stock; and
                    (2)   after making the Distribution described in clause (1) above, or reserving an amount sufficient to make such Distribution, the entire remaining Available Assets shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, and the holders of the Common Stock, in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held or deemed to be held by them, with each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if it had been converted into one hundred (100) shares (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) of Common Stock.
               (e)   If, upon a Liquidation Event, the Available Assets shall be insufficient to permit full payment of the Series A Liquidation Preference, the Series B Liquidation Preference and the Series TS Liquidation Preference to all Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders, then the Available Assets shall be distributed as follows:
                    (1)    first , such Available Assets shall be distributed to the Series A Holders, ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the Stated Value of their shares of Series A Preferred Stock, until the Series A Holders shall have received an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Original Cost of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the USA Available Assets and the Non-Tracking Available Assets.
                    (2)    second , any Available Assets remaining after payment to the Series A Holders as provided in Section 6.3.1(e)(1) shall be distributed to the Series B Holders, ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the Stated Value of their shares of Series B Preferred Stock, until the Series B Holders shall have received an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Original Cost of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the remaining USA Available Assets and Non-Tracking Available Assets.
                    (3)    third , subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (f) of this Section 6.3.1, any USA Available Assets remaining after payment to the Series A/B Holders as provided in Sections 6.3.1(e)(1) and 6.3.1(e)(2) shall be distributed to the Series TS Holders, ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the Stated Value of their shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, until the Series TS Holders shall have received an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Original Cost of all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be made out of the remaining USA Available Assets.
                    (4)    fourth , subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (f) of this Section 6.3.1 , the TS Portion of any remaining USA Available Assets after payment to the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders as provided in Sections 6.3.1(e)(1) and

 


 

6.3.1(e)(2) and (3) shall be distributed to the Series TS Holders ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, until the Series TS Holders shall have received an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series TS Preferred Stock.
                    (5)    fifth , any remaining Available Assets after payment to the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders as provided in Sections 6.3.1(e)(1) , 6.3.1(e)(2) , (3) and (4) shall be distributed to the Series A/B Holders ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, until the Series A/B Holders shall have received an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.
               (f)   To the extent that any provision of this Section 6.3 would otherwise require a Distribution to be made to the Series TS Holders in an amount exceeding the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets remaining available for Distribution, such Distribution shall only be made to the Series TS Holders to the extent that it does not exceed the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets, and any limitation on a Distribution to the Series TS Holders imposed by this paragraph shall not limit the amount otherwise distributable to the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation. This paragraph (f) shall not be construed to give the Series TS Holders any right to a priority Distribution in a situation where such Distribution is otherwise required to be distributed to the Series TS Holders and the holders of any other class or series of capital stock on a pari passu basis.
          6.3.2    Notice .   Written notice of a Liquidation Event, stating the payment date, the amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Series B Liquidation Preference and the place where said sums shall be payable shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, not less than ten (10) days, nor more than sixty (60) days, prior to the payment date stated therein, to all Series A Holders of record and Series B Holders of record, such notice to be addressed to each Series A Holder and Series B Holder at the address shown by the records of the Corporation for the Series A Holder or Series B Holder.
          6.3.3    Mandatory Distribution of Proceeds of Sale.    In the event of a Sale Liquidity Event, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to distribute (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference to each Series A Holder, in respect of each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Series A Holder, and (ii) the Series B Liquidation Preference to each Series B Holder, in respect of each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by such Series B Holder, within ten (10) days after consummation of such Sale Liquidity Event.
          6.3.4    Proceeds Other than Cash .   In the event that the consideration received by the Corporation in respect of their shares in connection with a Liquidation Event is other than cash, the value of such consideration will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board as follows:
               (a)   Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by Section 6.3.4(b) below:
                    (1)   If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value of the security shall be deemed to be the simple average of the closing prices of the security on such exchange or Nasdaq over the twenty (20) Trading Days ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event;
                    (2)   If actively traded over-the-counter, the value of the security shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) of the security over the twenty (20) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event; and

 


 

                    (3)   If there is no active public market, the value of the security shall be the Fair Market Value thereof.
               (b)   The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount for the market value as determined in Section 6.3.4(a) above to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.
               (c)   With respect to any other property, the fair market value of such property shall be determined by the Board in good faith and such valuation shall be subject to a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote.
     6.4    Automatic Conversion Upon an IPO Conversion Event .
          6.4.1    IPO Conversion Event .   Upon the occurrence of an IPO Conversion Event each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock then outstanding, other than Repurchased IPO Shares, shall by virtue of, and simultaneously with, the occurrence of the IPO Conversion Event, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be automatically converted into a number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of (i) one hundred (100) (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) and (ii) a number that shall be determined by dividing ( x ) the Unreturned Original Cost plus accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to each such share, by ( y ) the Public Offering Price.
          6.4.2    Transaction Expenses .   The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of shares of capital stock of the Corporation upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the holder of the shares of Preferred Stock in respect of which such shares are being issued.
          6.4.3    Legality of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .   All shares of Common Stock which may be issued in connection with the conversion provisions set forth in this Section 6.4 will, upon issuance by the Corporation, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof and free from all taxes, liens or charges with respect thereto.
          6.4.4    Fractional Shares .   No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock. If any fractional shares of Common Stock exist as a result of the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock, then the Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional interest in an amount equal to the Public Offering Price multiplied by such fractional interest, in regards to conversion as a result of an IPO Conversion Event. Fractional interests shall not be entitled to dividends, and the holders of fractional interests shall not be entitled to any rights as stockholders of the Corporation, other than those rights stated in this Section 6.4.4 , in respect of such fractional interest.
          6.4.5    Authorization of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .   The Corporation will authorize such shares of Common Stock as are necessary to provide for the conversion of the Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock as contemplated in this Section 6.4 .

 


 

          6.4.6    Other Conversion Rights .   Except as provided in this Section 6.4 , the Series A Holders Series B Holders and Series TS Holders shall have no right to convert any such shares into shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or into rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.
     6.5    Exchangeability .
          6.5.1   The Board, in its sole discretion, may at any time effect a recapitalization of the Corporation by declaring that all of the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be exchanged for fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the Exchange Rate.
          6.5.2   For purposes of this Section 6.5 , term “ Exchange Rate ” applicable to the Series TS Preferred Stock shall mean the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock for which each share of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be exchangeable pursuant to Section 6.5.1, determined as follows: Each share of Series TS Preferred Stock shall initially be exchangeable for a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Unreturned Original Cost plus accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to each such share of Series TS Preferred Stock being exchanged, by (B) the Series B Stated Value.
          6.5.3   No fraction of a share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be issued in connection with the exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock into Series B Preferred Stock, but in lieu thereof, each holder of Series TS Preferred Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional interest of a share of Series B Preferred Stock shall, upon surrender of such holder’s certificate or certificates (if any) representing shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, be entitled to receive a cash payment (without interest) (the “ Fractional Payment ”) equal to an amount determined by the Board representing the value of such fractional interest.
          6.5.4   At such time or times as the Corporation exercises its right to cause all of the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock to be exchanged for Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 6.5.1 , the Corporation shall give notice of such exchange to the holders of Series TS Preferred Stock whose shares are to be exchanged, by mailing by first-class mail a notice of such exchange (the “ Exchange Notice ”), in the case of an exchange in accordance with Section 6.5.1 not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for such exchange (the “ Exchange Date ”), and in the case of an exchange in accordance with Section 6.2.3 as soon as practicable before or after the Exchange Date, in either case to their last addresses as they shall appear upon the Corporation’s books. Each such Exchange Notice shall specify the Exchange Date and the Exchange Rate applicable to such exchange, and shall state that issuance of certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, Series B Preferred Stock to be received upon exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be, if such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock are held in certificated form, upon surrender of certificates representing such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock.
          6.5.5   Before any holder of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock who holds such shares in certificated form shall be entitled to receive certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, shares of Series B Preferred Stock for which such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock were exchanged, such holder shall surrender at the Corporation’s registered office or at such other location as the Corporation shall specify certificates for such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock duly endorsed to the Corporation or in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to the Corporation or in blank, unless the Corporation shall waive such requirement. The Corporation will, as soon as practicable after such surrender of any such certificates representing shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, issue and deliver at the office of the transfer agent representing the Series B Preferred Stock (or the registered office of the

 


 

Corporation or such other location as the Corporation shall specify if no such transfer agent has been appointed) to the person for whose account such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock were so surrendered, or to his nominee or nominees, certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid, together with the Fractional Payment, if any.
          6.5.6   From and after the Exchange Date, all rights of a holder of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock which were exchanged for shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease except for the right to receive certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, shares of Series B Preferred Stock together with a Fractional Payment, if any, as contemplated by Section 6.5.3 and Section 6.5.5 ; provided, however, that no holder of a certificate which immediately prior to the Exchange Date represented shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive any of the foregoing until surrender of such certificate. Upon such surrender, there shall be paid to the holder the amount of any dividends or other Distributions (without interest) which theretofore became payable with respect to a record date after the Exchange Date, but which were not paid by reason of the foregoing, with respect to the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by the certificate or certificates issued upon such surrender. From and after the Exchange Date applicable to the Series TS Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall, however, be entitled to treat the certificates for Series TS Preferred Stock which have not yet been surrendered for exchange as evidencing the ownership of the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock for which the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock represented by such certificates shall have been exchanged, notwithstanding the failure to surrender such certificates.
          6.5.7   If any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are to be issued in a name other than that in which the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock exchanged therefor are registered, it shall be a condition of such issuance that the person requesting such issuance shall pay any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock in a name other than that of the record holder of the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock exchanged therefor, or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Corporation or its agent that such tax has been paid or is not applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.5 , the Corporation shall not be liable to a holder of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock for any shares of Series B Preferred Stock or dividends or Distributions thereon delivered to a public official authorized for such purpose pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.
          6.5.8   At such time as any Exchange Notice is delivered with respect to any shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, or at the time of the Exchange Date, if earlier, the Corporation shall have reserved and kept available, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exchange of the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as shall be issuable upon the exchange of the number of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock specified or to be specified in the Exchange Notice, provided, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of the exchange of the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock by delivery of purchased shares of Series B Preferred Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation.
     6.6    Status of Converted or Repurchased Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock .   Any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of purchase, conversion, exchange or otherwise, or the attainment by the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock of the status of Fully Liquidated Series TS Preferred Stock, shall reduce the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, as the case may be, and such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, shall be cancelled and shall not be subject to reissuance by the Corporation. At such time that all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock,

 


 

Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, as the case may be, cease to be outstanding as provided in the preceding sentence, the provisions of the designation of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall terminate and have no further force and effect, and this Certificate of Incorporation may be restated to exclude such designations without the need for further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.
     6.7    Voting Rights .
          6.7.1    Participation with Common Stock .   Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise required by applicable law,
               (a)   the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders and, except as required by law or as otherwise provided herein, shall vote together with the Series B Holders, Series TS Holders and the Class C Holders as a single voting group;
               (b)   the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders and, except as required by law or as otherwise provided herein, shall vote together with the Series A Holders, Series TS Holders and the Class C Holders as a single voting group; and
               (c)   the holders of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders and, except as required by law or as otherwise provided herein, shall vote together with the Series A Holders, Series B Holders and the Class C Holders as a single voting group; provided, however, that shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights in respect of any matter relating to the Canada Group and not to the USA Group, including, without limitation, (i) the manner in which the Corporation should vote any Canada Group Security, (ii) any proposed disposition of any Canada Group Security, or (iii) any proposed merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization or other transaction involving, any entity within the Canada Group and not within the USA Group. To the extent that one or more matters for consideration by stockholders relates to both the Canada Group and the USA Group, the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to separate the matter into one or more matters relating to the Canada Group and one or more separate matters relating to the USA Group.
          6.7.2    Series A Preferred Stock Voting Rights .   The Corporation will not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock:
               (a)   amend, alter or repeal (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any terms or provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock including, without limitation, any change to Article IX hereof; or
               (b)   authorize or issue to any person or entity, any Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock, Series A Parity Stock, or Series A Senior Stock; or
               (c)   alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock, any Series A Parity Stock or any Series A Senior Stock so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

 


 

               (d)   authorize or effectuate a stock split or reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, or an exchange of Series TS Preferred Stock for Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 6.5.1 .
          6.7.3    Series B Preferred Stock Voting Rights .   The Corporation will not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock:
               (a)   amend, alter or repeal (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any terms or provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, any change to Article IX hereof); or
               (b)   authorize or issue to any person or entity, any Series B Parity Stock or Series B Senior Stock, other than any issuance of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.5.1 hereof; or
               (c)   alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of any Series B Parity Stock or any Series B Senior Stock so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock; or
               (d)   authorize or effectuate a stock split or reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock.
          6.7.4    Series TS Preferred Stock Voting Rights .   The Corporation will not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock:
               (a)   amend, alter or repeal (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any terms or provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series TS Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, any change to Article IX hereof); or
               (b)   authorize or issue to any person or entity, any Series TS Parity Stock or Series TS Senior Stock; or
               (c)   alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of any Series TS Parity Stock or any Series TS Senior Stock so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series TS Preferred Stock;
               (d)   authorize or effectuate a stock split or reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock; or
               (e)   authorize or effectuate an exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock except pursuant to (i) the Issuer Reorganizations as contemplated by Section 4.1 of the Stockholders Agreement, or (ii) and IPO Conversion Event.

 


 

          6.7.5    Stockholders Agreement Transactions Deemed Approved .   For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders shall be deemed to have consented to any transactions or events that would otherwise require the approval of such holders in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation and which are carried out pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement or any other agreement executed by such holders (or their predecessors in interest in their shares of Preferred Stock) or any amendment of any such agreement (provided that such amendment is entered into pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of such agreement).
     6.8    Adjustment for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidation of Common Stock .   In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be split, subdivided, combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, and in the event that the Corporation shall issue shares of Common Stock by way of a stock dividend or other Distribution to the holders of Common Stock, the number “100” in Sections 6.2.7, 6.3. 1(d) , 6.4.1 and 6.7.1 hereof (as the same may be hereafter adjusted in accordance with this paragraph), in each case as in effect immediately prior to such split, subdivision, stock dividend, combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such split, subdivision, stock dividend, combination or consolidation, be equitably increased or decreased proportionately.
     6.9    No Waiver .   Except as otherwise modified or provided for herein, the Series A Holders and Series B Holders shall also be entitled to, and shall not be deemed to have waived, any other applicable rights granted to such holders under the DGCL.
ARTICLE VII
ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK
     Except as otherwise restricted herein, the Corporation is authorized to issue, from time to time, all or any portion of the capital stock of the Corporation which may have been authorized but not issued, to such person or persons and for such lawful consideration as it may deem appropriate, and generally in its absolute discretion to determine the terms and manner of any disposition of such authorized but unissued capital stock.
     Any and all shares issued for which the full consideration has been paid or delivered shall be deemed fully paid shares of capital stock, and the holder of such shares shall not be liable for any further call or assessment or any other payment thereon.
ARTICLE VIII
INSOLVENCY; RECEIVERS AND TRUSTEES
     Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the DGCL or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the DGCL, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 


 

ARTICLE IX
EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
     9.1    Exculpation .   To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breath of fiduciary duty as a director.
     9.2    Indemnification .   The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Corporation may indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and, in the manner provided by the DGCL, any such expenses may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Expenses incurred by any such director, officer, employee or agent in defending any such action, suit or proceeding may be advanced by the Corporation prior to the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by the DGCL and this Article IX.
     9.3    Insurance .The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such director, officer, employee or agent against any liability which may be asserted against such person.
     9.4    Non-Exclusivity .   The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under the Corporations’ Bylaws, any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
ARTICLE X
BYLAWS
     The original Bylaws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the incorporator. Thereafter, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 


 

ARTICLE XI
ELECTION BY DIRECTORS
     The election of the directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
ARTICLE XII
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
     Holders of the Corporation’s capital stock shall be entitled to preemptive rights to the extent set forth in that certain Stockholders Agreement among the Corporation and its stockholders, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented.
ARTICLE XIII
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY
     13.1    Corporate Opportunities Generally .   Recognizing (a) that the Corporation will not be a wholly-owned subsidiary of either Advent International Corporation, Highland Capital Partners, Inc. or any of their respective affiliates (each, an “ Investor Stockholder ”), and that an Investor Stockholder may be a significant stockholder of the Corporation, (b) the possibility that the officers and/or directors of the Corporation may also serve as officers and/or directors of an Investor Stockholder, (c) the possibility that the Corporation and an Investor Stockholder may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same classes or categories of corporate opportunities, and (d) the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with each Investor Stockholder (including possible provision of management services, and the service of officers and/or directors of the Investor Stockholders as officers and/or directors of the Corporation), the provisions of this Article XIII are set forth to regulate and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, define the conduct of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities that are presented to the Corporation or to an Investor Stockholder, and their respective officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.
     13.2    Duties of Investor Stockholders .   Except as may be otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Corporation and an Investor Stockholder, an Investor Stockholder shall have no duty to refrain from engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation (and all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, associations and other entities in which the Corporation beneficially owns directly or indirectly 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests) engages in or proposes to engage in. The Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy, or in being offered any opportunity to participate, in such business opportunities as may arise in which both an Investor Stockholder and the Corporation may have an interest and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the Investor Stockholder nor any officer or director thereof (except as provided in Section 13.3 hereof) shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any such activities of such Investor Stockholder. In the event that an Investor Stockholder acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both such Investor Stockholder and the Corporation, such Investor Stockholder shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder of the Corporation by reason of the fact that such Investor Stockholder pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation.

 


 

     13.3    Duties of Certain Other Persons .   In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of an Investor Stockholder acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (as referenced in Section 13.2 hereof) for both the Investor Stockholder and the Corporation, such director or officer of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:
          13.3.1   a corporate opportunity (as referenced in Section 13.2 hereof) offered to any person who is an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director but not an officer of an Investor Stockholder, shall belong to the Corporation;
          13.3.2   a corporate opportunity (as referenced above in Section 2 hereof) offered to any person who is a director but not an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director or an officer of an Investor Stockholder shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation, and otherwise shall belong to such Investor Stockholder; and
          13.3.3   a corporate opportunity (as referenced above in Section 2 hereof) offered to any person who is an officer of both the Corporation and an Investor Stockholder shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in his or her capacity as an officer of the Corporation and otherwise shall belong to such Investor Stockholder.
     13.4    Notice of Corporate Opportunity Provisions .   Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XIII.
     13.5    Termination or Amendment of Article XIII .   Anything in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary notwithstanding, the foregoing provisions of this Article XIII shall terminate, expire and have no further force and effect on the date that (a) an Investor Stockholder ceases to beneficially own shares of capital stock entitling the Investor Stockholder to cast a number of votes representing at least the lesser of (i) 5% of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, or (ii) 50% of the number of votes entitled to be cast in an election of directors in respect of all shares of capital stock beneficially owned by such Investor Stockholder at the time that such Investor Stockholder initially became a stockholder of the Corporation, and (b) no person who is a director or officer of the Corporation is also an Affiliate of an Investor Stockholder. Neither the alteration, amendment, termination, expiration or repeal of this Article XIII nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article XIII shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article XIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article XIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, termination, expiration, repeal or adoption. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENTS
     Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 6.7 hereof, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation and in any certificate amendatory hereof in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders or others hereunder are granted subject to this reservation; provided,

 


 

however, that (a) any consent or waiver given by the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders or the Series TS Holders in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, or (b) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of any provision in this Certificate of Incorporation, in each case which treats any Series A Holder, Series B Holder or Series TS Holder in a manner which is disproportionate and adverse relative to other holders of shares of the same series of Preferred Stock (any such disproportionately and adversely affected Preferred stockholder being herein referred to as an “ Adversely Affected Holder ”) shall require the consent of the Adversely Affected Holder.
ARTICLE XV
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS
     The Corporation elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.
ARTICLE XVI
DEFINITIONS
     16.1    Definitions .   For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ $ ” or “ Dollar ” means United States dollars unless otherwise indicated.
     “ Accrued Dividends ” means dividends accrued on a share of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.2.4 hereof.
     “ Affiliate ” or “ affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “ Available Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.1 hereof.
Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
     “ Canada Group ” shall mean Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., and their respective subsidiaries and successors.
     “ Canada Group Security ” shall mean any security issued by or owned by any entity within the Canada Group, and any replacement security into which any such security may be converted or exchanged pursuant to a plan of recapitalization, reorganization, merger, sale of assets or otherwise.
     “ Change of Control Transaction ” means (1) a Sale Liquidity Event; (2) the sale of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation to a non-affiliate of the Corporation in any single transaction or series of related transactions; (3) any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction of the Corporation with or into a non-affiliate in which (A) the corporation is a constituent party, or (B) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation; except any such merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior thereto continue to hold immediately thereafter at least 51%, by voting power and economic interest, of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting corporation or (B) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such transaction, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation.

 


 

     “ Common Holder ” and “ Common Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 hereof.
     “ Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Closing Date ” means the date of first issuance of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.
     “ Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in Article I.
     “ DGCL ” has the meaning set forth in Article III.
     “ Distribution ” means each distribution made by the Corporation to holders of capital stock, whether in cash, property, or securities of the Corporation, and whether by dividend, liquidating distribution, recapitalization or otherwise; provided, other than for purposes of Section 6.2.7 hereof, that a Distribution shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of any recapitalization or exchange of any outstanding shares of capital stock, or any subdivision (by stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) or any combination (by stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) of any outstanding shares of capital stock, in each case involving only the receipt of equity securities in exchange for or in connection with any such recapitalization, subdivision or combination.
Exchange Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.4 hereof .
Exchange Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.2 hereof .
     “ Fair Market Value ” of any security on a Trading Day means:
     (a)   the average of the closing prices for the security during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding such Trading Day, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the security is listed or admitted to trading; or
     (b)   if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is traded on the Nasdaq or the over-the-counter market, the closing sale price of the security; or
     (c)   if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations for the security, as reported by Nasdaq or any comparable system;
     (d)   if the security is not listed on Nasdaq or a comparable system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. who make a market in the security selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.
     (e)   if the security is not publicly traded, the Fair Market Value of such security shall be determined by a nationally recognized independent appraiser selected by the Board in good faith and reasonably acceptable to the holders by the written consent or affirmative vote of sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, voting together as a single voting group.
     With respect to any other property, including any security not described in (a) through (e) above, the Fair Market Value of such property shall be determined by the Board in good faith and such valuation shall be subject to a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote.

 


 

     “ Fractional Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.3 hereof.
     “ Fully Liquidated Series TS Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.3 hereof.
     “ Investor Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.
     “ IPO Conversion Event ” means the closing of the first Qualified Public Offering.
     “ Issue Date ” means the date on which the Corporation shall initially issue a share of Series A Preferred Stock or a share of Series B Preferred Stock, regardless of the number of times the transfer of such share shall be made on the Corporation’s stock transfer records and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such share.
     “ Liquidation Event ” means any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, or a Change of Control Transaction.
     “ Nasdaq ” means The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
     “ Net Proceeds ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to any USA Disposition, an amount, if any, equal to the gross proceeds of such USA Disposition after any payment of, or reasonable provision for, (without duplication) (a) any taxes payable by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation in respect of such USA Disposition or in respect of any mandatory dividend resulting from such USA Disposition (or that would have been payable but for the utilization of tax benefits attributable to the Canada Group), (b) any transaction costs borne by the Corporation or Canada Group in connection with such USA Disposition, including, without limitation, any legal, investment banking and accounting fees and expenses borne by the Corporation or Canada Group in connection with such USA Disposition, (c) any liabilities and other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the USA Group, including, without limitation, any indemnity or guarantee obligations incurred by the Corporation or Canada Group in connection with the USA Disposition or any liabilities assumed by the Corporation or Canada Group for future purchase price adjustments, and (e) repayment of any notional, intergroup debt owed by the USA Group to the Corporation or the Canada Group. To the extent the proceeds of any USA Disposition include any securities (other than securities of the Corporation) or other property other than cash, the Board shall determine the value of such securities or property (and such valuation shall be subject to a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote); provided that the value of any marketable securities included in such proceeds shall be the Fair Market Value of such securities on the 5th Trading Day immediately preceding the date of a public announcement that a definitive agreement has been signed for such USA Disposition.
     “ Non-Tracking Available Assets ” means the Available Assets minus the USA Available Assets.
     “ Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Preferred Stock Designation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.
     “ Public Offering Price ” means the price at which the shares of Common Stock are first offered to the public in a Qualified Public Offering.
     “ Qualified Public Offering ” means firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company or an Affiliate with a nationally recognized underwriter that is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company (other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) on either the New York Stock Exchange, London Stock Exchange, Toronto Stock Exchange, Deutsche Börse or the Nasdaq National Market in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $75 million.

 


 

     “ Reorganization ” means a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, or other similar transaction involving the Corporation, that immediately after the completion of such transaction, (a) control of the Corporation is substantially unaffected or remains, directly or indirectly, in the same stockholders (or their Affiliates) that controlled the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction, and (b) the relative ownership of each Stockholder in the remaining, surviving or resulting corporation is unaffected.
     “ Repurchased IPO Shares ” means any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock repurchased (or to be repurchased) by the Corporation in connection with the Qualified Public Offering.
     “ Repurchased Shares ” means any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock repurchased (or to be repurchased) by the Corporation in connection with the Class Conversion Election.
     “ Sale Liquidity Event ” means the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Corporation’s consolidated assets to a non-affiliate of the Corporation in any single transaction or series of related transactions.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder..
     “ Series A Holder ” and “ Series A Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.1 hereof.
     “ Series A Junior Stock ” means the Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock, Common Stock and any equity security of the Corporation that does not, by its terms, state that it ranks senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to any other amounts distributable upon any Liquidation Event only after the Series A Holders shall have received the Series A Liquidation Preference.
     “ Series A Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.1(a) hereof.
     “ Series A Parity Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, by its terms, ranks on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class or series and the Series A Preferred Stock being entitled to a liquidation preference pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, upon a Liquidation Event, without preference or priority to one over the other. The Series A Preferred Stock shall be considered to be Series A Parity Stock.
     “ Series A Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Series A Senior Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, by its terms, ranks senior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to the payment of any distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation

 


 

prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to the receipt of the full amount of all dividends and of all amounts distributable upon a Liquidation Event to which they are entitled pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, in priority to the Series A Preferred Stock.
     “ Series A/B Available Distribution Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.
     “ Series A/B Holders ” shall mean the Series A Holders and the Series B Holders.
     “ Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote ” shall mean the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock entitled to cast at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the votes entitled to be cast in respect of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, voting together as a single voting group.
     “ Series B Holder ” and “ Series B Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.2 hereof.
     “ Series B Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any equity security of the Corporation that does not, by its terms, ranks senior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series B Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to any other amounts distributable upon any Liquidation Event only after the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have received the Series B Liquidation Preference.
     “ Series B Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.1(b) hereof.
     “ Series B Parity Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, by its terms, ranks on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series B Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series and the Series B Preferred Stock being entitled to a liquidation preference pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, upon a Liquidation Event, without preference or priority to one over the other. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series TS Preferred Stock shall be considered to be a Series B Parity Stock.
     “ Series B Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Series B Senior Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock and any equity security of the Corporation (including any security that is convertible into any equity security of the Corporation) that, by its terms, ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to (i) the payment of dividends, (ii) redemption or (iii) as to distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series B Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to the receipt of the full amount of all dividends and of all amounts distributable upon a Liquidation Event or upon the redemption of such shares, whether pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, in priority to the Series B Preferred Stock.
     “ Series TS Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.1(b) hereof.

 


 

     “ Series TS Holder ” and “ Series TS Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.2 hereof.
     “ Series TS Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any equity security of the Corporation that does not, by its terms, ranks senior to or on parity with the Series TS Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series TS Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to any other amounts distributable upon any Liquidation Event only after the holders of the Series TS Preferred Stock shall have received the Series TS Liquidation Preference.
     “ Series TS Parity Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, expressly by its terms, ranks on a parity with the Series TS Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series TS Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series and the Series TS Preferred Stock being entitled to a liquidation preference pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, upon a Liquidation Event, without preference or priority to one over the other. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series TS Preferred Stock shall be considered to be a Series TS Parity Stock.
     “ Series TS Portion ” (i) for any accounting period shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the average number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock outstanding during such accounting period (computed on a weighted average basis) and the denominator of which shall be the average total number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of all classes and series of capital stock outstanding during such accounting period (computed on a weighted average basis); and (ii) as of any specified date shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock outstanding on such date and the denominator of which shall be the average total number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of all classes and series of capital stock outstanding on such date; provided, that the fraction calculated pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence shall in no event be greater than one. The denominator of the foregoing fraction shall be adjusted from time to time as deemed appropriate by the Board of the Corporation (i) to reflect the fair market value of contributions of cash or property by the Corporation to the USA Group or of cash or property of the Corporation to, or for the benefit of, employees of the USA Group in connection with employee benefit plans or arrangements of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) to reflect the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation contributed to, or for the benefit of, employees of the USA Group in connection with benefit plans or arrangements of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) to reflect payments by the USA Group to the Corporation of amounts applied to the repurchase by the Corporation of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, and (iv) to reflect the number of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock repurchased by the USA Group and no longer outstanding; provided, that in the case of adjustments pursuant to clause (iii) or clause (iv) above, adjustments shall be made only to the extent that the Board of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, shall have approved such repurchase of shares by the Corporation or the USA Group and, in the case of clause (iii) above, shall declare such payments by the USA Group to be applied to such repurchase.
     “ Series TS Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Series TS Senior Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock and any equity security of the Corporation (including any security that is convertible into any equity security of the Corporation) that, by its terms, ranks senior to the Series TS Preferred Stock as to (i) the payment of dividends, (ii) redemption or (iii) as to distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series TS Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to the receipt of the full amount of all dividends and of all amounts distributable upon a Liquidation Event or upon the redemption of such shares, whether pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, in priority to the Series TS Preferred Stock.

 


 

     “ Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement dated December 5, 2005 by and among the Corporation and the stockholders named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Substantially All of the Business of the USA Group ” means 80% or more of the business of the USA Group, based on the fair market value of the assets, both tangible and intangible, of the USA Group as of the time that the proposed transaction is approved by the Board.
     “ Trading Day ” shall mean, if the security is listed on any national securities exchange or on Nasdaq, a business day during which such exchange was open for trading and at least one trade of the security was effected on such exchange or Nasdaq on such business day, or, if the security is not listed on any national securities exchange or Nasdaq but is traded in the over-the-counter market, a business day during which the over-the-counter market was open for trading and at least one “eligible dealer” quoted both a bid and asked price for the security. An “eligible dealer” for any day shall include any broker-dealer who quoted both a bid and asked price for such day, but shall not include any broker-dealer who quoted only a bid or only an asked price for such day.
     “ Unreturned Original Cost ” of any share of Preferred Stock means an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Stated Value of such share over (ii) the aggregate amount of Distributions made by the Corporation in excess of previously paid Accrued Dividends. For purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, with respect to each share of Series TS Preferred Stock, the term “Distributions” shall be deemed to include the full amount of any Distribution which would have been paid in respect of such share in the absence of the limitation imposed under Section 6.2.2 hereof.
     “ USA Available Assets ” means the amount, expressed in Dollars, of the assets of the USA Group legally available for distribution to the Corporation, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, and whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings.
     “ USA Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.3 hereof.
     “ USA Group ” means Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. and its subsidiaries and successors.

 

 

Exhibit 3.2
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION FILED TO CORRECT
A CERTAIN INACCURACY IN THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LULU HOLDING, INC.
FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE
OF DELAWARE ON DECEMBER 2, 2005
          Lulu Holding, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     Does hereby certify that:
          1. The name of the corporation is Lulu Holding, Inc. (the “Company”).
          2. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 2, 2005, and said Certificate requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
          3. The inaccuracy in said Certificate is that:
  (a)   the stated value of the Series TS Preferred Stock was incorrectly stated;
 
  (b)   the name of the Series A Preferred Stock was incorrectly stated as Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock;
 
  (c)   the name of the Series B Preferred Stock was incorrectly stated as Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock; and
 
  (d)   the name of the Series TS Preferred Stock was incorrectly stated as Series TS Participating Convertible Preferred Tracking Stock.
          4. Section 4.1 is hereby corrected to read as follows:
      “The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is Forty Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (40,750,000) shares consisting of Thirty Five Million (35,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and Five Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (5,750,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), issuable in series. Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), and shall have the rights, privileges, preferences and other terms set forth in Article VI herein. Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred

 


 

      Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), and shall have the rights, privileges, preferences and other terms set forth in Article VI herein. Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series TS Preferred Stock” (the “ Series TS Preferred Stock ”), and shall have the rights, privileges, preferences and other terms set forth in Article VI herein. The stated value of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and Eleven Cents ($859.11) per share (the “ Series A Stated Value ”), the stated value of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and Eleven Cents ($859.11) per share (the “ Series B Stated Value ”) and the stated value of the Series TS Preferred Stock shall be Ten Dollars and Twenty Eight and One Tenth Cents ($10.281) per share (the “ Series TS Stated Value ”).”
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Correction has been signed by the undersigned officer as of this 12 th day of January 2006.
         
   
Lulu Holding, Inc.
 
 
 
  By:   /s/  David Mussafer    
    Name:   David Mussafer   
    Title:   President   
 

-2-

 

Exhibit 3.3
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LULU HOLDING, INC.
          Lulu Holding, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), does hereby certify:
     FIRST: That the board of directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions declaring advisable an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:
      RESOLVED, that Article I of the Certificate be amended by deleting the existing Article I and substituting the following in its place:
      “Article I. The name of the corporation is Lululemon Corp. (the “ Corporation ).”
      ;and be it further
 
      RESOLVED, that the foregoing resolutions be submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for approval in accordance with § 242 of the DGCL.
     SECOND: That the stockholders of the Corporation approved the aforesaid amendment by written consent in accordance with the provisions of § 228 of the DGCL.
     THIRD: That the foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of § 242 of the DGCL.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lulu Holding, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by a duly authorized officer, this 22 nd day of March, 2007.
         
     
  /s/ David Mussafer    
  Name:   David Mussafer   
  Title:   President   
 

 

(to be effective immediately prior
to completion of this offering)
Exhibit 3.4
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LULULEMON CORP.
          Lululemon Corp. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:
          1 The present name of the Corporation is Lululemon Corp. The Corporation was originally incorporated in the State of Delaware under the name of Lulu Holding, Inc.
          2. The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of the State of Delaware was November 21, 2005.
          3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amends and restates in its entirety the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on [ l ], 2007, has been duly adopted pursuant to the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, and the stockholders of the Corporation have given their written consent hereto in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. The provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are as follows:
ARTICLE I
NAME
          The name of the corporation is Lululemon Corp. (the “ Corporation ”).
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE; REGISTERED AGENT
          The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1313 North Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is PHS Corporate Services, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
          The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).

 


 

ARTICLE IV
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
     4.1 Total Authorized Capital.
          4.1.1 Until the Effective Time, the total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall issue is Forty Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (40,750,000) shares consisting of Thirty Five Million (35,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and Five Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (5,750,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, issuable in series. Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of the preferred stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”). Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of the preferred stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”). Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of the preferred stock shall be designated “Series TS Preferred Stock” (the “ Series TS Preferred Stock ”). The stated value of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and Eleven Cents ($859.11) per share (the “ Series A Stated Value ”), the stated value of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and Eleven Cents ($859.11) per share (the “ Series B Stated Value ”), and the stated value of the Series TS Preferred Stock shall be Eleven Dollars and Ninety Six and Seven Tenths Cents ($10.281) per share (the “ Series TS Stated Value ”). The rights, privileges, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock set forth in Article VI herein.
          4.1.2 From and after the Effective Time, the total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [ l ] (###,###,###) shares, consisting of: (a) [ l ] (###,###,###) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), (b) [ l ] (###,###,###) shares of voting stock, no par value (the “ Special Voting Stock ”), as provided in Article VII below, and (c) [ l ] (###,###,###) shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Common Stock, Special Voting Stock and Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences and limitations set forth below.
     4.2 Designation of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be divided into such number of series as the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) may determine. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine and alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to fix the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock and the designation of any such series of Preferred Stock. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the authority of the Board of Directors with respect to such designation of a series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
          4.2.1 the number of shares constituting such series and the distinctive designation of such series;
          4.2.2 the dividend rights of the shares of such series, including whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of such series;

-2-


 

          4.2.3 whether such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
          4.2.4 whether such series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;
          4.2.5 whether or not the shares of such series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the term and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;
          4.2.6 whether such series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of such series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;
          4.2.7 the rights of the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of such series; and
          4.2.8 any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of such series.
          Dividends on outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment before any dividends shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment of the Common Stock with respect to the same dividend period.
          If upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets available for distribution to the holders of shares of all series of Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay such holders the full preferential amount to which they are entitled, then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the shares of all series of Preferred Stock in accordance with the respective preferential amounts (including unpaid cumulative dividends, if any) payable with respect thereto.
ARTICLE V
COMMON STOCK
     5.1 General . All shares of Common Stock shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holder thereof to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same qualifications, limitations and restrictions. The rights, powers and privileges of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of holders of the Preferred Stock.
     5.2 Dividends; Stock Splits . Subject to (a) any preferential dividend rights of holders of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, and (b) any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pro rata basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefore.

-3-


 

     5.3 Liquidation Rights . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution after payments to creditors and to the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.
     5.4 Voting . At every meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with the election of directors and all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of Common Stock registered in the name of such holder on the transfer books of the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Common Stock and Special Voting Stock shall vote together as a single class, subject to any right that may be conferred upon holders of Preferred Stock to vote together with holders of Common Stock on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
     5.5 No Cumulative Voting . The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.
ARTICLE VI
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK
AND SERIES TS PREFERRED STOCK
     Except as provided otherwise herein or as otherwise provided by applicable law, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to the following rights and privileges. At the Effective Time, the provisions of the designations f the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall terminate and shall be of no further force or effect.
     6.1 Rank on Liquidation .
          6.1.1 Series A Preferred Stock . Except as otherwise approved by the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (individually a “ Series A Holder ” and collectively with all the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Series A Holders ”) and except as expressly provided in Article VI hereof, the Series A Preferred Stock shall, with respect to rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, rank (i) senior to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock and Series A Junior Stock, and (ii) on parity with the Series A Parity Stock.
          6.1.2 Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock . Except as otherwise approved by the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (individually a “ Series B Holder ” and collectively with all the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the “ Series B Holders ”) and Series TS Preferred Stock (individually a “ Series TS Holder ” and collectively with all the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the “ Series TS Holders ”) entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in respect of the then outstanding shares of Series B

-4-


 

Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, voting together as a single voting group, and except as expressly provided in Article VI hereof, the Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall, with respect to rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, rank (i) senior to the Series B Junior Stock and Series TS Junior Stock, (ii) on parity with the Series B Parity Stock and Series TS Parity Stock, and (iii) on a parity with each other.
     6.2 Dividends and Distributions .
          6.2.1 Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock . Each Series A Holder, Series B Holder and Series TS Holder shall be entitled to receive preferential cash dividends, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, at the rate, in the form, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Section 6.2. Any dividend payment made with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock shall be made in cash out of funds legally available for such purpose, subject to Section 6.2.2 hereof.
          6.2.2 Allocation to Series TS Preferred Stock . To the extent that any provision of this Section 6.2 (other than Section 6.2.3 hereof) would otherwise require a Distribution to be made to the Series TS Holders in an amount exceeding the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets remaining available for Distribution, such Distribution shall only be made to the Series TS Holders to the extent that it does not exceed the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets, and any limitation on a Distribution to the Series TS Holders imposed by this paragraph shall not limit the amount otherwise distributable to the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation. This Section 6.2.2 shall not be construed to give the Series TS Holders any right to a priority Distribution in a situation where such Distribution is otherwise required to be distributed to the Series TS Holders and the holders of any other class or series of capital stock on a pari passu basis.
          6.2.3 Special Dividend Upon USA Disposition . In the event of the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition by the Corporation of Substantially All of the Business of the USA Group to a person, entity or group of which the Corporation is not a direct or indirect majority owner (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or stock, liquidation, dissolution, winding up of the affairs of the USA Group or otherwise) other than in connection with a Liquidation Event (a “ USA Disposition ”), then within 90 days after the consummation of such USA Disposition, the Corporation shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 6.2.2 hereof, declare and pay a dividend in cash and/or securities (other than securities issued by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation) payable with equal priority and pro rata among the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders, in proportion to the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by them, in an aggregate amount equal to the Net Proceeds received by the Corporation from such USA Disposition. Following a USA Disposition, other than the Distribution provided for pursuant to this Section 6.2.3, the Series TS Holders shall have no right to receive any Distributions in respect of their Series TS Preferred Stock. Upon completion of the dividend payment called for under this Section 6.2.3, all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be “ Fully Liquidated Series TS Preferred Stock ” and shall be deemed cancelled in accordance with Section 6.6 hereof. Any

-5-


 

securities issued as all or a portion of a dividend under this Section 6.2.3 shall be valued in accordance with Section 6.3.4(a) and 6.3.4(b) hereof.
          6.2.4 Accrual of Dividends; Dividend Rate .
               (a) Except as otherwise provided for herein, dividends on each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall accrue and accumulate from the Issue Date at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum times the Stated Value per share (as adjusted proportionally for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like).
               (b) Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock shall accrue daily whether or not declared and whether or not funds are legally available for the payment thereof. Any dividends that are not paid within ninety (90) days after the end of a fiscal quarter shall accrue additional dividends from the last day of such fiscal quarter at the same rate per annum. Dividends shall be paid only to the extent that there shall be sufficient funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of such dividend. The amount of dividends payable per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock for any period shorter than a full year shall be computed ratably on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year.
          6.2.5 Payment of Dividends . Dividends shall be payable only when, as and if, declared by the Board of Directors. Each dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock as they appear on the books of the Corporation on the record date for such dividend, which record date shall be not more than forty-five (45) days nor fewer than ten (10) days preceding the proposed dividend payment date, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
          6.2.6 Dividend Preference .
               (a) Except as permitted under Section 6.2.2 hereof, no dividends shall be paid in respect of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock unless an identical dividend per share (measured as a percentage of the Stated Value per share) is also contemporaneously paid on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock; no dividends shall be paid in respect of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock unless an identical dividend per share (measured as a percentage of the Stated Value per share) is also contemporaneously paid on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock; and no dividends shall be paid in respect of outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock unless an identical dividend per share (measured as a percentage of the Stated Value per share) is also contemporaneously paid on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.
               (b) If, in any dividend period or periods, all accrued dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock (whether past or current) at the rate set forth herein shall not have been paid, then, unless and until all dividends accrued and unpaid on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock through the payment date for such dividends are declared and paid on

-6-


 

each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment upon any share of Common Stock or any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock nor shall the Corporation purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration any share of Common Stock or any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock, unless approved by a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence, the Corporation may at any time repurchase, call or otherwise redeem shares of Common Stock from any employee of the Corporation who is not an Affiliate of any holder of Preferred Stock, in connection with the termination of employment of such employee, and paragraph (a) of this Section 6.2.6 shall not apply with respect to any such repurchase, call or redemption.
               (c) If, at any time, the Corporation shall pay less than the total amount of dividends then accrued on the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, the aggregate payment to all Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders shall be distributed among all Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders so that an amount ratably in proportion to the respective dividends accrued thereon shall be paid with respect to each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, subject to Section 6.2.2 hereof.
               (d) This Section shall not apply with respect to Distributions upon a Liquidation Event, which shall instead be governed by Section 6.3 hereof.
          6.2.7 Dividend Participation Rights .
               (a) Each Series A Holder and Series B Holder shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock held, an amount equal to one hundred (100) times (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) the amount of any Distribution (cash, stock or otherwise) declared or paid on or with respect to a share of Common Stock or any other class of stock or equity security of the Corporation (other than with respect to any Distribution declared on the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock) or a share of any series of any such class, when declared or paid. Any such Distribution shall be paid to the Series A Holders and Series B Holders contemporaneously with payment of such Distribution to holders of such other shares.
               (b) Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.2.2 hereof, each Series TS Holder shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series TS Preferred Stock held, an amount equal to one hundred (100) times (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) the amount of any Distribution (cash, stock or otherwise) declared or paid on or with respect to a share of Common Stock or any other class of stock or equity security of the Corporation (other than with respect to any Distribution declared on the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock) or a share of any series of any such class, when declared or paid. Any Distribution to the Series TS Holders in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid to the Series TS Holders contemporaneously with payment of such Distribution to holders of such other shares.

-7-


 

     6.3 Rights on Liquidation .
          6.3.1 Liquidation Preference . In the event of any Liquidation Event, unless paragraph (e) of this Section 6.3.1 applies, then after payment or provision of debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and all amounts due and owing to the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Senior Stock, Series B Senior Stock and Series TS Senior Stock, if any, and before Distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Series A Junior Stock, Series B Junior Stock or Series TS Junior Stock, the following payments shall be made out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for Distribution to holders of the Corporation’s capital stock of all or any classes (other than Series A Senior Stock, Series B Senior Stock and Series TS Senior Stock), whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings (such amount, expressed in Dollars, being herein referred to as the “ Available Assets ”):
               (a) the Series A Holders shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu with the payments made to the Series B Holders and Series TS Holders under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 6.3.1, an amount equal to the Series A Holders’ “ Series A Liquidation Preference .” The Series A Liquidation Preference shall mean for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock held by the Series A Holder, the Unreturned Original Cost of that share plus the accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such share, as of the date of the Liquidation Event. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the amount of the remaining USA Available Assets and the Non-Tracking Available Assets.
               (b) the Series B Holders shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu with the payments made to the Series A Holders and Series TS Holders under paragraphs (a) and (c) of this Section 6.3.1, an amount equal to the Series B Holders’ “ Series B Liquidation Preference .” The Series B Liquidation Preference shall mean for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock held by the Series B Holder, the Unreturned Original Cost of that share plus the accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such share, as of the date of the Liquidation Event. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the amount of the remaining USA Available Assets and the Non-Tracking Available Assets.
               (c) Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (f) of this Section 6.3.1, the Series TS Holders shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu with the payments made to the Series A Holders and Series B Holders under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.3.1, an amount equal to the Series TS Holders’ “ Series TS Liquidation Preference .” The Series TS Liquidation Preference shall mean for each outstanding share of Series TS Preferred Stock held by the Series TS Holder, the Unreturned Original Cost of that share plus the accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such share, as of the date of the Liquidation Event. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be made out of the amount of the remaining USA Available Assets.
               (d) After payment of the Series A Liquidation Preference to the Series A Holders, payment of the Series B Liquidation Preference to the Series B Holders, and payment of the Series TS Liquidation Preference to the Series TS Holders to the extent provided pursuant

-8-


 

to paragraph (c) of this Section 6.3.1, the entire remaining Available Assets shall be distributed as follows:
                    (1) the entire remaining USA Available Assets shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series TS Holders and the holders of the Common Stock, in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held or deemed to be held by them, with each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if it had been converted into one hundred (100) shares (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) of Common Stock; and
                    (2) after making the Distribution described in clause (1) above, or reserving an amount sufficient to make such Distribution, the entire remaining Available Assets shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, and the holders of the Common Stock, in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held or deemed to be held by them, with each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if it had been converted into one hundred (100) shares (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) of Common Stock.
               (e) If, upon a Liquidation Event, the Available Assets shall be insufficient to permit full payment of the Series A Liquidation Preference, the Series B Liquidation Preference and the Series TS Liquidation Preference to all Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders, then the Available Assets shall be distributed as follows:
                    (1)  first , such Available Assets shall be distributed to the Series A Holders, ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the Stated Value of their shares of Series A Preferred Stock, until the Series A Holders shall have received an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Original Cost of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the USA Available Assets and the Non-Tracking Available Assets.
                    (2)  second , any Available Assets remaining after payment to the Series A Holders as provided in Section 6.3.1(e)(1) above shall be distributed to the Series B Holders, ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the Stated Value of their shares of Series B Preferred Stock, until the Series B Holders shall have received an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Original Cost of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied so as to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the remaining USA Available Assets and Non-Tracking Available Assets.
                    (3)  third , subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (f) of this Section 6.3.1, any USA Available Assets remaining after payment to the Series A/B Holders as provided in Sections 6.3.1(e)(1) and 6.3.1(e)(2) above shall be distributed to the Series TS Holders, ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the Stated Value of their shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, until the Series TS Holders shall have received an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Original

-9-


 

Cost of all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock. Any Distribution pursuant to this paragraph shall be made out of the remaining USA Available Assets.
                    (4)  fourth , subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (f) of this Section 6.3.1, the TS Portion of any remaining USA Available Assets after payment to the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders as provided in Sections 6.3.1(e)(1), 6.3.1(e)(2) and 6.3.1(e)(3) shall be distributed to the Series TS Holders ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, until the Series TS Holders shall have received an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series TS Preferred Stock.
                    (5)  fifth , any remaining Available Assets after payment to the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders as provided in Sections 6.3.1(e)(1), 6.3.1(e)(2), 6.3.1(e)(3) and 6.3.1(e)(4) shall be distributed to the Series A/B Holders ratably in proportion to the full respective distributable amounts to which they are entitled in respect of the accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, until the Series A/B Holders shall have received an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends earned on their shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.
               (f) To the extent that any provision of this Section 6.3 would otherwise require a Distribution to be made to the Series TS Holders in an amount exceeding the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets remaining available for Distribution, such Distribution shall only be made to the Series TS Holders to the extent that it does not exceed the TS Portion of the USA Available Assets, and any limitation on a Distribution to the Series TS Holders imposed by this paragraph shall not limit the amount otherwise distributable to the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation. This paragraph (f) shall not be construed to give the Series TS Holders any right to a priority Distribution in a situation where such Distribution is otherwise required to be distributed to the Series TS Holders and the holders of any other class or series of capital stock on a pari passu basis.
          6.3.2 Notice . Written notice of a Liquidation Event, stating the payment date, the amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Series B Liquidation Preference and the place where said sums shall be payable shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, not less than ten (10) days, nor more than sixty (60) days, prior to the payment date stated therein, to all Series A Holders of record and Series B Holders of record, such notice to be addressed to each Series A Holder and Series B Holder at the address shown by the records of the Corporation for the Series A Holder or Series B Holder.
          6.3.3 Mandatory Distribution of Proceeds of Sale. In the event of a Sale Liquidity Event, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to distribute (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference to each Series A Holder, in respect of each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Series A Holder, and (ii) the Series B Liquidation Preference to each Series B Holder, in respect of each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by such Series B Holder, within ten (10) days after consummation of such Sale Liquidity Event.
          6.3.4 Proceeds Other than Cash . In the event that the consideration received by the Corporation in respect of their shares in connection with a Liquidation Event is other than

-10-


 

cash, the value of such consideration will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors as follows:
               (a) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by Section 6.3.4(b) below:
                    (1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value of the security shall be deemed to be the simple average of the closing prices of the security on such exchange or Nasdaq over the twenty (20) Trading Days ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event;
                    (2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value of the security shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) of the security over the twenty (20) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event; and
                    (3) If there is no active public market, the value of the security shall be the Fair Market Value thereof.
               (b) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount for the market value as determined in Section 6.3.4(a) above to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.
               (c) With respect to any other property, the fair market value of such property shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and such valuation shall be subject to a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote.
     6.4 Automatic Conversion Upon an IPO Conversion Event .
          6.4.1 IPO Conversion Event . Upon the occurrence of an IPO Conversion Event each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock then outstanding, other than Repurchased IPO Shares, shall by virtue of, and simultaneously with, the occurrence of the IPO Conversion Event, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be automatically converted into a number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of (i) one hundred (100) (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) and (ii) a number that shall be determined by dividing (x) the Unreturned Original Cost plus accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to each such share, by (y) the Public Offering Price.
          6.4.2 Transaction Expenses . The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of shares of capital stock of the Corporation upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the holder of the shares of Preferred Stock in respect of which such shares are being issued.

-11-


 

          6.4.3 Legality of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . All shares of Common Stock which may be issued in connection with the conversion provisions set forth in this Section 6.4 will, upon issuance by the Corporation, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof and free from all taxes, liens or charges with respect thereto.
          6.4.4 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock. If any fractional shares of Common Stock exist as a result of the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock, then the Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional interest in an amount equal to the Public Offering Price multiplied by such fractional interest, in regards to conversion as a result of an IPO Conversion Event. Fractional interests shall not be entitled to dividends, and the holders of fractional interests shall not be entitled to any rights as stockholders of the Corporation, other than those rights stated in this Section 6.4.4, in respect of such fractional interest.
          6.4.5 Authorization of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation will authorize such shares of Common Stock as are necessary to provide for the conversion of the Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock as contemplated in this Section 6.4.
          6.4.6 Other Conversion Rights . Except as provided in this Section 6.4, the Series A Holders Series B Holders and Series TS Holders shall have no right to convert any such shares into shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or into rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.
     6.5 Exchangeability .
          6.5.1 The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may at any time effect a recapitalization of the Corporation by declaring that all of the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be exchanged for fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the Exchange Rate.
          6.5.2 For purposes of this Section 6.5, term “ Exchange Rate ” applicable to the Series TS Preferred Stock shall mean the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock for which each share of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be exchangeable pursuant to Section 6.5.1, determined as follows: each share of Series TS Preferred Stock shall initially be exchangeable for a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as is determined by dividing (x) the Unreturned Original Cost plus accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to each such share of Series TS Preferred Stock being exchanged, by (B) the Series B Stated Value.
          6.5.3 No fraction of a share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be issued in connection with the exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock into Series B Preferred Stock, but in lieu thereof, each holder of Series TS Preferred Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional interest of a share of Series B Preferred Stock shall, upon surrender of such holder’s certificate or certificates (if any) representing shares of Series TS Preferred Stock,

-12-


 

be entitled to receive a cash payment (without interest) (the “ Fractional Payment ”) equal to an amount determined by the Board of Directors representing the value of such fractional interest.
          6.5.4 At such time or times as the Corporation exercises its right to cause all of the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock to be exchanged for Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 6.5.1 above, the Corporation shall give notice of such exchange to the holders of Series TS Preferred Stock whose shares are to be exchanged, by mailing by first-class mail a notice of such exchange (the “ Exchange Notice ”), in the case of an exchange in accordance with Section 6.5.1 above not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for such exchange (the “ Exchange Date ”), and in the case of an exchange in accordance with Section 6.2.3 above as soon as practicable before or after the Exchange Date, in either case to their last addresses as they shall appear upon the Corporation’s books. Each such Exchange Notice shall specify the Exchange Date and the Exchange Rate applicable to such exchange, and shall state that issuance of certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, Series B Preferred Stock to be received upon exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be, if such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock are held in certificated form, upon surrender of certificates representing such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock.
          6.5.5 Before any holder of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock who holds such shares in certificated form shall be entitled to receive certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, shares of Series B Preferred Stock for which such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock were exchanged, such holder shall surrender at the Corporation’s registered office or at such other location as the Corporation shall specify certificates for such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock duly endorsed to the Corporation or in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to the Corporation or in blank, unless the Corporation shall waive such requirement. The Corporation will, as soon as practicable after such surrender of any such certificates representing shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, issue and deliver at the office of the transfer agent representing the Series B Preferred Stock (or the registered office of the Corporation or such other location as the Corporation shall specify if no such transfer agent has been appointed) to the person for whose account such shares of Series TS Preferred Stock were so surrendered, or to his nominee or nominees, certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid, together with the Fractional Payment, if any.
          6.5.6 From and after the Exchange Date, all rights of a holder of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock which were exchanged for shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease except for the right to receive certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, shares of Series B Preferred Stock together with a Fractional Payment, if any, as contemplated by Section 6.5.3 and Section 6.5.5; provided, however, that no holder of a certificate which immediately prior to the Exchange Date represented shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive any of the foregoing until surrender of such certificate. Upon such surrender, there shall be paid to the holder the amount of any dividends or other Distributions (without interest) which theretofore became payable with respect to a record date after the Exchange Date, but which were not paid by reason of the foregoing, with respect to the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by the certificate or certificates issued upon such surrender. From and after the Exchange Date applicable to the Series TS Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall, however, be entitled to treat the certificates for Series TS Preferred Stock

-13-


 

which have not yet been surrendered for exchange as evidencing the ownership of the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock for which the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock represented by such certificates shall have been exchanged, notwithstanding the failure to surrender such certificates.
          6.5.7 If any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are to be issued in a name other than that in which the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock exchanged therefor are registered, it shall be a condition of such issuance that the person requesting such issuance shall pay any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock in a name other than that of the record holder of the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock exchanged therefor, or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Corporation or its agent that such tax has been paid or is not applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.5, the Corporation shall not be liable to a holder of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock for any shares of Series B Preferred Stock or dividends or Distributions thereon delivered to a public official authorized for such purpose pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.
          6.5.8 At such time as any Exchange Notice is delivered with respect to any shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, or at the time of the Exchange Date, if earlier, the Corporation shall have reserved and kept available, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exchange of the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as shall be issuable upon the exchange of the number of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock specified or to be specified in the Exchange Notice, provided, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of the exchange of the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock by delivery of purchased shares of Series B Preferred Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation.
     6.6 Status of Converted or Repurchased Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock . Any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of purchase, conversion, exchange or otherwise, or the attainment by the outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock of the status of Fully Liquidated Series TS Preferred Stock, shall reduce the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, as the case may be, and such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, shall be cancelled and shall not be subject to reissuance by the Corporation. At such time that all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, as the case may be, cease to be outstanding as provided in the preceding sentence, the provisions of the designation of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall terminate and have no further force and effect, and this Certificate of Incorporation may be restated to exclude such designations without the need for further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.
     6.7 Voting Rights .
          6.7.1 Participation with Common Stock . Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise required by applicable law,

-14-


 

               (a) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders and, except as required by law or as otherwise provided herein, shall vote together with the Series B Holders, Series TS Holders and the Class C Holders as a single voting group;
               (b) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders and, except as required by law or as otherwise provided herein, shall vote together with the Series A Holders, Series TS Holders and the Class C Holders as a single voting group; and
               (c) the holders of Series TS Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders and, except as required by law or as otherwise provided herein, shall vote together with the Series A Holders, Series B Holders and the Class C Holders as a single voting group; provided, however, that shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights in respect of any matter relating to the Canada Group and not to the USA Group, including, without limitation, (i) the manner in which the Corporation should vote any Canada Group Security, (ii) any proposed disposition of any Canada Group Security, or (iii) any proposed merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization or other transaction involving, any entity within the Canada Group and not within the USA Group. To the extent that one or more matters for consideration by stockholders relates to both the Canada Group and the USA Group, the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to separate the matter into one or more matters relating to the Canada Group and one or more separate matters relating to the USA Group.
          6.7.2 Series A Preferred Stock Voting Rights . The Corporation will not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock:
               (a) amend, alter or repeal (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any terms or provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock including, without limitation, any change to Article XI hereof; or
               (b) authorize or issue to any person or entity, any Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock, Series A Parity Stock, or Series A Senior Stock; or
               (c) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock, any Series A Parity Stock or any Series A Senior Stock so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock; or
               (d) authorize or effectuate a stock split or reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock, or an exchange of Series TS Preferred Stock for Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 6.5.1 above.

-15-


 

          6.7.3 Series B Preferred Stock Voting Rights . The Corporation will not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock:
               (a) amend, alter or repeal (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any terms or provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, any change to Article XI hereof); or
               (b) authorize or issue to any person or entity, any Series B Parity Stock or Series B Senior Stock, other than any issuance of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.5.1 hereof; or
               (c) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of any Series B Parity Stock or any Series B Senior Stock so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock; or
               (d) authorize or effectuate a stock split or reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock.
          6.7.4 Series TS Preferred Stock Voting Rights . The Corporation will not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series TS Preferred Stock:
               (a) amend, alter or repeal (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any terms or provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series TS Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, any change to Article XI hereof); or
               (b) authorize or issue to any person or entity, any Series TS Parity Stock or Series TS Senior Stock; or
               (c) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of any Series TS Parity Stock or any Series TS Senior Stock so as to affect adversely the relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations or restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series TS Preferred Stock;
               (d) authorize or effectuate a stock split or reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock; or
               (e) authorize or effectuate an exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock except pursuant to (i) the Issuer Reorganizations as contemplated by Section 4.1 of the Stockholders Agreement, or (ii) and IPO Conversion Event.
          6.7.5 Stockholders Agreement Transactions Deemed Approved . For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series TS Holders shall be deemed to have consented to any transactions or events that would otherwise

-16-


 

require the approval of such holders in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation and which are carried out pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement or any other agreement executed by such holders (or their predecessors in interest in their shares of Preferred Stock) or any amendment of any such agreement (provided that such amendment is entered into pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of such agreement).
     6.8 Adjustment for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidation of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be split, subdivided, combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, and in the event that the Corporation shall issue shares of Common Stock by way of a stock dividend or other Distribution to the holders of Common Stock, the number “100” in Sections 6.2.7, 6.3.1(d), 6.4.1 and 6.7.1 hereof (as the same may be hereafter adjusted in accordance with this paragraph), in each case as in effect immediately prior to such split, subdivision, stock dividend, combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such split, subdivision, stock dividend, combination or consolidation, be equitably increased or decreased proportionately.
     6.9 No Waiver . Except as otherwise modified or provided for herein, the Series A Holders and Series B Holders shall also be entitled to, and shall not be deemed to have waived, any other applicable rights granted to such holders under the DGCL.
ARTICLE VII
SPECIAL VOTING STOCK
          From and after the Effective Time, the number of shares and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Special Voting Stock shall be as follows.
     7.1 General . The Special Voting Stock shall have no rights except for the voting rights set forth in this Article VII.
     7.2 Number of Shares . Upon the exchange of an exchangeable share of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. (the “ Exchangeable Shares , the corresponding share of Special Voting Stock held by the holder of such Exchangeable Share shall automatically be redeemed by the Company and cancelled for no consideration. The exchange of any Exchangeable Share or Exchangeable Shares shall reduce the number of authorized shares of Special Voting Stock. At such time that all outstanding shares of Special Voting Stock cease to be outstanding, whether by redemption, forfeiture or otherwise, the provisions of the designation of Special Voting Stock shall terminate and have no further force and effect.
     7.3 Voting Rights . Holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall have the following voting rights.
          7.3.1 A holder of a share of Special Voting Stock shall be entitled to vote on each matter on which holders of the Common Stock or stockholders generally are entitled to vote, and shall be entitled to cast on each such matter one vote per share of Special Voting Stock.

-17-


 

          7.3.2 Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of shares of Special Voting Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class for the election of directors of the Corporation and on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation and any directors so elected shall be classified as provided in Article X hereof.
     7.4 No Liquidation Rights . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Special Stock shall not be entitled to receive distribution from the Corporation.
     7.5 Limitations on Transferability . A holder of shares of Special Voting Stock may transfer its shares of Special Voting Stock only if the holder contemporaneously transfers the same number of Exchangeable Shares to the transferee of the transferred shares of Special Voting Stock. The Company shall not recognize any transfer of shares of Special Voting Stock if the same number of Exchangeable Shares is not transferred to the same transferee of the transferred shares of Special Voting Stock.
ARTICLE VIII
STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY CONSENT
          Until the Effective Time, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may act by written consent to the extent provided in the DGCL and the Corporation’s bylaws. From and after the Effective Time, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied, provided, however, that the holders of Preferred Stock may act by written consent to the extent expressly provided in the applicable designation of Preferred Stock authorizing the issuance of particular series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.2 above.
ARTICLE IX
STOCK SPLIT
     9.1 Stock Split . Immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated ___, 2007, by and among the Company, Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., and each of the parties whose name appears on Schedule I and Schedule II thereto (“ Reorganization Agreement ”), each share of Common Stock outstanding at such time (including those shares of Common Stock issued as a result of completion of the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement) shall be, without further action by the Corporation or any of the holders thereof, changed and converted into [ l ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Stock Split ”). Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock then outstanding (including those certificates that represent shares of Common Stock as a result of completion of the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement) shall automatically represent from and after the Effective Time that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares shown on the face of the certificate multiplied by [ l ].

-18-


 

     9.2 Fractional Shares . In the event that the Stock Split would result in any holder of shares of Common Stock holding a share of Common Stock that is not an integral multiple of one, the effect of the Stock Split shall be such that the number of such holder’s shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the Stock Split shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.
     9.3 Issuance of Certificates and Shares .
          9.3.1 As soon as possible after the Stock Split, the Corporation shall deliver to its stockholders a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable by reason of the Stock Split in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as each stockholder has specified.
          9.3.2 The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock after the Stock Split shall be made without charge to the holders of such shares of Common Stock for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with the Stock Split.
          9.3.3 All shares of Common Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The Corporation shall take all such actions as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Common Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Corporation upon each such issuance).
ARTICLE X
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
          From and after the Effective Time, the following shall apply and be in full force and effect.
     10.1 General . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors having that number of directors set out in the Bylaws of the Corporation as adopted or as set forth from time to time by a duly adopted amendment thereto by the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Corporation. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors will be filled solely by the vote of our remaining directors in office. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation or removal from office or other cause will be filled solely by the vote of our remaining directors in office.
     10.2 Classes .
          10.2.1 Number of Classes . The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall permit, which classes shall be designated Class I, Class II and Class III.
          10.2.2 Term . Directors assigned to be the initial Class I directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008;

-19-


 

directors assigned to be the initial Class II directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009; and, directors assigned to be the initial Class III directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. Thereafter, at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, directors of classes the terms of which expire at such annual meeting shall be elected for terms of three years by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director whose term shall expire at any annual meeting shall continue to serve until such time as his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified unless his position on the Board of Directors shall have been abolished by action taken to reduce the size of the Board of Directors prior to said meeting.
          10.2.3 Increase or Decrease in Number . If the number of directors of the Corporation is reduced, the directorship(s) eliminated shall be allocated among classes as appropriate so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in Section 10.2.1 herein. The Board of Directors shall designate, by the name of the incumbent(s), the position(s) to be abolished. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Should the number of directors of the Corporation be increased, the additional directorships shall be allocated among classes as appropriate so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in Section 10.2.1 herein.
     10.3 Removal of Directors . No director (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
     10.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and shall not be filled by the stockholders, unless there are no directors remaining on the Board of Directors. Any director so chosen (a “ vacancy director ”) shall be a director of the same class as the director whose vacancy he or she fills. Such vacancy director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified. The stockholders shall thereupon elect a director to fill the vacancy or newly created directorship having been temporarily filled by the vacancy director, which individual may include the incumbent vacancy director. The director so elected shall be a director of the same class as the vacancy director and shall serve until the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of such class expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
ARTICLE XI
EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
     11.1 Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary

-20-


 

damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation of which this Section 11.1 is a part to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Section 11.1 by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
     11.2 Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Corporation may indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and, in the manner provided by the DGCL, any such expenses may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Expenses incurred by any such director, officer, employee or agent in defending any such action, suit or proceeding may be advanced by the Corporation prior to the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by the DGCL and this Article XI.
     11.3 Insurance . The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent against any liability which may be asserted against such person.
     11.4 Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

-21-


 

ARTICLE XII
INSOLVENCY, RECEIVERS AND TRUSTEES
          Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the DGCL or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the DGCL order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.
ARTICLE XIII
CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES; ACCESSIBILITY
          The Corporation is authorized to sell and issue, from time to time, all or any portion of the capital stock of the Corporation which may have been authorized but not issued, to such persons and for such lawful consideration (not less than the par value thereof), and upon such terms and in such manner as it may determine. Any and all shares so issued, the full consideration for which shall have been paid or delivered, shall be fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof shall not be liable to the Corporation or its creditors for any further payment thereon.
ARTICLE XIV
RIGHT TO AMEND
     14.1 Right to Amend Until the Effective Time . Until the Effective Time, subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 6.7 hereof, the Corporation shall have the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation and in any certificate amendatory hereof in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders or others hereunder are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that (a) any consent or waiver given by the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders or the Series TS Holders in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, or (b) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of any provision in this Certificate of Incorporation, in each case which treats any Series A Holder, Series B Holder or Series TS Holder in a manner which is disproportionate and adverse relative to other holders of shares of the same series of Preferred Stock (any such disproportionately and adversely affected Preferred stockholder being herein referred to as an “ Adversely Affected Holder ”) shall require

-22-


 

the consent of the Adversely Affected Holder. At the Effective Time, this Section 14.1 shall terminate and be of no force or effect.
     14.2 Right to Amend After the Effective Time . From and after the Effective Time, the following shall apply and be in full force and effect:
          14.2.1 General . The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
          14.2.2 Amendment of Specified Provisions . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of the capital stock required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Article X hereof or this Article XIV, or any provisions thereof or hereof, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with Article XI hereof or this Article XIV, unless such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption shall be approved by a majority of the directors then in office.
ARTICLE XV
BYLAWS
          The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE XVI
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY
          Until the Effective Time, the following shall apply and be in full force and effect. At the Effective Time, this Article XVI shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.
     16.1 Corporate Opportunities Generally . Recognizing (a) that the Corporation will not be a wholly-owned subsidiary of either Advent International Corporation, Highland Capital Partners, Inc. or any of their respective affiliates (each, an “ Investor Stockholder ”), and that an Investor Stockholder may be a significant stockholder of the Corporation, (b) the possibility that the officers and/or directors of the Corporation may also serve as officers and/or directors of an Investor Stockholder, (c) the possibility that the Corporation and an Investor Stockholder may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same classes or categories of corporate opportunities, and (d) the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with each Investor Stockholder (including possible provision of management services, and the service of officers and/or directors of the Investor Stockholders as officers and/or directors of the Corporation), the provisions of this Article XVI are set forth to regulate and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, define the conduct of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities that are presented to the Corporation or to an Investor

-23-


 

Stockholder, and their respective officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.
     16.2 Duties of Investor Stockholders . Except as may be otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Corporation and an Investor Stockholder, an Investor Stockholder shall have no duty to refrain from engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation (and all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, associations and other entities in which the Corporation beneficially owns directly or indirectly 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests) engages in or proposes to engage in. The Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy, or in being offered any opportunity to participate, in such business opportunities as may arise in which both an Investor Stockholder and the Corporation may have an interest and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the Investor Stockholder nor any officer or director thereof (except as provided in Section 16.3 hereof) shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any such activities of such Investor Stockholder. In the event that an Investor Stockholder acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both such Investor Stockholder and the Corporation, such Investor Stockholder shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder of the Corporation by reason of the fact that such Investor Stockholder pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation.
     16.3 Duties of Certain Other Persons . In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of an Investor Stockholder acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (as referenced in Section 16.2 hereof) for both the Investor Stockholder and the Corporation, such director or officer of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:
          16.3.1 a corporate opportunity (as referenced in Section 16.2 hereof) offered to any person who is an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director but not an officer of an Investor Stockholder, shall belong to the Corporation;
          16.3.2 a corporate opportunity (as referenced above in Section 16.2 hereof) offered to any person who is a director but not an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director or an officer of an Investor Stockholder shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation, and otherwise shall belong to such Investor Stockholder; and
          16.3.3 a corporate opportunity (as referenced above in Section 16.2 hereof) offered to any person who is an officer of both the Corporation and an Investor Stockholder shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in his or her

-24-


 

capacity as an officer of the Corporation and otherwise shall belong to such Investor Stockholder.
     16.4 Notice of Corporate Opportunity Provisions . Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provision of Section 16.1 of this Article XVI.
     16.5 Termination or Amendment of Section 16.1. Anything in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary notwithstanding, the foregoing provisions of this Article XVI shall terminate, expire and have no further force and effect on the date that (a) an Investor Stockholder ceases to beneficially own shares of capital stock entitling the Investor Stockholder to cast a number of votes representing at least the lesser of (i) 5% of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, or (ii) 50% of the number of votes entitled to be cast in an election of directors in respect of all shares of capital stock beneficially owned by such Investor Stockholder at the time that such Investor Stockholder initially became a stockholder of the Corporation, and (b) no person who is a director or officer of the Corporation is also an Affiliate of an Investor Stockholder. Neither the alteration, amendment, termination, expiration or repeal of this Article XVI nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII all eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article XVI in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article XVI, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, termination, expiration, repeal or adoption. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
ARTICLE XVII
DEFINITIONS
     17.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth below:
          “ $ ” or “ Dollar ” means United States dollars unless otherwise indicated.
          “ Accrued Dividends ” means dividends accrued on a share of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.2.4 hereof.
          “ Affiliate ” or “ affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “ Canada Group ” shall mean Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., and their respective subsidiaries and successors.
          “ Canada Group Security ” shall mean any security issued by or owned by any entity within the Canada Group, and any replacement security into which any such security may be converted or exchanged pursuant to a plan of recapitalization, reorganization, merger, sale of assets or otherwise.

-25-


 

          “ Change of Control Transaction ” means (i) a Sale Liquidity Event; (ii) the sale of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation to a non-affiliate of the Corporation in any single transaction or series of related transactions; (iii) any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction of the Corporation with or into a non-affiliate in which (A) the corporation is a constituent party, or (B) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation; except any such merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior thereto continue to hold immediately thereafter at least 51%, by voting power and economic interest, of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting corporation or (B) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such transaction, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation.
          “ Distribution ” means each distribution made by the Corporation to holders of capital stock, whether in cash, property, or securities of the Corporation, and whether by dividend, liquidating distribution, recapitalization or otherwise; provided, other than for purposes of Section 6.2.7 hereof, that a Distribution shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of any recapitalization or exchange of any outstanding shares of capital stock, or any subdivision (by stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) or any combination (by stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) of any outstanding shares of capital stock, in each case involving only the receipt of equity securities in exchange for or in connection with any such recapitalization, subdivision or combination.
          “ Effective Time ” means the “Reorganization Effective Time,” as defined in the Reorganization Agreement.
          “ Fair Market Value ” of any security on a Trading Day means:
          (a) the average of the closing prices for the security during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding such Trading Day, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the security is listed or admitted to trading; or
          (b) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is traded on the Nasdaq or the over-the-counter market, the closing sale price of the security; or
          (c) if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations for the security, as reported by Nasdaq or any comparable system;
          (d) if the security is not listed on Nasdaq or a comparable system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. who make a market in the security selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.
          (e) if the security is not publicly traded, the Fair Market Value of such security shall be determined by a nationally recognized independent appraiser selected by the Board in good faith and reasonably acceptable to the holders by the written consent or

-26-


 

affirmative vote of sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, voting together as a single voting group.
          With respect to any other property, including any security not described in (a) through (e) above, the Fair Market Value of such property shall be determined by the Board in good faith and such valuation shall be subject to a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote.
          “ IPO Conversion Event ” means the closing of the first Qualified Public Offering.
          “ Issue Date ” means the date on which the Corporation shall initially issue a share of Series A Preferred Stock or a share of Series B Preferred Stock, regardless of the number of times the transfer of such share shall be made on the Corporation’s stock transfer records and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such share.
          “ Liquidation Event ” means any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, or a Change of Control Transaction.
          “ Nasdaq ” means The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
          “ Net Proceeds ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to any USA Disposition, an amount, if any, equal to the gross proceeds of such USA Disposition after any payment of, or reasonable provision for, (without duplication) (a) any taxes payable by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation in respect of such USA Disposition or in respect of any mandatory dividend resulting from such USA Disposition (or that would have been payable but for the utilization of tax benefits attributable to the Canada Group), (b) any transaction costs borne by the Corporation or Canada Group in connection with such USA Disposition, including, without limitation, any legal, investment banking and accounting fees and expenses borne by the Corporation or Canada Group in connection with such USA Disposition, (c) any liabilities and other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the USA Group, including, without limitation, any indemnity or guarantee obligations incurred by the Corporation or Canada Group in connection with the USA Disposition or any liabilities assumed by the Corporation or Canada Group for future purchase price adjustments, and (e) repayment of any notional, intergroup debt owed by the USA Group to the Corporation or the Canada Group. To the extent the proceeds of any USA Disposition include any securities (other than securities of the Corporation) or other property other than cash, the Board shall determine the value of such securities or property (and such valuation shall be subject to a Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote); provided that the value of any marketable securities included in such proceeds shall be the Fair Market Value of such securities on the 5th Trading Day immediately preceding the date of a public announcement that a definitive agreement has been signed for such USA Disposition.
          “ IPO Price ” means the price at which a share of Common Stock is offered to the public in the Offering.
          “ Non-Tracking Available Assets ” means the Available Assets minus the USA Available Assets.

-27-


 

          “ Public Offering Price ” means the price at which the shares of Common Stock are first offered to the public in a Qualified Public Offering.
          “ Qualified Public Offering ” means firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company or an Affiliate with a nationally recognized underwriter that is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company (other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) on either the New York Stock Exchange, London Stock Exchange, Toronto Stock Exchange, Deutsche Börse or the Nasdaq National Market in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $75 million.
          “ Reorganization ” means a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, or other similar transaction involving the Corporation, that immediately after the completion of such transaction, (a) control of the Corporation is substantially unaffected or remains, directly or indirectly, in the same stockholders (or their Affiliates) that controlled the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction, and (b) the relative ownership of each Stockholder in the remaining, surviving or resulting corporation is unaffected.
          “ Repurchased IPO Shares ” means any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock repurchased (or to be repurchased) by the Corporation in connection with the Qualified Public Offering.
          “ Repurchased Shares ” means any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock repurchased (or to be repurchased) by the Corporation in connection with the Class Conversion Election.
          “ Sale Liquidity Event ” means the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Corporation’s consolidated assets to a non-affiliate of the Corporation in any single transaction or series of related transactions.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          “ Series A Junior Stock ” means the Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock, Common Stock and any equity security of the Corporation that does not, by its terms, state that it ranks senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to any other amounts distributable upon any Liquidation Event only after the Series A Holders shall have received the Series A Liquidation Preference.
          “ Series A Parity Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, by its terms, ranks on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class or series and the Series A Preferred Stock being entitled to a liquidation preference pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof,

-28-


 

upon a Liquidation Event, without preference or priority to one over the other. The Series A Preferred Stock shall be considered to be Series A Parity Stock.
          “ Series A Senior Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, by its terms, ranks senior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to the payment of any distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to the receipt of the full amount of all dividends and of all amounts distributable upon a Liquidation Event to which they are entitled pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, in priority to the Series A Preferred Stock.
          “ Series A/B Holders ” shall mean the Series A Holders and the Series B Holders.
          “ Series A/B/TS Supermajority Vote ” shall mean the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock entitled to cast at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the votes entitled to be cast in respect of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, voting together as a single voting group.
          “ Series B Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any equity security of the Corporation that does not, by its terms, ranks senior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series B Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to any other amounts distributable upon any Liquidation Event only after the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have received the Series B Liquidation Preference.
          “ Series B Parity Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, by its terms, ranks on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series B Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series and the Series B Preferred Stock being entitled to a liquidation preference pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, upon a Liquidation Event, without preference or priority to one over the other. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series TS Preferred Stock shall be considered to be a Series B Parity Stock.
          “ Series B Senior Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock and any equity security of the Corporation (including any security that is convertible into any equity security of the Corporation) that, by its terms, ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to (i) the payment of dividends, (ii) redemption or (iii) as to distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series B Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to the receipt of the full amount of all dividends and of all amounts distributable upon a Liquidation Event or upon the redemption of such shares, whether pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, in priority to the Series B Preferred Stock.

-29-


 

          “ Series TS Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any equity security of the Corporation that does not, by its terms, ranks senior to or on parity with the Series TS Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series TS Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to any other amounts distributable upon any Liquidation Event only after the holders of the Series TS Preferred Stock shall have received the Series TS Liquidation Preference.
          “ Series TS Parity Stock ” shall mean any equity security of the Corporation which, expressly by its terms, ranks on a parity with the Series TS Preferred Stock as to the distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series TS Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series and the Series TS Preferred Stock being entitled to a liquidation preference pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, upon a Liquidation Event, without preference or priority to one over the other. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series TS Preferred Stock shall be considered to be a Series TS Parity Stock.
          “ Series TS Portion ” (i) for any accounting period shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the average number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock outstanding during such accounting period (computed on a weighted average basis) and the denominator of which shall be the average total number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of all classes and series of capital stock outstanding during such accounting period (computed on a weighted average basis); and (ii) as of any specified date shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of Series TS Preferred Stock outstanding on such date and the denominator of which shall be the average total number of votes entitled to be cast in respect of all shares of all classes and series of capital stock outstanding on such date; provided, that the fraction calculated pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence shall in no event be greater than one. The denominator of the foregoing fraction shall be adjusted from time to time as deemed appropriate by the Board of the Corporation (i) to reflect the fair market value of contributions of cash or property by the Corporation to the USA Group or of cash or property of the Corporation to, or for the benefit of, employees of the USA Group in connection with employee benefit plans or arrangements of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) to reflect the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation contributed to, or for the benefit of, employees of the USA Group in connection with benefit plans or arrangements of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) to reflect payments by the USA Group to the Corporation of amounts applied to the repurchase by the Corporation of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock, and (iv) to reflect the number of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock repurchased by the USA Group and no longer outstanding; provided, that in the case of adjustments pursuant to clause (iii) or clause (iv) above, adjustments shall be made only to the extent that the Board of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, shall have approved such repurchase of shares by the Corporation or the USA Group and, in the case of clause (iii) above, shall declare such payments by the USA Group to be applied to such repurchase.
          “ Series TS Senior Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock and any equity security of the Corporation (including any security that is convertible into any equity security of the Corporation) that, by its terms, ranks senior to the Series TS Preferred Stock as to (i) the

-30-


 

payment of dividends, (ii) redemption or (iii) as to distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (whether the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof be different from those of the Series TS Preferred Stock) resulting in the holders of any such class of stock or series being entitled to the receipt of the full amount of all dividends and of all amounts distributable upon a Liquidation Event or upon the redemption of such shares, whether pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, in priority to the Series TS Preferred Stock.
          “ Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement dated December 5, 2005 by and among the Corporation and the stockholders named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time.
          “ Substantially All of the Business of the USA Group ” means 80% or more of the business of the USA Group, based on the fair market value of the assets, both tangible and intangible, of the USA Group as of the time that the proposed transaction is approved by the Board.
          “ Trading Day ” shall mean, if the security is listed on any national securities exchange or on Nasdaq, a business day during which such exchange was open for trading and at least one trade of the security was effected on such exchange or Nasdaq on such business day, or, if the security is not listed on any national securities exchange or Nasdaq but is traded in the over-the-counter market, a business day during which the over-the-counter market was open for trading and at least one “eligible dealer” quoted both a bid and asked price for the security. An “eligible dealer” for any day shall include any broker-dealer who quoted both a bid and asked price for such day, but shall not include any broker-dealer who quoted only a bid or only an asked price for such day.
          “ Unreturned Original Cost ” of any share of Preferred Stock means an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Stated Value of such share over (ii) the aggregate amount of Distributions made by the Corporation in excess of previously paid Accrued Dividends. For purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, with respect to each share of Series TS Preferred Stock, the term “Distributions” shall be deemed to include the full amount of any Distribution which would have been paid in respect of such share in the absence of the limitation imposed under Section 6.2.2 hereof.
          “ USA Available Assets ” means the amount, expressed in Dollars, of the assets of the USA Group legally available for distribution to the Corporation, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, and whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings.
          “ USA Group ” means Lululemon Athletica USA Inc. and its subsidiaries and successors.
          THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, for purpose of amended and restating the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to the DGCL, has executed this certificate this ___day of ___2007.
         
  Lululemon Corp.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Robert Meers   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 

-31-

 

(to be effective immediately prior
to completion of this offering)
Exhibit 3.5
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LULULEMON CORP.
          Lululemon Corp. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:
          1. The present name of the Corporation is Lululemon Corp. The Corporation was originally incorporated in the State of Delaware under the name of Lulu Holding Inc.
          2. The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of the State of Delaware was November 21, 2005.
          3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amends and restates in its entirety the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on [ l ], 2007, has been duly adopted pursuant to the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, and the stockholders of the Corporation have given their written consent hereto in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. The provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are as follows:
ARTICLE I
NAME
          The name of the corporation is Lululemon Corp. (the “ Corporation ”).
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE; REGISTERED AGENT
          The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1313 North Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is PHS Corporate Services, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
          The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).

 


 

ARTICLE IV
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL
          4.1. Total Authorized Capital . The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [ l ] (###,###,###) shares, consisting of: (a) [ l ] (###,###,###) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), (b) [ l ] (###,###,###) shares of voting stock, no par value (the “ Special Voting Stock ”), as provided in Article VI, and (c) [ l ] (###,###,###) shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Common Stock, Special Voting Stock and Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences and limitations set forth below.
          4.2. Designation of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be divided into such number of series as the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) may determine. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine and alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to fix the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock and the designation of any such series of Preferred Stock. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the authority of the Board of Directors with respect to such designation of a series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
               4.2.1. the number of shares constituting such series and the distinctive designation of such series;
               4.2.2. the dividend rights of the shares of such series, including whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of such series;
               4.2.3. whether such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
               4.2.4. whether such series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;
               4.2.5. whether or not the shares of such series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the term and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;
               4.2.6. whether such series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of such series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;
               4.2.7. the rights of the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of such series; and
               4.2.8. any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of such series.

-2-


 

          Dividends on outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment before any dividends shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment of the Common Stock with respect to the same dividend period.
          If upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets available for distribution to the holders of shares of all series of Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay such holders the full preferential amount to which they are entitled, then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the shares of all series of Preferred Stock in accordance with the respective preferential amounts (including unpaid cumulative dividends, if any) payable with respect thereto.
ARTICLE V
COMMON STOCK
          5.1. General . All shares of Common Stock shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holder thereof to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same qualifications, limitations and restrictions. The rights, powers and privileges of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of holders of the Preferred Stock.
          5.2. Dividends; Stock Splits . Subject to (a) any preferential dividend rights of holders of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, and (b) any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pro rata basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefore.
          5.3. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution after payments to creditors and to the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.
          5.4. Voting . At every meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with the election of directors and all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of Common Stock registered in the name of such holder on the transfer books of the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Common Stock and Special Voting Stock shall vote together as a single class, subject to any right that may be conferred upon holders of Preferred Stock to vote together with holders of Common Stock on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
          5.5. No Cumulative Voting . The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.

-3-


 

ARTICLE VI
SPECIAL VOTING STOCK
     6.1. General . The Special Voting Stock shall have no rights except for the voting rights set forth in this Article VI.
     6.2. Number of Shares . Upon the exchange of an exchangeable share of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc. (the “ Exchangeable Shares ”), the corresponding share of Special Voting Stock held by the holder of such Exchangeable Share shall automatically be redeemed by the Company and cancelled for no consideration. The exchange of any Exchangeable Share or Exchangeable Shares shall reduce the number of authorized shares of Special Voting Stock. At such time that all outstanding shares of Special Voting Stock cease to be outstanding, whether by redemption, forfeiture or otherwise, the provisions of the designation of Special Voting Stock shall terminate and have no further force and effect.
     6.3. Voting Rights . Holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall have the following voting rights.
          6.3.1. A holder of a share of Special Voting Stock shall be entitled to vote on each matter on which holders of the Common Stock or stockholders generally are entitled to vote, and shall be entitled to cast on each such matter one vote per share of Special Voting Stock.
          6.3.2. Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of shares of Special Voting Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class for the election of directors of the Corporation and on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation and any directors so elected shall be classified as provided in Article VIII hereof.
     6.4. No Liquidation Rights . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Special Stock shall not be entitled to receive distribution from the Corporation.
     6.5. Limitations on Transferability . A holder of shares of Special Voting Stock may transfer its shares of Special Voting Stock only if the holder contemporaneously transfers the same number of Exchangeable Shares to the transferee of the transferred shares of Special Voting Stock. The Company shall not recognize any transfer of shares of Special Voting Stock if the same number of Exchangeable Shares is not transferred to the same transferee of the transferred shares of Special Voting Stock.
ARTICLE VII
ELIMINATION OF STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY CONSENT
          Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied, provided, however, that the holders of Preferred Stock may act by

-4-


 

written consent to the extent expressly provided in the applicable designation of Preferred Stock authorizing the issuance of particular series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.2 above.
ARTICLE VIII
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
          8.1. General . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors having that number of directors set out in the Bylaws of the Corporation as adopted or as set forth from time to time by a duly adopted amendment thereto by the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Corporation. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors will be filled solely by the vote of our remaining directors in office. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation or removal from office or other cause will be filled solely by the vote of our remaining directors in office.
          8.2. Classes .
               8.2.1. Number of Classes . The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall permit, which classes shall be designated Class I, Class II and Class III.
               8.2.2. Term . Directors assigned to be the initial Class I directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008; directors assigned to be the initial Class II directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009; and, directors assigned to be the initial Class III directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. Thereafter, at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, directors of classes the terms of which expire at such annual meeting shall be elected for terms of three years by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director whose term shall expire at any annual meeting shall continue to serve until such time as his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified unless his position on the Board of Directors shall have been abolished by action taken to reduce the size of the Board of Directors prior to said meeting.
               8.2.3. Increase or Decrease in Number . If the number of directors of the Corporation is reduced, the directorship(s) eliminated shall be allocated among classes as appropriate so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in Section 8.2.1 herein. The Board of Directors shall designate, by the name of the incumbent(s), the position(s) to be abolished. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Should the number of directors of the Corporation be increased, the additional directorships shall be allocated among classes as appropriate so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in Section 8.2.1 herein.
          8.3. Removal of Directors . No director (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting

-5-


 

power of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
          8.4. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and shall not be filled by the stockholders, unless there are no directors remaining on the Board of Directors. Any director so chosen (a “ vacancy director ”) shall be a director of the same class as the director whose vacancy he or she fills. Such vacancy director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified. The stockholders shall thereupon elect a director to fill the vacancy or newly created directorship having been temporarily filled by the vacancy director, which individual may include the incumbent vacancy director. The director so elected shall be a director of the same class as the vacancy director and shall serve until the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of such class expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
ARTICLE IX
EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
          9.1. Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation of which this Section 9.1 is a part to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.1 by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
          9.2. Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Corporation may indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in

-6-


 

the right of the Corporation and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and, in the manner provided by the DGCL, any such expenses may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Expenses incurred by any such director, officer, employee or agent in defending any such action, suit or proceeding may be advanced by the Corporation prior to the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by the DGCL and this Article IX.
          9.3. Insurance . The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent against any liability which may be asserted against such person.
          9.4. Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
ARTICLE X
INSOLVENCY, RECEIVERS AND TRUSTEES
          Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the DGCL or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the DGCL order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

-7-


 

ARTICLE XI
CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES; ASSESSABILITY
          The Corporation is authorized to sell and issue, from time to time, all or any portion of the capital stock of the Corporation which may have been authorized but not issued, to such persons and for such lawful consideration (not less than the par value thereof), and upon such terms and in such manner as it may determine. Any and all shares so issued, the full consideration for which shall have been paid or delivered, shall be fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof shall not be liable to the Corporation or its creditors for any further payment thereon.
ARTICLE XII
RIGHT TO AMEND
               12.1.1. General . The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
          12.2. Amendment of Specified Provisions . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of the capital stock required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Article IX hereof or this Article XII, or any provisions thereof or hereof, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with Article IX hereof or this Article XII, unless such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption shall be approved by a majority of the directors then in office.
          THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, for purpose of amended and restating the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to the DGCL, has executed this certificate this ___day of ___2007.
             
    Lululemon Corp.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
Robert Meers
   
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer    

-8-

 

Exhibit 3.6
LULU HOLDING, INC.
(a Delaware Corporation)
BY-LAWS
Effective as of December 5, 2005
ARTICLE 1
OFFICES
     Section 1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of Lulu Holding, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be at 1313 North Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The registered agent at such address shall be PHS Corporate Services, Inc.
     Section 1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE 2
MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
     Section 2.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such time and date as may be fixed by the Board.
     Section 2.2 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the President or by vote of a majority of the directors or at the request in writing of stockholders of record owning a majority in amount of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote.
     Section 2.3 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders may be held at such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board or as specified and fixed in the respective notices or waiver of notice thereof.
     Section 2.4 Notice of Meetings .
          (a) Except as otherwise required by law, notice of each meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting by delivering a typewritten or printed notice to such stockholder personally, or by depositing such notice in the mail, in a postage prepaid envelope, directed to such stockholder at the post office address furnished by such stockholder to the Secretary of the Corporation for that purpose or, if such stockholder has not furnished to the Secretary an address for such purpose, then at the post office address last known to the Secretary, or by transmitting a notice to such stockholder at such address or number as such stockholder may provide, from time to time, by facsimile. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, no publication of any notice of a meeting of the stockholders shall be required. Every notice of a meeting of the stockholders shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder who waives such notice, and such notice shall be deemed waived by any stockholder who attends such meeting in person or by proxy, except as to a stockholder who attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 


 

Except as otherwise expressly required by law, notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
          (b) Any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws shall be effective if given in the form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given and in accordance with Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given in the form of an electronic transmission shall be deemed given: (i) by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consent to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with a separate notice to the stockholder of such posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
     Section 2.5 Quorum . Except in the case of any meeting for the election of directors summarily ordered as provided by law, the holders of record of a majority in voting interest of the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on any particular matter, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of such matter at any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation or any adjournment thereof. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat or, in the absence therefrom of all the stockholders, any officer entitled to preside at, or to act as secretary of, such meeting may adjourn such meeting from time to time. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
     Section 2.6 Voting .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, at each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder is entitled to vote in person or by proxy each share or fractional share of the stock of the Corporation having voting rights on the matter in question and held by such stockholder and registered in the stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation:
               (i) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 7.7 of these Bylaws as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting, or
               (ii) if no record date is so fixed, then (A) at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or (B) if notice of the meeting is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting will be held.
          (b) Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors in such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes. Persons holding stock of the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote such stock. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation the pledgor expressly empowered the pledgee to vote

-2-


 

thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or the pledgee’s proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon. Stock having voting power standing of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants in common, tenants by entirety or otherwise, or with respect to which two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship, shall be voted in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL.
          (c) Any such voting rights may be exercised by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by the stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by the stockholder’s attorney thereunto authorized and delivered to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. The attendance at any meeting of a stockholder who has given a proxy shall not have the effect of revoking the same unless the stockholder notifies the secretary of the meeting in writing prior to the voting of the proxy. At any meeting of the stockholders all matters, except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, in the Corporation’s Certificate of Designation of Preferred Stock, if any, in Section 9.6 of these Bylaws, or by law, shall be decided by the vote of a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat and thereon, a quorum being present. The vote at any meeting of the stockholders on any question need not be by ballot, unless so directed by the Board or the officer of the Corporation presiding at the meeting. On a vote by ballot each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by the stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and it shall state the number of shares voted.
     Section 2.7 List of Stockholders . The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
     Section 2.8 Judges . If at any meeting of the stockholders a vote by written ballot shall be taken on any question, the chairman of the meeting may appoint a judge or judges to act with respect to the vote. Each judge appointed shall first subscribe an oath faithfully to execute the duties of a judge at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Such judges shall decide upon the qualification of the voters and shall report the number of shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, shall conduct and accept the votes, and, when the voting is completed, shall ascertain and report the number of shares voted respectively for and against the question. Reports of judges shall be in writing and subscribed and delivered by them to the Secretary of the Corporation. The judges need not be stockholders of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be a judge on any question other than a vote for or against a proposal in which the judge has a material interest.
     Section 2.9 Action Without Meeting . Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

-3-


 

ARTICLE 3
DIRECTORS
     Section 3.1 General Powers . The property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board. The Board shall have such general and specific powers as are conferred by the DGCL, subject only to the provisions of the statutes, Certificate of Incorporation, Stockholders Agreement and these By-Laws, which may restrict or deny such powers.
     Section 3.2 Number and Term of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more directors, as determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. The members of the Board shall be elected by the vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall serve for a term ending at the annual meeting following the meeting at which such director is elected; and each director shall hold office after the annual meeting at which his or her term is scheduled to end until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject to prior death, resignation, disqualification, or removal from office. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same term as the remaining term of his or her predecessor.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement or by any other agreement applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall be in addition to the number of directors provided by these Bylaws.
     Section 3.3 Nominations of Directors . Nominees for election to the Board shall be selected by the Board or a committee of the Board to which the Board has delegated the authority to make such selections pursuant to Article 4 of these Bylaws. The Board or such committee, as the case may be, may consider written recommendations from stockholders for nominees for election to the Board provided any such recommendation, together with (a) a written description of the proposed nominee’s qualifications and other relevant biographical information, (b) a description of any arrangements or understandings among the recommending stockholder and each nominee and any other person with respect to such nomination, and (c) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected, is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the tenth (10th) day after giving of notice of the meeting at which directors are to be elected. Only persons duly nominated for election to the Board in accordance with this Section 3.3 shall be eligible for election to the Board.
     Section 3.4 Resignations . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time is not specified, immediately upon receipt; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation is not necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.5 Vacancies .
          (a) Any vacancy in the Board, whether because of death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a director may be filled by (i) the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote at a special meeting of such holders called for such purpose as provided in Article II, at any annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Upon the occurrence of any such vacancy, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation may, and upon written request of the holders of record of at

-4-


 

least ten (10%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote (addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal office of the Corporation) shall, call a special meeting of the holders of such class or classes for the election of the director to fill such vacancy. If such meeting shall not be called by the President or the Secretary of the Corporation within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written request by the Secretary of the Corporation, then the holders of record of at least ten (10%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote may call such meeting at the expense of the Corporation, and such meeting may be called by such holders upon the notice required for special meetings of stockholders and shall be held at the place designated in such notice. Each director so chosen to fill a vacancy shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until he or she resigns or is removed in the manner herein provided.
          (b) Any newly-created directorship resulting from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Board then in office, provided that a quorum is present.
     Section 3.6 Annual Meeting . After each annual election of directors, the newly elected directors may meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers, and the transaction of other business, at such place and time as shall be fixed by the stockholders at the annual meeting, and if a majority of the directors be present at such place and time, no prior notice of such meeting shall be required to be given to the directors. The place and time of such meeting may also be fixed by written consent of the directors. Regular meetings of the directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.
     Section 3.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or any director. Except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws, notice of the time and place of each special meeting shall be mailed to each director, addressed to such director at his or her residence or usual place of business, at least five (5) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to such director at such place by electronic transmission (including, without limitation, facsimile transmission or electronic mail) or be delivered personally not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time at which the meeting is to be held. Except where otherwise required by law or by these Bylaws, notice of the purpose of a special meeting need not be given. Notice of any meeting of the Board shall not be required to be given to any director who is present at such meeting, except a director who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 3.8 Quorum and Manner of Acting . Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or by law, the presence of a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be required to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and all matters shall be decided at any such meeting, a quorum being present, by the affirmative votes of a majority of the directors present. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at any meeting may adjourn the same from time to time until a quorum shall be present. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given. The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.
     Section 3.9 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

-5-


 

     Section 3.10 Removal of Directors . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any director may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, by the holders of shares of stock of the requisite class and voting power which had the right to elect such director, which right may be exercised at a special meeting of such holders called for that purpose or by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
     Section 3.11 Compensation . The directors shall receive only such compensation for their services as directors as may be allowed by resolution of the Board, which, in the case of non-employee directors may include such annual fees and meeting fees as may be approved, from time to time, by the Board. The Board may also provide that the Corporation shall reimburse each such director for any expense incurred by such director on account of his or her attendance at any meetings of the Board or committees of the Board. Neither the payment of such compensation nor the reimbursement of such expenses shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation or its Subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
ARTICLE 4
COMMITTEES
     Section 4.1 General .
          (a) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate an executive committee and one or more other committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board designating such committee and except as otherwise limited by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
          (b) The executive committee and such other committees shall meet at stated times or on notice to all by any of their own number. They shall fix their own rules of procedure. A majority shall constitute a quorum, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole committee shall be necessary in every case. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board at the next regular meeting of the Board.
     Section 4.2 Executive Committee . The executive committee shall not have authority to make, alter or amend the By-Laws, but, subject to applicable laws, shall exercise all other powers of the Board between the meetings of said Board, except the power to fill vacancies in their own membership, which vacancies shall be filled by the Board.
ARTICLE 5
OFFICERS OF THE CORPORATION
     Section 5.1 Number . The officers of the Corporation may be a president, one or more vice-presidents, secretary, treasurer, and such other officers as may from time to time be chosen by the Board.
     Section 5.2 Term . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead or the earlier termination or resignation of such officer. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board.

-6-


 

     Section 5.3 Assistants, Agents and Employees, Etc. In addition to the officers specified in Section 5.1, the Board may appoint any other officers, assistants, agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable, including one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board may from time to time determine.
     Section 5.4 Removal . Any officer, assistant, agent or employee of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, at any time: (a) in the case of an officer, assistant, agent or employee appointed by the Board, only by resolution of the Board; and (b) in the case of an officer, assistant, agent or employee, otherwise appointed, by any officer of the Corporation or committee of the Board upon whom or which such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.
     Section 5.5 Resignations . Any officer or assistant may resign at any time by giving written notice of the resignation to the Board or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time is not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board or the Secretary, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation is not necessary to make it effective.
     Section 5.6 Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or other cause, may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term thereof in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments or elections to such office.
     Section 5.7 President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. It shall be his duty to preside at all meetings of the stockholders; to have general and active management of the business and the Corporation; to see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect; to execute all contracts, agreements, deeds, bonds, mortgages and other obligations and instruments, in the name of the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto when authorized by the Board or the executive committee. He or she shall have the general supervision and direction of the other officers of the Corporation and shall see that their duties are properly performed. He or she shall be ex-officio a member of all standing committees and shall have the general duties and powers of supervision and management usually vested in the office of the President of a Corporation. The Board may delegate to the President any of its powers under this Article 5 as they apply to any other officer.
     Section 5.8 Vice President . The Vice-Presidents, in the order designated by the Board, shall be vested with all powers and required to perform all the duties of the President in his absence or disability and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.
     Section 5.9 President Pro Tem . In the absence or disability of the President and the Vice-President, the Board may appoint from their own members a president pro tem.
     Section 5.10 Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Corporation, the Board, the executive committee and standing committees. He or she shall act as clerk thereof and shall record all of the proceedings of such meetings in a book kept for that purpose. He or she shall give proper notice of meetings of stockholders and directors and shall perform such other duties as shall be assigned to him by the President or the Board.
     Section 5.11 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, executive committee or President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and directors, whenever

-7-


 

they may require it, an account of all his transactions as treasurer, and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and at the regular meeting of the Board next preceding the annual stockholders’ meeting, a like report for the preceding year. He or she shall keep an account of stock registered and transferred in such manner and subject to such regulations as the Board may prescribe. He or she shall give the Corporation a bond, if required by the Board, in such sum and in form and with security satisfactory to the Board for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession, belonging to the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other duties as the Board or executive committee may from time to time prescribe or require.
     Section 5.12 Delegation of Officers’ Duties . In case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation or for any other reason deemed sufficient by a majority of the Board, the Board may delegate his powers or duties to any other officer or to any director for the time being.
     Section 5.13 Compensation . The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. None of such officers shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation. Nothing contained herein shall preclude any officer from serving the Corporation, or any subsidiary corporation, in any other capacity and receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation. Nothing contained herein shall preclude any officer from serving the Corporation, or any subsidiary corporation, in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.
ARTICLE 6
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
     Section 6.1 Execution of Contracts . The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized by the Board or by these Bylaws, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or in any amount.
     Section 6.2 Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the Board.
     Section 6.3 Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select, or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the Corporation, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer (or any other officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation who shall from time to time be determined by the Board) may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation.
     Section 6.4 General and Special Bank Accounts . The Board may from time to time authorize the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. The Board may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws, as it may deem proper.

-8-


 

ARTICLE 7
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
     Section 7.1 Certificates of Stock . Certificates of stock shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President and either the Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary. If a certificate of stock be lost or destroyed, another may be issued in its stead upon proof of loss or destruction and the giving of a satisfactory bond of indemnity in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim. A new certificate may be issued without requiring bond when, in the judgment of the directors, it is proper to do so.
     Section 7.2 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.
     Section 7.3 Fractional Shares . The Corporation shall be entitled to issue fractions of shares.
     Section 7.4 Stockholders of Record . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of Delaware.
     Section 7.5 Regulations . The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the stock of the Corporation. It may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer clerks or one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates for stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 7.6 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed, and Mutilated Certificates . In any case of loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place upon proof of such loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation and upon the giving of a bond of indemnity to the Corporation in such form and in such sum as the Board may direct; provided, however, that a new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the Board, it is proper so to do.
     Section 7.7 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If in any case involving the determination of stockholders for any purpose other than notice of or voting at a meeting of stockholders or expressing consent to corporate action without a meeting, the Board shall not fix such a record date, and the record date for determining stockholders for such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board shall adopt the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

-9-


 

ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 8.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative ( “Proceeding” ), including without limitation, Proceedings by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that he or she or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith. Such right shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation for expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.
     Section 8.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that claimant had not met the applicable standard of conduct.

-10-


 

     Section 8.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred by Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
     Section 8.4 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 9.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board.
     Section 9.2 Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the capital stock may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting and may be paid in cash or property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation or any other corporation. The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purposes and may alter or abolish any such reserve or reserves.
     Section 9.3 Checks . All checks, drafts or orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the treasurer or by such other officer or officers as the Board may from time to time designate. No check shall be signed in blank.
     Section 9.4 Books and Records . The books, records and accounts of the Corporation except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, may be kept within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the By-Laws or by resolution of the directors.
     Section 9.5 Notices .
          (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by facsimile transmission. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice is received, if hand delivered, or dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by facsimile transmission, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.
          (b) A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.
     Section 9.6 Amendment . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or in the Corporation’s Certificate of Designation of the Preferred Stock, if any, these By-Laws may be amended, altered, repealed or added to at any regular meeting of the stockholders or Board or at any special meeting called for that purpose, by affirmative vote of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote or of a majority of the whole board of directors, as the case may be.

-11-

 

Exhibit 3.7
(to be effective immediately
upon completion of this offering)
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
LULULEMON CORP.
Effective:
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     Section 1.1. Registered Office . The registered office of Lululemon Corp. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the registered office may be changed at any time upon a resolution adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).
     Section 1.2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     Section 2.1. Place . All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver thereof.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held in each calendar year within five months after the end of the fiscal year of the Corporation on such day and at such time and place (within the State of Delaware) as the Board shall fix, at which time the stockholders shall elect a Board and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Any business may be transacted at the meeting, irrespective of whether the notice of such meeting contains a reference thereto, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by statute.
     Section 2.3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time, but only by the chairman of the Board (the “ Chairman of the Board ”), the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the “ CEO ”), the President, or upon a resolution adopted upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board, and not by the stockholders.
     Section 2.4. Notice Of Meetings . Notice of all stockholders’ meetings stating the time, place and the objects for which such meetings are called shall be given by the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, the President or any vice-president (a “ Vice-President ”) or the Secretary (the “ Secretary ”) or any assistant secretary (an “ Assistant Secretary ”) of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) days or more than

-1-


 

sixty (60) days prior to the date of the meeting by written notice delivered personally, by electronic transmission, mailed or delivered via overnight courier to each stockholder. If delivered personally, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when received. If mailed or delivered via overnight courier service, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail in a sealed envelope with postage thereon prepaid, or deposited with the overnight courier service, as the case may be, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock record books of the Corporation, unless he shall have filed with the Secretary a written request that notice intended for him be mailed to some other address, in which case it shall be mailed to the address designated in such request. If delivered by electronic transmission, such notice shall be sent consistent with Article X hereof.
     Any meeting at which all stockholders entitled to vote have waived or at any time shall waive notice shall be a legal meeting for the transaction of business, notwithstanding that notice has not been given as herein before provided. The waiver must be in writing, signed by the stockholder entitled to the notice, and be delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.
     Section 2.5. Notice for Nominations and Proposals .
          2.5.1. Annual Meetings .
               (a) Nominations for the election of directors and proposals for any new business to be taken up at any annual meeting of stockholders may be made by the Board or, as provided in this Section 2.5, by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock, if applicable. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice with respect to any annual meeting must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 60th day nor earlier than the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than sixty (60) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so received not earlier than the 90th day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the later of the 60th day prior to the annual meeting or the 15th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by the Corporation; provided further that with respect to the annual meeting to be held in 2008, notice by the stockholder must be so received not earlier than March 17, 2008 and not later than the later of April 17, 2008 or the 15th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. A stockholder’s notice shall set forth:
                    (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (A) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, (B) a description of all relationships between the proposed nominee and the

-2-


 

recommending stockholder and any agreements or understandings between the recommending stockholder and the nominee regarding the nomination, and (C) a description of all relationships between the proposed nominee and any of the Corporation’s competitors, customers, suppliers, labor unions (if any) and any other persons with special interests regarding the Corporation;
                    (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and
                    (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the telephone number of such stockholder, and the name, address and telephone number of such beneficial owner, (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned of record by such stockholder and beneficially by such beneficial owner and the time period such shares have been held, (C) a representation that such stockholder and beneficial owner intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting, and (D) a representation that such stockholder and such beneficial owner intend to continue to hold the reported shares through the date of the Corporation’s next annual meeting of stockholders. For purposes of satisfying the requirements of clause (B) of this paragraph with respect to a beneficial owner, the beneficial owner shall supply to the Corporation either (1) a statement from the record holder of the shares verifying the holdings of the beneficial owner and indicating the length of time the shares have been held by such beneficial owner, or (2) a current Schedule 13D, Schedule 13G, Form 3, Form 4 or Form 5 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission reflecting the holdings of the beneficial owner, together with a statement of the length of time that the shares have been held.
                    (iv) If a recommendation is submitted by a group of two or more stockholders, the information regarding the recommending stockholders and beneficial owners, if any, must be submitted with respect to each stockholder in the group and any beneficial owners.
               (b) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.5.1 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at the annual meeting is increased pursuant to an act of the Board and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board on or before the date which is 15 days before the latest date by which a stockholder may timely notify the Corporation of nominations or other business to be brought by a stockholder in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.5.1, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.5.1 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 15th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
          2.5.2. Special Meetings . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the

-3-


 

Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.5, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting for inclusion in the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.5.1 of these Bylaws if such nomination shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 15th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
          2.5.3. General . Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5 shall be eligible to stand for election to the Board at a meeting of stockholders, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as amended and restated (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) or these Bylaws, the Chairman of the Board shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this bylaw and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 2.5, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.
          2.5.4. Public Announcement . For purposes of this Section 2.5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).
          2.5.5. Non-Exclusivity . If the Corporation is required under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act to include a stockholder’s proposal in its proxy statement, such stockholder shall be deemed to have given timely notice for purposes of this Section 2.5 with respect to such proposal. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation to elect directors.
     Section 2.6. Quorum . Except as may be otherwise provided by law, a majority of the voting power of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. In the event that the voting power of all a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at any meeting,

-4-


 

action on a matter is approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws a larger or different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of each question. If a quorum of the shares entitled to vote shall fail to be obtained at any meeting, or in the event of any other proper business purpose, the chair of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time by announcement to stockholders present in person at the meeting and no other notice of such place, date or time need be given.
     Section 2.7. Organization . At every meeting of the stockholders the Chairman of the Board, or, in his absence, the CEO or the President, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the CEO and the President, a director or an officer of the Corporation designated by the Board shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary, the chairman may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date . For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of stockholders is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of stockholders. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this Section 2.8, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.
     Section 2.9. Voting Lists . The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for common shares of the Corporation shall make available, within two (2) business days after notice of a meeting is given, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each stockholder, which list, for a period beginning within two (2) business days after notice of such meeting is given, shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder at any time either (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. In the event of any challenge to the right of any

-5-


 

person to vote at the meeting, the presiding officer at such meeting may rely on said list as proper evidence of the right of parties to vote at such meeting.
     Section 2.10. Proxies . Stockholders of record who are entitled to vote may vote at any meeting either in person or by written proxy, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxy shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless the stockholder executing it shall have specified therein the length of time it is to continue in force, which shall be for some limited period. A proxy is revocable by the stockholder unless it conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment of the proxy is coupled with an interest.
     Section 2.11. Voting of Shares . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each share of Common Stock shall have all voting rights accorded to holders of Common Stock pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”), at the rate of one vote per share.
     Section 2.12. Business and Order of Business . At each meeting of the stockholders such business may be transacted as may properly be brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law or in these Bylaws. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the Chairman of the Board, unless otherwise determined by a majority in interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     Section 3.1. Number . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such number, neither fewer than three (3) nor more than fifteen (15) (exclusive of directors, if any, to be elected by holders of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a class), as determined from time to time by the Board. The Board has the power to fix or change the number of directors, including an increase or decrease in the number of directors, from time to time as established by the Board. A director need not be a stockholder or a resident of the State of Delaware.
     Section 3.2. Classification of Board . The Board shall be divided into three classes, as more particularly set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
     Section 3.3. Powers of Directors . The Board shall have the entire management of the business of the Corporation. In the management and control of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation, the Board is hereby vested with all the powers possessed by the Corporation itself, so far as this delegation of authority is not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws. The Board shall have the power to determine what constitutes net earnings, profits, and surplus, respectively, what amount shall be reserved for working capital and to establish reserves for any other proper purpose, and what amount shall be declared as dividends, and such determination by the Board shall be final

-6-


 

and conclusive. The Board shall have the power to declare dividends for and on behalf of the Corporation, which dividends may include or consist of stock dividends.
     Section 3.4. Regular Meetings of the Board . Immediately after the annual election of directors, the newly elected directors may meet at the same place for the purpose of organization, the election of corporate officers and the transaction of other business; if a quorum of the directors is then present no prior notice of such meeting shall be required. Other regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times and places as the Board by resolution may determine and specify, and if so determined no notice thereof need be given, provided that, unless all the directors are present at the meeting at which said resolution is passed, the first meeting held pursuant to said resolution shall not be held for at least five (5) days following the date on which the resolution is passed.
     Section 3.5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be held at any time or place whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary, or by written request of at least two directors, notice thereof being given to each director by the Secretary or other officer calling the meeting, or they may be held at any time without formal notice provided all of the directors are present or those not present shall at any time waive or have waived notice thereof.
     Section 3.6. Notice . Notice of any special meetings shall be given at least two (2) days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, by telegram, by overnight courier service, by facsimile communication or by electronic transmission, or at least five (5) days previously thereto by written notice sent by mail. The time when such notice is received, if delivered personally, or when such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mail, by overnight courier service, by facsimile telecommunication or by electronic transmission, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.
     Section 3.7. Quorum . A majority of the members of the Board, as constituted for the time being, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present is the act of the Board, except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws. The fact that a director has an interest in a matter to be voted on by the meeting shall not prevent his being counted for purposes of a quorum.
     Section 3.8. Action by Directors without a Meeting . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all directors consent to taking such action without a meeting. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by each such director, and shall be included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken.
     Section 3.9. Meetings by any Form of Communication . The Board shall have the power to permit any and all directors to participate in a regular or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of any means of communication by which all directors

-7-


 

participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
     Section 3.10. Organization . At each meeting of the Board, the Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, a director designated by the Board shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, any person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
     Section 3.11. Resignations . A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, or the President. Resignation is effective when the notice is delivered, unless the notice specifies a later effective date.
     Section 3.12. Removal of Directors . No director (other than directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock) may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
     Section 3.13. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board, including vacancies resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, and unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise (and subject to the rights of the holders or any series of preferred stock), vacancies shall not be filled by stockholders. A director elected to fill any vacancy shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of the class to which he or she has been elected expires, and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
     Section 3.14. Compensation . By resolution of the Board, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
     Section 4.1. Appointment and Powers . The Board may create one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more directors of the Corporation, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or in these Bylaws and not inconsistent with the DGCL, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. The Board may abolish any such committee at any time.
     Section 4.2. Term of Office and Vacancies . Each member of a committee shall continue in office until a director to succeed him shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until he ceases to be a director or until he shall have resigned or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any vacancy in a committee shall be filled by the Board.

-8-


 

     Section 4.3. Organization . Unless otherwise provided by the Board, each committee shall appoint a chairman. Each committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings and report the same from time to time to the Board as the Board may require.
     Section 4.4. Resignations . Any member of a committee may resign from the committee at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 4.5. Removal . Any member of a committee may be removed from the committee with or without cause at any time by resolution of the Board.
     Section 4.6. Meetings . Regular meetings of each committee, of which no notice shall be required, shall be held on such days and at such places as the chairman of the committee shall determine or as shall be fixed by a resolution passed by a majority of all the members of such committee. Special meetings of each committee will be called by the Secretary at the request of any two (2) members of such committee, or in such other manner as may be determined by the committee. Notice of any special meetings shall be given at least two (2) days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, by telegram, by overnight courier service, by facsimile communication or by electronic transmission, or at least five (5) days previously thereto by written notice sent by mail. Every such notice shall state the date, time and place of the meeting, but need not state the purposes of the meeting. No notice of any meeting of a committee shall be required to be given to any alternate. The time when such notice is received, if delivered personally, or when such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mail, by overnight courier service, by facsimile telecommunication or by electronic transmission, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.
     Section 4.7. Quorum and Manner of Acting . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, a majority of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee, except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws. The members of each committee shall act only as a committee and the individual members shall have no power as such. Actions taken at a meeting of any committee shall be reported to the Board at its next meeting following such committee meeting; provided that, when the meeting of the Board is held within two (2) days after the committee meeting, such report may be made to the Board at its second meeting following such committee meeting.
     Section 4.8. Compensation . Each member of a committee shall be paid such compensation, if any, as shall be fixed by the Board.
ARTICLE V
WAIVER OF NOTICE
     Whenever any notice is required to be given by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or any laws of the State of Delaware, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice and filed with the minutes or corporate records, whether

-9-


 

before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Where the person or persons entitled to such notice sign the minutes of any stockholders’ or directors’ meeting, which minutes contain the statement that said person or persons have waived notice of the meeting, then such person or persons are deemed to have waived notice in writing. A stockholder’s attendance at a meeting waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon the stockholder’s arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and also waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented. A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the director of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon the director’s arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.
ARTICLE VI
OFFICERS
     Section 6.1. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, CEO, President, Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice-Presidents (the number thereof to be determined by the Board), a Secretary, and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board. Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of CEO and Secretary. The CEO and President may be the same person, but need not be the same person.
     Section 6.2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation to be elected by the Board shall be elected annually by the Board at the first meeting of the Board held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held in such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor is duly elected and is qualified or until his death or until he resigns or is removed in the manner hereinafter provided.
     Section 6.3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
     Section 6.4. Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term.
     Section 6.5. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the directors. The Chairman of the Board shall represent the Corporation in all matters involving the stockholders of the Corporation. He shall also perform such other duties the Board may assign to him from time to time.

-10-


 

     Section 6.6. Chief Executive Officer . The CEO shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and shall enforce the observance of the Bylaws and the rules of order for the meetings of the Board and the stockholders. He shall keep the Board appropriately informed on the business and affairs of the Corporation. He may sign, either alone or with the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board, certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deed, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of CEO and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.
     Section 6.7. President . The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation. He or she shall have the authority to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed arid except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. If, for any reason, the Corporation does not have a Chairman or CEO, or such officers are unable to act, the President shall assume the duties of those officers as well.
     Section 6.8. Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer . The Chief Financial Officer shall also serve as the Treasurer of the Corporation and shall arrange for the keeping of adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the corporation. He shall provide for the establishment of internal controls and see that adequate audits are currently and regularly made. He shall submit to the CEO, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chairman of the Board and the Board timely statements of the accounts of the corporation and the financial results of the operations thereof.
     Section 6.9. Assistant Treasurers . The Assistant Treasurer or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 6.10. Chief Operating Officer . If a Chief Operating Officer is elected, the Chief Operating Officer shall supervise the operation of the Corporation, subject to the policies and directions of the Board. He shall provide for the proper operation of the Corporation and oversee the internal interrelationship amongst any and all departments of the Corporation. He shall submit to the CEO, the President and the Board timely reports on the operations of the Corporation.
     Section 6.11. The Vice-Presidents . In the absence of the CEO and the President or in the event of their death, inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President (or in the event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated at the time of their

-11-


 

election, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the CEO and the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the CEO and the President. Any Vice-President may sign, either alone or with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the Corporation any deed, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed, and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the CEO, the President or by the Board.
     Section 6.12. The Secretary . The Secretary shall: (a) prepare and keep the minutes of the stockholders’ and of the Boards’ meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal (if any) of the Corporation and see that said seal is affixed to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder; (e) sign with the CEO, the President or a Vice-President certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (g) in general perform all duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the CEO, the President or by the Board.
     Section 6.13. Assistant Secretaries . The Assistant Secretaries, when authorized by the Board, may sign with the CEO, the President or a Vice-President certificates for shares of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board. The Assistant Secretaries, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Secretary, or by the CEO, the President or the Board.
     Section 6.14. Registered Agent . The Board shall appoint a Registered Agent for the Corporation in accordance with the DGCL and may pay the agent such compensation from time to time as it may deem appropriate.
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
     Section 7.1. Indemnification by Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to

-12-


 

believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the parson did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
     Section 7.2. Suit by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
     Section 7.3. Success on the Merits . To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
     Section 7.4. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such section. Such determination shall be made:
          (a) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding; or
          (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
          (c) by the stockholders.

-13-


 

     Section 7.5. Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board deems appropriate.
     Section 7.6. Non-Exclusivity of Indemnification Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to the other sections of this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
     Section 7.7. Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII.
     Section 7.8. Continuance of Indemnification . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VII shall constitute a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation in each circumstance, and each such person shall have all rights available in law or equity to enforce such contract rights against the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII shall not adversely affect or deprive any director, officer, employee or agent of any right or protection offered by such provision prior to such repeal or modification.
     Section 7.9. Definition of “the Corporation. ” For purposes of this Article VII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer employee or agent of such constituent Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article VII with respect to the resulting or surviving Corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent Corporation of its separate existence bad continued.

-14-


 

     Section 7.10. Definition of “Other Enterprises” . For purposes of this Article VII, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VII.
ARTICLE VIII
CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
     Section 8.1. Contracts . The Board may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
     Section 8.2. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board.
     Section 8.3. Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select.
ARTICLE IX
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
     Section 9.1. Right to Certificate . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, or the CEO, or the President, or a Vice-President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.
     Section 9.2. Statements Setting Forth Rights . If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or

-15-


 

other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and rights.
     Section 9.3. Facsimile Signature . Where a certificate is countersigned (a) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (b) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.
     Section 9.4. Lost Certificates . The Board may delegate to its transfer agent the authority to issue without further action or approval of the Board, a new certificate or certificates in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the receipt by the transfer agent of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and upon the receipt from the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or certificates, or his legal representative of a bond as indemnity against any claim that may be made with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
     Section 9.5. Transfers of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and if such shares are not restricted as to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
     Section 9.6. Transfer Agents and Registrars . The Board may appoint one or more corporate transfer agents and registrars.
     Section 9.7. Registered Ownership of Shares . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.
ARTICLE X
NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION
     Section 10.1. Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if: (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and (b) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the

-16-


 

giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Any notice given pursuant to Section 10.1 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
     Section 10.2. Definition of Electronic Transmission . An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. Any requirement in these Bylaws for a written or signed document from any person shall be deemed to be satisfied by an electronic transmission from such person.
ARTICLE XI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 11.1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board, subject to applicable legal requirements. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
     Section 11.2. Reserves . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conclusive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 11.3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.
     Section 11.4. Seal . This Corporation may or may not have a seal and in any event the failure to affix a corporate seal to any instrument executed by the Corporation shall not affect the validity thereof. If a seal is adopted, the seal of this Corporation shall include the following letters cut or engraved thereon: LULULEMON CORP.
ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENTS
     Section 12.1. Amendments . The Board is expressly authorized to repeal, alter, amend or rescind these Bylaws. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws (and

-17-


 

notwithstanding some lesser percentage that may be specified by law), the Bylaws may be repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the stockholders of the Corporation as described in the Certificate of Incorporation or in accordance with the DGCL.

-18-

 

Exhibit 10.1
LULULEMON CORP.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
           SECTION 1. Purpose; Definitions . The purposes of the Lululemon Corp. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to enable Lululemon Corp. (the “ Company ”) and its Affiliates (as defined herein) to recruit and retain highly qualified personnel, to provide those personnel with an incentive for productivity and to provide those personnel with an opportunity to share in the growth and value of the Company.
          For purposes of the Plan, the following initially capitalized words and phrases will be defined as set forth below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning:
          (a) “ Affiliate ” means any Person that is a subsidiary of the Company, or directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (or their successors).
          (b) “ Award ” means a grant of Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
          (c) “ Award Agreement ” means, with respect to any particular Award, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Award.
          (d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time; provided, however , that if the Board appoints a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder pursuant to Section 2 , references in the Plan to the “Board” will be deemed to also refer to that Committee in connection with matters to be performed by that Committee.
          (e) “ Cause ” means (i) conviction of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime that causes the Company or its Affiliates public disgrace or disrepute, or adversely affects the Company’s or its Affiliates’ operations or financial performance or the relationship the Company has with its Affiliates, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty in the course of his employment; (iii) refusal, failure or inability to perform any material obligation or fulfill any duty (other than any duty or obligation of the type described in clause (v) below) to the Company or any of its Affiliates (other than due to a Disability), which failure, refusal or inability is not cured within 10 days after delivery of notice thereof; (iv) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (v) any breach of any obligation or duty to the Company or any of its Affiliates (whether arising by statute, common law, contract or otherwise) relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or proprietary rights; or (vi) any other conduct that constitutes “cause” at common law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant and the Company (or any of its Affiliates) have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then with respect to such Participant, “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement.

 


 

          (f) “ Change in Control ” means, the occurrence of any of the following, in one transaction or a series of related transactions: (i) any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becoming a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock; (ii) a consolidation, share exchange, reorganization or merger of the Company resulting in the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such event not owning at least a majority of the voting power of the resulting entity’s securities outstanding immediately following such event; (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company (other than a transfer of financial assets made in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of securitization); (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (v) any similar event deemed by the Board to constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan.
          For the avoidance of doubt, a transaction or a series of related transactions will not constitute a Change in Control if such transaction(s) result(s) in the Company, any successor to the Company, or any successor to the Company’s business, being controlled, directly or indirectly, by the same Person or Persons who controlled the Company, directly or indirectly, immediately before such transaction(s).
          (g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
          (h) “ Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan.
          (i) “ Consultant ” means a Person, other than an employee or Director of the Company or an Affiliate, that (i) is engaged to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate other than services provided in relation to a distribution of securities; (ii) provides services under a written contract with the Company or an Affiliate; and (iii) spends or will spend a significant amount of time and attention to the affairs and business of the Company or an Affiliate.
          (j) “ Designated Participant ” means a Participant not subject to Canadian federal personal income tax.
          (k) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of an Affiliate.
          (l) “ Disability ” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled.
          (m) “ Disabled ” means a total and permanent disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
          (n) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          (o) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date: (i) if the Shares are not then publicly traded, the value of such Shares on that date, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion; or (ii) if the Shares are publicly traded, the volume weighted average trading price of the Shares for the five trading days immediately preceding such date on the TSX or the

-2-


 

principal national securities exchange on which the majority of the trading in the Shares occurs or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the TSX or any national securities exchange, but are traded in the over-the-counter market, the closing sale price of a Share on that date or, if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on that date, as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. who make a market in the common stock selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.
          (p) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
          (q) “ Insider ” means an insider as defined in the Securities Act (British Columbia), other than a Person who would be deemed an “insider” only virtue of being a director or senior officer of a Subsidiary.
          (r) “ Non-Employee Director ” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, however , that the Board or the Committee may, to the extent that it deems necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder, require that each “Non-Employee Director” also be an “outside director” as that term is defined in regulations under
Section 162(m).
          (s) “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
          (t) “ Option ” means any option to purchase Shares (including Restricted Stock, if the Board so specifies in the applicable Award Agreement) granted pursuant to Section 5 hereof.
          (u) “ Parent ” means, in respect of the Company, a “parent corporation” as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
          (v) “ Participant ” means an employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates to whom an Award is granted.
          (w) “ Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other entity or association.
          (x) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares that are subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 8 hereof.
          (y) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right granted under and subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 8 hereof.
          (z) “ SAR ” means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan and described in Section 6 hereof.

-3-


 

          (aa) “ Shares ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3 hereof
          (bb) “ Subsidiary ” means, in respect of the Company, a subsidiary company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.
          (cc) “ Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
          (dd) “ TSX ” means the Toronto Stock Exchange.
           SECTION 2. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board; provided, however , that the Board may at any time appoint a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder; and provided further , that the authority of any Committee appointed pursuant to this Section 2 will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe and will be coextensive with, and not in lieu of, the authority of the Board hereunder.
          Subject to the requirements of the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation, and any other agreement that governs the appointment of Board committees, any Committee established under this Section 2 will be composed of not fewer than two members, each of whom will serve for such period of time as the Board determines; provided, however , that if the Company has a class of securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all members of any Committee established pursuant to this Section 2 will be Non-Employee Directors. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereto, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.
          Directors who are eligible for Awards or have received Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of Awards, except that no such member will act upon the grant of an Award to himself or herself, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which action is taken with respect to the grant of Awards to himself or herself.
          The Board will have full authority to grant Awards under this Plan. In particular, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board will have the authority:
          (a) to select the persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder (consistent with the eligibility conditions set forth in Section 4 );
          (b) to determine the type of Award to be granted to any person hereunder;
          (c) to determine the number of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Award; and
          (d) to establish the terms and conditions of each Award Agreement.

-4-


 

          The Board will have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable; to establish the terms of each Award Agreement; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan.
          All decisions made by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Participants. No Director will be liable for any good faith determination, act or omission in connection with the Plan or any Award.
           SECTION 3. Shares Subject to the Plan .
          (a)  Shares Subject to the Plan . The Shares to be subject to or related to Awards under the Plan will be authorized and unissued Shares of the Company. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options, SARs, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan is [                      ]. The Company will reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted Options or SARs with respect to more than                      Shares in any calendar year or 5% of the Shares outstanding at the time such Shares are reserved for issuance.
In addition, (i) the maximum number of shares that may be issued to Insiders pursuant to awards under the Plan and any other stock-based compensation arrangement adopted by the Company is 10% of the Shares outstanding; (ii) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued to Insiders under the Plan and any other stock-based compensation arrangement adopted by the Company within a one-year period is 10% of the Shares outstanding; and (iii) the maximum number of shares that may be issued to any one Insider (and such Insider’s associates and Affiliates) under the Plan and any other stock-based compensation arrangement adopted by the Company within a one-year period is 5% of the number of Shares outstanding.
For purposes of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, any entitlement to acquire Shares granted pursuant to this Plan or any other stock-based compensation arrangement adopted by the Company prior to the Participant becoming an Insider is to be excluded, and the number of Shares outstanding is to be determined at the time of the Share issuance in question.
          (b)  Effect of the Expiration or Termination of Awards . If and to the extent that an Option or SAR expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option or SAR will again become available for grant under the Plan. Similarly, if and to the extent an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units is canceled or forfeited for any reason, the Shares subject to that Award will again become available for grant under the Plan. In addition, if and to the extent an Award is settled for cash, the Shares subject thereto will again become available for grant under the Plan.

-5-


 

          (c)  Other Adjustment . In the event of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, stock split or combination, stock dividend or other similar event or transaction (including, without limitation, any “corporate transaction,” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.424-1(a)(3)), substitutions or adjustments will be made by the Board: (i) to the aggregate number, class and/or issuer of the securities reserved for issuance under the Plan; (ii) to the number, class and/or issuer of securities subject to outstanding Awards; and (iii) to the exercise price of outstanding Options or SARs, in each case in a manner that reflects equitably the effects of such event or transaction. For avoidance of doubt, a substitution or adjustment that reflects equitably the effects of a given event or transaction will include (but will not be limited to) any substitution or adjustment consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation § 1.424-1(a) or any successor provision.
          (d)  Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change in Control of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change in Control:
          (i) cause any or all outstanding Options or SARs to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part;
          (ii) cause any or all outstanding Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part;
          (iii) cause any outstanding Option to become fully vested and immediately exercisable for a reasonable period in advance of the Change in Control and, to the extent not exercised prior to that Change in Control, cancel that Option upon closing of the Change in Control;
          (iv) cancel any Option or SAR in exchange for a substitute award in a manner consistent with the principles of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a) or any successor rule or regulation (notwithstanding the fact that the original Award may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option);
          (v) cancel any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units in exchange for restricted stock or restricted stock units with respect to the capital stock of any successor corporation or its parent;
          (vi) redeem any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an unrestricted Share on the date of the Change in Control;
          (vii) cancel any SAR in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to: (A) the number of Shares subject to that SAR, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that SAR; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the

-6-


 

exercise price of any such SAR, the Board may cancel that SAR without any payment of consideration therefore; and/or
          (viii) with respect to any Option held by a Designated Participant, cancel that Option in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to: (A) the number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefor.
In the discretion of the Board, any cash or substitute consideration payable upon cancellation of an Award may be subjected to (i) vesting terms substantially identical to those that applied to the cancelled Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (ii) earn-out, escrow, holdback or similar arrangements, to the extent such arrangements are applicable to any consideration paid to stockholders in connection with the Change in Control.
           SECTION 4. Eligibility . Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that only employees of the Company, its Parent or a Subsidiary are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.
           SECTION 5. Options . Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Any Option granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Board may at the time of such grant approve. Without limiting the generality of Section 3(a) , any or all of the Shares reserved for issuance under Section 3(a) may be issued in respect of Incentive Stock Options.
          The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:
          (a)  Option Price . Except for the exchange of Options contemplated under Section 5(h), the exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option will be determined by the Board and will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, its Parent or of a Subsidiary will have an exercise price per Share of not less than 110% of Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.
          (b)  Option Term . The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board, provided, however , that no Option will be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time such Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, its Parent or of a Subsidiary may not have a term of more than five years. No Option may be exercised by any person after expiration of the term of the Option.
          (c)  Exercisability . Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Board.

-7-


 

          (d)  Method of Exercise . Subject to the exercisability and termination provisions set forth herein and in the applicable Award Agreement, Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time during the term of the Option, by the delivery of written notice of exercise by the Participant to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by (i) cash or certified or bank check, (ii) unless otherwise determined by the Committee, through means of a “net settlement,” whereby no exercise price will be due and where the number of Shares issued upon such exercise will be equal to: (A) the product of (1) the number of Shares as to which the Option is then being exercised, and (2) the difference between (x) the then current Fair Market Value per Share and (y) the exercise price per share, divided by (B) the then current Fair Market Value per Share. A number of Shares equal to the difference between the number of Shares as to which the Option is then being exercised and the number of Shares actually issued to the Grantee upon such net settlement will be deemed to have been received by the Company in satisfaction of the exercise price, or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may approve or accept.
          No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made. A Participant will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 11 hereof and fulfills such other conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
          (e)  Incentive Stock Option Limitations . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other plan of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary will not exceed $100,000. For purposes of applying the foregoing limitation, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order granted. To the extent any Option does not meet such limitation, that Option will be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
          (f)  Termination of Service . Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section 7 with respect to exercise upon or following termination of employment or other service.
          (g)  Transferability of Options . Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option, no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Options will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant or, in the event of his Disability, by his personal representative.
          (h)  Exchange of Options . In respect of Options issued pursuant to this Plan (a “ Replacement Option ”) in exchange (an “ Exchange ”) for an option (the “ Exchanged Option ”) previously issued by an Affiliate of the Company in an exchange contemplated under section 1.4 of the Reorganization Agreement dated                      ___, 2007 made among the Company, Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., LIPO Investments (USA) Inc., LIPO

-8-


 

Investments (Canada) Inc., and Lulu Canadian Holdings Inc., and which is described in paragraphs 7(1.4)(a) and (b) of the Tax Act, the following provisions shall ensure compliance with paragraph 7(1.4)(c) thereof, as follows:
          (i) subject to (ii), the exercise price per Share of a Replacement Option shall be fixed at the exercise price of the Exchanged Option, adjusted for the exchange ratio applicable to such Exchange; and
          (ii) if
               (A) the Board determines in good faith and after receiving an opinion from a qualified valuator that with respect to the Exchanges pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement (1) the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the Shares subject to the Replacement Option immediately after the issuance of the Replacement Option less the aggregate option exercise price for such Shares pursuant to the Replacement Option (such excess, referred to as the “ Post-Exchange Option Value ”) would otherwise exceed (2) the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the securities subject to the Exchanged Option immediately before the issuance of the Replacement Option less the aggregate option exercise price for such securities pursuant to the Exchanged Option (such excess, referred to as the “ Pre-Exchange Option Value ”), and
               (B) the Board determines in good faith after receiving an opinion from legal counsel that an adjustment to the option exercise price is necessary to ensure compliance with the requirements under section 7(1.4) of the Tax Act,
          then the option exercise price of the Shares subject to the Replacement Option as determined by the Board under this Section 5 shall be modified nunc pro tunc , but only to the extent necessary, so that the Post-Exchange Option Value does not exceed the Pre-Exchange Option Value. The terms of the Replacement Option will otherwise continue unamended.
The term, conditions to and manner of exercising, vesting conditions and all other terms and conditions of each Replacement Option will otherwise be the same as the terms and conditions of the corresponding Exchanged Option.
           SECTION 6. Stock Appreciation Rights .
          (a)  Nature of Award . Upon the exercise of a SAR, its holder will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the excess (if any) of: (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares as to which the SAR is then being exercised, over (ii) the Fair Market Value of those Shares as of the date the SAR was granted (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 3(c)). Such amount may be paid in either cash and/or Shares, as determined by the Board in its discretion.
          (b)  Terms and Conditions . The Award Agreement evidencing any SAR will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:

-9-


 

          (i) Term of SAR . Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, the term of a SAR will be ten years.
          (ii) Exercisability . SARs will vest and become exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as will be determined by the Board.
          (iii) Method of Exercise . Subject to the exercisability and termination provisions set forth herein and in the applicable Award Agreement, SARs may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time during their term by delivery of written notice to the Company specifying the portion of the SAR to be exercised.
          (iv) Termination of Service . Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, SARs will be subject to the terms of Section 7 with respect to exercise upon termination of employment or other service.
          (v) Non-Transferability . Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular SAR: (A) SARs may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner either voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and (B) during the Participant’s lifetime, SARs will be exercisable only by the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s Disability, by his or her personal representative).
           SECTION 7. Termination of Service . Unless otherwise specified by the Board with respect to a particular Option or SAR, any portion of an Option or SAR that is not exercisable upon termination of service will expire immediately and automatically upon such termination and any portion of an Option or SAR that is exercisable upon termination of service will expire on the date it ceases to be exercisable in accordance with this Section 7.
          (a)  Termination by Reason of Death . If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates by reason of death, any Option or SAR held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of his or her death, by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period ending 12 months following the date of death (or, if sooner, on the last day of the stated term of such Option or SAR).
          (b)  Termination by Reason of Disability . If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates by reason of Disability, any Option or SAR held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, for a period ending 12 months following the date of termination (or, if sooner, on the last day of the stated term of such Option or SAR).
          (c)  Cause . If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for Cause: (i) any Option or SAR held by the Participant will immediately and automatically expire as of the date of such termination, and (ii) any Shares for which the Company has not yet delivered share certificates will be immediately and automatically forfeited

-10-


 

and the Company will refund to the Participant the Option exercise price paid for such Shares, if any.
          (d)  Other Termination . If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, any Option or SAR held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, for a period ending 90 days following the date of such termination (or, if sooner, on the last day of the stated term of such Option or SAR).
           SECTION 8. Restricted Stock .
          (a)  Issuance . Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in conjunction with other Awards. The Board will determine the time or times within which Restricted Stock may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of such Awards.
          (b)  Certificates . Any share certificate issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock will bear the following legend and/or any other legend required by this Plan, the applicable Award Agreement or applicable law:
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LULULEMON CORP. 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND AN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE PARTICIPANT AND LULULEMON CORP. (WHICH TERMS AND CONDITIONS MAY INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND FORFEITURE CONDITIONS). COPIES OF THAT PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF LULULEMON CORP. AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
          Any Share certificates evidencing Restricted Stock will be held in custody by the Company or in escrow by an escrow agent until the restrictions thereon have lapsed. As a condition to any Restricted Stock award, the Participant may be required to deliver to the Company a share power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.
          (c)  Restrictions and Conditions . The Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Section 8 will be subject to the following restrictions and conditions, and any other restrictions and conditions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
               (i) During a period commencing with the date of an Award of Restricted Stock and ending at such time or times as specified by the Board (the “ Restriction Period ”), the Participant will not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan. The Board may condition the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock upon the continued employment or service of the recipient, the

-11-


 

attainment of specified individual or corporate performance goals, or such other factors as the Board may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion.
               (ii) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable Award Agreement, once Restricted Stock has been awarded to a Participant, that Participant will have, with respect to the Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the Shares, and the right to receive any cash distributions or dividends. The Board, in its sole discretion, may require cash distributions or dividends to be subjected to the same Restriction Period as is applicable to the Restricted Stock with respect to which such amounts are paid, or if the Board so determines, reinvested in additional Restricted Stock to the extent Shares are available under Section 3(a). Any distributions or dividends paid in the form of securities with respect to Restricted Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid, including, without limitation, the same Restriction Period.
               (iii) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s service with the Company and its Affiliates terminates prior to the expiration of the Restriction Period, all of that Participant’s Restricted Stock which then remain subject to forfeiture will then be forfeited automatically.
               (iv) If and when the Restriction Period applicable to certain Restricted Stock expires without a forfeiture of those Shares (or if and when the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock are removed pursuant to Section 3(d) or otherwise), any certificates evidencing that Restricted Stock will be replaced with new certificates, without the restrictive legends described in Section 8(b) applicable to such lapsed restrictions, and such new certificates will be promptly delivered to the Participant, the Participant’s representative (if the Participant has suffered a Disability), or the Participant’s estate or heir (if the Participant has died).
           SECTION 9. Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock Units may be granted hereunder, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may impose. Each Restricted Stock Unit will represent the right to receive from the Company, after fulfillment of any applicable conditions, a distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (at the time of the distribution) of one Share. Distributions may be made in cash and/or Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. All other terms governing Restricted Stock Units, such as vesting, dividend equivalent rights, time and form of payment and termination of units shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
           SECTION 10. Amendment and Termination . The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made, without the approval of such amendment by the Company’s stockholders and/or any applicable regulatory agency in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.422-3 (or any successor provision), that would: (i) increase the total number of Shares reserved for issuance hereunder (except as otherwise provided in Section 3), or (ii) change the classes of persons eligible to receive Awards.

-12-


 

For the avoidance of doubt, no stockholder approval shall be required for (i) amendments of a “housekeeping nature,” (ii) changes to the vesting provisions of any Award or this Plan, (iii) changes to the provisions of this Plan relating to the expiration of Awards prior to their respective expiration dates upon the occurrence of certain specified events, (iv) a change in the exercise price of an Option granted to a Participant who is not an Insider, (v) the cancellation of an Award, or (vi) any other amendment to an Award or this Plan which is approved by the TSX on a basis which does not require stockholder approval to be obtained.
           SECTION 11. General Provisions .
          (a) The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring securities of the Company for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate.
          (b) Shares shall not be issued hereunder unless, in the judgment of counsel for the Company, the issuance complies with the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are then listed or quoted, the Securities Act of 1933, the Exchange Act, all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and all other applicable laws.
          (c) All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed and any applicable laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
          (d) Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the execution of any document in connection with the Plan will: (i) confer upon any employee of the Company or an Affiliate any right to continued employment or engagement with the Company or such Affiliate, or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or such Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.
          (e) With respect to any Award, the Participant will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding the payment of, taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any amount includable in the gross income of the Participant as required by applicable law. The obligations of the Company under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Company will have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Board (but solely with respect to Designated Participants), the minimum required withholding obligation with respect to an Award may be settled in Shares, including the Shares that are subject to that Award.

-13-


 

deduct or withhold from payments of any kind due to the Participant under the Plan any taxes of any kind required by law to be deducted or withheld.
           SECTION 12. Effective Date of Plan . Subject to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of the Plan’s adoption by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the date that it is approved by the Board (or such later date as is then specified by the Board), provided, however , that all Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options will automatically be converted into Non-Qualified Stock Options if the Plan is not approved by the Company’s stockholders within one year (365 days) of its adoption by the Board in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.422-5.
           SECTION 13. Term of Plan . The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 10 ; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the effective date of the Plan (or, if the stockholders approve an amendment that increases the number of shares subject to the Plan, the 10 th anniversary of the date of such approval); but provided further, that Incentive Stock Options granted prior to such 10 th anniversary may extend beyond that date.
           SECTION 14. Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.
           SECTION 15. Governing Law . The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.
           SECTION 16. Board Action . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, taken under or in connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents, approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Company or other persons required by:
          (a) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time);
          (b) the Company’s Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and
          (c) any other agreement, instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Company and its stockholders or other persons (as the same may be amended from time to time).
           SECTION 17. Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and, addressed, if to the Company to its principal executive office to the attention of its Chief

-14-


 

Financial Officer (or such other person as the Company may designate in writing from time to time), and, if to a Participant, to his or her address contained in the Company’s personnel records, or at such other address as such Participant may from time to time designate in writing to the Company. Any such notice shall be deemed given or delivered three days after the date of mailing.

-15-

 

Exhibit 10.3
LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCK OPTION PLAN
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
As used herein, unless anything in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
  (a)   “Award Date” means the date on which the Board grants a particular Option;
 
  (b)   “Board” means the board of directors of the Company;
 
  (c)   “Call Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2;
 
  (d)   “Call Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2;
 
  (e)   “Class A Option” means a Class A option to acquire Shares, awarded to an Eligible Person pursuant to the Plan;
 
  (f)   “Class B Option” means a Class B option to acquire Shares, awarded to an Eligible Person pursuant to the Plan;
 
  (g)   “Company” means LIPO Investments (USA) Inc.;
 
  (h)   “Consultant” means any person engaged as a consultant to the Company or any company in which the Company is a direct or indirect shareholder or with which the Company does not act at arm’s length;
 
  (i)   “Director” means any individual holding the office of director of the Company or any company in which the Company is a direct or indirect shareholder;
 
  (j)   “Eligible Person” means a Director, an Employee or a Consultant;
 
  (k)   “Employee” means any individual regularly employed on a full-time or part-time basis by the Company or any company in which the Company is a direct or indirect shareholder or with which the Company does not act at arm’s length or other persons who perform management or consulting services for the Company or any company in which the Company is a direct or indirect shareholder or with which the Company does not act at arm’s length in any such case on an ongoing basis;
 
  (l)   “Exercise Notice” means the notice respecting the exercise of an Option in the form set out as Schedule “B” hereto, duly executed by the Option Holder;

 


 

  (m)   “Exercise Period” means the period during which a particular Option may be exercised and is the period from and including the Award Date (subject to Section 3.8) through to and including the Expiry Date;
 
  (n)   “Exercise Price” means the price at which an Option may be exercised as determined in accordance with Section 3.5;
 
  (o)   “Expiry Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 3.3 and after which a particular Option cannot be exercised;
 
  (p)   “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value determined by the Board in good faith, from time to time and for greater certainty when determining the fair market value of a Share or an Option the Board can take into account the income and other taxes to be paid by the Company in regard to a distribution of Lululemon Shares to the Employee in satisfaction of that Share or Option pursuant to the terms of this Plan;
 
  (q)   “Forfeitable Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9;
 
  (r)   “Lululemon Shares” means shares of common stock of Lululemon Corp.;
 
  (s)   “Option” means a Class A Option or a Class B Option;
 
  (t)   “Option Certificate” means the certificate, substantially in the form set out as Schedule “A” hereto, evidencing an Option;
 
  (u)   “Option Holder” means a person who holds an unexercised and unexpired Option or, where applicable, the Personal Representative of such person;
 
  (v)   “Plan” means this stock option plan;
 
  (w)   “Personal Representative” means:
  (i)   in the case of a deceased Option Holder, the executor or administrator of the deceased duly appointed by a court or public authority having jurisdiction to do so; and
 
  (ii)   in the case of an Option Holder who for any reason is unable to manage his or her affairs, the person entitled by law to act on behalf of such Option Holder;
  (x)   “Share” or “Shares” means, as the case may be, one or more common shares without par value in the capital of the Company;
 
  (y)   “Shareholder” means a person who acquires beneficial title to Shares upon the exercise of one or more Options;
 
  (z)   “Termination for Cause” means termination for cause pursuant to the applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which an Employee is ordinarily employed; and

-2-


 

  (aa)   “Trustee” means Dennis Wilson or such other person as the Company shall, pursuant to Section 5.1, appoint, from time to time, to act as trustee hereunder.
1.2 Choice of Law
The Plan is established under and the provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia.
1.3 Headings
The headings used herein are for convenience only and are not to affect the interpretation of the Plan.
ARTICLE 2
PURPOSE AND PARTICIPATION
2.1 Purpose
The purpose of the Plan is to provide the Company with a share-related mechanism to reward such Eligible Persons as may be awarded Options under the Plan by the Board from time to time and to enable and encourage such Eligible Persons to acquire Shares as long term investments.
2.2 Participation
The Board shall, from time to time, in its sole discretion determine those Eligible Persons, if any, to whom Options are to be awarded. If the Board elects to award an Option to an Eligible Person, the Board shall, in its sole discretion but subject to Section 3.2, determine the number of Shares to be acquired on the exercise of such Option.
2.3 Notification of Award
Following the approval by the Board of the awarding of an Option, the Company shall notify the Option Holder in writing of the award and shall enclose with such notice the Option Certificate representing the Option so awarded.
2.4 Copy of Plan
Each Option Holder, concurrently with the notice of the award of the Option, shall be provided with a copy of the Plan. A copy of any amendment to the Plan shall be promptly provided by the Company to each Option Holder.
2.5 Limitation
The Plan does not give any Option Holder that is a Director the right to serve or continue to serve as a Director of the Company or any company in which the Company is a direct or indirect shareholder nor does it give any Option Holder that is an Employee the right to be or to continue to be employed by the Company or any company in which the Company is a direct or indirect shareholder.

-3-


 

ARTICLE 3
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS
3.1 Board to Allot Shares
The Shares to be issued to Option Holders upon the exercise of Options shall be allotted and reserved for issuance by the Board prior to the exercise thereof.
3.2 Number of Shares
  (a)   The maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Options is 28,156,365.
 
  (b)   If any Option expires or otherwise terminates in accordance with the terms of the Plan without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option expired or terminated shall not be available for reissuance for the purposes of the Plan.
3.3 Term of Option
Subject to Section 3.4, the Expiry Date of an Option shall be the date so fixed by the Board at the time the particular Option is awarded, provided that such date shall not be later than the tenth anniversary of the Award Date of such Option.
3.4 Termination of Option
Any Option or part thereof not exercised within the Exercise Period shall terminate and become null, void and of no effect as of 5:00 p.m. local time in Vancouver, British Columbia, on the Expiry Date. The Expiry Date of an Option shall be the earlier of the date so fixed by the Board at the time the Option is awarded and:
  (a)   in the event that the Option Holder holds his or her Option as a Director, the date on which such Option Holder ceases to be a Director, other than by reason of death; unless the Option Holder ceases to be a Director but continues to be engaged as an Employee, in which case the Expiry Date shall remain unchanged;
 
  (b)   in the event that the Option Holder holds his or her Option as an Employee, the date on which such Option Holder ceases to be an Employee, other than by reason of death or as set forth in Section 3.4(c); or
 
  (c)   in the event that the Option Holder holds his or her Option as an Employee, the date on which such Option Holder resigns his or her employment or is Terminated for Cause;
Upon the occurrence of one of the events described in Sections 3.4(a), (b) or (c), the Company will, notwithstanding the termination of such Options, repurchase all vested Options held by the Option Holder for a price equal to the Fair Market Value, which payment may be satisfied by the Company causing to be delivered to such Option Holder such number of Lululemon Shares as have an equivalent Fair Market Value.

-4-


 

3.5 Exercise Price
The Exercise Price shall be that price per Share, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion and announced as of the Award Date, at which an Option Holder may purchase a Share upon the exercise of an Option.
3.6 Assignment of Options
Options may not be assigned or transferred, provided however that the Personal Representative of an Option Holder may, to the extent permitted by Section 4.1, exercise the Option within the Exercise Period.
3.7 Adjustments
  (a)   If prior to the complete exercise of any Option the Shares are consolidated, subdivided, converted, exchanged or reclassified or in any way substituted for (collectively the “Event" ), an Option, to the extent that it has not been exercised, shall be adjusted by the Board in accordance with such Event in the manner the Board deems appropriate. No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Options and accordingly, if as a result of the Event, an Option Holder would become entitled to a fractional share, such Option Holder shall have the right to purchase only the next lowest whole number of shares and no payment or other adjustment will be made with respect to the fractional interest so disregarded.
 
  (b)   The Board may, in its sole discretion at the time the Option is granted, but will not be required to, provide for additional adjustment provisions such that if, while any Option is outstanding, there is an increase in the number of Shares in the capital of the Company issued and outstanding, except if such increase is the result of the exercise of an Option, the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding Option will be increased on a proportionate basis so that the percentage of the aggregate issued Shares of the Company represented by the Option as of the Award Date will remain unchanged.
3.8 Vesting
The Board may, in its sole discretion at the time the Option is granted, but will not be required to, impose conditions relating to the vesting of the right to exercise an Option granted to any Option Holder. The Option Certificate representing any such Option will disclose any vesting conditions. Upon the death of an Option Holder, such Option shall forthwith cease vesting as to such portion of the Option which has not previously vested.
3.9 Forfeitable Shares
The Board may, in its sole discretion at the time a Class A Option is granted, declare that Shares issuable upon exercise of such Class A Option are “Forfeitable Shares“ . Shares which are designated as Forfeitable Shares will be entitled to become non-forfeitable in accordance with the conditions set out in the Option Certificate representing any such Option.

-5-


 

ARTICLE 4
EXERCISE OF OPTION
4.1 Exercise of Option
An Option may be exercised only by the Option Holder or the Personal Representative of any Option Holder. An Option Holder or the Personal Representative of any Option Holder may exercise an Option in whole or in part (provided that no exercise will be effective as to any part of the Option which has not vested at the time of such exercise) at any time or from time to time during the Exercise Period up to 5:00 p.m. local time in Vancouver, British Columbia (or such other place as may be designated by the Board) on the Expiry Date by delivering to the Company an Exercise Notice, the applicable Option Certificate including a completed form of exercise notice and a cheque or bank draft payable to the Company in an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option. With respect to the exercise of part of an Option, the Board may at any time and from time to time fix a minimum or maximum number of Shares in respect of which an Option Holder may exercise part of any Option held by such Option Holder.
4.2 Company Purchase of Options
Upon the receipt by the Company, from time to time, of an Exercise Notice with respect to a Class B Option or any part thereof in accordance with Section 4.1, the Company may, notwithstanding such purported exercise, offer to purchase from the exercising Option Holder all but not less than all of the Class B Options or part thereof such Option Holder is purporting to exercise on payment by the Company of an amount (the “ Option Purchase Price ”) equal to the Fair Market Value of that portion of the Option which was purportedly exercised, which payment may be satisfied in full by the Company causing to be delivered to such exercising Option Holder such number of Lululemon Shares as have an equivalent Fair Market Value. In the event such exercising Option Holder accepts such offer, such exercising Option Holder shall be obligated to sell all Options or portions thereof which it is purportedly exercising to the Company on payment by the Company to the holder of the Option Purchase Price with respect thereto, and thereafter the Company shall have no obligation to issue Shares in connection with such purported exercise. Any such Lululemon Shares will no longer be subject to the provisions hereof with respect to which such Option is purportedly exercised, as set forth in the Exercise Notice.
4.3 Issue of Share Certificates
As soon as practicable following the receipt of the Exercise Notice, the Company shall cause to be delivered (a) to the Trustee a certificate for the Options so purchased, registered in the name of the Trustee in trust for the Holder, or (b) if the Company has exercised the Call Right, to the Option Holder a certificate for the Lululemon Shares transferred to the Holder in satisfaction of the Call Purchase Price, registered in the name of the Holder. If the number of Shares with respect to which such Option is purportedly exercised, as set forth in the Exercise Notice, is less than the number of Shares subject to the Option Certificate surrendered, the Company shall forward a new Option Certificate representing the balance of Shares available under the Option to the Option Holder concurrently with delivery of the aforesaid share certificate.
4.4 Condition of Issue
The issue of Shares by the Company pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the transfer of Lululemon Shares in satisfaction of the Call Purchase Price is subject to this Plan and compliance with the laws, rules and regulations of all regulatory bodies applicable to the issuance and distribution of such Shares. The Option Holder agrees to comply with all such laws, rules and regulations and agrees to furnish to the

-6-


 

Company any information, report and/or undertakings required to comply with and to fully co-operate with the Company in complying with such laws, rules and regulations.
4.5 Forfeiture of Shares
  (a)   Upon the occurrence of one of the events described in Sections 3.4(a), (b) or (c) with respect to a Shareholder who has exercised some or all of his Options then the Trustee shall tender all Shares which it holds on behalf of such Shareholder to the Company for purchase and the Company shall, within 15 days of the occurrence of such event, purchase such Shares for an amount equal to an amount equal to (i) in the case of Shares (other than Forfeitable Shares) an amount equal to the Fair Market Value thereof, which payment may be satisfied in full by the Company causing to be delivered such number of Lululemon Shares as have an equivalent Fair Market Value; and (ii) in the case of Forfeitable Shares cash in an amount equal to the price paid for such Shares upon issuance thereof.
 
  (b)   The Company may, from time to time, assign its right to purchase Shares pursuant to this Section 4.5 to any other person without prior notice to the Holders. Any such purchase shall be made by such assignee upon and subject to the same conditions set forth in this Plan.
 
  (c)   Immediately following the payment of the purchase price referred to in Section 4.5(a) the Trustee shall distribute such funds or securities to the Shareholder in accordance with its holding of Shares immediately prior to such purchase.
4.6 Voluntary Tender of Non-Forfeitable Shares for Repurchase
At any time after the Shareholder has obtained Shares on exercise of some or all of his Options, such Shareholder may by delivery of notice in writing require the Trustee to tender any such Shares which are not Forfeitable Shares to the Company for repurchase from time to time for a price equal to the Fair Market Value thereof, which purchase price may be satisfied by the Company delivering, in its sole discretion, Lululemon Shares registered in the name of such Shareholder (or otherwise at the direction of such Shareholder) with an equivalent Fair Market Value. In the event the Company agrees to repurchase such Shares, any such Lululemon Shares will no longer be subject to the provisions hereof. For greater certainty, in no event will the Company be obliged in any circumstances to repurchase any such Shares.
4.7 Transfer of Shares
Except as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.5:
  (a)   no right or interest of any Shareholder in any of the Shares purchased on his behalf under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise in any manner except by devolution by death or mental incompetence;
 
  (b)   no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and
 
  (c)   the Plan shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, and its successors and assigns.

7


 

4.8 Withholding and Sale Rights
The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any Lululemon Shares payable pursuant to this Plan to any holder of Options or Shares such amounts as the Company is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payment under the Income Tax Act (Canada), the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any provision of provincial, state, local or foreign tax law, in each case as amended. The Company is hereby authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of, at such times and at such prices as it determines, in its sole discretion, such portion of the Lululemon Shares otherwise payable to such holder as is necessary to provide sufficient funds to the Company to enable it to comply with such deduction or withholding requirement, and shall notify the holder thereof and remit to such holder any unapplied balance of the net proceeds of such sale or disposition (after deducting applicable sale commissions and any other reasonable expenses relating thereto) in lieu of the Lululemon Shares so sold or disposed of. To the extent that Lululemon Shares are so sold or disposed of such withheld amounts, or shares so sold or disposed of, shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to the holder of the shares in respect of which such deduction, withholding, sale or disposition was made, provided that the net proceeds of such sale or disposition are actually remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. The Company shall not be obligated to seek or obtain a minimum price for any of the Lululemon Shares sold or disposed of by it hereunder, nor shall it be liable for any loss arising out of any such sale or disposition.
ARTICLE 5
TRUSTEE
5.1 Trustee
  (a)   The Company shall from time to time appoint one or more persons, any one or more of whom may be a director or officer of the Company who is not a participant in the Plan, to act as Trustee of the Plan. The Company may at any time or times remove any Trustee so appointed and may appoint a successor or successors to fill any vacancy created by any reason whatever.
 
  (b)   The Trustee may delegate to the Company or to any corporation authorized to carry on the business of a trust corporation in Canada the duty to maintain records and to furnish statements in connection with all aspects of the Plan. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan of the person to whom it has delegated the said duty, except for his own wilful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any and all loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof (with the Company’s written approval) or paid by him in satisfaction of a judgement in any such action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment in favour of the Company based upon a finding of his wilful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith; subject, however, to the condition that, upon the assertion or institution of any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against him he shall in writing give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, and whether such losses or damages are foreseeable or unforeseeable, the Trustee will not be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any (a) breach by any other party of securities or other

-8-


 

      legislation, (b) decrease in the underlying value of the Shares or Options, (c) lost profits or (d) special, indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, aggravated or punitive losses or damages.
 
  (c)   The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on all certificates, reports, opinions and other documents furnished by any broker, accountant or auditor or counsel to the Company and shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company in respect of any acts done in good faith and in reliance on such certificates, reports, opinions or documents.
5.2 Trustee Agreements
The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that, other than as set forth in this Plan:
  (a)   the Trustee will hold the legal title to the Shares issued on exercise, from time to time, of Options as nominee, agent and trustee for the benefit and account of the Shareholder who exercised such Options as principal and beneficial owner and the Trustee will have no equitable or beneficial interest therein, and the equitable and beneficial interest in such Shares will be vested solely and exclusively in the Shareholder;
 
  (b)   the Trustee will hold legal title to such Shares as nominee, agent and trustee for the benefit and account of the Shareholder as principal and beneficial owner subject to and in accordance with this Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of any transfer, deed, shareholder agreement or other instrument, document or encumbrance pertaining to the Shares;
 
  (c)   any benefit, interest, profit or advantage arising out of or accruing from such Shares is and will continue to be a benefit, interest, profit or advantage of the Shareholder and if received by the Trustee will be received and held by the Trustee for the use, benefit and advantage of the Shareholder and the Trustee will account to the Shareholder for any money or other consideration paid to or to the order of the Trustee in connection with the Shares as directed in writing by the Shareholder;
 
  (d)   the Trustee will, upon and in accordance with the direction of such Shareholder, act as the agent of the Shareholder, as principal, in respect of any matter relating to such Shares or the performance or observance of any contract or agreement relating to the Shares; and
 
  (e)   the Trustee will have the full right and power to execute and deliver, under seal and otherwise, any shareholder agreement or other instrument or document pertaining to the Shares without delivering proof to any person (including, without limitation, any other party to any such instrument or document) of its authority to do so and any person may act in reliance on any such instrument or document and for all purposes any such instrument or document will be binding on the Shareholder.
5.3 Sale or Transfer
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trustee may, from time to time, sell or transfer any or all of the Shares which it holds on behalf of Shareholders hereunder to another party in exchange for cash or securities provided that any such transfer or sale shall be bona fide and in the best interests of the Shareholders, as determined by the Trustee in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise directed

-9-


 

by the Company, the Trustee will continue to hold the proceeds of such sale or transfer in trust for and on behalf of the Shareholders in accordance with the terms hereof.
5.4 Voting
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trustee shall have sole power in its absolute discretion to exercise all voting rights with respect to all Shares issued, from time to time, upon the exercise of Options, for its own benefit, including attendance at meeting of shareholders of the Company, the execution of a proxy or proxies for any shareholders’ meeting of the Company and execution of any written resolution of shareholders of the Company in the period from the date hereof until the termination of this Plan.
ARTICLE 6
ADMINISTRATION
6.1 Administration
The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board may make, amend and repeal at any time and from time to time such regulations not inconsistent with the Plan as it may deem necessary or advisable for the proper administration and operation of the Plan and such regulations shall form part of the Plan. The Board may delegate to any director, officer or employee of the Company such administrative duties and powers as it may see fit.
6.2 Interpretation
The interpretation by the Board of any of the provisions of the Plan and any determination by it pursuant thereto shall be final and conclusive and shall not be subject to any dispute by any Option Holder. No member of the Board or any person acting pursuant to authority delegated by it hereunder shall be liable for any action or determination in connection with the Plan made or taken in good faith and each member of the Board and each such person shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to any such action or determination in the manner provided for by the Company.
ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
7.1 Amendment
The Board may from time to time amend the Plan, (subject to the approval of any applicable regulatory authority) and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, may make such amendment for the purpose of compliance with any changes in any relevant law, rule or regulation applicable to the Plan, any Option or the Shares or for any other purpose which may be permitted by all relevant laws, rules and regulations.
7.2 Termination
The Board may terminate the Plan at any time provided that such termination shall not alter the terms or conditions of any Option or impair any right of any Option Holder pursuant to any Option awarded prior to the date of such termination and notwithstanding such termination the Company, such Options, Option Holders, Directors and Employees and Shares shall continue to be governed by the provisions of the Plan.

-10-


 

7.3 Agreement
The Company and every person to whom an Option is awarded hereunder shall be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

-11-


 

SCHEDULE “A”
LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
OPTION CERTIFICATE
This Certificate is issued pursuant to the provisions of LIPO Investments (USA) Inc. (the “Company” ) Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) and evidences that                      is the holder of a Class [A/B] Option (the “Option” ) to purchase up to                      common shares (the “Shares” ) in the capital of the Company, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the Plan, at a purchase price of $                      per Share. Subject to the provisions of the Plan:
  (a)   the Award Date of this Option is                      ; and
 
  (b)   the Expiry Date of this Option is                      .
[Except as provided below,] this Option may be exercised at any time and from time to time from and including the Award Date through to and including up to 5:00 local time in Vancouver, British Columbia on the Expiry Date, by delivering to the Company an Exercise Notice, in the form provided in the Plan, together with this Certificate and a cheque or bank draft payable to or to the direction of LIPO Investments (USA) Inc. in an amount equal to the aggregate of the Exercise Price of the Shares in respect of which this Option is being exercised.
The right to purchase the Shares will vest as follows:
[insert vesting provisions]
[for Class A Options insert forfeiture provisions]
[Insert the following for Class A Options: In the event that the transactions (the “Transaction”) contemplated by the stock purchase agreement dated as of the date hereof among Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., Five Boys Investments ULC, Dennis Wilson and Advent International GPEV Limited Partnership is not completed prior to 5 p.m. (local time in Vancouver) on December 9, 2005, this Option will immediately terminate and cease to be of any further force or effect without further act or formality by any party and without payment of any additional compensation therefor.]
[Insert the following for Class B Options: This Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time prior to completion of the transactions (the “Transaction”) contemplated by the stock purchase agreement dated as of the date hereof among Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., Five Boys Investments ULC, Dennis Wilson and Advent International GPEV Limited Partnership. In the event that the Transaction is not completed prior to 5 p.m. (local time in Vancouver) on December 9, 2005, this Option will immediately terminate and cease to be of any further force or effect without further act or formality by any party and without payment of any additional compensation therefor.]
This Certificate and the Option evidenced hereby is not assignable, transferable or negotiable and is subject to the detailed terms and conditions contained in the Plan. This Certificate is issued for convenience only and in the case of any dispute with regard to any matter in respect hereof, the provisions of the Plan and the records of the Company shall prevail.
The foregoing Option has been awarded this                      day of                      .
             
    LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.    
 
           
 
  Per:        
 
     
 
Authorized Signatory
   

 


 

SCHEDULE “B”
EXERCISE NOTICE
     
TO:
  LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.
 
  2285 Clark Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC, V5N 3G9
Exercise of Option
The undersigned hereby irrevocably gives notice, pursuant to LIPO Investments (USA) Inc. (the “Company" ) Stock Option Plan (the “Plan" ), of the exercise of the Option to acquire and hereby subscribes for (cross out inapplicable item):
(a)   all of the Shares; or
 
(b)                        of the Shares which are the subject of the option certificate attached hereto.
Calculation of Total Exercise Price:
                     
(i)
  number of Shares to be acquired on exercise:               shares
 
         
 
   
(ii)
  times the Exercise Price per Share:     $          
 
         
 
   
 
  Total Exercise Price, as enclosed herewith:     $
 
   
 
         
 
   
The undersigned tenders herewith a cheque or bank draft (circle one) in the amount of $ , payable to or to the direction of LIPO Investments (USA) Inc. in an amount equal to the total Exercise Price of the Shares, as calculated above, and directs the Company to issue the share certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of the Trustee (as such term is defined in the Plan) in trust for the undersigned and directs the Company to deliver the Shares to the Trustee at such address as the Trustee may direct, from time to time.
All capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined in this exercise notice, will have the meaning provided in the Plan.
DATED the                      day of                      .
         
 
Witness
 
 
Signature of Option Holder
   
 
       
 
Name of Witness (Print)
 
 
Name of Option Holder (Print)
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.4
EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT
          THIS EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made on this 5th day of December, 2005, by and between LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC. (the “ Company ”) and ROBERT MEERS (the “ Executive ”).
          WHEREAS, the Executive is an individual qualified by education and experience to serve the Company in positions of substantial authority and responsibility; and
          WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ Executive pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
          WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be so employed by the Company; and
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the mutual promises contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
      1.  Employment .
          1.1. Term . This Agreement shall automatically become effective immediately upon the Closing Date, as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 5, 2005, by and between Lulu Holding, Inc., Advent International GPE V Limited Liability Partnership and certain other parties, and will continue for a period of four years after that Closing Date, unless terminated sooner in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
          1.2. Positions and Duties . The Executive will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting directly to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The Executive shall devote his best efforts and substantially all of his business time and services to the Company and its affiliates to perform such duties as may be customarily incident to such position and as may reasonably be assigned to him from time to time.
          1.3. Place of Performance . The Executive shall perform his services hereunder at the principal executive offices of the Company; provided, however , that the Executive will be required to travel from time to time for business purposes.
      2.  Compensation and Benefits .
          2.1. Base Salary . The Executive shall receive an annual salary of CAD $584,300 (the Base Salary ), payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices as in effect from time to time.
          2.2. Annual Bonuses .
               2.2.1. Beginning in 2006, for each fiscal year ending during the Term, Executive will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 75% percent of his Annual Salary for the applicable fiscal year, if specified corporate and individual performance goals are met for that year.
               2.2.2. The corporate and individual performance goals relevant under this Section 2.2 for any particular fiscal year will be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, and will be communicated to Executive following the Board’s adoption of the Company’s budget for that fiscal year.

1


 

               2.2.3. Any bonuses payable under this Section 2.2 will be paid within thirty (30) days following the approval by the audit committee of the Board of the Company’s audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year.
               2.2.4. For purposes of determining any bonus payable to Executive, the measurement of corporate and individual performance will be performed by the compensation committee of the Board in good faith. From time to time, the Board may make adjustments to corporate or individual performance goals, so that required departures from the Company’s operating budget, changes in accounting principles, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and other corporate transactions, and other factors influencing the achievement or calculation of such goals do not affect the operation of this provision in a manner inconsistent with the achievement of its intended purposes.
          2.3. Stock Options . As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, the Company will grant or cause to be granted to the Executive an option to purchase common stock in each of the Company and Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc. in substantially the form as attached hereto as Exhibit A ; provided, however , that for avoidance of doubt, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that under circumstances described in Article IV of the Lulu Holding, Inc. Stockholders Agreement dated December 5, 2005 by and among Lulu Holding, Inc. and certain of its stockholders (a copy of which has been provided to the Executive), each such option may be replaced with an option to purchase stock of Lulu Holding, Inc. in the manner described in that Article IV.
          2.4. Employee Benefits . The Executive will be eligible to participate in retirement/savings, health insurance, term life insurance, long term disability insurance and other employee benefit plans, policies or arrangements maintained by the Company for its employees generally, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, policies or arrangements; provided, however , that this Agreement will not limit the Company’s ability to amend, modify or terminate such plans, policies or arrangements at any time for any reason.
          2.5. Vacations . In addition to holidays observed by the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to three (3) weeks paid vacation time during each year of employment, per existing Company policy. Vacation days that remain unused at the end of any year will accrue or expire to the extent provided by Company policy, as in effect from time to time.
          2.6. Life and Disability Insurance Allowance . Upon submission of proper invoices, the Company will reimburse the Executive up to CAD $17,500 annually for premiums payable with respect to supplemental term life insurance and/or long-term disability insurance.
      3.  Reimbursement of Expenses . The Executive will be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in accordance with the Company’s customary expense reimbursement policies as in effect from time to time.
      4.  Indemnification . The Company will indemnify Executive for and defend Executive from claims arising from the Executive’s good faith performance of his duties as an employee of the Company to the extent provided in the Articles of the Company.
      5.  Termination . Upon cessation of his employment with the Company, the Executive will be entitled only to such compensation and benefits as described in this Section 5 .
          5.1. Termination without Cause . If the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) the Executive will be entitled to:

2


 

               5.1.1. payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary through the date of such termination;
               5.1.2. payment for all unused vacation and personal days accrued through the date of such termination;
               5.1.3. monthly severance payments equal to one-twelfth of the Executive’s Base Salary as of the date of such termination for a period equal to the greater of (a) 24 months or, (b) the period remaining until the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date; and
               5.1.4. payment of any otherwise unpaid annual bonus payable under Section 2.2 with respect to the fiscal year ending prior to the date of such termination.
Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.1 , all compensation and benefits will cease at the time of such termination, subject to the terms of any benefits or compensation plans then in force and applicable to the Executive, and the Company shall have no further liability or obligation by reason of such termination. The payments and benefits described in this Section 5.1 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any other severance arrangement maintained by the Company. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the payments and benefits described in Section 5.1 are conditioned on the Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of a release substantially identical to that attached hereto as Exhibit B in a manner consistent with the requirements of applicable law (the “ Release ”). The severance benefits described in Sections 5.1.1, 5.1.2, and 5.1.3 will be paid or commence to be paid as soon as the Release becomes effective. The severance benefits described in Section 5.1.4 will be paid when annual bonuses would otherwise be paid under Section 2.2 , provided the Release is then effective.
          5.2. Other Terminations . If the Executive’s employment with the Company ceases for any reason other than as described in Section 5.1 , above (including but not limited to termination (a) by the Company for Cause, (b) as a result of the Executive’s death, (c) as a result of the Executive’s Disability, or (d) by the Executive for any reason), then the Company’s obligation to the Executive will be limited solely to the payment of accrued and unpaid Base Salary through the date of such termination. All compensation and benefits will cease at the time of such termination and the Company will have no further liability or obligation by reason of such termination. The foregoing will not be construed to limit the Executive’s right to payment or reimbursement for claims incurred prior to the date of such termination under any insurance contract funding an employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement of the Company in accordance with the terms of such insurance contract.
          5.3. Maximum Payment Limit .
               5.3.1. If any payment or benefit due to the Executive from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or related entities, would (if paid or provided) constitute an Excess Parachute Payment (as defined below), the amounts otherwise payable and benefits otherwise due will be limited to the minimum extent necessary to ensure that no portion thereof will fail to be tax-deductible to the Company by reason of Section 280G of the Code. The determination of whether any payment or benefit would (if paid or provided) constitute an Excess Parachute Payment will be made by the Board, in its sole discretion, based on the advice of the Company’s auditors.
               5.3.2. Adjustments Necessary to Comply with Maximum Payment Limit . If, notwithstanding the initial application of Section 5.3 , the Internal Revenue Service determines that any amount paid or benefit provided to Executive would constitute an Excess Parachute Payment, Section 5.3 will be reapplied based on the Internal Revenue Service’s determination and Executive will be required to repay to the Company any Overpayment (as defined below) immediately upon receipt of written notice of the applicability of this section.

3


 

          5.4. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
               5.4.1. Cause means:
               (a) dishonesty in the course of employment or the misappropriation of funds;
               (b) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Company or any of its affiliates (for avoidance of doubt, Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc. and its subsidiaries will be deemed to be affiliates of the Company for purposes of this Agreement);
               (c) refusal to perform the lawful and reasonable directives of the Board, if not cured within 15 days following receipt from the Company of written notice thereof; or
               (d) any other conduct that would constitute just cause at common law.
               5.4.2. “ Disability ” means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement; provided, however , that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” will mean the Executive’s inability to perform his duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for 120 days in any 180 consecutive day period. Termination as a result of a Disability will not be construed as a termination by the Company “without Cause.”
               5.4.3. Excess Parachute Payment has the same meaning as used in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code.
               5.4.4. Overpayment means any amount paid to Executive in excess of the maximum payment limit of Section 5.3 of this Agreement
     6.  Restrictive Covenants . To induce the Company to enter into this Agreement, and in consideration of the compensation potentially payable to the Executive pursuant to Sections 2 and 5 of this Agreement, the Executive agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 6 (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”). These Restrictive Covenants will apply without regard to whether any termination or cessation of the Executive’s employment is initiated by the Company or the Executive, and without regard to the reason for that termination or cessation.
          6.1. Covenant Not To Compete . The Executive covenants that, during his employment by the Company and any of its affiliates and for a period of 24 months following immediately thereafter (the Restricted Period ), the Executive will not (except in his capacity as an employee or director of the Company) do any of the following, directly or indirectly:
               6.1.1. engage or participate in any Competing Business (as defined below) in the United States or Canada;
               6.1.2. become interested in (as owner, stockholder, lender, partner, co-venturer, director, officer, employee, agent or consultant) any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity engaged in a Competing Business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may hold the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company;
               6.1.3. influence or attempt to influence any employee, consultant, supplier, licensor, licensee, contractor, agent, strategic partner, distributor, customer or other person to terminate or

4


 

modify any written or oral agreement, arrangement or course of dealing with the Company or its affiliates; or
               6.1.4. solicit for employment or employ or retain (or arrange to have any other person or entity employ or retain) any person who has been employed or retained by the Company or its affiliates within the preceding 12 months.
          6.2. Confidentiality . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Proprietary Information (as defined below) is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. As a result, both during his employment and thereafter, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, for any reason divulge to any third-party or use for his own benefit, or for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Company and its affiliates, any Proprietary Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is compelled to disclose Proprietary Information by court order or other legal process, to the extent permitted by applicable law, he shall promptly so notify the Company so that it may seek a protective order or other assurance that confidential treatment of such Proprietary Information shall be afforded, and the Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in connection therewith. If the Executive is so obligated by court order or other legal process to disclose Proprietary Information he will disclose only the minimum amount of such Proprietary Information as is necessary for the Executive to comply with such court order or other legal process.
          6.3. Property of the Company .
               6.3.1. Proprietary Information . All right, title and interest in and to Proprietary Information will be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. The Executive will not remove from the Company’s offices or premises any documents, records, notebooks, files, correspondence, reports, memoranda or similar materials of or containing Proprietary Information, or other materials or property of any kind belonging to the Company or its affiliates unless necessary or appropriate in the performance of his duties to the Company. If the Executive removes such materials or property in the performance of his duties, he will return such materials or property promptly after the removal has served its purpose. The Executive will not make, retain, remove and/or distribute any copies of any such materials or property, or divulge to any third person the nature of and/or contents of such materials or property, except to the extent necessary to perform his duties on behalf of the Company. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, he will leave with the Company or promptly return to the Company all originals and copies of such materials or property then in his possession.
               6.3.2. Intellectual Property . The Executive agrees that all right, title and interest in the Intellectual Property (as defined below) will be considered to be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. To the extent that any of the Intellectual Property may not by law be considered a work made for hire, or to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive retains any interest in the Intellectual Property, the Executive hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to the Company any and all right, title, or interest that the Executive may now or in the future have in the Intellectual Property under patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark or other law, in perpetuity or for the longest period otherwise permitted by law, without the necessity of further consideration. If and to the extent that this assignment is not effective in respect of any Intellectual Property, the Executive will hold in trust for the sole benefit of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable, and will assign exclusively to the Company or its affiliates, as applicable, all of his right, title and interest in and to that Intellectual Property. The Company will be entitled to obtain and hold in its own name all copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trademarks and other similar registrations with respect to such Intellectual Property. The Executive further agrees to execute any and all documents and provide

5


 

any further cooperation or assistance reasonably required by the Company to perfect, maintain or otherwise protect its rights in the Intellectual Property. If the Company is unable after reasonable efforts to secure the Executive’s signature, cooperation or assistance in accordance with the preceding sentence, whether because of the Executive’s incapacity or any other reason whatsoever, the Executive hereby designates and appoints the Company or its designee as the Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act on his behalf, to execute and file documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts necessary or desirable to perfect, maintain or otherwise protect the Company’s rights in the Intellectual Property. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is therefore irrevocable.
               6.3.3. The Executive agrees that the Company, its assignees and its licensees are not required to designate the Executive as the author of any Intellectual Property and the Executive hereby waives in whole all moral rights which he may have in the Intellectual Property, including the right to the integrity of the Intellectual Property, the right to be associated with the Intellectual Property, the right to restrain or claim damages for any distortion, mutilation or other modification of the Intellectual Property, and the right to restrain use or reproduction of the Intellectual Property in any context and in connection with any product, service, cause or institution.
          6.4. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
               6.4.1. Competing Business means (a) the design, manufacture or distribution of active lifestyle apparel and accessories (including, without limitation, yoga and other athletic apparel and accessories), and (b) any other business activity the same as or in direct competition with business activities then carried on or being definitively planned by the Company or its affiliates (or, with respect to periods following the cessation of the Executive’s employment, business activities carried on or being definitively planned by the Company or its affiliates as of the date of such cessation).
               6.4.2. Intellectual Property means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents and patent applications claiming such inventions, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, fictitious names, brand names, brand marks and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets (including research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, methodologies, technical data, designs, drawings and specifications), (f) all computer software (including data, source and object codes and related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, (h) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium), or (i) similar intangible personal property which have been or are developed or created in whole or in part by the Executive (1) at any time and at any place while the Executive is employed by Company and which, in the case of any or all of the foregoing, are related to and used in connection with the business of the Company or its affiliates, or (2) as a result of tasks assigned to the Executive by the Company.
               6.4.3. Proprietary Information means any and all proprietary information developed or acquired by the Company or any of its affiliates that has not been specifically authorized to be disclosed. Such Proprietary Information shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following items and information relating to the following items: (a) all intellectual property and other proprietary rights (including, without limitation, the Intellectual Property), (b) computer codes and instructions, processing systems and techniques, inputs and outputs (regardless of the media on which stored or located) and hardware and software configurations, designs, architecture and interfaces, (c) business research, studies,

6


 

procedures and costs, (d) financial data, (e) distribution methods, (f) marketing data, methods, plans and efforts, (g) the identities of actual and prospective suppliers, (h) the terms of contracts and agreements with, the needs and requirements of, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ course of dealing with, actual or prospective suppliers, (i) personnel information, (j) customer and vendor credit information, and (k) information received from third parties subject to obligations of non-disclosure or non-use. Failure to mark any of the Proprietary Information as confidential or proprietary shall not affect its status as Proprietary Information.
          6.5. Acknowledgements . The Executive acknowledges that the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, that the duration and geographic scope of the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable given the nature of this Agreement and the position the Executive will hold within the Company, and that the Company would not enter into this Agreement or otherwise employ the Executive unless the Executive agrees to be bound by the Restrictive Covenants set forth in this Section 6 .
          6.6. Remedies and Enforcement Upon Breach .
               6.6.1. Specific Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that any breach by him, willfully or otherwise, of the Restrictive Covenants will cause continuing and irreparable injury to the Company for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy. The Executive shall not, in any action or proceeding to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, assert the claim or defense that such an adequate remedy at law exists. In the event of any such breach by the Executive of any of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other similar equitable relief in any court, without any requirement that a bond or other security be posted, and this Agreement shall not in any way limit remedies of law or in equity otherwise available to the Company.
               6.6.2. Judicial Modification . If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, such court shall have the power to modify such provision and, in its modified form, such provision shall then be enforceable.
               6.6.3. Accounting . If the Executive breaches any of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company will have the right and remedy to require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by the Executive as the result of such breach. This right and remedy will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company under law or in equity.
               6.6.4. Enforceability . If any court holds the Restrictive Covenants unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such Restrictive Covenants.
               6.6.5. Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to disclose the existence and terms of the Restrictive Covenants to any employer that the Executive may work for during the Restricted Period.
               6.6.6. Extension of Restricted Period . If the Executive breaches Section 6.1 in any respect, the restrictions contained in that section will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach.

7


 

      7.  Miscellaneous .
          7.1. No Liability of Officers and Directors for Severance Upon Insolvency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and intending to be bound by this provision, the Executive hereby (a) waives any right to claim payment of amounts owed to him, now or in the future, pursuant to this Agreement from directors or officers of the Company if the Company becomes insolvent, and (b) fully and forever releases and discharges the Company’s officers and directors from any and all claims, demands, liens, actions, suits, causes of action or judgments arising out of any present or future claim for such amounts.
          7.2. Other Agreements . The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings whatsoever to which he is a party that would prevent or make unlawful his execution of this Agreement, that would be inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or the Executive’s obligations hereunder, or that would otherwise prevent, limit or impair the performance by the Executive of his duties under this Agreement.
          7.3. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of its assets and business by means of liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer of assets, sale of stock or otherwise. The duties of the Executive hereunder are personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him.
          7.4. Governing Law and Enforcement . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws. Any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be instituted in a provincial or federal court in the Province of British Columbia and the Executive and the Company hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of such court(s) and hereby waive any objection(s) that they may have to personal jurisdiction, the laying of venue of any such proceeding and any claim or defense of inconvenient forum.
          7.5. Waivers . The waiver by either party of any right hereunder or of any breach by the other party will not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or of any other breach by the other party. No waiver will be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing. No waiver will constitute a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, and any waiver will operate only as to the specific term or condition waived.
          7.6. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. However, if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as though the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been herein contained.
          7.7. Survival . Section 6 of this Agreement will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and/or the cessation of Executive’s employment with the Company.
          7.8. Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and (a) sent by overnight courier, (b) mailed by overnight express mail, return receipt requested, or (c) sent by telecopier, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive:
          to the address indicated below his signature on this Agreement

8


 

If to Company:
Attn: Dennis Wilson
Lululemon Athletica Inc.
1945 McLean Drive
Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
Fax: (604)732-6124
with a copy to:
Advent International Corporation
75 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Fax: 617-951-0566
Attention: Steven J. Collins
or to such other address as either party may from time to time duly specify by notice given to the other party in the manner specified above.
          7.9. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement and the attached exhibits contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to the subject matter. This Agreement may not be changed or modified, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.
          7.10. Withholding . All payments (or transfers of property) to the Executive will be subject to tax withholding in accordance with applicable law.
          7.11. Section Headings . The headings of sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
          7.12. Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including by facsimile signature), each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute but one and the same instrument.
[This space left blank intentionally; signature page follows]

9


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, in each case as of the date first above written.
             
    LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.    
 
           
 
  By:    /s/ Dennis Wilson    
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:         
 
     
 
   
 
           
    ROBERT MEERS    
 
           
    /s/ Bob Meers    
 
           
 
  Address:        
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
         
 
           
 
  Facsimile:        
 
     
 
   

10

 

Exhibit 10.5
EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT
          THIS EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT (the Agreement ), is made on this 5 th day of December 2005, by and between LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC. (the Company ) and DENNIS WILSON (the Executive ”) .
          WHEREAS, Lulu Holding, Inc., Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, and certain other parties (collectively, the Parties ) have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 5, 2005 ( Purchase Agreement ), and, in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby (the Purchase ), the Executive will receive significant money and/or valuable property;
          WHEREAS, the Executive acknowledges that the Parties would not enter into the Purchase Agreement or complete the Purchase unless the Executive agrees to be bound by the Restrictive Covenants set forth in Section 6 below and that, accordingly, the Executive is entering into this Agreement to induce the parties to enter into the Purchase Agreement and consummate the Purchase; and
          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to memorialize the terms of the Executive’s continued employment by the Company.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the mutual promises contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Employment .
          1.1. Term . This Agreement shall automatically become effective immediately upon the “ Closing Date ,” as defined in the Purchase Agreement, and will continue to govern Executive’s employment until such employment relationship is terminated in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
          1.2. Positions and Duties . The Executive will serve as the Chairman and Chief Product Designer of the Company, reporting directly to the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board ). The Executive shall devote his best efforts and substantially all of his business time and services to the Company and its affiliates to perform such duties as may be customarily incident to such position and as may reasonably be assigned to him from time to time.
          1.3. Place of Performance . The Executive shall perform his services hereunder at the principal executive offices of the Company; provided, however , that the Executive will be required to travel from time to time for business purposes.
2. Compensation and Benefits .
          2.1. Base Salary . The Executive shall receive an annual salary of CAD $250,000 (the Base Salary ), payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices as in effect from time to time. The Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis by the Board and may be increased from time to time by the Board in its discretion.
          2.2. Annual Bonuses .
               2.2.1. Beginning in 2006, for each fiscal year ending during the Term, Executive will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 75% percent of his Annual Salary for the applicable fiscal year, if specified corporate and individual performance goals are met for that year.
               2.2.2. The corporate and individual performance goals relevant under this Section 2.2 for any particular fiscal year will be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, and will be communicated to Executive following the Board’s adoption of the Company’s budget for that fiscal year.

1


 

               2.2.3. Any bonuses payable under this Section 2.2 will be paid within thirty (30) days following the approval by the audit committee of the Board of the Company’s audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year.
               2.2.4. For purposes of determining any bonus payable to Executive, the measurement of corporate and individual performance will be performed by the compensation committee of the Board in good faith. From time to time, the Board may make adjustments to corporate or individual performance goals, so that required departures from the Company’s operating budget, changes in accounting principles, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and other corporate transactions, and other factors influencing the achievement or calculation of such goals do not affect the operation of this provision in a manner inconsistent with the achievement of its intended purposes.
          2.3. Employee Benefits . The Executive will be eligible to participate in retirement/savings, health insurance, term life insurance, long term disability insurance and other employee benefit plans, policies or arrangements maintained by the Company for its employees generally, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, policies or arrangements; provided, however , that this Agreement will not limit the Company’s ability to amend, modify or terminate such plans, policies or arrangements at any time for any reason.
          2.4. Vacations . In addition to holidays observed by the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to six (6) weeks paid vacation time during each year of employment, per existing Company policy. Vacation days that remain unused at the end of any year will accrue or expire to the extent provided by Company policy, as in effect from time to time.
     3.  Reimbursement of Expenses . The Executive will be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in accordance with the Company’s customary expense reimbursement policies as in effect from time to time.
     4.  Indemnification . The Company will indemnify Executive for and defend Executive from claims arising from the Executive’s good faith performance of his duties as an employee of the Company to the extent provided in the Articles of the Company.
     5.  Termination . Upon cessation of his employment with the Company, the Executive will be entitled only to such compensation and benefits as described in this Section 5 .
          5.1. Termination by the Executive . The Executive may terminate his employment with the Company on a date after the earlier of (1) a Sale of the Company, as defined in that certain Lulu Holding, Inc. Stockholders Agreement dated December 5, 2005 by and among Lulu Holding, Inc., Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership and certain other parties, or (2) the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date. The Executive will provide at least eight (8) weeks advance written notice of any such termination. If the Executive terminates his employment pursuant to this Section 5.1 , the Executive will be entitled to the rights and benefits specified in Section 5.4 .
          5.2. Termination by the Company . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder at any time upon written notice with or without Cause (as defined below). Upon any such termination, the Executive will be entitled to the rights and benefits specified in Section 5.3 or 5.4 , as applicable.
          5.3. Termination without Cause . If the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), the Executive will be entitled to:
               5.3.1. payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary through the date of such termination;
               5.3.2. payment for all unused vacation and personal days accrued through the date of such termination;

2


 

               5.3.3. monthly severance payments equal to one-twelfth of the Executive’s Base Salary as of the date of such termination for a period equal to 24 months; and
               5.3.4. payment of any otherwise unpaid annual bonus payable under Section 2.2 with respect to the fiscal year ending prior to the date of such termination.
Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3 , all compensation and benefits will cease at the time of such termination, subject to the terms of any benefits or compensation plans then in force and applicable to the Executive, and the Company shall have no further liability or obligation by reason of such termination. The payments and benefits described in this Section 5.3 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any other severance arrangement maintained by the Company. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the payments and benefits described in Section 5.3 are conditioned on the Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of a release substantially identical to that attached hereto as Exhibit A in a manner consistent with the requirements of applicable law (the Release ). The severance benefits described in Sections 5.3.1, 5.3.2, and 5.3.3 will be paid or commence to be paid as soon as the Release becomes effective. The severance benefit described in Section 5.3.4 will be paid when annual bonuses would otherwise be paid under Section 2.2 , provided the Release is then effective.
          5.4. Other Terminations . If the Executive’s employment with the Company ceases for any reason other than as described in Section 5.3 , above (including but not limited to termination (a) by the Company for Cause, (b) as a result of the Executive’s death, (c) as a result of the Executive’s Disability, or (d) by the Executive for any reason), then the Company’s obligation to the Executive will be limited solely to the payment of accrued and unpaid Base Salary through the date of such termination. All compensation and benefits will cease at the time of such termination and, the Company will have no further liability or obligation by reason of such termination. The foregoing will not be construed to limit the Executive’s right to payment or reimbursement for claims incurred prior to the date of such termination under any insurance contract funding an employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement of the Company in accordance with the terms of such insurance contract.
          5.5. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
               5.5.1. Cause includes:
               (a) theft, embezzlement, fraud, or similar acts of misconduct or misappropriation;
               (b) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Company or any of its affiliates (for avoidance of doubt, Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc. and its subsidiaries will be deemed to be affiliates of the Company for purposes of this Agreement);
               (c) refusal to perform the lawful and reasonable directives of the Board, if not cured within 15 days following receipt from the Company of written notice thereof; or
               (d) any other conduct that would constitute just cause at common law.
               5.5.2. Disability means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement; provided, however, that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” will mean the Executive’s inability to perform his duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for 120 days in any 180 consecutive day period. Termination as a result of a Disability will not be construed as a termination by the Company “without Cause.”
     6.  Restrictive Covenants . To induce the Parties to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to consummate the Purchase, and in recognition of the substantial benefits that the Executive will derive from the

3


 

completion of the Purchase, as well as the compensation potentially payable to the Executive pursuant to Sections 2 and 5 of this Agreement, the Executive agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 6 (the Restrictive Covenants ). These Restrictive Covenants will apply without regard to whether any termination or cessation of the Executive’s employment is initiated by the Company or the Executive, and without regard to the reason for that termination or cessation.
          6.1. Covenant Not To Compete . The Executive covenants that, during his employment by the Company and any of its affiliates and for a period of 24 months following immediately thereafter (the Restricted Period ), the Executive will not (except in his capacity as an employee or director of the Company) do any of the following, directly or indirectly:
               6.1.1. engage or participate in any Competing Business (as defined below) in the United States or Canada;
               6.1.2. become interested in (as owner, stockholder, lender, partner, co-venturer, director, officer, employee, agent or consultant) any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity engaged in a Competing Business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may hold the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company;
               6.1.3. influence or attempt to influence any employee, consultant, supplier, licensor, licensee, contractor, agent, strategic partner, distributor, customer or other person to terminate or modify any written or oral agreement, arrangement or course of dealing with the Company or its affiliates; or
               6.1.4. solicit for employment or employ or retain (or arrange to have any other person or entity employ or retain) any person who has been employed or retained by the Company, or its affiliates within the preceding 12 months.
          6.2. Confidentiality . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Proprietary Information (as defined below) is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. As a result, both during his employment and thereafter, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, for any reason divulge to any third-party or use for his own benefit, or for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Company and its affiliates, any Proprietary Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is compelled to disclose Proprietary Information by court order or other legal process, to the extent permitted by applicable law, he shall promptly so notify the Company so that it may seek a protective order or other assurance that confidential treatment of such Proprietary Information shall be afforded, and the Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in connection therewith. If the Executive is so obligated by court order or other legal process to disclose Proprietary Information he will disclose only the minimum amount of such Proprietary Information as is necessary for the Executive to comply with such court order or other legal process.
          6.3. Property of the Company .
               6.3.1. Proprietary Information . All right, title and interest in and to Proprietary Information will be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. The Executive will not remove from the Company’s offices or premises any documents, records, notebooks, files, correspondence, reports, memoranda or similar materials of or containing Proprietary Information, or other materials or property of any kind belonging to the Company or its affiliates unless necessary or appropriate in the performance of his duties to the Company. If the Executive removes such materials or property in the performance of his duties, he will return such materials or property promptly after the removal has served its purpose. The Executive will not make, retain, remove and/or distribute any copies of any such materials or property, or divulge to any third person the nature of and/or contents of such materials or property, except to the extent necessary to perform his duties on behalf of the Company. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, he will leave with the Company or promptly return to the Company all originals and copies of such materials or property then in his possession.

4


 

               6.3.2. Intellectual Property . The Executive agrees that all right, title and interest in the Intellectual Property (as defined below) will be considered to be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. To the extent that any of the Intellectual Property may not by law be considered a work made for hire, or to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive retains any interest in the Intellectual Property, the Executive hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to the Company any and all right, title, or interest that the Executive may now or in the future have in the Intellectual Property under patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark or other law, in perpetuity or for the longest period otherwise permitted by law, without the necessity of further consideration. If and to the extent that this assignment is not effective in respect of any Intellectual Property, the Executive will hold in trust for the sole benefit of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable, and will assign exclusively to the Company or its affiliates, as applicable, all of his right, title and interest in and to that Intellectual Property. The Company will be entitled to obtain and hold in its own name all copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trademarks and other similar registrations with respect to such Intellectual Property. The Executive further agrees to execute any and all documents and provide any further cooperation or assistance reasonably required by the Company to perfect, maintain or otherwise protect its rights in the Intellectual Property. If the Company is unable after reasonable efforts to secure the Executive’s signature, cooperation or assistance in accordance with the preceding sentence, whether because of the Executive’s incapacity or any other reason whatsoever, the Executive hereby designates and appoints the Company or its designee as the Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act on his behalf, to execute and file documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts necessary or desirable to perfect, maintain or otherwise protect the Company’s rights in the Intellectual Property. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is therefore irrevocable.
               6.3.3. The Executive agrees that the Company, its assignees and its licensees are not required to designate the Executive as the author of any Intellectual Property and the Executive hereby waives in whole all moral rights which he may have in the Intellectual Property, including the right to the integrity of the Intellectual Property, the right to be associated with the Intellectual Property, the right to restrain or claim damages for any distortion, mutilation or other modification of the Intellectual Property, and the right to restrain use or reproduction of the Intellectual Property in any context and in connection with any product, service, cause or institution.
          6.4. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
               6.4.1. Competing Business means (a) the design, manufacture or distribution of active lifestyle apparel and accessories (including, without limitation, yoga and other athletic apparel and accessories), and (b) any other business activity the same as or in direct competition with business activities then carried on or being definitively planned by the Company or its affiliates(or, with respect to periods following the cessation of the Executive’s employment, business activities carried on or being definitively planned by the Company or its affiliates as of the date of such cessation).
               6.4.2. Intellectual Property means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents and patent applications claiming such inventions, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, fictitious names, brand names, brand marks and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets (including research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, methodologies, technical data, designs, drawings and specifications), (f) all computer software (including data, source and object codes and related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, (h) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium), or (i) similar intangible personal property which have been or are developed or created in whole or in part by the Executive (1) at any time and at any place while the Executive is employed by Company and which, in the case of any or all of the foregoing, are related to and used in

5


 

connection with the business of the Company or its affiliates, or (2) as a result of tasks assigned to the Executive by the Company.
               6.4.3. Proprietary Information means any and all proprietary information developed or acquired by the Company or any of its affiliates that has not been specifically authorized to be disclosed. Such Proprietary Information shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following items and information relating to the following items: (a) all intellectual property and their proprietary rights (including, without limitation, the Intellectual Property), (b) computer codes and instructions, processing systems and techniques, inputs and outputs (regardless of the media on which stored or located) and hardware and software configurations, designs, architecture and interfaces, (c) business research, studies, procedures and costs, (d) financial data, (e) distribution methods, (f) marketing data, methods, plans and efforts, (g) the identities of actual and prospective suppliers, (h) the terms of contracts and agreements with, the needs and requirements of, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ course of dealing with, actual or prospective suppliers, (i) personnel information, (j) customer and vendor credit information, and (k) information received from third parties subject to obligations of non-disclosure or non-use. Failure to mark any of the Proprietary Information as confidential or proprietary shall not affect its status as Proprietary Information.
          6.5. Acknowledgements . The Executive acknowledges that the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, that the duration and geographic scope of the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable given the nature of this Agreement and the position the Executive holds within the Company, and that the Company would not enter into this Agreement unless the Executive agrees to be bound by the Restrictive Covenants set forth in this Section 6 . The Executive further acknowledges that the Parties will not complete the Purchase unless the Executive agrees to be bound by the Restrictive Covenants and that, accordingly, the Restrictive Covenants contained herein are being entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the Purchase.
          6.6. Remedies and Enforcement Upon Breach .
               6.6.1. Specific Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that any breach by him, willfully or otherwise, of the Restrictive Covenants will cause continuing and irreparable injury to the Company for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy. The Executive shall not, in any action or proceeding to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, assert the claim or defense that such an adequate remedy at law exists. In the event of any such breach by the Executive of any of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other similar equitable relief in any court, without any requirement that a bond or other security be posted, and this Agreement shall not in any way limit remedies of law or in equity otherwise available to the Company.
               6.6.2. Judicial Modification . If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, such court shall have the power to modify such provision and, in its modified form, such provision shall then be enforceable.
               6.6.3. Accounting . If the Executive breaches any of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company will have the right and remedy to require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by the Executive as the result of such breach. This right and remedy will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company under law or in equity.
               6.6.4. Enforceability . If any court holds the Restrictive Covenants unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such Restrictive Covenants.

6


 

               6.6.5. Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to disclose the existence and terms of the Restrictive Covenants to any employer that the Executive may work for during the Restricted Period.
               6.6.6. Extension of Restricted Period . If the Executive breaches Section 6.1 in any respect, the restrictions contained in that section will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach.
     7.  Miscellaneous .
          7.1. No Liability of Officers and Directors for Severance Upon Insolvency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and intending to be bound by this provision, the Executive hereby (a) waives any right to claim payment of amounts owed to him, now or in the future, pursuant to this Agreement from directors or officers of the Company if the Company becomes insolvent, and (b) fully and forever releases and discharges the Company’s officers and directors from any and all claims, demands, liens, actions, suits, causes of action or judgments arising out of any present or future claim for such amounts.
          7.2. Other Agreements . The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings whatsoever to which he is a party that would prevent or make unlawful his execution of this Agreement, that would be inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or the Executive’s obligations hereunder, or that would otherwise prevent, limit or impair the performance by the Executive of his duties under this Agreement.
          7.3. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of its assets and business by means of liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer of assets, sale of stock or otherwise. The duties of the Executive hereunder are personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him.
          7.4. Governing Law and Enforcement . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws. Any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be instituted in a provincial or federal court in the Province of British Columbia and the Executive and the Company hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of such court(s) and hereby waive any objection(s) that they may have to personal jurisdiction, the laying of venue of any such proceeding and any claim or defense of inconvenient forum.
          7.5. Waivers . The waiver by either party of any right hereunder or of any breach by the other party will not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or of any other breach by the other party. No waiver will be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing. No waiver will constitute a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, and any waiver will operate only as to the specific term or condition waived.
          7.6. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. However, if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as though the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been herein contained.
          7.7. Survival . Section 6 of this Agreement will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and/or the cessation of Executive’s employment with the Company.
          7.8. Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and (a) sent by overnight courier, (b) mailed by overnight express mail, return receipt requested, (d) sent via hand delivery, or (c) sent by telecopier, addressed as follows:

7


 

If to the Executive:
Dennis Wilson
2495 W 6th Ave.
Vancouver, B.C.
Canada V6K 1W2
with a copy to:
M c Cullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
1100-888 Dunsmuir Street
Vancouver, B.C.
Canada V6C 3K4
Fax: (604) 687-7099
Attention: Jonathan McCullough
If to Company:
Lululemon Athletica Inc.
1945 McLean Drive
Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
Fax: (604)732-6124
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
with copies to:
Advent International Corporation
75 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Fax: 617-951-0566
Attention: Steven J. Collins
or to such other address as either party may from time to time duly specify by notice given to the other party in the manner specified above.
          7.9. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement and the attached exhibits contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to the subject matter. This Agreement may not be changed or modified, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.
          7.10. Withholding . All payments (or transfers of property) to the Executive will be subject to tax withholding in accordance with applicable law.
          7.11. Section Headings . The headings of sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
          7.12. Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including by facsimile signature), each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute but one and the same instrument.

8


 

[This space left blank intentionally; signature page follows]

9


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, in each case as of the date first above written.
             
    LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Bob Meers
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:     CEO    
 
           
    DENNIS WILSON    
 
           
 
      /s/ Dennis Wilson    
 
     
 
   

10

 

Exhibit 10.6
(LULULEMON ATHLETICA LOGO)
October 4, 2006
Mike Tattersfield
9016 Tartan Fields Drive
Dublin, Ohio
43017
Dear Mike,
The Board of Directors of lululemon athletica inc. (“the Company”) and I are pleased to offer you the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The terms and conditions of your prospective employment are summarized below and in all events subject to the Company’s policies as they now exist or hereafter may be amended:
     
Title:
  Executive Vice President / Chief Operations Officer
 
   
Reporting to:
  Chief Executive Officer — Bob Meers
 
   
Location:
  Vancouver SSC, Canada
 
   
Base Salary:
  $350,000.00 USD per annum — (392,111.00 CAD).
 
   
Annual Bonus Compensation:
  Up to 60% of annual salary. Prorated for remainder of 2006. Bonus metrics and targets to be determined by me and the Board of Directors.
 
   
Relocation / Housing:
  The Company will reimburse you for reasonable relocation expenses incurred; the combined total of such expenses reimbursed shall not exceed $75,000 USD.
 
   
Stock Options:
  175,000 options to be issued at Fair Market Value, as determined by an outside consultant. Vesting schedule of 25% per year. Subject to approval from the Board of Directors.
 
   
Tax Advisement:
  lululemon will provide you with tax guidance, advice, and tax preparation for the first year prepared by KPMG. This is $4500.00. You will be eligible to participate in the tax equalization program once it is developed — the difference may be included in your base pay or in a separate payment, not to exceed $35,000.00 USD.
 
   
Medical / Dental Benefits:
  As an active employee, you will be eligible for the Company’s benefit program which includes medical and dental. The waiting period for coverage will be waived and will be effective on the first day of the month after your start date for Extended Health, Dental, Life, AD&D and LTD. Please refer to the Pacific Blue Cross Group Benefits booklet for details on coverage. The Company reserves the right to alter the benefits program in whole or in part at any time.
 
   
Start Date:
  November 1, 2006
 
   
Introductory Period:
  Three months. Per Canadian regulation, you will be subject to a 3-month Introductory Period from the start date. At the Company’s discretion, the Introductory Period may be extended an additional three months.
 
   
Status:
  Full-Time Employment
 
   
Non-Compete:
  Should your employer execute their non-compete rights, lululemon will supplement your base pay (50%) for the period that you are restricted from being employed in the role of Executive Vice President / Chief Operations Officer with lululemon. We recognize that this period could be up to 6 months.
 
   
Severance:
  12 months salary & medical benefits will be paid if employee is terminated without cause, subject to you signing non-disparagement and non-compete agreements upon employment. Severance payment will either be monthly installments of a lump sum payment as determined by the company.

 


 

2 of 2
     
Work Authorization:
  We will provide legal representation for your eligibility to work in Canada
Additional Employee Benefits:
         
 
  Staff Discount:   Until you have worked 30 days and at least 80 hours, you will be eligible for a 60% discount on store purchases up to $200 and a 15% discount on purchases over $200. After you have worked 30 days and at least 80 hours, you will receive a 60% discount on regularly-priced store purchases and a 75% discount on sale items.
 
       
 
  Yoga Classes:   You may participate in yoga classes up to twice a week without charge. Class participation must take place outside your work hours.
 
       
 
  Education & Training:   You will have access to our development library and personal success development training as well as the required curriculum of the Brian Tracy success CDs, Landmark Education, and our goal coaching program.
In the event additional information is obtained that is contrary to the information thus far provided to us relating to your past employment or education, the Company reserves the right to review the continuation of your employment.
Mike, we are all extremely excited about you and the value you can bring to lululemon athletica. I believe you will blend nicely into our senior management team and that we can together build a world-class company. If you have any questions regarding the contents of this letter, please do not hesitate to contact me. I’m looking forward to getting you on-board.
Please acknowledge your formal acceptance of this offer by signing both copies of this letter. Please retain one copy for your own records and return the second copy to me.
Sincerely,
     
/s/ Bob Meers
 
Bob Meers
   
Chief Executive Officer
   
cc: Board of Directors of lululemon athletica inc., Jimmy Jones
I accept the above offer of employment as written:
     
/s/ Mike Tattersfield
 
Mike Tattersfield (Signature)
   
1-22-07
Date

 

 

Exhibit 10.7
(LULULEMON ATHLETICA LOGO)
December 20, 2006
Mr. John Currie
Vancouver, Canada
Dear John,
     The Board of Directors of Lululemon Corp. (“the Company”) and I are pleased to offer you the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The terms and conditions of your prospective employment are summarized below:
     
Title:
  Executive Vice President / Chief Financial Officer.
 
   
Annual Salary:
  $325,000 CAD, paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.
 
   
Annual Bonus:
  Payable upon the achievement of corporate and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and communicated to you in writing at the start of the fiscal year. Bonuses will be paid within 30 days following the Audit Committee’s approval of the Company’s audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year, subject to continued employment through payment date. When performance goals established by the Board are achieved, the targeted bonus will be equal to 60% of the Annual Salary. When performance goals are partially achieved, the bonus will be less than 60% of the Annual Salary. For purposes of determining any bonus payable to you, the measurement of corporate and personal performance will be performed by the Compensation Committee and will be performed in good faith.
 
   
Stock Options:
  150,000 stock options to be issued at Fair Market Value, as determined by an outside consultant. The options will vest in accordance with a schedule of 25% per year for four years.

1 of 3


 

     
Other Benefits:
  As an active employee, you will be eligible for the Company’s benefit program. Coverage under the program includes Extended Health, Dental, Life, AD&D and LTD. Please refer to the Pacific Blue Cross Group Benefits booklet for details on coverage. The Company reserves the right to alter the benefits program in whole or in part at any time.
 
   
Start Date:
  January 3, 2007.
 
   
Introductory Period:
  Three months. Per Canadian regulation, you will be subject to a 3-month Introductory Period from the start date. At the Company’s discretion, the Introductory Period may be extended an additional three months.
 
   
Status:
  Full-Time Employment.
 
   
Staff Discount:
  You will be eligible to receive a 60% discount on the purchase of all lululemon athletica merchandise pursuant to the Company’s policy.
 
   
Education/Training:
  You will have access to our development library and personal success training materials as well as Landmark Education and goal coaching.
 
   
Contingency:
  In the event additional information is obtained that is contrary to the information thus far provided to us relating to your past employment or education, the Company reserves the right to review the continuation of your employment.

2 of 3


 

     John, we are all extremely excited about you and the value you can bring to Lululemon Corp. I believe you will blend nicely into our senior management team and that we can together build a world-class company. If you have any questions regarding the contents of this letter, please do not hesitate to contact me. I’m looking forward to getting you on-board.
     Please acknowledge your formal acceptance of these terms by signing both copies of this letter. Please retain one copy for your own records and return the second copy to me.
Sincerely,
     
/s/ Bob Meers
 
Bob Meers
   
Chief Executive Officer
   
cc: Board of Directors of Lululemon Corp.
I accept the above terms and offer of employment as written:
     
/s/ John Currie
 
John Currie (Signature)
   
December 22, 2006
Date

3 of 3

 

Exhibit 10.8
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
AMONG
LULU HOLDING, INC.
AND
THE PERSONS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO
Dated as of December 5, 2005

 


 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
     THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of December 5, 2005, by and among:
    Lulu Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”);
 
    each of the stockholders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), whose names and addresses are set forth under Section A of Schedule A (the “ Series A Holders ”);
 
    each of the stockholders of the Company’s Series TS Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Series TS Preferred Stock ”), whose names and addresses are set forth under Section B of Schedule A (the “ Series TS Holders ” and together with the Series A Holders, the “ Holders ”); and
 
    each of the Persons listed under Section C of Schedule A (collectively, the “ Special Purpose Parties ”), solely for purposes of Article IV and Article VIII.
BACKGROUND
     Pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ US Purchase Agreement ”) by and among the Company, Advent Funds (as defined herein), Brooke Funds (as defined herein), Highland Funds (as defined herein), Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ USA ”), Oyoyo Holdings, Inc. a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ OHI ”), LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ LIPO (USA) ”), Dennis Wilson (“ DW ”), LIPO (USA) agreed to sell all of the issued and outstanding shares of USA participating preferred stock to the Company in exchange for shares of Series TS Preferred Stock and DW and OHI agreed to sell all of the issued and outstanding shares of USA non-participating preferred stock to the Advent Funds, Brooke Funds and Highland Funds in exchange for cash.
     The Company is authorized to issue 40,750,000 shares, consisting of 35,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”) and 5,750,000 shares have been designated as preferred stock, of which 250,000 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 250,000 shares have been designated as Series B Preferred Stock and 250,000 shares have been designated as Series TS Preferred Stock.
     Contemporaneously with the execution of the US Purchase Agreement, Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ LCHI ”), Lululemon Athletica Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia (“ LAI ”), Five Boys Investments ULC, an Alberta Unlimited Liability Corporation (“ Five Boys ”), DW, Advent Funds, Brooke Funds and Highland Funds entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (“ Canadian Purchase Agreement ”) pursuant to which LCHI acquired all of the issued and outstanding Class A Shares of LAI held by Five Boys and additional Class A Shares from LAI.
     Contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Advent Funds, the Brooke Funds and the Highland Funds entered into subscription agreements with the Company pursuant to which they acquired shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
     In connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such subscription agreements and the US Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Holders have agreed to enter into this Agreement in order to provide for certain transfer restrictions in respect of the Shares (as hereinafter

 


 

defined) of the Company’s capital stock, avoid dissention among the Holders, prevent the transfer of Shares to third parties which may obstruct the orderly development and management of the Company’s business and otherwise to make provisions for the future management of the Company in accordance with the particular wishes of the parties hereto.
AGREEMENT
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
RULES OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
          1.1 Rules of Construction. In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified or where the context otherwise requires:
               (i) the headings of particular provisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be construed as a part of this Agreement or serve as a limitation or expansion of the scope of any term or provision of this Agreement;
               (ii) words importing the singular only shall include the plural and vice versa;
               (iii) words importing any gender shall include other genders;
               (iv) the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation;”
               (v) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import, shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
               (vi) references to “Articles, “Sections,” “Exhibits” and “Schedules” shall be to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of or to this Agreement;
               (vii) references to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of such Persons;
               (viii) references to any Person being “nationally recognized” shall mean such Person is nationally recognized in Canada or the United States; and
               (ix) unless otherwise provided, the currency for all dollar figures set forth in this Agreement shall be the Canadian Dollar.
          1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms will have the meanings given to them below:
     “ Advent ” means Advent International Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Advent Designees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

- 2 -


 

     “ Advent Funds ” means (i) Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership and Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership, each a limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and (ii) Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership, Advent Partners III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership and Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership, each a Delaware limited partnership.
     “ Advent Holder ” means the Advent Funds and each of their respective Permitted Transferees, and any Holder who is a party to a voting agreement or has granted an irrevocable proxy and/or power of attorney, pursuant to which Advent (or an Affiliate thereof) has the right to vote any Capital Stock of the Company on behalf of such Holder.
     “ Adversely Affected Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.5.
     “ Affiliate ” means, as to any specified Person, (a) any other person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person, (b) any other Person of which such specified Person is an officer, employee, agent, director, shareholder or partner or (c) any member of the Family Group of such specified Person or of any individual who is an Affiliate of such specified Person by reason of clause (a) of this definition; provided, however, that no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other Person solely by reason of any investment in the Company or the Lululemon Group. The term “ control ,” with respect to any Person, means possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or a partnership interest, by contract or otherwise. With respect to each of the Institutional Holders, the term “Affiliate” shall also include (i) any entity in which such Institutional Holder (or one of its Affiliates) is a general partner or member, and (ii) each investor in such Institutional Holder, but only in connection with the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Institutional Holder, and only to the extent of such investor’s pro rata share in the Institutional Investor. With respect to each Advent Fund, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any investment fund managed by Advent.
     “ Aggregate Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
     “ Alternative Reorganization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(c).
     “ Approved Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.
      Assets of a Person means all of the assets, properties, businesses and rights of such Person of every kind, nature, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible (including Intellectual Property), accrued or contingent, or otherwise relating to or utilized in such Person’s business, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, whether or not carried on the books and records of such Person, and whether or not owned in the name of such Person or any Affiliate of such Person and wherever located.
     “ Beneficial Owner ” and beneficially owned shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     “ Brooke Funds ” means Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P. and Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership.
     “ Brooke Holder ” means Brooke Funds and each of its Permitted Transferees.
     “ Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of the Company, as they may be amended or modified from time to time.

- 3 -


 

     “ Business ” means the business of the Lululemon Group in selling and marketing active lifestyle clothing, including yoga clothing.
     “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in New York, New York.
     “ Canadian Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Canadian Reorganization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
     “ Canadian Reorganization Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
     “ Capital Stock ” means the Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
     “ Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, including, without limitation, any certificate of designations filed therewith relating to any class or series of capital stock of the Company, as further amended or supplement from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     “ Common Derivative Securities ” means securities issued by the Company which are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Common Stock.
     “ Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals, and also includes any capital stock into which the Common Stock is reclassified or reorganized.
     “ Company Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).
      Contract means any oral or written agreement, arrangement, authorization, commitment, contract, indenture, instrument, lease, license, obligation, plan, practice, restriction, understanding, or undertaking of any kind or character, or other document to which any Person is a party or that is binding on any Person or its capital stock, Assets or business.
     “ Control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “ Counterpart ” means a counterpart signature page to this Agreement in substantially the same form of Schedule B .
     “ Derivative Securities ” means the Common Derivative Securities or the Preferred Derivative Securities.
     “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as in effect from time to time.
     “ Dragging Parties ” means (i) before the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the Preferred Super Majority, and (ii) on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the Series A Stock.
     “ DW ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Drag-Along Notice ” the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

- 4 -


 

     “ EBITDA ” means, for any fiscal year of the Lululemon Group, the combined net income or loss of the Lululemon Group plus (i) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such consolidated net income or loss, the sum of (A) combined interest expense for such period, (B) combined income tax expense for such period, (C) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for such period, (D) any losses associated with the write-down of good will, and (E) any extraordinary losses, and minus (ii) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such combined net income or loss, any extraordinary gains for such period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied during the periods involved. For purposes of determining EBITDA for the 2005 fiscal year, EBITDA shall be ( x ) increased by and only to the extent deducted in determining the consolidated net income or loss of the Lululemon Group for the 2005 fiscal year, any salary, bonus payments, shareholder distributions or repayments to DW in 2005 and any bonus payments to employees of the Lululemon Group in 2005 and ( y ) decreased by $250,000.
     “ Encumber ” means to mortgage, pledge, lien, hypothecate or otherwise encumber, or agree to encumber (the result of which is an “Encumbrance”).
     “ Equity Percentage ” means, as to each Holder, at a particular date of determination, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the sum of (i) the number of shares of the outstanding Preferred Stock then beneficially owned by a Holder multiplied by 100 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) plus (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Vested Common Purchase Rights owned by such Holder, by (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock then outstanding plus (ii) the aggregate number of shares of the Preferred Stock then outstanding multiplied by 100 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like), plus (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Vested Common Purchase Rights.
     “ Excess Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time.
     “ Family Group ” means, as to any Holder who is a natural person, such Holder’s spouse, ancestors, the lineal descendants of such individual’s grandparents, and trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing, provided that all the income beneficiaries and remainderman of any such trust are such individual’s spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants.
     “ Financial Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).
     “ First Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
     “ Five Boys ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c).
     “ Highland ” means Highland Capital Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Highland Designees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
     “ Highland Funds ” means Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership, and Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership, each a Delaware limited partnership.

- 5 -


 

     “ Highland Holders ” means Highland Funds and each of their respective Permitted Transferees, and any Holder who is a party to a voting agreement or has granted an irrevocable proxy and/or power of attorney, pursuant to which Highland (or an Affiliate thereof) has the right to vote any Capital Stock of the Company on behalf of such Holder.
     “ Holdback ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).
     “ Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Holder Offeree ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.
     “ Institutional Holders ” means the Advent Holders, Brooke Holders and Highland Holders.
      Intellectual Property means collectively, (i) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents; (ii) all trademarks, trade dress, logos, trade names, fictitious names, brand names, brand marks, domain names and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith; (iii) all copyrightable works, all copyrights and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith; (iv) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith; (v) all trade secrets and confidential business information (including, ideas, research and development, know-how, formulae, compositions, databases, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, graphics, logos, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals); (vi) all computer software (including, data, source codes, object codes, objects, specifications and related documentation); (vii) all other proprietary rights; and (viii) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium); any and all licenses granted to a third party related to the foregoing.
     “ Investment Company Act ” means the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     “ IPO ” means an initial underwritten public offering for cash of the Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-1 (or a successor form adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission).
     “ Issuer Reorganizations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
      Liability means any direct or indirect, primary or secondary, liability, indebtedness, obligation, penalty, cost or expense (including costs of investigation, collection and defense), claim, deficiency, guaranty or endorsement of or by any Person (other than endorsements of notes, bills, checks, and drafts presented for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business) of any type, whether accrued, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, or otherwise.
     “ LAI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ LAI Class A Shares ” means the shares of Class A Stock issued by LAI.
     “ LAI Class B Shares ” means the shares of Class B Stock issued by LAI.
     “ LAI Class C Shares ” means the shares of Class C Stock issued by LAI.

- 6 -


 

     “ LAI Class D Shares ” means the shares of Class D Stock issued by LAI.
     “ LAI Shares ” means, collectively, LAI Class A Shares, LAI Class B Shares, LAI Class C Shares, LAI Class D Shares and any other shares of capital stock or other equity issued by LAI.
     “ LAI Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement of LAI by and among LAI and the Persons listed therein, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time, relating to the capital stock of LAI.
     “ LCHI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Leveraged Dividend Reorganization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.
     “ LFC ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ LIPO (Canada) ” means LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia.
     “ LIPO (Canada) Owners ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).
     “ LIPO (USA) ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ LUI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Lululemon Group ” means, collectively, LAI, USA and their respective subsidiaries.
     “ Market Standoff Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).
     “ New Securities ” means any debt or equity securities of the Company issued after the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the following shall be deemed not to be New Securities:
  (a)   securities of the Company issued (i) as a stock dividend, or upon any subdivision or combination of shares of Capital Stock, and (ii) upon exercise, exchange or conversion of Derivative Securities;
 
  (b)   Capital Stock or options to purchase Capital Stock representing in the aggregate no more than 10% of the then outstanding Capital Stock granted pursuant to the Lulu Holding, Inc. 2005 Equity Plan or any successor plan approved by the Company’s board of directors;
 
  (c)   securities of the Company issued solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger or otherwise) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of all or a substantial portion of the stock or assets of another entity, of which not more than 5% of the equity interests (on a fully diluted basis) are owned by an Affiliate of the Company;
 
  (d)   securities of the Company issued in connection with a Reorganization;
 
  (e)   securities of the Company issued in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
 
  (f)   securities of the Company issued or granted to a non-Affiliate in connection with any present or future borrowing, line of credit, leasing or similar financing arrangement

- 7 -


 

      involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is approved by the board of directors of the Company; or
 
  (g)   securities of the Company issued in connection with any transaction with a non-Affiliate strategic investor, vendor, lessor, customer, supplier, marketing partner, developer or integrator or any similar arrangement involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case the primary purpose of which is not to raise equity capital, and approved by the board of directors of the Company.
     “ Notices ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.7.
     “ OHI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Ordinary Course of Business ” means the ordinary course of the business of the Lululemon Group, consistent with past customs and practice of the Lululemon Group.
     “ Other Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Other Holders Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).
Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to a Holder,
  (a)   an Affiliate of the Holder;
 
  (b)   following an IPO, a transferee pursuant to Rule 144;
 
  (c)   a transferee pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
 
  (d)   any Person to whom the Holder may transfer its Shares to hold such Shares as such Holder’s nominee;
 
  (e)   following an IPO, in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, any Person who receives securities in a distribution by such holder to its members, partners or shareholders;
 
  (f)   in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, any Person who receives securities in a liquidating distribution by such fund or holder to its members, partners or shareholders;
 
  (g)   in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, one or more funds which invest in equity securities and are “qualified institutional buyers” or “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) in connection with the sale by such holder of any material part of its portfolio investments;
 
  (h)   in the case of an Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund, any other Advent Fund, Brooke Fund or Highland Fund; and
 
  (j)   in the event of the death or incompetence of the Holder, a legal representative of the Holder.
     “ Person ” means any individual, estate, legal representative, trust, partnership, association, organization, firm, company or corporation, joint venture, any other business entity, unincorporated or

- 8 -


 

incorporated, any nation or any state or territory thereof or any public officer, agency, board or instrumentality thereof.
     “ Preemptive Rights Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
     “ Preferred Derivative Securities ” means securities issued by the Company which are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Preferred Stock.
     “ Preferred Stock ” means Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series TS Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock of the Company with such rights, preferences and privileges as the Company’s board of directors may designate from time to time in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.
     “ Preferred Super Majority ” means, at any given time, the Holders holding at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, treating all such classes of stock as a single class.
     “ Pro Rata Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
     “ Purchase Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
     “ Qualified IPO ” means firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company with a nationally recognized underwriter that is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale any class of Common Stock for the account of the Company or the offer and sale of any class of common stock of any member of the Lululemon Group for the account of such member (in each case other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) on either the New York Stock Exchange, London Stock Exchange, Toronto Stock Exchange, Deutsche Börse or the Nasdaq National Market in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $75 million.
     “ Reference Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Articles of LAI.
     “ Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.
     “ Reorganization ” with respect to any Person, means a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, or other similar transaction involving such Person, that immediately after the completion of such transaction, (a) control of such Person is substantially unaffected or remains, directly or indirectly, in the same stockholders (or their Affiliates) that controlled such Person immediately prior to such transaction, and (b) and the relative ownership of each shareholder of such Person in the remaining, surviving or resulting corporation is unaffected.
     “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, and any successor rule or regulation thereto, and in the case of any referenced section of such rule, any successor section thereto, collectively and as from time to time amended and in effect.
     “ Sale ” with respect to any Person, means: (a) the sale of all, or substantially all, of such Person’s consolidated assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions; (b) the sale of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock to non-Affiliates of such Person in any single transaction or series of related transactions; or (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with or into another corporation, unless, after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the holders of such Person’s voting securities (on a fully-diluted basis) immediately prior to the merger or consolidation own voting securities (on a

- 9 -


 

fully diluted basis) of the surviving or resulting corporation representing a majority of the ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation.
     “ Second Option Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Series A Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Series A Aggregate Stated Value ” shall mean the aggregate stated value of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
     “ Series A Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble, and also includes any capital stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock is reclassified or reorganized.
     “ Series B Aggregate Stated Value ” shall mean the aggregate stated value of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
     “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Preferred Stock of the Company.
     “ Series B Holder ” means a Person who has executed this Agreement or a Counterpart and holds shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Upon conversion or exchange of the Series TS Preferred Stock into or for Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation, a Series TS Holder shall be deemed to be a Series B Holder.
     “ Series B/TS Designees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
     “ Series TS Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble. Upon conversion or exchange of the Series TS Preferred Stock into or for Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation, a Series TS Holder shall be deemed to be a Series B Holder.
     “ Series TS Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble, and also includes any capital stock into which the Series TS Preferred Stock is reclassified or reorganized.
     “ Shares ” means, with respect to any Holder, (a) all or any shares of Capital Stock (or of any other corporation into or with which the Company may be merged or consolidated, if immediately following such transaction all of the capital stock of the surviving or resulting corporation is held by Persons who were Holders immediately preceding such transaction) now owned or hereafter acquired by such Holder, (b) all or any Derivative Securities now owned or hereafter acquired by such Holder, (c) all or any options, rights or warrants to acquire shares of Capital Stock, in each case now owned or hereafter acquired by such Holder; and (d) all or any other securities of the Company which may be issued in exchange for or in respect of shares of Capital Stock or Derivative Securities, whether by way of dividend, stock split, split-up, combination, reclassification, reorganization or other distribution on shares of Capital Stock in each case now owned or hereafter acquired by such Holder.
     “ Special Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.
     “ Special Purpose Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

- 10 -


 

     “ Statement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Tag-Along Acceptance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c).
     “ Tag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
     “ Tag-Along Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c).
     “ Tag-Along Offerees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
     “ Tag-Along Offeree Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(d).
     “ Tag-Along Offeror ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
     “ Tag-Along Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
     “ Tag-Along Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
      Taxes means any federal, provincial, state, county, local, or foreign taxes, charges, fees, levies, imposts, duties, or other assessments, including (without limitation) income, gross receipts, excise, employment, sales, use, transfer, recording license, payroll, franchise, severance, documentary, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, environmental, federal highway use, commercial rent, customs duties, capital stock, paid-up capital, profits, withholding, Social Security, single business and unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, registration, ad valorem, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax or governmental fee of any kind whatsoever, imposed or required to be withheld by the United States, Canada or any province, state, county, local or foreign government or subdivision or agency thereof, including any interest, penalties, and additions imposed thereon or with respect thereto, and including any Liability for Taxes of another Person pursuant to a Contract, as a transferee or successor, under U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.1502-6 or analogous Canadian, provincial, state, local or foreign Law or otherwise.
     “ Third Party Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Third Party Offeror ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Third Party Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Transfer ” means any transfer of Shares, whether by sale, assignment, gift, will, devise, bequest, operation of the laws of descent and distribution, or in trust, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, encumbrance or other disposition; provided, however , a Transfer shall not include a pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of Shares for the direct or indirect benefit of the Company or at the direction of the Company (with, in any case, such benefit being acknowledged in writing by the Company), including a pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of Securities in furtherance of obtaining debt financing for the benefit of the Company or one of its direct or indirect subsidiaries. The verb to “transfer” means to sell, assign, give, dispose, transfer (including by gift, will, devise, bequest, or operation of laws of descent and distribution, or in trust), pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, or encumber, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise. A sale, transfer or other disposition of a majority of the ownership interests in any entity that owns Shares shall be deemed to constitute a Transfer of such Shares for purposes of this Agreement.
     “ Underwriter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).
     “ US Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

- 11 -


 

     “ USA Shares ” means the shares of capital stock issued by Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc.
     “ USA Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement of Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc. by and among Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc. and the Persons listed therein, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time, relating to the capital stock of Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc.
     “ Vested Common Purchase Rights ” means, at the applicable date of determination, restricted shares, stock options, performance shares, stock appreciation rights, warrants, or other stock purchase rights that are exercisable for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the 2005 Lulu Holding, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, and any successor plan approved by the Company’s board of directors, which have satisfied the vesting conditions, if any, of any such restricted shares, stock options, performance shares, stock appreciation rights, warrants, or other stock purchase rights.
ARTICLE II
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
          2.1 No Transfer Except as Herein Provided . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not effect a Transfer of all or any of its Shares except as permitted under this Agreement. No such Transfer will be effective, and the Company will not, and will not be compelled to, recognize any such Transfer, or record any such Transfer on its books, made other than in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or issue any document or certificate representing any Securities to any Person who has received such Securities in a Transfer made other than in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          2.2 Permitted Transferees.
               (a) Each Holder will be permitted to Transfer Shares beneficially owned by it to the Company ( provided that, except in the case of the Company’s repurchase of Shares held by a Holder whose employment with a Lululemon Group member is terminated, each Holder is permitted to participate in any such repurchase by the Company by selling to the Company up to such Holder’s Equity Percentage of the aggregate amount of Capital Stock to be so repurchased), a Permitted Transferee or in accordance with Section 2.2(b) or 2.2(c) provided that, as a condition to and at the time of any such Transfer, there shall also be Transferred an equivalent percentage of (i) the LAI Shares held by such Holder or any Affiliate, and (ii) the shares of each class or series of capital stock in each other entity within the Lululemon Group held by such Holder or any Affiliate.
               (b) In the case of a proposed Transfer of Shares by a Holder to someone other than the Company or a Permitted Transferee, such transferring Holder shall comply with Article III.
               (c) In the case of a proposed Transfer of Shares by a Holder to an Affiliate, such transferring Holder must make such Transfer subject to the condition that should the proposed transferee cease to be an Affiliate of the transferor Holder, the transferred Shares shall be transferred back to the transferor Holder.
               (d) In the event of the death or incompetence of a Holder, the legal representative of the Holder to whom the Shares are Transferred shall acquire the Shares so Transferred subject to all of the restrictions, liabilities and rights under this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.
               (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld for any reason or for no reason, no Holder may transfer Shares beneficially owned by it to any Person which the Company’s board of directors from

- 12 -


 

time to time reasonably determines in good faith either (i) engages in activities which are competitive with any material portion of the Business, or (ii) could reasonably be expected in the future to engage in activities which are competitive with any material portion of the Business.
               (f) The parties hereto agree that the transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement are not manifestly unreasonable.
               (g) The provisions contained in Sections 3.1 shall not apply to a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee or otherwise permitted by this Section 2.2.
          2.3 Agreement to be Bound .(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Transfer shall be permitted and deemed effective if the Company determines, reasonably and in good faith, that: (a) the proposed Transfer is violative of federal or applicable state securities laws; (b) the proposed Transfer would result in the Company or any of its subsidiaries being an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, or result in the Company or any of its subsidiaries being directly or indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of any Person which is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act or (c) subject the Company to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, no Transfer otherwise permitted or required by this Agreement shall be effective unless and until the proposed transferee shall execute and deliver to the Company an executed Counterpart.
ARTICLE III
VOLUNTARY TRANSFERS
          3.1 Third Party Offer – Right of First Refusal . If any Holder (the “Holder Offeree”) receives a “bona fide” written offer, whether such offer is transmitted to one or more Holders of the Company, (the “Third Party Offer”) from a potential transferee (the “Third Party Offeror”) to purchase Shares owned by the Holder Offeree and the Holder Offeree proposes to accept the Third Party Offer, the Holder Offeree may not sell any of such Shares unless (a) such Holder Offeree has complied with the provisions of this Article III prior to taking any such action, or (b) such sale is to a Permitted Transferee or otherwise permitted by Section 2.2. In the event a Holder elects to Transfer his Shares pursuant to this Article III, such Holder shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, Transfer an equivalent percentage of (i) the USA Shares, (ii) the LAI Shares, and (iii) the shares of each class or series of capital stock in each other entity within the Lululemon Group, in each case held by such Holder or its Affiliates, at the time of the Transfer of Shares in accordance with the USA Stockholders Agreement and the LAI Shareholders Agreement. Within ten (10) days following the receipt of the Third Party Offer, the Holder Offeree shall obtain from the Third Party Offeror a statement in writing addressed to the Holder Offeree and signed by the Third Party Offeror in as many counterparts as may be necessary (collectively, the “Statement”) setting forth (i) the date of the Statement (the “Statement Date”); (ii) the number and class of Shares covered by the Third Party Offer, the price per Share to be paid by the Third Party Offeror (the “Third Party Price”) and the terms of payment of such Third Party Price; (iii) a representation that the Third Party Offer has been approved by the Third Party Offeror’s board of directors (or the equivalent if the Third Party Offeror is not a corporation), if the Third Party Offeror is not an individual; (iv) the Third Party Offeror’s willingness to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the Third Party Offer is accepted; (v) the Third Party Offeror’s name, address and telephone number; and (vi) the Third Party Offeror’s willingness to supply any additional information about itself as may be reasonably requested by the Company or any of the Holders other than the Holder Offeree (the “Other Holders”).
               (a) Company Notice . Within five (5) days following the Statement Date, the Holder Offeree shall give notice (the “ Company Notice ”) to the Company stating that it proposes to accept the Third Party Offer. The Holder Offeree shall deliver (i) the Statement and (ii) evidence

- 13 -


 

reasonably satisfactory to the Company as to the Third Party Offeror’s financial ability to consummate the proposed purchase (the “ Financial Information ”).
               (b)  First Option . Subject to Section 3.1(e), the Company shall thereupon have the irrevocable and exclusive option, but not the obligation (the “ First Option ”), to purchase all, or any portion of the Shares which the Third Party Offeror has proposed to purchase from the Holder Offeree (the “ Subject Shares ”) at the closing referred to in Section 3.1(f), and for the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 3.1(g). The First Option shall be exercised by the Company by giving notice (the “ First Option Notice ”) to the Holder Offeree within fifteen (15) days following the date of the Company Notice that the Company elects to exercise the First Option. Upon exercise of the First Option, the Company shall have the obligation to purchase that portion of the Subject Shares that it elected to purchase on and subject to the terms and conditions hereof. Failure by the Company to exercise the First Option or to give a First Option Notice on or prior to the fifteenth (15 th ) day after the date of the Company Notice shall be deemed an election by it not to exercise the First Option.
               (c)  Other Holders Notice . Upon the election by the Company not to exercise or to partially exercise the First Option, as the case may be, and (i) to the extent that, together with all prior Transfers of Shares by the Holder Offeree, the Transfer of Shares pursuant to the Third Party Offer would result in a Transfer of Shares constituting more than one percent (1%) of the aggregate number of Shares outstanding on the date of such Third Party Offer, or (ii) if the Third Party Offeror is not a then current shareholder of the Company, then the Holder Offeree shall give notice (the “ Other Holders Notice ”) to the Other Holders stating that the Company has either elected to partially exercise the First Option or has elected not to exercise the First Option. The Holder Offeree shall deliver with the Other Holders Notice ( x ) the Statement, ( y ) the First Option Notice, if applicable, and ( z ) the Financial Information.
               (d)  Second Option . Subject to Section 3.1(e) and the receipt of a notice under Section 3.1(c), if the First Option is not exercised in full, the Other Holders shall thereupon have the irrevocable and exclusive option, but not the obligation (the “ Second Option ”), to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Subject Shares not subscribed for by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1(c) at the Closing referred to in Section 3.1(f) and for the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 3.1(g). The Second Option shall be exercised by the Other Holders by giving notice (the “ Second Option Notice ”) to the Holder Offeree and the Company, within ten (10) days following the date of the Other Holders Notice, that such Other Holders elect to exercise the Second Option. Any purchase of the Subject Shares by the Other Holders pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) shall be pro rata among the Other Holders electing to purchase such Subject Shares, according to such Other Holders’ respective beneficial ownership of Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis), unless such Other Holders shall otherwise agree. Upon exercise of the Second Option, the exercising Other Holders shall have the obligation to purchase the Subject Shares not subscribed for by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1(c) on and subject to the terms and conditions hereof. Failure by any Other Holder entitled to exercise the Second Option to give a Second Option Notice on or prior to the tenth (10 th ) day after the date of the Second Option Notice shall be deemed an election by it not to exercise the Second Option. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of a liquidation of any Holder entity and the distribution of Shares owned or controlled by any such entity to its current or former members or partners, such members or partners, and such liquidating entity, shall not be entitled to participate in the Second Option notwithstanding that such members or partners have become Holders under this Agreement pursuant to the requirements of Section 2.3.
               (e)  Purchases of Less than All Subject Shares . Anything in Sections 3.1(a) and 3.1(d) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company and the Other Holders having the First Option and the Second Option, respectively, may pursuant to the exercise of the First Option or the Second

- 14 -


 

Option purchase fewer than all of the Subject Shares, provided that the Company and such Persons in the aggregate elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Subject Shares, and it shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Company, the Other Holders exercising the Second Option and the Holder Offeree to purchase or sell, as applicable, any Subject Shares that all, but not less than all, of the Subject Shares have in the aggregate been elected to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of the First Option and the Second Option.
               (f)  Closing; Right to Transfer . If any Subject Shares are purchased by the Company or the Other Holders pursuant to the First Option or the Second Option, respectively, then such purchases shall, unless the parties thereto otherwise agree, be completed at a closing to be held at the principal office of the Company at 10:00 a.m., local time, on the tenth (10 th ) Business Day following the exercise of the last to be exercised of the First Option or the Second Option, as the case may be. If neither the First Option nor the Second Option is exercised pursuant to this Section 3.1, the Holder Offeree shall be entitled to Transfer to the Third Party Offeror, at any time during the 120-day period following the latest date on which the Company and the Other Holders shall have elected not to purchase the Subject Shares pursuant to the First Option and the Second Option, respectively (or shall have failed to exercise the First Option or the Second Option, as the case may be, within the time periods set forth herein), all, but not less than all, of the Subject Shares for a purchase price that is no less than the Third Party Price and upon terms that, in the aggregate, are no less favorable than those stated in the Third Party Offer. If the Subject Shares are not purchased by the Third Party Offeror within such 120-day period, the restrictions provided for in this Article III shall again become effective, and no Transfer of such Subject Shares otherwise permitted by this Agreement may thereafter be made without again offering the same to the Company and the Other Holders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 3.1.
               (g)  Purchase Price . The purchase price for any Subject Shares sold pursuant to the First Option or the Second Option shall be the Third Party Price. The purchase and sale shall otherwise be on the applicable terms and conditions of the Third Party Offer. The full amount of the purchase price for any Subject Shares purchased pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be paid in full in cash, by certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, at the closing described in Section 3.1(f). In the event that the subject Third Party Offer provides for payment for any of the Subject Shares, in whole or in part, by means of any consideration other than cash, the Company and the Other Holders (as applicable) may purchase the Subject Shares pursuant to the First Option or Second Option, respectively, for such consideration, if reasonably available to the Company and Other Holders, or if not, for its cash equivalent. The cash equivalent of such consideration shall be fixed by a nationally recognized investment banking firm mutually selected by the Company and the Holder Offeree. In the event the Company and the Holder Offeree cannot select a mutually acceptable investment banking firm, each shall select an investment banking firm, which investment banking firm shall then select a third nationally recognized investment banking firm. The determination as to value made by the nationally recognized banking firm selected to make such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.
          3.2 Participation in Approved Sale . No Holder will proceed with a transaction which, if consummated, would constitute a Sale of the Company under clause (b) or (c) of the definition of “Sale of the Company” in Section 1.2, without complying with the provisions of this Section 3.2 and Article IV.
               (a) If the Dragging Parties approve a Sale of the Company to Third Party Offeror, (an “ Approved Sale ”), then the Dragging Parties may require each of the other Holders to comply with the provisions of this Section 3.2 by notifying the Company and such other Holders in writing with the information set forth in the next sentence (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”). The Drag-Along

- 15 -


 

Notice shall be given at least thirty (30) days before the consummation of the proposed Approved Sale and shall set forth:
                    (i) the proposed amount and form of consideration and terms of payment offered by the Third Party Offeror, and any other terms pertaining to the Approved Sale;
                    (ii) a representation that the Third Party Offeror will acquire the Company promptly following the completion of the Issuer Reorganizations as provided in Article IV;
                    (iii) that the Third Party Offeror has been informed of the rights provided for in this Section 3.2 and has agreed to purchase the outstanding Shares in accordance with the terms hereof;
                    (iv) the Third Party Offeror’s name, address and telephone number; and
               (b) Each Holder, in such Holder’s capacity as a stockholder of the Company and not in such Holder’s capacity as a director if such Holder then serves on the Company’s board of directors, will vote for, consent to and raise no objections against such Approved Sale. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder hereby agrees that, at any meeting or vote of the stockholders of the Company, however called, where an Approved Sale is being considered, it will vote all Securities which are beneficially owned by it in favor of such proposal for the Approved Sale and any actions required in furtherance thereof and, except as otherwise agreed to in writing in advance by the Dragging Parties, the Holder will not vote or take any action against or raise any objections to, the following actions (other than in furtherance of the contemplated Approved Sale): (i) any extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Company; (ii) a sale, lease or transfer of a material amount of assets of the Company, or a reorganization, recapitalization, dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (iii) any change in a majority of the Persons who constitute the Company’s board of directors; (iv) any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; (v) any other change in the Company’s corporate structure or business (including the Issuer Reorganizations as provided by Article IV); or (vi) any other action which is intended, or could reasonably be expected, to impede, interfere with, delay, postpone, or adversely affect the contemplated Approved Sale. The provisions of this Section 3.2 shall be equally applicable to any action, which is set forth above, taken or proposed to be taken by the Company’s stockholders without a meeting, including any such action taken or proposed to be taken by written consent pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL.
               (c) Each Holder agrees that upon the occurrence of an Approved Sale, the Holder, in such Holder’s capacity as a stockholder of LAI, agrees to take all action to effect the Issuer Reorganizations in accordance with Article IV, and covenants to vote for, consent to and raise no objections against the Issuer Reorganizations in connection with an Approved Sale and agrees to comply with all of the provisions of and perform the covenants set forth in, Article IV.
               (d) The obligations of the Holders under this Section 3.2 with respect to an Approved Sale of the Company are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
                    (i) upon consummation of the Approved Sale, except as otherwise provided in clause (iii) below, all of the beneficial holders of Common Stock will receive the same form and amount of consideration per share of Common Stock, or if any holders are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all holders will be given the same options;
                    (ii) upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, in the order of their respective preferences, all of the beneficial holders of Preferred Stock and all of the beneficial

- 16 -


 

holders of shares of preferred stock issued by any member of the Lululemon Group shall receive an amount no less than the preferential amount, if any, such holder may be entitled to receive, in order of their respective preferences; and
                    (iii) all holders of rights or options to acquire Shares which have vested prior to or will vest upon consummation of the Approved Sale will be given, subject to the absolute discretion of the Company’s board of directors of, either (A) an opportunity to exercise such rights or options prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale and participate in such sale as holders of Common Stock or (B) subject to the approval of the Company’s board of directors in its sole and absolute discretion, an opportunity to receive, upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, in exchange for such rights or options, consideration equal to the amount determined by multiplying ( x ) the consideration per share of Common Stock in connection with the Approved Sale if all such rights or options had been exercised prior to the Approved Sale less the exercise price (per share of Common Stock) of such rights or options by ( y ) the number of Shares represented by such rights or options;
               (e) If the Approved Sale is structured as a merger (including one where the Company is the surviving corporation) or consolidation, each Holder will waive any dissenter’s rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation and will not otherwise exercise any such right. If such Approved Sale is structured as a Transfer of Capital Stock, each Holder will agree to sell all of its Securities on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale; provided, that , if an Approved Sale involves a Transfer of less than all of the then outstanding Securities held by the Holders, each Holder will participate in such Transfer on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Common Derivative Securities held by each such Holder). A Transfer made pursuant to an Approved Sale shall not be subject to the right of first refusal set forth in Section 3.1.
               (f) In connection with an Approved Sale, notwithstanding the consummation of the Issuer Reorganizations, no Holder shall be required to undertake any agreement or obligation or to make any representation or warranty, except for the following: (i) each Holder shall be required to make customary representations and warranties with respect to such Holder and such Holder’s title to and ownership of Securities; (ii) each Holder shall be required to deliver such Holder’s Securities in connection with an Approved Sale and execute any documents reasonably necessary in furtherance thereof; and (iii) each Holder shall enter into and be bound by the pro rata indemnification described below. With respect to any obligation that relates solely to a particular Holder, such as indemnification with respect to representations or warranties given by a Holder regarding such Holder’s title to and ownership of Securities, only such Holder shall be liable. Each Holder shall be obligated to join on a pro rata basis (based on the cash consideration to be received by the Holder in the Approved Sale) in any indemnification that the Holders collectively are required to provide in connection with the Approved Sale. In no event shall a Holder be obligated in connection with any indemnification obligation relating to an Approved Sale in an amount in excess of the cash consideration received by such Holder in connection with the sale of Securities in the Approved Sale.
               (g) Each Holder will take all reasonable actions in connection with the consummation of an Approved Sale as requested by the Company or the Dragging Parties (which request shall be made of each Holder and which actions may include continuing arrangements with the stockholders of the Company similar to the terms of this Agreement).
               (h) If the Company or the Holders enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction), each Holder will, at the request of the Company or the Dragging Parties, appoint a “purchaser representative” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities

- 17 -


 

Act). The Company or the Dragging Parties may, in its discretion, designate such purchaser representative, in which case each Holder may, but is not obligated to, appoint such Person as the Holder’s purchaser representative. If a Holder does appoint such Person, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative. If a Holder declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company or the Dragging Parties, such Holder will appoint another purchaser representative and will be responsible for all fees of such purchaser representative so appointed.
               (i) Subject to Section 3.2(h), the Holders will bear their pro rata share (based upon the sale proceeds to be received by the Holders from an Approved Sale) of the costs of any sale of Shares in an Approved Sale to the extent that such costs are incurred for the benefit of all Holders, and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. For purposes of this Section 3.2(i), costs incurred in exercising reasonable efforts to take all necessary action for the consummation of an Approved Sale and the Issuer Reorganizations shall be deemed to be for the benefit of all Holders. Costs incurred by Holders on their own behalf will not be considered costs of an Approved Sale.
          3.3 Tag-Along Rights . No Holder will proceed with a Transfer of Shares without complying with the provisions of this Section 3.3 and Article IV, or, in the case of a transaction which, if consummated, would constitute a Sale of the Company under clause (b) or (c) of the definition thereof, without complying with the provisions of Section 3.2. Any Holders participating in a voluntary Transfer of all or any portion of its Shares will be deemed, for purposes of this provision, to be a Tag-Along-Offeror required to comply with the provision of this Section 3.3 and Article IV. No Holder may voluntary Transfer any portion or all of its Shares unless, at the time of any such Transfer, there shall also be Transferred an equivalent percentage of (i) the LAI Shares held by such Holder, its Affiliates and its and their respective Permitted Transferees (and any successive Permitted Transferees), and (ii) the shares of each class or series of capital stock issued by any member of the Lululemon Group held by such Holder, its Affiliates and its and their respective Permitted Transferees (and any successive Permitted Transferees).
               (a) If a Holder or group of Holders (collectively, the “ Tag-Along Offeror ”) determines to Transfer (a “ Tag-Along Offer ”) Shares which, together with all prior Transfers of Shares held by the Tag-Along Offeror, would constitute more than 1% of the aggregate number of outstanding Shares entitled to vote on the date of such proposed Transfer (the “ Tag-Along Shares ”), the Tag-Along Offeror shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) of such Tag-Along Offer to the other Holders (each, a “ Tag-Along Offeree ”) in the manner set forth in this Section 3.3. The Tag-Along Notice shall include (i) the identity of the proposed transferee or transferees (the “ Tag-Along Transferee ”), (ii) the class or series of the Tag-Along Shares and the number of Shares for which the Tag-Along Offer is made, (iii) the price contained in the Tag-Along Offer for all of the Tag-Along Shares in the aggregate (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) and on a per Share basis, (iv) the estimated expenses associated with the sale, (v) a description of all the other terms and conditions of the Tag-Along Offer (including, without limitation, the proposed closing date thereof, which shall not be less than thirty (30) Business Days following the date of the Tag-Along Notice) and, (vi) in the case of a Tag-Along Offer in which the consideration payable for Tag-Along Shares consists in part or in whole of consideration other than cash, a description of the non-cash component of the consideration, together with the Tag-Along Offeror’s reasonable estimate of the fair market value of such non-cash component.
               (b) In the event a majority of the Series A Holders elects to participate in a Tag Along Offer, each Holder agrees that upon the occurrence of such an election, the Holder, in such Holder’s capacity as a stockholder of LAI, agrees to take all action to effect the Issuer Reorganizations in accordance with Article IV, and covenants to will vote for, consent to and raise no objections against the Issuer Reorganizations in connection with the Series A Holders’ participation in a Tag Along Offer and will comply with all of the provisions of and perform the covenants set forth in, Article IV.

- 18 -


 

               (c) Any Tag-Along Offeree that does not agree to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 3.1(d) shall have the right and option, exercisable as set forth below, to accept the Tag-Along Offer for up to such number of Shares in respect of which the Tag-Along Offer is made (subject to Section 3.3(d)), as is determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3. The terms of any sale of such Shares by a Tag-Along Offeree pursuant to the exercise of its option under this Section 3.3 shall be the same terms as those for the sale of Shares by the Tag-Along Offeror as set forth in the Tag-Along Notice. Any general indemnity given by the sellers, applicable to liabilities not specific to a particular seller, to the purchasers in connection with such sale shall be apportioned among all the sellers according to the consideration to be received by each seller. If the Tag-Along Offerees desire to exercise such option, they shall each provide the Tag-Along Offeror with written irrevocable notice (the “ Tag-Along Acceptance ”) (specifying, subject to Section 3.3(d), the number of Tag-Along Shares as to which the Tag-Along Offeree is accepting the Tag-Along Offer), within seven (7) Business Days after the date on which the Tag-Along Notice is given (the “ Tag-Along Notice Period ”). If any Tag-Along Offerees so accept (in whole or in part) the Tag-Along Offer, the Tag-Along Offerees shall each, upon the earlier of (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of the sale or other disposition of the Tag-Along Shares pursuant to the Tag-Along Offer or (ii) ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the Tag-Along Notice Period, deliver to the Company or to such other Person as may be agreed upon by the Tag-Along Offeror, to be held by such Person for sale or return upon the terms of this Section 3.3, the certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be sold or otherwise Transferred pursuant to such Tag-Along Offer by such Tag-Along Offerees, duly endorsed, together with a limited power of attorney authorizing the Tag-Along Offeror to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares pursuant to the terms of the Tag-Along Offer.
               (d) The Tag-Along Offeree shall have the right to sell, pursuant to the Tag-Along Offer, the number of Shares (the “ Tag-Along Offeree Shares ”), equal to either: (i) the number of Shares equal to the product arrived at by multiplying (A) the total number of Shares to be sold pursuant to such Tag-Along Offer, as the case may be, by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of Shares held by such Tag-Along Offeree, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of the then outstanding Shares the holders of which have rights under this Section 3.3 (which shall not include any series or class of Shares that have not been accepted by the Transferee pursuant to Section 3.3(a)), or (ii) such lesser number of Shares as designated by the Tag-Along Offeree. For purposes of clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the determination of the number of Tag-Along Offeree Shares applicable to a particular Holder, all shares of Preferred Stock shall be counted on an as-converted basis (assuming a hypothetical conversion of such Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate of 100 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) for each share of Preferred Stock).
               (e) On the date on which the sale or other Transfer of the Tag-Along Shares pursuant to the Tag-Along Offer is consummated, the Tag-Along Offeror shall remit to each Tag-Along Offeree the total sales price of each of the Tag-Along Offeree Shares previously held by each such Tag-Along Offeree and sold or otherwise Transferred pursuant thereto (after deduction of the proportionate share of the expenses associated with such sale, based on the number of the Tag-Along Offeree Shares in relation to the number of Tag-Along Shares).
               (f) If at the termination of the Tag-Along Notice Period, any Tag-Along Offeree shall not have accepted the Tag-Along Offer, the Tag-Along Offeree will be deemed to have waived any and all of its rights under this Section 3.3 with respect to the sale or other Transfer of any Shares pursuant to such Tag-Along Offer as described in the Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Offeror shall have 120 days (or such longer period not exceeding 180 days as may be necessary to comply with any applicable provisions of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended) in which to sell the Tag-Along Shares and Tag-Along Offeree Shares not otherwise excluded pursuant to the

- 19 -


 

previous sentence, at a price not higher than that contained in the Tag-Along Notice and on terms not materially more favorable to the Tag-Along Offeror than were contained in the Tag-Along Notice. If, at the end of such 120-day period (or such longer period, as aforesaid), the Tag-Along Offeror has not completed the sale of all the Tag-Along Shares, the Tag-Along Offeror shall return to the Tag-Along Offeree all certificates representing the Tag-Along Shares which the Tag-Along Offeree delivered for sale or other Transfer pursuant to this Section 3.3 and this Section 3.3 shall again apply to offers and sales of Tag-Along Shares.
               (g) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3.3 to the contrary, there shall be no liability on the part of the Tag-Along Offeror to any Person, if the sale of Tag-Along Shares pursuant to this Section 3.3 is not consummated for whatever reason. The Tag-Along Offeror shall have full and absolute discretion to effect or not to effect the transaction contemplated by the Tag-Along Offer pursuant to this Section 3.3, provided, however, that if it does elect to effect such a transaction, it must comply with the tag-along provisions contained herein.
ARTICLE IV
ISSUER REORGANIZATIONS
          4.1 Issuer Reorganizations – General. If (a) the Company is directed to effect an IPO in accordance with Section 5.1, (b) the Dragging Parties exercise their rights under Section 3.2, or (c) the Series A Holders exercise their rights under Section 3.3(b), the Company and the Holders shall cause the reorganization of the Company, LAI and USA (to the extent the Holder holds LAI Shares or stock in USA) in accordance with this Article IV. Such reorganization shall be accomplished in a manner whereby LAI and USA shall become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The transactions contemplated and described in Section 4.2, Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 are referred to herein collectively, as the “ Issuer Reorganizations ”.
          4.2 Canadian Reorganization. If the Issuer Reorganizations are effected pursuant to Section 4.1, to the extent the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates hold Shares, each such Holder agrees that it shall, and it that it shall cause its Affiliates to, cause a reorganization of LAI whereby LAI shall become a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Canadian Reorganization ”).
               (a) In furtherance thereof, unless the Company’s board of directors directs that the Canadian Reorganization shall be carried out through a different set of steps as provided in paragraph (b) below, then to the extent a Holder or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ LIPO (Canada) Owners ”) holds shares of capital stock in LIPO (Canada), the LIPO (Canada) Owners agree that they shall contribute their shares in the capital of LIPO (Canada) to the Company in exchange for shares of Series B Preferred Stock having a stated value equal to the aggregate Reference Amount of the LAI Class B Shares plus accrued and unpaid dividends on the LAI Class B Shares held by LIPO (Canada). In addition, the LIPO (Canada) Owners shall cause the cancellation, with or without consideration, of all equity rights on the capital stock of LIPO (Canada) other than those contributed to the Company, including options and warrants to acquire shares of capital stock of LIPO (Canada) prior to the exchange; provided, however , that if the LIPO (Canada) Owners desire to grant the holders of such equity rights an interest in the Capital Stock as consideration for the cancellation of such equity rights, then any dilution of economic or voting interest in the Company resulting from the grant of such an interest in the Capital Stock shall be borne completely by the LIPO (Canada) Owners. In no event shall a grant of interest in Capital Stock as described in the immediately preceding sentence be borne by the Series A Holders or otherwise reduce their economic or voting interest in the Company.
               (b) If the Company’s board of directors directs that the Canadian Reorganization shall be carried out through a different set of steps than are set forth in paragraph (a)

- 20 -


 

above (not including an Alternative Reorganization), then the Canadian Reorganization shall be carried out in such alternative manner as the board of directors directs, provided that such alternative manner does not result in any Holder incurring any tax or other liability (in excess of any de minimis tax or other liability) not otherwise reimbursed in connection with the Canadian Reorganization. If the Company’s board of directors directs that an Alternative Reorganization shall be carried out in accordance with Section 4.5, the preceding sentence shall not apply.
               (c) The Company shall have the right to require that in connection with the Canadian Reorganization (i) each LAI Class C Share outstanding immediately before the Canadian Reorganization shall be exchanged for one-half of one share of Common Stock and (ii) each option for LAI Class C Shares outstanding immediately before the Canadian Reorganization shall be exchanged for options to acquire Common Stock. Except for appropriate adjustments which may be made to the exercise price of the new options and the number of shares of Common Stock which are the subject of the new options in order to preserve the intrinsic value of the LAI options being exchanged, the terms of the new options will be otherwise similar of the terms of the options being exchanged with the intent that the economic interest of the option holders will be preserved to the greatest extent practicable.
               (d) If the Canadian Reorganization is effected in the manner contemplated in Section 4.2(a), the Company will issue to the LIPO (Canada) Owners in exchange for their shares in the capital of LIPO (Canada) shares of Series B Preferred Stock having a stated value equal to the Reference Amount of the Class B Shares multiplied by the number of LAI Class B Shares held by LIPO (Canada) plus accrued and unpaid dividends on such Class B Shares.
          4.3 USA Reorganization . If the Issuer Reorganizations are effected pursuant to Section 4.1, to the extent the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates hold shares of non-participating preferred stock in USA (“ Non-Participating Preferred Stock ”), each such Holder who is an Advent Holder or Highland Holder agrees sell its shares of Non-Participating Preferred Stock to the Company in exchange for shares of Series A Preferred Stock having a stated value equal to the stated value of the Non-Participating Preferred Stock being sold and each such Holder who is an Affiliate of DW agrees sell its shares of Non-Participating Preferred Stock to the Company in exchange for shares of Series B Preferred Stock having a stated value equal to the stated value of the Non-Participating Preferred Stock being sold.
          4.4 Company Reorganization.
               (a) If the Issuer Reorganizations are effected pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall recapitalize, reclassify and/or exchange its Capital Stock in a manner such that would result in:
                    (i) the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding immediately before the Issuer Reorganization being recapitalized or reclassified in a manner such that the resulting number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding after the recapitalization or reclassification will have an aggregate stated value equal to the Series A Stated Value plus all accrued and unpaid dividends as of the date of the recapitalization or reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.4; and
                    (ii) the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock outstanding immediately before the Issuer Reorganization being exchanged for or recapitalized or reclassified into a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock having an aggregate value equal to the Series TS Stated Value plus all accrued an unpaid dividends as of the date of the exchange, recapitalization or reclassification pursuant to this Section 4.4.

- 21 -


 

               (b) Each Holder, in such Holder’s capacity as a stockholder of the Company and not in such Holder’s capacity as a director if such Holder then serves on the Company’s board of directors, will vote for, consent, approve and raise no objection to, the recapitalization, reclassification, and/or exchange of Capital Stock as provided in this Section 4.4.
          4.5 Leveraged Dividend. If the Company’s board of directors desires to effect a leveraged dividend of the Lululemon Group (i.e. borrowing funds for the purpose of distributing such funds to shareholders) in the manner contemplated in Section 8.1(d), the Company and the Holders will negotiate in good faith to determine a corporate restructuring which will, to the extent practicable, maximize tax efficiency of the payment of the leveraged dividend to all parties. In connection with any such leveraged dividend:
               (a) The LIPO (Canada) Owners may contribute all their shares of LIPO (Canada) to the Company as contemplated in the Canadian Reorganization, but except to the extent provided under Section (c), the LIPO (Canada) Owners will not be required to contribute all their shares of LIPO (Canada) to the Company as contemplated in the Canadian Reorganization.
               (b) At the request of the Company’s board of directors, the LIPO (Canada) Owners will cause Class B Shares of LAI to be transferred directly or indirectly to the Company or to LCHI on commercially reasonable terms, to the extent (but unless otherwise agreed by them only to the extent) necessary to minimize tax payable by the other Holders on the dividend.
               (c) In the event that the Company’s board of directors determines, after consultation with the Company’s tax advisors, that it is more likely than not that after the transfer of shares referred to in Section 4.5(b) there will be a corporate level tax payable by LCHI on the leveraged dividend, the Company’s board of directors and the Holders will negotiate in good faith to determine a method of effectuating the leveraged dividend (including any corporate reorganization(s), share transfers, or other transactions, in each case on commercially reasonable terms) that would not result in a corporate level tax payable by LCHI (any such method meeting such qualifications being herein referred to as an “ Alternative Reorganization ”). If the Company’s board of directors determines that a particular Alternative Reorganization should be carried out, then to the extent that the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates hold Shares, each such Holder agrees that it shall, and it that it shall cause its Affiliates to, take such actions as shall be necessary, in the reasonable discretion of the Company’s board of directors, to cause such Alternative Reorganization to be carried out. In selecting an Alternative Reorganization to be carried out, the Company’s board of directors shall take into account the tax efficiency of any proposed Alternative Reorganization on the LIPO (Canada) Owners in accordance with Section 12.1, and if more than one Alternative Reorganization is available, the board of directors shall select the Alternative Transaction that is most tax-efficient tax efficient for the LIPO (Canada) Owners, assuming that such Alternative Transaction is not materially less tax-efficient for the Company, LCHI or the Holders other than the LIPO (Canada) Owners. If no Alternative Reorganization can be structured that is reasonably determined by the participants to provide more favorable tax treatment to the LIPO (Canada) Owners than the Canadian Reorganization, then the Company’s board of directors may determine to carry out a Alternative Reorganization on the same terms as the Canadian Reorganization as set forth under Section 4.2; provided, however, that no Alternative Reorganization shall be approved by the Company’s board of directors unless the Company’s board of directors determines, after consultation with the Company’s tax advisors, that it is more likely than not that the transfer of shares referred to in Section 4.5(b) will result in a corporate level tax payable by LCHI.
Any transaction described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 4.5 is herein referred to as a “ Leveraged Dividend Reorganization .”

- 22 -


 

          4.6 Additional Covenants of Holders and Covenants of Special Purpose Parties in Connection with the Issuer Reorganizations.
               (a) Each Holder shall, and shall (to the extent it has the power to) cause its Affiliates and equity holders to, take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the boards of directors of the Company, LAI and USA to effect the Issuer Reorganizations and/or a Leveraged Dividend Reorganization, including approving each transaction taken in furtherance of consummating the Issuer Reorganizations and/or a Leveraged Dividend Reorganization, as applicable. Each Holder agrees that it shall not, and it shall (to the extent it has the power to) cause its Affiliates and equity holders not to exercise any dissenter’s right or right of appraisal in connection with the Issuer Reorganizations or a Leveraged Dividend Reorganization.
     (a) Each Special Purpose Party agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article IV and agrees to effect the Issuer Reorganizations and/or a Leveraged Dividend Reorganization as and when such reorganizations shall be required under this Agreement. In furtherance thereof, each Special Purpose Party shall, and shall (to the extent it has the power to) cause its Affiliates and equity holders to, take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the board of directors of the Company to effect the Issuer Reorganizations and/or a Leveraged Dividend Reorganization, including approving each transaction taken in furtherance of consummating the Issuer Reorganizations. Each Special Purpose Party agrees that it shall not, and it shall (to the extent it has the power to) cause its Affiliates and equity holders not to exercise any dissenter’s right or right of appraisal in connection with the Issuer Reorganizations.
ARTICLE V
PUBLIC OFFERING
          5.1 IPO. The Company shall effect an IPO upon the approval and direction of the Preferred Super Majority.
          5.2 Implementation of an IPO. If the Company’s board of directors is directed to effect an IPO in accordance with Section 5.1, each Holder shall and shall cause its affiliates to take all such actions and execute and deliver such documents as the Company’s board of directors may reasonably request, and otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts, all at the expense of the Company, to effect such IPO, including executing any documents or instruments to evidence any consent or approval of the Holders, or any of them, or taking any steps to effect the Issuer Reorganizations, or the amendment of the Company’s certificate of incorporation to become effective upon the effectiveness and/or closing of an IPO, or any customary lock-up agreement requested by the managing underwriter of the IPO (provided the terms of such lock-up agreement are no more restrictive than the terms required of the officers and directors of the Company generally).
          5.3 Market Stand-Off.
               (a) Each Holder hereby agrees that, in connection with any underwritten registration of any Securities under the Securities Act, such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer (including through short-sales, hedging or similar transactions) any Securities (a “ Holdback ”) during the period specified by the Company’s board of directors; provided, however , such period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (or such other period as reasonably required by the underwriters) following the effective date of the applicable registration statement filed under the Securities Act (the “ Market Standoff Period ”); provided, further , to be effective, such Holdback shall apply to all Holders owning at least five percent (5%) of the stock of the Company and to all members of the Company’s board of directors during the same Market Standoff Period. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

- 23 -


 

               (b) In addition, if requested by any managing underwriter or book runner of any such offering (the “ Underwriter ”), each Holder will execute and deliver such documents, agreements and instruments as the Underwriter shall reasonably require to enable the Underwriter to obtain the benefit of the Holdback during the Market Standoff Period so long as all Holders owning at least five percent (5%) of the stock of the Company and all members of the Company’s board of directors enter into substantially the same documents, agreements and instruments in favor of the Underwriter.
               (c) In connection with the foregoing, each Holder hereby appoints Advent as its attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver all documents, agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by such Holder, and to take all actions to be taken by such Holder, in each case in connection with effecting any Holdback.
               (d) The provisions of this Section 5.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement as a result of a Qualified IPO.
ARTICLE VI
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
          6.1 Preemptive Rights. In the event that the Company proposes to issue and sell any New Securities, each Series A Holder, Series TS Holder and Series B Holder (collectively, the “ Preemptive Rights Holders ”) shall have the right, prior to the issue of such New Securities by the Company, to purchase a percentage of such New Securities equal to its beneficial ownership interest in the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like)) (the “ Pro Rata Amount ”) at the proposed issuance price, which right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Company (a “ Purchaser Notice ”) given within ten (10) days after receipt by each Preemptive Rights Holder of written notice of such proposed issuance. If any such party shall fail to respond to the Company within the ten (10) day notice period, such failure shall be regarded as a rejection of its right to participate in the purchase of the shares. Each Preemptive Rights Holder may also indicate in its Purchaser Notice, if it so elects, its desire to participate in the purchase of the shares in excess of its Pro Rata Amount. If any such party declines to purchase its Pro Rata Amount of the New Securities (such Pro Rata Amount being hereinafter called the “ Excess Shares ”), then the other such party or parties who have indicated in their or its Purchaser Notice a desire to participate in the purchase of such Excess Shares shall be deemed to have agreed to purchase the Excess Shares in proportion to its respective Pro Rata Amounts. Unless such Preemptive Rights Holders elect to purchase all of the New Securities, the Company may issue all (not less than all) of the New Securities which such parties have not elected to purchase, at the price specified by the Company in its notice to such parties, provided that such issuance is bona fide and made within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such notice. The rights under this Section 6.1 shall not apply to a Qualified IPO, and such rights shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Qualified IPO.
          6.2 Closing of Preemptive Rights Offering. The closing of any purchase of New Securities by the Holders under this Article VI shall be held at the principal office of the Company at 10:00 a.m., local time, three (3) Business Days after being notified of the closing of the primary offering by the Company, or at such other time and place as the parties to the transaction may agree upon. At such closing, the Holders participating in the purchase shall deliver, in cash or by official bank check or wire transfer, payment in full for such shares and all parties to the transaction shall execute such additional documents as are otherwise appropriate.

- 24 -


 

ARTICLE VII
BOARD COMPOSITION; ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
          7.1 Size of the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise determined by the Company’s board of directors by resolution duly adopted by the board in accordance with the Company’s by-laws, the board of directors shall be comprised of seven (7) members, three (3) of whom shall be designated by the Advent Holders (the “ Advent Designees ”), one (1) of whom shall be designated by the Highland Holders (the “ Highland Designee ”), and three (3) of whom shall be designated by the Series B Holders and Series TS Holders (the “ Series B/TS Designees ”) as provided by this Article VII.
          7.2 Election of Advent Designees .
               (a)  Voting . Subject to Section 7.2(b), the Holders agree to take all such lawful action, including affirmatively voting the Shares owned by such Holders (i) at each annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors or (ii) by written consent (in lieu of an annual or special meeting) of the Company’s stockholders for the purpose of electing directors, in favor of the election to the Company’s board of directors of three (3) individuals to serve as the Advent Designees, the designation of whom shall initially be David Mussafer, Steven Collins, and Robert Meers (whose designation the Company and Holders accept and acknowledge).
               (b)  Right to Nominate Directors . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Advent Holders shall have the right to designate three (3) individuals who will serve as the Advent Designees for so long as the Advent Holders own, in the aggregate, at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
          7.3 Election of Highland Designee .
               (a)  Voting . Subject to Section 7.3(b), the Holders agree to take all such lawful action, including affirmatively voting the Shares owned by such Holders (i) at each annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors or (ii) by written consent (in lieu of an annual or special meeting) of the Company’s stockholders for the purpose of electing directors, in favor of the election to the Company’s board of directors of one (1) individual to serve as the Highland Designee, the designation of whom shall initially be Thomas Stemberg (whose designation the Company and Holders accept and acknowledge).
               (b)  Right to Nominate Directors . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Highland Holders shall have the right to designate one (1) individual who will serve as the Highland Designee for so long as the Highland Holders own, in the aggregate, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock originally purchased by the Highland Holders under the Subscription Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Company and the Highland Holders.
          7.4 Election of Series B/TS Designees.
               (a)  Voting . Subject to Section 7.4(b), the Holders agree to take all such lawful action, including affirmatively voting the Shares owned by such Holders (i) at each annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors or (ii) by written consent (in lieu of an annual or special meeting) of the Company’s stockholders for the purpose of electing directors, in favor of the election to the Company’s board of directors of three (3) individuals to serve as the Series B/TS Designees, the designation of whom shall initially be Dennis Wilson, Rhoda Pitcher and Susanne Conrad (whose designation the Company and Holders accept and acknowledge).

- 25 -


 

               (b)  Right to Nominate Directors . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Series B Holders and Series TS Holders shall have the right to designate all of the individuals who will serve as the Series B/TS Designees for so long as Series B Holders, Series TS Holders and their Permitted Transferees own, in the aggregate, at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock.
          7.5 Compensation Committee . The Company’s board of directors will have a compensation committee, which will be comprised of three members, one of whom will be designated by the Series B Holders and Series TS Holders from among the Series B/TS Designees, one of whom will be designated by the Advent Holder from among the current Advent Designees and one of whom will be the Highland Designee.
          7.6 Assignment of Board Nomination Rights . The right of a Holder to nominate directors and compensation committee members, as the case may be, under this Article VII shall be assignable, at the option of such Holder, and only in conjunction with a Transfer of Shares by such Holder to one or more Permitted Transferees, to a Third Party Offeror, the Other Holders or the Company pursuant to Article III and Article IV, or otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. A Holder who or which assigns his or its right to nominate directors or compensation committee members, as the case may be, shall notify the other Holders of such assignment promptly following any such assignment.
          7.7 Removal; Vacancies. Subject to the provisions in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, any Certificate of Designation of Preferred Stock), any director who is elected to the Company’s board of directors pursuant to a designation under Section 7.2(a), Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.4(a), or the compensation committee pursuant to a designation under Section 7.5, may be removed from the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee, as the case may be (a) with or without cause upon the request of the parties who designated such director or compensation committee member, and (b) with cause upon the request of any other stockholder of the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2(b), Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.4(b) or Section 7.5, in the event that a director or compensation committee member so elected resigns from, is removed from or otherwise ceases to serve on, the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee, as the case may be, for whatever reason, the vacancy shall be filled with an individual designated in accordance with Section 7.2(a) (in the case of an Advent Designee who has resigned, is removed or otherwise ceases to serve on the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee, as the case may be) Section 7.3(a) (in the case of the Highland Designee who has resigned, is removed or otherwise ceases to serve on the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee, as the case may be) and Section 7.4(a) (in the case of a Series B/TS Designee who has resigned, is removed or otherwise ceases to serve on the Company’s board of directors or compensation committee, as the case may be), and the parties hereby agree promptly to take all such lawful action to duly call and convene a special meeting of the Company’s stockholders as soon as reasonably practicable and to affirmatively vote their Shares at such meeting, or to execute a written consent of stockholders, to duly elect such individual to the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee, as the case may be.
          7.8 Special Committee . The Company, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, shall designate and establish a special committee (the “ Special Committee ”), comprised of the Advent Designees and the Highland Designee to act on behalf of the Company and its board of directors with respect to all matters relating to the US Purchase Agreement. The Special Committee shall have full power and authority to make all decisions relating to and administering the Company’s actions under the US Purchase Agreement, including, exercising any remedies or rights thereunder and pursuing and/or settling any claims for indemnity by a Buyer Indemnified Party (as defined in the US Purchase Agreement). Under no circumstances shall a Series

- 26 -


 

B/TS Designee be authorized to act on behalf of the Company its board of directors or any committee thereof with respect to the Company’s rights, remedies or obligations under the US Purchase Agreement or any amendment of the US Purchase Agreement. Each Series B/TS Designee agrees to abstain from voting on any matter relating to the US Purchase Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
STOCKHOLDER CONSENT RIGHTS
          8.1 Actions Requiring the Consent of the Preferred Super Majority . Each Holder hereby agrees that in so far as such Holder is reasonably able, in the Holder’s capacity as an employee, director and/or shareholder of the Company or of any member of the Lululemon Group or otherwise, the Holder shall not take any action that would allow the Company or a Lululemon Group member to, and the Company and each Lululemon Group member shall not, take any of the following actions without the prior written consent of the Preferred Super Majority:
               (a) effect a Sale of the Company based on an aggregate enterprise value for the Company and the Lululemon Group that is less than $450 million, except with respect to a Sale requested by Dragging Parties pursuant to Section 3.2 after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of this Agreement;
               (b) effect an IPO where the aggregate valuation of the Company’s outstanding equity securities, as implied by the IPO price, is less than $450 million;
               (c) borrow any money or incur any indebtedness that would result in the ratio of funded indebtedness to EBITDA of the Lululemon Group (“ Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio ”) at the time of the borrowing or incurrence of indebtedness to exceed 2.0 : 1.0; provided, however , that the Company and the Lululemon Group may, without the consent of the Preferred Super Majority and the majority of the Series A Holders, incur indebtedness which results in the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio being greater than 2.0 : 1.0 but less than 3.5 : 1.0, if promptly after the incurrence of such indebtedness, (i) a distribution from the proceeds of such indebtedness is made to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis and (ii) at least the amount of funded indebtedness incurred in excess of the 2.0 : 1.0 Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio shall be used to make such distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock. For purposes of determining the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio set forth in this Section 8.1(c), ( x ) EBITDA be calculated for the four calendar quarters immediately prior to the borrowing or incurrence of indebtedness, and ( y ) availability under revolving lines of credit or other credit facilities (to the extent not drawn down) and unfunded amounts under outstanding letters of credit shall not be considered to be funded indebtedness.
               (d) effect a leveraged dividend of the Lululemon Group (i.e., a cash distribution to shareholders in connection with the borrowing of funds for such purpose), unless the amount of such dividend payable to LIPO (Canada) is in an amount sufficient to permit LIPO (Canada) to pay all Taxes arising by virtue of the Issuer Reorganizations and by virtue of such dividend distribution.
               (e) make any material change to the “lululemon manifesto” attached hereto as Schedule 8.1(e);
               (f) make any material change to the “lululemon guiding principles/winning formula” attached hereto as Schedule 8.1(f);

- 27 -


 

               (g) make or permit any member of the Lululemon Group, to make, any material change to DW’s employment agreement with any member of the Lululemon Group;
               (h) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or permit any member of the Lululemon Group to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock, except in the case of repurchase of shares pursuant to a stock option or restricted stock award agreement following termination of employment;
               (i) acquire any asset or make any investment in or with any other entity outside the Lululemon Group’s current line of business, or engage in any line of business other than the Lululemon Group’s current line of business, or permit any member of the Lululemon Group to do any of the same; or
               (j) enter into, or permit any member of the Lululemon Group to enter into, any agreement or transaction with any Holder or Affiliate thereof.
               8.2 Actions Requiring the Consent of Series A Holders. Each Holder hereby agrees that in so far as such Holder is reasonably able, in the Holder’s capacity as an employee, director and/or shareholder of the Company, any member of the Lululemon Group or otherwise, the Holder shall not take any action that would allow the Company or a Lululemon Group member to, and the Company and each Lululemon Group member shall not, take any of the following actions, without the prior written consent of the consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock:
               (a) effect a Sale of the Lululemon Group and any member thereof, IPO or Reorganization;
               (b) borrow any money or incur any funded indebtedness;
               (c) effect a change the size of the board of directors of the Company or any member of the Lululemon Group, establish any committee of the board of directors of the Company or any member of the Lululemon Group, or effect a change the composition of any such committee; or
               (d) effect any amendment of the certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any member of the Lululemon Group.
          8.3 Covenant of Special Purpose Parties.
Each Special Purpose Party agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article VIII. In furtherance thereof, each Special Purpose Party agrees that it shall not, and it shall (to the extent it has the power to) permit its Affiliates and equity holders to effect any of the transactions described in this Article VIII (to the extent applicable) without obtaining the requisite consent as set forth in this Article VIII and the certificate of incorporation, articles of association, bylaws and stockholders agreements applicable to such Special Purpose Parties.
ARTICLE IX
STOCK TRANSFER RECORD; DELIVERY OF STOCK AND DOCUMENTS
          9.1 Stock Transfer Record. The Company shall keep a stock transfer book in which the name and address of each Holder shall be recorded. No transfer or issuance of any Shares shall be effective or valid unless and until recorded in such stock transfer book. The Company agrees not to record any Transfer or issuance of shares of stock in its stock transfer book unless the Transfer or issuance is in material compliance with all provisions of this Agreement. Each Holder agrees that, in the

- 28 -


 

event it desires to make a Transfer, it shall furnish to the Company such evidence of its compliance with this Agreement as may be reasonably required by the Company’s board of directors or counsel for the Company.
          9.2 Delivery of Stock and Documents.
               (a) Upon the closing of any purchase of Shares pursuant to this Agreement, the seller shall deliver to the purchaser thereof the following: the certificate or certificates representing the Shares being sold, duly endorsed for Transfer and bearing such documentary stamps, if any, as are necessary, and such assignments, certificates of authority, tax releases, consents to Transfer, instruments and evidence of title of the seller and of its compliance with this Agreement as may be reasonably required by the purchaser (or by counsel for the purchaser).
               (b) The Company agrees for and on behalf of itself and its successor and assigns that it (i) consents to this Agreement and (ii) shall not issue, Transfer or reissue any of its Shares in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE X
LEGENDS ON CERTIFICATES
          10.1 Legends on All Certificates. Conformed copies of this Agreement shall be filed with the Secretary of the Company and kept with the records of the Company at its principal office in Vancouver, British Columbia. An officer of the Company shall endorse each certificate representing the Shares heretofore or hereafter issued by the Company to any Person by causing to be placed on the face thereof the following: “Transfer is subject to restrictive legends on back.” Each certificate representing Shares shall bear the following, or substantially similar legends, and such other legends as may be required by provincial securities laws or state securities or “Blue Sky” laws:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 5, 2005, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG VARIOUS INDIVIDUAL SIGNATORIES THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. THE SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH SHARES BY THE HOLDER HEREOF IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, WHICH PROVIDES, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THAT UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS HAVE THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES FROM THE HOLDER HEREOF.
UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER CANADIAN SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS FOUR (4) MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (i) [ ISSUE DATE] AND (ii) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY CANADIAN PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.

- 29 -


 

          10.2 Regulation D Legend . Each Holder who is a U.S. Person, consents to the placement of a legend on any certificate representing the Shares held by it. The legend shall read as follows:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS, OR (2) THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.”
ARTICLE XI
TERMINATION
          11.1 Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
               (a) the consummation of a Qualified IPO ( provided that , in such event, the provisions of Section 5.3 shall also survive in accordance with their respective terms any termination as a result thereof);
               (b) the consummation of a Sale of the Company in compliance with this Agreement; or
               (c) upon the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the holders of 66 2/3 % of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, and (iii) the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, with the Series B Holders and Series TS Holders voting together as a single voting group.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
          12.1 Tax Considerations . The Holders acknowledge that the tax status and tax considerations of each of the Holders and its Affiliates are different. While the Reorganizations have been structured to attempt to address the tax considerations of the Holders, and to the extent possible, maximize tax efficiency, the circumstances of the Company and the Holders and applicable tax law may change such that the Reorganizations as contemplated herein may not achieve the goal of tax efficiency. Prior to effecting the Reorganizations, an IPO, a Sale of the Company or a leveraged dividend transaction, the Company and the Holders will consider the tax consequences to all participants and, should the circumstances have materially changed the tax consequences to the Holders or the Company or if the transaction as structured will have a material adverse effect on a Holder or the Company, negotiate in

- 30 -


 

good faith a transaction structure which attempts to address the objectives of the Company and the Holders for maximum tax efficiency. In the circumstances of the Canadian Reorganization prior to an IPO, or a Sale of the Company for non-cash securities, the parties acknowledge that LIPO (Canada) will incur tax on the Canadian Reorganization, but will not immediately receive cash with which to pay the tax. In those circumstances, the Company and the Holders will use commercially reasonable efforts to address the issue, including, without limitation, supporting: (a) a request for a registration of the securities to be received by LIPO (Canada) on the Canadian Reorganization or of the securities of the purchaser to be received by LIPO (Canada) on a Sale of the Company; and (b) a request for a reduced lock-up period which will expire prior to the time that such tax is due to be paid.
          12.2 Access to Information. Each Holder (and its respective agents, representatives and advisors) shall, upon written notice to the Company, be permitted all reasonable access, on an ongoing basis, to the books and records of the Company in accordance with (and subject to) the policies developed therefore by the Company’s board of directors in accordance with corporate law of the State of Nevada. The Holder requesting such access, and the Company which is the subject of the request for access, shall each bear their respective costs and expenses in respect of such access.
          12.3 Confidentiality. Each Holder hereby agrees that any information supplied or made available to it pursuant to this Agreement and any other confidential or proprietary information relating to the Company in its possession, including accounting information, commercial data and information relating to intellectual property of the Company (collectively, the “ Information ”), will be kept confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, be disclosed by such Holder or its Affiliates, directors, officers, partners, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (collectively, the “ Representatives ”), in any manner whatsoever, in whole or in part, and shall not be used by such Holder or its Representatives other than in connection with such Holder’s evaluation of its investment in the Company, provided, however, that such Holder or any of its Representatives may make such disclosure to the extent that (a) the Information being disclosed is otherwise generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by any Holder or its Representatives, (b) such disclosure is required by any governmental body, agency, official or authority having jurisdiction over such Holder, or (c) such disclosure, based upon the advice of legal counsel of such Holder or Representative, is otherwise required by law or statute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Advent Holder and Highland Holder may disclose Information to its Representatives and its limited partners so long as such Information is identified as confidential to such Representatives and limited partners. Each such Holder shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 12.3 by its Representatives. If a Holder or any of its Representatives is required by subpoena or legal process to disclose any of the Information, to the extent legally permitted, such Holder will notify the Company promptly in writing so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy (and if the Company seeks such an order, such Holder will provide such cooperation as the Company shall reasonably request at the Company’s sole cost and expense). If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy, such Holder or any of its Representatives are nonetheless legally compelled to disclose such Information, such Holder or its Representatives, as the case may be, will furnish only that portion of the Information which they are advised by counsel is legally required and will give the Company prior written notice (unless prohibited by law) of the Information to be disclosed as far in advance as reasonably practicable and exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment for the Information. Each Holder agrees to promptly return all Information to the Company or to destroy such Information promptly after it sells, disposes of or otherwise Transfers all of its Shares to Persons who are not Affiliates of such Holder.
          12.4 Additional Holders . If additional equity securities of the Company are issued to any Person, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, permit such Person to become a party to this Agreement and succeed to all of the rights and obligations of a Holder, as applicable under this

- 31 -


 

Agreement by obtaining an executed counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and, upon such execution, such Person shall for all purposes be a “party” to this Agreement.
          12.5 Amendments .
               (a) This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or discharged, and no provision hereof may be modified or waived, except expressly by an instrument in writing signed by (a) the Company, (b) the holders of 66 2/3 % of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, and (c) the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock and Series TS Preferred Stock, with the Series B Holders and Series TS Holders voting together as a single voting group; provided however , that any amendment, modification or waiver that treats any Holder of a class or series of stock (the “ Adversely Affected Holder ”) in a manner which is disproportionate and adverse relative to its treatment of the other Holders of such class or series of stock shall require the consent of the Adversely Affected Holder. No waiver of any provision hereof by any party shall be deemed a waiver by any other party nor shall any such waiver by any party be deemed a continuing waiver of any matter by such party. No amendment, modification, supplement, discharge or waiver hereof or hereunder shall require the consent of any Person not a party to this Agreement.
               (b) Notwithstanding the Section 12.5(a), for so long as the Advent Holders are entitled to a seat on the Company’s board of directors, Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.5 can not be amended, modified or waived in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Advent Holders, except by an instrument in writing signed by the Advent Holders holding a majority of the Preferred Stock then held by all Advent Holders.
               (c) Notwithstanding the Section 12.5(a), for so long as the Highland Holders are entitled to a seat on the Company’s board of directors, Sections 7.1, 7.3 and 7.5 can not be amended, modified or waived in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Highland Holders, except by an instrument in writing signed by the Highland Holders holding a majority of the Preferred Stock then held by all Highland Holders.
          12.6 Specific Performance . Each of the parties acknowledges that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage to the Company, the Holders or any of them, if it or its transferee fails to comply with any of the restrictions or obligations imposed by this Agreement, that every such restriction and obligation is material, and that in the event of any such failure, the Company or other Holders or any of them will not have an adequate remedy at law or in damages. Therefore, each party consents to the issuance of an injunction or the enforcement of other equitable remedies against it at the suit of an aggrieved party without bond or other security, to compel performance of all of the terms hereof, and waives any defenses thereto, including, without limitation, the defenses of (a) failure of consideration, (b) breach of any other provision of this Agreement and (c) availability of relief in damages.
          12.7 Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered by hand, by facsimile transmission, by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, or by courier or overnight carrier, to the Persons at the addresses set forth in Schedule A in the case of a Holder and to the address set forth below in the case of the Company (or at such other address as may be provided hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been delivered (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid:

- 32 -


 

         
 
  Company:   Lulu Holding, Inc.
 
      c/o Advent International Corporation
 
      75 State Street
 
      Boston, MA 02109
 
      Attention: Steven J. Collins
 
      Facsimile Number: (617) 951-0568
 
       
 
  with copy to:   Pepper Hamilton LLP
 
      3000 Two Logan Square
 
      18th and Arch Streets
 
      Philadelphia, PA 19103
 
      Attn: Robert A. Friedel
 
      Facsimile Number: (215) 981-4750
          12.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof except where expressly otherwise stated herein.
          12.9 Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .
               (a) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts or choice of laws.
               (b) Each of the parties hereto hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal or state courts of the State of Delaware with respect to any action or legal proceeding commenced by either of them with respect to this Agreement. Each of them irrevocably waives any objection they now have or hereafter may have respecting the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such a court or respecting the fact that such court is an inconvenient forum and consents to the service of process in any such action or proceeding by means of registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in care of the address set forth herein or at such other address as either of them shall furnish in writing to the other.
               (c)  THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT, FRAUD OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
          12.10 Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns .
               (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and each Holder and its or his respective heirs, successors, assigns, distributees and legal representatives, and by their signatures hereto, the Company and each Holder intends to and does hereby become bound. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.
               (b) Upon consummation of the Issuer Reorganizations or any other conversion or exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock into or for shares of Series B Preferred Stock, all of the rights provided pursuant to and obligations set in, this Agreement with respect to the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall thereafter apply to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued upon such conversion or in such exchange.

- 33 -


 

          12.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or portion thereof, or the application thereof to any Person or circumstances or in any country, shall be held to any extent invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or of such provision) and the application thereof to other Persons and circumstances or in other countries shall not be affected thereby.
          12.12 Further Actions . The Company and the Holders shall execute and deliver all such further instruments and take such other and further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement and the intention of the parties as expressed herein.
          12.13 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile signature), all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.
          12.14 Headings . All Section headings herein and in the table of contents hereto are for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Agreement, and no construction or inference shall be derived therefrom.
[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank. ]

- 34 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  LULU HOLDING, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ David M. Mussafer    
    Name:   David M. Mussafer   
    Title:   President   
 
Signature Page to Lulu Holding, Inc. Stockholders Agreement

 


 

SERIES A HOLDERS:
                     
    ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
    ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
    ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
    ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-G LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
    ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
 
                   
    By:   GPE V GP Limited Partnership, General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Advent International LLC, General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Advent International Corporation,Manager    
 
                   
 
          By:   /s/ David M. Mussafer    
 
          Name:  
 
David M. Mussafer
   
 
          Title:   Managing Director    
 
                   
    ADVENT PARTNERS III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
    ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
    ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
    ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
 
                   
    By:   Advent International LLC, General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Advent International Corporation,Manager    
 
                   
 
          By:   /s/ David M. Mussafer    
 
          Name:  
 
David M. Mussafer
   
 
          Title:   Managing Director    
Signature Page to Lulu Holding, Inc. Stockholders Agreement

 


 

                     
    BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I-A, L.P.    
 
                   
    By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P., its General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC, its General Partner    
 
                   
 
          By:   /s/ John F. Brooke    
 
          Name:  
 
John F. Brooke
   
 
          Title:   Manager    
 
                   
    BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I (D), L.P.    
 
                   
    By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P., its General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC, its General Partner    
 
                   
 
          By:   /s/ John F. Brooke    
 
          Name:  
 
John F. Brooke
   
 
          Title:   Manager    
Signature Page to Lulu Holding, Inc. Stockholders Agreement

 


 

             
    HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
           
    By:   Highland Management Partners VI
Limited Partnership, its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc., its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel J. Nova
 
Authorized Officer
   
 
           
    HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VI-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
           
    By:   Highland Management Partners VI Limited Partnership,
its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc., its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel J. Nova    
 
     
 
Authorized Officer
   
 
           
    HIGHLAND ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
           
    By:   HEF VI Limited Partnership,
its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc., its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel J. Nova    
 
     
 
Authorized Officer
   
Signature Page to Lulu Holding, Inc. Stockholders Agreement

 


 

         
  SERIES TS HOLDERS:



LIPO Investments (USA) Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
    Name:   Dennis Wilson   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  SPECIAL PURPOSE PARTIES:

Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., solely for purposes of Article IV and Article VIII
 
 
  By:   /s/ David M. Mussafer    
    Name:   David M. Mussafer   
    Title:   President   
 
  Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., solely for purposes of Article IV and Article VIII
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
    Name:   Dennis Wilson   
    Title:   President   
 
  Lululemon Athletica Inc., solely for purposes of Article IV and Article VIII
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
    Name:   Dennis Wilson   
    Title:   President   
 
  LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., solely for purposes of Article IV and Article VIII  
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
    Name:   Dennis Wilson   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  Dennis Wilson, solely for purposes of Article IV and Article VIII
 
  /s/ Dennis Wilson    
  Dennis Wilson   
     
 
Signature Page to Lulu Holding, Inc. Stockholders Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE A
SCHEDULE OF STOCKHOLDERS AND SPECIAL PURPOSE PARTIES
         
Section A.            Series A Holder
       
 
       
Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership
  c/o Advent International Corporation    
Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership
  75 State Street    
Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership
  Boston, MA 02109    
Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership
  Attention: Steven J. Collins    
Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership
  Facsimile Number: (617) 951-0568    
Advent Partners III Limited Partnership
       
Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership
  with a copy to:    
Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership
       
Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership
  Pepper Hamilton LLP    
 
  3000 Two Logan Square    
 
  18th and Arch Streets    
 
  Philadelphia, PA 19103    
 
  Attention: Robert A. Friedel    
 
  Facsimile Number: (215) 981-4750    
 
       
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.
  c/o Brooke Private Equity Advisors    
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P.
  114 State Street, 6th Floor    
 
  Boston, MA 02109    
 
  Attention: 
   
 
  Facsimile Number: 
   
 
 
  with a copy to:    
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  Attention:  
   
 
  Facsimile Number: 
   
 
       
Highland Capital Partners VI Limited
  c/o Highland Capital Partners, Inc.    
Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VI-B
  92 Hayden Avenue    
Limited Partnership, and Highland
  Lexington, Massachusetts 02421    
Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership
  Attention: Kathleen A. Barry,    
 
  Chief Financial Officer    
 
  Facsimile Number: (781) 861-5499    
 
       
 
  with a copy to:    
 
  Goodwin Procter LLP    
 
  53 State Street Boston MA 02109    
 
  Attention: William J. Schnoor, Jr.    
 
  Facsimile Number: (617) 523-1231    

 


 

     
Section B.            Series TS Holders
 
   
LIPO Investments (USA) Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  1945 McLean Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
 
  Attention: Dennis Wilson
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 874-6124
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
 
  #1100 – 888 Dunsmuir St.
 
  Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
 
  Attention: Jonathan McCullough
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 687-7099
Section C.            SPECIAL PURPOSE PARTIES
 
   
Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc.
  c/o Advent International Corporation
 
  75 State Street
 
  Boston, MA 02109
 
  Attention: Steven J. Collins
 
  Facsimile Number: (617) 951-0568
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  Pepper Hamilton LLP
 
  3000 Two Logan Square
 
  18th and Arch Streets
 
  Philadelphia, PA 19103
 
  Attention: Robert A. Friedel
 
  Facsimile Number: (215) 981-4750
 
   
Lululemon Athletica USA Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  1945 McLean Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
 
  Attention: Dennis Wilson
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 874-6124
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
 
  #1100 – 888 Dunsmuir St.
 
  Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
 
  Attention: Jonathan McCullough
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 687-7099
 
   
Lululemon Athletica Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  1945 McLean Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
 
  Attention: Dennis Wilson

 


 

     
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 874-6124
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
 
  #1100 – 888 Dunsmuir St.
 
  Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
 
  Attention: Jonathan McCullough
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 687-7099
 
   
LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  1945 McLean Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
 
  Attention: Dennis Wilson
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 874-6124
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
 
  #1100 – 888 Dunsmuir St.
 
  Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
 
  Attention: Jonathan McCullough
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 687-7099
 
   
Dennis Wilson
  c/o Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  1945 McLean Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
 
  Attention: Dennis Wilson
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 874-6124
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
 
  #1100 – 888 Dunsmuir St.
 
  Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
 
  Attention: Jonathan McCullough
 
  Facsimile Number: (604) 687-7099

 

 

Exhibit 10.9
 
Execution Copy
 
 
 
 
 
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
BY AND AMONG
LULU HOLDING, INC.,
AND
THE INVESTORS NAMED AS INVESTORS HEREIN
Dated as of December 5, 2005
 

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
      This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 5, 2005 by and among:
    Lulu Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”);
 
    each of the stockholders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), whose names and addresses are set forth under Schedule A (the “ Series A Holders ”); and
 
    each of the stockholders of the Company’s Series TS Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Series TS Preferred Stock ”), whose names and addresses are set forth under Schedule B (the “ Series TS Holders ”).
BACKGROUND
     The Company is authorized to issue Forty Million Seven Hundred Fifty (40,750,000) shares of capital stock, consisting of Thirty Five Million (35,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) and Five Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (5,750,000), $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). Of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares have been designated as Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Preferred Stock have been designated as Series TS Preferred Stock.
     The Company has entered into a Subscription Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, with each of the Series A Holders (collectively, the “ Subscription Agreements ”) pursuant to which the Series A Holders acquired shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
     As a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ USA ”), Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, the Highland Funds (as defined therein), Oyoyo Holdings, Inc., a company organized under the laws of British Columbia, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., a company organized under the laws of British Columbia (“ LIPO (USA) ”), and LIPO (USA) became a stockholder of the Company.
     The parties anticipate that upon or prior to the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., a company organized under the laws of British Columbia (“ LIPO (Canada) ”) will become a holder of Series B Preferred Stock and in relation thereto the Company desire to give LIPO (Canada) the benefit of the registration rights provided herein upon the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock to LIPO (Canada).
     The parties hereto desire to enter into this agreement to provide for certain matters with respect to the registration of Shares currently held by them or may be held by them upon completion of certain reorganization transactions contemplated by the Certificate of Incorporation, Company Stockholders Agreement, LAI Stockholders Agreement and USA Stockholders Agreement (as such terms are defined herein).
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

-3-


 

ARTICLE 1
RULES OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
          Section 1.1 Rules of Construction . In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified or where the context otherwise requires:
               (a) the headings of particular provisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be construed as a part of this Agreement or serve as a limitation or expansion of the scope of any term or provision of this Agreement;
               (b) words importing the singular only shall include the plural and vice versa;
               (c) words importing any gender shall include other genders;
               (d) the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation”;
               (e) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import, shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
               (f) unless otherwise specified, the term “days” shall mean calendar days;
               (g) a “percentage” (or a “majority”) of the Registrable Securities (or, where applicable, any class of securities) shall be determined based on the number of shares of such securities; and
               (h) unless otherwise provided, the currency for all dollar figures included in this Agreement shall be the US Dollar.
          Section 1.2 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “ Advent ” means Advent International Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Advent Funds ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Adverse Disclosure ” means public disclosure of non-public information relating to a material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction involving the Company or one of its Affiliates, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, after consultation with external legal counsel, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading, (b) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement and (c) would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect such material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction.
     “ Adversely Affected Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

-4-


 

     “ Affiliate ” means, as to any specified Person, (a) any other person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person, (b) any other Person of which such specified Person is an officer, employee, agent, director, shareholder or partner or (c) any member of the Family Group of such specified Person or of any individual who is an Affiliate of such specified Person by reason of clause (a) of this definition; provided, however, that no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other Person solely by reason of any investment in the Company or the Lululemon Group. The term “ control ,” with respect to any Person, means possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or a partnership interest, by contract or otherwise. With respect to each of the Institutional Holders, the term “Affiliate” shall also include (i) any entity in which such Institutional Holder (or one of its Affiliates) is a general partner or member, and (ii) each investor in such Institutional Holder, but only in connection with the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Institutional Holder, and only to the extent of such investor’s pro rata share in the Institutional Investor. With respect to each Advent Fund, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any investment fund managed by Advent.
     “ Aggregate Offering Price ” means the aggregate offering price of Registrable Securities in any offering, calculated based upon the Fair Market Value of the Registrable Securities, in the case of a Minimum Demand Amount, as of the date that the applicable Request is delivered, and in the case of a Shelf Underwritten Offering, as of the date that the applicable Underwriting Notice is delivered.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).
     “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ beneficially own ” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     “ Board of Directors ” means the Company’s board of directors.
     “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banks in New York, New York are required or authorized by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.
     “ Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, including, without limitation, any certificate of designations filed therewith relating to any class or series of capital stock of the Company, as further amended or supplement from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     “ Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include the Company’s successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.
     “ Company Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement by and among the Company and the Persons listed therein, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms therein, relating to the capital stock, governance and affairs of the Company.
     “ Counterpart Signature Page ” means a counterpart signature page to this Agreement in substantially the same form of Schedule C .
     “ Cutback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(h)(5).
     “ Demand Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

-5-


 

     “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
     “ Demand Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
     “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any Registrable Securities, (a) if the Registrable Securities trade on a stock exchange or trading mechanism which publishes the closing sales price of the Registrable Securities, the average closing sales price, calculated for the five (5) trading days immediately preceding the date of a determination, (b) if the Registrable Securities trade on a stock exchange or trading mechanism which does not publish the closing sales price of the Registrable Securities, then the average of the bid and ask prices, calculated for the five (5) trading days immediately preceding the date of a determination; or (c) in all other cases the price determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company.
     “ Holder ” means any holder or holders of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement or who otherwise agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.3.
     “ Incidental Cutback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).
     “ Incidental Registration ” means any registration of the Registrable Securities of a Holder pursuant to Section 2.2(a), but shall exclude any registration which constitutes a Demand Registration, Shelf Underwritten Offering or non-underwritten offering under a Shelf Registration Statement.
     “ Incidental Registration Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(1).
     “ Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
     “ Initiating Holders ” means the Holder or Holders who made the Request to initiate a Demand Registration, together with all Affiliates of such Holder or Holders.
     “ Institutional Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.
     “ LAI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ LAI Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement by and among LAI and the Persons listed therein, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms therein, relating to the capital stock, governance and affairs of LAI.
     “ LIPO (Canada)” has the meaning ret forth in the recitals.
     “ LIPO (USA) ” has the meaning ret forth in the recitals.
     “ Loss ” or “ Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
     “ Minimum Demand Amount ” means an amount of Registrable Securities that either (i) is equal to or greater than 500,000 shares of Common Stock (as such number may be adjusted hereafter to reflect any stock dividend, subdivision, recapitalization, reclassification, split, distribution, combination or similar event) or (ii) has an Aggregate Offering Price of at least $5 million.
     “ NASD ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

-6-


 

     “ NASDAQ ” means The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
     “ Non-Underwritten Period ” means, with respect to any offering which is not a Shelf Registration and which does not contemplate an Underwritten Offering, a period of not less than 180 days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn).
     “ Participating Holder ” means any Holder exercising its right to participate in a Demand Registration under Section 2.1(d).
     “ Person ” or “ person ” means any individual, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, corporation, joint stock company, trust or unincorporated organization, incorporated or unincorporated association, government (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.
     “ Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.
     “ Registrable Securities ” means (a) shares of Common Stock acquired (i) pursuant to an award agreement under the Lulu Holding, Inc. 2005 Equity Plan, (ii) in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, (iii) as a result of a conversion of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series TS Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, or (iv) as result of a conversion or exchange of shares of capital stock of LAI or USA into shares of Common Stock pursuant to a reorganization effected pursuant to Article IV of the Company Stockholders Agreement, Section 3.2 of the LAI Stockholders Agreement or Section 3.2 of the USA Stockholders Agreement, and (b) any shares of Common Stock that may be issued or distributed by way of stock dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange offer, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction, or exercise or conversion of any of the foregoing; provided , however , that any of the foregoing securities shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” ( x ) to the extent that a Registration Statement with respect to their sale has been declared effective under the Securities Act and they have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, ( y ) to the extent that they have been distributed pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act, or ( z ) at any time after the ten (10) year anniversary of the date hereof, to the extent that they are eligible for resale without registration by the Holder thereof under paragraph (k) of Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act.
     “ registration ” means a registration of the Company’s securities for sale to the public under a Registration Statement.
     “ Registration Period ” means either the Shelf Period, the Underwritten Period or the Non-Underwritten Period, as applicable.
     “ Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the Securities Act, including the Prospectus, amendments, supplements and post-effective amendments to such registration statement, and all exhibits to, and all material incorporated by reference in, such registration statement.
     “ Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

-7-


 

     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor U.S. governmental agency.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
     “ Series A Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preambles to this Agreement, and includes each of the Series A Holder’s successors and Permitted Transferees.
     “ Series A Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Series B Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Series TS Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preambles to this Agreement, and includes LIPO (Canada) and each of the Series TS Holder’s successors and Permitted Transferees. Upon conversion or exchange of Series TS Preferred Stock into or for shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of the LAI Stockholders Agreement, the Company Stockholders Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Series TS Holder” shall be deemed to include a holder of Series B Preferred Stock, provided that such holder has signed a Counterpart Signature Page or is otherwise a party to this Agreement.
     “ Series TS Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Shelf Demand ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
     “ Shelf Period ” means, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement (other than a Shelf Underwritten Offering), a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn) plus the period of time, if any, during which use of such Shelf Registration Statement has been suspended pursuant to Section 2.1(g).
     “ Shelf Registration ” means a registration effected pursuant to a Shelf Demand.
     “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on Form S-3 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act) for an offering to be made on a continuous or delayed basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering the Registrable Securities.
     “ Shelf Underwritten Offering ” means an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities by a Holder pursuant to a take down from a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 2.1(h)(2).
     “ Similar Securities ” means, in connection with any registration of securities of the Issuer, all securities of the Issuer which are (i) the same as or similar to those being registered, (ii) convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the securities being registered, or (iii) the same as or similar to the securities into which the securities being registered are convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for.
     “ Target Registration ” means a Registration Statement filed pursuant to an obligation incurred by the Company in connection with an acquisition of the stock or assets of another company.
     “ Underwritten Offering ” means a registration in which securities of the Company are sold by the Company or a Holder to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public, including a Shelf Underwritten Offering.

-8-


 

     “ Underwritten Period ” means, with respect to any offering which is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), a period of not less than 180 days plus such longer period (not to exceed 90 days after such 180th day) as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, is required by law for the delivery of a Prospectus in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer.
     “ Underwriting Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(h).
     “ Underwriter Cutback Condition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).
     “ USA ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ USA Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement by and among USA and the parties listed therein, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms therein, relating to the capital stock, governance and affairs of USA.
ARTICLE 2
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
          Section 2.1 Demand Registrations .
               (a) Demand by Series A Holders, Series B Holders and Series TS Holders . At any time, or from time to time, following the 180 th day after the Company has become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, (i) the Series A Holders who beneficially own a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities beneficially owned by all Series A Holders or (ii) the Series TS Holders who beneficially own a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities beneficially owned by all Series TS Holders, shall have the right to require the Company to register all or part of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act (each such right, a “ Demand Right ”); provided , that each registration made pursuant to a Demand Right must include Registrable Securities in an amount not less than the Minimum Demand Amount. The Company shall file with the SEC, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the initiation of a Demand Right, a Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by the Holders thereof (each, a “ Demand Registration ”) in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as expeditiously as reasonably possible thereafter. The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by the Holders, the underwriters and any brokers or dealers during the period set forth in Section 2.1(f). In no event shall (i) the Series A Holders have the right to require the Company to effect more than three (3) Demand Registrations pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) the Series TS Holders and Series B Holders, acting as a single class, have the right to require the Company to effect more than three (3) Demand Registrations pursuant to this Agreement, including, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii) of this sentence, Demand Registrations which are Shelf Demands as set forth in Section 2.1(b). A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1.

-9-


 

               (b) Shelf Registrations . The Initiating Holders shall have the right, at any time that the Company is legally eligible to file a Shelf Registration Statement, to elect that a Demand Registration be made pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Shelf Demand ”); provided , that each registration made pursuant to a Shelf Demand must include Registrable Securities in an amount not less than the Minimum Demand Amount. If the Company shall receive a Request specifying a Shelf Demand, the Company shall file with the SEC, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the initiation of a Shelf Demand, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and shall use its best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as expeditiously as reasonably possible thereafter. The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by the Holders, the underwriters and any brokers or dealers during the period set forth in Section 2.1(f).
               (c) Demand Notice . All requests to initiate a Demand Right must be made by notice (a “ Request ”):
                    (1) provided to the Company in writing;
                    (2) stating that it is a notice to initiate Demand Rights under this Agreement;
                    (3) stating whether a Shelf Demand is being requested;
                    (4) identifying the Holder(s) effecting the request; and
                    (5) stating the number of Registrable Securities to be included and the intended method of disposition.
After a Request has been given for a Demand Registration or a Shelf Demand another Request cannot be given until the date that is sixty (60) days following the date of withdrawal or the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such previous Demand Registration or Shelf Demand.
               (d) Participations in Demand Rights . Within five (5) days following receipt of any Request, the Company shall deliver written notice of such request (a “ Demand Participation Notice ”) to all Holders of Registrable Securities other than the Initiating Holders. Thereafter, the Company shall include in such Demand Registration any additional Registrable Securities which the Holder or Holders thereof have, within fifteen (15) days after the Demand Participation Notice has been given, requested in writing be included in such Demand Registration. All such requests shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered.
               (e) Demand Withdrawal . A Holder may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effective time of the Registration Statement covering the applicable Demand Registration by giving written notice of such withdraw prior to the effective time of such Registration Statement. If all Holders withdraw their Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure registration. The Company shall not withdraw a Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration without the written consent of the Initiating Holders, unless required to do so by law, regulation or upon the request of the SEC.
               (f) Effective Registration . The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration if the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and remains effective as follows:
                    (1) if it is a Shelf Registration that is not a Shelf Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Shelf Period;

-10-


 

                    (2) if it is a Shelf Registration that is a Shelf Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Underwritten Period;
                    (3) if it is not a Shelf Registration and such Registration Statement does not contemplate an Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Non-Underwritten Period; or
                    (4) if it is not a Shelf Registration and such Registration Statement contemplates an Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Underwritten Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Demand Registration (including any Shelf Demand) shall be deemed to have been effected if an Underwritten Offering is contemplated by such Demand Registration and the conditions to closing specified in the applicable underwriting agreement are not satisfied. Subject to Section 2.1(g), the Company shall not be deemed to have effected a Registration Statement, or to have used its best efforts to keep the Registration Statement effective, if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in the inability of any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be able to offer and sell any such Registrable Securities during the applicable Registration Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law.
               (g) Delay or Suspension of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement, including a Shelf Registration Statement, in respect of a Demand Registration at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders which are included in such Demand Registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement; provided , that the Company shall not be permitted to do so in the aggregate pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) and Section 2.2(c) (i) more than two (2) times during any twelve (12) month period, (ii) for a period exceeding sixty (60) days on any one occasion or (iii) for a period exceeding one hundred twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to the Demand Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.1(g). The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 2.1(g), it shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the completion or abandonment of the transaction giving rise to the Corporation’s suspension notice, and in any event within the time requirements set forth in this Section 2.1(g), file an amendment to, or a Prospectus supplement with respect to, and otherwise use its best efforts to, update, the suspended Registration Statement as may be necessary to permit the Holders to resume use thereof in connection with the offer and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.
               (h) Underwritten Offerings .
                    (1) Demand Registrations . Any offering pursuant to a Demand Registration, other than a Shelf Demand, shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering upon the request of the Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any offering pursuant to a Demand Registration.

-11-


 

                    (2) Shelf Registrations . At any time that a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, if any Holder or group of Holders delivers a notice to the Company (an “ Underwriting Notice ”) stating that it intends to effect a Shelf Underwritten Offering of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on the Shelf Registration Statement and stating the Aggregate Offering Price and/or number of the Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Underwritten Offering, then the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Underwritten Offering (taking into account the inclusion of Registrable Securities by any other Holders pursuant to this Section 2.1(h)(2)); provided , that any Shelf Underwritten Offering must include Registrable Securities in an amount not less than the Minimum Demand Amount. In connection with any Shelf Underwritten Offering:
                         (A) such proposing Holder(s) shall also deliver the Underwriting Notice to all other Holders and permit each Holder to include its Registrable Securities included on the Shelf Registration Statement in the Shelf Underwritten Offering if such Holder notifies the proposing Holders and the Company within 5 Business Days after delivery of the Underwriting Notice to such Holder;
                         (B) in the event that an Underwriter Cutback Condition occurs with respect to the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in the Shelf Underwritten Offering, then (1) the number of Registrable Securities which will be included in the Shelf Underwritten Offering shall only be that number which, in the good faith opinion of the underwriter, can be included without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the class of securities offered or the market for the class of securities offered or the Common Stock, and (2) each Holder shall be entitled to include Registrable Securities in the Shelf Underwritten Offering pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders seeking to participate in such Shelf Underwritten Offering, subject to the priority allocation provisions set forth in Section 2.1(h)(5); and
                         (C) the Underwriting Notice shall state that Holders must respond to the Underwriting Notice within 5 Business Days of the delivery thereof.
                    (3) Selection of Underwriters . In the event that a Demand Registration is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the Initiating Holders in such Underwritten Offering shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters for the offering, which underwriters must be ( x ) nationally recognized investment banking firm(s), and ( y ) reasonably acceptable to the Company.
                    (4) Similar Securities . Without the prior written consent of the Initiating Holders and the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of any Underwritten Offering, the Company shall not include any securities in such Underwritten Offering unless such securities are Similar Securities.
                    (5) Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations . If the managing underwriter of a proposed Underwritten Offering (other than a Shelf Underwritten Offering, which shall be governed by Section 2.1(h)(2)(B)) of Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration informs the Holders of such Registrable Securities in writing (a “ Cutback Notice ”) that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the class of securities offered or the market for the class of securities offered or the Common Stock, then the Company shall include in such registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the good faith opinion of such underwriter, can be included without having such an adverse effect, selected in the following order:

-12-


 

                         (A) first , the Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Initiating Holders and the Holders who are Participating Holders with respect thereto, allocated pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders seeking to participate in such Underwritten Offering; and
                         (B) second , Similar Securities, if any, requested to be included by the Company or by other Holders, allocated among them as they shall so determine;
provided, however , in no event shall any particular Holder be permitted to include in such registration any Registrable Securities in excess of the number of Registrable Securities which such Holder originally sought to include in such registration. In the event of a cutback pursuant to this Section 2.1(h), each of the Holders agrees that it will not include Registrable Securities in any registration effected pursuant to the Securities Act in a manner that is not in compliance with the foregoing priorities.
               (i) Registration Statement Form . Demand Registrations shall be on such appropriate registration form of the SEC (i) as shall be selected by the Initiating Holders of the Demand Registration and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company, and (ii) as shall facilitate and permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition specified in the applicable Holders’ requests for such registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, pursuant to a Demand Registration, ( x ) the registration is proposed to be effected by filing a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form under the Securities Act), ( y ) such registration is in connection with an Underwritten Offering and ( z ) the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Company that, in its or their opinion, the inclusion, rather than the incorporation by reference, of information in the Prospectus is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering, then such information shall be so included in such Prospectus.
          Section 2.2 Incidental Registrations .
               (a) Participation .
                    (1) At any time, or from time to time, after the Company has become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act or otherwise lists shares of its Common Stock on a recognized securities exchange, Nasdaq or another trading medium, if the Company at any time files a Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its securities for its own account or for the account of any stockholder who holds its securities (other than (A) a registration on Form S-4, F-4, F-8, F-10 or S-8 or any successor form to such forms, (B) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement or (C) a registration of non-convertible debt securities) then, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Incidental Registration Notice ”) of such filing to all Holders of Registrable Securities, and such notice shall offer the Holders of such Registrable Securities the opportunity to register such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing. Subject to Section 2.2(b), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities which are requested to be included therein within fifteen (15) days after the Incidental Registration Notice is given to such Holders. If at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder of Registrable Securities and,

-13-


 

                         (A) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration, and
                         (B) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities.
                    (2) If the offering described in an Incidental Registration Notice is to be an Underwritten Offering, then each Holder making a request for its Registrable Securities to be included therein must, and the Company shall make such arrangements with the underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering on the same terms as the Company and other Persons selling securities in such Underwritten Offering, subject to the provisions of Section 2.4. If the offering pursuant to such registration is to be on any other basis, then each Holder making a request for an Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) must participate in such offering on such basis.
                    (3) Each Holder of Registrable Securities making a request for an Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from such Incidental Registration at any time prior to the effective time of the Registration Statement covering the applicable Incidental Registration by giving written notice of such withdraw prior to the effective time of such Registration Statement.
               (b) Priority of Incidental Registration . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of securities included in an Incidental Registration informs the Holders of Registrable Securities sought to be included in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2(a) in writing (an “ Incidental Cutback Notice ”) that, in its or their opinion, the total amount or kind of securities which such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the class of the securities offered or the market for the class of securities offered or for the Common Stock (the foregoing, an “ Underwriter Cutback Condition ”), then the Company shall include in such registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the good faith opinion of such underwriter can be included without having such an adverse effect, selected in the following order:
                    (1) if the registration is being effected by stockholders of the Company pursuant to the exercise of contractual demand registration rights (other than pursuant to the exercise of Demand Rights under this Agreement, in which event the provisions of Section 2.1(h)(5) shall govern),
                         (A) first , the securities, if any, being sold by such other stockholders exercising such demand registration rights, allocated as they and the Company shall so determine;
                         (B) second , the Registrable Securities, if any, requested to be included by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2 allocated pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities held by all Holders seeking to participate in such registration; and
                         (C) third , securities, if any, requested to be included by the Company and by any other stockholders of the Company in accordance with agreements between the Company and such other stockholders, allocated among them as they shall so determine;

-14-


 

provided, however , in no event shall any particular Holder be permitted to include in such registration any Registrable Securities in excess of the number of Registrable Securities which such Holder originally sought to include in such registration; and
                    (2) if the registration is being effected by the Company for its own account or is a Target Registration,
                         (A) first , the securities, if any, being sold by the Company and the Holders of the Company’s securities for whom the Target Registration is undertaken, allocated among them as they shall so determine;
                         (B) second , the Registrable Securities, if any, requested to be included by the Holders pursuant to Section 2.2, allocated pro rata based on the on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities held by all Holders seeking to participate in such registration; and
                         (C) third , the securities, if any, requested to be included by any other stockholders of the Company in accordance with agreements between the Company and such other, allocated in accordance with such agreements;
provided, however , in no event shall any particular Holder be permitted to include in such registration any Registrable Securities in excess of the number of Registrable Securities which such Holder originally sought to include in such registration. In the event of a cutback pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), each of the Holders agrees that it will not include Registrable Securities in any registration effected pursuant to the Securities Act in a manner that is not in compliance with the foregoing priorities set forth in Section 2.2(b)(1) and Section 2.2(b)(2).
               (c) Suspension or Termination of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement, including a Shelf Registration Statement, in respect of an Incidental Registration at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders which are included in such Incidental Registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement; provided , that the Company shall not be permitted to do so in the aggregate pursuant to this Section 2.2(c) and Section 2.1(g) (i) more than two (2) times during any twelve (12) month period, (ii) for a period exceeding 60 days on any one occasion or (iii) for a period exceeding one hundred twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above the Holders agree to suspend, and in the case of an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the Company and the Holders agree to cause any underwriter to suspend, their use of the Prospectus relating to the Incidental Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.2(c). The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 2.2(c), it shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the completion or abandonment of the transaction giving rise to the Corporation’s suspension notice, and in any event within the time requirements set forth in this Section 2.2(c), file an amendment to, or a Prospectus supplement with respect to, and otherwise use its best efforts to, update, the suspended Registration Statement as may be necessary to permit the Holders to resume use thereof in connection with the offer and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this (c), the Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this (c) before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.

-15-


 

          Section 2.3 Registration Procedures .
               (a) In connection with the Company’s registration obligations in this Agreement, the Company will, subject to the limitations set forth herein, use its best efforts to effect any such registration so as to permit the sale of the applicable Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably possible and, in connection therewith, the Company will:
                    (1) before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto and in connection therewith, furnish to the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and to one representative of each Holder (and its Affiliates) which has requested that Registrable Securities be covered by such Registration Statement, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such underwriters and such Holders and their respective counsel and not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by the same or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;
                    (2) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus as may be (A) reasonably requested by any selling Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (B) necessary to keep such registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement;
                    (3) notify the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective and when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (B) of any written or material oral comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for such purposes and (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;
                    (4) promptly notify each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter (except as otherwise provided under Section 2.1(g) or Section 2.2(c)), prepare and file with the SEC an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;
                    (5) use its best efforts to prevent or obtain at the earliest possible moment the withdrawal of any stop order with respect to the applicable Registration Statement or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;

-16-


 

                    (6) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or the Initiating Holders agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as expeditiously as reasonably possible after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
                    (7) furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and each amendment thereto;
                    (8) deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) as such Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request, and such other documents as such selling Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;
                    (9) on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States, as any such selling Holder or underwriter, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably requests in writing, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect so as to permit the commencement and continuance of sales and dealings in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement; provided , that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
                    (10) cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter, underwriters or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends;
                    (11) use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
                    (12) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which certificates shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;
                    (13) obtain for delivery to (and addressed to) the underwriter or underwriters, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which counsel and opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to a majority of such Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel;

-17-


 

                    (14) in the case of an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), obtain for delivery to (and addressed to) the Company and the underwriter or underwriters, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;
                    (15) cooperate with each selling holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD;
                    (16) use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, but not later than sixty (60) days after the date of the most recent fiscal quarter, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
                    (17) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;
                    (18) cause all Registrable Securities of a class covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange and inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities of such class are then listed or quoted;
                    (19) make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by representatives appointed by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement, by any managing underwriter or underwriters participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement, and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such sellers or any such managing underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s senior executive officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available at mutually convenient times to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such sellers, underwriter or agent thereof in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary (subject to the Company’s compliance with Regulation FD) to to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility;
                    (20) in the case of an Underwritten Offering (including any Shelf Underwritten Offering), cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter in any such Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;
                    (21) upon the request of any Holder, promptly amend any Shelf Registration Statement or take such other action as may be necessary to de-register, remove or withdraw all or a portion of the Holder’s Registrable Shares from a Shelf Registration Statement, as requested by such Holder; and
                    (22) use its best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

-18-


 

               (b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Article 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that each selling Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such Registrable Securities and such other customary information relating to such Holder and its ownership of the applicable Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any Registration Statement. Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to reasonably cooperate with the Company as necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.
               (c) Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(a)(4), such Holder will use its best efforts to discontinue disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(a)(4), or until such Holder is advised by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. In the event that the Company shall give any such notice in respect of a Demand Registration, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(a)(4) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.
          Section 2.4 Underwritten Offerings .
               (a) Underwriting Agreements . If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters for any Demand Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included therein shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters, to contain such terms and conditions as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no more burdensome to the indemnifying party and no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 2.7. The Holders of any Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to Section 2.2(a) in any Incidental Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (excluding any Demand Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering) shall enter into such an underwriting agreement at the request of the Company. No Holder shall be required in any such underwriting agreement to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than customary representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holders’ title to Registrable Securities and any written information provided by the Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in the related registration statement.
               (b) Price and Underwriting Discounts . In the case of a Demand Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the sale of the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Initiating Holders of such Demand Registration. In the case of any Incidental Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (excluding any Demand Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering), such price, discount and other terms shall be determined (i) by the Company in the case of a registration governed by Section 2.2(b)(2), or (ii) by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered for the account of stockholders exercising demand registration rights, in the case of a registration governed by Section 2.2(b)(1), or in accordance with an agreement among the Company and such majority holders.

-19-


 

               (c) Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No Person may participate in an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering) unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by officers of such Persons authorized to approve such arrangements, (ii) executes and delivers the underwriting agreement and all other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and (iii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities and opinions reasonably requested by the Company and customary for secondary offerings.
          Section 2.5 No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights . The Company will not enter into, and is not currently a party to, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities by this Agreement. If the Company enters into any agreement after the date hereof granting any person registration rights with respect to any security of the Company which agreement contains any material provisions more favorable to such person than those set forth in this Agreement, the Company will notify the Holders and will agree to such amendments to this Agreement as may be necessary to provide these rights to the Holders.
          Section 2.6 Registration Expenses .
               (a) The Company shall pay all of the expenses incurred in connection with its compliance with Article 2, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or the NASD, (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel in connection with any survey of state securities or “blue sky” laws and the preparation of any memorandum thereon, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses related to the preparation by the Company of any Registration Statement or Prospectus, agreements with underwriters, and any other ancillary agreements, certificates or documents arising out of or related to the foregoing (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company, and (v) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange, Nasdaq, or other trading medium. In addition, in all cases the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company. In addition, the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm or other counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered, subject to a reasonable cap to be agreed upon by the Issuer and the holders in light of the laws and regulations existing at the time of the applicable Registration, and if there exists no material change in legal requirements imposed on registering holders after the date of this Agreement, then such cap will not exceed $25,000; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Initiating Holders (in which case the Initiating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless such Holders agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1.
               (b) The Company shall not be required to pay any other costs or expenses in the course of an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Holders or the underwriters, other than pursuant to Section 2.6(a).
          Section 2.7 Indemnification .
               (a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and

-20-


 

their respective directors, officers and partners, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such Indemnified Person is a party thereto) and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses), joint or several (each, a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”), arising out of or based upon (i) any misstatement in or omission from any representation or warranty, or any breach of covenant or agreement, in each case made or deemed made by the Company in any underwriting or similar agreement entered into by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement, (ii) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” laws, rules or regulations, in either case in connection with any Registration Statement, (iii) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or (iv) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to indemnify an Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the preparation thereof or arises out of or is based upon such Holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto to a purchaser (if so required) after the Company has furnished such Holder with a copy of the same. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder. The Company will also indemnify, if the offering is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering) and if requested, underwriters participating in any distribution pursuant to this Agreement, their officers, directors and partners, and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modifications) with respect to the indemnification of each Holder.
               (b) Indemnification by the Holders . Each selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers and partners, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act), and each other selling Holder of Registrable Securities, their respective officers, directors and partners, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Person, from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission had been contained in any information furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement, and (ii) any misstatement in or omission from any representation or warranty, or any breach of covenant or agreement, in each case made or deemed made by such Holder in any underwriting or similar agreement entered by into by such Holder in connection with the particular registration. Each Holder also shall indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers, directors and partners, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the

-21-


 

indemnification of the Company. The liability of any Holder for indemnification under this Section 2.7 in its capacity as a seller of Registrable Securities shall not exceed the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total securities sold under such registration statement held by such Investor, and (ii) the amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of the securities sold in any such registration; provided that no selling holder shall be required to indemnify any Person against any Losses arising from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in, or omission or alleged omission of a material fact from, a preliminary Prospectus (or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading) that has been corrected in the form of Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective, or any amendment or supplement thereto filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act prior to the time of sale of Registrable Securities that gives rise to such Losses.
               (c) Indemnification by Securities Industry Professionals . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the underwriters, if any, participating in a particular Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), to provide indemnities for the benefit of the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided in Section 2.7(b) (with appropriate modification) with respect to information so furnished in writing by such underwriters specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus or Registration Statement.
               (d) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided, that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; provided , that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after having received notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (C) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, based upon advice of its counsel, a conflict of interest exists or may potentially exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims or (D) the Indemnified Person has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party (in the case of (B), (C) and (D), if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that an indemnifying party may withhold its consent to any settlement involving the imposition of equitable remedies or involving the imposition of any material obligations on such indemnifying party other than financial obligations for which such Indemnified Person will be indemnified hereunder. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnified Person of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. The indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm (together with one firm of local counsel) at any one time for all Indemnified Parties unless ( x ) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the

-22-


 

indemnifying party or parties, ( y ) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based on advice of counsel to an Indemnified Person) between such Indemnified Person and the other Indemnified Parties or ( z ) an Indemnified Person has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other Indemnified Parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.
               (e) Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 2.7(a) and Section 2.7(b) is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient to hold it harmless as contemplated by Section 2.7(a) and Section 2.7(b), then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the Indemnified Person on the other. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the Indemnified Person and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.7(e) to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the Losses of the Indemnified Parties relate exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or omission. The parties to this Agreement agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.7(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.7(e). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
          Section 2.8 Rules 144 and 144A . The Company covenants that, from and after the time it becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company thereafter is no longer required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 and 144A under the Securities Act), and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 or 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.
          Section 2.9 Holdback . The parties acknowledge that they are parties to the Stockholders Agreement which contains restrictions on the sale of securities during specified periods of time in connection with the Company’s filing of a Registration Statement.
          Section 2.10 Canadian Registration . If, after the date of this Agreement, the Company files a prospectus with any Canadian provincial securities commission from time to time, the Company will use its best efforts to facilitate and enable the Holders to make a secondary offering of Registrable Securities in Canada to the fullest extent permitted by applicable securities laws, subject to the approval by the underwriters or agents involved in the offering and the applicable securities regulators.

-23-


 

ARTICLE 3
MISCELLANEOUS
          Section 3.1 Injunctive Relief . It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the requirement that a bond be posted and, if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties to this Agreement shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of Section 2 hereof.
          Section 3.2 Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered by hand, by facsimile transmission, by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, or by courier or overnight carrier, to the Persons at the addresses set forth in Schedule A and Schedule B in the case of a Holder and to the address set forth below in the case of the Company (or at such other address as may be provided hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been delivered (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid:
if to the Company to:
Lulu Holding, Inc.
c/o Advent International Corporation
Boston, MA 02109
Facsimile: (617) 951-0568
Attention: Steven J. Collins
with copies to:
Advent International Corporation
75 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Facsimile: (617) 951-0568
Attention: Steven J. Collins
and
Pepper Hamilton LLP
3000 Two Logan Square
Eighteenth & Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Facsimile: (215) 981-4750
Attention: Robert A. Friedel

-24-


 

          Section 3.3 Successors, Assigns and Transferees .
               (a) The registration rights of any Holder under this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities may be transferred and assigned; provided , that no such assignment shall be binding upon or obligate the Company to any such assignee unless and until the Company shall have received notice of such assignment as herein provided and a written agreement of the assignee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement by executing a Counterpart Signature Page. Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in the first sentence of this Section 3.3 shall be null and void. Schedule A and Schedule B shall be deemed to be amended to add any party delivering a Counterpart Signature Page pursuant to this Section 3.3.
               (b) Upon a reorganization in connection with the LAI Stockholders Agreement, Company Stockholders Agreement, US Stockholders or any other conversion or exchange of shares of Series TS Preferred Stock into or for shares of Series B Preferred Stock, all of the rights provided pursuant to and obligations set in, this Agreement with respect to the shares of Series TS Preferred Stock shall thereafter apply to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued upon such conversion or in such exchange.
               (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
          Section 3.4 Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .
               (a) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts or choice of laws.
               (b) Each of the parties hereto hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal or state courts of the State of Delaware with respect to any action or legal proceeding commenced by either of them with respect to this Agreement. Each of them irrevocably waives any objection they now have or hereafter may have respecting the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such a court or respecting the fact that such court is an inconvenient forum and consents to the service of process in any such action or proceeding by means of registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in care of the address set forth herein or at such other address as either of them shall furnish in writing to the other.
               (c) THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT, FRAUD OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
          Section 3.5 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained therein.

-25-


 

          Section 3.6 Amendment; Waiver .
               (a) This Agreement may not be amended or modified and waivers and consents to departures from the provisions hereof (each, an “ Amendment ”) may not be given, except by an instrument or instruments in writing making specific reference to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities representing at least a majority of the aggregate Registrable Securities held by the Holders; provided , however , that any Amendment that treats any Holder in a series or class of stock (the “ Adversely Affected Holder ”) in a manner which is disproportionate and adverse relative to its treatment of the other Holders in such series or class of stock shall require the consent of the Adversely Affected Holder. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Series A Holders shall be considered a “group of Holders” and the Series TS Holders and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be considered a “group of Holders.” Each Holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any Amendment authorized by this Section 3.6(a). For purposes of this Section 3.6(a), determinations of whether an Amendment disproportionately effects any Holder or group of Holders, or whether the Amendment provides a disproportionate benefit to any Holder or group of Holders, shall be based on such Holder’s (or group’s) contractual rights as of the time of the Amendment.
               (b) The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
          Section 3.7 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts and by the parties to this Agreement in separate counterparts each of which when so executed, including by facsimile signature, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          Section 3.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

-26-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
LULU HOLDING, INC.
By: /s/ David M. Mussafer          
Name: David M. Mussafer
Title: President
SERIES A HOLDERS:
ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-G LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:     GPE V GP Limited Partnership, General Partner
By:     Advent International LLC, General Partner
By:     Advent International Corporation, Manager
By: /s/ David M. Mussafer          
Name: David M. Mussafer
Title: Managing Director
ADVENT PARTNERS III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:     Advent International LLC, General Partner
By:     Advent International Corporation, Manager
By: /s/ David M. Mussafer          
Name: David M. Mussafer
Title: Managing Director

 


 

BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I-A, L.P.
By:     Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P., its General Partner
By:     Brooke Private Equity Management LLC, its General Partner
By:       /s/ John F. Brooke                     
Name:  John F. Brooke
Title:    Manager

BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I (D), L.P.

By:     Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P., its General Partner

By:     Brooke Private Equity Management LLC, its General Partner
By:       /s/ John F. Brooke                        
Name:  John F. Brooke
Title:    Manager

 


 

HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:    Highland Management Partners VI
          Limited Partnership, its General Partner

By:    Highland Management Partners VI, Inc.,
          its General Partner
By: /s/ Daniel J. Nova          
          Authorized Officer
     
HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VI-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:    Highland Management Partners VI Limited Partnership,
          its General Partner

By:    Highland Management Partners VI, Inc.,
          its General Partner
By: /s/ Daniel J. Nova          
          Authorized Officer
     
HIGHLAND ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:    HEF VI Limited Partnership,
          its General Partner

By:    Highland Management Partners VI, Inc.,
          its General Partner
By: /s/ Daniel J. Nova          
          Authorized Officer

 


 

SERIES TS HOLDERS:
LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.
By: /s/ Dennis Wilson          
Name: Dennis Wilson
Title: Authorized Signatory
     
LIPO INVESTMENTS (CANADA) INC.
By: /s/ Dennis Wilson          
Name: Dennis Wilson
Title: Authorized Signatory

 


 

SCHEDULE A
Series A Holders
     
Name of Stockholder   Address for Notice
Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership
  c/o Advent International Corporation
Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership
  75 State Street
Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership
  Boston, MA 02109
Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership
  Facsimile: (617) 951-0568
Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership
  Attention: Steven J. Collins
Advent Partners III Limited Partnership
   
Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership
  with a copy to:
Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership
   
Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership
  Pepper Hamilton LLP
 
  3000 Two Logan Square
 
  Eighteenth & Arch Streets
 
  Philadelphia, PA 19103
 
  Facsimile: (215) 981-4750
 
  Attention: Robert A. Friedel
 
   
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.
  c/o Brooke Private Equity Advisors
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P.
  114 State Street, 6th Floor
 
  Boston, MA 02109
 
  Attention:
 
 
  Facsimile Number:
 
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Attention:
 
 
  Facsimile Number:
 
 
   
Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership
  c/o Highland Capital Partners, Inc.
Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership
  92 Hayden Avenue
Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership
  Lexington, Massachusetts 02421
 
  Facsimile: (781) 861-5499
 
  Attention: Kathleen A. Barry,
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  Goodwin Procter LLP
 
  53 State Street
 
  Boston MA 02109
 
  Facsimile Number: (617) 523-1231
 
  Attention: William J. Schnoor, Jr.

A-1


 

SCHEDULE B
Series TS Holders
     
Name of Stockholder   Address for Notice
LIPO Investments (USA) Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  1945 McLean Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
 
  Attention: Dennis Wilson
 
  Fax: (604) 874-6124
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
 
  #1100 – 888 Dunsmuir St.
 
  Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
 
  Facsimile: (604) 687-7099
 
  Attention: Jonathan McCullough
 
   
LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  1945 McLean Drive
 
  Vancouver, BC V5N-3J7
 
  Attention: Dennis Wilson
 
  Fax: (604) 874-6124
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
 
  #1100 – 888 Dunsmuir St.
 
  Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
 
  Facsimile: (604) 687-7099
 
  Attention: Jonathan McCullough

B-1

 

Exhibit 10.10
(to become effective upon completion
of our corporate reorganization)
 
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
BY AND AMONG
LULULEMON CORP.
AND
THE HOLDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULES A AND B HERETO
Dated as of                      , 2007
 

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
      This amended and restated Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of                      , 2007 by and among:
    Lululemon Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”);
 
    each of the stockholders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), whose names and addresses are set forth under Schedule A (the “A Holders”); and
 
    each of the stockholders of Common Stock, whose names and addresses are set forth under Schedule B (the “ B Holders ”).
BACKGROUND
     On April 26, 2007, the Company, its stockholders and certain other parties entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “ Agreement and Plan of Reorganization ”) pursuant to which all of the Company’s outstanding capital stock was reclassified by conversion into shares of Common Stock (the “ Reorganization ”).
     The Company previously granted certain of its stockholders registration rights as described in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 5, 2005, between the Company and such stockholders (the “ Prior Registration Rights Agreement ”). In connection with the Reorganization, the Company and the stockholders party to the Prior Registration Rights Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Registration Rights Agreement as provided herein.
AGREEMENT
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
RULES OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
          Section 1.1 Rules of Construction . In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified or where the context otherwise requires:
               (a) the headings of particular provisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be construed as a part of this Agreement or serve as a limitation or expansion of the scope of any term or provision of this Agreement;
               (b) words importing the singular only shall include the plural and vice versa;
               (c) words importing any gender shall include other genders;
               (d) the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation”;

-3-


 

               (e) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import, shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
               (f) unless otherwise specified, the term “days” shall mean calendar days;
               (g) a “percentage” (or a “majority”) of the Registrable Securities (or, where applicable, any class of securities) shall be determined based on the number of shares of such securities; and
               (h) unless otherwise provided, the currency for all dollar figures included in this Agreement shall be the US Dollar.
          Section 1.2 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “ Advent ” means Advent International Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Advent Funds ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Adverse Disclosure ” means public disclosure of non-public information relating to a material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction involving the Company or one of its Affiliates, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, after consultation with external legal counsel, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading, (b) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement and (c) would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect such material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction.
     “ Adversely Affected Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).
     “ Affiliate ” means, as to any specified Person, (a) any other person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person, (b) any other Person of which such specified Person is an officer, employee, agent, director, shareholder or partner or (c) any member of the Family Group of such specified Person or of any individual who is an Affiliate of such specified Person by reason of clause (a) of this definition; provided, however, that no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other Person solely by reason of any investment in the Company or the Lululemon Group. The term “ control ,” with respect to any Person, means possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or a partnership interest, by contract or otherwise. With respect to each of the Institutional Holders, the term “Affiliate” shall also include (i) any entity in which such Institutional Holder (or one of its Affiliates) is a general partner or member, and (ii) each investor in such Institutional Holder, but only in connection with the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Institutional Holder, and only to the extent of such investor’s pro rata share in the Institutional Investor. With respect to each Advent Fund, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any investment fund managed by Advent.
     “ Aggregate Offering Price ” means the aggregate offering price of Registrable Securities in any offering, calculated based upon the Fair Market Value of the Registrable Securities, in the case of a Minimum Demand Amount, as of the date that the applicable Request is delivered, and in the case of a Shelf Underwritten Offering, as of the date that the applicable Underwriting Notice is delivered.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

-4-


 

     “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ beneficially own ” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     “ Board of Directors ” means the Company’s board of directors.
     “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banks in New York, New York are required or authorized by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.
     “ Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, including, without limitation, any certificate of designations filed therewith relating to any class or series of capital stock of the Company, as further amended or supplement from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     “ Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include the Company’s successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.
     “ Company Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement by and among the Company and the Persons listed therein, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms therein, relating to the capital stock, governance and affairs of the Company.
     “ Counterpart Signature Page ” means a counterpart signature page to this Agreement in substantially the same form of Schedule C .
     “ Cutback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(h)(5).
     “ Demand Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).
     “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
     “ Demand Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
     “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any Registrable Securities, (a) if the Registrable Securities trade on a stock exchange or trading mechanism which publishes the closing sales price of the Registrable Securities, the average closing sales price, calculated for the five (5) trading days immediately preceding the date of a determination, (b) if the Registrable Securities trade on a stock exchange or trading mechanism which does not publish the closing sales price of the Registrable Securities, then the average of the bid and ask prices, calculated for the five (5) trading days immediately preceding the date of a determination; or (c) in all other cases the price determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company.
     “ Holder ” means any holder or holders of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement or who otherwise agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.3.
     “ Incidental Cutback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

-5-


 

     “ Incidental Registration ” means any registration of the Registrable Securities of a Holder pursuant to Section 2.2(a), but shall exclude any registration which constitutes a Demand Registration, Shelf Underwritten Offering or non-underwritten offering under a Shelf Registration Statement.
     “ Incidental Registration Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(1).
     “ Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
     “ Initiating Holders ” means the Holder or Holders who made the Request to initiate a Demand Registration, together with all Affiliates of such Holder or Holders.
     “ Institutional Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Loss ” or “ Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
     “ Minimum Demand Amount ” means an amount of Registrable Securities that either (i) is equal to or greater than 500,000 shares of Common Stock (as such number may be adjusted hereafter to reflect any stock dividend, subdivision, recapitalization, reclassification, split, distribution, combination or similar event) or (ii) has an Aggregate Offering Price of at least $5 million.
     “ NASD ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
     “ NASDAQ ” means The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
     “ Non-Underwritten Period ” means, with respect to any offering which is not a Shelf Registration and which does not contemplate an Underwritten Offering, a period of not less than 180 days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn).
     “ Participating Holder ” means any Holder exercising its right to participate in a Demand Registration under Section 2.1(d).
     “ Person ” or “ person ” means any individual, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, corporation, joint stock company, trust or unincorporated organization, incorporated or unincorporated association, government (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.
     “ Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
     “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.
     “ Registrable Securities ” means (a) shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, (b) shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exchange of exchangeable shares issued by Lululemon Canadian Holding, Inc., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia and (c) any shares of Common Stock that may be issued or distributed by way of stock dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange offer, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction, or exercise or conversion of any of the foregoing; provided , however , that any of the foregoing securities shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” ( x ) to the extent that a Registration Statement with respect to their sale has been declared effective under the Securities

-6-


 

Act and they have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, ( y ) to the extent that they have been distributed pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act, or ( z ) at any time after the ten (10) year anniversary of the date hereof, to the extent that they are eligible for resale without registration by the Holder thereof under paragraph (k) of Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act.
     “ registration ” means a registration of the Company’s securities for sale to the public under a Registration Statement.
     “ Registration Period ” means either the Shelf Period, the Underwritten Period or the Non-Underwritten Period, as applicable.
     “ Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the Securities Act, including the Prospectus, amendments, supplements and post-effective amendments to such registration statement, and all exhibits to, and all material incorporated by reference in, such registration statement.
     “ Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor U.S. governmental agency.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
     “ Shelf Demand ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
     “ Shelf Period ” means, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement (other than a Shelf Underwritten Offering), a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn) plus the period of time, if any, during which use of such Shelf Registration Statement has been suspended pursuant to Section 2.1(g).
     “ Shelf Registration ” means a registration effected pursuant to a Shelf Demand.
     “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on Form S-3 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act) for an offering to be made on a continuous or delayed basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering the Registrable Securities.
     “ Shelf Underwritten Offering ” means an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities by a Holder pursuant to a take down from a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 2.1(h)(2).
     “ Similar Securities ” means, in connection with any registration of securities of the Issuer, all securities of the Issuer which are (i) the same as or similar to those being registered, (ii) convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the securities being registered, or (iii) the same as or similar to the securities into which the securities being registered are convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for.
     “ Target Registration ” means a Registration Statement filed pursuant to an obligation incurred by the Company in connection with an acquisition of the stock or assets of another company.

-7-


 

     “ Underwritten Offering ” means a registration in which securities of the Company are sold by the Company or a Holder to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public, including a Shelf Underwritten Offering.
     “ Underwritten Period ” means, with respect to any offering which is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), a period of not less than 180 days plus such longer period (not to exceed 90 days after such 180th day) as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, is required by law for the delivery of a Prospectus in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer.
     “ Underwriting Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(h).
     “ Underwriter Cutback Condition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).
ARTICLE 2
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
          Section 2.1 Demand Registrations .
               (a)  Demand by A Holders and B Holders . At any time, or from time to time, following the 180 th day after the Company has become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, (i) the A Holders who beneficially own a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities beneficially owned by all A Holders or (ii) the B Holders who beneficially own a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities beneficially owned by all B Holders, shall have the right to require the Company to register all or part of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act (each such right, a “ Demand Right ”); provided , that each registration made pursuant to a Demand Right must include Registrable Securities in an amount not less than the Minimum Demand Amount. The Company shall file with the SEC, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the initiation of a Demand Right, a Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by the Holders thereof (each, a “ Demand Registration ”) in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as expeditiously as reasonably possible thereafter. The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by the Holders, the underwriters and any brokers or dealers during the period set forth in Section 2.1(f). In no event shall (i) the A Holders have the right to require the Company to effect more than three (3) Demand Registrations pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) the B Holders, have the right to require the Company to effect more than three (3) Demand Registrations pursuant to this Agreement, including, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii) of this sentence, Demand Registrations which are Shelf Demands as set forth in Section 2.1(b). A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1.
               (b) Shelf Registrations . The Initiating Holders shall have the right, at any time that the Company is legally eligible to file a Shelf Registration Statement, to elect that a Demand Registration be made pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Shelf Demand ”); provided , that each registration made pursuant to a Shelf Demand must include Registrable Securities in an amount not less than the Minimum Demand Amount. If the Company shall receive a Request specifying a Shelf Demand,

-8-


 

the Company shall file with the SEC, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the initiation of a Shelf Demand, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and shall use its best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as expeditiously as reasonably possible thereafter. The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by the Holders, the underwriters and any brokers or dealers during the period set forth in Section 2.1(f).
               (c)  Demand Notice . All requests to initiate a Demand Right must be made by notice (a “ Request ”):
  (1)   provided to the Company in writing;
 
  (2)   stating that it is a notice to initiate Demand Rights under this Agreement;
 
  (3)   stating whether a Shelf Demand is being requested;
 
  (4)   identifying the Holder(s) effecting the request; and
 
  (5)   stating the number of Registrable Securities to be included and the intended method of disposition.
After a Request has been given for a Demand Registration or a Shelf Demand another Request cannot be given until the date that is sixty (60) days following the date of withdrawal or the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such previous Demand Registration or Shelf Demand.
               (d)  Participations in Demand Rights . Within five (5) days following receipt of any Request, the Company shall deliver written notice of such request (a “ Demand Participation Notice ”) to all Holders of Registrable Securities other than the Initiating Holders. Thereafter, the Company shall include in such Demand Registration any additional Registrable Securities which the Holder or Holders thereof have, within fifteen (15) days after the Demand Participation Notice has been given, requested in writing be included in such Demand Registration. All such requests shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered.
               (e)  Demand Withdrawal . A Holder may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effective time of the Registration Statement covering the applicable Demand Registration by giving written notice of such withdraw prior to the effective time of such Registration Statement. If all Holders withdraw their Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure registration. The Company shall not withdraw a Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration without the written consent of the Initiating Holders, unless required to do so by law, regulation or upon the request of the SEC.
               (f)  Effective Registration . The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration if the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and remains effective as follows:
                    (1) if it is a Shelf Registration that is not a Shelf Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Shelf Period;

-9-


 

                    (2) if it is a Shelf Registration that is a Shelf Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Underwritten Period;
                    (3) if it is not a Shelf Registration and such Registration Statement does not contemplate an Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Non-Underwritten Period; or
                    (4) if it is not a Shelf Registration and such Registration Statement contemplates an Underwritten Offering, it must remain effective for the Underwritten Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Demand Registration (including any Shelf Demand) shall be deemed to have been effected if an Underwritten Offering is contemplated by such Demand Registration and the conditions to closing specified in the applicable underwriting agreement are not satisfied. Subject to Section 2.1(g), the Company shall not be deemed to have effected a Registration Statement, or to have used its best efforts to keep the Registration Statement effective, if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in the inability of any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be able to offer and sell any such Registrable Securities during the applicable Registration Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law.
               (g)  Delay or Suspension of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement, including a Shelf Registration Statement, in respect of a Demand Registration at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders which are included in such Demand Registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement; provided , that the Company shall not be permitted to do so in the aggregate pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) and Section 2.2(c), (i) more than two (2) times during any twelve (12) month period, (ii) for a period exceeding sixty (60) days on any one occasion or (iii) for a period exceeding one hundred twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to the Demand Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.1(g). The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 2.1(g), it shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the completion or abandonment of the transaction giving rise to the Corporation’s suspension notice, and in any event within the time requirements set forth in this Section 2.1(g), file an amendment to, or a Prospectus supplement with respect to, and otherwise use its best efforts to, update, the suspended Registration Statement as may be necessary to permit the Holders to resume use thereof in connection with the offer and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.
               (h)  Underwritten Offerings .
                    (1)  Demand Registrations . Any offering pursuant to a Demand Registration, other than a Shelf Demand, shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering upon the request of the Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any offering pursuant to a Demand Registration.

-10-


 

                    (2)  Shelf Registrations . At any time that a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, if any Holder or group of Holders delivers a notice to the Company (an “ Underwriting Notice ”) stating that it intends to effect a Shelf Underwritten Offering of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on the Shelf Registration Statement and stating the Aggregate Offering Price and/or number of the Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Underwritten Offering, then the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Underwritten Offering (taking into account the inclusion of Registrable Securities by any other Holders pursuant to this Section 2.1(h)(2)); provided , that any Shelf Underwritten Offering must include Registrable Securities in an amount not less than the Minimum Demand Amount. In connection with any Shelf Underwritten Offering:
                         (A) such proposing Holder(s) shall also deliver the Underwriting Notice to all other Holders and permit each Holder to include its Registrable Securities included on the Shelf Registration Statement in the Shelf Underwritten Offering if such Holder notifies the proposing Holders and the Company within 5 Business Days after delivery of the Underwriting Notice to such Holder;
                         (B) in the event that an Underwriter Cutback Condition occurs with respect to the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in the Shelf Underwritten Offering, then (1) the number of Registrable Securities which will be included in the Shelf Underwritten Offering shall only be that number which, in the good faith opinion of the underwriter, can be included without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the class of securities offered or the market for the class of securities offered or the Common Stock, and (2) each Holder shall be entitled to include Registrable Securities in the Shelf Underwritten Offering pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders seeking to participate in such Shelf Underwritten Offering, subject to the priority allocation provisions set forth in Section 2.1(h)(5); and
                         (C) the Underwriting Notice shall state that Holders must respond to the Underwriting Notice within five (5) Business Days of the delivery thereof.
                    (3)  Selection of Underwriters . In the event that a Demand Registration is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the Initiating Holders in such Underwritten Offering shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters for the offering, which underwriters must be ( x ) nationally recognized investment banking firm(s), and ( y ) reasonably acceptable to the Company.
                    (4)  Similar Securities . Without the prior written consent of the Initiating Holders and the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of any Underwritten Offering, the Company shall not include any securities in such Underwritten Offering unless such securities are Similar Securities.
                    (5)  Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations . If the managing underwriter of a proposed Underwritten Offering (other than a Shelf Underwritten Offering, which shall be governed by Section 2.1(h)(2)(B)) of Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration informs the Holders of such Registrable Securities in writing (a “ Cutback Notice ”) that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the class of securities offered or the market for the class of securities offered or the Common Stock, then the Company shall include in such

-11-


 

registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the good faith opinion of such underwriter, can be included without having such an adverse effect, selected in the following order:
                         (A)  first , the Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Initiating Holders and the Holders who are Participating Holders with respect thereto, allocated pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders seeking to participate in such Underwritten Offering; and
                         (B)  second , Similar Securities, if any, requested to be included by the Company or by other Holders, allocated among them as they shall so determine;
provided, however , in no event shall any particular Holder be permitted to include in such registration any Registrable Securities in excess of the number of Registrable Securities which such Holder originally sought to include in such registration. In the event of a cutback pursuant to this Section 2.1(h), each of the Holders agrees that it will not include Registrable Securities in any registration effected pursuant to the Securities Act in a manner that is not in compliance with the foregoing priorities.
          (i) Registration Statement Form . Demand Registrations shall be on such appropriate registration form of the SEC (A) as shall be selected by the Initiating Holders of the Demand Registration and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company, and (B) as shall facilitate and permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition specified in the applicable Holders’ requests for such registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, pursuant to a Demand Registration, ( x ) the registration is proposed to be effected by filing a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form under the Securities Act), ( y ) such registration is in connection with an Underwritten Offering and ( z ) the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Company that, in its or their opinion, the inclusion, rather than the incorporation by reference, of information in the Prospectus is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering, then such information shall be so included in such Prospectus.
          Section 2.2 Incidental Registrations .
               (a)  Participation .
                    (1) At any time, or from time to time, after the Company has become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act or otherwise lists shares of its Common Stock on a recognized securities exchange, Nasdaq or another trading medium, if the Company at any time files a Registration Statement (other than a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) with respect to any offering of its securities for its own account or for the account of any stockholder who holds its securities (other than (A) a registration on Form S-4, F-4, F-8, F-10 or S-8 or any successor form to such forms, (B) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement or (C) a registration of non-convertible debt securities) then, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Incidental Registration Notice ”) of such filing to all Holders of Registrable Securities, and such notice shall offer the Holders of such Registrable Securities the opportunity to register such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing. Subject to Section 2.2(b), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities which are requested to be included therein within fifteen (15) days after the Incidental Registration Notice is given to such Holders. If at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any

-12-


 

reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder of Registrable Securities and,
                         (A) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration, and
                         (B) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities.
                    (2) If the offering described in an Incidental Registration Notice is to be an Underwritten Offering, then each Holder making a request for its Registrable Securities to be included therein must, and the Company shall make such arrangements with the underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering on the same terms as the Company and other Persons selling securities in such Underwritten Offering, subject to the provisions of Section 2.4. If the offering pursuant to such registration is to be on any other basis, then each Holder making a request for an Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) must participate in such offering on such basis.
                    (3) Each Holder of Registrable Securities making a request for an Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from such Incidental Registration at any time prior to the effective time of the Registration Statement covering the applicable Incidental Registration by giving written notice of such withdraw prior to the effective time of such Registration Statement.
               (b)  Priority of Incidental Registration . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of securities included in an Incidental Registration informs the Holders of Registrable Securities sought to be included in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2(a) in writing (an “ Incidental Cutback Notice ”) that, in its or their opinion, the total amount or kind of securities which such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the class of the securities offered or the market for the class of securities offered or for the Common Stock (the foregoing, an “ Underwriter Cutback Condition ”), then the Company shall include in such registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the good faith opinion of such underwriter can be included without having such an adverse effect, selected in the following order:
                    (1) if the registration is being effected by stockholders of the Company pursuant to the exercise of contractual demand registration rights (other than pursuant to the exercise of Demand Rights under this Agreement, in which event the provisions of Section 2.1(h)(5) shall govern),
                         (A)  first , the securities, if any, being sold by such other stockholders exercising such demand registration rights, allocated as they and the Company shall so determine;
                         (B)  second , the Registrable Securities, if any, requested to be included by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2 allocated pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities held by all Holders seeking to participate in such registration; and

-13-


 

                         (C)  third , securities, if any, requested to be included by the Company and by any other stockholders of the Company in accordance with agreements between the Company and such other stockholders, allocated among them as they shall so determine;
provided, however , in no event shall any particular Holder be permitted to include in such registration any Registrable Securities in excess of the number of Registrable Securities which such Holder originally sought to include in such registration; and
                    (2) if the registration is being effected by the Company for its own account or is a Target Registration,
                         (A)  first , the securities, if any, being sold by the Company and the Holders of the Company’s securities for whom the Target Registration is undertaken, allocated among them as they shall so determine;
                         (B)  second , the Registrable Securities, if any, requested to be included by the Holders pursuant to Section 2.2, allocated pro rata based on the on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder as a percentage of the number of Registrable Securities held by all Holders seeking to participate in such registration; and
                         (C)  third , the securities, if any, requested to be included by any other stockholders of the Company in accordance with agreements between the Company and such other, allocated in accordance with such agreements;
provided, however , in no event shall any particular Holder be permitted to include in such registration any Registrable Securities in excess of the number of Registrable Securities which such Holder originally sought to include in such registration. In the event of a cutback pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), each of the Holders agrees that it will not include Registrable Securities in any registration effected pursuant to the Securities Act in a manner that is not in compliance with the foregoing priorities set forth in Section 2.2(b)(1) and Section 2.2(b)(2).
               (c) Suspension or Termination of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement, including a Shelf Registration Statement, in respect of an Incidental Registration at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders which are included in such Incidental Registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement; provided , that the Company shall not be permitted to do so in the aggregate pursuant to this Section 2.2(c) and Section 2.1(g), (i) more than two (2) times during any twelve (12) month period, (ii) for a period exceeding 60 days on any one occasion or (iii) for a period exceeding one hundred twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above the Holders agree to suspend, and in the case of an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the Company and the Holders agree to cause any underwriter to suspend, their use of the Prospectus relating to the Incidental Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.2(c). The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 2.2(c), it shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the completion or abandonment of the transaction giving rise to the Corporation’s suspension notice, and in any event within the time requirements set forth in this Section 2.2(c), file an amendment to, or a Prospectus supplement with respect to, and otherwise use its best efforts to, update, the suspended Registration Statement as may be necessary to permit the Holders to resume use thereof in connection with the offer

-14-


 

and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this (c), the Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this (c) before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.
          Section 2.3 Registration Procedures .
               (a) In connection with the Company’s registration obligations in this Agreement, the Company will, subject to the limitations set forth herein, use its best efforts to effect any such registration so as to permit the sale of the applicable Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably possible and, in connection therewith, the Company will:
                    (1) before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto and in connection therewith, furnish to the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and to one representative of each Holder (and its Affiliates) which has requested that Registrable Securities be covered by such Registration Statement, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such underwriters and such Holders and their respective counsel and not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by the same or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;
                    (2) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus as may be (A) reasonably requested by any selling Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (B) necessary to keep such registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement;
                    (3) notify the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective and when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (B) of any written or material oral comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for such purposes and (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;
                    (4) promptly notify each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter (except as otherwise provided under Section 2.1(g) or Section 2.2(c)), prepare and file with the SEC an amendment or

-15-


 

supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;
                    (5) use its best efforts to prevent or obtain at the earliest possible moment the withdrawal of any stop order with respect to the applicable Registration Statement or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;
                    (6) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or the Initiating Holders agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as expeditiously as reasonably possible after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
                    (7) furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and each amendment thereto;
                    (8) deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) as such Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request, and such other documents as such selling Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;
                    (9) on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States, as any such selling Holder or underwriter, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably requests in writing, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect so as to permit the commencement and continuance of sales and dealings in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement; provided , that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
                    (10) cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter, underwriters or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends;
                    (11) use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
                    (12) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which certificates shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

-16-


 

                    (13) obtain for delivery to (and addressed to) the underwriter or underwriters, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which counsel and opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to a majority of such Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel;
                    (14) in the case of an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), obtain for delivery to (and addressed to) the Company and the underwriter or underwriters, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;
                    (15) cooperate with each selling holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD;
                    (16) use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders, as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, but not later than sixty (60) days after the date of the most recent fiscal quarter, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
                    (17) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;
                    (18) cause all Registrable Securities of a class covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange and inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities of such class are then listed or quoted;
                    (19) make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by representatives appointed by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement, by any managing underwriter or underwriters participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement, and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such sellers or any such managing underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s senior executive officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available at mutually convenient times to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such sellers, underwriter or agent thereof in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary (subject to the Company’s compliance with Regulation FD) to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility;
                    (20) in the case of an Underwritten Offering (including any Shelf Underwritten Offering), cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter in any such Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;
                    (21) upon the request of any Holder, promptly amend any Shelf Registration Statement or take such other action as may be necessary to de-register, remove or withdraw

-17-


 

all or a portion of the Holder’s Registrable Shares from a Shelf Registration Statement, as requested by such Holder; and
                    (22) use its best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.
               (b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Article 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that each selling Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such Registrable Securities and such other customary information relating to such Holder and its ownership of the applicable Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any Registration Statement. Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to reasonably cooperate with the Company as necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.
               (c) Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(a)(4), such Holder will use its best efforts to discontinue disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(a)(4), or until such Holder is advised by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. In the event that the Company shall give any such notice in respect of a Demand Registration, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(a)(4) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.
          Section 2.4 Underwritten Offerings .
               (a)  Underwriting Agreements . If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters for any Demand Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included therein shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters, to contain such terms and conditions as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no more burdensome to the indemnifying party and no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 2.7. The Holders of any Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to Section 2.2(a) in any Incidental Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (excluding any Demand Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering) shall enter into such an underwriting agreement at the request of the Company. No Holder shall be required in any such underwriting agreement to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than customary representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holders’ title to Registrable Securities and any written information provided by the Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in the related registration statement.
               (b)  Price and Underwriting Discounts . In the case of a Demand Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the sale of the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Initiating Holders of such Demand Registration. In the case of any Incidental Registration that is an Underwritten Offering (excluding any Demand Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering), such price,

-18-


 

discount and other terms shall be determined (i) by the Company in the case of a registration governed by Section 2.2(b)(2), or (ii) by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered for the account of stockholders exercising demand registration rights, in the case of a registration governed by Section 2.2(b)(1), or in accordance with an agreement among the Company and such majority holders.
               (c)  Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No Person may participate in an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering) unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by officers of such Persons authorized to approve such arrangements, (ii) executes and delivers the underwriting agreement and all other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and (iii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities and opinions reasonably requested by the Company and customary for secondary offerings.
          Section 2.5 No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights . The Company will not enter into, and is not currently a party to, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities by this Agreement. If the Company enters into any agreement after the date hereof granting any person registration rights with respect to any security of the Company which agreement contains any material provisions more favorable to such person than those set forth in this Agreement, the Company will notify the Holders and will agree to such amendments to this Agreement as may be necessary to provide these rights to the Holders.
          Section 2.6 Registration Expenses .
               (a) The Company shall pay all of the expenses incurred in connection with its compliance with Article 2, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or the NASD, (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel in connection with any survey of state securities or “blue sky” laws and the preparation of any memorandum thereon, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses related to the preparation by the Company of any Registration Statement or Prospectus, agreements with underwriters, and any other ancillary agreements, certificates or documents arising out of or related to the foregoing (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company, and (v) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange, Nasdaq, or other trading medium. In addition, in all cases the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company. In addition, the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm or other counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered, subject to a reasonable cap to be agreed upon by the Issuer and the holders in light of the laws and regulations existing at the time of the applicable Registration, and if there exists no material change in legal requirements imposed on registering holders after the date of this Agreement, then such cap will not exceed $25,000; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Initiating Holders (in which case the Initiating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless such Holders agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1.

-19-


 

               (b) The Company shall not be required to pay any other costs or expenses in the course of an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Holders or the underwriters, other than pursuant to Section 2.6(a).
          Section 2.7 Indemnification .
               (a)  Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and their respective directors, officers and partners, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such Indemnified Person is a party thereto) and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses), joint or several (each, a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”), arising out of or based upon (i) any misstatement in or omission from any representation or warranty, or any breach of covenant or agreement, in each case made or deemed made by the Company in any underwriting or similar agreement entered into by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement, (ii) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” laws, rules or regulations, in either case in connection with any Registration Statement, (iii) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or (iv) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to indemnify an Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the preparation thereof or arises out of or is based upon such Holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto to a purchaser (if so required) after the Company has furnished such Holder with a copy of the same. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder. The Company will also indemnify, if the offering is an Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering) and if requested, underwriters participating in any distribution pursuant to this Agreement, their officers, directors and partners, and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modifications) with respect to the indemnification of each Holder.
               (b)  Indemnification by the Holders . Each selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers and partners, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act), and each other selling Holder of Registrable Securities, their respective officers, directors and partners, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Person, from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of

-20-


 

a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission had been contained in any information furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement, and (ii) any misstatement in or omission from any representation or warranty, or any breach of covenant or agreement, in each case made or deemed made by such Holder in any underwriting or similar agreement entered by into by such Holder in connection with the particular registration. Each Holder also shall indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers, directors and partners, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Company. The liability of any Holder for indemnification under this Section 2.7 in its capacity as a seller of Registrable Securities shall not exceed the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total securities sold under such registration statement held by such Investor, and (ii) the amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of the securities sold in any such registration; provided that no selling holder shall be required to indemnify any Person against any Losses arising from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in, or omission or alleged omission of a material fact from, a preliminary Prospectus (or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading) that has been corrected in the form of Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective, or any amendment or supplement thereto filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act prior to the time of sale of Registrable Securities that gives rise to such Losses.
               (c)  Indemnification by Securities Industry Professionals . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the underwriters, if any, participating in a particular Underwritten Offering (including a Shelf Underwritten Offering), to provide indemnities for the benefit of the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided in Section 2.7(b) (with appropriate modification) with respect to information so furnished in writing by such underwriters specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus or Registration Statement.
               (d)  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided, that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; provided , that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after having received notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (C) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, based upon advice of its counsel, a conflict of interest exists or may potentially exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims or (D) the Indemnified Person has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party (in the case of (B), (C) and (D), if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that an indemnifying party may withhold its consent to any settlement involving the

-21-


 

imposition of equitable remedies or involving the imposition of any material obligations on such indemnifying party other than financial obligations for which such Indemnified Person will be indemnified hereunder. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnified Person of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. The indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm (together with one firm of local counsel) at any one time for all Indemnified Parties unless ( x ) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, ( y ) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based on advice of counsel to an Indemnified Person) between such Indemnified Person and the other Indemnified Parties or ( z ) an Indemnified Person has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other Indemnified Parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.
               (e)  Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 2.7(a) and Section 2.7(b) is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient to hold it harmless as contemplated by Section 2.7(a) and Section 2.7(b), then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the Indemnified Person on the other. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the Indemnified Person and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.7(e) to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the Losses of the Indemnified Parties relate exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or omission. The parties to this Agreement agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.7(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.7(e). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
          Section 2.8 Rules 144 and 144A . The Company covenants that, from and after the time it becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company thereafter is no longer required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 and 144A under the Securities Act), and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 or 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

-22-


 

          Section 2.9 Holdback . The parties acknowledge that they are parties to the Stockholders Agreement which contains restrictions on the sale of securities during specified periods of time in connection with the Company’s filing of a Registration Statement.
          Section 2.10 Canadian Registration . If, after the 180 th day following the date of the final prospectus relating to the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the Company files a prospectus with any Canadian provincial securities commission from time to time, the Company will use its best efforts to facilitate and enable the Holders to make a secondary offering of Registrable Securities in Canada to the fullest extent permitted by applicable securities laws, subject to the approval by the underwriters or agents involved in the offering and the applicable securities regulators.
ARTICLE 3
MISCELLANEOUS
          Section 3.1 Injunctive Relief . It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the requirement that a bond be posted and, if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties to this Agreement shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of Section 2 hereof.
          Section 3.2 Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered by hand, by facsimile transmission, by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, or by courier or overnight carrier, to the Persons at the addresses set forth in Schedule A and Schedule B in the case of a Holder and to the address set forth below in the case of the Company (or at such other address as may be provided hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been delivered (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid:
if to the Company to:
Lululemon Corp.
2285 Clark Drive
Vancouver, BC Canada
V5N 3G9
Facsimile:
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

-23-


 

with copies to:
Advent International Corporation
75 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Facsimile: (617) 951-0568
Attention: Steven J. Collins
and
Pepper Hamilton LLP
3000 Two Logan Square
Eighteenth & Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Facsimile: (215) 981-4750
Attention: Robert A. Friedel
          Section 3.3 Successors, Assigns and Transferees.
               (a) The registration rights of any Holder under this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities may be transferred and assigned; provided , that no such assignment shall be binding upon or obligate the Company to any such transferee or assignee unless and until the Company shall have received notice of such assignment as herein provided and a written agreement of the assignee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement by executing a Counterpart Signature Page; and provided further that the registration rights of any Holder under this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned to any employee or former employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in the first sentence of this Section 3.3(a) shall be null and void.
               (b)  Schedule A and Schedule B shall be deemed to be amended to add any party delivering a Counterpart Signature Page pursuant to this Section 3.3(a).
               (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
          Section 3.4 Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .
               (a) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts or choice of laws.
               (b) Each of the parties hereto hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal or state courts of the State of Delaware with respect to any action or legal proceeding commenced by either of them with respect to this Agreement. Each of them irrevocably waives any objection they now have or hereafter may have respecting the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such a court or respecting the fact that such court is an inconvenient forum and consents to the service of process in any such action or proceeding by means of registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in care of the address set forth herein or at such other address as either of them shall furnish in writing to the other.

-24-


 

               (c) THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT, FRAUD OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
          Section 3.5 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained therein.
          Section 3.6 Amendment; Waiver .
               (a) This Agreement may not be amended or modified and waivers and consents to departures from the provisions hereof (each, an “ Amendment ”) may not be given, except by an instrument or instruments in writing making specific reference to this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities representing at least a majority of the aggregate Registrable Securities held by the Holders; provided , however , that any Amendment that treats any Holder in a series or class of stock (the “ Adversely Affected Holder ”) in a manner which is disproportionate and adverse relative to its treatment of the other Holders in such series or class of stock shall require the consent of the Adversely Affected Holder. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the A Holders shall be considered a “group of Holders” and the B Holders shall be considered a “group of Holders.” Each Holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any Amendment authorized by this Section 3.6(a). For purposes of this Section 3.6(a), determinations of whether an Amendment disproportionately effects any Holder or group of Holders, or whether the Amendment provides a disproportionate benefit to any Holder or group of Holders, shall be based on such Holder’s (or group’s) contractual rights as of the time of the Amendment.
               (b) The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
          Section 3.7 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts and by the parties to this Agreement in separate counterparts each of which when so executed, including by facsimile signature, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          Section 3.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

-25-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
           
  LULULEMON CORP.    
 
 
By:
       
 
Name:
 
 
Robert Meers
   
 
Title:
  Chief Executive Officer    
     
 
  A HOLDERS:
 
   
 
  ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
  ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
  ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
  ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-G LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
  ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE V-I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
         
 
  By:   GPE V GP Limited Partnership, General Partner
         
 
  By:   Advent International LLC, General Partner
                 
    By:   Advent International Corporation, Manager    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
      Name:  
 
David M. Mussafer
   
 
      Title:   Managing Director    
                   
    ADVENT PARTNERS III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  
    ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  
    ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  
    ADVENT PARTNERS GPE V-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  
 
    By:   Advent International LLC, General Partner  
 
 
      By:   Advent International Corporation, Manager

By:
 
 
                 
 
          Name:   David M. Mussafer  
 
          Title:   Managing Director  

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


 

   
 
BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I-A, L.P.
                     
    By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P., its General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC, its General Partner    
 
 
          By:        
 
          Name:  
 
   
            Title: Manager    
 
                   
    BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I (D), L.P.    
 
                   
    By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P., its General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC, its General Partner    
 
 
          By:        
 
          Name:  
 
   
            Title: Manager    

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


 

                     
    HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
 
    By:   Highland Management Partners VI Limited Partnership,    
        its General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc.,    
            its General Partner    
 
                   
 
          By:        
 
             
 
Authorized Officer
   
 
                   
    HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VI-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
 
                   
    By:   Highland Management Partners VI Limited Partnership,    
        its General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc.,    
            its General Partner    
 
                   
 
          By:        
 
             
 
Authorized Officer
   
 
                   
                     
    HIGHLAND ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
 
                   
    By:   HEF VI Limited Partnership, its General Partner    
 
                   
        By:   Highland Management Partners VI, Inc., its General Partner    
 
                   
 
          By:        
 
             
 
Authorized Officer
   

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


 

         
 
 
 
Susanne Conrad
   
 
       
 
 
 
R. Brad Martin
   
 
       
 
 
 
Rhoda Pitcher
   

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


 

           
  B HOLDERS:    
 
 
       
  DENNIS WILSON    
 
 
By:
       
 
 
 
 
   
 
Name:
  Dennis Wilson    
 
Title:
  Authorized Signatory    
 
 
       
  FIVE BOYS INVESTMENT, ULC    
 
 
       
 
By:
       
 
Name:
 
 
   
 
Title:
  Authorized Signatory    
 
 
       
  OYOYO HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
 
       
 
By:
       
 
Name:
 
 
   
 
Title:
  Authorized Signatory    
 
 
       
  LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.    
 
 
       
 
By:
       
 
Name:
 
 
Dennis Wilson
   
 
Title:
  Authorized Signatory    
 
 
       
  SLINKY FINANCIAL ULC    
 
 
       
 
By:
       
 
Name:
 
 
Dennis Wilson
   
 
Title:
  Authorized Signatory    


 

SCHEDULE A
A Holders
     
Name of Stockholder   Address for Notice
Advent International GPE V Limited Partnership
Advent International GPE V-A Limited Partnership
Advent International GPE V-B Limited Partnership
Advent International GPE V-G Limited Partnership
Advent International GPE V-I Limited Partnership
Advent Partners III Limited Partnership
Advent Partners GPE V Limited Partnership
Advent Partners GPE V-A Limited Partnership
Advent Partners GPE V-B Limited Partnership
  c/o Advent International Corporation
75 State Street Boston, MA 02109
Facsimile: (617) 951-0568
Attention: Steven J. Collins

with a copy to:

Pepper Hamilton LLP
3000 Two Logan Square
Eighteenth & Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Facsimile: (215) 981-4750
Attention: Robert A. Friedel
 
   
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P.
  c/o Brooke Private Equity Advisors
114 State Street, 6th Floor
Boston, MA 02109
Attention:                     
Facsimile Number:                                          

with a copy to:                     
                                                              
                                                              
                                                              
 
   
    Attention:                     
Facsimile Number:                     
 
   
Highland Capital Partners VI Limited Partnership
Highland Capital Partners VI-B Limited Partnership
Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VI Limited Partnership













Susanne Conrad
  c/o Highland Capital Partners, Inc.
92 Hayden Avenue
Lexington, Massachusetts 02421
Facsimile: (781) 861-5499
Attention: Kathleen A. Barry,
                 Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Goodwin Procter LLP
53 State Street
Boston MA 02109
Facsimile Number: (617) 523-1231
Attention: William J. Schnoor, Jr.


1312 Cedar St
Santa Monica, CA 90405
Facsimile Number:                     

A-1


 

     
Name of Stockholder   Address for Notice
R. Brad Martin






Rhoda Pitcher







  c/o RBM Venture Co.
1025 Cherry Rd.
Memphis, TN 38117
Facsimile Number:                     




860 NE 23rd Place
Clyde Hill, WA 98004
Facsimile Number:                     

A-2


 

SCHEDULE B
B Holders
     
Name of Stockholder   Address for Notice
Dennis Wilson
  c/o Lululemon Corp.
1945 McLean Drive,
Vancouver, BC, V5N3J7
Attention: Dennis Wilson
Facsimile Number:                     

with a copy to:

McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
#1100 888 Dunsmuir St.
Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
Facsimile: (604) 687-7099
Attention: Jonathan McCullough
 
   
Five Boys Investment ULC
  c/o Lululemon Corp.
1945 McLean Drive,
Vancouver, BC, V5N3J7
Attention: Dennis Wilson
Facsimile Number:                     
 
   
Oyoyo Holdings, Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Corp.
1945 McLean Drive,
Vancouver, BC, V5N3J7
Attention: Dennis Wilson
Facsimile Number:                     
 
   
LIPO Investments (USA) Inc.
  c/o Lululemon Corp.
1945 McLean Drive,
Vancouver, BC, V5N3J7
Attention: Dennis Wilson
Facsimile Number:                     

with a copy to:

McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
#1100 888 Dunsmuir St.
Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
Facsimile: (604) 687-7099
Attention: Jonathan McCullough

B-1


 

     
Name of Stockholder   Address for Notice
Slinky Financial ULC
  c/o Lululemon Corp.
1945 McLean Drive,
Vancouver, BC, V5N3J7
Attention: Dennis Wilson
Facsimile Number:                     

with a copy to:

McCullough O’Connor Irwin LLP
#1100 888 Dunsmuir St.
Vancouver, BC V6C 3K4
Facsimile: (604) 687-7099
Attention: Jonathan McCullough

B-2

 

Exhibit 10.11
FORM OF
EXCHANGE TRUST AGREEMENT
Between:
LULULEMON CORP.
- and -
LULU CANADIAN HOLDING INC.
- and -
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
l , 2007


 

EXCHANGE TRUST AGREEMENT
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT made as of the l day of l , 2007.
AMONG:
    LULULEMON CORP. , a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
(“ Lululemon ”),
AND:
    LULU CANADIAN HOLDING INC. , a company existing under the laws of British Columbia
(“ Exchangeco ”),
AND:
    COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , a trust company incorporated under the laws of Canada
(“ Trustee ”).
WHEREAS in connection with an arrangement agreement (the “ Arrangement Agreement ”) dated as of April 26, 2007 among Lululemon, Lululemon Callco ULC (“ Callco ”), Exchangeco, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc. (“ LIPO Canada ”), Exchangeco is to issue Exchangeable Shares to holders of common shares of LIPO Canada pursuant to the Arrangement contemplated in the Arrangement Agreement;
AND WHEREAS pursuant to the Arrangement Agreement, Lululemon, Exchangeco and Callco have agreed to execute an exchange trust agreement substantially in the form of this Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements provided in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions
In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Agreement ” means this Exchange Trust Agreement as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time;


 

Arrangement ” means an arrangement under Part 9, Division 5 of the BCA on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in the Plan of Arrangement, to which plan these share provisions are attached as Appendix 1, subject to any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 of the Arrangement Agreement or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order;
Arrangement Agreement ” means the arrangement agreement made as of the 26th day of April, 2007 among Lululemon, Callco, Exchangeco, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., as amended, supplemented and/or restated in accordance therewith prior to the Effective Date, providing for, among other things, the Arrangement;
Automatic Exchange Rights ” means the benefit of the obligation of Lululemon, to effect the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for Lululemon Common Shares pursuant to Section 3.12;
BCA ” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended;
Beneficiaries ” means the registered holders from time to time of Exchangeable Shares, other than Lululemon and its subsidiaries;
Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of Exchangeco;
Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are generally open for business in Vancouver, British Columbia, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day observed as a holiday in Vancouver, British Columbia under the laws of the Province of British Columbia;
Canadian Dollar Equivalent ” means, in respect of an amount expressed in a currency other than Canadian dollars (the “ Foreign Currency Amount ”) at any date, the product obtained by multiplying (a) the Foreign Currency Amount by (b) the noon spot exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency expressed in Canadian dollars as reported by the Bank of Canada or, in the event such spot exchange rate is not available, such exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency expressed in Canadian dollars as may be deemed by the Board of Directors to be appropriate for such purpose;
Court ” means the Supreme Court of British Columbia;
Current Market Price ” means, in respect of a Lululemon Common Share on any date, the Canadian Dollar Equivalent of the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Lululemon Common Shares during a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending not more than three trading days before such date on the NASDAQ, or, if the Lululemon Common Shares are not then listed on the NASDAQ, on such other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Lululemon Common Shares are listed or quoted, as the case may be, as may be selected by the Board of Directors for such purpose; provided however, that if in the opinion of the Board of Directors the public distribution or trading activity of the Lululemon Common Shares during such period does not create a market which reflects the fair market value of a Lululemon Common Share, then the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith and in its sole discretion, and provided

2


 

further that any such selection, opinion or determination by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive and binding;
Effective Date ” means the date following the grant of the Final Order on which the parties to the Arrangement Agreement that the conditions set forth in Article 5 of the Arrangement Agreement have been satisfied or waived (or on such other date as the parties may agree);
Effective Time ” means the time on the Effective Date at which the Arrangement becomes effective;
Exchange Right ” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.1;
Exchangeable Share ” means a share in the class of non-voting exchangeable shares in the capital of Exchangeco;
Exchangeable Share Provisions ” means the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares, which rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions shall be substantially in the form and content as set out in Appendix 1 of the Plan of Arrangement;
Final Order ” means the order of the Court approving the Plan of Arrangement, granted pursuant to section 291(4) of the BCA, as such order may be amended at any time prior to the Effective Date or, if appealed, then, unless such appeal is withdrawn or denied, as affirmed;
Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.1;
Insolvency Event ” means the institution by Exchangeco of any proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent or to be wound up, or the consent of Exchangeco to the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency or winding-up proceedings against it, or the filing of a petition, answer or consent seeking dissolution or winding-up under any bankruptcy, insolvency or analogous laws, including without limitation the Companies Creditors’ Arrangement Act (Canada) and the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), and the failure by Exchangeco to contest in good faith any such proceedings commenced in respect of Exchangeco within 30 days of becoming aware thereof, or the consent by Exchangeco to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, or the making by Exchangeco of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission in writing by Exchangeco of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or Exchangeco not being permitted, pursuant to solvency requirements of applicable law, to redeem any Retracted Shares pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions;
Liquidation Call Right ” has the meaning assigned in the Plan of Arrangement;
Liquidation Event ” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.12(b);
Liquidation Event Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.12(c);
Lululemon Common Share ” means a share of common stock, par value U.S. $0.01, in the capital of Lululemon and any other securities into which such share may be changed;
Lululemon Successor ” has the meaning assigned in Section 8.1(a);

3


 

NASDAQ ” means the NASDAQ Global Market;
Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to Lululemon or Exchangeco, as the case may be, a certificate signed by any officer or director of Lululemon or Exchangeco, as the case may be;
Person ” includes any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, venture capital fund, association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, legal personal representative, estate, group, body corporate, corporation, company, unincorporated association or organization, government body, syndicate or other entity, whether or not having legal status;
Plan of Arrangement ” means the plan of arrangement substantially in the form and content of Exhibit B to the Arrangement Agreement and any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 of the Arrangement Agreement or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order;
Redemption Call Right ” has the meaning assigned in the Plan of Arrangement;
Reorganization Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of the l day of l , 2007 by and among Lululemon, Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., Callco, the Company and certain other parties;
Retracted Shares ” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.7;
Retraction Call Right ” has the meaning assigned in the Exchangeable Share Provisions;
subsidiary ” means, with respect to a specified body corporate, any body corporate of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares ordinarily entitled to elect a majority of the board of directors thereof (whether or not shares of any other class or classes shall or might be entitled to vote upon the happening of any event or contingency) are at the time owned directly or indirectly by such specified body corporate and shall include any body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity over which it exercises direction or control or which is in a like relation to a subsidiary;
Support Agreement ” means the Support Agreement to be made among Lululemon, Callco and the Company, which shall be substantially in the form and content of Exhibit D to the Reorganization Agreement, with such changes thereto as the parties thereto, acting reasonably, may approve, in accordance with the terms thereof;
Trust ” means the trust created by this Agreement;
Trust Estate ” means any securities, the Exchange Right, the Automatic Exchange Rights and any money or other property which may be held by the Trustee from time to time pursuant to this Agreement;
Trustee ” means Computershare Trust Company of Canada and, subject to the provisions of Article 7, includes any successor trustee.

4


 

ARTICLE 2
PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT
2.1 Establishment of Trust
The purpose of this Agreement is to create the Trust for the benefit of the Beneficiaries, as herein provided. The Trustee will hold the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights in order to enable the Trustee to exercise such rights, in each case as trustee for and on behalf of the Beneficiaries as provided in this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3
EXCHANGE RIGHT AND AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE
3.1 Grant and Exercise of the Exchange Right
Lululemon hereby grants to the Trustee as trustee for and on behalf of, and for the use and benefit of, the Beneficiaries the right (the “ Exchange Right ”), upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Insolvency Event, to require Lululemon to purchase from each or any Beneficiary all or any part of the Exchangeable Shares held by the Beneficiary and the Automatic Exchange Rights, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Lululemon hereby acknowledges receipt from the Trustee as trustee for and on behalf of the Beneficiaries of good and valuable consideration (and the adequacy thereof) for the grant of the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights by Lululemon to the Trustee. During the term of the Trust and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trustee shall possess and be vested with all rights in respect of the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights and shall be entitled to exercise all of the rights and powers of an owner with respect to the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights, provided that the Trustee shall:
  (a)   hold the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights and the legal title thereto as trustee solely for the use and benefit of the Beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and
  (b)   except as specifically authorized by this Agreement, have no power or authority to exercise or otherwise deal in or with the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights, and the Trustee shall not exercise any such rights for any purpose other than the purposes for which the Trust is created pursuant to this Agreement.
3.2 Legended Share Certificates
Exchangeco will cause each certificate issued representing Exchangeable Shares to bear an appropriate legend notifying the Beneficiaries of:
  (a)   their right to instruct the Trustee with respect to the exercise of the Exchange Right in respect of the Exchangeable Shares held by a Beneficiary; and
 
  (b)   the Automatic Exchange Rights.

5


 

3.3 General Exercise of Exchange Right
The Exchange Right shall be and remain vested in and exercisable by the Trustee. Subject to Section 4.15, the Trustee shall exercise the Exchange Right only on the basis of instructions received pursuant to this Article 3 from Beneficiaries entitled to instruct the Trustee as to the exercise thereof. To the extent that no instructions are received from a Beneficiary with respect to the Exchange Right, the Trustee shall not exercise or permit the exercise of the Exchange Right.
3.4 Purchase Price
The purchase price payable by Lululemon for each Exchangeable Share to be purchased by Lululemon under the Exchange Right shall be an amount per Exchangeable Share equal to (a) the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share on the last Business Day prior to the day of closing of the purchase and sale of such Exchangeable Share under the Exchange Right, which shall be satisfied in full by Lululemon causing to be sent to such holder one Lululemon Common Share, plus (b) to the extent not paid by Exchangeco on the designated payment date therefor, an additional amount equal to and in satisfaction of the full amount of all declared and unpaid dividends on each such Exchangeable Share held by such holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the closing of the purchase and sale. In connection with each exercise of the Exchange Right, Lululemon shall provide to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the calculation of the purchase price for each Exchangeable Share. The purchase price for each such Exchangeable Share so purchased may be satisfied only by Lululemon delivering or causing to be delivered to the Trustee, on behalf of the relevant Beneficiary, one Lululemon Common Share and on the applicable payment date a cheque for the balance, if any, of the purchase price without interest (but less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 3.13). Upon payment by Lululemon of such purchase price, the relevant Beneficiary shall cease to have any right to be paid any amount in respect of declared and unpaid dividends on each such Exchangeable Share by Exchangeco.
3.5 Exercise Instructions
Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, a Beneficiary shall be entitled, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Insolvency Event, to instruct the Trustee to exercise the Exchange Right with respect to all or any part of the Exchangeable Shares registered in the name of such Beneficiary on the books of Exchangeco. To cause the exercise of the Exchange Right by the Trustee, the Beneficiary shall deliver to the Trustee, in person or by certified or registered mail, at its principal office in Vancouver or at such other places in Canada as the Trustee may from time to time designate by written notice to the Beneficiaries, the certificates, if any, representing the Exchangeable Shares which such Beneficiary desires Lululemon to purchase, duly endorsed in blank for transfer, and accompanied by such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares and such additional documents and instruments as the Trustee, Exchangeco or Lululemon may reasonably require together with (a) a duly completed form of notice of exercise of the Exchange Right in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, Lululemon and Exchangeco, stating (i) that the Beneficiary thereby instructs the Trustee to exercise the Exchange Right so as to require Lululemon to purchase from the Beneficiary the number of Exchangeable Shares specified therein, (ii) that

6


 

such Beneficiary has good title to and owns all such Exchangeable Shares to be acquired by Lululemon, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances, (iii) the names in which the Lululemon Common Shares issuable in connection with the exercise of the Exchange Right are to be issued and (iv) the names and addresses of the persons to whom such Lululemon Common Shares should be delivered and (b) payment (or evidence satisfactory to the Trustee, Exchangeco, and Lululemon of payment) of the taxes (if any) payable as contemplated by Section 3.8 of this Agreement. If only a part of the Exchangeable Shares are to be purchased by Lululemon under the Exchange Right, the balance of such Exchangeable Shares shall be issued to the holder at the expense of Exchangeco either by a new certificate or through the direct registration system.
3.6 Delivery of Lululemon Common Shares; Effect of Exercise
Promptly after the receipt of the notice of exercise of the Exchange Right, together with such documents and instruments of transfer required by Section 3.5 (and payment of taxes, if any payable as contemplated by Section 3.8 or evidence thereof), the Trustee shall notify Lululemon and Exchangeco of its receipt of the same, which notice to Lululemon and Exchangeco shall constitute exercise of the Exchange Right by the Trustee on behalf of the holder of such Exchangeable Shares, and Lululemon shall promptly thereafter deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (which delivery may be in the form of a certificate or in book-entry form through the direct registration system), for delivery to the Beneficiary of such Exchangeable Shares (or to such other persons, if any, properly designated by such Beneficiary) the number of Lululemon Common Shares issuable in connection with the exercise of the Exchange Right, and on the applicable payment date cheques for the balance, if any, of the total purchase price therefor without interest (but less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 3.13); provided, however, that no such delivery shall be made unless and until the Beneficiary requesting the same shall have paid (or provided evidence satisfactory to the Trustee, Exchangeco, and Lululemon of the payment of) the taxes (if any) payable as contemplated by Section 3.8 of this Agreement. Immediately upon the giving of notice by the Trustee to Lululemon and Exchangeco of the exercise of the Exchange Right as provided in this Section 3.6, the closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated by the Exchange Right shall be deemed to have occurred and the holder of such Exchangeable Shares shall be deemed to have transferred to Lululemon, all of such holder’s right, title and interest in and to such Exchangeable Shares and the related interest in the Trust Estate and shall cease to be a holder of such Exchangeable Shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a holder in respect thereof, other than the right to receive his proportionate part of the total purchase price therefor, unless the requisite number of Lululemon Common Shares is not allotted, issued and delivered by Lululemon, to the Trustee within five Business Days of the date of the giving of such notice by the Trustee or the balance of the purchase price, if any, is not paid by Lululemon, on the applicable payment date therefor, in which case the rights of the Beneficiary shall remain unaffected until such Lululemon Common Shares are so allotted, issued and delivered, and the balance of the purchase price, if any, has been paid, by Lululemon. Upon delivery by Lululemon to the Trustee of such Lululemon Common Shares, and the balance of the purchase price, if any, the Trustee shall deliver such Lululemon Common Shares to such Beneficiary (or to such other persons, if any, properly designated by such Beneficiary), either in the form of a certificate or in book-entry form through the direct registration system. Concurrently with such Beneficiary ceasing to be a holder

7


 

of Exchangeable Shares, the Beneficiary shall be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of the Lululemon Common Shares delivered to it pursuant to the Exchange Right.
3.7 Exercise of Exchange Right Subsequent to Retraction
In the event that a Beneficiary has exercised its right under Article 6 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions to require Exchangeco to redeem any or all of the Exchangeable Shares held by the Beneficiary (the “ Retracted Shares ”) and is notified by Exchangeco pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions that Exchangeco will not be permitted as a result of solvency requirements of applicable law to redeem all such Retracted Shares, and provided that Callco shall not have exercised the Retraction Call Right with respect to the Retracted Shares and that the Beneficiary has not revoked the retraction request delivered by the Beneficiary to Exchangeco pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions and provided further that the Trustee has received written notice of same from Exchangeco or Lululemon (which, in such circumstances, Lululemon covenants to provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee), the retraction request will constitute and will be deemed to constitute notice from the Beneficiary to the Trustee instructing the Trustee to exercise the Exchange Right with respect to those Retracted Shares that Exchangeco is unable to redeem. In any such event, Exchangeco hereby agrees with the Trustee and in favour of the Beneficiary promptly to forward or cause to be forwarded to the Trustee all relevant materials delivered by the Beneficiary to Exchangeco or to the transfer agent of the Exchangeable Shares (including without limitation, a copy of the retraction request delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions) in connection with such proposed redemption of the Retracted Shares and the Trustee will thereupon exercise the Exchange Right with respect to the Retracted Shares that Exchangeco is not permitted to redeem and will require Lululemon to purchase such shares in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3.
3.8 Stamp or Other Transfer Taxes
Upon any sale of Exchangeable Shares to Lululemon pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights, the Lululemon Common Shares to be delivered in connection with the payment of the total purchase price therefor shall be issued in the name of the Beneficiary of the Exchangeable Shares so sold or in such names as such Beneficiary may otherwise direct in writing without charge to the holder of the Exchangeable Shares so sold; provided, however, that such Beneficiary (a) shall pay (and none of Lululemon, Exchangeco or the Trustee shall be required to pay) any documentary, stamp, transfer or other taxes that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of such shares to a person other than such Beneficiary or (b) shall have evidenced to the satisfaction of the Trustee, Lululemon and Exchangeco that such taxes, if any, have been paid.
3.9 Notice of Insolvency Event
As soon as practicable following the occurrence of an Insolvency Event or any event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would be an Insolvency Event, Exchangeco and Lululemon shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee. As soon as practicable following the receipt of notice from Exchangeco and Lululemon of the occurrence of an Insolvency Event, or upon the Trustee becoming aware of an Insolvency Event, the Trustee will mail to each

8


 

Beneficiary, at the expense of Lululemon (such funds to be received in advance), a notice of such Insolvency Event in the form provided by Lululemon, which notice shall contain a brief statement of the rights of the Beneficiaries with respect to the Exchange Right.
3.10 Qualification of Lululemon Common Shares
Lululemon covenants that if any Lululemon Common Shares (or other shares or securities into which Lululemon Common Shares may be reclassified or changed as contemplated by section 2.7 of the Support Agreement) to be issued and delivered pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights require registration or qualification with or approval of or the filing of any document, including any prospectus or similar document, or the taking of any proceeding with or the obtaining of any order, ruling or consent from any governmental or regulatory authority under any Canadian or United States federal, provincial or state law or regulation or pursuant to the rules and regulations of any regulatory authority or the fulfillment of any other Canadian or United States federal, provincial or state legal requirement before such shares may be issued and delivered by Lululemon, to the initial holder thereof or in order that such shares (or such other shares or securities) may be freely traded thereafter (other than any restrictions of general application on transfer by reason of a holder being a “control person” for purposes of Canadian provincial securities law or an “affiliate” of Lululemon for purposes of United States federal or state securities law), Lululemon will in good faith expeditiously take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to cause such Lululemon Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) to be and remain duly registered, qualified or approved under United States or Canadian law, as the case may be; provided, however, that Lululemon’s obligations in this Section 3.10 shall be limited to the obligations set forth in Section 6.4 of the Reorganization Agreement. Lululemon will in good faith expeditiously take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to cause all Lululemon Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) to be delivered pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights to be listed, quoted or posted for trading on all stock exchanges and quotation systems on which outstanding Lululemon Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) have been listed by Lululemon and remain listed and are quoted or posted for trading at such time.
3.11 Lululemon Common Shares
Lululemon hereby represents, warrants and covenants that the Lululemon Common Shares issuable as described herein will be duly authorized and validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance, other than those encumbrances placed by applicable securities law or otherwise contractually agreed to by the holder thereof.
3.12 Automatic Exchange on Liquidation of Lululemon
  (a)   Lululemon will give the Trustee written notice of each of the following events at the time set forth below:
  (i)   in the event of any determination by the board of directors of Lululemon to institute voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up proceedings

9


 

      with respect to Lululemon or to effect any other distribution of assets of Lululemon among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, at least 60 days prior to the proposed effective date of such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or other distribution; and
 
  (ii)   as soon as practicable following the earlier of (A) receipt by Lululemon of notice of, and (B) Lululemon otherwise becoming aware of, any threatened or instituted claim, suit, petition or other proceedings with respect to the involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Lululemon or to effect any other distribution of assets of Lululemon among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, in each case where Lululemon has failed to contest in good faith any such proceeding commenced in respect of Lululemon within 30 days of becoming aware thereof.
  (b)   As soon as practicable following receipt by the Trustee from Lululemon of notice of any event (a “ Liquidation Event ”) contemplated by Section 3.12(a)(i) or 3.12(a)(ii) above, the Trustee will give notice thereof to the Beneficiaries. Such notice shall be provided to the Trustee by Lululemon and shall include a brief description of the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for Lululemon Common Shares provided for in Section 3.12(c).
 
  (c)   In order that the Beneficiaries will be able to participate on a pro rata basis with the holders of Lululemon Common Shares in the distribution of assets of Lululemon in connection with a Liquidation Event, on the fifth Business Day prior to the effective date (the “ Liquidation Event Effective Date ”) of a Liquidation Event all of the then outstanding Exchangeable Shares shall be automatically exchanged for Lululemon Common Shares. To effect such automatic exchange, Lululemon shall purchase on the fifth Business Day prior to the Liquidation Event Effective Date each Exchangeable Share then outstanding and held by Beneficiaries, and each Beneficiary shall sell the Exchangeable Shares held by it at such time, for a purchase price per share equal to (i) the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share on the fifth Business Day prior to the Liquidation Event Effective Date, which shall be satisfied in full by Lululemon issuing to the Beneficiary one Lululemon Common Share, and (ii) to the extent not paid by Exchangeco, an additional amount equal to and in satisfaction of the full amount of all declared and unpaid dividends on each such Exchangeable Share held by such holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the date of the exchange. Lululemon shall provide the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate in connection with each automatic exchange setting forth the calculation of the purchase price for each Exchangeable Share.
 
  (d)   On the fifth Business Day prior to the Liquidation Event Effective Date, the closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated by the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for Lululemon Common Shares shall be deemed to have occurred, and each Beneficiary shall be deemed to have transferred to Lululemon, all of the Beneficiary’s right, title and interest in and to

10


 

      such Beneficiary’s Exchangeable Shares and the related interest in the Trust Estate, any right of each such Beneficiary to receive declared and unpaid dividends from Exchangeco shall be deemed to be satisfied and discharged and each such Beneficiary shall cease to be a holder of such Exchangeable Shares and Lululemon shall deliver to the Beneficiary the Lululemon Common Shares issuable upon the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for Lululemon Common Shares and on the applicable payment date shall deliver to the Trustee for delivery to the Beneficiary a cheque for the balance, if any, of the total purchase price for such Exchangeable Shares without interest but less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 3.13. Concurrently with such Beneficiary ceasing to be a holder of Exchangeable Shares, the Beneficiary shall be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of the Lululemon Common Shares issued pursuant to the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for Lululemon Common Shares and the certificates, if any, held by the Beneficiary previously representing the Exchangeable Shares exchanged by the Beneficiary with Lululemon pursuant to such automatic exchange shall thereafter be deemed to represent Lululemon Common Shares delivered to the Beneficiary by Lululemon pursuant to such automatic exchange. Upon the request of a Beneficiary and the surrender by the Beneficiary of Exchangeable Share certificates, if any, deemed to represent Lululemon Common Shares, duly endorsed in blank and accompanied by such instruments of transfer as Lululemon may reasonably require, Lululemon shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Beneficiary the Lululemon Common Shares of which the Beneficiary is the holder (which delivery may be in the form of a certificate or, in whole or in part, in book entry form through the direct registration system).
3.13 Withholding Rights
Lululemon, Exchangeco and the Trustee shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any dividend or any consideration otherwise payable under this Agreement to any holder of Exchangeable Shares or Lululemon Common Shares such amounts as Lululemon, Exchangeco or the Trustee is required or permitted to deduct and withhold with respect to such payment (i) under the Income Tax Ac t (Canada) (the “ ITA ”), the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any provision of provincial, state, local or foreign tax law, in each case as amended or succeeded or (ii) required or permitted in order to comply with section 116 of the ITA or any corresponding provisions of provincial laws. The Trustee may act on the advice of counsel with respect to such matters. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to the holder of the shares in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made, provided that such withheld amounts are actually remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. To the extent that the amount so required to be deducted or withheld from any payment to a holder exceeds the cash portion of the consideration otherwise payable to the holder, Lululemon, Exchangeco and the Trustee are hereby authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of such portion of the consideration as is necessary to provide sufficient funds to Lululemon, Exchangeco or the Trustee, as the case may be, to enable it to comply with such deduction or withholding requirement and Lululemon, Exchangeco or the Trustee shall notify the holder thereof and remit to such holder any unapplied balance of the net proceeds of such sale. Lululemon represents and warrants that, based upon facts currently

11


 

known to it, it has no current intention, as at the date of this Agreement, to deduct or withhold from any dividend paid to holders of Exchangeable Shares any amounts under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
ARTICLE 4
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
4.1 Powers and Duties of the Trustee
The rights, powers, duties and authorities of the Trustee under this Agreement, in its capacity as Trustee of the Trust, shall include:
  (a)   receiving the grant of the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights from Lululemon as Trustee for and on behalf of the Beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
 
  (b)   exercising the Exchange Right and enforcing the benefit of the Automatic Exchange Rights, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and in connection therewith receiving from Beneficiaries Exchangeable Shares and other requisite documents and distributing to such Beneficiaries Lululemon Common Shares and cheques, if any, to which such Beneficiaries are entitled upon the exercise of the Exchange Right or pursuant to the Automatic Exchange Rights, as the case may be;
 
  (c)   holding title to the Trust Estate;
 
  (d)   investing any moneys forming, from time to time, a part of the Trust Estate as provided in this Agreement;
 
  (e)   taking action on its own initiative or at the direction of a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to enforce the obligations of Lululemon, and Exchangeco under this Agreement; and
 
  (f)   taking such other actions and doing such other things as are specifically provided in this Agreement.
In the exercise of such rights, powers, duties and authorities the Trustee shall have (and is granted) such incidental and additional rights, powers, duties and authority not in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement as the Trustee, acting in good faith and in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, may deem necessary, appropriate or desirable to effect the purpose of the Trust. Any exercise of such discretionary rights, powers, duties and authorities by the Trustee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons.
The Trustee in exercising its rights, powers, duties and authorities hereunder shall act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Beneficiaries and shall exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent trustee would exercise in comparable circumstances.

12


 

The Trustee shall not be bound to give notice or do or take any act, action or proceeding by virtue of the powers conferred on it hereby unless and until it shall be specifically required to do so under the terms hereof; nor shall the Trustee be required to take any notice of, or to do, or to take any act, action or proceeding as a result of any default or breach of any provision hereunder, unless and until notified in writing of such default or breach, which notices shall distinctly specify the default or breach desired to be brought to the attention of the Trustee, and in the absence of such notice the Trustee may for all purposes of this Agreement conclusively assume that no default or breach has been made in the observance or performance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or conditions contained herein.
4.2 No Conflict of Interest
The Trustee represents to Lululemon and Exchangeco that at the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement there exists no material conflict of interest in the role of the Trustee as a fiduciary hereunder and the role of the Trustee in any other capacity. The Trustee shall, within 90 days after it becomes aware that such material conflict of interest exists, either eliminate such material conflict of interest or resign in the manner and with the effect specified in Article 7. If, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2, the Trustee has such a material conflict of interest, the validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall not be affected in any manner whatsoever by reason only of the existence of such material conflict of interest. If the Trustee contravenes the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2, any interested party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction in British Columbia for an order that the Trustee be replaced as Trustee hereunder.
4.3 Dealings with Transfer Agents, Registrars, etc.
Lululemon and Exchangeco irrevocably authorize the Trustee, from time to time, to:
  (a)   consult, communicate and otherwise deal with the respective registrars and transfer agents, and with any such subsequent registrar or transfer agent, of the Exchangeable Shares and Lululemon Common Shares; and
 
  (b)   requisition, from time to time, (i) from any such registrar or transfer agent any information readily available from the records maintained by it which the Trustee may reasonably require for the discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and (ii) from the transfer agent of Lululemon Common Shares, and any subsequent transfer agent of such shares, the share certificates issuable upon the exercise from time to time of the Exchange Right and pursuant to the Automatic Exchange Rights.
Lululemon and Exchangeco irrevocably authorize their respective registrars and transfer agents to comply with all such requests.
4.4 Books and Records
The Trustee shall keep available for inspection by Lululemon and Exchangeco at the Trustee’s principal office in Vancouver correct and complete books and records of account relating to the Trust created by this Agreement, including without limitation, all relevant data relating to

13


 

mailings and instructions to and from Beneficiaries and all transactions pursuant to the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights. On or before February 15, 2008, and on or before February 15 th in every year thereafter the Trustee shall transmit to Lululemon and Exchangeco a brief report, dated as of January 31 st of that year, with respect to:
  (a)   the property and funds comprising the Trust Estate as of that date;
 
  (b)   the number of exercises of the Exchange Right, if any, and the aggregate number of Exchangeable Shares received by the Trustee on behalf of Beneficiaries in consideration of the delivery by Lululemon of Lululemon Common Shares in connection with the Exchange Right, during the fiscal year ended on such January 31 st ; and
 
  (c)   any action taken by the Trustee in the performance of its duties under this Agreement which it had not previously reported and which, in the Trustee’s opinion, materially affects the Trust Estate.
4.5 Income Tax Returns and Reports
The Trustee shall, to the extent necessary, prepare and file on behalf of the Trust appropriate United States and Canadian income tax returns and any other returns or reports as may be required by applicable law or pursuant to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or other trading system through which the Exchangeable Shares are traded. In connection therewith, the Trustee may obtain the advice and assistance of such experts or advisors as the Trustee considers necessary or advisable (who may be experts or advisors to Lululemon or Exchangeco). If requested by the Trustee, Lululemon or Exchangeco shall retain qualified experts or advisors for the purpose of providing such tax advice or assistance.
4.6 Indemnification Prior to Certain Actions by Trustee
The Trustee shall exercise any or all of the rights, duties, powers or authorities vested in it by this Agreement at the request, order or direction of any Beneficiary upon such Beneficiary furnishing to the Trustee reasonable funding, security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by the Trustee therein or thereby, provided that no Beneficiary shall be obligated to furnish to the Trustee any such security or indemnity in connection with the exercise by the Trustee of any of its rights, duties, powers and authorities with respect to the Exchange Right pursuant to Article 3, subject to Section 4.15, and with respect to the Automatic Exchange Rights pursuant to Article 3.
None of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the exercise of any of its rights, powers, duties, or authorities unless funded, given security and indemnified as aforesaid.
4.7 Action of Beneficiaries
No Beneficiary shall have the right to institute any action, suit or proceeding or to exercise any other remedy authorized by this Agreement for the purpose of enforcing any of its rights or for the execution of any trust or power hereunder unless the Beneficiary has requested the Trustee to

14


 

take or institute such action, suit or proceeding and furnished the Trustee with the funding, security or indemnity referred to in Section 4.6 and the Trustee shall have failed to act within a reasonable time thereafter. In such case, but not otherwise, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to take proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction such as the Trustee might have taken; it being understood and intended that no one or more Beneficiaries shall have any right in any manner whatsoever to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights hereby created by any such action, or to enforce any right hereunder or the Exchange Rights or the Automatic Exchange Rights except subject to the conditions and in the manner herein provided, and that all powers and trusts hereunder shall be exercised and all proceedings at law shall be instituted, had and maintained by the Trustee, except only as herein provided, and in any event for the equal benefit of all Beneficiaries.
4.8 Reliance Upon Declarations
The Trustee shall not be considered to be in contravention of any of its rights, powers, duties and authorities hereunder if, when required, it acts and relies in good faith upon statutory declarations, certificates, opinions or reports furnished pursuant to the provisions hereof or required by the Trustee to be furnished to it in the exercise of its rights, powers, duties and authorities hereunder if such statutory declarations, certificates, opinions or reports comply with the provisions of Section 4.9, if applicable, and with any other applicable provisions of this Agreement.
4.9 Evidence and Authority to Trustee
Lululemon and/or Exchangeco shall furnish to the Trustee evidence of compliance with the conditions provided for in this Agreement relating to any action or step required or permitted to be taken by Lululemon, and/or Exchangeco or the Trustee under this Agreement or as a result of any obligation imposed under this Agreement, including, without limitation, in respect of the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights and the taking of any other action to be taken by the Trustee at the request of or on the application of Lululemon and/or Exchangeco promptly if and when:
  (a)   such evidence is required by any other section of this Agreement to be furnished to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.9; or
 
  (b)   the Trustee, in the exercise of its rights, powers, duties and authorities under this Agreement, gives Lululemon and/or Exchangeco written notice requiring it to furnish such evidence in relation to any particular action or obligation specified in such notice.
Such evidence shall consist of an Officer’s Certificate of Lululemon and/or Exchangeco or a statutory declaration or a certificate made by persons entitled to sign an Officer’s Certificate stating that any such condition has been complied with in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Whenever such evidence relates to a matter other than the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights or the taking of any other action to be taken by the Trustee at the request or on

15


 

the application of Lululemon and/or Exchangeco, and except as otherwise specifically provided herein, such evidence may consist of a report or opinion of any solicitor, attorney, auditor, accountant, appraiser, valuer, engineer or other expert or any other person whose qualifications give authority to a statement made by him, provided that if such report or opinion is furnished by a director, officer or employee of Lululemon and/or Exchangeco it shall be in the form of an Officer’s Certificate or a statutory declaration.
Each statutory declaration, Officer’s Certificate, opinion or report furnished to the Trustee as evidence of compliance with a condition provided for in this Agreement shall include a statement by the person giving the evidence:
  (c)   declaring that he/she has read and understands the provisions of this Agreement relating to the condition in question;
 
  (d)   describing the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which he/she based the statutory declaration, certificate, statement or opinion; and
 
  (e)   declaring that he/she has made such examination or investigation as he/she believes is necessary to enable him to make the statements or give the opinions contained or expressed therein.
4.10 Experts, Advisers and Agents
The Trustee may:
  (a)   in relation to this Agreement act and rely on the opinion or advice of or information obtained from any solicitor, attorney, auditor, accountant, appraiser, valuer, engineer or other expert, whether retained by the Trustee or by Lululemon and/or Exchangeco or otherwise, and may retain or employ such assistants as may be necessary to the proper discharge of its powers and duties and determination of its rights hereunder and may pay proper and reasonable compensation for all such legal and other advice or assistance as aforesaid; and
 
  (b)   employ such agents and other assistants as it may reasonably require for the proper determination and discharge of its powers and duties hereunder, and may pay reasonable remuneration for all services performed for it (and shall be entitled to receive reasonable remuneration for all services performed by it) in the discharge of the trusts hereof and compensation for all disbursements, costs and expenses made or incurred by it in the discharge of its duties hereunder and in the management of the Trust.
4.11 Investment of Moneys Held by Trustee
Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any moneys held by or on behalf of the Trustee which under the terms of this Agreement may or ought to be invested or which may be on deposit with the Trustee or which may be in the hands of the Trustee may be invested and reinvested in the name or under the control of the Trustee, in trust for Exchangeco, in securities in which, under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, trustees are authorized to invest

16


 

trust moneys, provided that such securities are stated to mature within two years after their purchase by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall so invest such moneys on the written direction of Exchangeco. Pending the investment of any moneys as hereinbefore provided, such moneys may be deposited in the name of the Trustee in any chartered bank in Canada or, with the consent of Exchangeco, in the deposit department of the Trustee or any other loan or trust company authorized to accept deposits under the laws of Canada or any province thereof at the rate of interest then current on similar deposits. Any income earned in respect of the Trust Estate which is not used by the Trustee as provided in this Agreement shall be accumulated by the Trustee and added to the capital of the Trust Estate.
4.12 Trustee Not Required to Give Security
The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or security in respect of the execution of the trusts, rights, duties, powers and authorities of this Agreement.
4.13 Trustee Not Bound to Act on Request
Except as in this Agreement otherwise specifically provided, the Trustee shall not be bound to act in accordance with any direction or request of Lululemon and/or Exchangeco or of the directors thereof until a duly authenticated copy of the instrument or resolution containing such direction or request shall have been delivered to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be empowered to act upon any such copy purporting to be authenticated and believed by the Trustee to be genuine.
4.14 Authority to Carry on Business
The Trustee represents to Lululemon and Exchangeco that at the date of execution and delivery by it of this Agreement it is authorized to carry on the business of a trust company in each of the Provinces of Canada but if, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.14, it ceases to be so authorized to carry on business, the validity and enforceability of this Agreement and the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights shall not be affected in any manner whatsoever by reason only of such event but the Trustee shall, within 90 days after ceasing to be authorized to carry on the business of a trust company in any Province of Canada, either become so authorized or resign in the manner and with the effect specified in Article 7.
4.15 Conflicting Claims
If conflicting claims or demands are made or asserted with respect to any interest of any Beneficiary in any Exchangeable Shares, including any disagreement between the heirs, representatives, successors or assigns succeeding to all or any part of the interest of any Beneficiary in any Exchangeable Shares, resulting in conflicting claims or demands being made in connection with such interest, then the Trustee shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to refuse to recognize or to comply with any such claims or demands. In so refusing, the Trustee may elect not to exercise any Exchange Rights or Automatic Exchange Rights subject to such conflicting claims or demands and, in so doing, the Trustee shall not be or become liable to any person on account of such election or its failure or refusal to comply with any such conflicting claims or

17


 

demands. The Trustee shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting and to refuse to act until:
  (a)   the rights of all adverse claimants with respect to the Exchange Right or Automatic Exchange Rights subject to such conflicting claims or demands have been adjudicated by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or
 
  (b)   all differences with respect to the Exchange Right or Automatic Exchange Rights subject to such conflicting claims or demands have been conclusively settled by a valid written agreement binding on all such adverse claimants, and the Trustee shall have been furnished with an executed copy of such agreement certified to be in full force and effect.
If the Trustee elects to recognize any claim or comply with any demand made by any such adverse claimant, it may in its discretion require such claimant to furnish such surety bond or other security satisfactory to the Trustee as it shall deem appropriate to fully indemnify it as between all conflicting claims or demands.
4.16 Acceptance of Trust
The Trustee hereby accepts the Trust created and provided for by and in this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and to hold all rights, privileges and benefits conferred hereby and by law in trust for the various persons who shall from time to time be Beneficiaries, subject to all the terms and conditions herein set forth.
ARTICLE 5
COMPENSATION
5.1 Fees and Expenses of the Trustee
Lululemon and Exchangeco jointly and severally agree to pay the Trustee reasonable compensation for all of the services rendered by it under this Agreement and will reimburse the Trustee for all reasonable expenses (including, but not limited to, taxes other than taxes based on the net income of the Trustee, fees paid to legal counsel and other experts and advisors and travel expenses) and disbursements, including the cost and expense of any suit or litigation of any character and any proceedings before any governmental agency reasonably incurred by the Trustee in connection with its duties under this Agreement; provided that Lululemon and Exchangeco shall have no obligation to reimburse the Trustee for any expenses or disbursements paid, incurred or suffered by the Trustee in any suit or litigation in which the Trustee is determined to have acted in bad faith or with negligence, recklessness or wilful misconduct.
ARTICLE 6
INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
6.1 Indemnification of the Trustee
Lululemon and Exchangeco jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each of its directors, officers, employees and agents appointed and acting in

18


 

accordance with this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against all claims, losses, damages, reasonable costs, penalties, fines and reasonable expenses (including reasonable expenses of the Trustee’s legal counsel) which, without fraud, negligence, recklessness, wilful misconduct or bad faith on the part of such Indemnified Party, may be paid, incurred or suffered by the Indemnified Party by reason or as a result of the Trustee’s acceptance or administration of the Trust, its compliance with its duties set forth in this Agreement, or any written or oral instruction delivered to the Trustee by Lululemon or Exchangeco pursuant hereto.
In no case shall Lululemon or Exchangeco be liable under this indemnity for any claim against any of the Indemnified Parties unless Lululemon and Exchangeco shall be notified by the Trustee of the written assertion of a claim or of any action commenced against the Indemnified Parties, promptly after any of the Indemnified Parties shall have received any such written assertion of a claim or shall have been served with a summons or other first legal process giving information as to the nature and basis of the claim. Subject to clause (ii) below, Lululemon and Exchangeco shall be entitled to participate at their own expense in the defence and, if Lululemon and Exchangeco so elect at any time after receipt of such notice, any of them may assume the defence of any suit brought to enforce any such claim. The Trustee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such suit and participate in the defence thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Trustee unless: (i) the employment of such counsel has been authorized by Lululemon or Exchangeco; or (ii) the named parties to any such suit include both the Trustee and Lululemon or Exchangeco and the Trustee shall have been advised by counsel acceptable to Lululemon or Exchangeco that there may be one or more legal defences available to the Trustee that are different from or in addition to those available to Lululemon or Exchangeco and that, in the judgment of such counsel, would present a conflict of interest were a joint representation to be undertaken (in which case Lululemon and Exchangeco shall not have the right to assume the defence of such suit on behalf of the Trustee but shall be liable to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Trustee). This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
6.2 Limitation of Liability
The Trustee shall not be held liable for any loss which may occur by reason of depreciation of the value of any part of the Trust Estate or any loss incurred on any investment of funds pursuant to this Agreement, except to the extent that such loss is attributable to the fraud, negligence, recklessness, wilful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee.
ARTICLE 7
CHANGE OF TRUSTEE
7.1 Resignation
The Trustee, or any Trustee hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to Lululemon and Exchangeco specifying the date on which it desires to resign, provided that such notice shall not be given less than sixty (60) days before such desired resignation date unless Lululemon and Exchangeco otherwise agree and provided further that such resignation shall not take effect until the date of the appointment of a successor trustee and the acceptance of such appointment by the successor trustee. Upon receiving such notice of

19


 

resignation, Lululemon and Exchangeco shall promptly appoint a successor trustee, which shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Canada and authorized to carry on the business of a trust company in all provinces of Canada, by written instrument in duplicate, one copy of which shall be delivered to the resigning trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. Failing the appointment and acceptance of a successor trustee, a successor trustee may be appointed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction upon application of one or more of the parties to this Agreement. If the retiring trustee is the party initiating an application for the appointment of a successor trustee by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, Lululemon and Exchangeco shall be jointly and severally liable to reimburse the retiring trustee for its legal costs and expenses in connection with same.
7.2 Removal
The Trustee, or any trustee hereafter appointed, may (provided a successor trustee is appointed) be removed at any time on not less than 30 days’ prior notice by written instrument executed by Lululemon and Exchangeco, in duplicate, one copy of which shall be delivered to the trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee.
7.3 Successor Trustee
Any successor trustee appointed as provided under this Agreement shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lululemon and Exchangeco and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with the like effect as if originally named as trustee in this Agreement. However, on the written request of Lululemon and Exchangeco or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon the request of any such successor trustee, Lululemon and Exchangeco and such predecessor trustee shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers.
7.4 Notice of Successor Trustee
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided herein, Lululemon and Exchangeco shall cause to be mailed notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to each Beneficiary specified in a List. If Lululemon or Exchangeco shall fail to cause such notice to be mailed within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of Lululemon and Exchangeco.

20


 

ARTICLE 8
LULULEMON SUCCESSORS
8.1 Certain Requirements in Respect of Combination, etc.
Lululemon shall not consummate any transaction (whether by way of reconstruction, reorganization, consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other person or, in the case of a merger, of the continuing corporation resulting therefrom unless, but may do so if:
  (a)   such other person or continuing corporation (herein called the “Lululemon Successor ”), by operation of law, becomes, without more, bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement or, if not so bound, executes, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction, a trust agreement supplemental hereto and such other instruments (if any) as are satisfactory to the Trustee, acting reasonably, and in the opinion of legal counsel to the Trustee are reasonably necessary or advisable to evidence the assumption by the Lululemon Successor of liability for all moneys payable and property deliverable hereunder and the covenant of such Lululemon Successor to pay and deliver or cause to be delivered the same and its agreement to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of Lululemon under this Agreement; and
 
  (b)   such transaction shall, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, acting reasonably, and in the opinion of legal counsel to the Trustee, be upon such terms and conditions as substantially to preserve and not to impair in any material respect any of the rights, duties, powers and authorities of the Trustee or of the Beneficiaries hereunder.
8.2 Vesting of Powers in Successor
Whenever the conditions of Section 8.1 have been duly observed and performed, the Trustee, Lululemon Successor and Exchangeco shall, if required by Section 8.1, execute and deliver the supplemental trust agreement provided for in Article 9 and thereupon Lululemon Successor shall possess and from time to time may exercise each and every right and power of Lululemon under this Agreement in the name of Lululemon or otherwise and any act or proceeding by any provision of this Agreement required to be done or performed by the board of directors of Lululemon or any officers of Lululemon may be done and performed with like force and effect by the directors or officers of such Lululemon Successor.
8.3 Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
Subject to section 2.13 of the Support Agreement, nothing herein shall be construed as preventing the amalgamation or merger of any wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of Lululemon with or into Lululemon or the winding-up, liquidation or dissolution of any wholly-owned subsidiary of Lululemon provided that all of the assets of such subsidiary are transferred

21


 

to Lululemon or another wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of Lululemon and any such transactions are expressly permitted by this Article 8.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST AGREEMENTS
9.1 Amendments, Modifications, etc.
This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an agreement in writing executed by Lululemon, Exchangeco and the Trustee and approved by the Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions.
9.2 Ministerial Amendments
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1, the parties to this Agreement may in writing, at any time and from time to time, without the approval of the Beneficiaries, amend or modify this Agreement for the purposes of:
  (a)   adding to the covenants of any or all parties hereto for the protection of the Beneficiaries hereunder provided that the board of directors of each of Exchangeco and Lululemon shall be of the good faith opinion that such additions will not be prejudicial to the rights or interests of the Beneficiaries;
 
  (b)   making such amendments or modifications not inconsistent with this Agreement as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions which, in the good faith opinion of the board of directors of each of Lululemon and Exchangeco and in the opinion of the Trustee, having in mind the best interests of the Beneficiaries it may be expedient to make, provided that such boards of directors and the Trustee, acting on the advice of counsel, shall be of the opinion that such amendments and modifications will not be prejudicial to the interests of the Beneficiaries; or
 
  (c)   making such changes or corrections which, on the advice of counsel to Lululemon, Exchangeco and the Trustee, are required for the purpose of curing or correcting any ambiguity or defect or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error, provided that the Trustee, acting on the advice of counsel, and the board of directors of each of Lululemon and Exchangeco shall be of the opinion, acting in good faith, that such changes or corrections will not be prejudicial to the rights and interests of the Beneficiaries.
9.3 Meeting to Consider Amendments
Exchangeco, at the request of Lululemon, shall call a meeting or meetings of the Beneficiaries for the purpose of considering any proposed amendment or modification requiring approval pursuant hereto. Any such meeting or meetings shall be called and held in accordance with the articles of Exchangeco, the Exchangeable Share Provisions and all applicable laws.

22


 

9.4 Changes in Capital of Lululemon and Exchangeco
At all times after the occurrence of any event contemplated pursuant to section 2.7 or 2.8 of the Support Agreement or otherwise, as a result of which the rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions of either Lululemon Common Shares or the Exchangeable Shares or both are in any way changed, this Agreement shall forthwith be amended and modified as necessary in order that it shall apply with full force and effect, mutatis mutandis , to all new securities into which Lululemon Common Shares or the Exchangeable Shares or both are so changed and the parties hereto shall execute and deliver a supplemental trust agreement giving effect to and evidencing such necessary amendments and modifications.
9.5 Execution of Supplemental Trust Agreements
No amendment to or modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement otherwise permitted hereunder shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. From time to time, Lululemon and Exchangeco (when authorized by a resolution of their respective board of directors) and the Trustee may, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and they shall, when so directed by the provisions of this Agreement, execute and deliver by their proper officers, trust agreements or other instruments supplemental hereto, which thereafter shall form part hereof, for any one or more of the following purposes:
  (a)   evidencing the succession of Lululemon Successors and the covenants of and obligations assumed by each such Lululemon Successor in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 and the successors of any successor trustee in accordance with the provisions of Article 7;
 
  (b)   making any additions to, deletions from or alterations of the provisions of this Agreement or the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights which, in the opinion of the Trustee, will not be prejudicial to the interests of the Beneficiaries or are, in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee, necessary or advisable in order to incorporate, reflect or comply with any legislation the provisions of which apply to Lululemon, Exchangeco, the Trustee or this Agreement; and
 
  (c)   for any other purposes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation, to make or evidence any amendment or modification to this Agreement as contemplated hereby, provided that, in the opinion of the Trustee, the rights of the Trustee and Beneficiaries will not be prejudiced thereby.
ARTICLE 10
TERMINATION
10.1 Term
The Trust created by this Agreement shall continue until the earliest to occur of the following events:
  (a)   no outstanding Exchangeable Shares are held by a Beneficiary;

23


 

  (b)   each of Lululemon and Exchangeco elects in writing to terminate the Trust and such termination is approved by the Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions; and
 
  (c)   21 years after the death of the last survivor of the descendants of His Majesty King George VI of Canada and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland living on the date of the creation of the Trust.
10.2 Survival of Agreement
This Agreement shall survive any termination of the Trust and shall continue until there are no Exchangeable Shares outstanding held by a Beneficiary; provided, however, that the provisions of Article 5 and Article 6 shall survive any such termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 11
GENERAL
11.1 Notices
All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) five Business Days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (b) when sent, if sent by facsimile, provided that the facsimile transmission is promptly confirmed by telephone, (c) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient and (d) one Business Day following sending by overnight delivery via a courier service that is nationally recognized in the U.S. and Canada and, in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party.
    If to Lululemon or Exchangeco, to:
 
    l
 
    with a copy to:
 
    l
 
    If to the Trustee, to:
 
    l
or to such other address(es) as shall be furnished in writing by any such party to the other party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1.
11.2 Notice to Beneficiaries
Any and all notices to be given and documents to be sent to any Beneficiaries may be sent to the address of such Beneficiary shown on the register of holders of Exchangeable Shares in any manner permitted by the by-laws of Exchangeco from time to time in force in respect of notice to shareholders and shall be deemed to be received (if given or sent in such manner) at the time

24


 

specified in such by-laws, the provisions of which by-laws shall apply mutatis mutandis to notices or documents as aforesaid sent to Beneficiaries.
11.3 Interpretation
When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a section, such reference shall be to an Article or a section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words ‘include’, ‘includes’ or ‘including’ are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words ‘without limitation’. The terms ‘this Agreement’, ‘hereof’, ‘herein’ and ‘hereunder’ and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, section or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument supplementary or ancillary hereto. Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa. Words importing any gender shall include all genders. If any date on which any action is required to be taken under this Agreement is not a Business Day, such action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding Business Day.
11.4 Severability
If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.
11.5 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties.
11.6 Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
11.7 Assignment
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon,

25


 

inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
11.8 Enforcement
The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of any provision of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement in any court other than any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Agreement.
11.9 No Waiver
No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived by any party, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the authorized representatives of the person against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver.
11.10 Expenses
Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, all costs and expenses and third party fees, paid or incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with section 11.2 of the Reorganization Agreement.

26


 

11.11 Further Assurances
From time to time, as and when requested by any party, each party shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents and instruments and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other actions, as such other party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
                 
LULULEMON CORP.        
 
               
By :
               
             
 
  Name:            
 
  Title:            
 
               
LULU CANADIAN HOLDING INC.        
 
               
By :
               
             
 
  Name:            
 
  Title:            
 
               
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY        
OF CANADA        
 
               
By :
               
             
 
  Name:            
 
  Title:            
 
               
By :
               
             
 
  Name:            
 
  Title:            

27

 

Exhibit 10.12
FORM OF
EXCHANGEABLE SHARE SUPPORT AGREEMENT
Between
LULULEMON CORP.
- and -
LULULEMON CALLCO ULC
- and -
LULU CANADIAN HOLDING INC.
l , 2007

 


 

SUPPORT AGREEMENT
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT made as of the l day of l , 2007.
AMONG:
LULULEMON CORP. , a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware corporation
(“ Lululemon ”)
AND:
Lululemon Callco ULC, an unlimited liability company existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta
(“ Callco ”)
AND:
LULU CANADIAN HOLDING, INC. , a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia
(“ Exchangeco ”)
WHEREAS in connection with an arrangement agreement (the “ Arrangement Agreement ”) dated as of April 26, 2007 among Lululemon, Callco, Exchangeco, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc. (“ LIPO Canada ”), Exchangeco is to issue exchangeable shares (the “ Exchangeable Shares ”) to holders of common shares of LIPO Canada pursuant to the plan of arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”) contemplated by the Arrangement Agreement;
AND WHEREAS , pursuant to the Arrangement Agreement, Lululemon, Callco and Exchangeco have agreed to execute a support agreement substantially in the form of this Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements provided in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Defined Terms
Each term denoted herein by initial capital letters and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions (collectively, the

 


 

Exchangeable Share Provisions ”) attaching to the Exchangeable Shares attached as Appendix 1 to the Plan of Arrangement as set out in the Articles of Arrangement of Exchangeco, unless the context requires otherwise.
ARTICLE 2
COVENANTS OF LULULEMON, CALLCO AND EXCHANGECO
2.1 Covenants Regarding Exchangeable Shares
So long as any Exchangeable Shares not owned by Lululemon or its subsidiaries are outstanding, Lululemon will:
  (a)   not declare or pay any dividend on the Lululemon Common Shares unless (i) in the case of a cash dividend on Lululemon Common Shares, (A) Exchangeco shall simultaneously declare or pay, as the case may be, an equivalent dividend as provided for in the Exchangeable Share Provisions on the Exchangeable Shares, and (B) Exchangeco shall have sufficient money or other assets available to enable the due declaration and the due and punctual payment, in accordance with applicable law, of any such dividend on the Exchangeable Shares or (ii) in the case of a stock dividend on Lululemon Common Shares, (A) Exchangeco shall subdivide the Exchangeable Shares in lieu of a stock dividend thereon as provided for in the Exchangeable Share Provisions and (B) Exchangeco shall have sufficient authorized but unissued securities available to enable such subdivision;
 
  (b)   advise Exchangeco sufficiently in advance of the declaration by Lululemon of any dividend on the Lululemon Common Shares and take all such other actions as are reasonably necessary, in co-operation with Exchangeco, to ensure that (i) the respective declaration date, record date and payment date for a dividend on the Exchangeable Shares shall be the same as the declaration date, record date and payment date for the corresponding dividend on the Lululemon Common Shares or (ii) the record date and effective date for the subdivision of Exchangeable Shares shall be the same as the record date and payment date for the stock dividend on the Lululemon Common Shares;
 
  (c)   ensure that the record date for any dividend declared on the Lululemon Common Shares is not less than 10 Business Days after the declaration date of such dividend;
 
  (d)   take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit Exchangeco, in accordance with applicable law, to pay and otherwise perform its obligations with respect to the satisfaction of the Liquidation Amount, the Retraction Price or the Redemption Price in respect of each issued and outstanding Exchangeable Share (other than Exchangeable Shares owned by Lululemon or its subsidiaries) upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco, the delivery of a Retraction Request by a holder of Exchangeable Shares or a redemption of Exchangeable Shares by Exchangeco, as the case may be, including without limitation all such actions and all such things

2


 

      as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit Exchangeco to cause to be delivered Lululemon Common Shares to the holders of Exchangeable Shares in accordance with the provisions of Article 5, Article 6, or Article 7, as the case may be, of the Exchangeable Share Provisions; and
 
  (e)   take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit Callco, in accordance with applicable law, to perform its obligations arising upon the exercise by it of the Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right or the Redemption Call Right, including without limitation all such actions and all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit Callco to cause to be delivered Lululemon Common Shares to the holders of Exchangeable Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right or the Redemption Call Right, as the case may be.
2.2 Segregation of Funds
Lululemon and Callco will cause Exchangeco to deposit a sufficient amount of funds in a separate account of Exchangeco and segregate a sufficient amount of such other assets and property as is necessary to enable Exchangeco to pay dividends when due and to pay or otherwise satisfy its respective obligations under Article 5, Article 6, or Article 7 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions, as applicable.
2.3 Reservation of Lululemon Common Shares
Lululemon hereby represents, warrants and covenants in favour of Callco and Exchangeco that Lululemon has reserved for issuance and will, at all times while any Exchangeable Shares (other than Exchangeable Shares held by Lululemon or its subsidiaries) are outstanding, keep available, free from pre-emptive and other rights, out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of Lululemon Common Shares (or other shares or securities into which the Lululemon Common Shares may be reclassified or changed as contemplated by Section 2.7 hereof) (a) as is equal to the sum of (i) the number of Exchangeable Shares issued and outstanding from time to time (other than Exchangeable Shares held by Lululemon or its subsidiaries), and (ii) the number of Exchangeable Shares issuable upon the exercise of all rights to acquire Exchangeable Shares outstanding from time to time; and (b) as are now and may hereafter be required to enable and permit Lululemon and Callco to meet their obligations under the Exchange Trust Agreement and under any other security or commitment pursuant to which Callco may now or hereafter be required to deliver Lululemon Common Shares, to enable and permit Callco to meet its obligations under each of the Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right and the Redemption Call Right and to enable and permit Exchangeco to meet its respective obligations hereunder and under the Exchangeable Share Provisions.
2.4 Notification of Certain Events
In order to assist Lululemon and Callco to comply with its obligations hereunder and to permit Callco to exercise the Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right and the Redemption Call

3


 

Right, Exchangeco will notify Lululemon and Callco of each of the following events at the time set forth below:
  (a)   in the event of any determination by the board of directors of Exchangeco to institute voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up proceedings with respect to Exchangeco or to effect any other distribution of the assets of Exchangeco among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, at least 60 days prior to the proposed effective date of such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or other distribution;
 
  (b)   promptly, upon the earlier of receipt by Exchangeco of notice and Exchangeco otherwise becoming aware of any threatened or instituted claim, suit, petition or other proceedings with respect to the involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco or to effect any other distribution of the assets of Exchangeco among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs;
 
  (c)   promptly, upon receipt by Exchangeco of a Retraction Request;
 
  (d)   on the same date on which notice of redemption is given to holders of Exchangeable Shares, upon the determination of a Redemption Date in accordance with the Exchangeable Share Provisions; and
 
  (e)   as soon as practicable upon the issuance by Exchangeco of any Exchangeable Shares or rights to acquire Exchangeable Shares (other than the issuance of Exchangeable Shares and rights to acquire Exchangeable Shares in exchange for outstanding LIPO Canada common shares pursuant to the Arrangement).
2.5 Delivery of Lululemon Common Shares to Exchangeco and Callco
In furtherance of its obligations under Sections 2.1(d) and 2.1(e) hereof, upon notice from Exchangeco or Callco of any event that requires Exchangeco or Callco, to cause to be delivered Lululemon Common Shares to any registered holder of Exchangeable Shares, Lululemon shall, in any manner deemed appropriate by it, provide or cause to be provided to Exchangeco or Callco, either in the form of a share certificate or in book entry form through the direct registration system, the requisite number of Lululemon Common Shares to be received by, and issued to or to the order of, the former holder of the surrendered Exchangeable Shares, as Exchangeco or Callco shall direct. All such Lululemon Common Shares shall be duly authorized and validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance.
2.6 Qualification of Lululemon Common Shares
Lululemon covenants that if any Lululemon Common Shares (or other shares or securities into which Lululemon Common Shares may be reclassified or Changed as contemplated by Section 2.7 hereof) to be issued and delivered hereunder (including for greater certainty, pursuant to the Exchangeable Share Provisions or pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Automatic Exchange Rights) require registration or qualification with or approval of or the filing of any document, including any prospectus or similar document, or the taking of any proceeding

4


 

with or the obtaining of any order, ruling or consent from any governmental or regulatory authority under any Canadian or United States federal, provincial or state securities or other law or regulation or pursuant to the rules and regulations of any securities or other regulatory authority or the fulfillment of any other United States or Canadian legal requirement before such shares (or such other shares or securities) may be issued by Lululemon and delivered by Callco or Exchangeco, as the case may be, to the registered holder of Exchangeable Shares thereof or in order that such shares (or such other shares or securities) may be freely traded thereafter (other than any restrictions of general application on transfer by reason of a holder being a “control person” for purposes of Canadian provincial securities law or an “affiliate” of Lululemon for purposes of United States federal or state securities law), Lululemon will in good faith expeditiously take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to cause such Lululemon Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) to be and remain duly registered, qualified or approved under United States and/or Canadian law, as the case may be; provided, however, that Lululemon’s obligations in this Section 2.6 shall be limited to the obligations set forth in Section 6.4 of the Reorganization Agreement. Lululemon will in good faith expeditiously take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to cause all Lululemon Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) to be delivered hereunder to be listed, quoted or posted for trading on all stock exchanges and quotation systems on which outstanding Lululemon Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) have been listed by Lululemon and remain listed and are quoted or posted for trading at such time.
2.7 Economic Equivalence
So long as any Exchangeable Shares not owned by Lululemon or its subsidiaries are outstanding:
  (a)   Other than as permitted in Section 2.1, Lululemon will not without the prior approval of Exchangeco and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions:
  (i)   issue or distribute Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares) to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares by way of a stock dividend or other distribution, other than an issue of Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares) to holders of Lululemon Common Shares who (A) exercise an option to receive dividends in Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares) in lieu of receiving cash dividends, or (B) pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan; or
 
  (ii)   issue or distribute rights, options or warrants to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares entitling them to subscribe for or to purchase Lululemon Common Shares

5


 

      (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares); or
 
  (iii)   issue or distribute to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares (A) shares or securities of Lululemon of any class other than Lululemon Common Shares (other than shares convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares), (B) rights, options or warrants other than those referred to in Section 2.7(a)(ii) above, (C) evidences of indebtedness of Lululemon, or (D) assets of Lululemon,
      unless the same or the economic equivalent on a per share basis of such rights, options, securities, shares, evidences of indebtedness or other assets is issued or distributed simultaneously to holders of the Exchangeable Shares.
 
  (b)   Lululemon will not without the prior approval of Exchangeco and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions:
  (i)   subdivide, redivide or change the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a greater number of Lululemon Common Shares; or
 
  (ii)   reduce, combine, consolidate or change the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a lesser number of Lululemon Common Shares; or
 
  (iii)   reclassify or otherwise change the Lululemon Common Shares or effect an amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction affecting the Lululemon Common Shares,
      unless the same or an economically equivalent change shall simultaneously be made to, or in, the rights of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.
 
  (c)   Lululemon will ensure that the record date for any event referred to in Section 2.7(a) or 2.7(b) above, or (if no record date is applicable for such event) the effective date for any such event, is not less than five Business Days after the date on which such event is declared or announced by Lululemon (with contemporaneous notification thereof by Lululemon to Exchangeco).
 
  (d)   The Board of Directors shall determine, in good faith and in its sole discretion, economic equivalence for the purposes of any event referred to in Section 2.7(a) or 2.7(b) above and each such determination shall be conclusive and binding on Lululemon and its shareholders. In making each such determination, the following factors shall, without excluding other factors determined by the Board of Directors to be relevant, be considered by the Board of Directors:
  (i)   in the case of any stock dividend or other distribution payable in Lululemon Common Shares, the number of such shares issued in

6


 

      proportion to the number of Lululemon Common Shares previously outstanding;
 
  (ii)   in the case of the issuance or distribution of any rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares), the relationship between the exercise price of each such right, option or warrant and the Current Market Price;
 
  (iii)   in the case of the issuance or distribution of any other form of property (including without limitation any shares or securities of Lululemon of any class other than Lululemon Common Shares, any rights, options or warrants other than those referred to in Section 2.7(d)(ii) above, any evidences of indebtedness of Lululemon or any assets of Lululemon), the relationship between the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors in the manner above contemplated) of such property to be issued or distributed with respect to each outstanding Lululemon Common Share and the Current Market Price;
 
  (iv)   in the case of any subdivision, redivision or change of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a greater number of Lululemon Common Shares or the reduction, combination, consolidation or change of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a lesser number of Lululemon Common Shares or any amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction affecting Lululemon Common Shares, the effect thereof upon the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares; and
 
  (v)   in all such cases, the general taxation consequences of the relevant event to holders of Exchangeable Shares to the extent that such consequences may differ from the general taxation consequences to holders of Lululemon Common Shares as a result of differences between taxation laws of Canada and the United States (except for any differing consequences arising as a result of differing marginal taxation rates and without regard to the individual circumstances of holders of Exchangeable Shares).
  (e)   Exchangeco agrees that, to the extent required, upon due notice from Lululemon, Exchangeco will use its best efforts to take or cause to be taken such steps as may be necessary for the purposes of ensuring that appropriate dividends are paid or other Distributions are made by Exchangeco, or subdivisions, redivisions or Changes are made to the Exchangeable Shares, in order to implement the required economic equivalent with respect to the Lululemon Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares as provided for in this Section 2.7. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors of Exchangeco may, acting in good faith, adjust the number of Lululemon Common Shares into which an Exchangeable Share is exchangeable (which initially is one) to reflect the

7


 

      economic equivalent of the relationship between the Lululemon Common Shares and the Exchangeable Shares.
 
  (f)   Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the rights of Exchangeco to redeem (or Callco to purchase pursuant to the Redemption Call Right) Exchangeable Shares, as applicable in the event of a Lululemon Extraordinary Distribution.
2.8 Tender Offers
In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid or similar transaction with respect to Lululemon Common Shares (an “ Offer ”) is proposed by Lululemon or is proposed to Lululemon or its shareholders and is recommended by the board of directors of Lululemon, or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the board of directors of Lululemon, and the Exchangeable Shares are not redeemed by Exchangeco or purchased by Callco pursuant to the Redemption Call Right, Lululemon will use its reasonable efforts expeditiously and in good faith to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit holders of Exchangeable Shares (other than Lululemon and its subsidiaries) to participate in such Offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of Lululemon Common Shares, without discrimination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lululemon will use its reasonable efforts expeditiously and in good faith to ensure that holders of Exchangeable Shares may participate in each such Offer without being required to retract Exchangeable Shares as against Exchangeco (or, if so required, to ensure that any such retraction shall be effective only upon, and shall be conditional upon, the closing of such Offer and only to the extent necessary to tender or deposit to the Offer). Nothing herein shall affect the rights of Exchangeco to redeem (or Callco to purchase pursuant to the Redemption Call Right) Exchangeable Shares, as applicable, in the event of a Lululemon Control Transaction.
2.9 Ownership of Outstanding Shares
Without the prior approval of Exchangeco and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions, Lululemon covenants and agrees in favour of Exchangeco that, as long as any outstanding Exchangeable Shares are owned by any person other than Lululemon or any of its subsidiaries, Lululemon will be and remain the direct or indirect beneficial owner of all issued and outstanding voting shares in the capital of Exchangeco and Callco.
2.10 Lululemon and Subsidiaries Not to Vote Exchangeable Shares
Lululemon covenants and agrees that it will appoint and cause to be appointed proxyholders with respect to all Exchangeable Shares held by it and its subsidiaries for the sole purpose of attending each meeting of holders of Exchangeable Shares in order to be counted as part of the quorum for each such meeting. Lululemon further covenants and agrees that it will not, and will cause its subsidiaries not to, exercise any voting rights which may be exercisable by holders of Exchangeable Shares from time to time pursuant to the Exchangeable Share Provisions or pursuant to the provisions of the Act (or any successor or other corporate statute by which Exchangeco may in the future be governed) with respect to any Exchangeable Shares held by it

8


 

or by its subsidiaries in respect of any matter considered at any meeting of holders of Exchangeable Shares.
2.11 Rule 10b-18 Purchases
Nothing contained in this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations of Lululemon contained in Section 2.8, shall limit the ability of Lululemon, Callco or Exchangeco to make a “Rule 10b-18 Purchase” of Lululemon Common Shares pursuant to Rule 10b-18 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
2.12 Restriction on Voluntary Dissolution and Continuance
Lululemon shall not, and agrees to cause Callco to not, take any action relating to (a) a voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco or its successors or Callco or its successors, as the case may be, prior to the Redemption Date or (b) the continuance or other transfer of the corporate existence of Exchangeco to any jurisdiction outside of Canada prior to the Redemption Date.
2.13 Mailings to Registered Holders of Exchangeable Shares
With respect to each meeting of shareholders of Lululemon at which holders of Lululemon Common Shares are entitled to vote and with respect to all written consents sought by Lululemon from its shareholders including the holders of Lululemon Common Shares, Lululemon will mail or cause to be mailed (or otherwise communicate in the same manner as Lululemon utilizes in communications to holders of Lululemon Common Shares subject to applicable regulatory requirements) to each registered holder of Exchangeable Shares, such mailing or communication to commence on the same day as the mailing or notice (or other communication) with respect thereto is commenced by Lululemon to its shareholders a copy of such notice, together with any related materials, including, without limitation, any proxy or information statement, to be provided to shareholders of Lululemon.
2.14 Other Materials
As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by Lululemon or holders of Lululemon Common Shares (if such receipt is known by Lululemon) of any material sent or given by or on behalf of a third party to holders of Lululemon Common Shares generally, including without limitation, dissident proxy and information circulars (and related information and material) and tender and exchange offer circulars (and related information and material), Lululemon shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver a copy thereof (unless the same has been provided directly to registered holders of Exchangeable Shares by such third party) to each holder of Exchangeable Share as soon as possible thereafter. Lululemon will also make available for inspection by any registered holder of Exchangeable Shares at its principal executive offices in the City of Vancouver copies of all such materials.
2.15 Distribution of Written Materials
Any written materials distributed by Lululemon pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent by mail (or otherwise communicated in the same manner as Lululemon utilizes in communications to

9


 

holders of Lululemon Common Shares subject to applicable regulatory requirements) to each holder of Exchangeable Share at its address as shown on the books of Exchangeco. Lululemon agrees not to communicate with holders of Lululemon Common Shares with respect to such written materials otherwise than by mail unless such method of communication is also used by it for communication with the registered holders of Exchangeable Shares. Exchangeco shall provide or cause to be provided to Lululemon for purposes of communication, on a timely basis and without charge or other expense a current list of registered holders of Exchangeable Shares.
ARTICLE 3
LULU SUCCESSORS
3.1 Certain Requirements in Respect of Combination, etc.
Lululemon shall not consummate any transaction (whether by way of reconstruction, reorganization, consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other person or, in the case of a merger, of the continuing corporation resulting therefrom unless, but may do so if:
  (a)   such other person or continuing corporation (the “ Lululemon Successor ”) by operation of law, becomes bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement or, if not so bound, executes, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction, an agreement supplemental hereto and such other instruments (if any) as are reasonably necessary or advisable to evidence the assumption by the Lululemon Successor of liability for all moneys payable and property deliverable hereunder and the covenant of such Lululemon Successor to pay and deliver or cause to be delivered the same and its agreement to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of Lululemon under this Agreement; and
 
  (b)   such transaction shall be upon such terms and conditions as substantially to preserve and not to impair in any material respect any of the rights, duties, powers and authorities of the other parties hereunder.
3.2 Vesting of Powers in Successor
Whenever the conditions of Section 3.1 have been duly observed and performed, the parties, if required by Section 3.1, shall execute and deliver the supplemental agreement provided for in Section 3.1(a) and thereupon the Lululemon Successor shall possess and from time to time may exercise each and every right and power of Lululemon under this Agreement in the name of Lululemon or otherwise and any act or proceeding by any provision of this Agreement required to be done or performed by the board of directors of Lululemon or any officers of Lululemon may be done and performed with like force and effect by the directors or officers of such Lululemon Successor.

10


 

3.3 Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
Nothing herein shall be construed as preventing the amalgamation or merger of any wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of Lululemon with or into Lululemon or, subject to Section 2.12 hereof, the winding-up, liquidation or dissolution of any wholly-owned subsidiary of Lululemon provided that all of the assets of such subsidiary are transferred to Lululemon or another wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of Lululemon and any such transactions are expressly permitted by this Article 3.
ARTICLE 4
GENERAL
4.1 Term
This Agreement shall come into force and be effective as of the date hereof and shall terminate and be of no further force and effect at such time as no Exchangeable Shares (or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire Exchangeable Shares) are held by any person other than Lululemon and any of its subsidiaries.
4.2 Changes in Capital of Lululemon and Exchangeco
At all times after the occurrence of any event contemplated pursuant to Sections 2.7 and 2.8 hereof or otherwise, as a result of which either Lululemon Common Shares or the Exchangeable Shares or both are in any way Changed, this Agreement shall forthwith be amended and modified as necessary in order that it shall apply with full force and effect, mutatis mutandis , to all new securities into which Lululemon Common Shares or the Exchangeable Shares or both are so Changed and the parties hereto shall execute and deliver an agreement in writing giving effect to and evidencing such necessary amendments and modifications.
4.3 Severability
If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.
4.4 Amendments, Modifications
This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an agreement in writing executed by Exchangeco, Callco and Lululemon and approved by the holders of the Exchangeable Shares in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions.

11


 

4.5 Ministerial Amendments
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.4, the parties to this Agreement may in writing at any time and from time to time, without the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares, amend or modify this Agreement for the purposes of:
  (a)   adding to the covenants of any or all parties provided that the board of directors of each of Exchangeco, Callco and Lululemon shall be of the good faith opinion that such additions will not be prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares;
 
  (b)   making such amendments or modifications not inconsistent with this Agreement as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions which, in the good faith opinion of the board of directors of each of Exchangeco, Callco and Lululemon, it may be expedient to make, provided that each such board of directors shall be of the good faith opinion that such amendments or modifications will not be prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares; or
 
  (c)   making such Changes or corrections which, on the advice of counsel to Exchangeco, Callco and Lululemon, are required for the purpose of curing or correcting any ambiguity or defect or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error, provided that the boards of directors of each of Exchangeco, Callco and Lululemon shall be of the good faith opinion that such Changes or corrections will not be prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.
4.6 Meeting to Consider Amendments
Exchangeco, at the request of Lululemon, shall call a meeting or meetings of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares for the purpose of considering any proposed amendment or modification requiring approval pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof. Any such meeting or meetings shall be called and held in accordance with the articles of Exchangeco, the Exchangeable Share Provisions and all applicable laws.
4.7 Amendments Only in Writing
No amendment to or modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement otherwise permitted hereunder shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto.
4.8 Notices
All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) five Business Days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (b) when sent, if sent by facsimile, provided that the facsimile transmission is promptly confirmed by telephone, (c) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient, and (d) one Business Day following sending by overnight

12


 

delivery via a courier service that is nationally recognized in the U.S. and Canada and, in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party:
  (a)   If to Lululemon, to:
 
      l
 
      with a copy to:
 
      l
 
  (b)   If to Exchangeco, to:
 
      l
 
      with a copy to:
 
      l
 
  (c)   If to Callco, to:
 
      l
 
      with a copy to:
 
      l
or to such other address(es) as shall be furnished in writing by any such party to the other party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.8.
4.9 Interpretation
When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a section, such reference shall be to an Article or a section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The terms “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, section or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument supplementary or ancillary hereto. Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa. Words importing any gender shall include all genders. If any date on which any action is required to be taken under this Agreement is not a Business Day, such action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding Business Day. For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks are generally open for business in Vancouver, British Columbia, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day observed as a holiday in Vancouver, British Columbia under the laws of the Province of British Columbia or the federal laws of Canada.

13


 

4.10 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same Agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties.
4.11 Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
4.12 Assignment
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
4.13 Enforcement
The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement in any court other than any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Agreement.
4.14 No Waiver
No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived by any party, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the authorized representatives of the person against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver.
4.15 Expenses
Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, all costs and expenses and third party fees, paid or incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with section 11.2 of the Reorganization Agreement.

14


 

4.16 Further Assurances
From time to time, as and when requested by any party, each party shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents and instruments and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other actions, as such other party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

15


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
LULULEMON CORP.
         
By :
       
 
       
 
  Name :    
 
  Title :    
 
       
LULULEMON CALLCO ULC    
 
       
By :
       
 
       
 
  Name :    
 
  Title :    
 
       
LULU CANADIAN HOLDING INC.    
 
       
By :
       
 
       
 
  Name :    
 
  Title :    

16

 

Exhibit 10.13
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
DECLARATION OF TRUST
Forfeitable Exchangeable Shares
l , 2007

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST
Forfeitable Exchangeable Shares
THIS DECLARATION OF TRUST is made as of the l day of l , 2007, by Dennis Wilson (the “ Trustee ”).
WHEREAS pursuant to a stock option plan (the “ Option Plan ”) of LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc.(“ LIPO Canada ”) dated December 1, 2005, Dennis Wilson (the “ Trustee ”) was appointed as trustee of the Plan to hold legal title to the shares of LIPO Canada issued on the exercise of options granted under the Option Plan;
AND WHEREAS pursuant to the provisions of the Option Plan certain options granted under the Option Plan were issued and designated as “forfeitable shares” and held in trust by the Trustee for the benefit of the holders thereof subject to certain repurchase and other rights;
AND WHEREAS in connection with an arrangement agreement (the “ Arrangement Agreement ”) dated as of April 26, 2007 among Lululemon Corp. (“ Lululemon ”), Lululemon Callco ULC (“ Callco ”), Lululemon Canadian Holding, Inc. (“ Exchangeco ”), LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and LIPO Canada, all shares of LIPO Canada, including the “forfeitable shares” were exchanged with Exchangeco for exchangeable shares (“ Exchangeable Shares ”) of Exchangeco, and none of the Trustee nor the former holders of the options granted under the Option Plan are now shareholders or option holders of LIPO Canada, so that it is impractical to continue to record the terms of the trust in the Option Plan;
AND WHEREAS pursuant to the Arrangement Agreement, the Trustee has agreed to enter into a declaration of trust substantially in the form of this Trust Declaration, to amend and restate the trust which was created under the Option Plan, to record the terms pursuant to which the Trustee will hold Exchangeable Shares issued in respect of “forfeitable shares”;
NOW THEREFORE this Declaration records the terms on which the Trustee will hold the Trust Estate (as defined below) in trust for the benefit of the Beneficial Holders on the terms hereof:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions
In this Trust Declaration, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Arrangement ” means the arrangement under part 9, division 5 of the BCA on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in the Plan of Arrangement, subject to any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 of the Arrangement Agreement or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order.
BCA ” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended.
Beneficial Holders ” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.1.

 


 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of Exchangeco.
Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are generally open for business in Vancouver, British Columbia and New York, New York, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day observed as a holiday in Vancouver, British Columbia under the laws of the Province of British Columbia or the federal laws of Canada or in New York, New York under the laws of the State of New York or the federal laws of the United States of America.
Court ” means the Supreme Court of British Columbia.
Declaration of Trust ” means this Declaration of Trust as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
Effective Date ” means the date the Registrar of Companies for the Province of British Columbia accepts the Final Order for filing;
Effective Time ” means the time on the Effective Date at which the Arrangement becomes effective.
Eligible Person ” means any individual regularly employed on a full-time or part-time basis by Lululemon or any company in which Lululemon is a direct or indirect shareholder or with which Lululemon does not act at arm’s length or other persons who perform management or consulting services for Lululemon or any company in which Lululemon is a direct or indirect shareholder or with which Lululemon does not act at arm’s length in any such case on an ongoing basis;
Exchange Trust Agreement ” means the Agreement made between Lululemon, Callco, the Company and a third party trustee in connection with the Plan of Arrangement, substantially in the form and content of Exhibit C annexed to the Reorganization Agreement with such changes thereto as the parties to the Arrangement Agreement, acting reasonably, may agree, a copy of which is available at the registered office of the Company.
Exchangeable Share Provisions ” means the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares, which rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions shall be substantially as set out in Appendix 1 of the Plan of Arrangement.
Exchangeable Shares ” means the non-voting exchangeable shares in the capital of Exchangeco, having substantially the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set out in the Exchangeable Share Provisions.
Final Order ” means the order of the Court approving the Plan of Arrangement as such order may be amended at any time prior to the Effective Date or, if appealed, then, unless such appeal is withdrawn or denied, as affirmed.
Forfeitable Shares ” means those Exchangeable Shares issued pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement in exchange for LIPO Canada Shares which were designated as “forfeitable shares” pursuant to the LIPO Option Plan, until such shares cease to be forfeitable in accordance with the conditions set out in Appendix A.

 


 

Government Entity ” means any federal, provincial, state, local or foreign government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign.
Insolvency Event ” means the institution by Exchangeco of any proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent or to be wound up, or the consent of Exchangeco to the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency or winding-up proceedings against it, or the filing of a petition, answer or consent seeking dissolution or winding-up under any bankruptcy, insolvency or analogous laws, including without limitation the Companies Creditors’ Arrangement Act (Canada) and the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), and the failure by Exchangeco to contest in good faith any such proceedings commenced in respect of Exchangeco within 30 days of becoming aware thereof, or the consent by Exchangeco to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, or the making by Exchangeco of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission in writing by Exchangeco of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or Exchangeco not being permitted, pursuant to solvency requirements of applicable law, to redeem any Retracted Shares pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions.
Lululemon Common Stock ” means the common stock of Lululemon, par value US$0.01 per share and any other securities into which such shares may be changed.
person ” means any individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Government Entity.
Plan of Arrangement ” means the plan of arrangement substantially in the form and content of Exhibit B to the Arrangement Agreement and any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 of the Arrangement Agreement or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court.
Reorganization Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated April 26, 2007 by and among Lululemon, Exchangeco, LIPO Canada, LIPO USA and certain other parties.
Subsidiary ” of any person means any corporation or other organization whether incorporated or unincorporated of which at least a majority of the securities or interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled (i) by such person, (ii) by any one or more of its subsidiaries, or (iii) by such person and one or more of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that no person that is not directly or indirectly wholly-owned by any other person shall be a subsidiary of such other person unless such other person controls, or has the right, power or ability to control, that person.
Trust ” means the trust created by this Trust Declaration.
Trust Estate ” means the Forfeitable Shares any other securities and any money or other property which may be held by the Trustee from time to time pursuant to this Trust Declaration.
Trustee ” means Dennis Wilson and, subject to the provisions of Article 6, includes any successor trustee.

 


 

ARTICLE 2
PURPOSE OF TRUST DECLARATION
2.1 Continuance of Trust
Effective as at the time of the amendment of the Option Plan pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, the trust established by the Option Plan is hereby continued for the benefit of the Beneficial Holders from time to time, and the Trustee agrees to hold the Forfeitable Shares and the Trust Estate as trustee for the Beneficial Holders on the terms set out in this Trust Declaration.
ARTICLE 3
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO FORFEITABLE SHARES
3.1 Forfeitable Shares
Upon completion of the Plan of Arrangement, the Forfeitable Shares shall be issued to and registered in the name of the Trustee, to be held in trust for the respective beneficial holders (the “ Beneficial Holders ”) thereof pursuant to the terms of this Article 3. Shares which are designated as Forfeitable Shares will be entitled to become non-forfeitable in accordance with the conditions set out in Appendix A.
3.2 Trustee Agreements Related to Forfeitable Shares
The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that, other than as set forth in this Trust Declaration:
  (a)   the Trustee will hold legal title to the Forfeitable Shares as nominee, agent and trustee for the benefit and account of the respective Beneficial Holders thereof as principal and beneficial owner subject to and in accordance with this Article 3 and subject to the terms and conditions of any transfer, deed, shareholder agreement or other instrument, document or encumbrance pertaining to the Forfeitable Shares;
 
  (b)   subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 3.4, any benefit, interest, profit or advantage arising out of or accruing from such Forfeitable Shares is and will continue to be a benefit, interest, profit or advantage of the Beneficial Holder and if received by the Trustee will be received and held by the Trustee for the use, benefit and advantage of the Beneficial Holder and the Trustee will account to the Beneficial Holder for any money or other consideration paid to or to the order of the Trustee in connection with the Trust Estate;
 
  (c)   the Trustee may at his discretion, whether on his own initiative or upon with the direction of such Beneficial Holder, act as the agent of the Beneficial Holder, as principal, in respect of any matter relating to such Forfeitable Shares or the performance or observance of any contract or Agreement relating to the Forfeitable Shares; and
 
  (d)   the Trustee will have the full right and power to execute and deliver, under seal and otherwise, any shareholder agreement or other instrument or document

 


 

      pertaining to the Forfeitable Shares without delivering proof to any person (including, without limitation, any other party to any such instrument or document) of its authority to do so and any person may act in reliance on any such instrument or document and for all purposes any such instrument or document will be binding on the Beneficial Holder.
3.3 Voting Rights
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trustee shall have sole power in his absolute discretion to exercise the voting rights with respect to all Forfeitable Shares outstanding, from time to time, for his own benefit, until such shares cease to be Forfeitable Shares.
3.4 Forfeiture of Shares
  (a)   Upon the date on which a holder of Forfeitable Shares ceases to be an Eligible Person then the Trustee shall repurchase all Forfeitable Shares which it holds on behalf of such holder including any benefit, interest, profit or advantage which may have arisen or may in the future arise out of or accrue from such Forfeitable Shares, for cash in an amount equal to the price paid for the shares of LIPO Canada upon issuance thereof which were exchanged for such Forfeitable Shares pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement.
 
  (b)   Immediately following the payment of the purchase price referred to in Section 3.4(a) the Trustee shall distribute such funds to the Beneficial Holder and the Trustee shall be the sole registered and beneficial owner of such Forfeitable Shares and all such benefits, interest, profit or advantage.
3.5 Ceasing to be Forfeitable Shares
Upon an Exchangeable Share ceasing to be a Forfeitable Share, the provisions of this Article 3 shall cease to apply to such Share and legal title will pass to the Beneficial Holder thereof who shall thenceforth be the sole legal and beneficial owner thereof. Promptly thereafter the Trustee shall direct Exchangeco’s transfer agent to reregister such share in the name of such Beneficial Holder, direct Exchangeco to deliver or cause to be delivered such re-registered share certificate to the Beneficial Holder promptly after receipt thereof from the transfer agent and pay over to the Beneficial Holder all benefits, interest, profit or advantage which have been received by the Trustee in respect of such Forfeitable Shares.
ARTICLE 4
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
4.1 Powers and Duties of the Trustee
In addition to the rights set out in Article 3, but subject to his duties and obligations hereunder, the Trustee will have in his capacity as Trustee of the Trust, the unfettered discretion at any time and from time to time to administer the Trust Estate in whatever manner the Trustee may determine, as if he were the sole owner of the Trust Estate, including, without limitation, the power, duty and authority to:

 


 

  (a)   hold title to the Trust Estate;
 
  (b)   invest any moneys forming, from time to time, a part of the Trust Estate as provided in this Trust Declaration;
 
  (c)   accelerate the vesting provisions attached to some or all of the Forfeitable Shares;
 
  (d)   consent to the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Forfeitable Shares to an Eligible Person;
 
  (e)   exchange the Forfeitable Shares or any part of the Trust Estate for other property; and
 
  (f)   take such other actions and doing such other things as are specifically provided in this Trust Declaration.
In the exercise of such rights, powers, duties and authorities the Trustee shall have (and is granted) such incidental and additional rights, powers, duties and authority not in conflict with any of the provisions of this Trust Declaration as the Trustee, acting in good faith and in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, may deem necessary, appropriate or desirable to effect the purpose of the Trust. Any exercise of such discretionary rights, powers, duties and authorities by the Trustee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons.
The Trustee in exercising its rights, powers, duties and authorities hereunder shall act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Beneficial Holders and shall exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
The Trustee shall not be bound to give notice or do or take any act, action or proceeding by virtue of the powers conferred on it hereby unless and until he shall be specifically required to do so under the terms hereof; nor shall the Trustee be required to take any notice of, or to do, or to take any act, action or proceeding as a result of any default or breach of any provision hereunder, unless and until notified in writing of such default or breach, which notices shall distinctly specify the default or breach desired to be brought to the attention of the Trustee, and in the absence of such notice the Trustee may for all purposes of this Trust Declaration conclusively assume that no default or breach has been made in the observance or performance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or conditions contained herein.
4.2 Income Tax Returns and Reports
The Trustee shall, to the extent necessary, prepare and file on behalf of the Trust appropriate United States and Canadian income tax returns and any other returns or reports as may be required by applicable law or pursuant to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or other trading system through which the Exchangeable Shares are traded. In connection therewith, the Trustee may obtain the advice and assistance of such experts or advisors as the Trustee considers necessary or advisable (who may be experts or advisors to Lululemon or Exchangeco).

 


 

4.3 Action of Beneficial Holders
No Beneficial Holder shall have the right to institute any action, suit or proceeding or to exercise any other remedy authorized by this Trust Declaration for the purpose of enforcing any of its rights or for the execution of any trust or power hereunder unless the Beneficial Holder has requested the Trustee to take or institute such action, suit or proceeding and the Trustee shall have failed to act within a reasonable time thereafter. In such case, but not otherwise, the Beneficial Holder shall be entitled to take proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction such as the Trustee might have taken; it being understood and intended that no one or more Beneficial Holders shall have any right in any manner whatsoever to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights hereby created by any such action, or to enforce any right hereunder, except subject to the conditions and in the manner herein provided, and that all powers and trusts hereunder shall be exercised and all proceedings at law shall be instituted, had and maintained by the Trustee, except only as herein provided, and in any event for the equal benefit of all Beneficial Holders.
4.4 Reliance Upon Declarations
The Trustee shall not be considered to be in contravention of any of his rights, powers, duties and authorities hereunder if, when required, it acts and relies in good faith upon statutory declarations, certificates, opinions or reports furnished pursuant to the provisions hereof or required by the Trustee to be furnished to it in the exercise of its rights, powers, duties and authorities hereunder if such statutory declarations, certificates, opinions or reports comply with the provisions of this Trust Declaration.
4.5 Trustee Not Required to Give Security
The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or security in respect of the execution of the trusts, rights, duties, powers and authorities of this Trust Declaration.
4.6 Conflicting Claims
If conflicting claims or demands are made or asserted with respect to any interest of any Beneficial Holder in any Exchangeable Shares, including any disagreement between the heirs, representatives, successors or assigns succeeding to all or any part of the interest of any Beneficial Holder in any Exchangeable Shares, resulting in conflicting claims or demands being made in connection with such interest, then the Trustee shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to refuse to recognize or to comply with any such claims or demands. In so refusing, the Trustee may elect not to exercise any rights hereunder subject to such conflicting claims or demands and, in so doing, the Trustee shall not be or become liable to any person on account of such election or its failure or refusal to comply with any such conflicting claims or demands. The Trustee shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting and to refuse to act until:
  (a)   the rights of all adverse claimants with respect to the rights subject to such conflicting claims or demands have been adjudicated by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or
 
  (b)   all differences with respect to the other rights subject to such conflicting claims or demands have been conclusively settled by a valid written agreement binding on

 


 

      all such adverse claimants, and the Trustee shall have been furnished with an executed copy of such agreement certified to be in full force and effect.
If the Trustee elects to recognize any claim or comply with any demand made by any such adverse claimant, it may in its discretion require such claimant to furnish such surety bond or other security satisfactory to the Trustee as it shall deem appropriate to fully indemnify it as between all conflicting claims or demands.
4.7 Acceptance of Trust
The Trustee hereby accepts the Trust created and provided for by and in this Trust Declaration and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and to hold all rights, privileges and benefits conferred hereby and by law in trust for the various persons who shall from time to time be Beneficial Holders, subject to all the terms and conditions herein set forth.
ARTICLE 5
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
5.1 Limitation of Liability
The Trustee shall not be held liable for any loss or damage relating to any matter regarding the Trust or the performance of its duties and obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, any loss which may occur by reason of depreciation of the value of any part of the Trust Estate or any loss incurred on any investment of funds pursuant to this Trust Declaration, except to the extent that such loss is attributable to the fraud, gross negligence, recklessness, wilful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee.
The Trustee will not be liable to the Trust or to any Beneficial Holder for the acts, omissions, receipts, neglects or defaults of any person, firm or corporation employed or engaged by it as permitted hereunder, or for joining in any receipt or act of conformity, or for any loss, damage or expense caused to the Trust through the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the monies of or belonging to the Trust shall be laid out or invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person, firm or corporation with whom or which the Trust Estate or any part of it shall be lodged or deposited, or for any loss occasioned by error in judgment or oversight on the part of the Trustee, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune which may happen in the execution by the Trustee of his duties hereunder, except to the extent that the Trustee does not meet the standard of care set out in Section 4.1 and except as set out in this Article 5.
ARTICLE 6
CHANGE OF TRUSTEE
6.1 Resignation
The Trustee, or any Trustee hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by appointing a successor trustee provided that such resignation shall not take effect until the date of the

 


 

appointment of a successor trustee and the acceptance of such appointment by the successor trustee.
6.2 Successor Trustee
Any successor trustee appointed as provided under this Trust Declaration shall execute an instrument accepting such appointment. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this Trust Declaration, with the like effect as if originally named as trustee in this Trust Declaration.
6.3 Declaration of Trustee
If the Trustee dies during the term of this Trust before he has resigned and appointed a successor trustee, the persons who are the executors and trustees of the last will and testament of the Trustee will have the right to appoint a successor trustee of the Trust.
6.4 Notice of Successor Trustee
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided herein, the successor trustee shall cause to be mailed notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to each Beneficial Holder.
ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DECLARATIONS
7.1 Amendments, Modifications, etc.
This Trust Declaration may not be amended or modified except by an Agreement in writing executed by the Trustee and approved by the Beneficial Holders in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions.
7.2 Ministerial Amendments
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Trustee may in writing, at any time and from time to time, without the approval of the Beneficial Holders, amend or modify this Trust Declaration for the purposes of:
  (a)   adding to the covenants of any or all parties hereto for the protection of the Beneficial Holders hereunder if the Trustee is of the good faith opinion that such additions will not be prejudicial to the rights or interests of the Beneficial Holders;
 
  (b)   making such amendments or modifications not inconsistent with this Trust Declaration as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions which, in the good faith opinion of the Trustee, having in mind the best interests of the Beneficial Holders it may be expedient to make, provided that the Trustee,

 


 

      acting on the advice of counsel, is of the opinion that such amendments and modifications will not be prejudicial to the interests of the Beneficial Holders; or
 
  (c)   making such changes or corrections which, on the advice of counsel to the Trustee, are required for the purpose of curing or correcting any ambiguity or defect or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error, provided that the Trustee, acting on the advice of counsel is of the opinion that such changes or corrections will not be prejudicial to the rights and interests of the Beneficial Holders.
7.3 Meeting to Consider Amendments
The Trustee will request Exchangeco to call a meeting or meetings of the Beneficial Holders for the purpose of considering any proposed amendment or modification requiring approval pursuant hereto. Any such meeting or meetings shall be called and held in accordance with the articles of Exchangeco, the Exchangeable Share Provisions and all applicable laws.
7.4 Execution of Supplemental Trust Declarations
No amendment to or modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Trust Declaration otherwise permitted hereunder shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the Trustee. From time to time, the Trustee may, subject to the provisions of this Trust Declaration, execute and deliver, trust agreements or other instruments supplemental hereto, which thereafter shall form part hereof, for any one or more of the following purposes:
  (a)   making any additions to, deletions from or alterations of the provisions of this Trust Declaration, which, in the opinion of the Trustee, will not be prejudicial to the interests of the Beneficial Holders or are, in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee, necessary or advisable in order to incorporate, reflect or comply with any legislation the provisions of which apply to Lululemon, Exchangeco, the Trustee or this Trust Declaration; and
 
  (b)   for any other purposes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Trust Declaration, including without limitation, to make or evidence any amendment or modification to this Trust Declaration as contemplated hereby, provided that, in the opinion of the Trustee, the rights of the Trustee and Beneficial Holders will not be prejudiced thereby.
ARTICLE 8
TERMINATION
8.1 Term
The Trust created by this Trust Declaration shall continue until the earliest to occur of the following events:
  (a)   no outstanding Forfeitable Shares are held by the Trustee;

 


 

  (b)   the Trustee elects in writing to terminate the Trust and such termination is approved by the Beneficial Holders in accordance with section 10.2 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions; and
 
  (c)   21 years after the death of the last survivor of the descendants of His Majesty King George VI of Canada and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland living on the date of the creation of the Trust.
8.2 Survival of Trust Declaration
This Trust Declaration shall survive any termination of the Trust and shall continue until there are no Forfeitable Shares outstanding held by the Trustee; provided, however, that the provisions of Article 5 shall survive any such termination of this Trust Declaration.
ARTICLE 9
GENERAL
9.1 Notices
All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications under this Trust Declaration shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) five Business Days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (b) when sent, if sent by facsimile, provided that the facsimile transmission is promptly confirmed by telephone, (c) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient and (d) one Business Day following sending by overnight delivery via a courier service that is nationally recognized in the U.S. and Canada and, in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party.
If to the Trustee, to:
Dennis Wilson
#2 2108 West 4th Avenue
Vancouver, BC V6K 1N6
If to the Beneficial Holders to the last address in the central securities register for Exchangeco.
or to such other address(es) as shall be furnished in writing by any such party to the other party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1.
9.2 Interpretation
When a reference is made in this Trust Declaration to an Article or a section, such reference shall be to an Article or a section of this Trust Declaration unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Trust Declaration are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Trust Declaration. Whenever the words ‘include’, ‘includes’ or ‘including’ are used in this Trust Declaration, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words ‘without limitation’. The terms ‘this Trust Declaration’, ‘hereof’, ‘herein’ and ‘hereunder’ and similar expressions refer to this Trust Declaration and not to any particular Article, section or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument

 


 

supplementary or ancillary hereto. Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa. Words importing any gender shall include all genders. If any date on which any action is required to be taken under this Trust Declaration is not a Business Day, such action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding Business Day.
9.3 Severability
If any term or other provision of this Trust Declaration is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Trust Declaration shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Trust Declaration so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.
9.4 Counterparts
This Trust Declaration may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same Trust Declaration and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties.
9.5 Governing Law
This Trust Declaration shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
9.6 Enforcement
The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Trust Declaration were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of any provision of this Trust Declaration and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Trust Declaration in any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, in the event any dispute arises out of this Trust Declaration, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Trust Declaration in any court other than any court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of British Columbia, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Trust Declaration.

 


 

9.7 No Waiver
No provisions of this Trust Declaration shall be deemed waived by any party, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the authorized representatives of the person against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver.
9.8 Expenses
Except as expressly set forth in this Trust Declaration, all costs and expenses and third party fees, paid or incurred in connection with this Trust Declaration shall be paid in accordance with section 7.6 of the Arrangement Agreement.
9.9 Further Assurances
From time to time, as and when requested by any party, each party shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents and instruments and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other actions, as such other party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Trust Declaration.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Trustee has caused this Trust Declaration to be duly executed under seal as of the date first above written.
         
By :
       
 
       
 
  DENNIS WILSON , in his capacity as trustee    
 
       
We make the confirmation in Section 2.1    
 
       
LULU CANADIAN HOLDING INC.    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    

 

 

Exhibit 10.14
ARRANGEMENT AGREEMENT
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT made as of the 26 th day of April, 2007.
AMONG:
LULULEMON CORP. , a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
(“ Lululemon ”)          
AND:
LIPO INVESTMENTS (CANADA) INC. , a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia
(“ LIPO Canada ”)          
AND:
LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC. , a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia
(“ LIPO USA ”)          
AND:
LULULEMON CALLCO ULC , an unlimited liability company existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta
(“ Callco ”)          
AND:
LULULEMON CANADIAN HOLDING INC. , a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia
(“ Exchangeco ”)          
          THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH THAT in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each party), the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:


 

 

- 2 -
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions.
In this Agreement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith and the following terms shall have the following meanings respectively:
Ancillary Agreements ” means the Support Agreement and the Exchange Trust Agreement, collectively;
Arrangement ” means an arrangement under Part 9, Division 5 of the BCA on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in the Plan of Arrangement, subject to any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 hereof or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order;
“Arrangement Resolutions” means the LIPO Canada Arrangement Resolutions and the LIPO USA Arrangement Resolutions;
“BCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) as amended;
“Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for business in Vancouver, British Columbia, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day observed as a holiday in Vancouver, British Columbia under the laws of the Province of British Columbia or the federal laws of Canada;
Callco ” means Lululemon Callco ULC, an unlimited liability company existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta, and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Lululemon;
“Circular” means the notice of the Meetings and accompanying circular to be sent to holders of LIPO Canada Securities and LIPO USA Securities in connection with the Meetings;
“Court” means the Supreme Court of British Columbia;
Dissent Rights ” means the rights of dissent in respect of the Arrangement described in Section 3.1 of the Plan of Arrangement;
Effective Date ” means the date following the grant of the Final Order on which the parties to this Agreement agree that the conditions set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement have been satisfied or waived (or on such other date as the parties may agree);
“Exchange Trust Agreement” means the Exchange Trust Agreement among Lululemon, Exchangeco and the Trustee, to be entered into in connection with the Plan of Arrangement, substantially in the form and content of Exhibit C to the Reorganization Agreement, with such changes thereto as the parties thereto, acting reasonably, may approve, in accordance with the terms thereof;
“Exchangeable Share” means a share in the class of non-voting exchangeable shares in the capital of Exchangeco;


 

- 3 -

“Final Order” means the final order of the Court approving the Arrangement, granted pursuant to section 291(4) of the BCA, as such order may be amended at any time prior to the Effective Date or, if appealed, then, unless such appeal is withdrawn or denied, as affirmed;
“Forfeitable Share Trust Declaration” means the declaration of trust pursuant to which Dennis Wilson will hold the Forfeitable Shares (as defined in the Plan of Arrangement) as trustee on behalf of the beneficial holders thereof, substantially in the form and content of Exhibit C hereto, with such changes thereto as may be made, from time to time, in accordance with its terms;
“Interim Order” means the interim order of the Court made in connection with the process for obtaining securityholder approval of the Arrangement and related matters;
“ITA” means the Income Tax Act (Canada);
LIPO Canada ” means LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia;
“LIPO Canada Arrangement Resolutions” means the special resolutions passed by the holders of the LIPO Canada Shares and LIPO Canada Options at the LIPO Canada Meeting;
LIPO Canada Meeting ” means the extraordinary general meeting of the holders of LIPO Canada Shares and LIPO Canada Options (including any adjournment thereof) that is to be convened as provided by the Interim Order to consider and, if deemed advisable, approve the Arrangement;
LIPO Canada Option ” means a Class B option to purchase LIPO Canada Shares granted under the LIPO Canada Option Plan and being outstanding and unexercised on the Effective Date;
LIPO Canada Option Plan ” means the LIPO Canada stock option plan approved by the board of directors of LIPO Canada on December 1, 2005;
LIPO Canada Securities ” means the LIPO Canada Shares and the LIPO Canada Options, collectively;
LIPO Canada Shares ” means the outstanding Common Shares without par value in the authorized share structure of LIPO Canada;
LIPO Entities ” means LIPO Canada and LIPO USA;
LIPO USA ” means LIPO Investments (USA) Inc., a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia;
“LIPO USA Arrangement Resolutions” means the special resolutions passed by the holders of the LIPO USA Shares and LIPO USA Options at the LIPO USA Meeting;
LIPO USA Meeting ” means the extraordinary general meeting of the holders of LIPO USA Shares and LIPO USA Options (including any adjournment thereof) that is to be convened as provided by the Interim Order to consider and, if deemed advisable, approve the Arrangement;
LIPO USA Option ” means a Class B option to purchase LIPO USA Shares granted under the LIPO USA Option Plan and being outstanding and unexercised on the Effective Date;
LIPO USA Option Plan ” means the LIPO USA stock option plan approved by the board of directors of LIPO USA on December 1, 2005;


 

- 4 -

LIPO USA Securities ” means the LIPO USA Shares and the LIPO USA Options, collectively;
LIPO USA Shares ” means the outstanding Common Shares without par value in the authorized share structure of LIPO USA;
“Lululemon Common Share” means a share of common stock, par value U.S. $0.01, in the capital of Lululemon and any other securities into which such share may be changed;
Lululemon Entities ” means Lululemon, Callco and Exchangeco, collectively;
“Meetings” means the LIPO Canada Meeting and the LIPO USA Meeting;
Plan of Arrangement ” means the plan of arrangement substantially in the form and content of Exhibit B hereto and any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 hereof or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order;
“Registrar” means the registrar of companies appointed under the BCA;
Reorganization Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of the date hereof by and among Lululemon, Exchangeco, the LIPO Entities and certain other parties;
subsidiary ” means, with respect to a specified body corporate, any body corporate of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares ordinarily entitled to elect a majority of the board of directors thereof (whether or not shares of any other class or classes shall or might be entitled to vote upon the happening of any event or contingency) are at the time owned directly or indirectly by such specified body corporate and shall include any body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity over which it exercises direction or control or which is in a like relation to a subsidiary;
Support Agreement ” means the Support Agreement to be made among Lululemon, Callco and Exchangeco, which shall be substantially in the form and content of Exhibit D to the Reorganization Agreement, with such changes thereto as the parties thereto, acting reasonably, may approve, in accordance with the terms thereof; and
Trustee ” means Computershare Trust Company of Canada, in its capacity as trustee under the Exchange Trust Agreement, and includes any successor trustee appointed thereunder.
1.2 Interpretation Not Affected by Headings, etc.
The division of this Agreement into sections and other portions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to a “section” followed by a number and/or a letter refer to the specified section of this Agreement, and all references in this Agreement to an Exhibit followed by a letter refer to the specified Exhibit to this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and “hereby” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto), as amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and not to any particular section or other portion hereof.


 

- 5 -

1.3 Date For Any Action.
In the event that any date on which any action is required to be taken hereunder by any of the parties hereto is not a Business Day, such action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.
1.4 Entire Agreement.
This Agreement and the agreements and other documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Arrangement and other transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, between the parties with respect thereto, other than the Reorganization Agreement.
1.5 Construction.
In this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated:
  (a)   the words “include”, “including” or “in particular”, when following any general term or statement, shall not be construed as limiting the general term or statement to the specific items or matters set forth or to similar items or matters, but rather as permitting the general term or statement to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of the general term or statement;
 
  (b)   a reference to a statute means that statute, as amended and in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and includes each and every regulation and rule made thereunder and in effect as of the date hereof;
 
  (c)   where a word, term or phrase is defined, its derivatives or other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning;
 
  (d)   time is of the essence; and
 
  (e)   references to a “party” or “parties” are references to a party or parties to this Agreement.
1.6 Exhibits.
The following Exhibits are annexed to this Agreement and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement and form an integral part hereof:
         
Exhibit A
  ¾   Arrangement Resolutions
 
       
Exhibit B
  ¾   Plan of Arrangement
 
       
Exhibit C
  ¾   Forfeitable Trust Declaration


 

- 6 -

ARTICLE 2
THE ARRANGEMENT
2.1 Implementation Steps by LIPO Entities.
The LIPO Entities covenant in favour of the Lululemon Entities that the LIPO Entities shall:
  (a)   subject to the terms of this Agreement, as soon as reasonably practicable, apply in a manner acceptable to the Lululemon Entities, acting reasonably, under Section 291(2) of the BCA for the Interim Order, and thereafter proceed with and diligently pursue the obtaining of the Interim Order;
 
  (b)   subject to the terms of this Agreement and in accordance with the Interim Order, convene and hold the Meetings as promptly as practicable for the purpose of considering and, if deemed advisable, approving the Arrangement and the transactions contemplated thereby by way of the Arrangement Resolutions (and for any other proper purpose as may be set out in the notice for such meetings); and
 
  (c)   subject to obtaining the approval(s) as are required by the Interim Order, proceed with and diligently pursue the application to the Court for the Final Order.
2.2 Implementation Steps by Lululemon Entities.
The Lululemon Entities covenant in favour of the LIPO Entities that, on or prior to the Effective Date and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the other conditions herein contained in favour of each such party:
  (a)   Lululemon, Callco and Exchangeco shall execute and deliver the Support Agreement; and
 
  (b)   Lululemon and Exchangeco shall execute and deliver the Exchange Trust Agreement.
2.3 Interim Order.
The notice of motion for the application referred to in Section 2.1(a) shall include a request that the Interim Order provide:
  (a)   for the class of persons to whom notice is to be provided in respect of the Arrangement and the Meetings and for the manner in which such notice is to be provided;
 
  (b)   that the requisite approval for the LIPO Canada Arrangement Resolutions shall be two-thirds of the votes cast on the LIPO Canada Arrangement Resolutions by the LIPO Canada Shareholders and the LIPO Canada Optionholders present in person or by proxy at the LIPO Canada Meeting, voting as separate classes, such that each holder of the LIPO Canada Shares is entitled to one vote for each LIPO Canada


 

- 7 -

      Share held and each holder of the LIPO Canada Options is entitled to one vote for each LIPO Canada Share such holder would have received on a valid exercise of such LIPO Canada Options;
 
  (c)   that the requisite approval for the LIPO USA Arrangement Resolutions shall be two-thirds of the votes cast on the LIPO USA Arrangement Resolutions by the LIPO USA Shareholders and the LIPO USA Optionholders present in person or by proxy at the LIPO USA Meeting, voting as separate classes, such that each holder of the LIPO USA Shares is entitled to one vote for each LIPO USA Share held and each holder of the LIPO USA Options is entitled to one vote for each LIPO USA Share such holder would have received on a valid exercise of such LIPO USA Options;
 
  (d)   that, in all other respects, the terms, restrictions and conditions of the articles of the respective LIPO Entities, including quorum requirements and all other matters, shall apply in respect of the Meetings;
 
  (e)   for the grant of the Dissent Rights; and
 
  (f)   for the notice requirements with respect to the presentation of the application to the Court for the Final Order.
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
3.1 Representations and Warranties of the LIPO Entities.
The LIPO Entities hereby represent and warrant, on a joint and several basis, to and in favour of the Lululemon Entities as follows and acknowledge that the Lululemon Entities are relying on such representations and warranties in connection with the transactions herein contemplated:
  (a)   Each of the LIPO Entities is a corporation duly incorporated under the BCA, is validly subsisting, has full corporate and legal power and authority to own, lease and operate the properties currently owned, leased and operated by it and is in good standing with the office of the Registrar with respect to the filing of annual reports.
 
  (b)   Each of the LIPO Entities has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the documents required to be executed by the LIPO Entities in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, to perform its obligations hereunder and, subject to obtaining the requisite approvals contemplated by the Interim Order, to consummate the Arrangement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other documents by each of the LIPO Entities and the consummation by each of the LIPO Entities of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the transfer of the LIPO Canada Shares to Exchangeco) and such other documents have been duly authorized by the board of directors of the requisite LIPO Entities and no other corporate proceedings on the part of either of the LIPO Entities are necessary to authorize this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than:


 

- 8 -

  (i)   with respect to the Circular and other matters relating solely thereto, including the implementation of the Arrangement, the approval of the board of directors of the LIPO Entities; and
 
  (ii)   with respect to the completion of the Arrangement, the approval of the requisite securityholders and such other corporate proceedings of the LIPO Entities as may be required by the Interim Order.
  (c)   This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the LIPO Entities and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against each of the LIPO Entities in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and to general principles of equity.
 
  (d)   No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental entity or other person is required to be obtained by the LIPO Entities in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the other documents contemplated hereby, or the consummation by the LIPO Entities of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than:
  (i)   any approvals required by the Interim Order; and
 
  (ii)   the Final Order.
3.2 Representations and Warranties of Lululemon
Lululemon represents and warrants to and in favour of the LIPO Entities as follows and acknowledges that the LIPO Entities are relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement:
  (a)   Each of the Lululemon Entities has been duly incorporated or formed under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, is validly subsisting, has full corporate or legal power and authority to own, lease and operate the properties currently owned, leased and operated by it and is in good standing with the appropriate governmental entity in its jurisdiction of incorporation with respect to the filing of annual returns or equivalent documents.
 
  (b)   Each of the Lululemon Entities has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the Arrangement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, by each of the Lululemon Entities and the consummation by each of the Lululemon Entities of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, have been duly authorized by its respective board of directors and no other corporate proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than the approval by its board of


 

- 9 -

      directors of, in the case of Exchangeco, the amendment of its notice of articles and articles to create the Exchangeable Shares (which amendment must also be approved by the shareholders of Exchangeco) and, in the case of Lululemon, other matters (if any) relating solely to the implementation of the Arrangement.
 
  (c)   This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Lululemon Entities and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and to general principles of equity. Each of the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, will be duly executed and delivered by each of the Lululemon Entities, as applicable, and, when so executed and delivered, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and to general principles of equity.
 
  (d)   No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental entity or other person is required to be obtained by any of the Lululemon Entities in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, or the consummation by any of the Lululemon Entities of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than:
  (i)   any approval required in connection with the amendment of the notice of articles or articles of Exchangeco to create the Exchangeable Shares;
 
  (ii)   the consent of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Global Market to the listing thereon of the Lululemon Common Shares issuable in exchange for LIPO Canada Common Shares under the Plan of Arrangement or upon the exchange, from time to time, of Exchangeable Shares; and
 
  (iii)   any other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, declarations or filings of or with a governmental entity which, if not obtained, would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Lululemon Entities as a whole.
  (e)   All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of Exchangeco and Callco are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and all such shares and other ownership interests are owned directly or indirectly by Lululemon, free and clear of all material liens, claims or encumbrances, and there are no outstanding options, rights, entitlements, understandings or commitments (pre-emptive, contingent or otherwise) regarding the right to acquire any such shares of capital stock or other ownership interests in Exchangeco or Callco.
 
  (f)   The Exchangeable Shares to be issued in connection with the Arrangement will be duly and validly issued by Exchangeco as fully paid and non-assessable shares on the Effective Date, and will not be issued in violation of the terms of any agreement or other understanding binding upon Exchangeco at the time that such shares are issued and will be issued in compliance with the notice of articles and articles of Exchangeco and all applicable laws. There are, and will at the Effective Time be, no preemptive or other rights relating to the allotment or issuance of Exchangeable Shares in connection with the Arrangement and the transactions contemplated herein.


 

- 10 -

  (g)   The Lululemon Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Arrangement or upon the exchange from time to time of the Exchangeable Shares will, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, be duly and validly issued by Lululemon on their respective dates of issue as fully paid and non-assessable shares and will not be issued in violation of the terms of any agreement or other understanding binding upon Lululemon at the time that such shares are issued and will be issued in compliance with the constating documents of Lululemon and all applicable laws.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
4.1 Covenants of the LIPO Entities.
Each of the LIPO Entities hereby jointly and severally agrees to perform all obligations required or desirable to be performed by them under this Agreement and shall do all such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable in order to consummate and make effective, as soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the LIPO Entities shall:
  (a)   use all reasonable efforts to obtain the approvals of its respective shareholders and optionholders to the Arrangement at the appropriate Meeting, as provided for in Section 2.3 and in the Interim Order;
 
  (b)   apply for and use all reasonable efforts to obtain the Interim Order and the Final Order; and
 
  (c)   carry out the terms of the Interim Order and Final Order applicable to it and use its reasonable efforts to comply promptly with all requirements which applicable laws may impose on such LIPO Party with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Arrangement.
4.2 Covenants of the Lululemon Entities
Each of the Lululemon Entities hereby jointly and severally covenants and agrees to perform all obligations required or desirable to be performed by it under this Agreement and to do all such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable in order to consummate and make effective, as soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Lululemon Entities shall:
  (a)   cause Lululemon to reserve a sufficient number of Lululemon Common Shares for issuance upon the completion of the Arrangement and the exchange from time to time of Exchangeable Shares; and
 
  (b)   carry out the terms of the Interim Order and Final Order applicable to it and use its reasonable efforts to comply promptly with all requirements which applicable laws may impose on Lululemon or its subsidiaries with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Arrangement.


 

- 11 -

4.3 Tax Deferred Status.
None of the parties shall knowingly, except as contemplated by this Agreement, or required by applicable law, take any action which would jeopardize the exchange of the LIPO Canada Shares for Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Arrangement by holders of the LIPO Canada Shares resident in Canada for the purposes of the ITA from being treated on a tax deferred basis under the ITA for holders who are otherwise eligible for such treatment.
4.4 Section 85 Elections.
Exchangeco will execute and jointly file with each LIPO Canada Shareholder who elects to receive Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement and who so requests an election pursuant to Section 85 of the ITA and any applicable provincial legislation in which election such LIPO Canada Shareholder will be entitled to elect the amount which shall be such LIPO Canada Shareholder’s proceeds of disposition and Exchangeco’s cost of the LIPO Canada Shares exchanged for Exchangeable Shares, provided that (i) such amount is within the limits prescribed by Section 85 of the ITA and any applicable provincial legislation, (ii) such LIPO Canada Shareholder provides two completed copies of the appropriate tax election form to Lululemon no later than 90 days after the Effective Date, and (iii) such LIPO Canada Shareholder provides Exchangeco with a letter representing to Exchangeco that such LIPO Canada Shareholder is a resident of Canada for purposes of the ITA and is not exempt from Tax. Upon any LIPO Canada Shareholder complying with the foregoing conditions, Exchangeco will execute the completed election form received from such shareholder and return such form by mail to such shareholder within 30 days of its receipt thereof. The LIPO Canada Shareholders will be solely responsible for the preparation of the foregoing election forms, and for the filing of such forms with the appropriate tax authority. Exchangeco shall not be responsible or liable in any manner whatsoever for the proper completion and timely filing of any such forms with the appropriate tax authority, but will cooperate reasonably with the LIPO Canada Shareholders in completing and filing such forms in a timely manner, including providing such information within Lululemon’s possession as is reasonably required by the LIPO Canada Shareholders to complete such forms.
4.5 Section 116 Certificates
The parties will take such action as may be required to comply with Section 116 of the ITA in respect of the transactions contemplated herein and to facilitate compliance with such provisions by the holders of LIPO Canada Securities and LIPO USA Securities in respect of the transactions contemplated herein.
ARTICLE 5
CONDITIONS
5.1 Mutual Conditions Precedent.
The respective obligations of the parties to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Effective Date, of the following conditions precedent, each of which may only be waived by the mutual consent of Lululemon and the LIPO Entities:


 

- 12 -

  (a)   the Arrangement shall have been approved at the Meetings in accordance with any conditions (including securityholder approval) which may be imposed by the BCA or the Interim Order;
 
  (b)   the Interim Order and the Final Order shall each have been obtained in form and terms satisfactory to each of the LIPO Entities and Lululemon, acting reasonably, and shall not have been set aside or modified in a manner unacceptable to such parties, acting reasonably, on appeal or otherwise;
 
  (c)   the steps contemplated in the Reorganization Agreement to be consummated prior to the consummation of the Arrangement shall have been consummated;
 
  (d)   holders of no more than 2.5% of the aggregate number of LIPO Canada Shares and LIPO USA Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof shall have exercised their Dissent Rights (and shall not have lost or withdrawn such rights) in respect of the Arrangement;
 
  (e)   there shall not be in force any order or decree restraining or enjoining the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and there shall be no proceeding (other than an appeal made in connection with the Arrangement), of a judicial or administrative nature or otherwise, in progress or threatened that relates to or results from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that would, if successful, result in an order or ruling that would preclude completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof;
 
  (f)   this Agreement shall not have been terminated pursuant to Section 6.3;
 
  (g)   the Reorganization Agreement shall not have been terminated in accordance with its terms; and
 
  (h)   the Lululemon Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Arrangement and on exchange of the Exchangeable Shares from time to time shall have been authorized for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market and the Toronto Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.
5.2 Additional Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Lululemon Entities.
The obligations of the Lululemon Entities to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall also be subject to the fulfilment of each of the following conditions precedent (each of which is for the Lululemon Entities’ exclusive benefit and may be waived by the Lululemon Entities and any one or more of which, if not satisfied or waived, will relieve the Lululemon Entities of any obligation under this Agreement):
  (a)   all covenants and agreements of each of the LIPO Entities under this Agreement and the Reorganization Agreement to be performed or observed on or before the Effective Date shall have been duly performed and observed by the applicable LIPO Entities in all material respects; and


 

- 13 -

  (b)   the representations and warranties of the LIPO Entities contained in this Agreement and in the Reorganization Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of a specified date which is earlier than the date of this Agreement, in which event such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier specified date, or except as affected by transactions contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or otherwise consented to by Lululemon).
The Lululemon Entities may not rely on the failure to satisfy any of the above conditions precedent as a basis for a non-compliance by them with their obligations under this Agreement if the condition precedent would have been satisfied but for a material default by the Lululemon Entities in complying with their obligations hereunder.
5.3 Additional Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of LIPO Entities.
The obligations of the LIPO Entities to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall also be subject to the following conditions precedent (each of which is for the exclusive benefit of the LIPO Entities and may be waived by the LIPO Entities and any one or more of which, if not satisfied or waived, will relieve the LIPO Entities of any obligation under this Agreement):
  (a)   all covenants and agreements of each of the Lululemon Entities under this Agreement and the Reorganization Agreement to be performed on or before the Effective Date shall have been duly performed and observed by the applicable Lululemon Entities in all material respects;
 
  (b)   all representations and warranties of each of the Lululemon Entities contained in this Agreement and in the Reorganization Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of a specified date which is earlier than the date of this Agreement, in which event such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier specified date, or except as affected by transactions contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or otherwise consented to by the LIPO Entities); and
 
  (c)   the board of directors of each of the Lululemon Entities shall have adopted all necessary resolutions, and all other necessary corporate action shall have been taken by the Lululemon Entities to permit the consummation of the Arrangement and the issue of the Lululemon Common Shares, Exchangeable Shares and other securities contemplated thereby and the issue of Lululemon upon the exchange from time to time of the Exchangeable Shares.
The LIPO Entities may not rely on the failure to satisfy any of the above conditions precedent as a basis for noncompliance by the LIPO Entities with their respective obligations under this Agreement if the condition precedent would have been satisfied but for a material default by one or more of the LIPO Entities in complying with their obligations hereunder.


 

- 14 -

5.4 Satisfaction of Conditions.
The conditions precedent set out in Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 shall be conclusively deemed to have been satisfied, waived or released when, Lululemon, on behalf of the Lululemon Entities, and the LIPO Entities have executed a joint notice that the conditions precedent set out in Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 have been satisfied, waived or released and setting out the Effective Date.
ARTICLE 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
6.1 Amendment.
This Agreement may, at any time and from time to time before or after the holding of the Meetings but not later than the Effective Date, be amended by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto provided, however, that any such change, waiver or modification does not invalidate any required approval of the securityholders of the LIPO Entities to the Arrangement.
6.2 Mutual Understanding Regarding Amendments
  (a)   The parties will continue, from and after the date hereof and through and including the Effective Date, to use their respective reasonable efforts to maximize present and future financial and tax planning opportunities for the holders of LIPO Canada Securities and LIPO USA Securities and for Lululemon and for the LIPO Entities, as and to the extent that the same shall not prejudice any party or its security holders. The parties will ensure that such planning activities do not impede the progress or timing of the Arrangement in any material way.
 
  (b)   The parties agree that if the Lululemon Entities or LIPO Entities, as the case may be, propose any amendment or amendments to this Agreement or to the Plan of Arrangement, the other will act reasonably in considering such amendment and if the other and its security holders are not prejudiced by reason of any such amendment the other will co-operate in a reasonable fashion with the Lululemon Entities or LIPO Entities, as the case may be, so that such amendment can be effected subject to applicable laws and the rights of the security holders.
6.3 Termination.
  (a)   If any condition contained in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 is not satisfied on or before the Effective Date, to the satisfaction of the Lululemon Entities, then Lululemon on behalf of the Lululemon Entities may by notice to the LIPO Entities terminate this Agreement and the obligations of the parties hereunder except as otherwise herein provided, but without detracting from the rights of the Lululemon Entities arising from any breach by the LIPO Entities but for which the condition would have been satisfied.
 
  (b)   If any condition contained in Sections 5.1 or 5.3 is not satisfied on or before the Effective Date to the satisfaction of the LIPO Entities, then the LIPO Entities may by notice to Lululemon on behalf of the Lululemon Entities terminate this Agreement


 

- 15 -

      and the obligations of the parties hereunder except as otherwise herein provided, but without detracting from the rights of the LIPO Entities arising from any breach by the Lululemon Entities but for which the condition would have been satisfied.
 
  (c)   This Agreement will automatically terminate without further act or formality by any part in the event that the Reorganization Agreement is terminated.
 
  (d)   If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.3, no party shall have any further liability to perform its obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE 7
GENERAL
7.1 Notices.
All notices and other communications which may or are required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be given or made in the manner and to the addresses set out in the Reorganization Agreement.
7.2 Assignment.
No party hereto may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or the Arrangement.
7.3 Binding Effect.
This Agreement and the Arrangement shall be binding upon and shall enure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
7.4 Waiver and Modification.
The parties hereto may waive or consent to the modification of, in whole or in part, any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made to them hereunder or in any document to be delivered pursuant hereto and may waive or consent to the modification of any of the covenants herein contained for their respective benefit or waiver or consent to the modification of any of the obligations of the other parties hereto. Any waiver or consent to the modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement, to be effective, must be in writing executed by the party granting such waiver or consent.
7.5 Further Assurances.
Each party hereto shall, from time to time, and at all times hereafter, at the request of the other parties hereto, but without further consideration, do all such further acts and things and execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments as shall be reasonably required in order to fully perform and carry out the terms and intent hereof.


 

- 16 -

7.6 Expenses.
All out-of-pocket expenses of the parties relating to the Arrangement and the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be paid by Lululemon.
7.7 Governing Laws.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as a British Columbia contract.
7.8 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
             
    LULULEMON CORP.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John Currie    
 
           
 
           
    LIPO INVESTMENTS (CANADA) INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
 
           
 
           
    LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
 
           
 
           
    LULULEMON CALLCO ULC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Meers    
 
           


 

- 17 -

             
    LULULEMON CANADIAN HOLDING INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
 
           

 


 

EXHIBIT A
ARRANGEMENT RESOLUTIONS
SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF
THE SHAREHOLDERS AND OPTIONHOLDERS
(EACH VOTING SEPARATELY AS A CLASS)
OF LIPO INVESTMENTS (CANADA) INC.
BE IT RESOLVED THAT:
1.     The arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”) under Part 9, Division 5 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) involving LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc. (“ the Company ”), as more particularly described and set forth in the Information Circular of the Company accompanying the notice of this meeting (as the Arrangement may be modified or amended), is hereby authorized, approved and adopted.
2.     The Plan of Arrangement (the “ Plan of Arrangement ”) involving the Company, the full text of which is set out as Exhibit B to the Arrangement Agreement made as of April 26, 2007 among Lululemon Corp., the Company, LIPO Investments (USA) Inc. and certain others (the “ Arrangement Agreement ”) (as the Plan of Arrangement may be or may have been amended), is hereby approved and adopted.
3.     Notwithstanding that this resolution has been passed (and the Arrangement adopted) by the shareholders and optionholders of the Company or that the Arrangement has been approved by the Supreme Court of British Columbia, the directors of the Company are hereby authorized and empowered (i) to amend the Arrangement Agreement, or the Plan of Arrangement to the extent permitted by the Arrangement Agreement, and (ii) not to proceed with the Arrangement without further approval of the shareholders and optionholders of the Company, but only if the Arrangement Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article 6 thereof.
4.     Any officer or director of the Company is hereby authorized and directed for and on behalf of the Company to execute or cause to be executed, under the seal of the Company or otherwise, and to deliver or cause to be delivered, all such other documents and instruments and to perform or cause to be performed all such other acts and things as in such person’s opinion may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to the foregoing resolution and the matters authorized thereby, such termination to be conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery of such document, agreement or instrument or the doing of any such act or thing.


 

SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF
THE SHAREHOLDERS AND OPTIONHOLDERS
(EACH VOTING SEPARATELY AS A CLASS)
OF LIPO INVESTMENTS (USA) INC.
BE IT RESOLVED THAT:
1.     The arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”) under Part 9, Division 5 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) involving LIPO Investments (USA) Inc. (“ the Company ”), as more particularly described and set forth in the Information Circular of the Company accompanying the notice of this meeting (as the Arrangement may be modified or amended), is hereby authorized, approved and adopted.
2.     The Plan of Arrangement (the “ Plan of Arrangement ”) involving the Company, the full text of which is set out as Exhibit B to the Arrangement Agreement made as of April 26, 2007 among Lululemon Corp., the Company, LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc. and certain others (the “ Arrangement Agreement ”) (as the Plan of Arrangement may be or may have been amended), is hereby approved and adopted.
3.     Notwithstanding that this resolution has been passed (and the Arrangement adopted) by the shareholders and optionholders of the Company or that the Arrangement has been approved by the Supreme Court of British Columbia, the directors of the Company are hereby authorized and empowered (i) to amend the Arrangement Agreement, or the Plan of Arrangement to the extent permitted by the Arrangement Agreement, and (ii) not to proceed with the Arrangement without further approval of the shareholders and optionholders of the Company, but only if the Arrangement Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article 6 thereof.
4.     Any officer or director of the Company is hereby authorized and directed for and on behalf of the Company to execute or cause to be executed, under the seal of the Company or otherwise, and to deliver or cause to be delivered, all such other documents and instruments and to perform or cause to be performed all such other acts and things as in such person’s opinion may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to the foregoing resolution and the matters authorized thereby, such termination to be conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery of such document, agreement or instrument or the doing of any such act or thing.


 

EXHIBIT B
PLAN OF ARRANGEMENT UNDER THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT (BRITISH COLUMBIA)
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions . In this Plan of Arrangement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set out below and grammatical variations of such terms shall have corresponding meanings:
    “Affiliate” has the meaning set out in Section 2 of the BCA;
 
    “Ancillary Rights” has the meaning set out in Section 2.3(i);
 
    “Arrangement” means the arrangement under Division 5, Part 9 of the BCA on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Plan of Arrangement, subject to any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 of the Arrangement Agreement or Article 6 hereof or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order;
 
    “Arrangement Agreement ” means the agreement made as of April 26, 2007 among Lululemon, Exchangeco, Callco, LIPO Canada and LIPO USA, as amended, supplemented and/or restated in accordance therewith prior to the Effective Date, providing for, among other things, the Arrangement;
 
    “Arrangement Resolutions” means the special resolutions passed by the holders of the LIPO Canada Shares and LIPO Canada Options at the LIPO Canada Meeting and the special resolutions passed by the holders of the LIPO USA Shares and LIPO USA Options at the LIPO USA Meeting;
 
    “BCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) as amended;
 
    “Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for business in Vancouver, British Columbia, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day observed as a holiday in Vancouver, British Columbia under the laws of the Province of British Columbia or the federal laws of Canada;
 
    “Canadian Resident” means a person who is not a non-resident of Canada for purposes of the ITA;
 
    “Callco” means Lululemon Callco ULC, an unlimited liability company existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Lululemon;
 
    “Circular” means the notice of the Meetings and accompanying circular to be sent to holders of LIPO Canada Securities and LIPO USA Securities in connection with the Meetings;


 

- 2 -

    “Court” means the Supreme Court of British Columbia;
 
    “Current Market Price” has the meaning assigned in the Exchangeable Share Provisions;
 
    “Dissent Procedures” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.1;
 
    “Dissenting Shareholder” means a holder of LIPO Canada Shares or LIPO USA Shares who dissents in respect of the Arrangement in strict compliance with the Dissent Procedures;
 
    “Dividend Amount” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.1(a);
 
    “Effective Date” means the date following the grant of the Final Order on which the parties to the Arrangement Agreement agree that the conditions set forth in Article 5 of the Arrangement Agreement have been satisfied or waived (or on such other date as the parties may agree);
 
    “Effective Time” means the time on the Effective Date as specified in writing executed by each of the parties to the Arrangement Agreement;
 
    “Election Deadline” means 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the date which is two Business Days before the date of the Meetings;
 
    “Exchangeco” means Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lululemon;
 
    “Exchange Ratio” means the number of Exchangeable Shares or Lululemon Common Shares issuable in exchange for one LIPO Canada Share, as determined in accordance with the Reorganization Agreement;
 
    “Exchange Trust Agreement” means the Exchange Trust Agreement among Lululemon, Exchangeco and the Trustee, to be entered into in connection with this Plan of Arrangement, substantially in the form and content of Exhibit C annexed to the Reorganization Agreement, with such changes thereto as the parties, thereto acting reasonably, may agree, in accordance with the terms thereof;
 
    “Exchangeable Elected Share” means any LIPO Canada Share that the holder shall have elected, by written notice to Exchangeco no later than the Election Deadline, to transfer to Exchangeco under the Arrangement for Exchangeable Shares, or that is deemed to be an Exchangeable Elected Share pursuant to Section 2.3(j);
 
    “Exchangeable Share” means a share in the class of non-voting exchangeable shares in the capital of Exchangeco;
 
    “Exchangeable Share Provisions” means the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares, which rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions shall be substantially in the form and content of Appendix 1 hereto;


 

- 3 -

      “Fair Market Value” (i) of a LIPO Canada Share, means the quotient obtained by dividing (A) an amount equal to the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the IPO Price multiplied by the difference of the number of LIPO Canada Shares issued and outstanding on such date (after giving effect to the exercise of all Vested LIPO Canada Options then outstanding) less the aggregate exercise price of all Vested LIPO Canada Options then outstanding, by (B)  the total number of LIPO Canada Shares issued and outstanding on such date (without giving effect to the exercise of any LIPO Canada Options), and (ii) of a LIPO USA Share means an amount equal to the IPO Price multiplied by the number of Lululemon Common Shares owned by LIPO USA as of the Effective Date and divided by the total number of LIPO USA Shares issued and outstanding of such date;
 
      “Final Order” means the final order of the Court approving the Arrangement, granted pursuant to Section 291(4) of the BCA, as such order may be amended at any time prior to the Effective Date or, if appealed, then, unless such appeal is withdrawn or denied, as affirmed;
 
      “Forfeitable Shares” means those LIPO Canada Shares which are designated as “forfeitable” in accordance with the terms of the LIPO Canada Option Plan and the terms of the options with respect to which such shares were initially issued;
 
      “Forfeitable Share Trust Declaration” means the declaration of trust pursuant to which Dennis Wilson will hold the Forfeitable Shares as trustee on behalf of the beneficial holders thereof, substantially in the form and content of Exhibit C annexed to the Arrangement Agreement, which such changes thereto as be may be made, from time to time, in accordance with its terms;
 
      holder ” means, when used with reference to any LIPO Canada Securities or LIPO USA Securities, the holder of such securities shown from time to time on the applicable securities register maintained by or on behalf of LIPO Canada or LIPO USA, as the case may be in respect of such securities and, when used with reference to any Exchangeable Shares, means the holder of such Exchangeable Shares shown from time to time on the securities register maintained by or on behalf of Exchangeco in respect of such Exchangeable Shares;
 
      “Interim Order” means the interim order of the Court made in connection with the process for obtaining securityholder approval of the Arrangement and related matters;
 
      “IPO Price” means the price at which Lululemon Common Shares are sold to the public pursuant to Lululemon’s initial public offering, provided that if such price is expressed in United States dollars, “IPO Price” shall mean the Canadian dollar equivalent of the price at which Lululemon Common Shares are sold to the public pursuant to Lululemon’s initial public offering, determined based on the noon spot exchange rate on the Effective Date for Canadian dollars as reported by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York;
 
      “ITA” means the Income Tax Act (Canada);
 
      “LIPO Canada” means LIPO Investments (Canada) Inc., a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia;
 
      “LIPO Canada Meeting” means the extraordinary general meeting of the holders of LIPO Canada Shares and LIPO Canada Options (including any adjournment thereof) that is to be convened as provided by the Interim Order to consider and, if deemed advisable, approve the Arrangement;
 
      “LIPO Canada Option” means a Class B option to purchase LIPO Canada Shares granted under the LIPO Canada Option Plan and being outstanding and unexercised on the Effective Date;
 
      “LIPO Canada Option Plan” means the LIPO Canada stock option plan approved by the board of directors of LIPO Canada on December 1, 2005;


 

- 4 -

      “LIPO Canada Securities” means the LIPO Canada Shares and the LIPO Canada Options, collectively;
 
      “LIPO Canada Shares” means the outstanding Common Shares without par value in the authorized share structure of LIPO Canada;
 
      “LIPO USA” means LIPO Investments (USA) Inc., a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia;
 
      “LIPO USA Meeting” means the extraordinary general meeting of the holders of LIPO USA Shares and LIPO USA Options (including any adjournment thereof) that is to be convened as provided by the Interim Order to consider and, if deemed advisable, approve the Arrangement;
 
      “LIPO USA Option” means a Class B option to purchase LIPO USA Shares granted under the LIPO USA Option Plan and being outstanding and unexercised on the Effective Date;
 
      “LIPO USA Option Plan” means the LIPO USA stock option plan approved by the board of directors of LIPO USA on December 1, 2005;
 
      “LIPO USA Securities” means the LIPO USA Shares and the LIPO USA Options, collectively;
 
      “LIPO USA Shares” means the outstanding Common Shares without par value in the authorized share structure of LIPO USA;
 
      “Liquidation Call Purchase Price” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.1(a);
 
      “Liquidation Call Right” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.1(a);
 
      “Liquidation Date” has the meaning assigned in the Exchangeable Share Provisions;
 
      “Lululemon” means Lululemon Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware;
 
      “Lululemon Common Share” means a share of common stock, par value U.S. $0.01, in the capital of Lululemon and any other securities into which such share may be changed;
 
      “Lululemon Control Transaction” has the meaning assigned in the Exchangeable Share Provisions;
 
      “Lululemon Elected Share” means any LIPO Canada Share that the holder shall have elected, by written notice to Exchangeco no later than the Election Deadline, to transfer to Lululemon under the Arrangement for Lululemon Common Shares


 

- 5 -

 
      “Meeting Date” means the date of the Meetings;
 
      “Meetings” means the LIPO Canada Meeting and the LIPO USA Meeting;
 
      “Non-Forfeitable Shares” means all LIPO Canada Shares not designated as Forfeitable Shares;
 
      “Person” includes any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, venture capital fund, association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, legal personal representative, estate, group, body corporate, corporation, company, unincorporated association or organization, government body, syndicate or other entity, whether or not having legal status;
 
      “Redemption Call Purchase Price” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.2(a);
 
      “Redemption Call Right” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.2(a);
 
      “Redemption Date” has the meaning assigned in the Exchangeable Share Provisions;
 
      “Reorganization Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated April 26, 2007 by and among Lululemon, Exchangeco, LIPO Canada, LIPO USA and certain other parties;
 
      “Replacement Option” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.3(c);
 
      “Registrar” mean the Registrar of Companies appointed under the BCA;
 
      “Special Voting Shares” means the shares of special voting stock, without par value, in the capital of Lululemon and other securities into which such shares may be changed;
 
      “Transfer Agent” means Computershare Investor Services Inc. or such other Person as may from time to time be appointed by Exchangeco as the registrar and transfer agent for the Exchangeable Shares;
 
      Trustee ” means Computershare Trust Company of Canada, in its capacity as trustee under the Exchange Trust Agreement, and includes any successor trustee appointed thereunder; and
 
      “Vested LIPO Canada Option” means that part of a LIPO Canada Option which is exercisable, as of the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms of such option and the LIPO Canada Option Plan.
1.2 Sections and Headings .
The division of this Plan of Arrangement into sections and the insertion of headings are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Plan of Arrangement. Unless otherwise indicated, any reference in this Plan of Arrangement to a section or an exhibit refers to the specified section of or exhibit to this Plan of Arrangement.


 

- 6 -

1.3 Number, Gender and Persons .
In this Plan of Arrangement, unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa and words importing any gender include all genders.
1.4 Date for any Action .
If any date on which any action is required to be taken under this Plan of Arrangement is not a Business Day, such action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding Business Day.
ARTICLE 2
ARRANGEMENT
2.1 Arrangement Agreement .
This Plan of Arrangement is made pursuant to, is subject to the provisions of and forms a part of the Arrangement Agreement.
2.2 Binding Effect .
This Plan of Arrangement will become effective at, and be binding at and after, the Effective Time on (i) LIPO Canada and LIPO USA, (ii) Lululemon, Callco and Exchangeco, (iii) all holders of LIPO Canada Shares and LIPO USA Shares, (iv) all holders and all beneficial holders of Exchangeable Shares, and (v) all holders of LIPO Canada Options and LIPO USA Options.
2.3 Arrangement .
Commencing at the Effective Time, the following shall occur and shall be deemed to occur in the following order and be effective at the time stated, in each case without any further act or formality:
  (a)   at the Effective Time, the terms of the LIPO Canada Stock Option Plan and the LIPO USA Stock Option Plan shall be amended to read as set forth in the respective amended and restated option plans attached as Appendices 2 and 3 hereto, respectively;
 
  (b)   five minutes following the step contemplated in Section 2.3(a), each Vested LIPO Canada Option will be exchanged by the holder thereof for an option (a “ Replacement Option ”) to purchase such number of LIPO Canada Shares as is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the difference of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the LIPO Canada Shares subject thereto, less the aggregate exercise price thereof, by (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of one LIPO Canada Share. Such Replacement Option will provide for an exercise price equal to $0.0001 per share, rounded up to the nearest whole $0.01. The term to expiry, conditions to and manner of exercise, vesting schedule and other terms and conditions of each of the Replacement Options shall be the same as the terms and conditions of the original LIPO Canada Option for which it is exchanged;
 
  (c)   at the time of the step contemplated in Section 2.3(b), each Replacement Option will be immediately exercised for the number of LIPO Canada Shares set out therein and the exercise price in respect thereof shall be released to LIPO Canada;
 
  (d)   at the time of the step contemplated in Section 2.3(b), each LIPO Canada Option or part thereof which is not a Vested LIPO Canada Option will be exchanged by the holder thereof with LIPO USA for an option to purchase such number of LIPO USA Shares as is equal to the


 

- 7 -

      quotient obtained by dividing (i) the difference of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the LIPO Canada Shares subject thereto less the aggregate exercise price thereof, by (ii) the difference of the Fair Market Value of one LIPO USA Share less $0.01. Such option will provide for an exercise price per LIPO USA Share equal to $0.01 per share. The term to expiry, conditions to and manner of exercise, vesting schedule and other terms and conditions of each such option shall be the same as the terms and conditions of the LIPO Canada Option for which it is exchanged;
 
  (e)   five minutes following the step contemplated in Section 2.3(c), all LIPO Canada Options described in Section 2.3(d) will be cancelled for no consideration;
 
  (f)   five minutes following the step contemplated in Section 2.3(e), each Non-Forfeitable Share will be transferred from the registered owner thereof to the beneficial owner thereof as identified in the securities register of LIPO Canada, and the name of such registered holder will be removed from the register of holders of LIPO Canada and such beneficial holders will be recorded as the sole registered holders thereof;
 
  (g)   five minutes following the step contemplated in Section 2.3(f), the LIPO Canada Shares and the LIPO USA Shares held by Dissenting Shareholders in respect of which such Dissenting Shareholders have exercised rights of dissent pursuant to the Dissent Procedures and have not withdrawn their notice of dissent will be deemed to have been transferred to LIPO Canada or LIPO USA, as applicable, and such holders will cease to have any rights as shareholders other than the right to be paid the fair value of their LIPO Canada Shares and their LIPO USA Shares as set out in Section 3.1;
 
  (h)   five minutes following the step contemplated in Section 2.3(g), each Lululemon Elected Share will be transferred by the holder thereof to Lululemon in exchange for that number of fully paid and non-assessable Lululemon Common Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio and the name of each such holder will be removed from the register of holders of LIPO Canada Shares and added to the register of holders of Lululemon Common Shares, and Lululemon will be recorded as the registered holder of such LIPO Canada Shares so exchanged and will be deemed to be the legal and beneficial owner thereof;
 
  (i)   at the time contemplated in Section 2.3(h), each Exchangeable Elected Share will be transferred by the holder thereof to Exchangeco in exchange for (i) that number of fully paid and non-assessable Exchangeable Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio and the name of each such holder will be removed from the register of holders of LIPO Canada Shares and added to the register of holders of Exchangeable Shares and Exchangeco will be recorded as the registered holder of such LIPO Canada Shares so exchanged and will be deemed to be the legal and beneficial owner thereof and all such Exchangeable Shares issued in exchange for


 

- 8 -

  (j)   Forfeitable Shares will be issued subject to, and will be governed by, the Forfeitable Share Trust Declaration;
 
  (k)   at the time contemplated in Section 2.3(h), the rights under the Exchange Trust Agreement (the “Ancillary Rights”) corresponding to the Exchangeable Shares issued pursuant to Section 2.3(i) will be transferred to the holders described in Section 2.3(i);
 
      at the time contemplated in Section 2.3(h), the holders described in Section 2.3(i) will subscribe for and will be issued that number of fully paid and non-assessable Special Voting Shares as is equivalent to the number of Exchangeable Shares issued to such holders pursuant to Section 2.3(i), and the subscription price for such Special Voting Shares will be released to Lululemon, and the name of each holder will be added to the register of holders of Special Voting Shares and all such Special Voting Shares issued to holders of Forfeitable Shares will be issued subject to, and will be governed by, the Forfeitable Share Trust Declaration.
 
  (l)   at the time contemplated in Section 2.3(h), each LIPO Canada Share in respect of which no election has been made by the holder thereof, or in respect of which an effective election has not been made (other than LIPO Canada Shares held by Dissenting Shareholders who are ultimately entitled to be paid the fair value of the LIPO Canada Shares held by them) will be deemed to be an Exchangeable Elected Share and will be transferred by the holder thereof to Exchangeco in exchange for that number of fully paid and non-assessable Exchangeable Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio and the name of each such holder will be removed from the register of holders of LIPO Canada Shares and added to the register of holders of Exchangeable Shares, and Exchangeco will be recorded as the registered holder of such LIPO Canada Shares so exchanged and will be deemed to be the legal and beneficial owner thereof and all such Exchangeable Shares issued in exchange for Forfeitable Shares will be issued subject to, and will be governed by, the Forfeitable Share Trust Declaration.
 
      at the time contemplated in 2.3(h), the Ancillary Rights corresponding to the Exchangeable shares issued pursuant to Section 2.3(l) will be transferred to the holders described in Section 2.3(l); and
 
      at the time contemplated in Section 2.3(h), the holders described in Section 2.3(1) will subscribe for and will be issued that number of fully paid and non-assessable Special Voting Shares as is equivalent to the number of Exchangeable Shares issued to such holders pursuant to Section 2.3(l), and the subscription price for such Special Voting Shares will be released to Lululemon, and the name of each such holder will be added to the register of holders of Special Voting Shares and all such Special Voting Shares issued to holders of Forfeitable Shares will be issued subject to, and will be governed by, the Forfeitable Share Trust Declaration.
2.4 Elections
  (a)   Each Person who, at or prior to the Election Deadline, is a holder of record of LIPO Canada Shares, will be entitled, with respect to all or a portion of such shares, to make an election at or prior to the Election Deadline to receive Exchangeable Shares or Lululemon Common Shares, or a combination thereof, in exchange for such holder’s LIPO Canada Shares, on the basis set forth herein .
 
  (b)   Holders of LIPO Canada Shares who are Canadian Residents, other than any such holder who is exempt from tax under the ITA, and who have elected to receive Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled to make an income tax election pursuant to subsection 85(1) of the ITA or, if the holder is a partnership, subsection 85(2) of the ITA (and in each case, where applicable, the analogous provisions of provincial income tax law) with respect to the transfer of their LIPO Canada Shares to Exchangeco by providing two signed copies of the necessary election forms to Exchangeco within 90 days following the Effective Date, duly completed with the details of the number of shares transferred and the applicable agreed amounts for the purposes of such elections. Thereafter, subject to the election forms complying with the provisions of the ITA (or applicable provincial income tax law), the forms will be signed by Exchangeco and returned to such former holders of LIPO Canada Shares within 30 days after the receipt thereof by Exchangeco for filing with the Canada Revenue Agency (or the applicable provincial taxing authority). Exchangeco will not be responsible for the proper completion of any election form and, except for Exchangeco’s obligation to sign and return duly completed election forms which are received by Exchangeco within 90 days of the Effective Date, within 30 days after the receipt thereof by Exchangeco, Exchangeco will not be responsible for any taxes,


 

- 9 -

      interest or penalties resulting from the failure by a holder of LIPO Canada Shares to properly complete or file the election forms in the form and manner and within the time prescribed by the ITA (or any applicable provincial legislation). In its sole discretion, Exchangeco may choose to sign and return an election form received by Exchangeco more than 90 days following the Effective Date, but Exchangeco will have no obligation to do so.
2.5 Adjustments to Exchange Ratio .
The Exchange Ratio shall be adjusted to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Lululemon Common Shares or LIPO Canada Shares), reorganization, recapitalization or other like change with respect to Lululemon Common Shares or LIPO Canada Shares occurring after the date of the Arrangement Agreement and prior to the Effective Time.
ARTICLE 3
RIGHTS OF DISSENT
3.1 Rights of Dissent .
Holders of LIPO Canada Shares or LIPO USA Shares may exercise rights of dissent with respect to such shares pursuant to and in the manner set forth in Sections 237 to 247 of the BCA and this Section 3.1 (the “ Dissent Procedures ”) in connection with the Arrangement; provided that, notwithstanding subsection 242(a) of the BCA, the written objection to the Arrangement Resolution referred to in subsection 242(a) of the BCA must be received by LIPO Canada or LIPO USA (as applicable) not later than 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on the last Business Day preceding the Meeting Date. Holders of LIPO Canada Shares or LIPO USA Shares who duly exercise such rights of dissent and who:
  (a)   are ultimately entitled to be paid fair value for such shares in respect of which they have exercised rights of dissent shall be deemed to have irrevocably transferred such shares to LIPO Canada or LIPO USA, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.3(g); or
 
  (b)   are ultimately not entitled, for any reason, to be paid fair value for their LIPO Canada Shares or LIPO USA Shares shall be deemed to have participated in the Arrangement on the same basis as a non-dissenting holder of LIPO Canada Shares or LIPO USA Shares, as applicable and shall receive Exchangeable Shares on the basis determined in accordance with Section 2.3(j),
but in no case shall Lululemon, Exchangeco, Callco, LIPO Canada, LIPO USA or any other Person be required to recognize such holders as holders of LIPO Canada Shares or LIPO USA Shares after the Effective Time, and the names of such holders of LIPO Canada Shares or LIPO USA Shares shall be deleted from the applicable registers of holders at the Effective Time.
ARTICLE 4
CERTIFICATES AND FRACTIONAL SHARES
4.1 Issuance of Certificates Representing Exchangeable Shares .
Where a holder has elected in accordance with Article 2 to receive Exchangeable Shares in exchange for such holder’s LIPO Canada Shares, Exchangeco shall, as soon as practicable following the later of the Effective Date and the surrender to LIPO Canada for cancellation of certificates representing such holder’s LIPO Canada Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as would have been


 

- 10 -

required to effect the transfer of the shares formerly represented by such certificates under the BCA and the articles of LIPO Canada and such additional documents and instruments as Exchangeco may reasonably require including all such documents or certificates as Exchangeco may reasonably require to ensure compliance with applicable US securities laws, deliver to such holder a certificate representing that number (rounded down to the nearest whole number) of Exchangeable Shares which such holder has the right to receive (together with any dividends or distributions with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.3) and the certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. In the event of a transfer of ownership of LIPO Canada Shares that are or are deemed to be Exchangeable Elected Shares which is not registered in the transfer records of LIPO Canada, a certificate representing the proper number of Exchangeable Shares may be issued to the transferee if the certificate representing such LIPO Canada Shares is presented to Exchangeco, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer to the transferee. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 4.1, each certificate which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented LIPO Canada Shares that are or are deemed to be Exchangeable Elected Shares shall be deemed at all times after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender (i) the certificate representing Exchangeable Shares as contemplated by this Section 4.1; (ii) the Ancillary Rights; and (iii) any dividends or distributions with a record date after the Effective Time theretofore paid or payable with respect to Exchangeable Shares as contemplated by Section 4.3.
4.2 Exchange of Certificates for Lululemon Common Shares .
Where a holder has elected or is deemed to have elected in accordance with Article 2 to receive Lululemon Common Shares in exchange for such holder’s LIPO Canada Shares, Lululemon shall, as soon as practicable following the later of the Effective Date and the surrender to LIPO Canada for cancellation of certificates representing such holder’s LIPO Canada Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as would have been required to effect the transfer of the shares formerly represented by such certificates under the BCA and the articles of LIPO Canada and such additional documents and instruments as Lululemon may reasonably require (including all such documents or certificates as Lululemon may reasonably require to ensure compliance with applicable US securities laws), deliver to such holder that number (rounded down to the nearest whole number) of Lululemon Common Shares (which delivery may be in the form of certificates or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) which such holder has the right to receive (together with any dividends or distributions with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.3) and the certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. In the event of a transfer of ownership of LIPO Canada Shares that are or are deemed to be Lululemon Elected Shares which is not registered in the transfer records of LIPO Canada, a certificate representing the proper number of Lululemon Common Shares may be issued to the transferee if the certificate representing such LIPO Canada Shares is presented to Lululemon, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer to the transferee. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 4.2, each certificate which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented one or more outstanding LIPO Canada Shares that are Lululemon Elected Shares shall be deemed at all times after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender (i) the certificate representing Lululemon Common Shares as contemplated by this Section 4.2, and (ii) any dividends or distributions with a record date after the Effective Time theretofore paid or payable with respect to Lululemon Common Shares as contemplated by Section 4.3.
4.3 Distributions with Respect to Unsurrendered Certificates .
No dividends or other distributions declared or made after the Effective Time with respect to Exchangeable Shares or Lululemon Common Shares with a record date after the Effective Time shall be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered certificate which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding LIPO Canada Shares that were exchanged pursuant to Section 2.3, unless and until the holder of record of such certificate shall surrender such certificate in accordance with Section 4.1 or 4.2.


 

- 11 -

Subject to applicable law, at the time of such surrender of any such certificate (or in the case of clause (ii) below, at the appropriate payment date), there shall be paid to the holder of record of the certificates representing whole LIPO Canada Shares, without interest, (i) the amount of dividends or other distributions with a record date after the Effective Time theretofore paid with respect to such whole Exchangeable Share or Lululemon Common Share, as the case may be, and (ii) on the appropriate payment date, the amount of dividends or other distributions with a record date after the Effective Time but prior to surrender and a payment date subsequent to surrender payable with respect to such whole Exchangeable Share or Lululemon Common Share, as the case may be.
4.4 No Fractional Shares .
No certificates or scrip representing fractional Exchangeable Shares or fractional Lululemon Common Shares shall be issued upon the surrender for exchange of certificates pursuant to Section 4.1 and 4.2 and no dividend, stock split or other change in the capital structure of Exchangeco or Lululemon shall relate to any such fractional security and such fractional interests shall not entitle the owner thereof to exercise any rights as a security holder of Exchangeco or Lululemon, as the case may be. The aggregate number of Exchangeable Shares and the aggregate number of Lululemon Common Shares for which no certificates are issued as a result of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4 shall be deemed to have been surrendered by the owners thereof to Exchangeco for no additional consideration at the Effective Time.
4.5 Lost Certificates .
In the event any certificate which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented one or more outstanding LIPO Canada Shares that were exchanged pursuant to Section 2.3 shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed, Exchangeco or Lululemon as the case may be will issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, cash and/or one or more certificates representing one or more Exchangeable Shares or Lululemon Common Shares (and any dividends or distributions with respect thereto) deliverable in respect thereof. When authorizing such payment in exchange for any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, the Person to whom certificates representing Exchangeable Shares or Lululemon Common Shares are to be issued shall, as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, give a bond satisfactory to Exchangeco or Lululemon, as the case may be, and their respective transfer agents in such sum as Exchangeco or Lululemon, as the case may be, may direct or otherwise indemnify Exchangeco or Lululemon, as the case may be, in a manner satisfactory to Exchangeco or Lululemon, as the case may be, against any claim that may be made against Exchangeco or Lululemon, as the case may be, with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
4.6 Extinction of Rights .
Any certificate which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding LIPO Canada Shares that were exchanged pursuant to Section 2.3 and not deposited, with all other instruments required by Section 4.1 or 4.2, on or prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date shall cease to represent a claim or interest of any kind or nature as a shareholder of Exchangeco or Lululemon. On such date, the Exchangeable Shares or Lululemon Common Shares to which the former registered holder of the certificate referred to in the preceding sentence was ultimately entitled shall be deemed to have been surrendered to Exchangeco or Lululemon, as the case may be, together with all entitlements to dividends, distributions and interest thereon held for such former registered holder. None of Lululemon, Exchangeco, Callco or LIPO Canada shall be liable to any person in respect of any Lululemon Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares (or dividends, distributions and interest in respect thereof) delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.


 

- 12 -

4.7 Withholding and Sale Rights .
Each of Exchangeco, Callco, Lululemon and LIPO USA shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from (i) any Lululemon Common Shares, Exchangeable Shares, LIPO USA Options or other consideration otherwise issuable or payable pursuant to this Plan of Arrangement to any holder of LIPO Canada Shares who is not a Canadian Resident, or (ii) any dividend or consideration otherwise payable to any holder of LIPO Canada Shares, Lululemon Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares, such amounts as Exchangeco, Callco, Lululemon or LIPO USA, respectively, is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such issuance or payment, as the case may be, under the ITA, the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any provision of provincial, state, local or foreign tax law, in each case as amended. To the extent that the amount so required to be deducted or withheld from the Lululemon Common Shares, dividends or consideration otherwise issuable or payable to a holder exceeds the cash portion of the consideration otherwise payable to such holder, each of Exchangeco, Callco, Lululemon and LIPO USA is hereby authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of, at such times and at such prices as it determines, in its sole discretion, such portion of the Lululemon Common Shares, Exchangeable Shares, LIPO USA Options or other non-cash consideration otherwise issuable or payable to such holder as is necessary to provide sufficient funds to Exchangeco, Callco, Lululemon or LIPO USA, as the case may be, to enable it to comply with such deduction or withholding requirement, and shall notify the holder thereof and remit to such holder any unapplied balance of the net proceeds of such sale or disposition (after deducting applicable sale commissions and any other reasonable expenses relating thereto) in lieu of the Lululemon Common Shares or other consideration so sold or disposed of. To the extent that amounts are so withheld or Lululemon Common Shares , Exchangeable Shares, LIPO USA Options or other consideration are so sold or disposed of, such withheld amounts, or shares or other consideration so sold or disposed of, shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to the holder of the shares in respect of which such deduction, withholding, sale or disposition was made, provided that such withheld amounts, or the net proceeds of such sale or disposition, as the case may be, are actually remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. None of Exchangeco, Callco, Lululemon or LIPO USA shall be obligated to seek or obtain a minimum price for any of the Lululemon Common Shares or other consideration sold or disposed of by it hereunder, nor shall any of them be liable for any loss arising out of any such sale or disposition.
ARTICLE 5
CERTAIN RIGHTS OF CALLCO TO ACQUIRE EXCHANGEABLE SHARES
5.1 Callco Liquidation Call Right
  (a)   Callco shall have the overriding right (the “ Liquidation Call Right ”), in the event of and notwithstanding the proposed liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco pursuant to Article 5 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions, to purchase from all but not less than all of the holders of Exchangeable Shares (other than any holder of Exchangeable Shares which is an Affiliate of Lululemon) on the Liquidation Date all but not less than all of the Exchangeable Shares held by each such holder on payment by Callco of an amount per share (the “ Liquidation Call Purchase Price ”) equal to the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share on the last Business Day prior to the Liquidation Date, which, if such right is exercised, shall be satisfied in full by Callco causing to be delivered to such holder one Lululemon Common Share, plus, to the extent not paid by Exchangeco, an additional amount equivalent to the full amount of all declared and unpaid dividends


 

- 13 -

    on each such Exchangeable Share held by such holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the date of purchase by Callco (the “ Dividend Amount ”).
 
  (b)   To exercise the Liquidation Call Right, Callco must notify the Transfer Agent, as agent for the holders of Exchangeable Shares, and Exchangeco of Callco’s intention to exercise such right at least 45 days before the Liquidation Date in the case of a voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco and at least five Business Days before the Liquidation Date in the case of an involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco. The Transfer Agent will notify the holders of Exchangeable Shares as to whether or not Callco has exercised the Liquidation Call Right forthwith after the expiry of the period during which the same may be exercised by Callco. If Callco exercises the Liquidation Call Right, then on the Liquidation Date Callco will purchase and the holders will sell all of the Exchangeable Shares then outstanding for a price per share equal to the Liquidation Call Purchase Price.
 
  (c)   For the purposes of completing the purchase of the Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Liquidation Call Right, Callco shall deposit with the Transfer Agent, on or before the Liquidation Date, the aggregate number of Lululemon Common Shares deliverable by Callco (which delivery may be in the form of certificates or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) and a cheque or cheques of Callco payable upon presentation at any branch of the bankers of Callco representing the aggregate Dividend Amount in payment of the total Liquidation Call Purchase Price, less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof. Provided that Callco has complied with the immediately preceding sentence, on and after the Liquidation Date the rights of each holder of Exchangeable Shares will be limited to receiving the Liquidation Call Purchase Price in respect of each Exchangeable Share held by such holder, payable by Callco upon presentation and surrender by the holder of certificates representing the Exchangeable Shares held by such holder and the holder shall on and after the Liquidation Date be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of the Lululemon Common Shares to which it is entitled. Upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of a certificate or certificates representing Exchangeable Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares under the BCA and the articles of Exchangeco and such additional documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent may reasonably require, the holder of such surrendered certificate or certificates shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, and the Transfer Agent on behalf of Callco shall deliver to such holder, the Lululemon Common Shares to which the holder is entitled (which delivery may be in the form of certificates or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) and a cheque or cheques of Callco payable at par at any branch of the bankers of Callco in payment of the remaining portion, if any, of the total Liquidation Call Purchase Price, less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof. If Callco does not exercise the Liquidation Call Right in the manner described above or if Callco exercises the Liquidation Call Right but fails to complete such transaction in accordance with the requirements set out in this Section 5.1, on the Liquidation Date the holders of the Exchangeable Shares will be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the liquidation price otherwise payable by Exchangeco in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco pursuant to Article 5 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions.


 

- 14 -

5.2 Callco Redemption Call Right .
Callco shall have the rights contained in the Exchangeable Share Provisions, including, without limitation, the Retraction Call Right (as defined in the Exchangeable Share Provisions). In addition, Callco shall have the following rights in respect of the Exchangeable Shares:
  (a)   Callco shall have the overriding right (the “ Redemption Call Right ”), notwithstanding the proposed redemption of the Exchangeable Shares by Exchangeco pursuant to Article 7 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions, to purchase from all but not less than all of the holders of Exchangeable Shares (other than any holder of Exchangeable Shares which is an Affiliate of Lululemon) on the Redemption Date all but not less than all of the Exchangeable Shares held by each such holder on payment by Callco to each holder of an amount per Exchangeable Share (the “ Redemption Call Purchase Price ”) equal to the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share on the last Business Day prior to the Redemption Date, which shall be satisfied in full by Callco causing to be delivered to such holder one Lululemon Common Share, plus the Dividend Amount. In the event of the exercise of the Redemption Call Right by Callco, each holder shall be obligated to sell all the Exchangeable Shares held by the holder to Callco on the Redemption Date on payment by Callco to the holder of the Redemption Call Purchase Price for each such share, and Exchangeco shall have no obligation to redeem, or to pay any Dividend Amount in respect of, such shares so purchased by Callco.
 
  (b)   To exercise the Redemption Call Right, Callco must notify the Transfer Agent, as agent for the holders of Exchangeable Shares, and Exchangeco of Callco’s intention to exercise such right at least 60 days before the Redemption Date, except in the case of a redemption occurring as a result of a Lululemon Control Transaction, an Exchangeable Share Voting Event or an Exempt Exchangeable Share Voting Event, in which case Callco shall so notify the Transfer Agent and Exchangeco on or before the Redemption Date. The Transfer Agent will notify the holders of the Exchangeable Shares as to whether or not Callco has exercised the Redemption Call Right forthwith after the expiry of the period during which the same may be exercised by Callco. If Callco exercises the Redemption Call Right, on the Redemption Date Callco will purchase and the holders will sell all of the Exchangeable Shares then outstanding for a price per share equal to the Redemption Call Purchase Price.
 
  (c)   For the purposes of completing the purchase of the Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Redemption Call Right, Callco shall deposit with the Transfer Agent, on or before the Redemption Date, the aggregate number of Lululemon Common Shares deliverable by Callco (which delivery may be in the form of certificates or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) and a cheque or cheques of Callco payable upon presentation at any branch of the bankers of Callco representing the aggregate Dividend Amount in payment of the total Redemption Call Purchase Price, less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof. Provided that Callco has complied with the immediately preceding sentence, on and after the Redemption Date the rights of each holder of Exchangeable Shares will be limited to receiving the Redemption Call Purchase Price in respect of each Exchangeable Share held by such holder, payable by Callco upon presentation and surrender by the holder of


 

- 15 -

      certificates representing the Exchangeable Shares held by such holder and the holder shall on and after the Redemption Date be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of the Lululemon Common Shares to which it is entitled. Upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of a certificate or certificates representing Exchangeable Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares under the BCA and the articles of Exchangeco and such additional documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent may reasonably require, the holder of such surrendered certificate or certificates shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, and the Transfer Agent on behalf of Callco shall deliver to such holder, the Lululemon Common Shares to which the holder is entitled (which may be in the form of certificates or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof. If Callco does not exercise the Redemption Call Right in the manner described above or if Callco exercises the Redemption Call Right but fails to complete such transaction in accordance with the requirements set out in this Section 5.2, on the Redemption Date the holders of the Exchangeable Shares will be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the redemption price otherwise payable by Exchangeco in connection with the redemption of the Exchangeable Shares pursuant to Article 7 of the Exchangeable Share Provisions.
ARTICLE 6
AMENDMENTS
6.1 LIPO Canada and LIPO USA may amend, modify and/or supplement this Plan of Arrangement at any time and from time to time prior to the Effective Date, provided that each such amendment, modification and/ or supplement must be (i) set out in writing, (ii) approved by Lululemon, (iii) filed with the Court and, if made following the Meetings, approved by the Court, and (iv) communicated to holders of LIPO Canada Securuties and LIPO USA Securities if and as required by the Court.
6.2 Any amendment, modification or supplement to this Plan of Arrangement may be proposed by LIPO Canada or LIPO USA at any time prior to the Meetings (provided that each such company and Lululemon shall have consented thereto) with or without any other prior notice or communication, and if so proposed and accepted by the Persons voting at the Meetings (other than as may be required under the Interim Order), shall become part of this Plan of Arrangement for all purposes.
6.3 Any amendment, modification or supplement to this Plan of Arrangement that is approved by the Court following the Meetings shall be effective only if (i) it is consented to by each of LIPO Canada, LIPO USA and Lululemon, and (ii) if required by the Court, it is consented to by holders of the LIPO Canada Securities and LIPO USA Securities voting in the manner directed by the Court.
6.4 Any amendment, modification or supplement to this Plan of Arrangement may be made following the Effective Date unilaterally by Lululemon, provided that it concerns a matter which, in the reasonable opinion of Lululemon, is of an administrative nature required to better give effect to the implementation of this Plan of Arrangement and is not adverse to the financial or economic interests of any holder of LIPO Canada Securities or LIPO USA Securities.


 

- 16 -

ARTICLE 7
FURTHER ASSURANCES
7.1 Notwithstanding that the transactions and events set out herein shall occur and be deemed to occur in the order set out in this Plan of Arrangement without any further act or formality, each of the parties to the Arrangement Agreement shall make, do and execute, or cause to be made, done or executed, all such further acts, deeds, agreements, transfers, assurances, instruments or documents as may reasonably be required by any of them in order to further document or evidence any of the transactions or events set out herein.


 

APPENDIX 1
PROVISIONS ATTACHING TO THE EXCHANGEABLE SHARES OF
LULU CANADIAN HOLDING, INC.
The Exchangeable Shares shall have the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
For the purposes of these share provisions:
Arrangement ” means an arrangement under Part 9, Division 5 of the BCA on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in the Plan of Arrangement, to which plan these share provisions are attached as Appendix 1, subject to any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 of the Arrangement Agreement or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order;
Arrangement Agreement ” means the arrangement agreement made as of the 26th day of April, 2007 among Lululemon, Callco, Exchangeco, LIPO Investments (USA), Inc. and LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., as amended, supplemented and/or restated in accordance therewith prior to the Effective Date, providing for, among other things, the Arrangement;
Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company;
BCA ” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended;
Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are generally open for business in Vancouver, British Columbia, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day observed as a holiday in Vancouver, British Columbia under the laws of the Province of British Columbia or the federal laws of Canada;
Canadian Dollar Equivalent ” means in respect of an amount expressed in a currency other than Canadian dollars (the “ Foreign Currency Amount ”) at any date the product obtained by multiplying (a) the Foreign Currency Amount by (b) the noon spot exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency expressed in Canadian dollars as reported by the Bank of Canada or, in the event such spot exchange rate is not available, such spot exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency expressed in Canadian dollars as may be deemed by the Board of Directors to be appropriate for such purpose;
Callco ” means Lululemon Callco ULC, an unlimited liability company existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lululemon;
Callco Call Notice ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.3 of these share provisions;
Common Shares ” means the common shares in the capital of the Company;
Company ” means Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lululemon;

 


 

Court ” means the Supreme Court of British Columbia;
Current Market Price ” means, in respect of a Lululemon Common Share on any date, the Canadian Dollar Equivalent of the average of the closing bid and asked prices of Lululemon Common Shares during a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending not more than three trading days before such date on the NASDAQ, or, if the Lululemon Common Shares are not then listed on the NASDAQ, on such other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Lululemon Common Shares are listed or quoted, as the case may be, as may be selected by the Board of Directors for such purpose; provided, however, that if in the opinion of the Board of Directors the public distribution or trading activity of Lululemon Common Shares during such period does not create a market which reflects the fair market value of a Lululemon Common Share, then the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith and in its sole discretion, and provided further that any such selection, opinion or determination by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive and binding;
Dividend Amount ” means an amount equal to and in satisfaction of all declared and unpaid dividends on each Exchangeable Share held by a holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the date of purchase of such shares by Callco or the Company, as the case may be, from such holder;
Effective Date ” means the date following the grant of the Final Order on which the parties to the Arrangement Agreement that the conditions set forth in Article 5 of the Arrangement Agreement have been satisfied or waived (or on such other date as the parties may agree);
Exchangeable Share Voting Event ” means any matter in respect of which holders of Exchangeable Shares are entitled to vote as shareholders of the Company, other than an Exempt Exchangeable Share Voting Event;
Exchangeable Shares ” means the non-voting exchangeable shares in the capital of the Company, having the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set forth herein;
Exchange Trust Agreement ” means the Exchange Trust Agreement made among Lululemon, the Company and the Trustee, to be entered into in connection with the Plan of Arrangement, substantially in the form and content of Exhibit C to the Reorganization Agreement, with such changes thereto as the parties thereto, acting reasonably, may approve, in accordance with the terms thereof;
Exempt Exchangeable Share Voting Event ” means any matter in respect of which holders of Exchangeable Shares are entitled to vote as shareholders of the Company in order to approve or disapprove, as applicable, any change to, or in the rights of the holders of, the Exchangeable Shares, where the approval or disapproval, as applicable, of such change would be required to maintain the economic equivalence of the Exchangeable Shares and the Lululemon Common Shares;

2


 

Final Order ” means the order of the Court approving the Plan of Arrangement, granted pursuant to section 291(4) of the BCA, as such order may be amended at any time prior to the Effective Date or, if appealed, then, unless such appeal is withdrawn or denied, as affirmed;
Liquidation Amount ” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.1 of these share provisions;
Liquidation Call Right ” has the meaning assigned in the Plan of Arrangement;
Liquidation Date ” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.1 of these share provisions;
Lululemon ” means Lululemon Corp., a Delaware corporation;
Lululemon Common Share ” means a share of common stock, par value U.S. $0.01, in the capital of Lululemon and any other securities into which such share may be changed;
Lululemon Control Transaction ” means any merger, amalgamation, tender offer, material sale of shares or rights or interests therein or thereto or similar transactions involving Lululemon, or any proposal to do so;
Lululemon Dividend Declaration Date ” means the date on which the board of directors of Lululemon declares any dividend on the Lululemon Common Shares;
Lululemon Extraordinary Distribution ” means any issue or distribution to the holders of all or substantially all of the outstanding Lululemon Common Shares of (a) shares or other securities of Lululemon of any class or type other than Lululemon Common Shares, (b) evidences of indebtedness of Lululemon or property or assets (other than cash) of Lululemon, or (c) shares or other securities or evidences of indebtedness or property or assets of any Person, or any proposal to carry out the same;
NASDAQ ” means the NASDAQ Global Market;
Person ” includes any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, venture capital fund, association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, legal personal representative, estate, group, body corporate, corporation, company, unincorporated association or organization, government body, syndicate or other entity, whether or not having legal status;
Plan of Arrangement ” means the plan of arrangement substantially in the form and content of Exhibit B to the Arrangement Agreement and any amendments or variations thereto made in accordance with Article 6 of the Arrangement Agreement or Article 6 of the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in the Final Order;
Purchase Price ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.3 of these share provisions;
Redemption Call Purchase Price ” has the meaning assigned in the Plan of Arrangement;
Redemption Call Right ” has the meaning assigned in the Plan of Arrangement;

3


 

Redemption Date ” means the date, if any, established by the Board of Directors for the redemption by the Company of all but not less than all of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares pursuant to Section 7.1 of these share provisions, which date shall be no earlier than the date 40 years after the Effective Date, unless:
  (a)   there are outstanding less than 10% of actual number of Exchangeable Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement as determined at the Effective Date (other than Exchangeable Shares held by Lululemon and its subsidiaries) as such number of shares may be adjusted as deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors to give effect to any subdivision or consolidation of or stock dividend on the Exchangeable Shares, any issue or distribution of rights to acquire Exchangeable Shares or securities exchangeable for or convertible into Exchangeable Shares, any issue or distribution of other securities or rights or evidences of indebtedness or assets, or any other capital reorganization or other transaction affecting the Exchangeable Shares) in respect of the Exchangeable Shares pursuant to these provisions), in which case the Board of Directors may accelerate such redemption date to such date prior to the date 40 years after the Effective Date as it may determine, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the registered holders of the Exchangeable Shares and the Trustee;
 
  (b)   a Lululemon Control Transaction or Lululemon Extraordinary distribution occurs, in which case, provided that the Board of Directors determines, in good faith and in its sole discretion, that it is not reasonably practicable to substantially replicate the terms and conditions of the Exchangeable Shares in connection with such Lululemon Control Transaction or Lululemon Extraordinary Distribution and that the redemption of all but not less than all of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares is necessary to enable the completion of such Lululemon Control Transaction or Lululemon Extraordinary Distribution in accordance with its terms, the Board of Directors may accelerate such redemption date to such date prior to the date 40 years after the Effective Date as it may determine, upon such number of days’ prior written notice to the registered holders of the Exchangeable Shares and the Trustee as the Board of Directors may determine to be reasonably practicable in such circumstances;
 
  (c)   an Exchangeable Share Voting Event is proposed, in which case, provided that the Board of Directors has determined, in good faith and in its sole discretion, that it is not reasonably practicable to accomplish the business purpose intended by the Exchangeable Share Voting Event, which business purpose must be bona fide and not for the primary purpose of causing the occurrence of a Redemption Date, in any other commercially reasonable manner that does not result in an Exchangeable Share Voting Event, the redemption date shall be the Business Day prior to the record date for any meeting or vote of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares to consider the Exchangeable Share Voting Event and the Board of Directors shall give such number of days’ prior written notice of such redemption to the registered holders of the Exchangeable Shares and the Trustee as the Board of Directors may determine to be reasonably practicable in such circumstances; or

4


 

  (d)   an Exempt Exchangeable Share Voting Event is proposed and the holders of the Exchangeable Shares fail to take the necessary action at a meeting or other vote of holders of Exchangeable Shares, to approve or disapprove, as applicable, the Exempt Exchangeable Share Voting Event, in which case the redemption date shall be the Business Day following the day on which the holders of the Exchangeable Shares failed to take such action,
provided, however, that the accidental failure or omission to give any notice of redemption under clauses (a)(b), (c) or (d) above to less than 10% of such holders of Exchangeable Shares shall not affect the validity of any such redemption;
Redemption Price ” has the meaning assigned in Section 7.1 of these share provisions;
Reorganization Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of the 26th day of April, 2007 by and among Lululemon, Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc., Lululemon Athletica Inc., LIPO Investments (USA), Inc., LIPO Investments (Canada), Inc., Callco, the Company and certain other parties;
Retracted Shares ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.1(a) of these share provisions;
Retraction Call Right ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.1(c) of these share provisions;
Retraction Date ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.1(b) of these share provisions;
Retraction Price ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.1 of these share provisions;
Retraction Request ” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.1 of these share provisions;
Special Voting Shares ” means the shares of special voting stock, without par value, in the capital of Lululemon and any other securities into which such shares may be changed;
subsidiary ” means, with respect to a specified body corporate, any body corporate of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares ordinarily entitled to elect a majority of the board of directors thereof (whether or not shares of any other class or classes shall or might be entitled to vote upon the happening of any event or contingency) are at the time owned directly or indirectly by such specified body corporate and shall include any body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity over which it exercises direction or control or which is in a like relation to a subsidiary;
Support Agreement ” means the Support Agreement to be made among Lululemon, Callco and the Company, which shall be substantially in the form and content of Exhibit D to the Reorganization Agreement, with such changes thereto as the parties thereto, acting reasonably, may approve, in accordance with the terms thereof;
Transfer Agent ” means Computershare Investor Services Inc. or such other Person as may from time to time be appointed by Exchangeco as the registrar and transfer agent for the Exchangeable Shares; and

5


 

Trustee ” means Computershare Trust Company of Canada, in its capacity as trustee under the Exchange Trust Agreement, and includes any successor trustee appointed thereunder.
ARTICLE 2
RANKING OF EXCHANGEABLE SHARES
2.1   The Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled to a preference over the Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Company, among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.
ARTICLE 3
DIVIDENDS
3.1   A holder of an Exchangeable Share shall be entitled to receive and the Board of Directors shall, subject to applicable law, on each Lululemon Dividend Declaration Date, declare a dividend on each Exchangeable Share:
  (a)   in the case of a cash dividend declared on the Lululemon Common Shares, in an amount in cash for each Exchangeable Share in U.S. dollars, or the Canadian Dollar Equivalent thereof on the Lululemon Dividend Declaration Date, in each case, corresponding to the cash dividend declared on each Lululemon Common Share;
 
  (b)   in the case of a stock dividend declared on the Lululemon Common Shares to be paid in Lululemon Common Shares by the issue or transfer by the Company of such number of Exchangeable Shares for each Exchangeable Share as is equal to the number of Lululemon Common Shares to be paid on each Lululemon Common Share; or
 
  (c)   in the case of a dividend declared on the Lululemon Common Shares in property other than cash or Lululemon Common Shares, in such type and amount of property for each Exchangeable Share as is the same as or economically equivalent to (to be determined by the Board of Directors as contemplated by Section 3.5 hereof) the type and amount of property declared as a dividend on each Lululemon Common Share.
    Such dividends shall be paid out of money, assets or property of the Company properly applicable to the payment of dividends, or out of authorized but unissued shares of the Company, as applicable.
 
3.2   In the case of a stock dividend declared on the Lululemon Common Shares to be paid in Lululemon Common Shares, in lieu of declaring the stock dividend contemplated by section 3.1(b) on the Exchangeable Shares, the Board of Directors may, in good faith and in its sole discretion and subject to applicable law and to obtaining all required regulatory approvals, subdivide, redivide or change (the “ Subdivision ”) each issued and unissued

6


 

    Exchangeable Share on the basis that each Exchangeable Share before the Subdivision becomes a number of Exchangeable Shares equal to the sum of (A) one Lululemon Common Share and (B) the number of Lululemon Common Shares to be paid as a share dividend on each Lululemon Common Share. In making such Subdivision, the Board of Directors shall consider the effect thereof upon the then outstanding Exchangeable Shares and the general taxation consequences of the Subdivision to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares. In such instance, and notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such Subdivision shall become effective on the effective date specified in Section 3.4 without any further act or formality on the part of Lululemon, the Board of Directors or of the holders of Exchangeable Shares.
 
3.3   Cheques of the Company payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Company shall be issued in respect of any cash dividends contemplated by Section 3.1(a) hereof and the sending of such a cheque to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the cash dividend represented thereby unless the cheque is not paid on presentation. Certificates representing the Exchangeable Shares paid as a stock dividend pursuant to Section 3.1(b) or any Subdivision contemplated by Section 3.2 registered in the name of the registered holder of Exchangeable Shares may be issued or transferred in respect of any stock dividends contemplated by Section 3.1(b) or any Subdivision contemplated by Section 3.2 hereof and the delivery of such a certificate (or the delivery of such Exchangeable Shares in book-entry form through the direct registration system) to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the stock dividend represented thereby. Such other type and amount of property in respect of any dividends contemplated by Section 3.1(c) hereof shall be issued, distributed or transferred by the Company in such manner as it shall determine and the issuance, distribution or transfer thereof by the Company to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the dividend represented thereby. No holder of an Exchangeable Share shall be entitled to recover by action or other legal process against the Company any dividend that is represented by a cheque that has not been duly presented to the Company’s bankers for payment or that otherwise remains unclaimed for a period of six years from the date on which such dividend was payable.
 
3.4   The record date for the determination of the holders of Exchangeable Shares entitled to receive payment of, and the payment date for, any dividend declared on the Exchangeable Shares under Section 3.1 hereof shall be the same dates as the record date and payment date, respectively, for the corresponding dividend declared on the Lululemon Common Shares. The record date for the determination of the holders of Exchangeable Shares entitled to receive Exchangeable Shares in connection with any Subdivision of the Exchangeable Shares under Section 3.2 and the effective date of such Subdivision shall be the same dates as the record date and payment date, respectively, for the corresponding dividend declared on the Lululemon Common Shares.
 
3.5   If on any payment date for any dividends declared on the Exchangeable Shares under Section 3.1 hereof the dividends are not paid in full on all of the Exchangeable Shares then outstanding, any such dividends that remain unpaid shall be paid on a subsequent date or dates determined by the Board of Directors on which the Company shall have

7


 

    sufficient moneys, assets or property properly applicable to the payment of such dividends.
 
3.6   The Board of Directors shall determine, in good faith and in its sole discretion, economic equivalence for the purposes of Sections 3.1 and 3.2, and each such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and its shareholders. In making each such determination, the following factors shall, without excluding other factors determined by the Board of Directors to be relevant, be considered by the Board of Directors:
  (a)   in the case of any stock dividend or distribution payable in Lululemon Common Shares, the number of such shares issued in proportion to the number of Lululemon Common Shares previously outstanding;
 
  (b)   in the case of the issuance or distribution of any rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares), the relationship between the exercise price of each such right, option or warrant and the Current Market Price;
 
  (c)   in the case of the issuance or distribution of any other form of property (including without limitation any shares or securities of Lululemon of any class other than Lululemon Common Shares, any rights, options or warrants other than those referred to in Section 3.6(b) above, any evidences of indebtedness of Lululemon or any assets of Lululemon), the relationship between the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors in the manner above contemplated) of such property to be issued or distributed with respect to each outstanding Lululemon Common Share and the Current Market Price;
 
  (d)   in the case of any subdivision, redivision or change of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a greater number of Lululemon Common Shares or the reduction, combination, consolidation or change of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a lesser number of Lululemon Common Shares or any amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction affecting Lululemon Common Shares, the effect thereof upon the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares; and
 
  (e)   in all such cases, the general taxation consequences of the relevant event to holders of Exchangeable Shares to the extent that such consequences may differ from the general taxation consequences to holders of Lululemon Common Shares as a result of differences between taxation laws of Canada and the United States (except for any differing consequences arising as a result of differing marginal taxation rates without regard to the individual circumstances of holders of Exchangeable Shares).
3.7   Except as provided in this Article 3, the holders of Exchangeable Shares shall not be entitled to receive dividends in respect thereof. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 3 to the contrary, if the Purchase Price is paid to a holder of Exchangeable Shares

8


 

    by Callco pursuant to the Retraction Call Right, the Redemption Call Purchase Price is paid to a holder of Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Redemption Call Right, the Liquidation Amount is paid to a holder of Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Liquidation Call Right, or if the purchase price is paid to a holder of an Exchangeable Shares by Lululemon pursuant to the Automatic Exchange Rights or the Exchange Right, the holder of the Exchangeable Share shall cease to have any right to be paid any amount by the Company in respect of any unpaid dividends on such Exchangeable Shares.
ARTICLE 4
CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS
4.1   So long as any of the Exchangeable Shares are outstanding, the Company shall not at any time without, but may at any time with, the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given as specified in Section 11.2 of these share provisions:
  (a)   pay any dividends on the Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, other than stock dividends payable in Common Shares or any such other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, as the case may be;
 
  (b)   redeem or purchase or make any capital distribution in respect of Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares;
 
  (c)   redeem or purchase any other shares of the Company ranking equally with the Exchangeable Shares with respect to the payment of dividends or on any liquidation distribution; or
 
  (d)   issue any Exchangeable Shares or any other shares of the Company ranking equally with, or superior to, the Exchangeable Shares other than by way of stock dividends to the holders of such Exchangeable Shares.
    The restrictions in Sections 4.1(a), (b), (c) and (d) above shall not apply if all dividends on the outstanding Exchangeable Shares corresponding to dividends declared and paid to date on the Lululemon Common Shares shall have been declared and paid on the Exchangeable Shares.
ARTICLE 5
DISTRIBUTION ON LIQUIDATION
5.1   In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or any other distribution of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled, subject to applicable law, to receive from the assets of the Company in respect of each Exchangeable Share held by such holder on the effective date (the “ Liquidation Date ”) of such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Company among the holders of the Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, an amount per Exchangeable Share (the “ Liquidation Amount ”) equal to the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common

9


 

    Share on the last Business Day prior to the Liquidation Date, which shall be satisfied in full by the Company causing to be delivered to such holder, for each such Exchangeable Share, one Lululemon Common Share plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends on each such Exchangeable Share held by such holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the Liquidation Date.
 
5.2   On or promptly after the Liquidation Date, and subject to the exercise by Callco of the Liquidation Call Right, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares the Liquidation Amount for each such Exchangeable Share upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such Exchangeable Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of such Exchangeable Shares and such additional documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent and the Company may reasonably require, at the registered office of the Company or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Company by notice to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares. Payment of the total Liquidation Amount for such Exchangeable Shares shall be made by delivery to each holder, at the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Company for the Exchangeable Shares or by holding for pick-up by the holder at the registered office of the Company or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Company by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares, on behalf of the Company, of the Lululemon Common Shares to which the holder is entitled (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance), either in the form of certificates representing the Lululemon Common Shares or, in whole or in part, in book-entry form through the direct registration system and, if applicable, a cheque of the Company payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Company in respect of the remaining portion, if any, of the total Liquidation Amount (in each case less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom). On and after the Liquidation Date, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall cease to be holders of such Exchangeable Shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of holders in respect thereof, other than the right to receive their proportionate part of the total Liquidation Amount, unless payment of the total Liquidation Amount for such Exchangeable Shares shall not be made upon presentation and surrender of the documents and instruments required in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unaffected until the total Liquidation Amount has been paid in the manner hereinbefore provided. The Company shall have the right at any time after the Liquidation Date to deposit or cause to be deposited the total Liquidation Amount in a custodial account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada. Upon such deposit being made, the rights of the holders of Exchangeable Shares after such deposit shall be limited to receiving their proportionate part of the total Liquidation Amount (in each case less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom) for such Exchangeable Shares so deposited, against presentation and surrender of the required documents and instruments in accordance with the foregoing provisions. Upon such payment or deposit of the total Liquidation Amount, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be holders of the Lululemon Common Shares delivered to them or the custodian on their behalf.

10


 

5.3   After the Company has satisfied its obligations to pay the holders of the Exchangeable Shares the Liquidation Amount per Exchangeable Share pursuant to Section 5.1 of these share provisions, such holders shall not be entitled to share in any further distribution of the assets of the Company.
ARTICLE 6
RETRACTION OF EXCHANGEABLE SHARES BY HOLDER
6.1   A holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled at any time, subject to the exercise by Callco of the Retraction Call Right and otherwise upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 6, to require the Company to redeem any or all of the Exchangeable Shares registered in the name of such holder for an amount per Exchangeable Share equal to the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share on the last Business Day prior to the Retraction Date (the “ Retraction Price ”), which shall be satisfied in full by the Company causing to be delivered to such holder, for each Exchangeable Share presented and surrendered by the holder, one Lululemon Common Share and any Dividend Amount. To effect such redemption, the holder shall present and surrender at the registered office of the Company or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Company by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares the certificate or certificates representing the Exchangeable Shares which the holder desires to have the Company redeem, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares and such additional documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent and the Company may reasonably require, and together with a duly executed statement (the “ Retraction Request ”) in the form of Schedule A hereto or in such other form as may be acceptable to the Company:
  (a)   specifying that the holder desires to have all or any number specified therein of the Exchangeable Shares represented by such certificate or certificates (the “ Retracted Shares ”) redeemed by the Company;
 
  (b)   stating the Business Day on which the holder desires to have the Company redeem the Retracted Shares (the “ Retraction Date ”), provided that the Retraction Date shall be not less than 5 Business Days nor more than 15 Business Days after the date on which the Retraction Request is received by the Company and further provided that, in the event that no such Business Day is specified by the holder in the Retraction Request, the Retraction Date shall be deemed to be the 5th Business Day after the date on which the Retraction Request is received by the Company; and
 
  (c)   acknowledging the overriding right (the “ Retraction Call Right ”) of Callco to purchase all but not less than all the Retracted Shares directly from the holder and that the Retraction Request shall be deemed to be a revocable offer by the holder to sell the Retracted Shares to Callco in accordance with the Retraction Call Right on the terms and conditions set out in Section 6.3 below.
6.2   Subject to the exercise by Callco of the Retraction Call Right, upon receipt by the Company or the Transfer Agent in the manner specified in Section 6.1 of a certificate or

11


 

    certificates, if any, representing the number of Retracted Shares, together with a Retraction Request and the other documents and instruments required in accordance with Section 6.1, and provided that the Retraction Request is not revoked by the holder in the manner specified in Section 6.7, the Company shall redeem the Retracted Shares effective at the close of business on the Retraction Date and shall cause to be delivered to such holder the total Retraction Price and any Dividend Amount thereon. If only a part of the Exchangeable Shares is redeemed (or purchased by Callco pursuant to the Retraction Call Right), the holder thereof shall receive at the expense of the Company (either in the form of a certificate, or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) the balance of such Exchangeable Shares.
 
6.3   Upon receipt by the Company of a Retraction Request, the Company shall immediately notify Callco thereof and shall provide to Callco a copy of the Retraction Request. In order to exercise the Retraction Call Right, Callco must notify the Company of its determination to do so (the “ Callco Call Notice ”) within three Business Days of notification to Callco by the Company of the receipt by the Company of the Retraction Request. If Callco does not so notify the Company within such three Business Day period, the Company will notify the holder as soon as possible thereafter that Callco will not exercise the Retraction Call Right. If Callco delivers the Callco Call Notice within such three Business Day period, and provided that the Retraction Request is not revoked by the holder in the manner specified in Section 6.7, the Retraction Request shall thereupon be considered only to be an offer by the holder to sell the Retracted Shares to Callco in accordance with the Retraction Call Right. In such event, the Company shall not redeem the Retracted Shares and Callco shall purchase from such holder and such holder shall sell to Callco on the Retraction Date the Retracted Shares for a purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) per share equal to the Retraction Price per share, plus on the designated payment date therefor, to the extent not paid by the Company on the designated payment date therefor, any Dividend Amount. To the extent that Callco pays the Dividend Amount in respect of the Retracted Shares, the Company shall no longer be obligated to pay any declared and unpaid dividends on such Retracted Shares. Provided that Callco has complied with Section 6.4, the closing of the purchase and sale of the Retracted Shares pursuant to the Retraction Call Right shall be deemed to have occurred as at the close of business on the Retraction Date and, for greater certainty, no redemption by the Company of such Retracted Shares shall take place on the Retraction Date. In the event that Callco does not deliver a Callco Call Notice within such three Business Day period, and provided that the Retraction Request is not revoked by the holder in the manner specified in Section 6.7), the Company shall redeem the Retracted Shares on the Retraction Date and in the manner otherwise contemplated in this Article 6.
 
6.4   The Company or Callco, as the case may be, shall deliver or cause the Transfer Agent to deliver to the relevant holder, at the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Company for the Exchangeable Shares or at the address specified in the holder’s Retraction Request or by holding for pick-up by the holder at the registered office of the Company or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Company by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares, the Lululemon Common Shares to which the holder is entitled (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance), either in

12


 

    the form of certificates representing the Lululemon Common Shares registered in the name of the holder or in such other name as the holder may request or, in whole or in part, in book-entry form through the direct registration system, and, if applicable and on or before the payment date therefor, a cheque payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Company or Callco, as applicable, representing the aggregate Dividend Amount, in payment of the total Retraction Price or the total Purchase Price, as the case may be, in each case, less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom, and such delivery of such Lululemon Common Shares and cheques on behalf of the Company or by Callco, as the case may be, or by the Transfer Agent shall be deemed to be payment of and shall satisfy and discharge all liability for the total Retraction Price or total Purchase Price, as the case may be, to the extent that the same is represented by such Lululemon Common Shares and cheques (plus any tax deducted and withheld therefrom and remitted to the proper tax authority).
 
6.5   On and after the close of business on the Retraction Date, the holder of the Retracted Shares shall cease to be a holder of such Retracted Shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a holder in respect thereof, other than the right to receive his proportionate part of the total Retraction Price or total Purchase Price, as the case may be, unless upon presentation and surrender of the documents and instruments in accordance with the foregoing provisions, payment of the total Retraction Price or the total Purchase Price, as the case may be, shall not be made as provided in Section 6.4, in which case the rights of such holder shall remain unaffected until the total Retraction Price or the total Purchase Price, as the case may be, has been paid in the manner hereinbefore provided. On and after the close of business on the Retraction Date, provided that presentation and surrender of the documents and instruments in accordance with the foregoing provisions and payment of the total Retraction Price or the total Purchase Price, as the case may be, has been made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the holder of the Retracted Shares so redeemed by the Company or purchased by Callco shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be a holder of the Lululemon Common Shares delivered to it.
 
6.6   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6, the Company shall not be obligated to redeem Retracted Shares specified by a holder in a Retraction Request to the extent that such redemption of Retracted Shares would be contrary to solvency requirements or other provisions of applicable law. If the Company believes that on any Retraction Date it would not be permitted by any of such provisions to redeem the Retracted Shares tendered for redemption on such date, and provided that Callco shall not have exercised the Retraction Call Right with respect to the Retracted Shares, the Company shall only be obligated to redeem Retracted Shares specified by a holder in a Retraction Request to the extent of the maximum number that may be so redeemed (rounded down to a whole number of shares) as would not be contrary to such provisions and shall notify the holder and the Trustee at least two Business Days prior to the Retraction Date as to the number of Retracted Shares which will not be redeemed by the Company. In any case in which the redemption by the Company of Retracted Shares would be contrary to solvency requirements or other provisions of applicable law, the Company shall redeem Retracted Shares in accordance with Section 6.2 of these share provisions on a pro rata basis and the holder of Retracted Shares shall receive at the Company’s expense (either in the form

13


 

    of a certificate or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) the Retracted Shares not redeemed by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2. Provided that the Retraction Request is not revoked by the holder in the manner specified in Section 6.7, the holder of any such Retracted Shares not redeemed by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 of these share provisions as a result of solvency requirements or other provisions of applicable law shall be deemed by giving the Retraction Request to require Callco, to purchase such Retracted Shares from such holder on the Retraction Date or as soon as practicable thereafter on payment by Callco as the case may be, to such holder of the Purchase Price for each such Retracted Share, all as more specifically provided in the Exchange Trust Agreement.
6.7   A holder of Retracted Shares may, by notice in writing given by the holder to the Company before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Retraction Date, withdraw its Retraction Request, in which event such Retraction Request shall be null and void and, for greater certainty, the revocable offer constituted by the Retraction Request to sell the Retracted Shares to Callco shall be deemed to have been revoked.
ARTICLE 7
REDEMPTION OF EXCHANGEABLE SHARES BY THE COMPANY
7.1   Subject to applicable law, and provided Callco has not exercised the Redemption Call Right, the Company shall on the Redemption Date redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Exchangeable Shares for an amount per Exchangeable Share equal to the Current Market Price of a Lululemon Common Share on the last Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (the “ Redemption Price ”), which shall be satisfied in full by the Company causing to be delivered to each holder of Exchangeable Shares, for each Exchangeable Share held by such holder, one Lululemon Common Share, together with the full amount of all declared and unpaid dividends on each such Exchangeable Share held by such holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the Redemption Date.
7.2   In any case of a redemption of Exchangeable Shares under this Article 7, the Company shall, at least 60 days before the Redemption Date (other than a Redemption Date established in connection with a Lululemon Control Transaction, a Lululemon Extraordinary Distribution, an Exchangeable Share Voting Event or an Exempt Exchangeable Share Voting Event), send or cause to be sent to each holder of Exchangeable Shares a notice in writing of the redemption by the Company or the purchase by Callco under the Redemption Call Right, as the case may be, of the Exchangeable Shares held by such holder. In the case of a Redemption Date established in connection with a Lululemon Control Transaction, an Exchangeable Share Voting Event or an Exempt Exchangeable Share Voting Event, the written notice of redemption by the Company or the purchase by Callco under the Redemption Call Right will be sent on or before the Redemption Date, on as many days prior written notice as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company to be reasonably practicable in the circumstances. In any such case, such notice shall set out the formula for determining the

14


 

    Redemption Price or the Redemption Call Purchase Price, as the case may be, the Redemption Date and, if applicable, particulars of the Redemption Call Right.
 
7.3   On or after the Redemption Date and subject to the exercise by Callco of the Redemption Call Right, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares to be redeemed the Redemption Price for each such Exchangeable Share, if any, together with the full amount of all declared and unpaid dividends on each such Exchangeable Share held by such holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the Redemption Date, upon presentation and surrender at the registered office of the Company or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Company in such notice of the certificates representing such Exchangeable Shares, if any, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares and such additional documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent and the Company may reasonably require. Payment of the total Redemption Price for such Exchangeable Shares, together with payment of such dividends, shall be made by delivery to each holder, at the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Company or by holding for pick-up by the holder at the registered office of the Company or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Company in such notice, on behalf of the Company, of the Lululemon Common Shares to which the holder is entitled (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance), either in the form of certificates representing the Lululemon Common Shares or, in whole or in part, in book-entry form through the direct registration system, and, if applicable, a cheque of the Company payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Company in payment of any such dividends, in each case, less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom. On and after the Redemption Date, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares called for redemption shall cease to be holders of such Exchangeable Shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of holders in respect thereof, other than the right to receive their proportionate part of the total Redemption Price and any such dividends, unless payment of the total Redemption Price and any such dividends for such Exchangeable Shares shall not be made upon presentation and surrender of the documents and instruments required in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unaffected until the total Redemption Price and any such dividends have been paid in the manner hereinbefore provided. The Company shall have the right at any time after the sending of notice of its intention to redeem the Exchangeable Shares as aforesaid to deposit or cause to be deposited the total Redemption Price for and the full amount of such dividends on (except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.3) the Exchangeable Shares so called for redemption, in a custodial account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in such notice, less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom. Upon the later of such deposit being made and the Redemption Date, the Exchangeable Shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made shall be redeemed and the rights of the holders thereof after such deposit or Redemption Date, as the case may be, shall be limited to receiving their proportionate part of the total Redemption Price and such dividends for such Exchangeable Shares so called for redemption, against presentation and surrender of the documents and instruments required in accordance with the foregoing provisions. Upon such payment or

15


 

    deposit of the total Redemption Price and the full amount of such dividends, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be holders of the Lululemon Common Shares delivered to them or the custodian on their behalf.
ARTICLE 8
PURCHASE FOR CANCELLATION
8.1   Subject to applicable law and notwithstanding Section 8.2, the Company may at any time and from time to time purchase for cancellation all or any part of the Exchangeable Shares by private agreement with any holder of Exchangeable Shares for consideration consisting of Lululemon Common Shares.
8.2   Subject to applicable law, the Company may at any time and from time to time purchase for cancellation all or any part of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at any price by tender to all the holders of record of Exchangeable Shares then outstanding or through the facilities of any stock exchange on which the Exchangeable Shares are listed or quoted at any price per share. If in response to an invitation for tenders under the provisions of this Section 8.2 more Exchangeable Shares are tendered at a price or prices acceptable to the Company than the Company is prepared to purchase, the Exchangeable Shares to be purchased by the Company shall be purchased as nearly as may be pro rata according to the number of shares tendered by each holder who submits a tender to the Company, provided that when shares are tendered at different prices, the pro rating shall be effected (disregarding fractions) only with respect to the shares tendered at the price at which more shares were tendered than the Company is prepared to purchase after the Company has purchased all the shares tendered at lower prices. If part only of the Exchangeable Shares shall be purchased, the holder thereof shall receive at the expense of the Company (either in the form of a certificate or in book-entry form through the direct registration system) the balance of such shares.
ARTICLE 9
TRANSFERABILITY
9.1   A holder of Exchangeable Shares may transfer its Exchangeable Shares only if the holder transfers the same number of Special Voting Shares to the same transferee. The Company shall not recognize any transfer of Exchangeable Shares if the same number of Special Voting Shares is not transferred to the same transferee of the transferred Exchangeable Shares.
ARTICLE 10
VOTING RIGHTS
10.1   Except as required by applicable law and by Article 11 hereof, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Company or to vote at any such meeting.

16


 

ARTICLE 11
AMENDMENT AND APPROVAL
11.1   The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares may be added to, changed or removed but only with the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given as hereinafter specified, provided that any adjustment to the number of Lululemon Common Shares into which an Exchangeable Share is exchangeable (which initially is one) made by the Board of Directors, acting in good faith, in accordance with section 2.7 of the Support Agreement to reflect the effect of any event in order to implement the required economic equivalent with respect to the Lululemon Common Shares and the Exchangeable Shares shall not require the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.
11.2   Any approval given by the holders of the Exchangeable Shares to add to, change or remove any right, privilege, restriction or condition attaching to the Exchangeable Shares or any other matter requiring the approval or consent of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if it shall have been given in accordance with applicable law subject to a minimum requirement that such approval be evidenced by a resolution consented to in writing by the holders of not less than two-thirds of the then outstanding Exchangeable Shares or passed by not less than two-thirds of the votes cast on such resolution at a meeting of holders of Exchangeable Shares duly called and held at which the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at that time are present or represented by proxy.
ARTICLE 12
RECIPROCAL CHANGES, ETC. IN RESPECT OF
LULULEMON COMMON SHARES
12.1   Each holder of an Exchangeable Share acknowledges that the Support Agreement provides, in part, that so long as any Exchangeable Shares not owned by Lululemon or its subsidiaries are outstanding, and other than as provided in the Support Agreement, Lululemon will not without the prior approval of the Company and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 12.2 of these share provisions:
  (a)   issue or distribute Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares) to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares by way of stock dividend or other distribution, other than an issue of Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares) to holders of Lululemon Common Shares who (i) exercise an option to receive dividends in Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares) in lieu of receiving cash dividend, or (ii) pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan; or

17


 

  (b)   issue or distribute rights, options or warrants to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares entitling them to subscribe for or to purchase Lululemon Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares); or
 
  (c)   issue or distribute to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares:
  (i)   shares or securities of Lululemon of any class other than Lululemon Common Shares (other than shares convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire Lululemon Common Shares);
 
  (ii)   rights, options or warrants other than those referred to in Section 12.1(b) above;
 
  (iii)   evidences of indebtedness of Lululemon; or
 
  (iv)   assets of Lululemon,
      unless the same or the economic equivalent on a per share basis of such rights, options, securities, shares, evidences of indebtedness or other assets is issued or distributed simultaneously to holders of the Exchangeable Shares.
12.2   Each holder of an Exchangeable Share acknowledges that the Support Agreement further provides, in part, that Lululemon will not without the prior approval of the Company and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 11.2 of these share provisions:
  (a)   subdivide, redivide or change the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a greater number of Lululemon Common Shares;
 
  (b)   reduce, combine, consolidate or change the then outstanding Lululemon Common Shares into a lesser number of Lululemon Common Shares; or
 
  (c)   reclassify or otherwise change the Lululemon Common Shares or effect an amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction affecting the Lululemon Common Shares,
    unless the same or an economically equivalent change shall simultaneously be made to, or in, the rights of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares. The Support Agreement further provides, in part, that the aforesaid provisions of the Support Agreement shall not be changed without the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 11.2 of these share provisions.

18


 

ARTICLE 13
ACTIONS BY THE COMPANY UNDER SUPPORT AGREEMENT
13.1   The Company will take all such actions and do all such things as shall be necessary or advisable to perform and comply with and to ensure performance and compliance by Lululemon, Callco and the Company with all provisions of the Support Agreement applicable to Lululemon, Callco and the Company, respectively, in accordance with the terms thereof including, without limitation, taking all such actions and doing all such things as shall be necessary or advisable to enforce to the fullest extent possible for the direct benefit of the Company all rights and benefits in favour of the Company under or pursuant to such agreement.
13.2   The Company shall not propose, agree to or otherwise give effect to any amendment to, or waiver or forgiveness of its rights or obligations under, the Support Agreement without the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 11.2 of these share provisions other than such amendments, waivers and/or forgiveness as may be necessary or advisable for the purposes of:
  (a)   adding to the covenants of any or all parties to such agreement provided that the Board of Directors shall be of the good faith opinion that such additions will not be prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares;
 
  (b)   making such amendments or modifications not inconsistent with such agreement as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions which, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, it may be expedient to make, provided that the Board of Directors shall be of the good faith opinion that such amendments and modifications will not be prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares; or
 
  (c)   making such changes in or corrections to such agreement which, on the advice of counsel to the Company, are required for the purpose of curing or correcting any ambiguity or defect or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error contained therein, provided that the Board of Directors shall be of the good faith opinion, after consultation with counsel, that such changes or corrections will not be prejudicial to the interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.
ARTICLE 14
LEGEND; CALL RIGHTS; WITHHOLDING RIGHTS
14.1   Any certificates evidencing the Exchangeable Shares shall contain or have affixed thereto a legend in form and on terms approved by the Board of Directors, with respect to the Support Agreement, the provisions of the Plan of Arrangement relating to the Liquidation Call Right and the Redemption Call Right, and the Exchange Trust Agreement (including the provisions with respect to the exchange right and automatic exchange thereunder).

19


 

14.2   Each holder of an Exchangeable Share, whether of record or beneficial, by virtue of becoming and being such a holder shall be deemed to acknowledge each of the Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right and the Redemption Call Right, in each case, in favour of Callco, and the overriding nature thereof in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or the retraction or redemption of Exchangeable Shares, as the case may be, and to be bound thereby in favour of Callco as therein provided.
 
14.3   The Company and Callco shall be entitled, and may instruct the Transfer Agent, to deduct and withhold from any dividend or consideration otherwise payable to any holder of Exchangeable Shares such amounts as the Company or Callco is required or permitted to deduct and withhold with respect to such payments (i) under the Income Tax Act (Canada), the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any provision of provincial, state, local or foreign tax law, in each case, as amended or succeeded, or (ii) required or permitted in order to comply with Section 116 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any corresponding provisions of provincial law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes hereof as having been paid to the persons otherwise entitled thereto, provided that such withheld amounts are actually remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. To the extent that the amount so required or permitted to be deducted or withheld from any payment to a holder exceeds the cash portion of the consideration otherwise payable to the holder, the Company, Callco and the Transfer Agent are hereby authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of such portion of the consideration as is necessary to provide sufficient funds to the Company, Callco or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be, to enable it to comply with such deduction or withholding requirement and the Company, Callco or the Transfer Agent shall notify the holder thereof and remit any unapplied balance of the net proceeds of such sale.
ARTICLE 15
NOTICES
15.1   Any notice, request or other communication to be given to the Company by a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be in writing and shall be valid and effective if given by mail (postage prepaid) or by facsimile or by delivery to the registered office of the Company and addressed to the attention of the President of the Company. Any such notice, request or other communication, if given by mail, facsimile or delivery, shall only be deemed to have been given and received upon actual receipt thereof by the Company.
15.2   Any presentation and surrender by a holder of Exchangeable Shares to the Company or the Transfer Agent of certificates, if any, representing Exchangeable Shares and the other documents and instruments required to be delivered by a holder of Exchangeable Shares in accordance with these share provisions in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or the retraction or redemption of Exchangeable Shares shall be made by registered mail (postage prepaid) or by delivery to the registered office of the Company or to such office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Company, in each case, addressed to the attention of the President of the Company. Any such presentation and surrender of certificates, if any, and such other documents and

20


 

    instruments shall only be deemed to have been made and to be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Company or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be. Any such presentation and surrender of certificates, if any, and such other documents and instruments made by registered mail shall be at the sole risk of the holder mailing the same.
15.3   Any notice, request or other communication to be given to a holder of Exchangeable Shares by or on behalf of the Company shall be in writing and shall be valid and effective if given by mail (postage prepaid) or by delivery to the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Company or, in the event of the address of any such holder not being so recorded, then at the last known address of such holder. Any such notice, request or other communication, if given by mail, shall be deemed to have been given and received on the third Business Day following the date of mailing and, if given by delivery, shall be deemed to have been given and received on the date of delivery. Accidental failure or omission to give any notice, request or other communication to one or more holders of Exchangeable Shares shall not invalidate or otherwise alter or affect any action or proceeding to be taken by the Company pursuant thereto.
15.4   If the Company determines that mail service is or is threatened to be interrupted at the time when the Company is required or elects to give any notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares hereunder, the Company shall, notwithstanding the provisions hereof, give such notice by means of courier or electronic transmission to such holders.
ARTICLE 16
FRACTIONAL SHARES
16.1   As soon as practicable after any exchange of Exchangeable Shares pursuant to these share provisions, the Company shall direct the Transfer Agent (i) to determine the number of, if any, whole and fractional Lululemon Common Shares allocable to the holder of Exchangeable Shares exchanged hereunder, (ii) to aggregate all such fractional shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby at the direction of the Company either in open market transactions or otherwise, in each case at then prevailing trading prices, and (iii) to cause to be distributed to such holder in lieu of any fractional share, such holder’s rateable share of the proceeds of such sale, after making appropriate deductions of the amount required to be withheld for tax purposes and after deducting an amount equal to all brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes attributed to such sale.

21

 

Exhibit 10.15
     
(RBC CAPITAL MARKETS LOGO)
  Royal Bank of Canada
Park Place-Suite 2100
666 Burrard Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6C 3B1
Fax: (604) 665-6465
 
   
 
  Glen Barisoff
Vice President, Corporate Banking
Tel: (604) 257-7620
e-mail: glen.barisoff@rbccm.com
April 11, 2007
Private and Confidential
Lululemon Athletica, Inc.
1945 McLean Drive
Vancouver, British Columbia, V5N 3J7
Attention:       John Currie, Chief Financial Officer
Dear Sirs:
We are pleased to offer the credit facilities described below (the “Credit Facilities”), subject to the following terms and conditions. This agreement supersedes and cancels our letter agreement dated July 2004 as amended by a letter agreements dated September 21, 2004, October 15, 2004, June 14, 2005 and November 29, 2005 (the “Cancelled Credit Facility”). In addition, any amount owing by the Borrower to the Bank under the Cancelled Credit Facility is deemed to be a Borrowing under Facility 1.
DEFINITIONS AND SCHEDULES
The attached schedules are incorporated into this agreement by reference. Schedule “A” contains definitions of capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this agreement. Unless otherwise provided, all dollar amounts are in Canadian currency and accounting terms are to be interpreted in accordance with GAAP.
BORROWER
Lululemon Athletica, Inc. (the “Borrower”)
LENDER
Royal Bank of Canada (the “Bank”)
CREDIT FACILITIES
     
Facility (1):
  $20,000,000 uncommitted demand revolving facility, by way of:
 
(a) 
RBP based loans (“RBP Loans”) ;
 
   
(b) 
RBUSBR based loans in US currency (“RBUSBR Loans”) ;
 
   
(c) 
  Bankers’ Acceptances (“ BAs ”);
 
   
(d) 
Libor based loans in US currency Eurocurrency (“Libor Loans”) ;
 
   
(e) 
Letters of Credit in Canadian currency or US currency (“ LCs ”);
 
   
(f) 
Letters of Guarantee in Canadian currency or US currency (“ LGs ”).
Each use of the Credit Facilities is a “Borrowing” and all such usages outstanding at any time are “Borrowings” . Schedule “B” contains notice provisions applicable to Borrowings that must be complied with. Schedule “C” contains terms and conditions applicable to Borrowings made otherwise than by way of RBP Loans or RBUSBR Loans which must be complied with.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   2   April 11, 2007
FEF CONTRACTS
At the Borrower’s request the Bank may enter into Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts (“FEF Contracts”) with the Borrower from time to time with maximum terms of one year. The Bank makes no commitment to enter into any FEF Contract and may at any time in its sole discretion decline to enter into any FEF Contract. FEF Contracts will be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the FEF Contracts Schedule attached as Schedule D hereto.
TERMS OF OTHER FACILITIES
The Credit Facilities are in addition to the following:
(a)   a lease line of credit in an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000, having a maximum sixty (60) month term, which facility is governed by separate agreements between the Borrower and the Bank; and
 
(b)   corporate VISA to a maximum amount of $250,000 which is governed by separate agreements between the Borrower and the Bank.
PURPOSE
Facility (1)
General operating purposes, including the acquisition of franchisee operations.
AVAILABILITY
Facility (1)
The Borrower may borrow, convert, repay and reborrow up to the amount of this revolving facility.
REPAYMENT
Facility (1)
Borrowings under this facility are expected to revolve with operating requirements.
Notwithstanding compliance with the covenants and all other terms and conditions of this agreement, and regardless of the maturities of any outstanding instruments or contracts, Borrowings under this facility are repayable on demand and the Bank may terminate this facility at any time, without notice or demand.
Upon demand or termination, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank all Borrowings outstanding under this facility including, without limitation, an amount equal to the aggregate of the face amounts of all BAs, LCs and LGs which are unmatured or unexpired, which amount shall be held by the Bank as security for the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank in respect of such instruments or contracts. The Bank may enforce its rights to realize upon its security and retain an amount sufficient to secure the Bank for the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank in respect of such instruments or contracts.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   3   April 11, 2007
INTEREST RATES AND FEES
     
Facility (1)
   
 
   
RBP Loans:
  RBP plus ZERO % per annum.
 
   
RBUSBR Loans:
  RBUSBR plus ZERO % per annum.
 
   
BAs:
  BA’s plus Acceptance fee of 1.125% per annum
 
   
Libor Loans:
  Libor plus 1.125% per annum.
 
   
LCs:
  1.125% annual fee
 
   
LGs:
  1.125% annual fee

subject to a minimum fee of $100 in the currency of issue (where in Canadian currency or US currency) and $100 in Canadian currency where issued in any other approved currency.
 
   
Annual Review Fee:
  0.10% if the average quarterly drawn balance is less than 33%, 0.05% fee if the average quarterly drawn balance = >33% and <50% (payable quarterly in arrears).
Arrangement Fee
An arrangement fee of $30,000 is payable by the Borrower upon acceptance of this agreement. This fee is non-refundable and is deemed to be earned by the Bank upon acceptance of this agreement, to compensate for time, effort and expense incurred by the Bank in approving these facilities.
CALCULATION AND PAYMENT OF INTEREST AND FEES
RBP Loans and RBUSBR Loans
The Borrower shall pay interest on each RBP Loan and RBUSBR Loans monthly in arrears, on the 26th day of each month. Such interest will be calculated monthly and will accrue daily on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. Interest on RBUSBR Loans shall be paid in US currency.
LC Fees
The Borrower shall pay an LC fee on the date of any payment made by the Bank pursuant to a drawing under any LC calculated on the amount drawn, based upon the number of days the LC was outstanding and a year of 365 days. If the total amount available under any LC has not been drawn prior to the expiry of such LC, the Borrower shall pay an LC fee calculated on the undrawn portion of such LC on the expiry date thereof, based upon the number of days the LC was outstanding and a year of 365 days.
LG Fees
The Borrower shall pay an LG fee on the date of issuance of any LG calculated on the face amount of the LG issued and based on the number of days in the term thereof and a year of 365 days.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   4   April 11, 2007
BAs
The Borrower shall pay an acceptance fee in advance on the date of issue of each BA at the applicable rate provided for in this agreement. Acceptance fees shall be calculated on the face amount of the BA issued and based upon the number of days in the term thereof and a year of 365 days.
Libor Loans
The Borrower shall pay interest on each Libor Loan, on each Libor Interest Date, calculated in arrears. Such interest will accrue daily on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.
Limit on Interest
The Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any interest, fees or costs under or in connection with this agreement in excess of what is permitted by law.
Overdue Payments
Any amount that is not paid when due hereunder shall, unless interest is otherwise payable in respect thereof in accordance with the terms of this agreement or the instrument or contract governing same, bear interest until paid at the rate of RBP plus 5% per annum or, in the case of an amount in US currency, RBUSBR plus 5% per annum.
Equivalent Yearly Rates
The annual rates of interest or fees to which the rates calculated in accordance with this agreement are equivalent, are the rates so calculated multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which such calculation is made and divided by 365 or, in the case of Libor Loans, divided by 360.
Time and Place of Payment
Amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be paid at the Branch of Account in the applicable currency. Amounts due on a day other than a Business Day shall be deemed to be due on the Business Day next following such day. Interest and fees payable under this agreement are payable both before and after any or all of default, maturity date, demand and judgement.
EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS
If, for any reason, the amount of Borrowings outstanding under any facility, when converted to the Equivalent Amount in Canadian currency, exceeds the amount available under such facility, the Borrower shall immediately repay such excess or shall secure such excess to the satisfaction of the Bank.
INCREASED COSTS
The Borrower shall reimburse the Bank for any additional cost or reduction in income arising as a result of (i) the imposition of, or increase in, taxes on payments due to the Bank hereunder (other than taxes on the overall net income of the Bank), (ii) the imposition of, or increase in, any reserve or other similar requirement, (iii) the imposition of, or change in, any other condition affecting the Credit Facilities imposed by any applicable law or the interpretation thereof.
EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS
The Bank shall open and maintain at the Branch of Account accounts and records evidencing the Borrowings made available to the Borrower by the Bank under this agreement. The Bank

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   5   April 11, 2007
shall record the principal amount of each Borrowing, the payment of principal and interest and all other amounts becoming due to the Bank under this agreement.
The Bank’s accounts and records constitute, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Bank pursuant to this agreement.
The Borrower authorizes and directs the Bank to automatically debit, by mechanical, electronic or manual means, any bank account of the Borrower for all amounts payable by the Borrower to the Bank pursuant to this agreement.
GENERAL ACCOUNTS
The Borrower shall establish current accounts with the Bank in each of Canadian currency and US currency (each a “General Account”) for the conduct of the Borrower’s day to day banking business. If the balance in a General Account:
(a)   is a credit, the Bank may apply, at any time in its discretion, the amount of such credit or part thereof, rounded to the nearest dollar in Canadian currency or US currency, as applicable, as a repayment of Borrowings outstanding by way of RBP Loans or RBUSBR Loans, as applicable, under Facility (1), or
 
(b)   is a debit, the Bank may, subject to availability, make available a Borrowing by way of an RBP Loan or RBUSBR Loans, as applicable, under Facility (1) in an amount, rounded to the nearest dollar in Canadian currency or US currency, as applicable, as is required to place the General Account at not less than a zero balance.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
The availability of any Borrowing is conditional upon the receipt of:
(a)   a duly executed copy of this agreement;
 
(b)   the security provided for herein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, registered as required to perfect and maintain the security created thereby and such certificates, authorizations, resolutions, priority agreements and legal opinions as the Bank may reasonably require (including opinions as to corporate matters with respect to this agreement and the Security to which the Borrower is a party, to be provided by the Borrower’s solicitor and an opinion as to corporate matters, this agreement and the Security to which the Guarantors are party, and including enforceability with respect to the guarantees to be given by the Guarantors);
 
(c)   receipt by the Bank of copies of documents evidencing corporate existence and authority of the Borrower and corporate authorizations, resolutions and other documents; and
 
(d)   such financial and other information or documents relating to the Borrower and the Guarantor as the Bank may reasonably require.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   6   April 11, 2007
SECURITY
Security for the Borrowings and all other obligations of the Borrower to the Bank shall include:
(a)   General security agreement signed by the Borrower constituting a first ranking security interest in all personal property of the Borrower, including without limitation an assignment and security interest in all intellectual property, including trademarks, owned by the Borrower;
 
(b)   Movable hypothec in the amount of $30,000,000 made by the Borrower in favour of the Bank constituting a hypothec on all of the personal property of the Borrower, including without limitation an assignment and security interest in all intellectual property, including trademarks, owned by the Borrower;
 
(c)   Guarantee and postponement of claim in the amount of $20,000,000 signed by Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc.;
 
(d)   Guarantee and postponement of claim in the amount of $20,000,000 signed by Lululemon FC USA, Inc.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower and each of the Guarantors represent and warrant to the Bank that:
(a)   all representations and warranties are made as of the date of execution of this agreement and shall surviving all Borrowings and each of the representations and warranties are deemed to be repeated by each of them as at the time of each Borrowing hereunder;
 
(b)   the Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and duly registered or qualified to carry on business in each of the Provinces of Ontario and Quebec;
 
(c)   the Guarantor, Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc. is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing in the State of Nevada;
 
(d)   the Guarantor, Lululemon FC USA, Inc., is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing in the State of Nevada;
 
(e)   the execution, delivery and performance by it of this agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary actions and do not violate its constating documents or any Applicable Laws or agreements to which the Borrower or either of the Guarantors is a party or by which any of them are bound;
 
(f)   its most recent consolidated financial statements provided to the Bank fairly present the financial position of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors as of the date thereof and its results of operations and cash flows for the fiscal period covered thereby, and since the date of such financial statements, there has occurred no material adverse change in the resepctive business or financial conditions of the Borrower or either of the Guarantors;
 
(g)   there is no claim, action, prosecution or other proceeding of any kind pending or threatened against the Borrower or either of the Guaratnors or any of the respective

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   7   April 11, 2007
    assets or properties of each of them before any court or administrative agency which relates to any non-compliance with any Environmental Law or any Release from its lands of a Contaminant into the natural environment or which, if adversely determined, might have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or operations of the Borrower or either of the Guarantors, or their ability to perform their respective obligations under this agreement or any of the Bank’s security, and there are no circumstances of which any of them are aware which might give rise to any such proceeding which have not been fully disclosed to the Bank;
 
(h)   the Borrower and each of the Guarantors has good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, free and clear of any encumbrances, other than as may be provided for herein;
 
(i)   the Borrower and each of the Guarantors is in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws;
 
(j)   the Borrower and each of the Guarantors possesses all licenses, patents, trade marks, service marks and copyrights, free from material restrictions, that are necessary for the ownership, maintenance and operation of their respective assets and businesses and neither the Borrower nor either of the Guaratnors is in violation of any rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing;
 
(k)   the Borrower and each of the Guarantors has filed all material tax returns which were required to be filed by it, paid or made provision for payment of all taxes and Potential Prior-Ranking Claims (including interest and penalties) which are due and payable, and provided adequate reserves for payment of any tax, the payment of which is being contested;
 
(l)   no event has occurred which constitutes, or which, with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute, an Event of Default a breach of any covenant or other term or condition of this agreement or any security agreement given in connection therewith.
REPORTING COVENANTS
The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Bank, while this agreement is in effect, to provide the Bank with:
(a)   quarterly unaudited combined financial statements with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors within 45 days of each fiscal quarter end. Combined statements to include a listing of all adjusting entries performed during combination;
 
(b)   annual audited combined financial statements for the Borrower and the Guarantors within 120 days of each fiscal year end. The combined financial statements to include a listing of all adjusting entries performed during the fiscal period;
 
(c)   annual business plan, including a forecast, income statement, balance sheet and cash flow statement and capex plan, to be prepared on a monthly basis for the next following fiscal year for the Borrower and the Guarantors on a combined basis within 60 days of each fiscal year end; and
 
(d)   such other financial and operating statements and reports as and when the Bank may reasonably require.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   8   April 11, 2007
GENERAL COVENANTS
The Borrower and each the Guarantors covenants and agrees with the Bank, while this agreement is in effect:
(a)   to pay all sums of money when due by it under this agreement;
 
(b)   to provide the Bank with prompt written notice of any event which constitutes, or which, with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default; a breach of any covenant or other term or condition of this agreement or any security agreement given in connection therewith;
 
(c)   to give the Bank 30 days prior written notice of any intended Change in Control of the Borrower or either of the Guarantors and not to consent to or facilitate a Change in Control of the Borrower or either of the Guarantors without the prior written consent of the Bank;
 
(d)   to keep the assets of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors fully insured against such perils and in such manner as would be customarily insured by companies carrying on a similar business or owning similar assets;
 
(e)   if the Borrower owns any commercial buildings located in Metropolitan Vancouver, Lower Fraser Valley, Metropolitan Victoria or Saanich Peninsula, then, in addition to (d) above, the Borrower shall insure and keep fully insured such commercial buildings against risk of earthquake;
 
(f)   to file all material tax returns which are to be filed by it from time to time, to pay or make provision for payment of all taxes (including interest and penalties) and Potential Prior-Ranking Claims when due, and to provide adequate reserves for the payment of any tax, the payment of which is being contested;
 
(g)   to comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws;
 
(h)   not to, without the prior written consent of the Bank, grant, create, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, charge, lien, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance affecting any of the properties, assets or other rights of the Borrower or either of the Guarantors;
 
(i)   not to, without the prior written consent of the Bank, sell, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the Borrower or either of the Guarantors, other than in the ordinary course of business and on commercially reasonable terms;
 
(j)   not to, without the prior written consent of the Bank, guarantee or otherwise provide for, on a direct, indirect or contingent basis, the payment of any monies or performance of any obligations by any other Person, except as may be provided for herein;
 
(k)   not to, without the prior written consent of the Bank, merge, amalgamate, or otherwise enter into any other form of business combination with any other Person;

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   9   April 11, 2007
(l)   to provide the Bank with prompt written notice of any non-compliance by the Borrower with any Environmental Laws or any Release from the land of the Borrower of a Contaminant into the natural environment and to indemnify and save harmless the Bank from all liability of loss as a result of an Environmental Activity or any non-compliance with any Environmental Law;
 
(m)   to permit the Bank or its representatives, from time to time, to visit and inspect the Borrower’s premises, properties and assets and examine and obtain copies of the Borrower’s records or other information and discuss the Borrower’s affairs with the auditors, counsel and other professional advisers of the Borrower.
Nothing contained in the foregoing Covenants sections shall limit any right of the Bank under this agreement to terminate or demand payment of, or cancel or restrict availability of any unutilized portion of, any demand or other discretionary facility made available under this agreement.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
This agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
The Bank may assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this agreement to any Person. The rights and obligations of the Borrower under this agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Bank.
The Bank may disclose to potential or actual assignees confidential information regarding the Borrower (including, any such information provided by the Borrower to the Bank) and shall not be liable for any such disclosure.
GENERAL
Expenses
The Borrower agrees to pay all fees (including legal fees), costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with the preparation, negotiation and documentation of this agreement and the security provided for herein and the operation or enforcement of this agreement and the security provided for herein.
Review
The Bank may conduct periodic reviews of the affairs of the Borrower, as and when determined by the Bank, for the purpose of evaluating the financial condition of the Borrower. The Borrower shall make available to the Bank such financial statements and other information and documentation as the Bank may reasonably require and shall do all things reasonably necessary to facilitate such review by the Bank.
Potential Prior-Ranking Claims
The Borrower hereby grants its consent (such grant to remain in force as long as this agreement is in effect or any Borrowings are outstanding) to any Person having information relating to any Potential Prior-Ranking Claim arising by any law, statute, regulation or otherwise and including, without limitation, claims by or on behalf of government to release such information to the Bank at any time upon its written request for the purpose of assisting the Bank to evaluate the financial condition of the Borrower.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   10   April 11, 2007
Set off
The Bank is authorized, but not obligated, at any time, to apply any credit balance, whether or not then due, to which the Borrower is entitled on any account in any currency at any branch or office of the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the obligations of the Borrower due to the Bank under this agreement. The Bank is authorized to use any such credit balance to buy such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application.
Non-Merger
The provisions of this agreement shall not merge with any security provided to the Bank, but shall continue in full force for the benefit of the parties hereto.
Amendments and Waivers
No amendment or waiver of any provision of this agreement will be effective unless it is in writing signed by the Borrower and the Bank. No failure or delay, on the part of the Bank, in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any security document shall operate as a waiver thereof.
Severability
If any provision of this agreement is or becomes prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the provision concerned in any other jurisdiction nor invalidate, affect or impair any of the remaining provisions of this agreement.
Life Insurance Options
The Borrower acknowledges that Borrowings are not insured under the Bank’s Business Loan Insurance Program.
Judgement Currency
If for the purpose of obtaining judgement in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to this agreement, it is necessary to convert into the currency of such jurisdiction (the “Judgement Currency”) any amount due hereunder in any currency other than the Judgement Currency, then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgement is given. For this purpose “rate of exchange” means the rate at which the Bank would, on the relevant date, be prepared to sell a similar amount of such currency in the Toronto foreign exchange market, against the Judgement Currency, in accordance with normal banking procedures.
In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which judgement is given and the date of payment of the amount due, the Borrower will, on the date of payment, pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid on such date is the amount in the Judgement Currency which, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, is the amount then due under this agreement in such other currency together with interest at RBP and expenses (including legal fees on a solicitor and client basis). Any additional amount due from the Borrower under this section will be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this agreement.
Governing Law
This agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Province of British Columbia and of Canada applicable therein.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   11   April 11, 2007
Whole Agreement
This agreement, the security and any other written agreement delivered pursuant to or referred to in this agreement constitute the whole and entire agreement between the parties in respect of the Credit Facilities. There are no verbal agreements, undertakings or representations in connection with the Credit Facilities.
Joint and Several
Where more than one Person is liable as Borrower or Guarantor for any obligation under this agreement, then the liability of each such Person for such obligation is joint and several with each other such Person.
Time
Time shall be of the essence in all provisions of this agreement.
Acceptance
This offer is open for acceptance until April 30, 2007 after which date it will be null and void, unless extended in writing by the Bank.
Please confirm your acceptance of this agreement by signing the attached copy of this letter in the space provided below and returning it to the undersigned.
Yours truly,
Royal Bank of Canada
(SIGNATURE)

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   12   April 11, 2007
         
We acknowledge and accept the foregoing terms and conditions as of April 23 rd , 2007.
 
       
LULULEMON ATHLETICA, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John Currie    
 
       
Name:
  John Currie    
Title:
  Chief Financial Officer    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
Name:
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       
 
       
I/We have authority to bind the corporation.    
                     
We acknowledge and confirm our agreement with the foregoing terms and conditions, as Guarantor, as of April 23 rd , 2007.       We acknowledge and confirm our agreement with the foregoing terms and conditions, as Guarantor, as of April 23 rd , 2007.    
 
                   
LULULEMON ATHLETICA USA, INC.       LULULEMON FC USA, INC.    
a Nevada corporation       a Nevada corporation    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ John Currie       By:   /s/ Dennis Wilson    
 
                   
Name:
  John Currie       Name:   Dennis Wilson    
Title:
  Chief Financial Officer       Title:   Director    
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
                   
Name:
          Name:        
 
                   
Title:
          Title:        
 
                   
 
                   
I/We have authority to bind the corporation.       I/We have authority to bind the corporation.    

 


 

Schedule “A” to the agreement dated April 11, 2007, between Lululemon Athletica, Inc., as Borrower, and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Bank.
Definitions
For the purpose of this agreement, the following terms and phrases shall have the following meanings:
“Applicable Laws” means, with respect to any Person, property, transaction or event, all present or future applicable Laws, statutes, regulations, rules, orders, codes, treaties, conventions, judgments, awards, determinations and decrees of any governmental, regulatory, fiscal or monetary body or court of competent jurisdiction in any applicable jurisdiction;
“Bankers’ Acceptance” or “BA” means a bill of exchange, including a depository bill issued in accordance with the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada), drawn on the Bank by, and payable to the order of, the Borrower which have been accepted by the Bank;
“Branch of Account” means the branch of the Bank at which the Borrower’s accounts are maintained. As at the date of this agreement, the “Branch of Account” is the Bank’s branch at 1025 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, B.C., V6E 3N9;
“Business Day” means a day, excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are closed in the province of the Branch of Account and, when used in connection with a Libor Loan, means, in addition to the foregoing, a day on which dealings in US currency deposits by and between leading banks in the London Interbank Market may be concluded;
“Change in Control” means the acquisition by any Person, or group of Persons acting jointly or in concert, of beneficial ownership of 50% plus one share or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Borrower or either of the Guarantors having the right to vote for the election of directors of under ordinary circumstances;
“Contaminant” includes, without limitation, any pollutant, dangerous substance, liquid waste, industrial waste, hazardous material, hazardous substance or contaminant including any of the foregoing as defined in any Environmental Law;
“Environmental Activity” means any activity, event or circumstance in respect of a Contaminant, including, without limitation, its storage, use, holding, collection, purchase, accumulation, assessment, generation, manufacture, construction, processing, treatment, stabilization, disposition, handling or transportation, or its Release into the natural environment, including movement through or in the air, soil, surface water or groundwater;
“Environmental Laws” means all Applicable Laws relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, or any Environmental Activity;
“Equivalent Amount” means, with respect to an amount of any currency, the amount of any other currency required to purchase that amount of the first mentioned currency through the Bank in Toronto, in accordance with normal banking procedures;

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   2   April 11, 2007
“Eurocurrency” means US Dollars, Sterling, Deutsche Marks, Swiss Francs, Japanese Yen or any other currency which is freely convertible on the London Interbank Market;
“GAAP” means, generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in Canada applied in a consistent manner from period to period;
“Guarantors” means Lululemon Athletica USA, Inc. and Lululemon FC USA, Inc., each of which is a Nevada corporation, and “Guarantor” means either of them;
“Interest Determination Date” means, with respect to a Libor Loan, the date which is 2 Business Days before the first day of the Libor Interest Period applicable to such Libor Loan;
“Letter of Credit” or “LC” means a documentary credit issued by the Bank on behalf of the Borrower for the purpose of paying suppliers of goods;
“Letter of Guarantee” or “LG” means a documentary credit issued by the Bank on behalf of the Borrower for the purpose of providing security to a third party that the Borrower or a person designated by the Borrower will perform a contractual obligation owed to such third party;
“Libor” means, with respect to each Libor Interest Period applicable to a Libor Loan, the annual rate of interest (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of one sixteenth of one percent (1/16th%)), at which the Bank, in accordance with its normal practice, would be prepared to offer deposits to leading banks in the London Interbank Market for delivery on the first day of each of such Libor Interest Period, for a period equal to each such Libor Interest Period, such deposits being in US currency (or other agreed upon Eurocurrency specified herein) of comparable amounts to be outstanding during such Libor Interest Period, at or about 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the Interest Determination Date;
“Libor Interest Date” means with respect to any Libor Loan, the last day of each Libor Interest Period and, if the Borrower selects a Libor Interest Period for a period longer than 3 months, the Libor Interest Date shall be the date falling every 3 months after the beginning of such Libor Interest Period as well as the last day of such Libor Interest Period;
“Libor Interest Period” means, with respect to any Libor Loan, the initial period (subject to availability) of approximately 1 month (or longer whole multiples of 1 month to and including 6 months as selected by the Borrower and notified to the Bank by written notice) or such shorter or longer period as the Bank in its sole discretion shall make available commencing on the date on which such Libor Loan is made or another method of Borrowing is converted to a Libor Loan, as the case may be, and thereafter, while such Libor Loan is outstanding, each successive period (subject to availability) of 1 month (or longer whole multiples of 1 month to and including 6 months, as selected by the Borrower and notified to the Bank by written notice) commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Libor Interest Period;
“Person” includes an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a company, a corporation, an association, a government or any department or agency thereof, and any other incorporated or unincorporated entity;
“Potential Prior-Ranking Claims” means all amounts owing or required to be paid, where the failure to pay any such amount could give rise to a claim pursuant to any law, statute, regulation or otherwise, which ranks or is capable of ranking in priority to the Bank’s security or otherwise in priority to any claim by the Bank for repayment of any amounts owing under this agreement;

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   3   April 11, 2007
“RBP” and “Royal Bank Prime” each means the annual rate of interest announced by the Bank from time to time as being a reference rate then in effect for determining interest rates on commercial loans made in Canadian currency in Canada;
“RBUSBR” and “Royal Bank US Base Rate” each means the annual rate of interest announced by the Bank from time to time as a reference rate then in effect for determining interest rates on commercial loans made in US currency in Canada;
“Release” includes discharge, spray, inject, inoculate, abandon, deposit, spill, leak, seep, pour, emit, empty, throw, dump, place and exhaust, and when used as a noun has a similar meaning;
“Royal Bank Prime Acceptance Fee” or “RBPAF” means the annual rate announced by the Bank from time to time as a reference rate then in effect for determining fees on BAs;
“US” means United States of America.

 


 

Schedule “B” to the agreement dated April 11, 2007, between Lululemon Athletica, Inc., as Borrower, and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Bank.
Notice Requirements
Notice Requirements for other than Libor Loans:
     
Amount   Prior Notice
Under $10,000,000, Canadian or US currency
  By 10:00 a.m. on the day of Borrowing
 
   
$10,000,000 up to but not including $20,000,000, Canadian
or US currency
  By 10:00 a.m. 1 Business Day prior to the day of Borrowing
Notice Requirements for Libor Loans:
     
Amount   Prior Notice
Under $10,000,000 in US currency or any Equivalent Amount in Eurocurrency and up to 1 year rollovers
  by 10:00 a.m. on the Interest Determination Date
 
   
$10,000,000 up to $20,000,000 in US currency or any Equivalent Amount in Eurocurrency and up to 1 year rollovers
  by 10:00 a.m. 1 Business Day prior to the Interest Determination Date

 


 

Schedule “C” to the agreement dated April 11, 2007, between Lululemon Athletica, Inc., as Borrower, and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Bank.
Borrowing Conditions
Borrowings made otherwise than by way of RBP Loans or RBUSBR Loans will be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     BAs:
  (a)   BAs shall be issued and mature on a Business Day and shall be issued in minimum face amounts of $500,000 or such larger amount as is a whole multiple of $100,000 for terms of not less than 30 and not more than 180 days;
 
  (b)   the Bank may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept the Borrower’s drafts or limit the amount of any BA issue at any time;
 
  (c)   notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify the Bank against any loss, cost or expense incurred by the Bank if any BA is repaid, prepaid, converted or cancelled other than on the maturity date of such BA;
 
  (d)   any BA issued under a term facility must have a maturity on or before the maturity date of the term facility, unless otherwise agreed by the Bank; and
 
  (e)   prior to the issue of any BA the Borrower shall execute the Bank’s standard form of undertaking and agreement in respect of BAs. If there is any inconsistency at any time between the terms of this agreement and the terms of the Bank’s standard form of undertaking and agreement, the terms of this agreement shall govern.
     LCs or LGs:
  (a)   each LC and LG shall expire on a Business Day and shall have a term of not more than 365 days;
 
  (b)   at least 2 Business Days prior to the issue of an LC or LG, the Borrower shall execute a duly authorized application with respect to such LC or LG and each LC and LG shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the relevant application for such contract;
 
  (c)   an LC or LG may not be revoked prior to its expiry date unless the consent of the beneficiary of the LC or LG has been obtained; and
 
  (d)   if there is any inconsistency at any time between the terms of this agreement and the terms of the application for LC or LG, the terms of the application for LC or LG shall govern.
     Libor Loans:
  (a)   Libor Loans shall be issued and mature on a Business Day and shall be made in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 in US currency or the Equivalent Amount in Eurocurrency as selected by the Borrower and approved by the Bank for terms of not less than 30 days and not more than 360 days;
 
  (b)   if the Borrower fails to select and to notify the Bank of the Libor Interest Period applicable to any Libor Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected a 3 month Libor Interest Period;

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   2   April 11, 2007
  (c)   if the Bank so requests the Borrower shall enter into a Hedge Contract to hedge the principal and interest of each Libor Loan against the risk of currency and exchange rate fluctuations. “Hedge Contract” means any rate swap, rate cap, rate floor, rate collar, currency exchange transaction, forward rate agreement or other exchange, hedging or rate protection transaction, or any combination of such transactions or agreements or any option with respect to any such transaction now existing or hereafter entered into between the Borrower and the Bank;
 
  (d)   the Borrower shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless against any loss, cost or expense (including without limitation, any loss incurred by the Bank in liquidating or redeploying deposits acquired to fund or maintain any Libor Loan) incurred by the Bank as a result of:
  (i)   repayments, prepayments, conversions, rollovers or cancellations of a Libor Loan other than on the last day of the Libor Interest Period applicable to such Libor Loan, or
 
  (ii)   failure to draw down a Libor Loan on the first day of the Libor Interest Period selected by the Borrower; and
  (e)   if the Bank determines, which determination is final, conclusive and binding upon the Borrower, that:
  (i)   adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the rate of interest on a Libor Loan,
 
  (ii)   the making or the continuance of a Libor Loan has become impracticable by reason of circumstances which materially and adversely affect the London Interbank Market,
 
  (iii)   deposits in US currency (or other Eurocurrency selected) are not available to the Bank in the London Interbank Market in sufficient amounts in the ordinary course of business for the applicable Libor Interest Period to make or maintain a Libor Loan during such Libor Interest Period, or
 
  (iv)   the cost to the Bank of making or maintaining a Libor Loan does not accurately reflect the effective cost to the Bank thereof or the costs to the Bank are increased or the income receivable by the Bank is reduced in respect of a Libor Loan,
then the Bank shall promptly notify the Borrower of such determination and the Borrower shall, prior to the next Interest Determination Date, notify the Bank as to the basis of Borrowing it has selected in substitution for such Libor Loan. If the Borrower does not so notify the Bank, such Libor Loan will automatically be converted into an RBUSBR Loan on the expiry of the then current Libor Interest Period.

 


 

Schedule “D” to the agreement dated April 11, 2007, between Lululemon Athletica, Inc., as Borrower, and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Bank.
FEF Contracts Schedule
FEF Contract Definitions
“Foreign Exchange Forward Contract” or “FEF Contract” means a currency exchange transaction or agreement or any option with respect to any such transaction now existing or hereafter entered into between the Borrower and the Bank;
Conditions Applicable to FEF Contracts
At the Borrower’s request, the Bank may agree to enter into FEF Contracts with the Borrower from time to time. The Borrower acknowledges that the Bank makes no formal commitment herein to enter into any FEF Contract and the Bank may, at any time and at all times, in its sole and absolute discretion, accept or reject any request by the Borrower to enter into a FEF Contract. If the Bank does enter into a FEF Contract with the Borrower, it will do so subject to the following:
  (a)   the Borrower shall promptly issue or countersign and return a confirmation or acknowledgement of the terms of each such FEF Contract as required by the Bank;
 
  (b)   the Borrower shall, if required by the Bank, promptly enter into a Foreign Exchange and Options Master Agreement or such other agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank to govern the FEF Contract(s);
 
  (c)   in the event of demand for payment under the agreement of which this schedule forms a part, the Bank may terminate all or any FEF Contracts. If the agreement governing any FEF Contract does not contain provisions governing termination, any such termination shall be effected in accordance with customary market practice. The Bank’s determination of amounts owing under any terminated FEF Contract shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Bank shall apply any amount owing by the Bank to the Borrower on termination of any FEF Contract against the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the agreement and any amount owing to the Bank by the Borrower on such termination shall be added to the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the agreement and secured by the Bank’s security;
 
  (d)   the Borrower shall pay all required fees in connection with any FEF Contracts and indemnify and hold the Bank harmless against any loss, cost or expense incurred by the Bank in relation to any FEF Contract;
 
  (e)   any rights of the Bank herein in respect of any FEF Contract are in addition to and not in limitation of or substitution for any rights of the Bank under any agreement governing such FEF Contract. In the event that there is any inconsistency at any time between the terms hereof and any agreement governing such FEF Contract, the terms of such agreement shall prevail; and
 
  (f)   in addition to any security which may be held at any time in respect of any FEF Contract, upon request by the Bank from time to time, the Borrower will deliver to the Bank such security as is acceptable to the Bank as continuing collateral security for the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank in respect of FEF Contracts.

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   2   April 11, 2007
FEF Contracts and Treasury Transactions Schedule
Definitions
“Foreign Exchange Future Contract” or “FEF Contract” means a currency exchange transaction or agreement or any option with respect to any such transaction now existing or hereafter entered into between the Borrower and the Bank.
“Treasury Transaction” means any interest rate swap transaction or commodity derivative, or any derivative or option with respect thereto, or any combination or any of the foregoing, or any other transaction related to financial risk now existing or hereafter developed.
Conditions Applicable to FEF Contracts or Treasury Transactions
At the Borrower’s request, the Bank may agree to enter into FEF Contracts and Treasury Transactions with the Borrower from time to time. The Borrower acknowledges that the Bank makes no formal commitment herein to enter into any FEF Contract and Treasury Transactions and the Bank may, at any time and at all times, in its sole and absolute discretion, accept or reject any request by the Borrower to enter into a FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction. If the Bank does enter into a FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction with the Borrower, it will do so subject to the following:
  (a)   the Borrower shall promptly issue or countersign and return a confirmation or acknowledgement of the terms of each such FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction as required by the Bank;
 
  (b)   the Borrower shall promptly enter into a foreign exchange netting and close out agreement or such other agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank to govern the FEF Contract(s);
the Borrower shall promptly enter into a master agreement or other agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank including, without limitation, any agreement used by the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. or any foreign exchange netting and close out agreement;
  (a)   in the event of demand for payment under the agreement of which this schedule forms a part, the Bank may terminate all or any FEF Contracts and all or any Treasury Transactions. If the agreement governing any FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction does not contain provisions governing termination, any such termination shall be effected in accordance with customary market practice. The Bank’s determination of amounts owing under any terminated FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Bank shall apply any amount owing by the Bank to the Borrower on termination of any FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction against the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the agreement and any amount owing to the Bank by the Borrower on such termination shall be added to the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the agreement and secured by the Bank’s security;
 
  (b)   the Borrower shall pay all required fees in connection with any FEF Contracts or Treasury Transactions and indemnify and hold the Bank harmless against any loss, cost or expense incurred by the Bank in relation to any FEF Contract or Treasury Transactions;
 
  (c)   any rights of the Bank herein in respect of any FEF Contract or Treasury Transactions are in addition to and not in limitation of or substitution for any rights of the Bank under any agreement governing such FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction. In the event that there is any inconsistency at any time between the

 


 

Lululemon Athletica, Inc.   3   April 11, 2007
      terms hereof and any agreement governing such FEF Contract, or Treasury Transaction the terms of such agreement shall prevail; and
in addition to any security which may be held at any time in respect of any FEF Contract or Treasury Transaction, upon request by the Bank from time to time, the Borrower will deliver to the Bank such security as is acceptable to the Bank as continuing collateral security for the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank in respect of FEF Contracts or Treasury Transactions.

 

 

Exhibit 10.17
GENERAL LEASE — SINGLE TENANT
THIS LEASE is dated for reference the 25th day of January, 2006.
BETWEEN:
2285 CLARK INVESTMENTS LTD , a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, and having a place of business at 1-2285 Clark Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, V5N 3G9
(hereinafter called the “Landlord”)
OF THE FIRST PART
AND:   LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC ., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, and have a place of business at 1945 McLean Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V5N 3J7
 
    (hereinafter called the “Tenant”)
OF THE SECOND PART
WHEREAS:
          A. The Landlord is the registered owner of lands in the City of Vancouver legally described as: Lots 3-8, Block 94, District Lot 264A, Plan 442 1771, Ex. Plan 4094, N.W.L.D. (herein called the “Lands”);
          B. There is a building on the Lands (herein called the “Building”);
          C. The Tenant has offered to lease from the Landlord the Building and the Lands civically described as 2285 Clark Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia (herein together called the “Leased Premises”).
          WITNESSETH that in consideration of the rents, covenants and agreements hereinafter reserved and contained on the part of the Tenant, to be paid, observed and performed, the Landlord has demised and leased and by these presents does demise and lease unto the Tenant the Leased Premises on the terms, conditions and covenants as hereinafter set forth.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
          1.1. Operating Costs
          “Operating Costs” shall mean without duplication or profit and subject to the exclusions herein mentioned, the total of all actual costs, charges and expenses related to the Leased Premises including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 


 

               (a) gas, oil, power, electricity, water, sewer, communications, cleaning, janitorial and all other utilities and services:
               (b) servicing, repairing, maintaining or replacing sewers and drains, lighting, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and all other fixtures and equipment servicing the Leased Premises;
               (c) snow and garbage removal, servicing, maintaining, operating, improving, altering, repairing, replacing in lieu of repairing, supervising and policing wages (including statutory or usual fringe benefits) and fees to independent contractors relating thereto;
               (d) servicing and maintaining the Leased Premises including the costs of the Landlord in performing the services and maintenance set out in this Article that are not the responsibility of the Landlord including depreciation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on items subject to periodic replacement;
               (e) periodic painting of the Building, parking lot lines and lamp standards;
               (f) all costs and charges to or by the Landlord for servicing and maintaining directory signs;
               (g) the property management fee being $950.00 per month
               (h) the premiums on all insurance policies placed by the Landlord;
               (i) all other actual costs, expenses and charges incurred by the Landlord with respect to operating the Building from time to time;
               (j) the cost of all improvements intended primarily to reduce operating costs, equal to, but not exceeding in any year, the reduction in such year, which cost shall be amortized by the Landlord over a period in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein the operating costs outlined in Article 1.1 shall not include or there shall be deducted from, as the case may be:
               (k) any insurance proceeds or judgments or settlements made in relation thereto received by the Landlord with respect to the Leased Premises;
               (l) legal costs or collection costs that do not involve the Tenant;
               (m) interest on debt or capital retirement of debt;
               (n) any taxes personal to the Landlord;
               (o) salaries or fringe benefits to officers and directors of the Landlord.

-2-


 

ARTICLE 2
TERM
          2.1. Term
          The Tenant to have and to hold the Leased Premises for and during the term of Three (3) years, commencing on the 1 st day of February, 2006 (herein called the “Commencement Date”) and expiring on the 31st day of January, 2009 (herein called the “Term”) unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.
          2.2. Delay in Occupancy
          If the Leased Premises are not available for occupancy by the Tenant on the Commencement Date of the Term, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, and the Tenant shall take possession of the Leased Premises on the Occupancy Date (as herein defined).
          2.3. Occupancy Date
          The Occupancy Date shall be the earlier of:
               (a) the first business day after the day upon which the Landlord has notified the Tenant in writing that the Leased Premises (except for the performing of Landlord’s work, if any, which has been delayed, hindered or prevented by the Tenant or by non-completion of the Tenant’s work) are ready for occupancy by the Tenant and the Landlord’s determination that the Leased Premises are ready for occupancy shall be final and binding upon the Tenant; or
               (b) the date upon which the Tenant commences business on the Leased Premises; or
               (c) the date upon which the Tenant receives keys to the Leased Premises.
          2.4. Liability of the Landlord
          The Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, injury, damage or inconvenience which the Tenant may sustain by reason of the inability of the Landlord for any reason to deliver the Leased Premises ready for occupancy on the Commencement Date.
          2.5. Entry Prior to Commencement Date
          In the event that the Tenant is allowed entry into the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the Tenant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Lease, but only shall be liable for additional rent and not minimum rent apportioned on a per diem basis from such earlier occupancy date to the Commencement Date.

-3-


 

ARTICLE 3
RENT
          3.1. Rent
          Yielding and paying therefore unto the Landlord and its successors and assigns, without prior demand during the Term in lawful money of Canada the following:
               (a) the annual rent of:
                    (i) Three Hundred and Seventy Two Thousand Dollars ($372,000.00) plus GST payable without deduction, set-off or abatement except as expressly provided in this Lease by equal consecutive monthly installments of Thirty One Thousand Dollars ($31,000.00) plus GST payable in advance on the first day of each month during the first year of the Term, commencing on the first day of February, 2006, to and including the first day of January, 2007; and
                    (ii) Three Hundred and Eighty Four Thousand Dollars ($384,000.00) plus GST payable without deduction, set-off or abatement except as expressly provided in this Lease by equal consecutive monthly installments of Thirty Two Thousand Dollars ($32,000.00) plus GST payable in advance on the first day of each month during the second year of the Term commencing on the first day of February, 2007 to and including the first day of January, 2008; and
                    (iii) Three Hundred and Ninety Six Thousand Dollars ($396,000.00) plus GST payable without deduction, set-off or abatement except as expressly provided in this Lease by equal consecutive monthly installments of Thirty Three Thousand Dollars ($33,000.00) plus GST payable in advance on the first day of each month during the last year of the Term commencing on the first day of February, 2008 to and including the first day of January, 2009; and
               (b) all such other amounts as shall become due and payable hereunder by the Tenant to the Landlord (herein called “additional rent”) and all rights that the Landlord has in respect of rent, the Landlord shall also have in respect of additional rent, whether or not such amounts be specifically designated elsewhere in this Lease as “additional rent”.
          3.2. Interest on Overdue Rent
          Each and every payment of rent or additional rent payable under the provisions of this Lease by the Tenant to the Landlord or the payment of any costs or expenses incurred by the Landlord in enforcing the provisions of this Lease shall be due and payable as provided for under the terms of this Lease and if not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum above the prime commercial lending rate of the Landlord’s designated bank from time to time in the City of Vancouver from the date when same shall become payable under the terms of this Lease until the same shall be paid, and such interest shall accrue and be payable without the necessity of any demand therefore being made. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, nor the payment nor acceptance of interest payable hereunder, the Landlord shall not hereby be deemed to have waived any default or breach by the Tenant of the terms of this

-4-


 

Lease that may have occurred and the Landlord may exercise its rights hereunder arising from such default or breach and concurrently recover the interest as herein provided.
          3.3. Deposit
          The Tenant hereby pays a deposit to the Landlord in the amount of $64,000.00 plus GST tax. The deposit is to be firstly applied towards the first month’s rent due hereunder, and secondly, the balance of the deposit is to be retained by the Landlord without interest to the Tenant, as a security deposit, to be returned to the Tenant upon, the expiry of the Term or any renewal thereof, or to be applied, at any time during the Term or thereafter, by the Landlord to rectifying any damage to the Leased Premises caused by the Tenant, and if the security deposit is so used by the Landlord during the Term, the Tenant covenants to replace the security deposit with the Landlord promptly upon demand.
ARTICLE 4
USE OF LEASED PREMISES
          4.1. Use of Leased Premises
          The Tenant covenants to use and occupy the Leased Premises for the sole purpose of the design and production of wearing apparel and ancillary office uses. The Tenant shall not use or permit or suffer the use of the Leased Premises for any other purpose without the prior written consent of the Landlord. The Tenant acknowledges that it is solely the Tenant’s responsibility to obtain all necessary business and occupation licences and permits and the Landlord makes no warranty as to bylaw or zoning compliance of the Leased Premises for the Tenant’s business all of which much be determined by the Tenant.
ARTICLE 5
TENANTS COVENANTS
          The Tenant covenants with the Landlord as follows:
          5.1. Rent
          To pay when due, rent and additional rent.
          5.2. Business Tax
          To pay when due, all taxes, business taxes, permit fees, business license fees, rates, and other charges, fees or costs payable, levied or assessed in respect of the use and occupancy of the Leased Premises by the Tenant, the business or businesses carried on therein, or the improvements, equipment, machinery or fixtures therein and to promptly furnish receipts evidencing such payment upon the written request of the Landlord.
          5.3. Municipal and Property Tax
     To pay on demand:

-5-


 

               (a) all taxes, rates and duties and assessments including school and local improvement taxes payable by the Landlord in respect of the Building; and
               (b) all taxes, rates and duties and assessments in respect to the Lands, all of such taxes, rates, duties and assessments described in this Article 5.3 hereinafter referred to as the “Taxes”. Taxes shall only be payable for the period of the Term and shall be pro-rated for periods of less than a calendar year falling within the Term.
          5.4. Tax Appeal
          The Tenant may, after first having given the Landlord written notice of its intention to do so, appeal, at its expense, any assessment of Taxes or the amount thereof relating to the Leased Premises. If the Landlord appeals any assessment of Taxes, provided the Tenant has not already elected to do so, the Tenant will pay the Landlord the Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred in making such appeal and if, in case of appeal, the Taxes are reduced, the Tenant will be repaid any over payment of Taxes upon receipt of same from the taxing authority.
          5.5. Utility Charges
          To pay all charges for services and utilities including electricity, gas, air-conditioning, heating, fuel, water, sewer and telephone, delivered or provided to or made available upon the Leased Premises, and other costs which are metered, charged, levied or rated directly to the Tenant in respect of the Leased Premises, and if, at any time, during the Term or any renewal or extension thereof, the Landlord is required to pay any or all of the foregoing, then a sum equal to the amount so paid shall forthwith become due and be collectible upon demand and the Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies with respect to said sum as if the same were rent reserved hereunder.
          5.6. Lighting Replacement and Maintenance
          From and after the Commencement Date to pay the total cost of replacement of any burned out electric light bulbs, tubes and ballasts and the total cost of cleaning fixtures, tubes and plastics in the Leased Premises.
          5.7. Recharge of Insurance Premiums
          To pay on demand during the Term, the premiums payable or paid by the Landlord in respect of the insurance coverage referred to in Article 6.3 hereof, and, if only a part of a premium year is included in the Term, to pay such insurance premiums as apportioned on a per diem basis.
          5.8. Voiding Insurance
          Not to do or omit or permit to be done upon the Leased Premises anything which shall cause the rate of insurance premiums upon the Leased Premises, to be increased and if the insurance premium increases as aforesaid, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord ‘forthwith upon demand the amount by which the Landlord’s insurance premiums so increased. If notice of cancellation is given respecting any insurance policy upon the Leased Premises, or should any

-6-


 

insurance company refuse to renew any insurance policy on the Leased Premises by reason of the Tenant’s use or occupation of the Leased Premises, the Tenant shall forthwith remedy or rectify such use or occupation upon being requested to do so in writing by the Landlord, and if the Tenant shall fail to do so forthwith, the Landlord may at its option terminate this Lease immediately by notice in writing of its intention so to do, and thereupon rent and any other payments ‘for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease shall be apportioned upon a per diem basis and paid in full to the date of such termination of the Lease, and the Tenant shall deliver up vacant possession of the Leased Premises to the Landlord within twenty (20) days of receipt of such notice and the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of them.
          5.9. Estimated Operating Costs and Property Taxes
          To permit the Landlord to estimate the Operating Costs and Taxes payable by the Tenant during each year or portion thereof from time to time and to pay such estimated Operating Costs and Taxes to the Landlord forthwith after receipt from the Landlord of such estimates, with any overpayment to be rebated by the Landlord within thirty (30) days or any deficiency to be paid by the Tenant within thirty (30) days of when the actual amount of such Operating Costs or Taxes are known and, if only a part of a calendar year is included in the Term, to pay such Operating Costs and Taxes as apportioned upon a per diem rate.
          5.10. Intent of Lease
          To pay all costs such that the Lease of the Leased Premises shall be a completely carefree net lease for the Landlord except as shall be otherwise provided in the specific provisions contained in this Lease, and that the Landlord shall not be responsible during the Term for any costs, charges, expenses and outlays of any nature whatsoever arising from or relating to the Leased Premises, and the Tenant, except as otherwise provided in the specific provisions contained in this Lease, shall pay all charges, impositions and costs of every nature and kind relating to the Leased Premises whether or not referred to herein and whether or not within the contemplation of the Landlord or the Tenant, and without restricting the generality of the foregoing, the Tenant shall pay all taxes, insurance payments and other costs, expenses and charges relating to the operation of the Leased Premises including costs incurred by the Landlord pursuant to Articles 6.2 and 6.3 but not including the payment of any interest or principal required to be paid by the Landlord under any mortgage relating to the Leased Premises and not to include any income taxes that are payable by the Landlord.
          5.11. State of Repair
          Subject to Article 9, to promptly repair and maintain the Leased Premises in good condition including, without limitation, the roof, the roof membrane and the structural elements (not including structural replacement or repairs required due to inherent structural defects) of the Building, the exterior, interior and floors of the Building, all wiring, sprinkler systems, fences, paved areas and landscaped areas, all water, sewer and gas connections, pipes and mains, and all other fixtures, machinery, facilities, equipment and appurtenances comprising the Leased Premises or any part thereof, except for reasonable wear and tear and damage caused by a negligent or deliberate act of the Landlord, its servants or agents and except the replacement of the roof structure described in Article 6.2. The Tenant shall also maintain the roof, including

-7-


 

regular inspections by knowledgeable people and preventative maintenance and repair, and keep the roof and drains of the Building free and clear of snow and ice or other materials which might impair or damage the roof or any other portion of the Building. The Tenant shall permit the Landlord to enter and view the state of repair, to repair according to notice in writing given to the Tenant by the Landlord and, except as aforesaid, to leave the Leased Premises is such state of repair in which the Tenant is required to maintain the Leased Premises hereunder.
          5.12. Failure to Repair
          To repair in accordance with the provisions hereof; but if the Tenant should fail to repair in accordance with the provisions hereof, or if there is a need for emergency repairs, to permit the Landlord, its agents or employees, to enter the Leased Premises and make the required repairs and for that purpose the Landlord may bring or leave upon the Leased Premises all necessary tools, materials and equipment and the Landlord will not be liable to the Tenant for any inconvenience, annoyance of loss or business or any injuries or damages suffered by the Tenant by reason of the Landlord effecting or attempting to effect such repairs unless caused by the negligence of the Landlord, its agents or employees, and the expense of such repairs shall be borne by the Tenant who shall pay it to the Landlord forthwith upon demand, and if not so paid, shall be deemed to be additional rent in arrears hereunder, provided that nothing herein shall require the Landlord to effect or attempt to effect such repairs.
          5.13. Rules and Regulations
          To observe and be bound by, and cause its employees, licensees and invitees to observe, the rules and regulations included as Article 23 in this Lease.
          5.14. Observance of Law
          To conduct its business in the Leased Premises and use the Leased Premises in such a manner as to comply with any and all Statutes, Bylaws, Rules and Regulations of any Federal, Provincial, Municipal or other competent authority for the time being in force relating to such business or the use by the Tenant of the Leased Premises.
          5.15. Waste and Nuisance
          Not to do or suffer any waste or damage, disfiguration or injury to the Leased Premises or the fixtures and equipment thereof or permit or suffer any overloading of the floors thereof, and not to place therein any safe, heavy business machine or other heavy thing, without first obtaining the consent in writing of the Landlord; and not to use or permit to be used any part of the Leased Premises for any use which in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion, is dangerous, noxious or offensive trade or business and not to cause or permit any nuisance on the Leased Premises.
          5.16. Entry by Landlord
          To permit the Landlord, its servants or agents to enter the Leased Premises at any time and from time to time for the purpose of inspecting and of making repairs, alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises, or for the purpose of showing the Leased Premises to

-8-


 

prospective purchasers, mortgagees or other encumbrancers or tenants and the Tenant shall not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance, loss of profits or business or discomfort occasioned thereby. The Landlord, its servants or agents, may, at any time, enter upon the Leased Premises to remove any article or remedy any condition which, in the opinion of the Landlord acting reasonably would be likely to lead to cancellation of any policy of insurance upon the Leased Premises or any part thereof, and such entry by the Landlord shall not be deemed to be re-entry provided always that the Landlord shall, if making such repairs, alterations or improvements, proceed expeditiously.
          5.17. Showing Leased Premises
          To permit the Landlord or its agents to show the Leased Premises to prospective tenants between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. of the last six (6) months of the Term, and to permit the Landlord to place the usual type of notices to the effect that the Leased Premises are for rent, which notices shall not be removed or obstructed by the Tenant.
          5.18. Indemnity
          Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from and against any and all liability, loss, claims, demands, damages or expenses, including legal expense (on a solicitor and own client basis), arising out of injury to any’ person (including injury resulting in death), damage to, loss of or theft of any property of any person occurring within, on or about the Leased Premises; and to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord. ‘from and against any and all liability, loss, claims, demands, damages or expenses caused by or arising out of the breach, default or default or non-observance by the Tenant of any provision of this Lease. This provision shall survive and remain in full force and effect after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
          5.19. Alterations
          Not to make or erect in the Leased Premises any installations, alterations, additions or partitions without submitting drawings and specifications to the Landlord and obtaining the Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, and further to obtain the Landlord’s prior written consent to any change in such drawings and specifications submitted as aforesaid subject to payment of the actual reasonable cost to the Landlord of having its architect approve such changes, before proceeding with any work based on such drawings or specifications; such work may be performed by contractors engaged by the Tenant and approved by the Landlord, but in each case only under written contract approved in writing by the Landlord and subject to all reasonable and appropriate conditions which the Landlord may impose.
          5.20. Interior Finishes
          To install in the Leased Premises only such window shades, drapes or floor coverings, and to apply only such wall coverings and paints, as are first approved in writing by the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and to install or apply the same by competent workmen.

-9-


 

          5.21. Glass
          To restore or replace forthwith at its expense, any broken or damages glass on the Leased Premises that occurs after occupancy of the Leased Premises by the Tenant.
          5.22. Signs.
          Not to paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the exterior of the Building or which is visible from the outside thereof, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
          5.23. Keep Tidy
          On each day to leave the Leased Premises in a reasonably tidy condition and to keep the Leased Premises free of rubbish and debris at all times and to provide proper receptacles for waste and rubbish.
          5.24. Certificates
          At any time upon not less than five (5) days prior written notice, to execute and deliver to the Landlord a statement in writing certifying that the Lease is unmodified (or, if modified, stating the modifications), that it is in full force and effect, the amount of the annual rent paid hereunder, the dates to which such rents and other charges hereunder have been paid, by installment or otherwise, and whether there is any existing default on the part of the Landlord of which the Tenant has notice.
          5.25. Insurance
               (a) To maintain Public Liability Insurance naming as additional insured the Landlord or other such persons or corporations as may from time to time be named or appointed by the Landlord or its assignee or its successor under this Lease in the minimum amount of Three Million ($3,000,000) Dollars per occurrence inclusive limits.
               (b) To place and maintain Tenant’s Legal Liability Insurance in the amount equal to the replacement value of the Leased Premises.
          5.26. Encumbrances
               (a) Not to cause, permit or suffer any caveat, builder’s lien or other encumbrance to be maintained against the Landlord’s title to the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, except this Lease or a caveat based thereon, and if the Tenant shall fail to cause any of the same to be discharged within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice from the Landlord so to do, the Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same by paying the amount claimed to be due or by bonding or other proceedings deemed appropriate by the Landlord and any amount paid or expense incurred, including legal ‘fees (on a solicitor and own client basis) relating thereto shall be deemed to be additional rent for the Leased Premises and shall be due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord within thirty (30) days of written demand, provided that the Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder while it contests any and all such caveats, liens or encumbrances in good faith.

-10-


 

               (b) Not to cause, permit or suffer any Caveat, Builder’s Lien, Conditional Sales Agreement, Chattel Mortgage or other encumbrance to any improvements by the Tenant on the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, except this Lease or a caveat based thereon.
          5.27. Payments on Behalf of Tenant
          At any time during the Term or any renewal thereof, the Landlord is required to pay or pays any amount required to be paid by the Tenant under this Lease, to then pay the amount so paid immediately on written demand to the Tenant as additional rent.
          5.28. Keep Occupied
          Not to vacate the Leased Premises.
          5.29. Deliver Up Possession
          To peaceably surrender and deliver up the Leased Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease in the condition in which the Tenant is required to maintain the Leased Premises hereunder.
ARTICLE 6
THE LANDLORD COVENANTS
          The Landlord covenants with the Tenant as follows:
          6.1. Quiet Enjoyment
          That provided the Tenant shall pay the rent hereby reserved when due and performs the terms, conditions and covenants on its part herein contained, then the Tenant shall peaceably hold the Leased Premises during the term of the Lease without interruption by the Landlord or any person rightfully claiming through or in trust for the Landlord.
          6.2. Replacement
          To replace when required the roof structure (but not the roof membrane) of the Building and for one year commencing February 1, 2006 complete replacement of the HVAC systems and replacement of an entire packaged rooftop air conditioning unit .
          6.3. Insurance
          Subject to commercial availability, the Landlord will obtain and maintain insurance in amounts, against risks, in a form and with insurers as is prudent having regard to the business conducted on the Leased Premises, including without limitation:
               (a) all-risks property insurance on the Building;
               (b) if any boiler or pressure vessel is operated on the Leased Premises insurance against loss or damage by explosion of such boiler or pressure vessel.

-11-


 

The insurance required by this Article 6.3 will be effected and maintained to such amounts as will reasonably protect the Tenant and the Landlord against such loss or damage and in any event to the same extent as would be usual and prudent for persons carrying on a similar business and operating and owning similar properties similarly located; provided, subject to commercial availability, that the Landlord will at all times maintain an amount of insurance at least equal to the full replacement cost for all of the Building and all such insurance shall be without co-insurance or in a stated amount without co-insurance and will be effected and maintained with such insurers as may be selected by the Landlord. The Landlord will deliver certificates of insurance evidencing the required insurance to the Tenant at the Tenant’s request.
          6.4. Adjustment of Operating Costs and Taxes
          To furnish to the Tenant on or before the expiration of three (3) months after the Landlord’s fiscal year end, a Statement of Operating Costs and Taxes during the immediate preceding fiscal year or portion thereof, such statement to be certified correct by a responsible officer of the Landlord. Within thirty (30) days after delivery of such a statement, the Landlord or the Tenant (as the case may be) shall have appropriate adjusting payment in the amount of the difference between the total Operating Costs and Taxes actually paid by the Tenant in respect of such fiscal period or portion thereof and the Operating Costs and Taxes that should have been paid by the Tenant in respect of the corresponding periods.
ARTICLE 7
INSTALLATIONS
          7.1. Tenant Installation
          All articles of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment and furniture, owned or installed by the Tenant at the expense of the Tenant in the Leased Premises, shall remain the property of the Tenant and the Tenant, if not in default, may remove its property at any time during the Term, provided that the Tenant, at its expense, shall repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused by such removal or the original installation. The Landlord may require the Tenant, at the Tenant’s expense, to remove all or any part of the afore-described property at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and to repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused by such removal and if the Tenant does not remove its property forthwith after written demand by the Landlord then the Landlord may enter the Leased Premises and remove all or any part of the afore-described property and repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused by such removal all at the expense of the Tenant forthwith to the Landlord upon written demand and the Landlord will not be responsible for any loss or damage to such property because of such removal provided that the Landlord may elect not to remove such property in which event it shall be deemed to be the Landlord’s property.
          7.2. Alterations and Additions
          All installations, alterations, additions, partitions and fixtures except those items described in Article 7.1 above, in or upon the Leased Premises, whether placed there by the Tenant or the Landlord, shall, immediately upon such placement become the Landlord’s property without compensation therefor to the Tenant and, except as hereinafter mentioned shall not be

-12-


 

removed from the Leased Premises by the Tenant at any time either during or after the term provided that the Landlord shall be under no obligation to repair or maintain installations, alterations, additions, partitions and fixtures or anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement made or installed by the Tenant or the Landlord.
ARTICLE 8
PROPERTY LOSS, DAMAGE, REIMBURSEMENT
          8.1. Liability
          The Landlord, its servants or agents, shall not be liable for, and the Tenant will indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless from and against any loss, injury (including injury resulting in death) or damage howsoever caused to any persons using the Leased Premises, or to vehicles or their contents or any other property thereon, or for any damage to property entrusted to the Landlord or its employees or for the loss of any property by theft, burglary, vandalism or breaking and entry, or from falling plaster, steam, water, rain, snow or dampness which may leak into, issue from, flow into or be found upon the Leased Premises, or for any loss, damage or injury (including injury resulting in death) to any person or property caused by or attributable to the condition, location or arrangement of any electric, telephone, gas, plumbing, air-conditioning or heating wiring, pipes, conduits or apparatus or other service supplied to, passing through or used on, within or in connection with the Leased Premises, unless such loss, injury or damage is caused solely by the negligence of the Landlord. This provision shall survive and remain in full force and effect after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
          8.2. Reimbursement
          The Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for all actual expenses (including legal fees on a solicitor and own client basis), costs, damages, loss or fines incurred or suffered by the Landlord by reason of any breach, violation or non-performance by the Tenant of any covenant or provision of this Lease or by reason of damage to persons or property caused by the Tenant, its servants or agents.
          8.3. Notice
          The Tenant shall give the Landlord immediate notice in case of injury, damage, fire or accident in the Leased Premises.
          8.4. Landlord’s Repair of Tenant’s Damage
          If the Landlord shall repair any damage caused by the Tenant then the cost or expense incurred by the Landlord with respect to such repair shall be deemed to be additional rent for the Leased Premises and shall be due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord within thirty (30) days of written demand.

-13-


 

ARTICLE 9
DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF THE LEASED PREMISES
          9.1. Damage or Destruction of Leased Premises
          In case the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, shall at any time during the Term or any renewal thereof be damaged or destroyed by any cause whatsoever (except where it is the responsibility of the Tenant to repair) such that, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, they are rendered unfit in whole or in part for the purposes of the Tenant then the following shall apply:
               (a) if, in the opinion of the Landlord, the Leased Premises shall be capable with reasonable diligence of being repaired and rendered fit for occupation within one hundred eighty (180) days from the happening of such damage, but the damage is such as to render the Leased Premises wholly unfit for occupancy, then the rent and all additional rent hereby reserved shall be suspended after such damage while the process for repair is going on, and the Landlord shall repair the same with all reasonable speed and the rent and all additional rent shall recommence immediately after such repairs have been completed and the Tenant notified in writing that the Leased Premises are ready for occupancy;
               (b) if, in the opinion of the Landlord, the Leased Premises shall be capable with reasonable diligence of being repaired and rendered fit for occupation within one hundred eighty (180) days as aforesaid and if the damage is such that the Leased Premises are capable of being partially used then, until such damage is repaired, the rent and all additional rent shall be suspended in the proportion that the unoccupied part of the Leased Premises bear to the whole of the Leased Premises for the duration of such repairs and the Landlord shall repair the same with all reasonable speed;
               (c) notwithstanding Article 9.1(b), if, in the opinion of the Landlord, the Building shall be capable with reasonable diligence of being repaired and rendered fit for occupation within one hundred eighty (180) days as aforesaid, and if the damage is such that the Leased Premises are capable of being partially used but fifty percent or more of the floor area of the Leased Premises is materially damaged and the Tenant, acting reasonably, determines that it is unable to carry on its business substantially in the manner carried on prior to such damage within such period, then the rent and all additional rent shall be suspended (provided only if the Tenant ceases its operations in the Leased Premises until such damage is repaired) for the duration of such repairs and the Landlord shall repair the same with all reasonable speed;
               (d) if, in the opinion of the Landlord, the Leased Premises cannot be rebuilt or made fit for the purpose of the Tenant within one hundred eighty (180) days of such damage or destruction, the Landlord, instead of rebuilding or making the Leased Premises fit for the Tenant, or the Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving the other within thirty (30) days after the rendering of the Landlord’s opinion, written notice of termination, and thereupon rent and additional rent for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease shall be apportioned on a per diem basis and paid to the date of such damage or destruction and the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession of the Leased Premises to the Landlord;

-14-


 

               (e) in any case, the Landlord shall not be responsible for and the Tenant shall acquire no rights arising from any delay in the repairs;
               (f) the Landlord shall act reasonably in forming any opinion pursuant to this Article 9.1.
          9.2. Impossibility of Performance
          Whenever and to the extent that the Landlord shall be unable to fulfill, or shall be delayed or restricted in fulfilling any obligation hereunder in respect of the supply or provision of any service or utility or the doing of any work or the making of any repairs by reason of being unable to obtain the material, goods, equipment, service, utility or labor required to enable the Landlord to fulfill such obligation or by reason of any statute, law or order-in-council or any regulation or order or direction of any administrator, controller or board, or any government department or officer or other authority, or by reason of not being able to obtain any permission or authority required thereby, or by reason of any other cause beyond the control of the Landlord whether of the foregoing character or not, the Landlord shall be entitled to extend the time for fulfillment of such obligation by a time equal to the duration of such delay or restriction, and the Tenant shall not be entitled to compensation and the rent shall not be suspended for any inconvenience, nuisance, loss of business or profits, or discomfort thereby occasioned.
ARTICLE 10
ACCESS TO TILE LEASED PREMISES
          10.1. Right of Access
          The Landlord, its servants and agents shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises at reasonable times during normal business hours to examine the same and make repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as the Landlord may be required to make by law or in order to repair and maintain the Leased Premises; and the Landlord shall be allowed to take all material, men, tools and equipment into the Leased Premises that may be required therefor, without the same constituting an eviction of the Tenant in whole or in part and the rent reserved and all other amounts due hereunder shall in no way abate or be suspended while said repairs, alterations, improvements or additions, are being made and the Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience to the Tenant or damage to or interruption of the Tenant’s business.
ARTICLE 11
DEFAULT
          11.1. Default
          The Tenant covenants with the Landlord that if any payment of rent or additional rent or any part thereof becomes due and non-payment continues for five (5) days after the due date or if the Tenant shall violate or default under any covenant, agreement or stipulation herein contained on its part to be kept, performed or observed and any such default on the part of the Tenant shall continue for ten (10) days (or such longer period as may be reasonable in the circumstances) after written notice thereof to the Tenant by the Landlord, or in case the Leased Premises shall be vacated or become vacated or remain unoccupied for ten (10) days then, and in

-15-


 

any such case, the Landlord, in addition to any other remedy now or hereinafter provided by law, may terminate this Lease forthwith by written notice to the Tenant, and in addition to any other remedy, and the Landlord may re-enter and may remove all persons and property therefrom and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of the Tenant and the Landlord may use all legal remedies in making such removal as the Landlord may deem advisable to recover at once full and exclusive possession of the Leased Premises and such re-entry shall not operate as a waiver or satisfaction in whole or in part of any right, claim or demand arising out of or connected with any breach or violation by the Tenant of any covenant or agreement on its part to be performed. Such re-entry shall be without prejudice to the Landlord’s rights to recover any outstanding rent or additional rent, to recover damages arising from a breach, or otherwise to enforce its rights hereunder.
          11.2. Bankruptcy
          If, without the written consent of the Landlord, the Leased Premises shall be used by any other person than the Tenant, or for any other purpose than that for which they were let, or if any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant shall at any time be seized in execution or attachment by any creditor of the Tenant, or if the Tenant shall make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if the Tenant shall become bankrupt or insolvent or take the benefit of any Act now or hereafter in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors, or if the Tenant has a receiver appointed or, if the Tenant is a corporation and any order shall be made for the winding-up or the Tenant or other termination of its corporate existence, then this Lease shall, at the option of the Landlord, cease and determine and the Term shall immediately become forfeited and void and the then current month’s installments of rent and additional rent shall immediately become due and be paid to the Landlord as liquidated damages and not as a penalty and the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Leased Premises as though the Tenant or other occupant or occupants of the Leased Premises were holding over after the expiration of the Term without any right whatever.
          11.3. Recovery of Adjustments
          The Landlord shall have in addition to any other right or remedy the same rights or remedies in the event of default by the Tenant in payment of any amount payable to the Landlord hereunder, as the Landlord would have in the case of default in payment of rent.
ARTICLE 12
DISTRESS
          12.1. Distress
          Whensoever the Landlord shall be entitled to levy distress against the goods and chattels of the Tenant, it may use all legal remedies necessary for that purpose and for gaining admission to the Leased Premises without being liable to any action in respect thereof or for any loss or damage occasioned thereby and the Tenant hereby expressly releases the Landlord from all actions, proceedings, claims or demand whatsoever for or on account of or in respect to any such forcible entry or any loss or damage sustained by the Tenant in connection therewith notwithstanding anything contained in any statute now or hereafter enforce limiting or

-16-


 

abrogating the right of distress, none of the goods, chattels or trade fixtures of the Tenant on the Leased Premises at any time during the Term shall be exempt from levy by distress and the Tenant hereby waives each and every benefit that could or might have accrued to the Tenant under and by virtue of any statute.
          12.2. Right of Re-Entry
          Upon the Landlord’s entitlement to re-enter the Leased Premises under any provisions for default contained in this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other rights hereunder, shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises as the agent of the Tenant by all legal remedies, without being liable therefor and to relet the Leased Premises as the agent of the Tenant and the Landlord may, at the cost of Tenant, make such alterations and repairs as are necessary in order to relet the Leased Premises, and to receive the rent therefor as the agent of the Tenant, and to take possession of any furniture or other property on the Leased Premises and to sell such furniture or other property at public or private sale without notice and to apply the proceeds upon account of the rent under this Lease and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for any deficiency.
          12.3. Right of Termination
          Upon the Landlord’s entitlement to re-enter the Leased Premises under any provisions for default contained in this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other rights, shall have the right to immediately terminate this Lease by providing written notice pursuant to Article 15.1, notice in writing of the Landlord’s intention so to do, and thereupon rent shall be computed, apportioned upon a per diem basis and paid in full to the date of such termination and any other payments for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease shall be paid immediately and the Tenant shall immediately deliver up peaceable possession of the Leased Premises to the Landlord, and the Landlord may reenter and take possession thereof.
ARTICLE 13
NON-WAIVER
          13.1. Non-Waiver
          No condoning, excusing or overlooking by the Landlord of any default, breach or non-observance by the Tenant at any time or times in respect to any covenant, proviso or condition herein contained shall operate as a waiver of the Landlord’s rights hereunder In respect to any continuing or subsequent default, breach or non-observance, or so as to defeat or affect in any way the rights of the Landlord herein in respect to any such continuing or subsequent default or breach, and no waiver shall be inferred from or implied by anything done or omitted by the Landlord save only express waiver in writing. The Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by the Tenant requiring the Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary the Landlord’s consent or approval to any subsequent similar act by the Tenant.

-17-


 

          13.2. Rights and Remedies
          All rights and remedies of the Landlord in this Lease contained shall be cumulative and not alternative.
ARTICLE 14
HOLDING OVER
          14.1. Holding
          If the Tenant shall remain in possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration of this Lease and no written agreement otherwise provides, the Tenant shall be deemed a Tenant from month to month at a monthly rent, payable in advance, equal to one-ninth (1/9) of the annual rent payable during the immediately preceding lease year and save as to rent, term renewal and Term shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease insofar as the same are applicable.
ARTICLE 15
NOTICES
          15.1. Notices
          Any notice required or contemplated by any provision of the Lease or which the Landlord or Tenant may desire to give to the other shall be sufficiently given by personal delivery, by facsimile or by registered letter, postage prepaid and mailed and addressed to the party to whom such notice is to be given at the address of such party as given in this Lease and any such notice shall be effective as of the day of such personal delivery or facsimile or as of the third day following the date of such posting, as the case may be, provided however, that Saturdays, Sundays, Statutory Holidays and delays caused by strike or other delay in postal service shall extend the period within which notice shall be deemed to have been received. Either party may at any time give notice in writing to the other of any change of address of the party giving such and from and after the giving of such notice, the address therein specified shall be deemed to be the address of such party for the giving of notices hereunder. The word “notice” shall be deemed to include any request, statement or other writing in this lease provided or permitted to be given by the Landlord to the Tenant or by the Tenant to the Landlord.
ARTICLE 16
LANDLORD’S ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE
          16.1. Landlord’s Assignment of Lease
          It is understood and agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that the Landlord may assign this Lease and the rights and obligations hereunder, provided that such assignment by the Landlord shall require that the Assignee accept and agree in writing with the Tenant as to each and every responsibility of the Landlord as described in this Lease, and the Tenant hereby releases the Landlord from its obligations hereunder and any and all claims and demands by and damages and losses occurring to the Tenant and arising after the date of such assignment to the extent that such obligations have been assumed by the Assignee .

-18-


 

ARTICLE 17
APPLICABLE LAW
          17.1. Applicable Law
          The law of the Province of British Columbia shall apply to this Lease and the conditions and covenants herein. The Tenant hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of British Columbia in any action or proceeding whatsoever by the Landlord to enforce its rights hereunder.
ARTICLE 18
INTERPRETATION
          18.1. Provisions
          All of the provisions of this Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate paragraph hereof. Should any provision of this Lease be illegal or unenforceable, it shall be considered separate and severable from the Lease and the remaining provisions of this Lease shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though the said provisions had never been included.
          18.2. Headings
          The headings to the clauses in this Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference only and in no way define, space or enlarge the scope or meaning of this Lease or any provision hereof.
          18.3. Additional Covenants
          This Lease and everything herein contained shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, permitted assigns and other legal representatives, as the case may be of each of the parties hereto, and every reference herein to any party hereto shall include the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, and other legal representatives of such party, and where there is more than one tenant, or there is a female party or a corporation, the provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical changes thereby rendered necessary, and all covenants shall be deemed joint and several. Any reference in this Lease to the Tenant shall include, where the context allows, the servants, employees, agents, invitees and licensees of the Tenant and all others over whom the Tenant might reasonably be expected to exercise control.
ARTICLE 19
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
          The following covenants shall apply in addition to the general Articles of this Lease and, in the event of conflict therewith, shall be considered as exceptions to such general articles.

-19-


 

          19.1. Joint and Several Tenants
          If any party includes two or more persons or corporations, or combination of same, the obligations of each person or corporation shall be joint and several.
          19.2. Subordination of Lease
          This Lease is subject to subordinate to all debt security instruments and all indentures supplemental thereto which may now or hereafter affect this Lease and the Leased Premises, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. The Tenant agrees to execute promptly any document in confirmation of such subordination as the Landlord may request and hereby constitutes the Landlord, the agent or attorney of the Tenant for the purpose of executing any such document and of making application at any time and from time to time to register postponements of this Lease in favour of any such mortgage in order to give effect to the foregoing provisions of this clause. The Tenant agrees to grant priority to any easements, rights-of-way or statutory covenants requested by any municipal or provincial authority or utility companies.
          19.3. Subletting and Assigning
          The Tenant shall not assign, sell, transfer, mortgage, sublet or grant a licence as to its interest herein or allow the use or occupation of the Leased Premises or any part thereof without the prior written approval of the Landlord first had and obtained, which approval may not be arbitrarily or unreasonably withheld. All costs incurred by the Landlord in granting its consent including legal fees on a solicitor and own client basis shall be paid by the Tenant. As a condition for granting its consent to an assignment, and in the case of the Tenant assigning or subletting to an entity owned or controlled by the Tenant, the Landlord can require the Assignee to covenant in writing that the Assignee agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions and covenants contained within this Lease. Consent to an assignment or sub-letting shall not release the Tenant from his obligations under this Lease and acceptance of rent from, or the performance of an obligation by a person other than the Tenant shall not constitute consent to an assignment or subletting.
          19.4. Tenant to Remain Liable
          If the Landlord does consent to an assignment or subletting by the Tenant of the Leased Premises or any part thereof, the Tenant shall remain liable for the payment of all rent hereunder and for the performance of all of the provisions of this Lease on its part to be performed.
          19.5. Signage
          The Tenant shall have the right to erect a sign on the outside of the Building at its own expense provided that the sign is approved by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, and provided such sign shall be installed in a manner and at a location approved by the Landlord, and further provided that such sign conforms in design, size, location and in all other respects conforms with all municipal and governmental statutes.

-20-


 

ARTICLE 20
LEASE ENTIRE RELATIONSHIP
          20.1. Lease Entire Relationship
          The Tenant acknowledges that there are no covenants, representations, warranties, agreements or conditions expressed or implied, collateral or otherwise forming part of or in any way affecting or relating to this Lease save as expressly set out in this Lease and that this Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant and may not be modified except as herein expressly provided or except by subsequent agreement in writing executed by the Landlord and the Tenant.
ARTICLE 21
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE
          21.1. Time is of the Essence
          Time shall be of the essence of this Lease.
ARTICLE 22
NON-REGISTRATION
          22.1. Registration
          The Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree that the Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver to the Tenant this Lease in a form registerable under the Land Title Act.
ARTICLE 23
RULES AND REGULATIONS
          23.1. Rules and Regulations
          The Tenant shall not use the water closets and wash basins and other plumbing fixtures for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed. All damages or servicing resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the Tenant.
          23.2. Except in carrying out work to the Leased Premises which it is permitted to do in accordance with this Lease, the Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Leased Premises and the Tenant shall not bore, cut or string wires except with the prior written consent of the Landlord, and the Tenant shall not lay any floor covering, so that the same shall be attached to the floor of the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord.
          23.3. The Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere in any way with occupants of neighbouring buildings.

-21-


 

          23.4. The Tenant shall only keep upon or allow to be brought upon the Leased Premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or other substance in accordance with applicable environmental laws and regulations.
          23.5. The Tenant shall not install additional locks or bolts of any kind upon any of the doors or windows of the Leased Premises, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without first providing the Landlord with copies of the keys for same. The Tenant shall, upon the termination of the tenancy, return to the Landlord all keys to the Leased Premises.
          23.6. The Tenant shall not install any equipment which will exceed or overload the capacity of any floor, roof, wall, utility or service facility.
          23.7. The Tenant shall not bring any animals onto the Leased Premises.
ARTICLE 24
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
          24.1. Definitions
          For the purposes of this article:
               (a) “Contaminants” means any pollutants, contaminants, deleterious substances, underground or above-ground tanks, asbestos materials, hazardous, corrosive, or toxic substances, special waste or waste of any kind, or any other substance which is now or hereafter prohibited, controlled, or regulated under Environmental Laws; and
               (b) “Environmental Laws” means any statutes, laws, regulations, orders, bylaws, standards, guidelines, permits and other lawful requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Leased Premises now or during the Term in force relating in any way to the environment, health, occupational health and safety, or transportation of dangerous goods, including the principles of common law and equity.
          24.2. Tenant’s Covenants and Indemnity
          The Tenant covenants and agrees as follows:
               (a) not to use or permit to be used all or any part of the Leased Premises for the sale, storage, manufacture, disposal, use, or any other dealing with any Contaminants, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which may be unreasonably withheld;
               (b) to strictly comply, and cause any person for whom it is in law responsible to comply, with all Environmental Laws regarding the Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises;
               (c) to maintain all environmental site assessments, audits and reports relating to the Leased Premises in strict confidence (including without limitation any

-22-


 

governmental authority) except as required by law, or to the Tenant’s professional advisers and lenders on a need-to-know basis, or with the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent may be unreasonably withheld;
               (d) to promptly notify the Landlord in writing of any release of a Contaminant or any other occurrence or condition at the Leased Premises or any adjacent property which could contaminate the Leased Premises or subject the Landlord or the Tenant to any fines, penalties, orders, investigations or proceedings under Environmental Laws;
               (e) on the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease, or at any time if requested by the Landlord or required by any governmental authority under Environmental Laws, to remove from the Leased Premises all Contaminants, and to remediate any contamination of the Leased Premises or any adjacent property resulting from Contaminants, in either case brought onto, used at, or released from the Leased Premises by the Tenant or any person for whom it is in law responsible. The Tenant shall perform these obligations promptly at its own cost and in accordance with Environmental Laws. All such Contaminants caused by the Tenant shall remain the property of the Tenant, notwithstanding any rule of law or other provision of this Lease to the contrary and notwithstanding the degree of their affixation to the Leased Premises; and
               (f) to indemnify the Landlord and its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from any and all liabilities, actions, damages, claims, losses, costs, fines, penalties, and expenses whatsoever (including all legal and consultants’ fees and expenses and the cost of remediation of the Leased Premises and any adjacent property) arising from or in connection with:
                    (i) any breach of or non-compliance with the provisions of this Article by the Tenant; or
                    (ii) any release or alleged release of any Contaminants at or from the Leased Premises related to or as a result of the use and occupation of the Leased Premises by the Tenant or any act or omission of the Tenant or any person for whom it is in law responsible.
The obligations of the Tenant under this Article shall survive the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 25
RIGHTS TO RENEW
          25.1. Renewal
          The Tenant shall, provided it is not in material default under any of the terms and conditions of this Lease, have the right to renew the term of this Lease for a further period of Two (2) years after the expiration of the term hereof. This option must be exercised in writing at least six (6) months and no more than eight (8) months prior to the expiration of the Term. In the event that this right to renew is exercised all the other terms and conditions of this Lease, except

-23-


 

this right to renew, free rent, the amount of rent and any provisions for improvement allowances, shall be binding upon the parties hereto during such renewal period.
          25.2. The annual rent payable by the Tenant during such renewal period shall be at a rent equal to the fair market rental value of the Leased Premises as improved at the commencement of the specific renewal term and as compared with similar premises of a similar size and location as mutually agreed between the parties, provided that if the parties cannot so agree on the fair market rental value prior to the commencement of any renewal term then it shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the terms of the Commercial Arbitration Act of British Columbia and any amendments thereto or replacements thereof provided that, in any event, the annual rent shall not be less than the annual rent during the last year of the Term. All expenses of arbitration pursuant to this Article shall be borne equally by the Landlord and the Tenant.
ARTICLE 26
PARKING
          26.1. The Tenant shall have the right during the Term to use all of the paved loading and parking area, consisting of approximately 26 parking stalls, located on the Lands for parking vehicles and/or trailers at no additional cost provided that the Tenant keeps such areas in a clean and tidy state and immediately repairs any damage caused by its use of those areas. All such parking areas shall be used at the sole risk of the Tenant and the Landlord shall not be obliged to police usage thereof. The Tenant will indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from and against all damage to vehicles, the Leased Premises, persons, property, and all personal injury or death by reason of parking or operation of any vehicles, of the Tenant, its employees, agents, customers, and invitees, on the Lands.
ARTICLE 27
FURNITURE AND TELEPHONE SYSTEM
          27.1. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Tenant shall have the free use of, but not ownership of, certain furniture and a telephone system located within the Leased Premises as of the date hereof.
The parties agree to list and sign off on the condition of said furniture prior to the Commencement Date. In the event that the parties hereto can not agree upon the condition of any individual items of furniture the Landlord shall be entitled to remove said individual items of furniture from the Leased Premises without notice to the Tenant. The Tenant hereby agrees to maintain said furniture in the condition it is in as of the date hereof, reasonable wear and tear only excepted, failing which the Tenant shall replace said items of furniture with new furniture of similar quality as required but in any event prior to the expiry of the Term or any renewal thereof .
The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that said telephone system is in good condition and in proper working order as of the date hereof. The Tenant further agrees to maintain, repair or replace said telephone system or components thereof as required to return said telephone system to the Landlord at the expiry of the Term or any renewal thereof in good condition and in proper working order. The Tenant further acknowledges that said telephone system and internet service

-24-


 

is operated under a contract between the Landlord and Group Telecom, and the Tenant hereby agrees to assume said contract with Group Telecom, or if this is not possible, to promptly reimburse the Landlord for any and all charges and costs from Group Telecom to the Landlord relating to the Leased Premises upon demand throughout the Term and any renewal thereof.
THIS LEASE shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have respectively affixed their corporate seals in the presence of their officers first duly authorized in that behalf or set their hands and seal (as applicable) as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD:
2285 CLARK INVESTMENTS LTD.
         
Per:
  /s/ illegible
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    
 
       
Per:
       
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    
 
       
TENANT:    
 
       
LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.    
 
       
Per:
  /s/ Brian Bacon
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    
 
       
Per:
       
 
       
 
  Authorized signatory    

-25-

 

Exhibit 10.18
CROSS ROADS, VANCOUVER, B.C.
OFFICE LEASE
     
BETWEEN:
  BROADWAY EQUITIES INC. AND
 
  PCI CROSS ROADS DEVELOPMENTS INC.
 
   
 
  (TOGETHER THE “LANDLORD”)
 
   
AND:
  LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.
 
   
 
  (THE “TENANT”)

 


 

OFFICE LEASE
This Lease made as of the 14 th day of July, 2006,
BETWEEN:
      BROADWAY EQUITIES INC. AND PCI CROSS ROADS DEVELOPMENTS INC.
     (together the “Landlord” )
AND:
      LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.
     (the “Tenant”)
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the Landlord and the Tenant hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BASIC TERMS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, DEFINITIONS AND
SCHEDULES
1.1. Basic Provisions
The following is a summary of some of the salient terms of this Lease. For details of the terms and meanings of the terms referred to below, reference should be had to the balance of the Lease. This Section 1.1 is for convenience and if a conflict occurs between the provisions of this Section 1.1 and any other provision of this Lease, the other provisions of this Lease shall govern.
     
     (a)      Premises:
  Suite 600, 507 West Broadway, Vancouver, British Columbia
 
   
     (b)      Rentable Area of Premises:
  Approximately ±80,000 square feet of Rentable Area on the top five (5) floors of the Office Component as shown outlined in heavy black on the floor plan attached as Schedule “A” and a license for 1,000 square feet of storage area (the “Storage Area”) on P1 or P2 level of the Parking Facility of the Office Component in a location to be mutually agreed to by the parties.
 
   
     (c)      Commencement Date:
  The later of January 1, 2009 and the date immediately following the expiry of the Fixturing Period.

 


 

     
     (d)      Term:
  Ten (10) years commencing on the Commencement Date.
 
   
     (e)      Base Rent and License Fee:
   
          (i) Base Rent for Office Area :
                         
Lease Year   Per Square Foot   Per Annum   Per Month
 
Years 1 —5
  $ 27.50     $ 2,200,000.00     $ 183,333.33  
Years 6— 10
  $ 29.50     $ 2,360,000.00     $ 196,666.67  
          (ii) License Fee for Storage Area :
                         
    Gross Fee   Gross Fee   Gross Fee
Lease Year   Per Square Foot   Per Annum   Per Month
 
Years 1 —5
  $ 15.00     $ 15,000.00     $ 1,250.00  
Years 6— 10
  $ 17.50     $ 17,500.00     $ 1,458.33  
     
     (f)      Permitted Use:
  Use as office space and such other lawful uses as allowable under the applicable zoning bylaws for the Premises, provided that the Premises shall not be used for the purpose of any bank, treasury branch, trust, investment dealer, insurance or stock broker, acceptance or loan corporation or any organization engaged in the business of accepting money on deposit or lending money or any similar business which would in the view of the Royal Bank of Canada (the “Bank”) be competitive with the business to be carried on in the premises occupied by the Bank, or for the installation or operation of any electronic or mechanical equipment, devices or machines by which any banking transaction, operation or function may be available to the public, except such as may be installed or operated by the Bank.
 
   
     (g)      Deposit:
  An initial deposit of $50,000.00 including GST already paid, plus an additional deposit of $294,500.00 plus GST, payable by the Tenant on or before the day immediately preceding the first day of the Fixturing Period, both deposits to be applied towards the first monthly installments of Base Rent payable by the Tenant hereunder until applied in full.

-2-


 

     
     (h)      Occupancy Costs:
  The Occupancy Costs for the Fiscal Year 2008 are estimated to be $17.75 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises per annum and are subject to change in each subsequent Fiscal Year in accordance with Section 4.9.
 
   
     (i)      Renewal Term:
  Two (2) renewal terms of five (5) years each.
 
   
     (j)      Parking:
  A minimum of one hundred and five (105) parking stalls, based on a ratio of one (1) parking stall per seven hundred eighty (780) square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises, to be located in the Parking Facility of the Office Component, as more particularly described in Section 12 of Schedule “H”. The parking charges per stall shall be as follows:
 
   
 
 
(i)  for Lease Years 1 — 3 of the Term, at a rate of $140.00 per month (the “Base Parking Rate”) , being $1,680.00 per annum; and
 
   
 
 
(ii) thereafter, at a rate equal to the Base Parking Rate multiplied by a fraction which has as its numerator the Consumer Price Index (for the City of Vancouver as published by Statistics Canada) (the “CPI” ) for the first month of the then current Lease Year and as its denominator the CPI for the first month of the first Lease Year of the Term.
     
     (k)     Addresses for Service:
 
   
               (i)     to the Tenant:
 
   
                         Address:
  2285 Clark Drive
 
  Vancouver, B.C.
 
  V5N 3G9
 
  Attention: Christopher Ng
                         Facsimile No.:
  604-874-6124
 
               (ii)     to the Landlord:
 
   
                         Address:
  1700— 1030 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B.C.
V6E 2Y3
Attention: Dan Turner
                         Facsimile No.:
  604-688-2328

-3-


 

     
     (l)     Special Provisions:
  See Schedule “H”
 
   
     (m)     Indemnifier:
  Not Applicable
1.2.   Definitions
 
    In this Lease:
  (a)   “Additional Rent” means all monies payable under this Lease, whether or not designated as Additional Rent, to be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord, save and except Base Rent;
 
  (b)   “Architect” means such firm of professional architects, engineers, surveyors, space planners and interior designers as the Landlord may select from time to time engaged for preparation of construction drawings for the Development or for general supervision of architectural and engineering aspects and operations thereof or for the measurement of the Development of part or parts thereof and includes any consultant(s) from time to time appointed by the Landlord or Architect whenever such consultant(s) is acting within the scope of his appointment and specialty;
 
  (c)   “Article” means an article of this Lease and “Section” means a section of this Lease;
 
  (d)   “Base Building Construction Costs” means all costs to construct the Office Component including the Parking Area in accordance with the Plans and Specifications;
 
  (e)   “Base Building Works” means the construction of the Office Component (excluding the Initial Leasehold Improvements) in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and shall include the work described in Schedule “G” attached hereto as Landlord’ s Work;
 
  (f)   “Base Rent” means the amount payable by the Tenant to the Landlord as set forth in Section 1.1(e) in respect of each year of the Term or any portion thereof in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 4.5;
 
  (g)   “Capital Tax” means an amount allocated by the Landlord, acting reasonably, to the Office Component in respect of taxes, rates, duties and assessments presently or hereafter levied, rated, charged or assessed from time to time upon the Landlord and payable by the Landlord (or any corporation acting on behalf of the Landlord) on account of the capital that the Landlord has invested in the Office Component. Capital Tax shall be allocated:
  (i)   as if the amount of such tax were that amount due if the Office Component were the only property of the Landlord; and

-4-


 

  (ii)   on the basis of the Landlord’s reasonable determination of the amount of capital attributable to the Office Component.
Capital Tax also means the amount of any capital or place of business tax levied by any government or other applicable taxing authority against the Landlord with respect to the Office Component whether known as Capital Tax or by any other name.
  (h)   “Commencement Date” means the date set forth in Section 1.1(c);
 
  (i)   “Common Areas” means at any time those portions of the Office Component which are not leased to or occupied or designated or intended by the Landlord to be leased to or occupied by tenants of the Office Component arid are provided or designated by the Landlord from time to time to be used in common in such manner as the Landlord may, acting reasonably, permit, by the Landlord, the Tenant, and other tenants (or by sublessees, agents, employees, customers or licensees) of the Office Component, whether or not the same are open to the general public, and shall include any areas used by the Landlord for the maintenance of the Office Component and any building services and facilities, fixtures, chattels, systems, decor, signs, facilities, or landscaping contained therein or maintained or used in connection therewith, roofs, driveways, parking areas, common loading, receiving and service areas, transportation systems, truck ways, platforms, ramps, garden and landscaped areas, common entrances and corridors, all open and enclosed malls, courts, skywalks, galleries and arcades, stairways, passageways, sidewalks, exterior pedestrian walks, public seating and service areas, service and fire corridors, utility, equipment and service rooms including, without limitation, electrical, telephone, meter, valve, mechanical, mail, storage, transformer and janitor rooms, music, fire prevention and fire detection, alarm, security and communication systems and equipment, and all other common, public or tenant conveniences or appurtenances thereto located in the Office Component and not leased or occupied or designated or intended by the Landlord to be leased or occupied by tenants of the Office Component, general signs including pylon, entrance, exit, directional and traffic control signs, lighting systems and equipment, columns, pipes, electrical, plumbing, drainage, sprinkler, mechanical and all other installations, systems, equipment or services located in which serve, or are related to the Office Component not installed for the exclusive use of any individual tenant, and shall be deemed to include any public facility in respect of which the Landlord is from time to time subject to obligations in its capacity as owner or tenant of the Lands and/or Office Component. All expenses incurred by the Landlord in maintenance and operation of Common Areas shall be included in the definition of “Operating Expenses” set forth in, and subject to the terms of, Schedule “C”;
 
  (j)   “Common Patio” has the meaning given in Section 12 of Schedule “H”;
 
  (k)   “Deposit” means the amount set forth in Section 1.1(g), to be dealt with by the Landlord in accordance with Section 4.10;

-5-


 

  (l)   “Development” means a multi-use development to be constructed on the Development Lands, consisting of the Residential Component, the Retail Component, the Office Component, the Parking Facility and the Shared Development Facilities;
 
  (m)   “Development Lands” means the lands described in Schedule “B” attached hereto;
 
  (n)   “Environmental Claim” means all claims, losses, costs, expenses, fines, penalties, payments and/or damages (including, without limitation, all solicitors’ fees on a solicitor and client basis) relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way connected with the presence of any Hazardous Substance at the Premises or the said Lands or Office Component, including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of any investigation, remediation, restoration or monitoring of the Premises, the Lands or the Office Component and/or any property adjoining or in the vicinity of the said Lands or the Office Component required or mandated by Environmental Law;
 
  (o)   “Environmental Law” means any law, bylaw, order, ordinance, ruling, regulation, certificate, approval, policy, guideline, consent or directive of any applicable federal, provincial or municipal government, governmental department, agency or regulatory authority or any Court of competent jurisdiction, as well as any common law obligations or requirements, relating to environmental or health and safety matters and/or regulating the generation, import, storage, distribution, labeling, sale, use, handling, transport or disposal of any Hazardous Substance which may be in force from time to time;
 
  (p)   “Exclusive Patio” has the meaning given in Section 12 of Schedule “H.”
 
  (q)   “Fiscal Year” means a twelve (12) month period (all or part of which falls within the Term) from time to time determined by the Landlord, at the end of which the Landlord’s books in respect of the Office Component are balanced for auditing or taxation purposes;
 
  (r)   “Fixturing Period” has the meaning given in Section 2 of Schedule “H”;
 
  (s)   “Force Majeure” means any Acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other industrial relations disturbances, act of the Queen’s enemies, sabotage, war, blockades, insurrections, riots, epidemics, lightning, earthquakes, floods, storms, fires, washouts, nuclear and radiation activity or fallout, arrests and restraints of’ rules and people, civil disturbances, explosions, breakage of or accident to machinery or stoppage thereof for emergency maintenance or repairs, inability to obtain labor, materials or equipment, any government restriction or legislative, administrative or judicial action which has been resisted in good faith by all reasonable legal means, inability to obtain approvals from any municipality, government authority or public or private regulated utility, any act, omission or event, whether of the kind herein enumerated or otherwise not within the control

-6-


 

      of the affected party, and which, by the exercise of due diligence such party could not have prevented, but inadequacy of insurance proceeds, financial inability or the lack of suitable financing on the part of such party shall be deemed not to constitute Force Majeure;
  (t)   “Hazardous Substance” means:
  (i)   any materials or substances declared or deemed to be hazardous, deleterious, caustic, dangerous, a dangerous good, toxic, a contaminant, a waste, a source of contaminant, a pollutant or toxic under any Environmental Law;
 
  (ii)   any solid, liquid, gas or odor or combination of any of them that, if emitted into the air, would create or contribute to the creation of a condition of the air that:
  (A)   endangers the health, safety or welfare of persons or the health of animal life;
 
  (B)   interferes with normal enjoyment of life or property; or
 
  (C)   causes damage to plant life or to property; arid
  (iii)   any substance which is hazardous to the environment, including persons or property and includes, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:
  (A)   radioactive materials;
 
  (B)   explosives;
 
  (C)   any substance that, if added to any water, would degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of that water to the extent that it is detrimental to its use by man or by any animal, fish or plant;
  (u)   “Indemnifier” means the Person named as such in the Basic Terms and who has executed or agreed to execute the Indemnity Agreement in the Landlord’s standard form, or who otherwise guarantees the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, if applicable;
 
  (v)   “Initial Leasehold Improvements” means the leasehold improvements that the Landlord and the Tenant have agreed that the Landlord will carry out in respect of the Premises pursuant to the Working Drawings and excludes, for greater certainty, any of the Tenant’s Work;
 
  (w)   “Landlord’s Covenants” means all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on the part of the Landlord to be observed and performed;

-7-


 

  (x)   “Landlord’s Employees” means the Landlord’s directors, officers, employees, servants, agents and those for whom the Landlord is responsible at law;
 
  (y)   “Landlord’s Work” means the construction of the Base Building Works and the Initial Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and the Working Drawings, respectively;
 
  (z)   “Lands” means the lands described in Schedule “B” attached hereto and the improvements, equipment and facilities erected thereon or situate therein from time to time, including, without limitation, the Office Component, the Retail Component, the Parking Facility and the Shared Development Facilities;
 
  (aa)   “Lease” means this Lease, any schedules and riders attached hereto, and every properly executed instrument which by its terms amends, modifies or supplements this Lease;
 
  (bb)   “Lease Year” means successive twelve (12) month periods with the first Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date and succeeding Lease Years commencing on each anniversary of such date;
 
  (cc)   “Leasehold Improvements” means all fixtures, improvements, installations, alterations and additions from time to time made, erected or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant, or any previous occupant of the Premises, in the Premises and by or on behalf of other tenants in other premises in the Office Component (including the Landlord if an occupant of the Office Component), including all partitions and hardware however affixed, and whether or not movable, all mechanical, electrical and utility installations and all carpeting and drapes, with the exception only of furniture and equipment not of the nature of a fixture;
 
  (dd)   “License Fee” means the license fee payable by the Tenant in respect of the Storage Area as set forth in Section 1.1(e) in respect of each year of the Term or any portion thereof;
 
  (ee)   “Normal Business Hours” has the meaning given in Section A.1 in the Rules and Regulations in Schedule “D” attached hereto;
 
  (ff)   “Occupancy Costs” has the meaning given in Schedule “C” attached hereto and is payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under Section 4.3;
 
  (gg)   “Office Component” means that portion of the Lands and the Development intended for use as office premises including all improvements therein, thereto, thereon or thereunder and every enlargement thereof and every addition thereto even though separated therefrom and includes, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
  (i)   the Common Areas;

-8-


 

  (ii)   all buildings, structures, improvements, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, mechanical, sprinkler, electrical and other equipment, machinery, fixtures and systems; and
 
  (iii)   water, gas, sewage, telephone and other communication facilities and systems and electrical power systems and. utilities systems. equipment, machinery and fixtures,
comprised therein, belonging thereto, connected therewith or used in the operation thereof, and now or hereafter constructed, erected, and installed therein and thereon by the Landlord;
  (hh)   “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs, which shall be incurred by the Landlord for the complete maintenance, repair, replacement, operating and administration of the Office Component and the Lands, such as are in keeping with maintaining the standard of a similar office tower, as more particularly described in Schedule “C”;
 
  (ii)   “Parking Facility” means those parts of the Lands which are allocated for the parking of motor vehicles for customers and clients of the Tenant, other tenants and members of the public, and all means of access and egress thereto and therefrom;
 
  (jj)   “Permitted Use” means the use described in Section 1.1(f);
 
  (kk)   “Plans and Specifications” means the preliminary and approximate plans and specifications, which are approximate, for the Base Building Works (excluding the Initial Leasehold Improvements) described in Schedule “G” attached hereto, the Renderings as more particularly described in Schedule “J’ and the floor plans attached as Schedule “A” hereto, all as supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance with this Lease;
 
  (ll)   “Premises” means those premises identified in Section 1.1(a) and shown outlined in heavy black on the plan attached hereto as Schedule “A” and includes, without limitation, the Storage Area;
 
  (mm)   “Project Schedule” means the construction schedule for the Office Component approved by the Landlord from time to time after consulting with the Tenant’s Consultant;
 
  (nn)   “Proportionate Share” means a fraction which has as its numerator the Rentable Area of the Premises (excluding the Storage Area) and which has as its denominator the Rentable Area of the Office Component;
 
  (oo)   “Real Estate Taxes” means:
  (i)   any form of assessment (including any “special” assessment), property tax, license fee, license tax, business license fee, business license tax,

-9-


 

machinery tax, business improvements association assessment, including those for parking facilities, local improvement assessment, commercial rental tax, levy, charge, penalty or tax, imposed by any authority having the direct power to tax, including any city, county, provincial or federal government, or any, school, agricultural, lighting, water drainage or other improvement or special district thereof, against the Premises or the Office Component or the Lands and the improvements therein or thereon or any legal or equitable interest of the Landlord in any of the foregoing;
  (ii)   any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of or in addition to any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of Real Estate Taxes which may be imposed by governmental agencies;
 
  (iii)   all business taxes and other taxes, if any, from time to time payable by the Landlord with respect to the Common Areas;
 
  (iv)   Capital Tax as it relates to or is attributable by the Landlord to the Office Component; and
 
  (v)   all costs incurred by the Landlord contesting or appealing the Real Estate Taxes (including, without limitation, legal, appraisal and other professional fees and costs and administration and overhead costs).
Real Estate Taxes shall not include the Landlord’s income, franchise, inheritance or estate taxes.
  (pp)   “Reciprocal Easement and Support Agreement” means any easement or other agreement to which the Landlord is party which provide, inter alia, for the provision, maintenance, management, operation and use of any Shared Development Facilities, and the allocation of costs with respect to same among the Retail Component, the Office Component and the Residential Component;
 
  (qq)   “Rendering(s)” means those certain drawings dated August 2005 prepared by Busby Perkins and Will, copies of which are attached hereto as Schedule “J”;
 
  (rr)   “Rent” means the aggregate of all amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease and includes, without limitation, the License Fee payable by the Tenant hereunder;
 
  (ss)   “Rentable Area” of the Premises, the Office Component or any portion thereof means the area of the Premises, the Office Component or any portion thereof, as applicable, measured in accordance with the ANSI BOMA 265.1 — 1996 standard method of floor measurement for office buildings;
 
  (tt)   “Residential Component” means that parcel of land to be subdivided from the Development Lands which will contain the residential units that form part of the Development;

-10-


 

  (uu)   “Retail Component” means that part of the Development which contains retail premises;
 
  (vv)   “Rules and Regulations” or “rules and regulations” means, as and where applicable, the rule and regulations attached as Schedule “D”.
 
  (ww)   “Shared Development Facilities” means any improvement, easement, facility or amenity which forms part of the Development or which is appurtenant thereto, and is used or may be used by the Office Component tenants, and either or both of the tenants or occupants of the Retail Component or the Residential Component in accordance with the terms of any Reciprocal Easement and Support Agreement, including but not limited to, the landscaped area or the podium level of the Development and easements for ingress to and egress from the Office Component;
 
  (xx)   “Storage Area” means the storage area as set out in Section 1.1(b);
 
  (yy)   “Substantial Performance” or “ Substantially Performed ” means the later of the date the Landlord’s Architect has delivered a certificate to the Landlord and the Tenant certifying the entire Development (including the Residential Component) has been substantially completed and the date the Landlord delivers to the Tenant an occupancy permit from the City of Vancouver lawfully permitting the Tenant to occupy and use the Premises;
 
  (zz)   “Taxing Authority” means any duly constituted governmental authority, whether federal, provincial, municipal, or otherwise legally empowered to impose taxes, rates, assessments, or charges, or other charges in lieu thereof, on, upon or in respect of the Landlord, the Lands, the Retail Component, the Residential Component or the Office Component;
 
  (aaa)   “Tenant’s Consultant” means the representative appointed by the Tenant by notice in writing to the Landlord (or a replacement consultant appointed by the Tenant, providing no less than ten (10) business days’ written notice to the Landlord), who shall be the Tenant’s representative with respect to the construction of the Base Building Works and the Initial Leasehold Improvements;
 
  (bbb)   “Tenant’s Covenants” means all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on the part of the Tenant to be observed and performed;
 
  (ccc)   “Tenant’s Employees” means the Tenant’s directors, officers, employees, servants, agents and those for whom the Tenant is responsible at law;
 
  (ddd)   “Tenant’s Work” means the work, if any, to be performed by the Tenant as described in Section 14 of Schedule “G” as Tenant’s Work;
 
  (eee)   “Term” means the period of time set out in Section 1.1(d) and Section 3.1;
 
  (fff)   “Transfer” has the meaning given in Section 12.1;

-11-


 

  (ggg)   “Utilities” means electricity, oil, gas, power, telephone, water, and all other utilities; and
 
  (hhh)   “Working Drawings” means the detailed and completed plans and specifications for the Initial Leasehold Improvements including all space plan services with respect to Initial Leasehold Improvements approved by the Landlord pursuant to Section 15 of Schedule “G.”
1.3.   Schedules
 
    The following schedules are attached to this Lease and are incorporated as part of this Lease by reference thereto:
     
          Schedule “A”
  Floor Plan
 
  Additional Space
          Schedule “A2”
  Patio Area
          Schedule “B”
  Legal Description
          Schedule “C”
  Occupancy Costs — Office Component
          Schedule “D”
  Rules and Regulations
          Schedule “E”
  Loading Management Plan
          Schedule “F”
  Tenant Improvement Guidelines
          Schedule “G”
  Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work
          Schedule “H”
  Special Provisions
          Schedule “I”
  Landscaping
          Schedule “J”
  Rendering(s)
ARTICLE 2
GRANT OF LEASE
2.1.   Grant
In consideration of the rents, covenants and agreements hereinafter reserved and contained on the part of the Tenant to be paid, observed and performed, the Landlord hereby demises and leases the Premises to the Tenant, and the Tenant hereby leases and accepts the Premises from the Landlord, to have and to hold during the Term and any renewals thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.
2.2.   Quiet Enjoyment
The Landlord covenants to provide the Tenant with quiet enjoyment and possession of the Premises during the Term and any renewals thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.
2.3.   Covenants of the Landlord and the Tenant
The Landlord covenants to observe and perform all of the terms and conditions to be observed and performed by the Landlord under this Lease including the terms and conditions contained in the Schedules hereto. The Tenant covenants to pay the Rent

-12-


 

when due under this Lease, and to observe and perform all of the terms and conditions to be observed and performed by the Tenant under this Lease including the terms and conditions contained in the Schedules hereto.
2.4.   Use of Common Areas
The Tenant shall have the right (in common with others entitled thereto) to the use of the Common Areas, provided that the Landlord shall have the right to make all such changes, improvements, alterations and additions as the Landlord may, from time to time decide in respect of the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the right to change the location and layout of any parking areas, The use of all Common Areas shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease and to the reasonable rules and regulations made by the Landlord with respect thereto from time to time.
2.5.   Net Lease
The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and except for exclusions to Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes, the Base Rent payable under this Lease is absolutely net to the Landlord and (except as otherwise provided herein) that:
  (a)   the Landlord is not responsible for any costs, charges, expenses or outlays of any nature whatsoever arising from or relating to the Premises, or the use or occupancy thereof, or the contents thereof, or the business carried on therein;
 
  (b)   the Tenant shall pay all costs, charges, expenses and outlays of every nature whatsoever arising from or relating to the Premises or the use or occupancy thereof, or the contents thereof, or the business carried on therein;
 
  (c)   the Landlord shall not be called upon, nor shall the Landlord be obligated, to perform any work on or to the Premises or to correct any condition relating to or arising out of the Premises unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease; and
 
  (d)   the Landlord, in its discretion (in accordance with reasonable commercial principles and practices), will allocate to the tenants of the Development any costs and Real Estate Taxes relating to any Shared Development Facilities and other costs incurred by the Landlord as a result of cost sharing among the various components of the Development, including, but not limited to, the Parking Facility, among the users of such facilities and components.
ARTICLE 3
TERM AND POSSESSION
3.1.   Term
Notwithstanding Sections 3.2 and 3.3, the Term of this Lease shall be as set forth in Section 1.1(d) unless terminated earlier as provided in this Lease.

-13-


 

3.2.   Early Occupancy
Provided the Tenant is not in default, if the Tenant begins to conduct business in all or any portion of the Premises before the Commencement Date, subject to Section 1 of Schedule “H”, no Rent or Occupancy Costs shall be payable until the Commencement Date. Except where clearly inappropriate, the provisions of this Lease shall otherwise be applicable during such period.
3.3.   Delayed Possession
If the Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of all or any portion of the Premises to the Tenant on or before the Commencement Date, then unless such delay is principally caused by or attributable to the Tenant, its servants, agents or independent contractors, the date on which the Premises are to be made available to the Tenant and the obligation of the Tenant to pay Rent and Occupancy Costs shall be postponed for a period equal to the duration of the delay. Subject to Section 5 of Schedule “H” attached hereto, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall the Landlord be liable to the Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from any delay in delivering possession of the Premises to the Tenant, and the deferment of the obligation of the Tenant to pay Rent and Occupancy Costs shall be accepted by the Tenant as full compensation for any such delay. If any delay in the completion of the Landlord’s Work is attributable to the Tenant, its servants, agents or independent contractors, the obligation of the Tenant to pay Rent and Occupancy Costs shall not be deferred.
3.4.   Acceptance of Premises
Taking possession of all or any portion of the Premises by the Tenant shall be conclusive evidence as against the Tenant that the Premises or such portion thereof are in satisfactory condition on the date of taking possession, subject only to latent defects and to deficiencies (if any) listed in writing in a notice delivered by the Tenant to the Landlord pursuant to Section 9 of Schedule “G” attached hereto.
ARTICLE 4
RENT AND OCCUPANCY COSTS
4.1.   Base Rent
Subject to Section 1 of Schedule “H” attached hereto, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord Base Rent for the Premises as set forth in Section 1.1(e).
4.2.   Adjustment of Base Rent based on Measurement of Rentable Area
The Premises shall be measured by the Architect within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date at the Landlord’s discretion, and the Architect’s certificate, as to the Rentable Area of the Premises, shall be conclusive. The Landlord shall deliver a copy of the Architect’s certificate to the Tenant forthwith upon receipt thereof and the Rent shall be appropriately adjusted, if necessary, retroactively to the Commencement Date.

-14-


 

4.3.   Occupancy Costs
The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, at the times and in the manner provided in Section 4.5, the Occupancy Costs determined under Schedule “C” attached hereto.
4.4.   Other Charges
The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, at the times and in the manner provided in this Lease or, if not so provided, as reasonably required by the Landlord, all amounts (other than that payable under Section 4.1 or Section 4.3) which are payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease as Rent, including, but not limited to the License Fee as set forth in Section 1.1(e) and the parking charges set forth in Section 1.1(j).
4.5.   Manner of Payment of Rent
The Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord on or before the Commencement Date an executed authorization and a voided cheque to enable the Landlord to draw or issue a debit to the Tenant’s designated bank account at the designated branch of the Tenant’s bank or financial institution. Each monthly debit shall be made on the first day of the month in an amount equal to the monthly Base Rent and Occupancy Costs payment and any ancillary agreement such as, without limitation, parking or storage agreements, as it may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The Tenant shall not terminate the authorization for the Landlord to draw or issue a debit to the Tenant’s bank account. Should the Tenant change banks or financial institutions or branches within the same bank or financial institution during the Term of this Lease, then the Tenant shall deliver a new executed authorization and voided cheque to enable the Landlord to draw or issue a debit to the new account of the Tenant for payment of monthly Base Rent and Occupancy Costs payment. The Tenant further covenants and agrees to pay promptly, when billed, any amounts due under the terms of this Lease that are not specifically covered by the foregoing monthly debits. In the event that any debit issued by the Landlord and any cheque issued by the Tenant shall not be honored by the Tenant’s bank or financial institution for any reason, then, in addition to any other remedies the Landlord may have, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, upon request $100.00 for each occurrence which amount represents the estimated costs of processing the dishonored debit or cheque and re-debiting the Tenant’s account or processing a replacement cheque.
4.6.   Payment of Rent— General
All amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease shall be deemed to be Rent and shall be payable and recoverable as Rent in the manner herein provided, and the Landlord shall have all rights against the Tenant for default in any such payment as in the case of arrears of Rent. Rent shall be paid to the Landlord, without deduction or set-off, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, in legal tender of the jurisdiction in which the Office Component is located, at the address of the Landlord set forth in this Lease, or to such other person or at such other address as the Landlord may

-15-


 

from time to time designate in writing. The Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
4.7.   No Deduction or Set-off
The Tenant shall not under any circumstances be entitled to deduct from or set off from the Rent payable hereunder any amounts that the Tenant may claim to be entitled to from the Landlord. All disputes with respect to amounts the Tenant wishes to claim from the Landlord shall be settled as a matter separate from the Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent.
4.8.   Partial Month’s Rent
If the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the installment of Rent payable on the Commencement Date shall be that proportion of Rent which the number of days from the Commencement Date to the last day of the month in which the Commencement Date falls bears to three hundred sixty-five (365). If the Term ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the installment of Rent payable on the first day of the last calendar month of the Term shall be that proportion of Rent which the number of days from the first day of such last calendar month to the last day of the Term bears to three hundred sixty-five (365).
4.9.   Occupancy Costs Payments
  (a)   Prior to the Commencement Date and prior to the beginning of each Fiscal Year thereafter, the Landlord shall compute and deliver to the Tenant a bona fide estimate in writing of the Occupancy Costs for the next ensuing Fiscal Year or portion thereof, if applicable. Without further notice or demand, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of the Occupancy Costs in equal monthly installments, in advance, over the Fiscal Year or portion thereof, simultaneously with the Tenant’s payments on account of Base Rent.
 
  (b)   The Landlord shall keep proper and sufficient records and accounts of all Occupancy Costs and shall deliver to the Tenant at the Tenant’s request, as soon as practicable following the end of each Fiscal Year, a written statement, setting out in reasonable detail the amount of Occupancy Costs for such Fiscal Year. If the total monthly installments of Occupancy Costs actually paid by the Tenant to the Landlord during the Fiscal Year is lower than the amount of the Occupancy Costs payable for the Fiscal Year under Schedule “C”, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days after the date on which such statement is received by the Tenant, without interest, and if the total monthly installments of Occupancy Costs actually paid by the Tenant to the Landlord during the Fiscal Year is greater than the amount of Occupancy Costs payable for the Fiscal Year under Schedule “C”, the Landlord shall credit the difference, against the Tenant’s rental account for the current Fiscal Year and the monthly installments payable in respect of same shall be reduced accordingly.
 
  (c)   Neither party may claim a re-adjustment in respect of Occupancy Costs for a Fiscal Year if based upon any error of computation or allocation except by notice

-16-


 

      delivered to the other party within six (6) months after the date of delivery of the statement. In no event shall any examination or other dispute permit the Tenant to delay payment of Occupancy Costs as required by this Article.
  (d)   The Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to audit Landlord’s Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses statements once per calendar year upon giving the Landlord written notice of its desire to so inspect the Landlord’s statements.
4.10.   Deposit
  (a)   The Landlord acknowledges receipt from the Tenant of the initial amount of the Deposit as set forth in Section 1.1(g) as partial consideration for this Lease. The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay the additional amount of the Deposit as set forth in Section 1.1(g) on or before the day immediately preceding the first day of the Fixturing Period. The entire amount of the Deposit shall be held and applied by the Landlord without liability for interest in accordance with Section 1.1(g).
 
  (b)   The Landlord may deliver the Deposit to any purchaser of the Landlord’s interest in the Office Component, and provided the Deposit is applied to Base Rent in accordance with this Lease, the Landlord shall thereby be discharged of any further liability with respect to such Deposit. The Landlord may commingle the Deposit with its own funds and shall not hold the Deposit as a trustee.
4.11.   No Deemed Satisfaction
No payment by the Tenant or receipt by the Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment of payment of the Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. The Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent, or pursue any other remedies available to the Landlord.
4.12.   Confidential Information
  (a)   The Tenant shall, upon request, provide the Landlord with such information as to the Tenant’s financial standing and corporate organization as the Landlord reasonably requires, save and except to the extent contrary to law or not permitted at law. Failure of the Tenant to comply with the Landlord’s request herein shall constitute a default to which Article 20 applies.
 
  (b)   The Landlord shall keep any statement or other information acquired hereunder strictly confidential and shall not use or permit the same to be used for any purpose except on a confidential basis:
  (i)   for the purpose of obtaining and securing, from time to time as may be required by the Landlord, mortgage or other financing of the Office Component or part thereof;

-17-


 

  (ii)   for the purpose of full disclosure of the affairs and operations of the Office Component to a prospective purchaser; and
 
  (iii)   for other bona fide matters relating directly or indirectly to the tenancy hereby created.
ARTICLE 5
TAXES
5.1.   Landlord’s Taxes
The Landlord shall pay Real Estate Taxes before delinquency (subject to participation by the Tenant by payment of Occupancy Costs under Section 4.3) (except for the Tenant’s taxes under Sections 5.2 and 5.3), which are imposed, levied, assessed or charged by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction and which is payable by the Landlord in respect of the Term upon or on account of the Lands or the Office Component.
5.2.   Tenant’s Taxes
The Tenant shall pay or remit before delinquency every tax, assessment, license or privilege fee, excise, gross receipts or sales tax and other charge, however described, which is imposed, levied, assessed or charged by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction and which is payable in respect of the Term upon or on account of:
  (a)   operations at, occupancy of, or conduct of business from the Premises by or with the permission of the Tenant; and
 
  (b)   fixtures or personal property in the Premises which do not belong to the Landlord, including without limitation, taxes on equipment and machinery of the Tenant,
to the extent that they are not included in Real Estate Taxes.
5.3.   Real Estate Taxes
The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as part of the Occupancy Costs as set forth in this Lease, in each and every year during the Term, its Proportionate Share of all Real Estate Taxes as outlined in Schedule “C”, and as allocated by the Landlord in accordance with Section 5.6.
5.4.   Goods and Services Taxes
The Tenant specifically acknowledges and agrees that as part of its Occupancy Costs payable pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord any multi-stage sales, sales, use, consumption, value-added or other similar taxes imposed by the Government of Canada, or by any provincial or local government upon the Landlord or the Tenant or in respect of this Lease, the payments made by the Tenant (whether Base

-18-


 

Rent, Occupancy Costs, Real Estate Taxes or otherwise) for the goods and services provided by the Landlord hereunder including, without limitation, the rental of the Premises or administrative services provided to the Tenant or to tenants generally.
5.5.   Right to Contest
The Landlord and the Tenant shall each have the right to contest in good faith the validity or amount of any tax, assessment, license fee, excise fee and other charge which it is responsible to pay under this Article 5, provided that no contest by the Tenant may involve the possibility of forfeiture, sale or disturbance of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises and that upon the final determination of any contest by the Tenant, the Tenant shall immediately pay and satisfy the amount found to be due, together with any costs, penalties and interest.
5.6.   Allocation of Real Estate Taxes
The Real Estate Taxes payable by the Tenant shall be those allocated by the Landlord to the Premises in the following manner.
  (a)   if a separate allocation of Real Estate Taxes is issued by the relevant Taxing Authority with respect to the Office Component and the Common Areas or any leasable area located in the Office Component then such separate assessment shall be used by the Landlord in determining the Real Estate Taxes attributable to the Premises and such allocation shall be conclusive and binding between the parties; or
 
  (b)   if a separate allocation of Real Estate Taxes is not issued by the relevant Taxing Authority pursuant to Section 5.6(a), the Landlord may from time to time request that the Taxing Authority provide the Landlord with the working paper and notes used by the Taxing Authority for the purposes of determining the Real Estate Taxes for the Office Component and the Common Areas and the Landlord shall make a reasonable allocation of such Real Estate Taxes to the Premises using such working paper and notes as a guideline, provided however, that the Landlord shall have sole discretion to allocate the Real Estate Taxes based on another reasonable method of determination which the Landlord in its sole discretion shall choose. In making such allocation the Landlord may take into account the economic rent and the capitalization rate attributable to the Premises as determined by the Taxing Authority in such working paper and notes, which the Tenant acknowledges, with respect to the economic rent, may be greater than the Base Rent payable under this Lease, and which the Tenant further acknowledges, with respect to the capitalization rate, may be a capitalization rate that is lower than that determined by the Tenant, and may also take into account all improvements constructed in or on the Premises by the Tenant and/or the Landlord, and the allocation determined by the Landlord will be conclusive and binding between the parties; or

-19-


 

  (c)   in the event that neither a separate allocation of the Real Estate Taxes pursuant to Section 5.6(a) or the working paper and notes from the Taxing Authority pursuant to Section 5.6(b) are available, the Landlord shall determine, acting reasonably, the portion of the Real Estate Taxes attributable to the Office Component and the Common Areas or any leasable area located in the Office Component using such reasonable method of determination which the Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall choose, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding between the parties.
5.7.   Real Estate Taxes Separate Tax Assessment
If Real Estate Taxes are assessed separately against the Premises, the following provisions shall apply:
  (a)   Payment of Taxes . The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, in each and every year during the Term, an amount equal to that portion of Real Estate Taxes separately assessed against the Premises. The Tenant agrees to provide the Landlord, within ten (10) days after receipt by the Tenant, with a copy of all separate tax bills and separate notices of assessment for the Premises and all such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord may reasonably require. If the Landlord requires the Tenant to pay Real Estate Taxes directly to the relevant taxing Authority, the Tenant shall promptly deliver to the Landlord receipts evidencing the payment of all such Real Estate Taxes and furnish such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord reasonably requires.
 
  (b)   Taxes on Common Areas . Where the separate assessment levied or made against the Premises does not include a portion of the assessment with respect to Common Areas, the Tenant shall, in addition, and without duplication, pay its Proportionate Share of the Real Estate Taxes that have been separately assessed against the Common Areas to the extent they are not included in the Operating Expenses.
5.8.   Alternate Methods of Taxation
If, during the Term, the method of taxation is altered so that the whole or any part of the Real Estate Taxes now levied, rated, assessed or imposed on real estate and improvements are levied, assessed, rated or imposed wholly or partially as a capital levy or on the rents received or otherwise, or if any tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge, in lieu thereof shall be imposed upon the Landlord, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions and charges shall be included within the Tenant’s obligation to pay its Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes as set out in this Article.
5.9.   Pro-Rata Adjustment
If any taxation year during the Term of this Lease is less than twelve (12) calendar months, the Tenant’s share of Real Estate Taxes shall be subject to a per diem pro-rata adjustment.

-20-


 

5.10.   Appeal of Real Estate Tax Assessment
  (a)   The Landlord may defer payment of Real Estate Taxes relating to the Lands, or any part thereof, or defer compliance with any statute, law, bylaw, regulation or ordinance in connection with the levying of any such Real Estate Taxes, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as it shall diligently prosecute any contest, appeal or assessment on which such tax is based. The Tenant shall co-operate with the Landlord in respect of any such contest, appeal or assessment and shall provide the Landlord with all relevant information, documents and consents reasonably required by the Landlord.
 
  (b)   If the Real Estate Taxes are separately assessed for the Premises, the Tenant may, with the prior written consent of the Landlord, appeal or contest the assessment of Real Estate Taxes in respect of the Premises, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as it shall diligently prosecute any contest, appeal or assessment on which such tax is based. If the Tenant obtains the Landlord’s written consent, the Tenant will deliver to the Landlord whatever security for the payment of Real Estate Taxes the Landlord considers advisable and will keep the Landlord informed of its progress from time to time and upon the request of the Landlord.
 
  (c)   If any Real Estate Taxes in respect of the Premises or any other part of the Development Lands are greater than they otherwise would have been by reason of the Tenant having appealed or contested any assessment of Real Estate Taxes in respect of the Premises pursuant to this Section 5.10:
  (i)   the Tenant shall be responsible for and pay the full amount of such increase in respect of both the period to which the appeal or contest relates and to any subsequent tax periods which commence during the Term or any renewal thereof in addition to all other Real Estate Taxes otherwise payable by the Tenant;
 
  (ii)   the Tenant shall pay any such increase attributable to the Tenant whether relating to the Premises or any other premises within the Development Lands as and when the same are due and owing as part of the Occupancy Costs as set forth in this Lease.
The Tenant further covenants and agrees to indemnify and save the Landlord harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, suits, actions or other liabilities arising from or in connection with the increase in any Real Estate Taxes in respect of the Development Lands or any part thereof attributable to the Tenant’s appeal or contesting of the Real Estate Taxes pursuant to this Section 5.10.

-21-


 

ARTICLE 6
ADDITIONAL CHARGES
6.1.   Administration Fee
  (a)   The Landlord may charge a fifteen percent (15%) administration fee:
  (i)   for services performed for the exclusive benefit of the Tenant at the Tenant’s express written request and not otherwise required to be performed or provided by the Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, providing supervisory, inspection, security and maintenance services, reviewing plans and specifications and other services in excess of the services required to be provided by the Landlord pursuant to this Lease (and specifically excluding any such services in connection with the Landlord’s Work, the Tenant’s Work or the Initial Leasehold Improvements);
 
  (ii)   for costs incurred and paid by the Landlord due to the Tenant’s actions or inactions contrary to the terms of this Lease, including payment of penalties incurred as a result of the Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Office Component, and third party invoices properly payable by the Tenant;
 
  (iii)   for reasonable professional fees (which are based on time only and not a percentage of costs) paid for environmental or structural engineers, space planners or architects required solely in connection with the Tenant’s operations or alterations in the Premises after the Commencement Date (and specifically excluding any such fees paid for engineers, space planners, architects or other consultants in connection with the Landlord’s Work, the Tenant’s Work or the Initial Leasehold Improvements) and not otherwise required to be paid for by the Landlord under this Lease as Landlord’s Work or otherwise; and
 
  (iv)   for legal fees and related costs incurred by the Landlord in enforcing the Terms of this Lease.
  (b)   This administration fee shall be charged without duplication. Where this Lease specifically provides for an administration fee for additional services, no further fee shall be charged hereunder.
 
  (c)   The administration fee is due and payable as Rent.

-22-


 

ARTICLE 7
USE OF PREMISES
7.1.   Use
The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the Permitted Use or for such other purposes as the Landlord may specifically authorize in writing.
7.2.   Discontinuance of Unacceptable Use
Any business, conduct or practice promulgated, carried on or maintained by the Tenant, whether through advertising or selling procedures or otherwise, which in the opinion of the Landlord, acting reasonably, may harm or tend to harm the business or reputation of the Landlord or reflect unfavorably on the Office Component or the Landlord or which may tend to confuse, mislead, deceive or be fraudulent to the public, shall be immediately discontinued by the Tenant at the request of the Landlord.
7.3.   Compliance with Laws
The Premises shall be used and occupied in a safe, careful and proper manner so as not to contravene any present or future governmental or quasi-governmental laws in force or regulations or orders. If due solely to the Tenant’s use of the Premises, improvements to the Premises are necessary to comply with any of the foregoing or with the requirements of insurance carriers, the Tenant shall pay the entire cost thereof.
7.4.   Abandonment
The Tenant shall not abandon the Premises at any time during the Term without the Landlord’s written consent.
7.5.   Nuisance
The Tenant shall not cause or maintain any nuisance in or about the Premises, and shall keep the Premises free of debris, rodents, vermin and anything of a dangerous, noxious or offensive nature or which could create a fire hazard (through undue load on electrical circuits or otherwise) or undue vibration, heat, noise, or odor.
7.6.   Security
The Tenant shall take all reasonable security measures as are necessary to protect and safeguard the Premises and its contents. The Tenant shall repair, at its sole cost, or the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for the cost of repair of any and all damage caused to the Office Component or the Premises resulting from burglary or other unlawful entry to the Premises.

-23-


 

ARTICLE 8
SERVICES, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND ALTERATIONS BY LANDLORD
8.1.   Operation of Office Component
During the Term the Landlord shall operate and maintain the Office Component in accordance with standards from time to time prevailing for similar office buildings in the area in which the Office Component is located and, subject to participation by the Tenant by payment of Occupancy Costs under Section 4.3 shall provide the services set out in Sections 8.2 and 8.3.
8.2.   Services to Premises
The Landlord shall arrange for the provision of:
  (a)   Air Conditioning . The Landlord will furnish air conditioning and heating (but not any special air conditioning or heating as may be required with respect to the operation of computer equipment or any other equipment to be installed in the Premises) to the Premises of a standard as established by custom and practice for similar office buildings in the City of Vancouver, between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays, and excluding Sundays and all public holidays (the “Hours of Operation” ). Upon reasonable prior written notice from the Tenant, not to be less than 72 hours, the Landlord shall furnish air conditioning to the Premises after the Hours of Operation, but only at the expense of the Tenant at the Landlord’s fixed hourly fee as determined from time to time by the Landlord acting reasonably.
 
  (b)   Cleaning . The Landlord will provide cleaning and janitorial services, including waste removal and exterior window cleaning to the Premises to standards consistent with the maintenance of similar office buildings;
 
  (c)   Electric Current . The Landlord (subject to its ability to obtain same from its principal suppliers) will cause the Premises to be supplied with electric current for normal lighting and small business machines therein, for which current the Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share;
 
  (d)   Lighting . Replacement of building standard fluorescent tubes, light bulbs and ballasts as required from time to time as a result of normal usage;
 
  (e)   Maintenance . Maintenance, repair, and replacement as set out in Section 8.3; and
 
  (f)   Telecommunications . The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all telephone and telecommunications services desired by the Tenant shall be ordered and utilized at the sole expense of the Tenant. Unless the Landlord otherwise requests or consents in writing, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, all the Tenant’s telecommunications equipment shall be and remain solely in the

-24-


 

Premises or, only with the written approval of the Landlord, the telephone closet(s) on the floor(s) on which the Premises are located, in accordance with reasonable rules and regulations adopted by the Landlord from time to time. Unless otherwise specifically agreed to in writing, the Landlord shall have no responsibility for the maintenance of the Tenant’s telecommunications equipment, including wiring, nor for any wiring or other infrastructure to which the Tenant’s telecommunications equipment may be connected. The Tenant agrees that, to the extent any such service is interrupted, curtailed or discontinued, the Landlord shall have no obligation or liability with respect thereto and it shall be the sole obligation of the Tenant at its expense to obtain substitute service. In the event that the Tenant wishes at any time to utilize the services of a telephone or telecommunications provider whose equipment is not then servicing the Office Component no such provider shall be permitted to install its lines or other equipment within the Office Component without first securing the prior written approval of the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld. Such approval shall not be deemed any kind of warranty or representation by the Landlord, including, without limitation, any warranty or representation as to the suitability, competence, or financial strength of the provider. Without limitation of the foregoing standard, it shall be reasonable for the Landlord to refuse to give its approval unless all of the following conditions are satisfied to the Landlord’s satisfaction:
  (i)   the Landlord shall incur no expense whatsoever with respect to any aspect of the provider’s provision of its services, including without limitation, the costs of installation, materials and services;
 
  (ii)   prior to commencement of any work in or about the Office Component by the provider, the provider shall supply the Landlord with such written indemnities, insurance, financial statements, and such other items as the Landlord reasonably determines to be necessary to protect its financial interests and the interests of the Office Component relating to the proposed activities of the provider;
 
  (iii)   the provider agrees to abide by such rules and regulations, building and other codes, job site rules and such other requirements as are reasonably determined by the Landlord to be necessary to protect the interests of the Office Component, the tenants in the Office Component and the Landlord, in the same or similar manner as the Landlord has the right to protect itself and the Office Component with respect to proposed alterations;
 
  (iv)   the Landlord reasonably determines that there is sufficient space in the Office Component for the placement of all of the provider’s equipment and materials;
 
  (v)   the provider agrees to abide by the Landlord requirements, if any, that the provider use existing Office Component conduits and pipes or use contractors approved by the Landlord;

-25-


 

  (vi)   the Landlord receives from the provider such compensation as is reasonably determined by the Landlord to compensate it for space used in the Office Component for the storage and maintenance of the provider’s equipment, for the fair market value of a provider’s access to the Office Component, and the costs which may reasonably be expected to be incurred by the Landlord;
 
  (vii)   the provider agrees to deliver to the Landlord detailed “as built” plans immediately after the installation of the provider’s equipment is complete; and
 
  (viii)   all of the foregoing matters are documented in a written license agreement between the Landlord and the provider, the form and content of which is satisfactory to the Landlord, acting reasonably.
In the event that telecommunications equipment, wiring and facilities or satellite and antennae equipment of any type installed by or at the request of any other tenant on the roof or elsewhere within or in the Office Component causes interference to equipment used by the Tenant, the Tenant shall use reasonable efforts, and shall co-operate with the Landlord and other parties, to promptly eliminate such interference. In the event that the Landlord, the Tenant and the other parties are unable to do so, the Landlord will use its reasonable efforts to cause such other tenants to substitute alternative equipment that remedies the situation.
8.3.   Office Component Services
The Landlord shall provide in the Office Component:
  (a)   Access . The Landlord will permit the Tenant and the Tenant’s employees and visitors to have the use during Normal Business Hours in common with others of the main entrance and the stairways, corridors and elevators leading to the Premises. At times other than Normal Business Hours, the Tenant and the Tenant’s employees and visitors shall have reasonable access to the Office Component and to the Premises and use of the elevators in accordance with the Rules and Regulations. The Landlord may from time to time make temporary or long term changes to the Office Component security and Office Component access procedures without any compensation to the Tenant for loss of business, lost time or inconvenience. In times of actual or possible terrorist or other significant threat to property or life safety, the Landlord may cause the Office Component to be locked, evacuated or closed until such threat or action has reasonably passed. The Tenant shall ensure that its staff and invitees follow all security procedures and processes as are deemed necessary by the Landlord.
 
  (b)   Basic Services . Heat, ventilation, air conditioning, lighting, electric power, running water, and janitor service in the Common Areas;

-26-


 

  (c)   Directory . A general directory board on which the Tenant shall be entitled to have its name shown, but the Landlord shall have exclusive control thereof and of the area thereon to be allocated to each tenant;
 
  (d)   Elevators . Elevator or escalator service (if applicable) for access to and egress from the Premises;
 
  (e)   Fitness Centre . If installed by the Landlord, employees of the Tenant shall be entitled to use of the fitness centre subject to compliance with the rules and regulations established by the Landlord from time to time in respect of the fitness centre;
 
  (f)   Loading Dock . The Tenant shall have the right of use, in common with other tenants, of the loading dock during Normal Business Hours and, subject to appropriate security arrangements being made and the Landlord’s approval being obtained, after Normal Business Hours. The Tenant shall not use the elevators in the Office Component for the purposes of moving chattels except outside Normal Business Hours and with the prior consent of the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld;
 
  (g)   Maintenance . Repair, and replacement as set out in Section 8.4;
 
  (h)   Security . The Landlord shall provide security usual for a building of this type; and
 
  (i)   Washrooms . Domestic hot and cold (or temperate) running water and necessary supplies in washrooms located in the Common Areas sufficient for the normal use thereof by occupants in the Office Component.
8.4.   Maintenance. Repair and Replacement
The Landlord shall operate, maintain, repair and replace the systems, facilities and equipment necessary for the proper operation of the Office Component and for provision of the Landlord’s services under Sections 8.2 and 8.3 (except such as may be specifically installed by or be the property of the Tenant), and shall be responsible for and shall expeditiously maintain and repair the foundations, structure and roof of the Office Component as would a prudent owner of a similar development in Vancouver, B.C., provided that:
  (a)   if all or part of such systems, facilities and equipment are destroyed, damaged or impaired, the Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete the necessary repair or replacement, and during that time shall be required only to maintain such services as are reasonably possible in the circumstances;
 
  (b)   the Landlord may temporarily discontinue such services or any of them at such times as may be necessary due to causes beyond the reasonable control of the Landlord;

-27-


 

  (c)   the Landlord shall use reasonable diligence in carrying out its obligations under this Section, but except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, there shall be no allowance to the Tenant by way of diminution of rent, or otherwise, and no liability on the part of the Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to the business arising from the happening of the event which gives rise to the need for any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements or from making of any repairs, alterations, additions or improvement in or to any portion of the Office Component or the Premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment thereof. The Landlord agrees to use all reasonable commercial efforts to do any work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with or impair the Tenant’s use of the Premises;
 
  (d)   no reduction or discontinuance of such services under this Section shall be construed as an eviction of the Tenant or (except as specifically provided in this Lease) release the Tenant from any obligation of the Tenant under this Lease; and
 
  (e)   nothing contained in this Section shall derogate from the provisions of Article 17.
8.5.   Additional Services
  (a)   If from time to time as requested in writing by the Tenant and to the extent that it is reasonably able to do so the Landlord shall provide in the Premises services in addition to those set out in Sections 8.2 and 8.3, provided that the Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receipt of any invoice for any such additional service pay the Landlord therefor at such reasonable rates as the Landlord may from time to time establish plus an administrative fee as set forth in Section 6.1.
 
  (b)   The Tenant shall not without the Landlord’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, install in the Premises equipment (including telephone equipment) that generates sufficient heat to affect the temperature otherwise maintained in the Premises by the air conditioning system as normally operated, unless the Tenant provides its own supplementary air-conditioning units. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant’s equipment in the Premises materially and adversely affects the temperature otherwise maintained in the Premises by the Landlord’s air-conditioning system as normally operated, the Landlord may install supplementary air conditioning units, facilities or services in the Premises, or modify its air conditioning systems, as may in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion be required to maintain proper temperature levels and the Tenant shall pay the Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of any invoice for the cost thereof, including installation, operation and maintenance expense plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the cost thereof in accordance with Section 6.1.
 
  (c)   If the Landlord shall from time to time reasonably determine that the use of electricity or any other utility or service in the Premises is disproportionate to the use thereof by other tenants, the Landlord may separately charge the Tenant for the excess costs attributable to such disproportionate use. The Landlord or the

-28-


 

      Tenant may install and maintain at the Tenant’s expense, metering devices for checking the use of any such utility or service in the Premises.
8.6.   Alteration by the Landlord
The Landlord may from time to time:
  (a)   make repairs, replacements, changes or additions to the structure, systems, facilities and equipment in the Premises where necessary to serve the Premises or other parts of the Office Component;
 
  (b)   make changes in or additions to any part of the Office Component not in or forming part of the Premises; and
 
  (c)   change or alter the Development and/or Office Component services or facilities, the location of driveways, sidewalks or other Common Areas, and to extend the existing Development and/or Office Component or erect new buildings or extend existing buildings above the Premises or other rentable premises or Common Areas of the Development and/or Office Component, or add new Common Areas to or on the Development and/or Office Component,
provided that in doing so the Landlord shall not materially disturb or interfere with the Tenant’s use of the Premises and operation of its business any more than is reasonably necessary in the circumstances and shall use all reasonable efforts to minimize such interference and shall repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby.
8.7.   Access by the Landlord
Subject to the Tenant’s reasonable security requirements, the Tenant shall permit the Landlord to enter the Premises outside Normal Business Hours, and during Normal Business Hours in case of an emergency or where such will not unreasonably disturb or interfere with the Tenant’s use of the Premises and operation of its business, to examine, inspect, and show the Premises to persons wishing to lease them or to purchase the Office Component, to provide services or make repairs, replacements, changes or alterations as set out and subject to other provisions of this Lease, and to take such steps, as the Landlord, acting reasonably, may deem necessary for the safety, improvement or preservation of the Premises or the Office Component. The Landlord shall whenever possible consult with or give reasonable notice to the Tenant prior to such entry, but no such entry shall constitute an eviction or entitle the Tenant to any abatement of Rent.
8.8.   Notice of Letting and Inspection by Prospective the Tenants
At any time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiry or sooner termination of this Lease, provided the Tenant has not exercised a right of renewal hereunder for a further renewal term, or at any time when the Tenant is in arrears of Rent after notice that is not being disputed bona fide by the Tenant equal to an amount greater than one (1) month’s Rent for more than thirty (30) days:

-29-


 

  (a)   the Landlord may place upon the Premises signage indicating that the Premises are for rent, and the Tenant shall not remove or obscure such signage or permit the same to be removed or obscured;
 
  (b)   subject to the Tenant’s reasonable security requirements, any prospective tenant or its representative may inspect the Premises and all parts thereof at all reasonable hours if accompanied by the Landlord or its agent or agents, or unaccompanied on production of a written request signed by the Landlord or its agent or agents.
8.9.   Energy Conservative and Security Policies
The Landlord shall be deemed to have observed and performed those things required to be observed and performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including those relating to the provision of Utilities and services, if in doing so it acts in accordance with a directive, policy or request of a governmental or quasi-governmental authority, having the force of law, serving the public interest in the field of energy conservation or security.
8.10.   The Landlord’s Work
It is understood and agreed that the Tenant has entered into this Lease on the express understanding that the Landlord’s Work, as defined in Schedules “F’ and “G” attached hereto in respect of the Premises, is limited to the scope delineated as such in Schedules “F” and “G” attached hereto. It is further understood and agreed that all other improvements to the Premises constitute the Tenant’s Work as defined in Schedules “F” and “G” attached hereto and shall be performed at the sole expense of the Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease.
ARTICLE 9
MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, ALTERATIONS AND

IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT
9.1.   Condition of Premises
Except to the extent that the Landlord is specifically responsible therefor under this Lease, the Tenant shall maintain the Premises and all improvements therein in good order and condition, including:
  (a)   repainting and redecorating the Premises and cleaning drapes and carpets at reasonable intervals as needed;
 
  (b)   making repairs, replacements and alterations as needed, including those necessary to comply with the requirements of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction, of all fixtures and things which at any time during the Term of this Lease are located or erected in or upon the Premises (including but not limited to signs, the inside and the outside of the ground floor windows, partitions and doors, lighting, wiring, plumbing, and electrical fixtures), such

-30-


 

      repair and maintenance to be made by the Tenant when, where and so often as needed shall be, always excepting only:
  (i)   reasonable wear and tear;
 
  (ii)   repairs required to be made by the Landlord pursuant to Section 8.4; and
 
  (iii)   repairs necessitated by damage from hazards against which the Landlord is required to insure hereunder.
The cost of any repair, decoration, maintenance, amendment or replacement required to be made in or to any portion of the Office Component directly as a result of any act or omission of the Tenant, its employees, servants, agents or licensees shall be paid in full by the Tenant except reasonable wear and tear and except to the extent insured against or required to be insured against by the Landlord.
9.2.   Failure to Maintain Premises
If the Tenant fails to perform any obligation under Section 9.1 and such default is not remedied after notice as required in Section 20.1, then the Landlord may enter the Premises and perform such obligation without liability to the Landlord for any loss or damage to the Tenant thereby incurred and the Tenant shall pay the Landlord for the cost thereof, plus fifteen percent (15%) of such costs for overhead and supervision, within ten (10) days of receipt of the Landlord’s invoice therefor.
9.3.   Alterations by the Tenant
The Tenant may from time to time at its own expense make changes, additions and improvements in the Premises to better adapt the same to its business, provided that any such change, addition or improvement shall:
  (a)   comply with the requirements of the Landlord’s insurer and any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction;
 
  (b)   comply with the requirements set forth in Schedule “F’ attached hereto;
 
  (c)   be made only with the prior written consent of the Landlord after detailed plans and specifications therefor have been submitted to the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
 
  (d)   equal or exceed the then current standard for the Office Component;
 
  (e)   be carried out only by persons selected by the Tenant and approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Such persons shall be compatible with others employed by or through the Landlord directly or indirectly including the Landlord’s other tenants, contractors and subcontractors and their trade union affiliations; and

-31-


 

  (f)   if required by the Landlord, the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord before commencement of the work, performance and payment bonds as well as proof of workers’ compensation and public liability and property damage insurance coverage, with the Landlord named as an additional insured, in amounts, with companies, and in form satisfactory to the Landlord, acting reasonably, which shall remain in effect during construction.
9.4.   Increase in Property Taxes or Insurance
Any increase in property taxes or fire or casualty insurance premiums for the Office Component attributable to such change, addition or improvement shall be borne by the Tenant.
9.5.   Work Done by the Landlord
In the event the Tenant requires any of the following work, it shall be carried out by the Landlord at the Tenant’s sole expense pursuant to an agreement in writing:
  (a)   all approved work relating to heating, cooling, ventilation, exhaust, control, electrical distribution and life safety systems;
 
  (b)   all approved work on the roof of the Office Component including the installation of telecommunications equipment;
 
  (c)   patching of the Office Component standard fireproofing;
 
  (d)   any drilling, cutting, coring and patching for conduit, pipe sleeves, chases, duct equipment, or openings in the floors, walls, columns or roofs of the Office Component which is approved by the Landlord; and
 
  (e)   installation of approved modifications to the sprinkler system.
9.6.   Ownership of Improvements
All improvements to the Premises, whether installed or constructed by the Tenant, except for trade fixtures, shall become the property of the Landlord when constructed or installed, and the Tenant will be solely responsible for insuring, repairing and maintaining such improvements at the Tenant’s sole expense. The Tenant shall not be required to remove any such improvements at the expiry or earlier termination of the Term.
9.7.   Trade Fixtures and Personal Property
The Tenant may install in the Premises its usual first class trade fixtures and personal property appropriate for the Tenant’s business in a proper manner, provided that:
  (a)   no such installation shall interfere with or damage the mechanical or electrical systems or the structure of the Office Component;

-32-


 

  (b)   the charge for the cost of any and all damages to the Office Component resulting from such installation will be paid by the Tenant;
 
  (c)   such installation does not contravene the provisions of this Lease;
 
  (d)   the Tenant will remove from the Premises, immediately upon notice from the Landlord, any safes, machinery, equipment, article or thing that by reason of its weight, size or use might, in the opinion of the Landlord, damage the Premises and will not at any time overload the floors of the Premises. If damage is caused to the Office Component or any part thereof by any machinery, equipment article or thing by overloading, or by any act, neglect or misuse on the part of the Tenant or any person in law responsible the Tenant shall forthwith repair the same; and
 
  (e)   if the Tenant is not then in default, the Tenant shall have the right during or at the expiration of this Lease to remove such trade fixtures and personal property. The Landlord may, at its option, require removal of the Tenant’s cabling, wiring, trade fixtures and personal property from the Premises, at the Tenant’s cost, at the expiry or earlier termination of the Term. In either event, the Tenant shall make good any damage or injury caused to the Premises or the Office Component by reason of such removal.
9.8.   Builder’s Liens
The Tenant shall promptly pay all of its contractors and suppliers and shall do any and all things necessary so as to minimize the possibility of a lien attaching to the Lands and should any such lien be made or filed, the Tenant shall discharge it within thirty (30) days following the date that the Tenant becomes aware of such registration, provided however that the Tenant may contest the validity of any such lien and in so doing shall obtain an order of a court of competent jurisdiction discharging the lien from the title to the Lands by payment into Court or by furnishing to the Landlord security satisfactory to the Landlord in nature and amount against all loss or damage which the Landlord might suffer or incur thereby. if the Tenant shall fail to discharge any lien within the time period above, then in addition to any other right or remedy of the Landlord, the Landlord may, but it shall not be so obligated, discharge the lien by paying the amount claimed to be due into Court and the amount paid by the Landlord together with all costs and expenses including solicitor’s fees (on a solicitor and his client basis) incurred for the discharge of the lien shall be due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord as Additional Rent on demand.
9.9.   Signs
Without limiting the provisions of Sections 10 and 11 of Schedule “H” attached hereto, the Tenant has the right to have its name displayed on the main lobby directory board for the Office Component, on the floor lobby directory board, if any, on each floor on which the Premises are located and on the main door to the Premises, all such signs to be at the Tenant’s expense and to be under the exclusive control of the Landlord and to conform to the uniform pattern of identification signs for tenants of the Office Component prescribed

-33-


 

by the Landlord. If the Premises constitute one or more full floors of the Office Component, the Tenant has the right to have a sign displaying the name of the Tenant in the elevator lobby of each such floor, at the Tenant’s expense, provided that the Landlord has approved the design of the sign, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Subject to Sections 10 and 11 of Schedule “H” attached hereto, the Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside of the Office Component or visible from the outside of the Office Component, nor shall the Tenant paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or direction on the outside of the Premises or inside the Premises but visible from the outside without written consent of the Landlord. The Tenant at the termination of this Lease shall remove any such signs or other advertising material, and the Tenant shall promptly repair any and all damage caused by its installation or removal. The cost of such sign and installation and erection thereof shall be borne entirely by the Tenant.
ARTICLE 10
INSURANCE
10.1.   Landlord’s Insurance
During the Term, the Landlord shall provide and keep in force or cause to be provided and kept in force (subject to participation by the Tenant by payment of Occupancy Costs) the following insurance:
  (a)   all risk insurance in respect of the Office Component and fixed improvements on the Lands and all rentable premises including the Premises to full replacement cost, but excluding tenant’s fixtures and leasehold improvements installed or constructed by or for tenants including the Tenant;
 
  (b)   loss of rental income insurance for a period not exceeding one (1) year;
 
  (c)   if any boilers or pressure vessels are operated in the Office Component other than in any rentable premises therein, boiler and pressure vessel insurance with respect thereto;
 
  (d)   comprehensive general business liability insurance with respect to the operation of the Office Component for personal injury or death and damage to property of others; and
 
  (e)   such other forms of insurance as would be carried by a prudent owner of a reasonably similar office building, having regard to size, age and location.
All policies of property insurance shall contain a waiver of any rights of subrogation that the Landlord’s insurers may have against the Tenant or those for whom the Tenant is responsible in law.

-34-


 

10.2.   Licensed Insurers
Insurance effected by the Landlord under this Article 10 shall be with insurers duly licensed to transact insurance in British Columbia, shall, subject to Section 10.1(a), be subject to such reasonable deductibles and exclusions, and otherwise be upon such terms and conditions as a prudent owner of a similar sized, mixed use building in Vancouver, B.C., would determine as being reasonable and sufficient.
10.3.   Insurable Interest
Notwithstanding any contribution by the Tenant to the cost of insurance required by this Lease to be placed and maintained by the Landlord, the Tenant acknowledges and agrees that no insurable interest is conferred upon the Tenant under any policies of insurance placed and maintained by the Landlord, and the Tenant is not entitled to receive any proceeds of any such insurance policies, but that shall not diminish or prejudice all other rights of the Tenant under this Lease.
10.4.   Tenant’s Insurance
During the Term, the Tenant shall take out and maintain at its own expense:
  (a)   public liability and property damage insurance including personal injury, contractual and non-owned automobile liabilities and owners’ and contractors’ protective insurance coverage with respect to the Premises and the Tenant’s use of the Common Areas and facilities, coverage to include the activities and operations conducted by the Tenant and any other person on the Premises, and by the Tenant and any other person performing work on behalf of the Tenant and those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible in any other part of the Office Component. Such policies shall be written on a comprehensive basis with inclusive limits of not less than $5,000,000.00 for any one occurrence or such higher limits as the Landlord shall reasonably require. All such policies must contain a severability of interest clause and a cross liability clause, and shall be primary and shall not call into contribution any other insurance available to the Landlord or any mortgagee of the Lands;
 
  (b)   insurance upon property of every description and kind owned by the Tenant, or for which the Tenant is legally liable with in the Premises, or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant within the Office Component, including, but not limited to furniture, fittings, alterations, partitions, floor coverings, fixtures and anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement, in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof, with coverage against all risks including water damage from any cause whatsoever, and collapse;
 
  (c)   insurance for replacement of all glass in the Premises for any damage howsoever caused;
 
  (d)   insurance for all damages sustained due to burglary of the Premises;

-35-


 

  (e)   business interruption insurance in such amounts as will reimburse the Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants including, but not limited to, prevention of access to the Premises as a result of perils insured against under this Lease and the disruption in the supply of Utilities and other essential services to the Premises or the Office Component; and
 
  (f)   any other form of insurance that the Tenant, or the Landlord, acting reasonably, requires in amounts and for insurance risk against which a prudent tenant would insure.
Policies for fire and liability insurance shall be in a form and with an insurer acceptable to the Landlord, acting reasonably, shall require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Landlord of termination or material alteration of the policy during the Term and shall waive any right of subrogation against the Landlord, its agent and mortgagee, and cause the Landlord, its agent and mortgagee to be named as an additional insured in such policies of insurance. If requested by the Landlord, the Tenant shall from time to time promptly deliver to the Landlord, certified copies or other evidence of such policies, and evidence satisfactory to the Landlord that all premiums thereon have been paid and the policies are in full force and effect.
10.5.   Placement of the Tenant’s Insurance by the Landlord
If the Tenant fails to take out, renew or keep in force any of the policies of insurance required to be taken out and maintained by the Tenant under Section 10.4 and does not remedy such default promptly after notice from the Landlord, the Landlord may do so as agent of the Tenant and the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord any amount so paid by the Landlord as agent of the Tenant together with a fifteen percent (15%) administration fee promptly upon demand by the Landlord.
ARTICLE 11
INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY
11.1.   Indemnity by the Tenant
The Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord from and against every demand, claim, cause of action, judgment and expense, and all losses and damage arising from:
  (a)   any injury or damage to the person or property of the Tenant, any other tenant in the Office Component or to any other person rightfully in the Office Component, where the injury or damage is caused by negligence or willful misconduct in the Development of the Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or any other person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible, or results from violation of laws or ordinances, governmental orders of any kind or of the provisions of this Lease by any of the foregoing;

-36-


 

  (b)   any loss or damage, however caused, to books, records, files, money, securities, negotiable instruments or papers in or about the Premises;
 
  (c)   any injury or damage not specified above to the person or property of the Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or any other person entering upon the Premises under express or implied invitation of the Tenant, where the injury or damage is caused by any reason other than the negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord, its agents, servants, or employees.
If the Landlord shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against the Tenant for which the Tenant is responsible to indemnify the Landlord, then the Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless and shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable legal fees incurred or paid by the Landlord in connection with such litigation. The foregoing provisions of this Section 11.1 shall not apply to demands, claims, causes of action, judgments, expenses, losses or damages:
  (i)   arising as a result of and to the extent of the negligence and willful misconduct of the Landlord, its agents, servants, contractors, licensees, invitees or anyone for whom the Landlord is responsible in law; or
 
  (ii)   required to be insured against by the Landlord pursuant to this Lease.
11.2.   Subrogation
The provisions of this Section 11.1 are subject to the waiver of any right of subrogation against the Landlord in the Tenant’s insurance.
ARTICLE 12
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
12.1.   Assignment or Subletting
  (a)   The Tenant will not assign, transfer, sublet, part with or share possession or set over or permit the Premises to be occupied or used by a licensee or concessionaire or otherwise by any act or deed permit the Premises or any part of them to be assigned, transferred, set over or sublet (individually and collectively, a “Transfer” ) unto any persons, firm, partnership or corporation whomsoever except with consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
  (b)   If the Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof to a named third party (the “Transferee”), the Tenant shall first provide the Landlord with any information the Landlord may reasonably require, including a true copy of the agreement to assign or sublet (the “Transfer Agreement” ), evidence as to the responsibility, reputation, financial standing and business of the Transferee, and a completed credit check application in the Landlord’s form, (collectively the “Transfer Information” ), together with a

-37-


 

      check payable to the Landlord in the sum of $750.00, being the administration fee of responding to the Tenant’s request.
  (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Landlord, in its absolute discretion, may arbitrarily withhold its consent to any assignment or sublet where the proposed transferee is a governmental authority, body or entity or Crown corporation.
12.2.   Assumption
The consent of the Landlord if granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12 in respect of an assignment of this Lease may be conditional upon the Transferee executing and delivering an agreement to the Landlord agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Lease.
12.3.   Improvements at the Tenant’s Cost
In the event any sublease made pursuant to this Article 12, the Tenant shall bear the cost of all improvements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all demising walls, entrance doors, mechanical and electrical modifications) necessary to separate the area to be sublet from the remainder of the Premises.
12.4.   Tenant’s Obligations Continue
No assignment or disposition by the Tenant of this Lease or of any interest under this Lease shall relieve the Tenant or Indemnifier (if any), from the performance of its covenants, obligations or agreements under this Lease.
12.5.   No Deemed Consent
The Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless given by the Landlord in writing, and no such consent shall be deemed or presumed by any act or omission of the Landlord other than consent in writing, nor shall any consent be deemed to be a consent to any future Transfer by the Tenant or by any Transferee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord may receive Rent and any other amounts from any Transferee and apply the net amount received to the Rent and other amounts payable pursuant to this Lease, and the receipt or acceptance of such amounts shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the Landlord’s rights under this Article 12 nor an acceptance of or consent to any such Transfer.
12.6.   Subsequent Assignments
The Landlord’s consent to an assignment, transfer or subletting (or use or occupation of the Premises by any other person) shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment, transfer, subletting, use or occupation.

-38-


 

12.7.   Change in Corporate Control
If the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Tenant (or of any successor or assignee of the Tenant which is a corporation) shall result in changing the control of the Tenant such sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease and shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease with respect to assignments by the Tenant, provided, however, that the Landlord’s consent shall not be required to an assignment or transfer of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Tenant:
  (a)   to a corporation controlled by or subject to the same control as the assignor or transferor; or
 
  (b)   if the Tenant is a public corporation whose shares are traded and listed on any recognized stock exchange in Canada or in the United States; or
 
  (c)   to a member or members of the family of the assignor or transferor, or
 
  (d)   in the case of devolution through death;
so long as in either case prior to or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, the Landlord has received assurances satisfactory to the Landlord that there will be a continuity of the existing management of the Tenant, and of its business practices and policies notwithstanding any such sale, transfer or other disposition of controlling shares. For the purpose of this Section 12.7, “control” of any corporation shall be deemed to be vested in the person or persons owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power for the election of the board of directors of such corporation and a “member or members” of the family of any assignor shall include his spouse, parents, brothers or sisters and issue.
12.8.   Securing Loan
The Tenant will not mortgage by way of an assignment or sublease, this Lease or the leasehold estate crated by this Lease, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The provisions of Sections 12.1, 12,2, 12.3, 12.5, 12.7, 12.12, 12.13, 12.14, 12.15, and 12.16 shall not apply to any mortgaging by way of an assignment or sublease referred to in this Section 12.8.
12.9.   Unamended Lease Terms
If the Tenant receives the Landlord’s written consent to a Transfer under the provisions of this Article 12, the Tenant, the Landlord and proposed the Transferee specifically agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall remain as herein specified including, without limitation, the provisions of this Lease relating to the use, unless such Sections are specifically amended in writing between the Tenant, the proposed Transferee and the Landlord.

-39-


 

12.10.   No Advertising
 
    The Tenant shall not advertise the whole or any part of the Premises or this Lease for the purpose of a Transfer and shall not print, publish, post, display or broadcast any notice or advertisement to that effect and shall not permit any broker or other person to do any of the foregoing, unless the complete text and format of any such notice, advertisement or offer is first approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Without in any way restricting or limiting the Landlord’s right to refuse any text or format on other reasonable grounds, the text or format proposed by the Tenant shall not contain any reference to the rental rate of the Premises.
 
12.11.   Assignment and Subletting without Consent
 
    Notwithstanding Sections 12.1, 12.2, 12.5, 12.7, 12.8, 12.12, 12.13, 12.14, 12.15, and 12.16, so long as the Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease, the Tenant shall not require the Landlord’s consent, and the Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease or to receive any Excess Rent pursuant to Section 12.12, in the following circumstances:
  (a)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises to any Person that is an Affiliate of the Tenant;
 
  (b)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises to any Person as a result of any merger, amalgamation or other reorganization involving the Tenant that does not result in a change in control of the Tenant;
 
  (c)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises to the purchaser of a majority of the Tenant’s retail stores in Canada operating under the trade name “Lululemon”, provided that such assignee or sublessee shall carry on the same business as is permitted to be carried on by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease and there remains a continuity of business practices and policies and mode and style of operation of the Tenant, notwithstanding such purchase; and
 
  (d)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises or change in control of the Tenant as part of a transaction in which the Tenant or any Affiliate of the Tenant completes an underwritten public offering of its securities, provided that there is continuity in the business carried on in the Premises pursuant to this Lease and there remains a continuity of business practices and policies and mode and style of operation of the business carried on in the Premises, notwithstanding such transaction;
            provided in each case that:
  (e)   the assignee or transferee, if applicable, executes and delivers to the Landlord an agreement directly with the Landlord agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Lease; and

-40-


 

  (f)   the Landlord receives written notice of such assignment, subletting or other transaction within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of same.
    For the purposes of this Section, “Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person; and “Person” means and includes any individual, corporation, limited partnership, general partnership, joint stock company, limited liability corporation, joint venture, association, company, trust, bank, trust company, pension fund, business trust or other organization, whether or not a legal entity.
 
12.12.   Excess Rent
 
    If the Landlord consents in writing to an assignment or sublease as contemplated herein, the Tenant may complete such assignment or sublease subject to fifty percent (50%) of all “Excess Rent” , as hereinafter defined, derived from such assignment or sublease shall be payable to the Landlord. The Excess Rent shall be deemed to be and shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord as Rent. The Tenant shall pay the Excess Rent to the Landlord immediately as and when such Excess Rent is received by the Tenant. As used herein, “Excess Rent” means the amount by which the total money and other economic consideration to be paid by the assignee or subtenant as a result of an assignment or sublease, whether denominated as rent or otherwise, exceeds, in the aggregate, the total amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent which the Tenant is obligated to pay to the Landlord under this Lease, pro-rated for the portion of the Premises being assigned or sublet subject to such assignment or sublease, reasonable costs for additional improvements installed in the portion of the Premises subject to such assignment or sublease, at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the specific assignee or subtenant in question, reasonable leasing costs (such as brokers’ commissions and the fees payable to the Landlord under Section 12.1(b)) paid by the Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease, and the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent the Tenant is obligated to pay the Landlord under this Lease, pro-rated for the portion of the Premises being assigned or sublet, that is not occupied or used by the Tenant until the date of such assignment or sublease. In determining the amounts to be deducted from Excess Rent in each monthly payment period in respect of the Tenant’s costs of assigning or subleasing, such costs shall be amortized without interest over the Term (in the case of an assignment) or term of the sublease (in the case of a sublease) on a straight line basis.
 
12.13.   Landlord’s Rights
 
    If the Tenant requests consent to a Transfer of all of the Premises for the balance of the Term, the Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as set out in Section 12.14.
 
12.14.   Termination by the Landlord
 
    The Landlord’s termination rights set out in Section 12.13 shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Tenant within fourteen (14) days of receipt by the Landlord of the request for consent, the Transfer Information and the administration fee, and the

-41-


 

    termination date shall be the date stipulated in the Landlord’s notice which shall in no event be less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days following the giving of such notice by the Landlord.
 
12.15.   Withdrawal of the Tenant Request
 
    If the Landlord exercises its right to terminate the Lease pursuant to Sections 12.13 and 12.14, the Tenant may withdraw its request for a Transfer and shall advise the Landlord of its intention to withdraw such request within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Landlord’s notice. The Tenant shall not under any circumstances be entitled to a refund of the administration fee.
 
12.16.   Consent to Assignment or Subletting
 
    If the Landlord does not exercise its rights set out in Section 12.13, the Tenant may sublet the Premises or assign this Lease, as applicable, to the Transferee on the terms and conditions contained in the Transfer Agreement, subject to the consent of the Landlord being first obtained, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, but which may be conditional upon, in the case of an assignment of this Lease, the Transferee executing and delivering an agreement to the Landlord agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Lease.
ARTICLE 13
SURRENDER
13.1.   Possession
 
    At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, the Tenant shall peaceably surrender and yield up to the Landlord the Premises and all improvements made, constructed, erected or installed in the Premises in accordance with its covenants to maintain and repair the Premises. The Tenant shall surrender all keys for the Premises to the Landlord at the place then fixed for payment of Rent, and shall inform the Landlord of all combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the Premises.
 
13.2.   Tenant’s Failure to Remove and Repair
 
    Subject to the Landlord exercising its option set out in Section 9.7(e), should the Tenant fail to remove any trade fixtures, cabling, wiring, and personal property from the Premises or to repair the Premises prior to the expiry or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease then the Landlord may, at its option, remove trade fixtures, goods or chattels of the Tenant of any kind and repair any damage caused to the Premises by their removal at the Tenant’s expense and may dispose of same in any manner which the Landlord sees fit without compensation of any kind whatsoever to the Tenant, all in accordance with Section 20.3.
 
13.3.   Merger
 
    The voluntary or other surrender of the Lease by the Tenant or the cancellation of the Lease by mutual agreement of the Tenant and the Landlord shall not constitute a merger,

-42-


 

    and shall at the Landlord’s option terminate all or any subleases. The Landlord’s option hereunder shall be exercised by notice to the Tenant and all known sublessees or subtenants in the Premises or any part thereof.
 
13.4.   Payments After Termination
 
    No payments of money by the Tenant to the Landlord after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or after giving of any notice (other than a demand for payment of money) by the Landlord to the Tenant, shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term or make ineffective any notice given to the Tenant prior to the payments of such money. After the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment granting the Landlord possession of the Premises, the Landlord may receive and collect any sums of Rent due under this Lease, and the payment thereof shall not make ineffective any notice, or in any manner affect any pending suits or any judgment therefor obtained.
ARTICLE 14
HOLDING OVER
14.1.   Month-to-Month Tenancy
 
    If, with the Landlord’s written consent, the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or other termination of the Term without any further written agreement with the Landlord allowing it to do so, the Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises on a month-to-month tenancy only, at a monthly rental equal to 125% of the Base Rent payable by the Tenant in the last month of the Term or such other rental as is stated in such written consent, and such month-to-month tenancy may be terminated by the Landlord or the Tenant on the last day of any calendar month by delivery of at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of termination to the other.
 
14.2.   Tenancy at Sufferance
 
    If, without the Landlord’s written consent, the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or other termination of the Term, the Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises upon a tenancy at sufferance only, at a monthly rental equal to two times the Rent determined in accordance with Article 4. Such tenancy at sufferance may be terminated by the Landlord at any time by notice of termination to the Tenant and by the Tenant on the last day of any calendar month by at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of termination to the Landlord.
 
14.3.   General
 
    Any month-to-month tenancy or tenancy at sufferance hereunder shall otherwise be subject to all other terms and conditions of the Lease except any right of renewal and nothing contained in this Article 14 shall be construed to limit or impair any of the Landlord’s rights of re-entry or eviction or constitute a waiver thereof.

-43-


 

ARTICLE 15
RULES AND REGULATIONS
15.1.   Purpose
 
    The rules and regulations set forth in Schedule “D” attached hereto have been adopted by the Landlord for the safety, benefit and convenience of all tenants and other persons in the Office Component. The rules and regulations may differentiate between different types of businesses in the Office Component, but the Landlord shall not discriminate against the Tenant in the establishment or enforcement of the rules and regulations. All such rules and regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of this Lease, provided that if there is a conflict between such rules and regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, such other provisions of this Lease shall in all cases prevail.
 
15.2.   Observance
 
    The Tenant shall, at all times, comply with, and shall cause its employees, agents, licensees and invitees to comply with, such rules and regulations attached hereto as Schedule “D” hereto and such further and other reasonable rules and regulations and amendments and changes thereto as may be made by the Landlord and notified to the Tenant by mailing a copy thereof to the Tenant. All such rules and regulations now or hereafter in force shall be read as forming part of this Lease, subject to Section 15.1.
 
15.3.   Non-compliance
 
    The Landlord shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to secure compliance by all tenants and other persons with such rules and regulations from time to time in effect, but shall not be responsible to the Tenant for failure of any person to comply with such rules and regulations.
 
15.4.   Loading and Unloading
 
    The delivery and shipping of merchandise, supplies, fixtures, and other materials or goods of whatsoever nature to or from the Premises and all loading, unloading, and handling thereof shall be done only at such times, in such areas, by such means, and through such elevators, entrances, malls and corridors as are designated by the Landlord and in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth in Schedule “D” attached hereto, and in accordance with the Landlord’s Loading Management Plan, as may be amended from time to time, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule “E.”
ARTICLE 16
EXPROPRIATION
16.1.   Taking of Premises
 
    If during the Term or any renewal thereof all of the Premises shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right or expropriation, or purchases under

-44-


 

    threat of such taking, this Lease shall automatically terminate on the date on which the expropriating authority takes possession of the Premises (the “ date of such taking ”).
 
16.2.   Partial Taking of Office Component
 
    If during the Term only part of the Office Component is taken or purchased as set out in Section 16.1, then:
  (a)   if in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Office Component is necessary or desirable as a result thereof, whether or not the Premises are or may be affected, the Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving the Tenant at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of such termination, and
 
  (b)   if more than twenty percent (20%) of the number of square feet in the Premises is included in such taking or purchase, the Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving the other at least thirty (30) days’ written notice thereof.
    If either party exercises its right of termination hereunder, this Lease shall terminate on the date stated in the notice, provided however, that no termination pursuant to notice hereunder may occur later than sixty (60) days after the date of such taking.
16.3.   Surrender
 
    On any such date of termination under Sections 16.1 or 16.2, the Tenant shall immediately surrender to the Landlord the Premises and all interest therein under this Lease. The Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Premises and remove the Tenant therefrom, and the Rent shall abate on such date in respect of the portion taken. After such termination, and on notice from the Landlord stating the Rent then owing, the Tenant shall forthwith pay the Landlord the Rent then owing.
 
16.4.   Partial Taking of Premises
 
    If any portion of the Premises (but less than the whole thereof) is so taken, and no rights of termination herein conferred are timely exercised, the Term of the Lease shall expire with respect to the portion so taken on the date of such taking. In such event the Rent payable hereunder with respect to such portion so taken shall abate on such date, and the rent thereafter payable with respect to the remainder not so taken shall be adjusted pro rata by the Landlord in order to account for the resulting reduction in the number of square feet in the Premises.
 
16.5.   Awards
 
    Upon any such taking or purchase, the Landlord and the Tenant shall each be entitled to receive and retain the award or consideration for their respective interests for the affected lands and improvements, and the Tenant shall not have or advance any claim against the Landlord for the value of its property or its leasehold estate or the unexpired Term of the Lease, or for costs of removal or relocation, or business interruption expense or any other

-45-


 

      damages arising out of such taking or purchase. Nothing herein shall give the Landlord any interest in or preclude the Tenant from seeking and recovering on its own account from the condemning authority any award or compensation attributable to the taking or purchase of the Tenant’s leasehold estate, improvements, chattels or trade fixtures, or the removal or relocation of its business. If any such award made or compensation paid to either party specifically includes an award or amount for the other, the party first receiving the same shall promptly account therefor to the other.
ARTICLE 17
DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY
17.1.   Limited Damage to Premises
 
    If all or part of the Premises are rendered untenantable by damage from fire or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Architect, can be substantially repaired under applicable laws and government regulations within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without overtime or other premium), the Landlord and the Tenant, as the case may be, according to the nature of the damage and their respective obligations to repair, shall repair the damage with all reasonable diligence.
 
17.2.   Major Damage to Premises
 
    If all or part of Premises are rendered untenantable by damage from fire or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Architect, cannot be substantially repaired under applicable laws and governmental regulations within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without overtime or other premium), either the Landlord or the Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by written notice delivered to the other not more than ten (10) days after receipt of the Landlord’s Architect’s opinion, failing which the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be, according to the nature of the damage and their respective obligations under this Lease, shall repair such damage with all reasonable diligence.
 
17.3.   Abatement
 
    If all or part of the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, the Rent payable by the Tenant hereunder shall be proportionately reduced to the extent that the Premises are thereby rendered unusable by the Tenant in its business, from the date of such casualty until five (5) days after completion by the Landlord of the repairs to the Premises (or part thereof) rendered untenantable) or until the Tenant again uses the Premises (or part thereof) rendered untenantable in its business, whichever first occurs.
 
17.4.   Major Damage to Office Component
 
    If, during the Term of this Lease or any renewal thereof, the Office Component shall be damaged or destroyed by hazards against which the Landlord is required to insure under the provisions of this Lease or by any other casualty whatsoever, to an extent such that,

-46-


 

    according to the reasonable estimate of the Landlord, the cost of repairing or rebuilding the Office Component exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the replacement cost of the Office Component (excluding foundations and excavations), then the Landlord may, by notice in writing to the Tenant, elect within ten (10) days after receipt of the Landlord’s Architect’s opinion under Section 17.2, either to repair such damage or destruction (including any such demolition and reconstruction as the Landlord’s Architect may recommend in the overall interests of the Office Component) or to terminate this Lease and in the case of termination the Tenant shall deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the notice of termination, and, subject to Section 17.3, the Rent shall be apportioned and paid to the date upon which possession has been delivered up.
17.5.   Limitation on the Landlord’s Liability
 
    Except as specifically provided in this Article 17, there shall be no reduction of Rent and the Landlord shall have no liability to the Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with the Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty, howsoever caused, or from the making of any repairs resulting therefrom in or to any portion of the Office Component or the Premises.
ARTICLE 18
TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD
18.1.   Sale, Conveyance and Assignment
 
    Nothing in this Lease shall restrict the right of the Landlord to sell, convey, assign or otherwise deal with the Lands or the Office Component, subject only to the rights of the Tenant under this Lease.
 
18.2.   Effect of Sale, Conveyance or Assignment
 
    Should the Landlord convey, lease or assign or otherwise divest itself of its interest in the Lands and/or Office Component and to the extent that the transferee, lessee or assignee thereof assumes the covenants and obligations of the Landlord herein (except to the extent that any covenants and obligations of the Landlord under this Lease relate to the period prior to the effective date of such conveyance, lease or assignment), the Landlord will be relieved of its obligations under this Lease relating to the period from and after the effective date of such conveying, leasing, assigning or divesting, and the Tenant shall thereafter look solely to the Landlord’s successor in interest in and to this Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale, conveyance or assignment, and the Tenant shall attorn to the Landlord’s successor in interest thereunder.
 
18.3.   Subordination
 
    Subject to Section 8 of Schedule “H” attached hereto, this Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to any and all mortgages and security interests now or hereafter placed on the Office Component or Lands, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.

-47-


 

18.4.   Attornment
 
    Subject to the non-disturbance agreement referred to in Section 8 of Schedule “H” attached hereto, if the interest of the Landlord is transferred to any person (herein called the “Purchaser”) by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any such mortgage, or by delivery of a deed in lieu of such foreclosure or other proceedings, the Tenant shall immediately and automatically attorn to the Purchaser. Upon such attornment as provided for in this Section 18.4, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Purchaser and the Tenant, upon all of the same terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in the Lease except that, after such attornment, the Purchaser shall not be:
  (a)   liable for any act or omission of the Landlord occurring prior to such attornment; or
 
  (b)   subject to any offsets or defenses which the Tenant might have against the Landlord arising prior to such attornment; or
 
  (c)   bound by a prepayment by the Tenant of more than one (1) month’s installment of Rent occurring prior to such attornment, unless such prepayment shall have been expressly provided for in this Lease or approved in writing by the Purchaser or any predecessor in interest except the Landlord.
18.5.   Execution of Instruments
 
    The subordination and attornment provisions of this Article 18 are subject to Section 8 of Schedule “H” attached hereto. The Tenant, on request by and without cost to the Landlord or any successor in interest, shall execute and deliver any and all instruments further evidencing such subordination and (where applicable hereunder) attornment, subject to Section 8 of Schedule “H” hereto.
ARTICLE 19
NOTICES, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, AUTHORITIES FOR ACTION
19.1.   Notices
 
    Any notice from one party to the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly served if delivered personally or if delivered by facsimile to the party being served at the address or facsimile number set forth below:
     
          (a)   if to the Landlord:
  Broadway Equities Inc. and
PCI Cross Roads Developments Inc.
c/o Warrington PCI Management
Suite 1700— 1030 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B.C.
V6E 2Y3
Attention: Property Manager
Facsimile:  (604) 688-2328

-48-


 

     
                    with a copy to delivered concurrently to:
 
   
 
  Koffman Kalef
Business Lawyers
19th Floor, 885 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B.C.
V6C 3H4
Attention: Patrick J. Julian
Facsimile:  (604) 891-3788
 
   
          (b)   if to the Tenant:
  Lululemon Athletica Inc.
 
  2285 Clark Drive
 
  Vancouver, B.C.
 
  V5N 3G9
 
  Attention: Christopher Ng
 
  Facsimile:   (604) 874-6124
    or if delivered by courier addressed to the Tenant at the Premises (whether or not the Tenant has departed from, vacated or abandoned the same), or to the Landlord at the address set forth on page 1 of this Lease or any other place from time to time established for the payment of Rent. Any notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time of personal delivery or, if delivered by facsimile or by overnight courier, the next business day after the date of delivery thereof. Either party shall have the right to designate by notice, in the manner above set forth, a different address to which notices are to be delivered.
 
19.2.   Acknowledgement
 
    Each of the parties hereto shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days prior notice from the other execute, acknowledge and deliver a written statement in such form as may be requested by the Landlord acting reasonably certifying:
  (a)   that this Lease is in full force and effect, subject only to such modification (if any) as may be set out therein;
 
  (b)   that the Tenant is in possession of the Premises and paying Rent as provided in this Lease;
 
  (c)   the dates (if any) to which Rent is paid in advance;
 
  (d)   that there are not, to such party’s knowledge any uncured defaults on the part of the other party hereunder, or specifying such defaults in any are claimed; and
 
  (e)   such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the other party or its mortgagee.
      Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective transferee or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Office Component, or the leasehold estate under this Lease, or

-49-


 

      any assignee of any such persons. If either party fails to timely deliver such statement, such party shall be deemed to have acknowledged that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by the other party, and that there are no uncured defaults in the performance of such party.
19.3.   Authorities for Action
 
    The Landlord may act in any matter provided for herein by its property manager and any other person who shall from time to time be designated by the Landlord by notice to the Tenant. The Tenant shall designate in writing one or more persons to act on its behalf in any matter provided for herein and may from time to time change, by notice to the Landlord, such designation. In the absence of any such designation, the person or persons executing this Lease for the Tenant shall be deemed to be authorized to act on behalf of the Tenant in any matter provided for herein.
ARTICLE 20
DEFAULT
20.1.   Events of Default
 
    In the event of the happening of any one of the following events:
  (a)   the Tenant shall have failed to pay an installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other amount payable hereunder when due and such failure shall be continuing for a period of more than three (3) days after notice is delivered by the Landlord to the Tenant advising of such default; or
 
  (b)   if any policy of insurance upon the Lands, the Office Component, or any part thereof from time to time effected by the Landlord shall be cancelled or about to be cancelled by the insurer by reason of the unlawful use or occupation of the Premises by the Tenant or any assignee, subtenant or licensee of the Tenant or anyone permitted by the Tenant to be upon the Premises and the Tenant after receipt of notice in writing from the Landlord shall have failed to take such immediate steps in respect of such use or occupation as shall enable the Landlord to reinstate or avoid cancellation (as the case may be) of such policy of insurance; or
 
  (c)   the Premises or any portion thereof shall, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, be used or occupied by any other persons than the Tenant or its permitted assigns or subtenants or for any purpose other than that for which they were leased or occupied or by any persons whose occupancy is prohibited by this Lease and is not cured as provided for in Section 20.1(h); or
 
  (d)   the Premises shall be vacated or abandoned,, or remain unoccupied without the prior written consent of the Landlord for fifteen (15) consecutive days or more while capable of being occupied; or

-50-


 

  (e)   the Tenant makes a bulk sale of its goods or removes or commences, attempts or threatens to remove its goods, chattels, and equipment out of the Premises (other than in the normal course of its business), and such execution, attachment or similar process, action or proceeding is not set aside, vacated, discharged or abandoned within fifteen (15) days after commencement; or
 
  (f)   the balance of the Term of this Lease or any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant located in the Premises, shall at any time be seized in execution or attachment, and such execution, attachment or similar process, action or proceeding is not set aside, vacated, discharged or abandoned within fifteen (15) days after commencement; or
 
  (g)   the Tenant becomes insolvent or commits an act of bankruptcy or becomes bankrupt or takes the benefit of any statute that may be in force for dissolution or bankrupt or insolvent debtors or becomes involved in voluntary or involuntary winding-up proceedings or if a receiver or a trustee, receiver or receiver manager or agent or other like person shall be appointed for the business, property, affairs or revenues of the Tenant, and such execution, attachment or similar process, action or proceeding is not set aside, vacated, discharged or abandoned within fifteen (15) days after commencement; or
 
  (h)   the Tenant fails to observe, perform and keep each and every one of the covenants, agreements, provisions, stipulations and conditions herein contained to be observed, performed and kept by the Tenant (other than payment of Rent) including, but not limited to, Sections 4.12., 8.8, 9.2, 9.8, 10.5, 20.1(c), 21.5 and Section 7 of Schedule “B”, and persists in such failure after ten (10) days’ notice by the Landlord requiring that the Tenant remedy, correct, desist or comply (or if any such breach would reasonably require more than ten (10) days to rectify, unless the Tenant commences rectification within ten (10) days’ notice period and thereafter promptly and effectively and continuously proceeds with the rectification of the breach);
    it shall be deemed an “Event of Default” and the Landlord shall have the rights and remedies set forth in this Article 20, all of which are cumulative and not alternatives and not to the exclusion of any other or additional rights and remedies in law or equity available to the Landlord by statute or otherwise. No such remedy shall be exclusive or dependent upon any other such remedy, but the Landlord may from time to time exercise any one or more of such remedies independently or in combination.
 
20.2.   Interest and Costs to Lease Space
 
    The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord interest at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum over the prime rate charged by the Landlord’s principal banker to the Landlord, calculated and compounded monthly, upon all Rent required to be paid hereunder from the due date for payment thereof until the same is fully paid and satisfied. The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against all costs, charges (including legal fees) lawfully and reasonably incurred in enforcing payment thereof, and in obtaining possession of the

-51-


 

    Premises after an Event of Default or upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, or in enforcing any covenant, provision or agreement of the Tenant herein contained in respect of which an Event of Default has occurred.
20.3.   Right of the Landlord to Perform Covenants
 
    All covenants and agreements to be performed by the Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by the Tenant, at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and without abatement of Rent. If the Tenant shall fail to perform any act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue after notice from the Landlord in accordance with Section 20.1(h) for ten (10) days after such notice or any period after such notice allowed by Section 20.1(h), the Landlord may (but shall not be obligated so to do) perform such an act without waiving or releasing the Tenant from any of its obligations relative thereto, and in so doing to make any payments due or alleged to be due by the Tenant to the third parties and to enter upon the Premises to do any work or other things therein. All sums paid or costs incurred by the Landlord in so performing such acts under this Section 20.3, together with a fifteen percent (15%) administration fee shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand and shall be recoverable by the Landlord as Rent.
 
20.4.   Right to Distrain
 
    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, at the option of the Landlord, the following shall become fully and immediately due and payable by the Tenant and the Landlord may immediately distrain for the same, together with any arrears then unpaid:
  (a)   the full amount of the current month’s and the next ensuing three (3) months’ installments of Base Rent; and
 
  (b)   all expenses incurred by the Landlord in performing after an Event of Default any of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, re-entering and re-letting, collecting sums due or payable by the Tenant, effecting seizure and realizing upon assets seized (including brokerage, legal fees and disbursements), and the expense of keeping the Premises in good order, repairing the same and preparing them for re-letting.
    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Landlord may seize and sell such goods, chattels and equipment of the Tenant whether within the Premises or removed therefrom and may apply the proceeds thereof to all Rent and other payments to which the Landlord is then entitled under this Lease, and the Tenant waives or renounces the benefit of any present or future law taking away or limiting the Landlord’s right of distress on the property of the Tenant. Any such sale may be effected in the discretion of the Landlord by public auction or otherwise, and either in bulk or by individual item, or partly by one means and partly by another, all as the Landlord in its entire discretion may decide. If any of the Tenant’s property is disposed of as provided in this Section 20.4, ten (10) days’ prior notice to the Tenant of disposition shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable.

-52-


 

20.5.   Right to Place Lien
 
    If at any time there shall have occurred an Event of Default hereunder, the Landlord shall have a lien on all stock in trade and inventory of the Tenant located in the Premises as security against loss or damage resulting from any such default by the Tenant and such stock in trade and inventory shall not be removed from the Premises by the Tenant until such default is cured unless otherwise directed by the Landlord.
 
20.6.   Right to Terminate — General
 
    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 20.1, the Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease forthwith by leaving upon the Premises or by affixing to an entrance door to the Premises notice terminating the Lease and to immediately thereafter cease to furnish any services hereunder and enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and the same to have again, repossess and enjoy as of its former estate, anything in this Lease contained to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the giving by the Landlord of a notice in writing, terminating this Lease under Section 20.6 or 20.7, this Lease and the Term shall terminate, Rent and any other payments for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease shall be computed, apportioned and paid in full to the date of such termination forthwith, and there shall immediately become due and payable those amounts payable pursuant to Section 20.11. Upon termination of this Lease and the Term, the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord, and the Landlord may forthwith re-enter and take possession of them.
 
20.7.   Right to Terminate — Accelerated Rent
 
    The Landlord may terminate this Lease at its sole option if and whenever there is an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 20.1(e) to 20.1(h). In the event that this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 20.7 the Tenant shall, in addition to meeting all the requirements of Section 20.6 forthwith pay to the Landlord Rent for three (3) months next ensuing after the termination of this Lease as accelerated rent.
 
20.8.   Right to Re-enter
 
    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 20.1, the Landlord has the right to enter the Premises, with or without cancelling the Lease, as agent of the Tenant and as such agent to re-let them and to receive the rent therefor and as agent of the Tenant to take possession of any furniture or other property thereon and upon giving ten (10) days’ written notice to the Tenant to store the same at the expense and risk of the Tenant or to sell or otherwise dispose of the same at public or private sale without further notice and to apply the proceeds thereof and any rent derived from re-letting the Premises upon account of the Rent due and to become due under this Lease and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for the deficiency if any.

-53-


 

20.9.   Waiver of Exemption and Redemption
 
    Notwithstanding anything contained in any statute now or hereafter in force limiting or abrogating the right of distress, none of the Tenant’s goods, chattels or trade fixtures on the Premises at any time during the continuance of the Term shall be exempt from levy by distress for Rent in arrears where there is an Event of Default, and upon any claim being made for such exemption by the Tenant or on distress being made by the Landlord this agreement may be pleaded as an estoppel against the Tenant in any action brought to test the right to levying upon any such goods as are named as exempted in any such statute, the Tenant hereby waiving all and every benefit that could or might have accrued to the Tenant under and by virtue of any such statute but for this Lease where there is an Event of Default. The Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of the Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of the Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises, by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Default.
20.10.   Surrender
 
    If and whenever the Landlord in consequence of an Event of Default is entitled to or does reenter, the Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving notice thereof, and in such event the Tenant shall forthwith vacate and surrender the Premises and shall surrender all keys for the Premises to the Landlord at the place then fixed for payment of Rent, and shall inform the Landlord of all combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the Premises.
20.11.   Payments
 
    If in consequence of an Event of Default, the Landlord shall re-enter or this Lease shall be terminated hereunder, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand:
  (a)   Rent up to the time of re-entry or termination, whichever shall be the earlier, plus accelerated rent as provided in Section 20.7 if that Section applies;
 
  (b)   all expenses incurred by the Landlord in performing any of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, re-entering or terminating and re-letting, collecting sums due or payable by the Tenant, realizing upon assets seized, or otherwise exercising its rights and remedies under this Article 20 including, but not limited to, any tenant inducements or allowances, leasing commissions, legal fees (on a solicitor and own client basis) and all disbursements, and the expense of keeping the Premises in good order, repairing the same and preparing them for re-letting; and
 
  (c)   as damages for the loss of income of the Landlord expected to be derived from the Premises, the amounts (if any) by which the Rent which would have been payable under this Lease exceeds the aggregate of any accelerated rent under Section 20.7 and any payments received by the Landlord from other tenants in the Premises, payable on the first day of each month during the period which would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term had it not been terminated, or at the

-54-


 

      election of the Landlord by notice to the Tenant at or after re-entry or termination, a lump sum amount equal to the Rent which would have been payable under this Lease from the date of such election during the period which would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term had it not been terminated, reduced by the rental value of the Premises for the same period, established by reference to the terms and conditions upon which the Landlord re-lets them if such re-Letting is accomplished within a reasonable period after termination, and otherwise established by reference to all market and other relevant circumstances, Rent and rental value being reduced to present worth at an assumed interest rate of ten percent (10%) on the basis of the Landlord’s estimates and assumptions of fact which shall govern unless shown to be erroneous.
ARTICLE 21
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
21.1.   Tenant’s Covenants
 
    The Tenant covenants and agrees that it will:
  (a)   not bring or cause any Hazardous Substance to be brought onto the Lands or the Office Component or the Premises except in compliance with Environmental Law;
 
  (b)   comply at all times and require all those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible to comply at all times with Environmental Law as it affects the Premises or its use of and activities on the Lands or the Office Component;
 
  (c)   give notice to the Landlord of the presence at any time during the Term of any Hazardous Substance on the Premises (or the Lands or the Office Component if such substance is in the control of the Tenant) together with such information concerning such Hazardous Substance and its presence on the Premises or the Lands or the Office Component as the Landlord may require;
 
  (d)   give notice to the Landlord of any occurrence which might give rise to a duty under Environmental Law by either the Tenant or the Landlord with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Substance on the Premises (or the Lands or the Office Component if the Hazardous Substance is in the control of the Tenant) including, without limitation, notice of any discharge, release, leak, spill or escape into the environment of any Hazardous Substance at, to or from the Premises (or the Lands or the Office Component if the Hazardous Substance is in the control of the Tenant);
 
  (e)   at the Landlord’s request provide the Landlord with copies of all of the Tenant’s records with respect to the presence, storage, handling and disposal of Hazardous Substances on the Premises (or the Lands or the Office Component if the Hazardous Substance is in the control of the Tenant) including tank measurements, policies and procedures and evidence of compliance therewith;

-55-


 

  (f)   in any case where the Tenant has given notice as to the presence of a Hazardous Substance at the Premises (or the Lands or the Office Component if the Hazardous Substance is in the control of the Tenant), or is required to give such notice, or where the Landlord has reasonable grounds to believe that any Hazardous Substance is going to be or has been brought to the Premises or the Lands or the Office Component by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Employees, to commission an environmental audit at the Tenant’s expense when required by the Landlord to do so;
 
  (g)   comply with any investigative, remedial or precautionary measures required under Environmental Law or as reasonably required by the Landlord, be fully and completely liable to the Landlord for any and all investigation, clean up, remediation, restoration or monitoring costs or any costs incurred to comply with Environmental Law or any request by the Landlord that such measures be taken with respect to the Hazardous Substance brought onto the Lands by the Tenant or those for whom it is responsible for at law;
 
  (h)   provide access to the Premises for the Landlord or its agents to conduct an environmental audit of the Premises, at the Tenant’s expense (if shown to be in default), at least two (2) months prior to the expiry of the Term of this Lease.
21.2.   Tenant’s Indemnity
 
    The Tenant will indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Landlord, its respective directors, officers, agents, employees, invitees, representatives, successors and assigns (herein, collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” ) from and against any and all losses, damages, expenses, claims, suits, costs and demands of whatsoever nature including, but not limited to any Environmental Claims, directly or indirectly incurred, sustained or suffered by or asserted against any one or more of the Indemnified Parties and resulting from damages or injuries, caused by or arising Out of any breach by the Tenant of these covenants, warranties and representations, including any default, act, omission, negligence in whole or in part, by those for whom in law the Tenant is responsible, except in all cases to the extent insured against or required to be insured against by the Landlord under this Lease to which the Tenant has contributed payment to as part of the Operating Expenses.
21.3.   Inquiries by the Landlord
 
    The Tenant hereby authorizes the Landlord to make inquiries from time to time of any government or governmental agency with respect to the Tenant’s compliance with the Environmental Law at the Premises, and the Tenant covenants and agrees that the Tenant will from time to time provide to the Landlord such written authorization as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to facilitate the obtaining of such information. The Landlord or its agent may inspect the Premises from time to time without notice, in order to verify the Tenant’s compliance with the Environmental Law and the requirements of this Lease respecting Hazardous Substance. If the Landlord suspects that the Tenant is in breach of any of its covenants herein, the Landlord and its agent shall be entitled to

-56-


 

    conduct an environmental audit immediately, and the Tenant shall provide access to the Landlord and its agent for the purpose of conducting an environmental audit. Such environmental audit shall be at the Landlord’s expense, unless the Tenant is in default of the provisions of Section 21.1 hereof, in which case:
  (a)   the Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the environmental audit and all costs associated therewith, and
 
  (b)   the Tenant shall forthwith remedy any problems identified by the environmental audit, and shall ensure that it complies with all of its covenants herein.
Upon request by the Landlord from time to time, the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord a certificate executed by a senior officer of the Tenant certifying ongoing compliance by the Tenant with its covenants contained herein.
21.4.   Ownership of Hazardous Substances
 
    If the Tenant shall bring or create upon the property of the Premises or the Lands any Hazardous Substance or if the conduct of the Tenant’s business shall cause there to be any Hazardous Substance upon the Lands or the Premises then, notwithstanding any rule of law to the contrary, such Hazardous Substance shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Tenant and shall not become the property of the Landlord notwithstanding the degree of affixation of the Hazardous Substance or the goods containing the Hazardous Substance to the Premises or the Lands and notwithstanding the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease.
21.5.   Landlord’s Remedies upon Default
 
    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Article 21, subject to Section 20.1(h), in addition to the rights and remedies set forth elsewhere in this Lease, the Landlord shall be entitled to the following rights and remedies:
  (a)   at the Landlord’s option, to terminate this Lease, and/or
 
  (b)   to recover any and all damages associated with the material default, including without limitation, in addition to any rights reserved or available to the Landlord in respect of an early termination of this Lease, cleanup costs and charges, civil and criminal penalties and fees, loss of business and sales by the Landlord and other tenants of the Lands or the Office Component, any and all damages and claims asserted by third parties and the Landlord’s solicitors’ fees and costs.
ARTICLE 22
RIGHT OF RENEWAL
22.1.   First Renewal Term
 
    If there is no subsisting Event of Default under Section 20.1 herein, and there has not been an Event of Default more than twice during the Term, the Landlord shall at the

-57-


 

    expiration of the Term, at the Tenant’s written request delivered to the Landlord in the manner provided in this Lease not later than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Term, grant to the Tenant a renewal lease of the Premises for a further term of five (5) years (the “First Renewal Term”) from the expiration of the Term, upon all of the covenants, agreements, conditions, and provisos contained in this Lease except this covenant for renewal and any provisions for Landlord’s Work, any tenant improvement allowance, free rent, or inducements, of any kind, and except the Base Rent to be paid during the First Renewal Term.
22.2.   Second Renewal Term
 
    The renewal lease for the First Renewal Term shall contain a further right of renewal for a term of five (5) years from the expiration of the First Renewal Term (the “Second Renewal Term”) in the same form and upon the same covenants, agreements, conditions, and provisos contained in this Lease, except for any further right of renewal and any provisions for Landlord’s Work, any tenant improvement allowance, free rent, or inducements, of any kind, and except that the time for the Tenant to give its written request to exercise its right to renew shall be not later than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the First Renewal Term, and except the Base Rent to be paid during the Second Renewal Term.
22.3.   Base Rent
 
    The Base Rent for the First Renewal Term and the Second Renewal Term, as the case may be, shall be the then-fair market rent for the Premises, being the rent which would be paid for the Premises in their then-current condition (excluding only the value of the Leasehold Improvements and the Tenant’s Work and any other improvements installed at the cost of the Tenant) as between persons dealing in good faith and at arm’s length. if the Landlord and the Tenant have not mutually agreed on the amount of the Base Rent at least nine (9) months prior to the commencement of the First Renewal Term or the Second Renewal Term, as the case may be, then Base Rent for the applicable renewal term shall be decided by binding arbitration under Section 22.5. Until the Base Rent has been determined as provided herein, the Tenant shall pay the monthly Rent in effect immediately before the commencement of the applicable renewal term and upon the determination of the Base Rent the Landlord and the Tenant shall make the appropriate adjustments without interest.
22.4.   No Further Right of Renewal
 
    The Landlord and the Tenant acknowledge and agree that, pursuant to Sections 22.1 and 22.2, the Tenant is given the option of renewing the Term only for two (2) renewal terms of five (5) years each, and at the expiration of the two (2) renewal terms there shall be no further right of renewal.
22.5.   Arbitrators
 
    If under the provisions of Section 22.3 the Landlord and the Tenant have failed to agree as to the Base Rent payable for the Premises with respect to a renewal term by the date

-58-


 

    specified in Section 22.3, the determination of the Base Rent shall be referred to a board of three (3) arbitrators and the following shall apply:
  (a)   one arbitrator shall be appointed by each of the Landlord and the Tenant and a third arbitrator shall be appointed in writing by the first two named arbitrators;
 
  (b)   if the Landlord or the Tenant refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the other serves a written notice upon the party so refusing or neglecting to make that appointment, the arbitrator first appointed shall, at the request of the party appointing him or her, proceed to determine the rent as if he or she were a single arbitrator appointed by both the Landlord and the Tenant for the purpose;
 
  (c)   if two (2) arbitrators are so appointed within the time prescribed and they do not agree within a period of ten (10) days from the date of appointment of the second arbitrator upon the appointment of the third arbitrator, then upon the application of either the Landlord or the Tenant, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by a Judge of the Supreme Court of British Columbia;
 
  (d)   the determination made by the arbitrators or the majority of them or by the single arbitrator, as the case may be, shall be final and binding upon the Landlord and the Tenant, and their respective successors and assigns;
 
  (e)   each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the arbitrator appointed by it and one-half of the fees and expenses of the single arbitrator if there is only one and the third arbitrator if there are three; and
 
  (f)   the provisions of this Section 22.5 shall be deemed to be a submission to arbitration within the provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Act, R.S.B.C. 1996, c. 55, and any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof, provided that any limitation on the remuneration of the arbitrators imposed by that legislation shall not apply.
22.6.   Exercise of Rights of Renewal
 
    The exercise of the rights of renewal are solely within the control of the Tenant, and nothing contained in this Lease obligates or requires the Landlord to remind the Tenant to exercise the rights of renewal. The Landlord’s acceptance of any future rent for either Renewal Term shall in no way be deemed a waiver of the Tenant’s requirement to give notice within the time limit set out in Sections 22.1 or 22.2 for renewing the Term or the First Renewal Term, as the case may be.

-59-


 

ARTICLE 23
MISCELLANEOUS
23.1.   Relationship of Parties
 
    Nothing contained in this Lease shall create any relationship between the parties hereto other than that of landlord and tenant, and it is acknowledged and agreed that the Landlord does not in any way or for any purpose become a partner of the Tenant in the conduct of its business, or a joint venturer or a member of a joint or common enterprise with the Tenant.
23.2.   Applicable Law and Construction
 
    This Lease shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the Province in which the Office Component is located and the parties attorn to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of such Province. The provisions of this Lease shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning and not strictly for or against the Landlord or the Tenant. The words the Landlord and the Tenant shall include the plural as well as the singular. Time is of the essence of the Lease and each of its provisions. The captions of the Articles are included for convenience only, and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of this Lease.
23.3.   Entire Agreement
 
    There are no terms and conditions with respect to the Premises and the Office Component which at the date of execution of this Lease are additional or supplemental to those set out on the pages of this Lease, and in the Schedules which are attached hereto and which form part of this Lease. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Premises and the Office Component. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has not relied upon any statement, representation, agreement or warranty with respect to the Premises and the Office Component, except such as is set out in this Lease. Delivery of an unsigned copy of this Lease to the Tenant, notwithstanding insertion of all particulars in the Lease and presentation of any check or acceptance of any monies by the Landlord given by the Tenant as a deposit, does not constitute an offer by the Landlord, and no contractual or other legal right shall be created between the parties hereto until this Lease has been fully executed by both parties and delivery has been made of an executed copy of this Lease to the Tenant.
23.4.   Amendment or Modification
 
    Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Lease, no amendment, modification, or supplement to this Lease shall be valid or binding unless set out in writing and executed by the parties hereto in the same manner as the execution of this Lease.
23.5.   Construed Covenants and Severability
 
    All of the provisions of the Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the word importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate

-60-


 

    Article hereof. Should any provision of this Lease be or become invalid, void, illegal or not enforceable, it shall be considered separate and severable from the Lease and the remaining provisions shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though such provision had not been included.
23.6.   No Implied Surrender or Waiver
 
    No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by a party unless such waiver is in writing signed by that party. A waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Lease shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a breach, from having all the force and effect of any original breach. Failure of a party to insist upon strict performance of any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease or to exercise any right herein contained shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of any such covenant, condition or right. The Landlord’s receipt of Rent with a knowledge of a breach by the Tenant of any term or condition of the Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition. No act or thing done by the Landlord, the Landlord’s Employees during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid, unless in writing and signed by the Landlord and the Tenant. The delivery of keys to any of the Landlord’s Employees shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. No payment by the Tenant, or receipt by the Landlord, of a lesser amount than the Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check, or payment as Rent, be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and the Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy available to the Landlord.
23.7.   Liability Joint/Several
 
    In the event there is more than one entity or person which or whom are parties constituting the Landlord or the Tenant under this Lease, the obligation imposed upon the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be, under this Lease shall be joint and several.
23.8.   Unavoidable Delay
 
    Save and except for the obligations of the Tenant as set forth in this Lease to pay Base Rent, Occupancy Costs, increased rent or other monies to the Landlord and the Landlord’s obligations to provide quiet enjoyment to the Tenant, if either party shall fail to meet its obligations hereunder within the time prescribed and such failure shall be caused or materially contributed to by Force Majeure, such failure shall be deemed not to be a breach of the obligations of such party hereunder, and neither party shall be entitled to compensation from the other for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort thereby occasioned, provided that the party claiming Force Majeure shall use reasonable diligence to put itself in a position to carry out its obligations hereunder, and the time for performance of such obligations shall be extended by the length of time by which such performance is delayed by Force Majeure.

-61-


 

23.9.   Survival of Obligations
 
    If either party is in default of any of its obligations under this Lease at the time this Lease expires or is terminated:
  (a)   such party shall remain fully liable for the performance of such obligations; and
 
  (b)   all of the other party’s rights and remedies in respect of such failure shall remain in full force and effect,
all of which shall be deemed to have survived such expiration or termination of this Lease. Every indemnity, exclusion or release of liability and waiver of subrogation contained in this Lease or in any of the Tenant or the Landlord’s insurance policies shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
23.10.   No Option
 
    The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option to lease for the Premises and this Lease becomes effective as a lease only upon execution and delivery thereof by the Landlord and the Tenant and the execution and delivery to the Landlord by the Indemnifier, if any, of an indemnity agreement.
23.11.   References to Statutes
 
    Any reference to a statute in this Lease includes a reference to all regulations made pursuant to such statute, all amendments made to such statute and regulations in force from time to time and to any statute or regulation which may be passed and which has the effect of supplementing or superseding such statute or regulations.
23.12.   Counterparts and Execution by Fax
 
    This Lease may be executed by the parties in separate counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered to all of the parties shall be deemed to be and shall be read as a single Lease among the parties. In addition, execution of this Lease by any of the parties may be evidenced by way of a facsimile or other electronic transmission of such party’s signature (which signature may be by separate counterpart), or a photocopy of such facsimile or electronic transmission, and such facsimile or electronic signature, or photocopy of such facsimile or electronic signature, shall be deemed to constitute the original signature of such party to this Lease.
23.13.   No Contra Proferentem
 
    This Agreement has been negotiated and approved by the parties and, notwithstanding any rule or maxim of law or construction to the contrary, any ambiguity or uncertainty will not be construed against either of the parties by reason of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

-62-


 

23.14.   Binding Effect
 
    All rights and liabilities herein given to, or imposed upon, the respective parties hereto shall extend to and bind the several respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the said parties. No rights, however, shall enure to the benefit of any Transferee of a party unless the Transfer to such Transferee has been effected in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Landlord and the Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
         
PCI CROSS ROADS DEVELOPMENTS INC.    
 
       
Per:
  /s/ Andrew Grant
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
   
 
 
  President
 
 
 
Name & Title
   
 
  I have the authority to bind the corporation    
 
       
BROADWAY EQUITIES INC.    
 
       
Per:
  /s/ Robert J. Proud
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
   
 
 
  Executive Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
Name & Title
   
 
  I have the authority to bind the corporation    
 
       
LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.    
 
       
Per:
  /s/ Christopher Ng
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
   
 
       
 
 
 
 
Name & Title
   
 
  I/We have the authority to bind the corporation    

-63-

 

Exhibit 10.19
WAREHOUSE LEASE AGREEMENT
BROADWAY TECH CENTRE,
VANCOUVER’S BUSINESS CAMPUS

VANCOUVER, B.C.
BETWEEN
2725312 CANADA INC.
(THE LANDLORD)
AND
LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.
(THE TENANT)

 


 

WAREHOUSE LEASE AGREEMENT
BROADWAY TECH CENTRE,
VANCOUVER’S BUSINESS CAMPUS
VANCOUVER, B.C.
LEASE AGREEMENT made the 21st day of October, A.D. 2004.
2725312 CANADA INC.,
a body corporate, having its head office at
Suite 1800, Four Bentall Celifre
1055 Dunsmuir Street, in the City of Vancouver,
in the Province of British Columbia, V7X 1B1.
(hereinafter called the Landlord’)
OF THE FIRST PART
AND:
LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC., a body corporate,
having a head office address of 1945 McLean Avenue,
Vancouver, British Columbia V5N 3J7
(hereinafter called the “Tenant”)
OF THE SECOND PART
               WHEREAS the Landlord is the registered owner of that certain parcel of land and such buildings situated on the same in the City of Vancouver, in the Province of British Columbia commonly known as BROADWAY TECH CENTRE, VANCOUVER’S BUSINESS CAMPUS having legal descriptions as set out in Schedule “A” to this agreement (the “Lands”); and
               WHEREAS the Tenant has agreed to lease space in a building on the Lands which will comprise the area more particularly hereinafter set forth for the term and at the rental and subject to the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements hereinafter contained;
               Witnesses that in consideration of the rents, covenants, agreements and conditions hereinafter reserved and contained on the part of the Tenant to be respectively paid, kept, observed and performed, the Landlord hereby demises and leases unto the Tenant the Premises pursuant to the following terms and conditions:

 


 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
In this Lease, in addition to further definitions, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:
1.1.   ADDITIONAL RENT
 
    “Additional Rent” means payments which the Tenant is required to make to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease in addition to Gross Rent.
 
1.2.   ADDITIONAL SERVICES
 
    “Additional Services” means the services and supervision supplied by the Landlord from time to time to the Tenant and which are additional to the normal operation and maintenance of the Property and other services which the Landlord has agreed to supply pursuant to the provisions of this Lease and to like provisions of other leases within the Group of Buildings (defined below). For such Additional Services the Tenant shall pay a reasonable charge together with a fifteen percent (15%) service fee to the Landlord or his assigns. Any disputes shall be settled conclusively by the Landlord’s independent chartered accountant.
 
1.3.   BUILDING, GROUP OF BUILDINGS AND SUB-GROUP OF BUILDINGS
 
    “Building” means the building and related improvements in which the Premises are located, which Building is outlined in red on the plan attached to this agreement as Schedule “B”;
 
    “Group of Buildings” means all buildings or related improvements now or hereafter built upon the Lands such buildings presently as shown on the plan attached to this agreement as Schedule “B”;
 
    “Sub-group of Buildings” means buildings or related improvements within the Group of Buildings as designated by the Landlord from time to time as separate from other buildings in the Group of Buildings for the purposes of calculating Operating Costs (defined below) for that Sub-group of Buildings chargeable to the Tenant as Additional Rent.
 
1.4.   COMMON AREAS
 
    “Common Areas” means all areas of the Property, as may be designated by the Landlord from time to time, including without limitation, corridors, electrical rooms, and other facilities for the use of all tenants.
 
1.5.   INSURED DAMAGE
 
    “Insured Damage” means the part of any damage occurring to the Premises for which the Landlord is responsible of which the cost of repair is actually recoverable by the

-2-


 

    Landlord under a policy of insurance in respect of fire and other perils from time to time effected by the Landlord.
 
1.6.   LANDS
 
    “Lands” means those lands described in Schedule “A” to this Agreement
 
1.7.   LANDLORD’S ARCHITECT
 
    “Landlord’s Architect” means the independent architect, or engineer or quantity surveyor selected by the Landlord from time to time for the purposes of making determinations hereunder.
 
1.8.   LEASE
 
    “Lease”, “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar expressions mean or refer to this Lease and includes all other Schedules attached hereto, and any amendments thereof made from time to time by the parties in writing.
 
1.9.   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
 
    “Leasehold Improvements’ means all fixtures, improvements, installations, alterations and additions from time to time made, erected or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant or any previous tenant of the Premises with the exception of trade fixtures or furniture and equipment not of the nature of fixtures, and includes all wall-to-wall carpeting (whether or not supplied by the Landlord), and all window coverings.
 
1.10.   NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS
 
    “Normal Business Hours” means the hours from 8:00 am. to 6:00 p.m., Monday to Friday, inclusive, and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Saturday of each week, statutory holidays excepted.
 
1.11.   PREMISES
 
    “Premises” means that portion of the main floor Building shown outlined in red on the Plan attached to this agreement as Schedule “C” hereto. The exterior face of the Building is expressly excluded from the Premises and reserved to the Landlord.
 
1.12.   PRIME RATE
 
    “Prime Rate” means that rate of interest announced from time to time by the main branch in the city in which the Building us situate, of the Toronto-Dominion Bank, as a reference rate then in effect for determining interest rates on Canadian Dollar denominated commercial loans made in Canada,

-3-


 

1.13.   PROPERTY
 
    “Property” means the Lands and Group of Buildings referred to herein and all other improvements on the Lands as arc from time to time existing thereon.
 
1.14.   PROPORTIONATE SHARE
 
    “Proportionate Share” means the percentage of the Tenant’s Rentable Area within the total rentable area of the Building.
 
1.15.   RENT
 
    “Rent” means the Gross Rent and the Additional Rent.
 
1.16.   RENTABLE AREA
 
    “Rentable Area” as further defined herein shall refer to all floor area measured irons the predominant building wall in the case of exterior walls (without deduction for vestibules, entrances or other recessed areas inside the building line) and to the centre of partitions that separate the Premises from adjoining premises or Common Areas (without deduction for columns, ducts, projections or other structural elements necessary to the Building), to which shall be added a pro rata share of the Common Areas as defined above within the Building in which the Rentable Area is located.
 
1.17.   TERM
 
    “Term” means the term of the Lease set forth in Article 3.1 and any extension thereof and any period of permitted overholding
ARTICLE 2
PREMISES AND INTENT
2.1.   PREMISES
 
    The Rentable Area of the Premises known as Main Floor, 2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, B.C. is approximately thirty two thousand four hundred (32,400) square feet subject to final determination by the Landlord’s Architect. the measurement prepared by the Landlord’s Architect shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto as to such Rentable Area.
 
2.2.   INTENT
 
    The Landlord and the Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this Lease shall be a completely gross lease for the Tenant except as expressly herein set out and the Tenant shall not be responsible during the Term hereof for any costs, charges, expenses and outlays of any nature whatsoever arising from or relating to the Premises, or the contents thereof, except as expressly herein set out, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord shall be liable for the payment of all charges, impositions and

-4-


 

    expenses of every nature and kind relating to the Premises and the contents thereof; except as expressly herein set out including Operating Costs and Taxes as defined herein.
ARTICLE 3
TERM
3.1.   TERM
 
    The Term of this Lease shall be for three (3) years and shall commence on the 1st day of February, 2005 (the “Commencement Date.”) In the event the Premises should not be ready for occupancy by Commencement Date for any reason, the Commencement Date shall remain that as aforesaid, however the Landlord may extend the date of delivery and in such a case agrees to credit Rent to the Tenant calculated on a per diem basis for each day that the Tenant is not in occupation until the date that the Premises are ready for occupation, the Tenant begins Leasehold Improvements or otherwise occupies the Premises. The Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages or liabilities in connection therewith or by reason thereof.
ARTICLE 4
DEPOSIT AND RENT
4.1.   SECURITY DEPOSIT
 
    Prior to or concurrently with the execution and return of this Lease by the Tenant, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord’s agent Bentall Real Estate Services Limited Partnership the sum of Forty Three Thousand Three hundred Thirty Five Dollars ($43,335.00) as a deposit. The deposit is comprised of the first month’s Gross Rent plus goods and services tax being Twenty One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Seven Dollars and Fifty Cents ($21,667.50) and Twenty One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Seven Dollars and Fifty Cents ($21,667.50) as a further deposit to the Landlord to stand as security for the payment by Tenant of any and all present and future debts and liabilities of the Tenant to the Landlord in connection with its obligations arising under this Lease for the term of the Lease (the “Debts, Liabilities and Obligations”). The agent of the Landlord is hereby authorized by the Tenant to deliver such deposit to the Landlord and need not hold it in trust as stakeholder. The Landlord shall not be required to keep the deposit separate from its general funds. In the event the Landlord shall from time to time apply any or all of such deposit towards payment of the Debts, Liabilities and Obligations, the Tenant shall, from time to time at the request of the Landlord, forthwith pay to the Landlord such sum to bring the amount of the said deposit up to its original amount. In the event of the Landlord disposing of its interest in this Lease, the Landlord shall credit the deposit to its successor and thereupon shall have no liability to the Tenant to repay the security deposit to the Tenant. If the Tenant shall from time to time fail to observe, perform and pay its Debts, Liabilities and Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Lease, the Tenant hereby authorizes the landlord to apply all or part, as the case may be of such security deposit to rectify such failure. Subject to the foregoing and to the Tenant not being in default under this Lease, the Landlord shall repay the security deposit to the Tenant without interest within ninety (90) days at the end of the Term or sooner termination of

-5-


 

    the Lease provided that all Debts, Liabilities and Obligations of the Tenant to the Landlord are paid and performed in full, failing which the Landlord may, on notice to the Tenant, elect to retain the security deposit and to apply it in reduction of the Debts, Liabilities and Obligations and the Tenant shall remain fully liable to the Landlord for payment and performance of the remaining Debts, Liabilities and Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Tenant fails to execute and deliver this Lease, in a mutually agreeable form, within ten (10) days of receipt from the Landlord or fails to take possession of the Premises by the Commencement Date, the Landlord may, at its sole option, terminate this Lease, whereupon the deposit shall be retained by the Landlord as liquidated damages on account of the Tenant’s default and not as a penalty.
 
    The deposit includes goods and services tax of seven percent (7%).
 
4.2.   GROSS RENT
 
    From and after Commencement Date, the Tenant shall pay a gross annual rent (herein called “Gross Rent”) in the sum of two hundred forty three thousand dollars ($243,000.00) per year calculated on the basis of seven dollars and fifty cents ($7.50) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises per annum. Such Gross Rent, together with any adjustment of rent provided for herein then in effect, shall be due and payable in twelve (12) equal installments on the first day of each calendar month during the initial Term of this Lease and any extensions or renewals thereof, and the Tenant hereby agrees to so pay such Gross Rent to the Landlord at the Landlord’s address as provided herein (or such other address as may be designated by the Landlord from time to time) monthly in advance without demand. If the Term of this Lease as heretofore established commences on other than the first day of a month or terminates on other than the last day of a month, then the installment or installments so prorated shall be paid in advance. Goods and services tax of seven percent (7%) shall be added to any Gross Rent amounts payable.
 
4.3.   ADDITIONAL RENT
 
    From and after Commencement Date, the Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent the costs of janitorial and garbage services and all utilities consumed within the Premises, including electricity, gas and water and all other sums to be paid by the Tenant hereunder, and the Landlord shall have the same remedies for default for the payment of Additional Rent as are available to the Landlord in the case of default in the payment of Gross Rent. All Additional Rent amounts shall include goods and services tax of seven percent (7%).
 
    It is agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that the electricity utility consumption will not be separately metered. It is further agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that the Tenant’s electricity consumption will be calculated on the basis of the fixture and plug load count multiplied by the hours of operation multiplied by the prevailing market rate of cost per kilowatt hour, which prevailing market rate may change from time to time. Such total amount will be averaged on an annual basis and charged monthly.

-6-


 

    To measure gas and water consumed within the Premises, the Landlord shall install at its expense a separate meter. The Tenant shall pay directly to the Landlord, as invoiced, all amounts associated with the gas and water consumed within the Premises.
 
4.4.   DIRECT ASSESSMENT
 
    The Tenant covenants to pay promptly when billed, all taxes, rates, duties or charges levied imposed or assessed on its personal property, its use or occupation of the Premises, the business carried on therein, all fixtures, equipment, machinery of the Tenant therein or from time to time levied, imposed or assessed in the future in lieu thereof; and Taxes levied, imposed or assessed on all Leasehold Improvements in the Premises.
 
4.5.   LANDLORD TAX OBLIGATION
 
    The Landlord covenants with the Tenant, subject to the provisions of Articles 4.3 and 4.7 to pay the Taxes promptly when due. The Landlord shall have the right to appeal any taxes assessed or levied against the Property or the Premises but shall not be obligated to so do.
 
4.6.   AMOUNTS PAST DUE
 
    If the Tenant fails to pay, when the same is due and payable, any Gross Rent, any Additional Rent or any other amounts payable by the Tenant under this Lease, such unpaid amounts shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at a rate per annum which is six (6) percentage points above the Prime Rate.
 
4.7.   GST, SALES TAX AND VALUE-ADDED TAX
 
    Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord an amount equal to any and all goods and services taxes, sales taxes, value-added taxes, business transfer taxes, or any other taxes imposed on the Landlord with respect to Rent payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease, or in respect of the rental of space under this Lease, whether characterized as a goods and services tax, sales tax, value-added tax, business transfer tax, or otherwise (herein called “Sales Tax”), it being the intention of the parties that Landlord shall be fully reimbursed by the Tenant with respect to any and all Sales Tax at the full tax rate applicable from time to time in respect of the Rent or the rental of space, without reference to any tax credits available to the Landlord. The amount of the Sales Tax so payable by the Tenant shall be calculated by the Landlord in accordance with the applicable legislation and shall be paid to the Landlord at the same time as the amounts to which such Sales Tax apply are payable to the Landlord under the terms of this Lease or upon demand at such other time or times as the Landlord from time to time determines. Despite any other section or clause in this Lease, the amount payable by the Tenant under this paragraph shall be deemed not to be Rent, but the Landlord shall have all of the same remedies for and recovery of such amount as it has for recovery of Gross Rent under this Lease.

-7-


 

4.8.   WAIVER OF CLAIM AND SETOFF
 
    The Tenant hereby waives and renounces any and all existing and future claim, counterclaims, setoffs and compensation against any Rent and agrees to pay such Rent regardless of any claim, setoff or compensation which may be asserted by the Tenant or on its behalf.
 
4.9.   RECEIPTS, ETC.
 
    Whenever requested by the Landlord the Tenant shall deliver to it receipts for payments of all taxes, rates, duties, levies and assessments payable by the Tenant pursuant to Section 4.7(a) hereof and furnish such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord may reasonably require.
ARTICLE 5
TENANT’S COVENANTS
The Tenant covenants with the Landlord as follows:
5.1.   OCCUPANCY
 
    From the date that the Premises are ready for occupation, and throughout the Term to continuously occupy the Premises and to carry on therein the business comprising the Permitted Use subject to the terms herein.
 
5.2.   RENT
 
    To pay the Rent hereby reserved, and all other sums payable hereunder to the Landlord, promptly on the days and at the times and in the manner specified herein, without demand, deduction or set-off.
 
5.3.   PERMITTED USE
 
    To use the Premises only for the purpose of storing and the distribution of clothing, fabric and store fixtures, and not to use or permit to be used the Premises or any part thereof for any other purpose or business whatsoever without the written consent of the Landlord.
 
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, but subject to the Tenant:
  (a)   being in occupancy and not in default; and
 
  (b)   obtaining and submitting copies to the Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to December 22 in each year of the Term, of all necessary licenses, permits and approvals front the City of Vancouver and any other authority having jurisdiction over the temporary business to be conducted from the Premises (as hereinafter described),

-8-


 

then the Tenant shall be permitted to conduct the retail sale of its merchandise from the Premises during the period December 22 to December 26 in each year of the Term.
5.4.   WORK AND NUISANCE
 
    Not to commit or permit any waste or damage to the Premises including the Leasehold Improvements and trade fixtures therein, any nuisance therein or any use or manner of use causing annoyance to other tenants and occupants of the Group of Buildings and not to use or permit to be used any part of the Premises for any trade or business which is, in the opinion of the Landlord, dangerous, noxious or offensive; not cause or suffer or permit any oil or grease or any harmful, objectionable, dangerous, poisonous or explosive matter or substance to be discharged into the Premises or the Property; and not to place any objects on or otherwise howsoever obstruct the heating or air conditioning vents within the Premises.
 
5.5.   FLOOR LOADS
 
    Not to place a load upon any portion of any floor of the Premises which exceeds the floor load which the area of such floor being loaded was designed to carry having regard to the loading of adjacent areas and that which is allowed by code. The Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes and heavy installation which the Tenant wishes to place in the Premises, so as to distribute properly the weight thereof and the Tenant shall pay for all costs incurred by the Landlord and the Landlord’s Architect in making such assessment. The Tenant shall repair any damage done in the Premises or the Building by reason of any excessive weight placed in the Premises or excessive vibration caused in the Premises.
 
5.6.   INSURANCE RISKS
 
    Not to do, omit to do or permit to be done upon the Premises anything which would or might cause Landlord’s cost of insurance (whether fire, liability or other) to be increased (and, without waiving the foregoing prohibition the Landlord may demand, and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord upon demand, the amount of any such increase of cost caused by anything so done or omitted or permitted to be done or omitted) or which would or might cause any policy of insurance to be subject to cancellation or refusal of placement or renewal.
 
5.7.   NOXIOUS FUMES, ODORS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    To use the Premises so that noxious or objectionable fumes, vapors and odors will not occur beyond the extent to which they are discharged or eliminated by means of the flues and other devices provided in the Building by the Landlord and shall prevent any such noxious or objectionable fumes, vapors and odors from entering into the air conditioning or being discharged into other vents or flues of the Building or annoying any of the tenants in the Building. Any discharge of fumes, vapors and odors shall be permitted only during such period or periods, to such extent, in such conditions and in such manner as directed by the Landlord from time to time.

-9-


 

    The Tenant covenants with the Landlord that it will not bring upon, permit or use any substance, defined or designated as a hazardous or toxic waste, hazardous or toxic material, a hazardous, toxic or radioactive substance or other similar term, by any applicable federal, provincial, municipal or local statute, regulation, by-law or ordinance now or hereafter in effect, or any substance or materials, the use or disposition of which is regulated by any such statute, regulation, by-law or ordinance (hereinafter called “Toxic Materials”) in, on or under the Premises or Property and the Tenant will promptly comply with all statutes, regulations, by-laws and ordinances, and with all orders, decrees or judgments of governmental authorities or courts having jurisdiction, relating to the use, collection, storage, treatment, control, removal or cleanup of Toxic Materials in, on, or tinder the Premises or Property if the Premises or Property become contaminated with Toxic Materials as a result of operations or activities on the Premises or Property, or incorporated in any improvements thereon.
 
    The Landlord may, but shall not be obliged to, enter upon the Premises and the Property and take such actions and incur such costs and expenses to effect such compliance as it deems advisable and the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord on demand for the fill amount of all costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with such compliance activities. The Tenant will indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless against any and all losses, damages, costs, expenses and liabilities suffered or incurred by the Landlord by reason of a breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants aforesaid which indemnity shall survive any release or discharge of this Lease.
 
    The Landlord represents and warrants to the Tenant, with the intent that such representation and warranty is true as of the date the Offer to Lease was executed by the Landlord, being October 4, 2004, to the best of the Landlord’s knowledge and information, the Building does not contain any Toxic Materials. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, it is discovered that the Building contains Toxic Materials, and that the same were not brought thereon by the Tenant or those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein the Landlord shall be responsible for removal and disposal of the same, such removal and disposal to be performed in conformity with all applicable statutes, regulations, by-laws and ordinances, and with all orders, decrees or judgments of governmental authorities or courts having jurisdiction, and at no cost to the Tenant.
 
5.8.   CONDITION
 
    Not to permit, in the opinion of the Landlord, the Premises to become untidy, unsightly, offensive or hazardous or permit unreasonable quantities of waste or refuse to accumulate therein. The Tenant shall store all such garbage, refuse or other objectionable material (including commercial garbage containers) outside the Premises in a neat and orderly fashion and dispose of such garbage on a regular basis.
 
5.9.   BY-LAWS
 
    To comply at its own expense with all municipal, federal, provincial, sanitary, fire, building and safety statutes, laws, by-laws, regulations, ordinances, orders and

-10-


 

    requirements pertaining to the operation and use of the Premises, the condition of the Leasehold Improvements, trade fixtures, furniture and equipment. installed by the Tenant therein and the making by the Tenant of any repairs, changes or improvements therein or any other matter pertaining to the Premises or the Tenant as well as all rules and regulations of the Canadian Board of Fire Underwriters, or any successor body and with the requirements of all insurance companies having policies of any kind whatsoever in effect covering the Building which are communicated to the Tenant.
 
5.10.   RULES AND REGULATIONS
 
    To observe, and to cause its employees, invitees and all others over whom the Tenant can reasonably be expected to exercise control to observe the Rules and Regulations attached as Schedule “D” hereto, and such further and other reasonable Rules and Regulations and amendments and changes therein as may hereafter be made by the Landlord of which notice in writing shall be given to the Tenant and all such Rules and Regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of this Lease. For the enforcement of such Rules and Regulations, the Landlord shall have available to it all remedies in this Lease provided for a breach thereof and all legal remedies whether or not provided for in this Lease, both at law and in equity. The Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to the Tenant for the non-observance or violation by any other tenant of any such Rules and Regulations or the non-enforcement as against other tenants of such Rules and Regulations or any loss or damage arising out of the same,
 
5.11.   SURRENDER, OVERHOLDING
 
    That upon the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease, the Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises in vacant and clean possession and in good order, repair, decoration, and condition (subject to the exceptions to the Tenant’s repair obligations contained in Article 8.2(a) hereof) and shall remove all its property therefrom, except as otherwise provided in this Lease. The Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease. If the Tenant shall continue to occupy the Premises after the expiration of this Lease without further written agreement and without objection by the Landlord, the Tenant shall be a month-to-month tenant at double the Gross Rent provided for herein (plus Additional Rent) and (except as to length of tenancy) on and subject to the provisions and conditions herein set out.
 
5.12.   SIGNS AND ADVERTISING
 
    The Tenant shall be entitled to be included on the lobby directory signage and may install identification signage on the door to the Premises.
 
    The design and lettering of such sign on the door of the Premises and the manner and timing of the installation thereof shall comply with the Landlord’s signage policy for the Building and shall be subject to the Landlord’s approval. On the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, such sign or signs shall be removed by the Tenant at its sole cost, risk and expense and any damage caused by such removal shall forthwith be

-11-


 

    repaired by the Tenant. Except as aforesaid, the Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any other sign, symbol, notice or lettering of any kind anywhere outside the Premises (whether on the outside or inside of the Building) or within the Premises so as to be visible from the outside of the Premises.
 
5.13.   INSPECTION AND ACCESS
 
    To permit the Landlord at any time and from time to time to enter and to have its authorized agents, employees and contractors enter the Premises for the purpose of (i) inspection, maintenance, making repairs, alterations or improvements to the Premises, adjoining premises or the Building, or to have access to or make changes in utilities and services (including underfloor and overhead ducts, air conditioning, heating, plumbing, electrical and telephone facilities and access panels, all of which the Tenant agrees not to obstruct) and (ii) to determine the electric light and power consumption by the Tenant in the Premises and the Tenant shall provide free and unhampered access for such purposes, and shall not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance and discomfort or loss caused thereby, but the Landlord in exercising its rights hereunder shall proceed to the extent reasonably possible so as to minimize interference with the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises.
 
5.14.   EXHIBITING PREMISES
 
    To allow the Landlord or its agents acting reasonably to enter and exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants or purchasers of the Property or part thereof, the Building or the Premises during Normal Business Hours during the Term hereof, and place upon the Premises a notice of reasonable dimensions and reasonably placed stating that said Property or the Premises are for sale or for let, which notice the Tenant shall not remove or obscure or permit to be removed or obscured.
 
5.15.   NAME OF BUILDING
 
    Not to refer to the Building by any name other than that designated from time to time by the Landlord, nor to use such name for any purpose other than that of the business address of the Tenant.
 
5.16.   ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES
 
    To examine the Premises before taking possession and the taking of possession shall be conclusive evidence as against the Tenant that at the time thereof the Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition and that all alterations, remodeling, decorating and installation of equipment and fixtures required to be done by the Landlord have been satisfactorily completed save only for such list in writing prepared by the Tenant during a joint inspection by the Landlord and Tenant at the time of taking such possession. Any dispute as to any aspects of the Landlord’s Work or completion or adequacy of the Building, the Premises or any part thereof shall be determined by the Landlord’s Architect.

-12-


 

5.17.   NO AUCTION
 
    The Tenant shall not at any time during the Term of this Lease, permit any sale by auction to be held within the Premises or upon the Property or any part thereof.
 
5.18.   YARD, ENTRANCE, STAIRWAYS, PLATFORM, LOADING DOCK AND PARKING OBSTRUCTION
 
    The Tenant shall, at its own expense, keep all entrance ways and all steps and platforms, including loading docks, thereto clear of all snow, ice and debris. In the event that the Tenant fails to clear such areas resulting in claim of injury or other damages to third parties, other tenants or customers, such Tenant indemnifies and saves the Landlord harmless for any such claim or damages.
 
    The Tenant shall not place, nor suffer or permit its customers, invitees, licensees, agents or servants to place any materials, including trucks, trailers, inventory, supplies, containers or other storage devises, and debris of any kind (“Materials”), in the yard or yards of the Property or the driveways, parking or Common Areas thereof and shall cause no obstruction to vehicles operating on the said driveways, loading bays, parking or Common Areas.
 
    Trucks, Trailers, containers and other storage devices shall not be used for additional storage facilities for the Tenant in the Common Areas, driveways, parking, loading or yard areas. Loading areas are strictly for loading and unloading only. Any Materials deemed by the Landlord to be obstructing the above mentioned areas shall be removed by the Landlord at the Tenant’s sole expense. Prior to the removal of such Materials, the Landlord shall give the Tenant twenty-four hours notice of the obstruction. In the event that Materials are in the sole discretion of the Landlord obstructing an emergency response area or are placed in a way hazardous to the other tenants or other users of the driveways, loading bays, parking and Common Areas, the Landlord shall not be required to give any notice of such obstruction and may remove the same immediately upon discovery.
ARTICLE 6
LANDLORD’S COVENANTS
The Landlord covenants with the Tenant as follows:
6.1.   QUIET ENJOYMENT
 
    That the Tenant paying the Rent hereby reserved at the times and in the manner aforesaid and observing and performing each and every of the covenants, conditions, restrictions and stipulations by the Tenant to be observed or performed shall and may peaceably and quietly possess and enjoy the Premises for the Term hereby granted without any interruption from the Landlord or any other person lawfully claiming by, through, or under it.

-13-


 

6.2.   LICENSE OVER COMMON AREAS
 
    The Landlord hereby grants to the Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees and other persons transacting business with it, during Normal Business Hours in common with all others entitled thereto, a license to have the use of the Lands Common Areas as designated from time to time by the Landlord, including without limitation the entrance to the Building, stairways, corridors, loading docks, and lavatories; provided, however, that such use shall be subject to all other provisions contained in this Lease and to the Landlord’s Rules and Regulations referred to in Schedule “D” attached hereto, provided that outside of such Normal Business Hours, the Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees and other persons transacting business with it shall only have access in accordance with the standard security procedures in effect for the Building.
ARTICLE 7
UTILITIES
The Landlord and Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:
7.1.   UTILITIES
 
    Subject to Article 4.3, the Tenant shall pay for the cost of all utilities provided for its exclusive use in the Premises, including without restricting the generality of the foregoing gas, water, electricity, telephone and communication service charges and/or rates relating to services and/or utilities provided for the exclusive use of the Tenant in respect of the Tenant’s occupation of the Premises and operation of its business carried on therein or therefrom, including laboratory work and any special systems servicing its own computers or any other machinery.
 
7.2.   EXCESS USE
 
    Where the Tenant does not pay directly for utilities, the Landlord may from time to time determine the Tenant’s utility consumption in the Premises upon whatever reasonable basis may be selected by it. If the Landlord determines that the Tenant’s consumption is disproportionate to the consumption of other tenants in the Building, the Landlord may require the Tenant to install at the Tenant’s expense a meter for measurement or checking of the Tenant’s consumption; and in that event the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord (or, as required by law, directly to the supplier of the utilities) as and when due from time to time any and all charges for such consumption which is disproportionate as aforesaid and which the Landlord has required to be metered. The Landlord’s determination shall be verified by an engineer selected by the Landlord (who may be an employee of the Landlord) and being so verified shall be binding on the parties hereto.
 
7.3.   ENERGY CONSERVATION
 
    The Tenant covenants with the Landlord:

-14-


 

  (a)   that the Tenant will cooperate with the Landlord in the conservation of all forms of energy in the Building, including without limitation the Premises, except where the Tenant controls and pays for electrical, gas or other forms of energy directly.
 
  (b)   that the Tenant will comply with all Laws, by-laws, regulations and orders relating to the conservation of energy and affecting the Premises or the Building;
 
  (c)   that, if not an exception under (a), the Tenant will at its own cost and expense comply with all reasonable requests and demands of the Landlord made with a view to such energy conservation provided that such requests are made in accordance with good management practice and would be made by a prudent owner of like property of like age.
The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant in any way for any loss, costs, damages or expenses whether direct or consequential paid, suffered or incurred by the Tenant as a result of any reduction in the services provided by the Landlord to the Tenant or to the Building as a result of the Landlord’s compliance with such laws, by-laws, regulations or orders.
ARTICLE 8
REPAIR, DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION AND EXPROPRIATION
The landlord end Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:
8.1.   LANDLORD’S REPAIRS
 
    The Landlord covenants with the Tenant subject to Article 8.3(b) and Article 11.3 hereof and except for reasonable wear and tear and damage not covered by insurance normally maintained by prudent landlords, to repair and maintain the structural elements of the Building.
 
    The Landlord shall provide and install to the Premises at the Landlord’s expense, in accordance with building standards and in coordination with the Tenant’s Fixturing Period (as defined in Article 15.11(a)), the following work (the “Landlord’s Work”):
  (a)   demising walls in the approximate location indicated on Schedule “C” hereto;
 
  (b)   exit corridors and doors in accordance with applicable municipal building codes;
 
  (c)   ensure that the existing metal halide light fixtures within the Premises are in proper working order;
 
  (d)   to provide access to male and female washrooms in the location indicated on Schedule “C”, and to ensure that such washrooms are in proper working order;
 
  (e)   provide access to three (3) existing loading bays, as indicated on Schedule “C”, and ensure that the existing loading doors and levelers for such loading bays are in proper working order; and

-15-


 

  (f)   ensure that the existing roof, plumbing, electrical, mechanical, including heating and ventilating systems and structural components Of the Premises are in proper working order and good repair from the Commencement Date to the expiry of the initial Term.
The Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the usability of any existing phone lines and/or data cables within the Premises. The tenant, at its expense, shall be responsible for all modifications required to reuse such phone lines and/or data cables.
8.2.   TENANT’S REPAIRS
 
    The Tenant. covenants with the Landlord:
  (a)   Subject to Article 8.3(b), to keep in a good and substantial state of repair and decoration to at least the standard existing at the beginning of the Term, the Premises including all Leasehold Improvements and all trade fixtures therein and all glass therein:
 
  (b)   that the Landlord may from time to time enter and view the state of repair, and that the Tenant will repair according to notice in writing;
 
  (c)   that if any part of the Building including without limitation the structure or the structural elements of the Building, or the systems for the provision of utilities or services fall into disrepair, or become damaged or destroyed through the negligence or misuse of the Tenant or of its employees, invitees or others over whom the Tenant can reasonably be expected to exercise control, the expense of repairs or replacements thereto necessitated thereby, other than to the extent the same is recovered under a policy of insurance required to be carried by the Landlord hereunder, shall be paid by the Tenant at the Landlord’s actual cost plus fifteen percent (15%) thereof; and
 
  (d)   that the Tenant wilt notify the Landlord immediately upon the Tenant becoming aware of any defect in the Premises or of any other condition which may cause damage to the Premises or the Building.
8.3.   ABATEMENT AND TERMINATION
 
    It is agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that:
  (a)   In the event of partial destruction (as hereinafter defined) of the Premises by fire, the elements or other cause or casualty, then in such event, it the destruction is such, in the opinion of the Landlord’s Architect that the Premises cannot be used for the Tenant’s business until repaired, the Gross Rent and Additional Rent shall abate as hereinafter provided to the extent that the Landlord’s Insurance indemnifies the Landlord.
  (i)   If the destruction is such that, in the opinion of the Landlord’s Architect, the Premises may be partially used for the Tenant’s business while the

-16-


 

      repairs tire being made, then the Gross Rent and Additional Rent shall abate in the proportion that the part of the Premises rendered unusable bears to the whole of the Premises, PROVIDED ALWAYS that if the part rendered unusable exceeds one-half (1/2) of the Rentable Area of the Premises there shall be a total abatement of Gross Rent and Additional Rent until the repairs have been made unless the Tenant, with the permission of the Landlord, in fact uses the undamaged part in which case the Tenant shall pay proportionate Gross Rent and Additional Rent for the part so used (being in the sense proportion to the Gross Rent and Additional Rent, as the area in square feet of the part of the Premises being used bears to the Rentable Area of the Premises). “Partial destruction” shall mean any damage to the Premises less that total destruction (as hereinafter defined), but which renders all or any part of the Premises temporarily unfit for use by the Tenant for the Tenant’s business. A certificate of the Landlord’s Architect as to whether the whole or a part of the Premises is rendered unusable, and certifying the extent of the part rendered unusable, shall be binding and conclusive upon both Landlord and Tenant for the purposes hereof. If the partial destruction is repaired within fifteen (15) days after the date of destruction there shall be no abatement of Rent.
 
  (ii)   in the event of partial destruction (as hereinbefore defined) the Landlord shall, to the extent of proceeds of insurance it receives, repair and restore the Premises according to the nature of the damage with all reasonable diligence, except for improvements installed by or on behalf of the Tenant which the Tenant shall repair and restore, in both cases, to substantially the condition the Premises and those improvements were in immediately before such destruction occurred, but to the extent that any part of the Premises is not reasonably capable of use by reason of damage which the Tenant is obligated to repair hereunder, any abatement of Rent to which the Tenant is otherwise entitled hereunder shall not extend later than the time by which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, repairs by the Tenant ought to have been completed with reasonable diligence. To the extent the landlord receives proceeds of insurance respecting damage the Tennis! is to repair, the Landlord will turn over those proceeds upon the Tenant completing such repair.
Notwithstanding anything herein otherwise contained, there shall be no abatement of Rent if the damage is caused by willful act or neglect of the Tenant unless the Landlord receives rent loss insurance proceeds with respect to such damage, and then only to the extent that such insurance proceeds covers the loss of Rent.
  (b)   In the event of the total destruction (as hereinafter defined) of the Premises by fire, the elements or other cause or casualty, then in such event the Landlord or the Tenant may at its option, to be exercised within sixty (60) days of the date of such total destruction, terminate this Lease effective from the date when such destruction occurs. Upon the Landlord or the Tenant exercising such option the

-17-


 

      Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises and all its interest therein to the Landlord and the Tenant shall pay Gross Rent and Additional Rent to the time of such destruction and the Landlord may re-enter and repossess the Premises discharged of this Lease. Upon such termination the Tenant shall remain liable to the Landlord for all sums accrued due to the Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof to the date of such destruction. If the Landlord or the Tenant do not exercise its option of termination the provisions of repair and restoration set forth in Article 8.3(a)(ii) shall apply. “Total destruction” shall mean such damage to the Premises that renders same unfit for use by the Tenant (or the Tenant’s business and which cannot reasonably be repaired within six (6) months of the date of the destruction to the state wherein the Tenant could use substantially all of the Premises for its business. A certificate of the Landlord’s Architect certifying that “total destruction” has occurred shall be binding and conclusive upon both Landlord and Tenant for the purposes hereof.
  (i)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions concerning total or partial destruction of the Premises, in the event of total or partial destruction of the Building of which the Premises form a part (and whether or not the Premises are destroyed) to such a material extent or of such a nature that in the opinion of the Landlord the damage to the Building cannot be repaired within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of destruction or the Building must be or should be totally or partially demolished, whether to be reconstructed to whole or in part or not, then the’ Landlord may, at Its option (to be exercised within sixty (60) days from the date of total or partial destruction) give notice to the Tenant that this Lease is terminated with effect from the date stated in the notice. If the Tenant is able effectively to use the Premises after the destruction, such date of termination shall be not less than thirty (30) days from the date of the notice. If the Tenant is unable effectively to use the Premises after the destruction, the date given in the notice shall be the date of termination. Upon such termination, the Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises and all its interest therein to the Landlord and the Gross Rent and Additional Rent shall abate and be apportioned to the date of termination and the Tenant shall remain liable to the Landlord for all sums accrued due pursuant to the terms hereof to the date of termination. The Landlord’s Architect shall determine whether the Premises can or cannot be effectively used by the Tenant and his certificate thereon shall be binding and conclusive upon both Landlord and Tenant for the purposes hereof.
 
  (ii)   In none of the cases aforesaid shall the Tenant have any claims upon the Landlord for any damages sustained by it nor shall the Landlord be obligated to rebuild the Building or any part thereof in accordance with the original plans and specifications therefor. No damages, compensation or claim whatsoever shall be payable by the Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance or other loss or damage whatsoever arising from the occurrence of any such damage or destruction of the Premises or of the Building and/or the repair or restoration thereof.

-18-


 

8.4.   EXPROPRIATION
 
    If the Premises are acquired or condemned by any authority having power for such acquisition or condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, then and in that event the term of this Lease shall cease from the date of such entry by such authority. If only a portion of the Premises is so acquired or condemned then this Lease shall cease and terminate at the Landlord’s option and if such option is not exercised by the Landlord an equitable adjustment of Gross Rent and Additional Rent payable by the Tenant for the remaining portion of the Premises shall be made. If only a portion of the Premises is expropriated so that the Tenant is no longer able to carry on its business referred to in Article 5.3 in the Premises remaining, this Lease shall cease and terminate at the option of the tenant. In either event, however, and whether all or only a portion of the Premises so acquired or condemned, nothing herein contained shall prevent the Landlord or the Tenant or both from recovering damages from such authority for the value of their respective interest or for such other damages and expenses allowed by law.
ARTICLE 9
LICENSES, ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBLETTINGS
The Landlord and Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:
9.1.   LICENSES
 
    The Tenant shall not suffer or permit any part of the Premises to be used or occupied by any persons other than the Tenant, any assignees or subtenants permitted under Article 9.2 and the employees of the Tenant and any such permitted assignee or subtenant, or suffer or permit any part of the Premises to be used or occupied by any licensee or concessionaire, or suffer or permit any persons to be upon the Premises other than the Tenant, such permitted assignees or subtenants and their respective employees, customers and others having lawful business with them.
 
9.2.   ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBLETTINGS
  (a)   The Tenant shall not assign or mortgage this Lease or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises unless it shall have first requested and obtained the consent in writing of the Landlord thereto. Any request for such consent shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a true copy of any offer to take an assignment or sublease which the Tenant may have received as well as a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease or mortgage and the Tenant shall furnish to the Landlord all information available to the Tenant or requested by the Landlord as to the business and financial responsibility and standing of the proposed assignee or subtenant.
 
  (b)   If the Landlord consents to the Tenants request for consent to assign, mortgage or sublet, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, or if a consent to assign,

-19-


 

      mortgage or sublet is obtained by order of a Court of competent jurisdiction, the Tenant shall assign, mortgage or sublet, as the case may be, only upon the terms submitted to the Landlord as aforesaid and not otherwise, PROVIDED THAT no such assignment, mortgaging or subletting shall:
  (i)   in any manner or extent release or relieve the Tenant from the performance or observance of any of its covenants or obligations hereunder including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the performance or observance of the covenants and obligations hereunder required to be performed or observed during any renewal or extension of the Term in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, notwithstanding that such renewal or extension arises after the date of such assignment, mortgaging or subletting arid notwithstanding that the Rent is increased for such period of renewal or extension;
 
  (ii)   in the case of an assignment or subletting, be made other than to responsible persons, firms, partnerships or bodies corporate who undertake by agreement in writing with the Landlord to perform and observe the obligations of the Tenant hereunder;
 
  (iii)   be made unless the Tenant is not in default of any of its obligations under this Lease;
 
  (iv)   in the case of an assignment or subletting, be made to any person, firm, partnership or body corporate who intends to or does use the Premises for any business or use which is prohibited hereunder or which the Landlord is obliged to restrict by reason of any other lease or contract relating to the Building, or any use, purpose or business (other than the Permitted Use) to which the Landlord in its entire discretion may object; and
PROVIDED THAT no such mortgage shall:
  (i)   be made unless the mortgagee covenants to pay to the Landlord all sums payable by the Tenant hereunder (including all arrears) during any period the mortgagee actually or constructively occupies the Premises and to otherwise perform and observe the obligations of the Tenant hereunder during any such period; and
 
  (ii)   unless the mortgagee covenants that any assignment or sublease it may wish to make shall be subject to all the same terms affecting an assignment or subletting made by the Tenant,
  (c)   The Landlord’s consent to any assignment or sublease shall not be or operate as a consent to any further assignment or sublease; and the Landlord’s prior consent in writing shall be required for each and every assignment or sublease.
 
  (d)   Notwithstanding any prior provisions of this Article 9.2 to the contrary, after the Landlord receives request for consent to an assignment or subletting and the

-20-


 

      required information related thereto in writing, it shall have the option, to be exercised by written notice within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such request and information, to terminate this Lease and the term hereof on not less than thirty (30) days and not more than ninety (90) days notice to the Tenant. If the Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as aforesaid, the Tenant shall have the right, to be exercised by written notice to the Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice of termination, to withdraw the request for consent to the proposed assignment or subletting, in which ease the Tenant shall not proceed with such assignment or subletting, the notice of termination shall be null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
 
  (e)   If the Tenant is a corporation, other than a corporation the shares of which are listed on any recognized stock exchange, effective control of the corporation shall not be changed directly or indirectly by a sale, encumbrance or other disposition of shares or otherwise howsoever without the Tenant first obtaining the written consent of the Landlord; provided that the Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any sale or other disposition of shares by present shareholders to and between themselves or in the event of any transmission of shares on death or by operation of law and provided further that the Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld where control of the Tenant is to pass to a subsidiary or parent of the Tenant.
 
  (f)   Whether or not the Landlord consents to any request of the Tenant for an assignment, subletting or mortgage, the reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord in considering and processing the request for consent and in completing any of the documentation involved in implementing such assignment, subletting or mortgage shall be for the Tenant’s account and payable forthwith on demand by the Tenant to the Landlord.
 
  (g)   The Landlord may sell, transfer, lease, mortgage, encumber or otherwise deal with the Property or any portion thereof or any interest of the Landlord therein, in every case without the consent of the Tenant, and without restriction, and to the extent that any purchaser, transferee or lessee from the Landlord has become bound by and covenanted to perform the covenants and obligations of the Landlord under this Lease, the Landlord shall without further written agreement be freed and relieved of liability upon such covenants and obligations.
ARTICLE 10
FIXTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS
The Landlord and Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:
10.1.   INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES & IMPROVEMENTS
  (a)   The Tenant will not make, erect, install or alter any Leasehold Improvements or trade fixtures in the Premises without having requested and obtained the Landlord’s prior written approval, which the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold.

-21-


 

  (b)   In making, erecting, installing or altering any Leasehold improvements or trade fixtures the Tenant will not alter or interfere with any installations which have been made by the Landlord without the prior written approval of the Landlord, and in no event shall alter or interfere with or affect the structural elements or the strength or outside appearance of the Building, or the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and climate control systems if any or the window coverings installed on exterior windows.
 
  (c)   The Tenant’s request for any approval hereunder shall be in writing and accompanied by an adequate description of the contemplated work and, where appropriate, working drawings and specifications therefor. Any out-of-pocket expense incurred by the Landlord in connection with any such request for approval shall be deemed incurred by way of an Additional Service. All work to be performed in the Premises shall be performed by competent contractors and subcontractors of whom the Landlord shall have approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, but provided that the Landlord may require that the Landlord’s contractors and subcontractors be engaged for any mechanical or electrical work) and by workmen whose labor affiliations are compatible with those of workmen employed by the Landlord and its contractors and subcontractors. At the option of the Landlord, all such work shall be subject to inspection by and the reasonable supervision of the Landlord, as an Additional Service, and shall be performed in accordance with any reasonable conditions or regulations imposed by the Landlord (including without limitation the examination by the Landlord’s Architect or other experts of the detailed drawings and specifications as an Additional Service and contractor’s liability insurance in reasonable amounts) and completed in a good workmanlike manner in accordance with the description of the work approved by the Landlord.
10.2.   LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES ON FIXTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS
 
    In connection with the making, erection, installation, or alteration of Leasehold Improvements and trade fixtures and all other work or installations made by or for the Tenant in the Premises the Tenant shall comply with all the provisions of the applicable provincial legislation in respect of builders’ lien and worker’s compensation and other statutes from tune to time applicable thereto (including any provision requiring or enabling the retention of portions of any sums payable by way of holdbacks) and except as to any such holdback shall promptly pay all accounts relating thereto. The Tenant will not create or cause to be created or permit any mortgage, conditional sale agreement, lease or other encumbrance in respect of the Leasehold Improvements to attach to the Premises or the Building or any part thereof. If and whenever any builders’ or other lien for work, labor, services or materials supplied to or for the Tenant or for the cost of which the Tenant may be in any way liable or claims therefor shall arise or be filed or any such mortgage, conditional sale agreement, lease or other encumbrance shall attach, the Tenant shall within four (4) days after receipt of notice thereof procure the discharge

-22-


 

    thereof, including any certificate of lis pendens registered in respect of any lien, by payment or giving security or in such other manner as may be required or permitted by law, and failing which the Landlord may in addition to all other remedies hereunder avail itself of its remedy under Article 13.1 and may make any payments required to procure the discharge of any such liens or encumbrances, and shall be reimbursed by the Tenant as provided in Article 13.1, and its right to reimbursement shall not be affected or impaired if the Tenant shall then or subsequently establish or claim that any lien or encumbrance so discharged was without merit or excessive or subject to any abatement, set-off or defense.
 
10.3.   TENANT’S GOODS
 
    The Tenant covenants that it will not sell, dispose of or remove any of the trade fixtures, goods or chattels of the Tenant from or out of the Premises during the Term without the consent of the Landlord, unless the Tenant is substituting new trade fixtures, goods or chattels of equal value or is bona fide disposing of individual items which have become excess for the Tenant’s purposes in the normal course of its business. The Tenant further covenants that it will at all times have and retain full legal and beneficial ownership of its trade fixtures, goods and chattels and will not permit them to be or become subject to any lien, mortgage, charge, encumbrance or title retention agreements except such as are bona fide incurred for the purpose of financing the purchase of such trade fixtures, goods or chattels.
 
10.4.   REMOVAL OF FIXTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS
 
    All Leasehold Improvements in or upon the Premises installed or affixed by the Tenant shall immediately upon termination of this Lease be and become the Landlord’s property without compensation therefor to the Tenant. Except to the extent herein or otherwise expressly agreed by the Landlord in writing, no Leasehold Improvements, trade fixtures, furniture or equipment shall be removed by the Tenant from the Premises either during or at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, except that (a) the Tenant, if not in default hereunder, may at the end of the Term remove its trade fixtures, furniture and equipment; and (b) the Tenant shall at the end of the Term remove such of its trade fixtures, furniture, and equipment (including its computer/telephone equipment and all related wiring and cabling) and Leasehold Improvements installed by it as the Landlord shall require to be removed. For greater certainty and clarity, the Tenant covenants and agrees to remove any of its wiring/cabling from the Premises as the Landlord shall require to be removed. The Tenant shall, in the case of every removal either during or at the end of the Term, make good any damage caused to the Premises and/or the Building by the installation and removal.

-23-


 

ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE, LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY
11.1.   LANDLORD’S INSURANCE
 
    The Landlord covenants to, throughout the Term, provide and keep in force or cause to be provided and kept in force:
  (a)   fire insurance (including standard extended coverage endorsement perils and leakage from fire protective devices) or alternatively at Landlords option, all risk insurance in respect of the Building and its fixed improvements including all rentable premises including the Premises but excluding tenant’s fixtures and (except to the extent that the Landlord elects to insure them) Leasehold Improvements installed or constructed by tenants including the Tenant;
 
  (b)   loss of rental income insurance relating to rental abatement contemplated in Article 8.3;
 
  (c)   if any boilers or pressure vessels are operated in the Building other than in any rentable premises therein, boiler and pressure vessel insurance with respect thereto;
 
  (d)   comprehensive general business liability insurance with respect to the operation of the Building for personal and bodily injury or death and damage to property of others; and
 
  (e)   insurance against any other occurrences and in such amounts as the Landlord may deem prudent.
Insurance effected by the Landlord under this clause shall be with insurers duly licensed to transact insurance in British Columbia and shall be in amounts which the Landlord shall from time to time determine as being reasonable and sufficient, shall be subject to such reasonable deductibles and exclusions as the Landlord may determine and shall otherwise be upon such terms and conditions as the Landlord shall from time to time determine as being reasonable and sufficient.
11.2.   TENANT’S INSURANCE
 
    The Tenant covenants to, throughout the Term, provide and keep in force:
  (a)   fire insurance (including standard extended coverage endorsement perils, leakage from fire protective devices and water damage generally) in respect of the Tenant’s fixtures, furniture, equipment, inventory and stock-in-trade, the Tenant’s Leasehold Improvements and such other property in or forming part of the Premises (not being property which the Landlord is bound to insure pursuant to Article 11.1) as the Landlord may from time to time require;

-24-


 

  (b)   plate and other glass insurance or hereby acknowledges an obligation to replace with like kind and quality;
 
  (c)   if any boiler or pressure vessel is operated in the Premises, boiler and pressure vessel insurance with respect thereto;
 
  (d)   comprehensive general business liability insurance with respect to the business carried on in or from the Premises and the use and occupancy thereof for personal and bodily injury or death and damage to property of others; and
 
  (e)   Tenant’s legal liability insurance and such other forms of insurance including business interruption insurance as the Landlord may reasonably require.
Insurance effected by the Tenant under this clause shall be with insurers duly licensed to transact insurance in British Columbia, shall be in amounts which the Landlord shall from time to time determine as being reasonable and sufficient (and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the case of insurance wider paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) shall be on a full replacement cost basis subject only to such deductibles and exclusions as the Landlord may approve and in the case of insurance under paragraph (d) shall have original limits not less than $2,000,000 in respect of any one accident or occurrence), shall permit the release of the Landlord from certain liability as set out in Article 11.3, shall include the Landlord as an additional named insured, and shall otherwise be upon such terms and conditions as the Landlord shall from time to time require as being reasonable and sufficient. At the request of the Landlord the Tenant shall file with the Landlord such copies of current policies or certificates or other proofs as may be required to establish the Tenant’s insurance coverage in effect from time to time and the payment of premiums thereon, and if the Tenant fails to insure or pay premiums or to file satisfactory proof thereof as so required, the Landlord may without notice to the Tenant effect such insurance and recover any premiums paid therefor from the Tenant on demand. All such policies of insurance shall contain an undertaking by the insurance company to notify the Landlord in writing thirty (30) days prior to any material change in any such policies. To the extent applicable, the Tenant agrees to use the proceeds of insurance to restore the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to any loss or damage.
11.3.   LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY
 
    The Landlord shall not be liable or in any way responsible to the Tenant in respect of any loss, injury or damage suffered by the Tenant or its employees, invitees or licensees, or others unless resulting from the negligence of the Landlord but in no event shall the Landlord be liable for loss, injury or damage:
  (a)   to any property of the Tenant or others from theft, damage or any other cause;
 
  (b)   caused to any persons or property by fire, explosion, falling plaster, escaping steam or gas, electricity, water, rain or snow, or leaks from any part of the Building or from any pipes, appliances or plumbing work therein, or by dampness;

-25-


 

  (c)   caused by other tenants or occupants or persons or the public in or about the Premises or other rentable premises or elsewhere in the Building, or caused by operations in the conduct of any private or public work;
 
  (d)   of the nature of indirect or consequential loss, injury or damage of any nature whatsoever including without limitation matters affected by interruptions in the supply of water, electricity, heating, air conditioning and other utilities; or
 
  (e)   that is required to be insured by the Tenant under the provisions of Article 11.2.
In addition to and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained or at law, the liability of the Landlord hereunder (or of each of the companies comprising the Landlord, if more than one) shall, in every case, be several and not either joint or joint and several and shall be limited to liability for a portion of the total liability equal to such companies’ respective ownership proportions from time to time in the Property. For greater certainty, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in no case and under no circumstances shall any assets of the Landlord (or any of them, if more than one company comprises the Landlord) be called into contribution or found or held to be attachable as a result of any breach, default or liability by the Landlord hereunder, other than the interest of the Landlord (or each such company comprising the Landlord) in the Property from time to time.
11.4.   INDEMNITY
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for and shall hold harmless and indemnify the Landlord from and against:
 
    all costs, liabilities, claims, damages, expenses, suits or actions (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, direct losses, costs, damages and expenses of the Landlord, including solicitor-client costs) resulting from:
  (a)   any breach, violation, or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of the Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed;
 
  (b)   any damage to property, including property of the Landlord, occasioned by the operation of the Tenant’s business on, or the Tenant’s occupation of, the Premises or arising out of any work done by, or any act, neglect, or omission of, the Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, concessionaires, or licensees in or about the Building;
 
  (c)   any injury to person or persons, including death at any time resulting therefrom, occasioned by the operation of the Tenant’s business on, or the Tenant’s occupation of, the Premises or arising out of any work done by, or any act, neglect, or omission of; the Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, concessionaires, or licensees in or about the Building;

-26-


 

such covenant of the Tenant to survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary.
ARTICLE 12
SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT, REGISTRATION AND CERTIFICATES
The Tenant agrees with the Landlord that:
12.1.   SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
 
    This Lease shall, at the option of the Landlord or the mortgagee under any mortgage or the trustee under any trust deed or trust indenture, now or hereafter existing, (such mortgagee or trustee being in this Article 12.1 called the “Holder” and such mortgage or trust deed or trust indenture being called the “Security”) affecting the Lands or Building, exercisable at any time and from time to time by the Landlord or such Holder, be either subject and subordinate to such Security and accordingly not binding upon such Holder or, alternatively, prior to such Security and binding upon such Holder. On request at any time and from time to time, the Tenant shall either postpone and subordinate this Lease with the intent and effect that this Lease and all rights of the Tenant shall be subject to the rights of such Holder as fully as if the Security, regardless of when made, had been made prior to the making of this Lease or, alternatively, to attorn to such Holder and become bound to it as its tenant of the Premises for the then unexpired residue of the Term and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Lease, in each case as the Landlord or such Holder may require, without limiting the foregoing (and notwithstanding that any of previous attornment or subordination in favor of such Holder shall have been given) the Tenant shall execute promptly the appropriate instrument of postponement and subordination or alternatively the right instrument of attornment, as the case may be, in order to give effect to the foregoing.
 
    At the written request of the Tenant, the Landlord shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain a non-disturbance agreement in favor of the Tenant from any Holder, provided the form of such agreement is acceptable to the Holder and the Landlord and further provided that the Tenant is responsible for the costs of obtaining such an agreement.
 
12.2.   REGISTRATION
 
    The Tenant will not register this Lease in the Land Title Office.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall have the right to register a short form of this Lease, in a fonts and content to be approved by the Landlord, acting reasonably, provided the Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver to the Landlord a registrable discharge of such short form lease forthwith upon this Lease expiring or otherwise being terminated (such covenant of the Tenant to survive the expiration or termination of this Lease), and further provided that all costs related to the preparation and registration of such short form of lease (including the cost of preparing any survey plans which may be required and all fees and taxes payable as a result of such registration) shall be borne solely by the Tenant.

-27-


 

12.3.   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
 
    The Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receipt of notice in writing from Landlord execute and deliver to the Landlord and if required by the Landlord, to any mortgagee (including any trustee under a trust deed or trust indenture) designated by the Landlord a confirmation in writing as to the status of this Lease, including as to whether it is in full force and effect, is modified or unmodified, confirming the rental payable hereunder and the state of the accounts between the Landlord and Tenant, the existence or non-existence of defaults, the Rentable Area of the Premises, and any other matters pertaining to this Lease as to which the Landlord shall request confirmation. Such certificate to be substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule “E”.
ARTICLE 13
REMEDIES OF LANDLORD AND TENANT’S DEFAULT
The Landlord and Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:
13.1.   REMEDYING BY LANDLORD, NON-PAYMENT AND INTEREST
 
    In addition to all rights and remedies of the Landlord available to it in the event of any default hereunder by the Tenant either by any other provision of this Lease or by statute or common law, the Landlord:
  (a)   shall have the right (but shall not be obligated to) at all times to remedy or attempt to remedy any default of the Tenant, and in so doing may make any payments due or alleged to be due by the Tenant to third parties and may enter upon the Premises to do work or other things therein, and in such event all expenses of the Landlord in remedying or attempting to remedy such default shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord forthwith upon demand, together with a fee for supervision for carrying out the Tenant’s obligations in an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of repairs or other work carried out by or under the supervision of the Landlord which amount shall be in addition to the incurred costs of such work together with interest at a rate of six percent (6%) per annum above the Prime Rate from time to time on the aggregate of the foregoing from the date funds were expended by the Landlord until actual payment thereof by the Tenant;
 
  (b)   may recover as Additional Rent all sums paid or expenses incurred hereunder by the Landlord, which ought to have been paid or incurred by the Tenant, or for which the Landlord hereunder is entitled to reimbursement from the Tenant, and any interest owing to the Landlord hereunder by any and all remedies available to it for the recovery of Gross Rent in arrears;
 
  (c)   if the Tenant shall fail to pay any Rent or other amount from time to time payable by it to the Landlord hereunder promptly when due, shall be entitled to interest thereon at a rate of six percent (6%) per annum above the Prime Rate from time to time from, except where interest commences to accrue earlier pursuant to Article 13.1(a), the date upon which the same was due until actual payment thereof.

-28-


 

13.2.   REMEDIES CUMULATIVE
 
    The Landlord may from time to time resort to any or all of the rights and remedies available to it in the event of any default hereunder by the Tenant, either by any provision of this Lease or by statute or the general law, all of which rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative and not alternative, and the express provisions hereunder as to certain rights and remedies are not to be interpreted as excluding any other or additional rights and remedies available to the Landlord by statute or the general law.
 
13.3.   RIGHT OF RE-ENTRY ON TERMINATION
 
    If this Lease shall have become terminated pursuant to any provision hereof, or if the Landlord shall have become entitled to terminate this Lease and shall have given notice terminating it pursuant to any provision hereof, then and in every such case it shall be lawful for the Landlord thereafter to enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and the same to have again, repossess and enjoy as of its former estate.
 
13.4.   RE-ENTRY AND TERMINATION
 
    If and whenever the Landlord becomes entitled to or does re-enter the Premises under any provision of this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies, shall have the right to terminate this Lease forthwith by leaving upon the Premises notice in writing of such termination, and in such event the Tenant shall forthwith vacate and surrender the Premises.
 
13.5.   RIGHTS ON RE-ENTRY
 
    Whenever the Landlord becomes entitled to re-enter upon the Premises under any provision of this Lease, the Landlord in addition to all other rights it may have shall have the right to enter the Premises, as agent of the Tenant, either by force or otherwise without being liable for any loss or damage occasioned thereby and to relet them and to receive the rent therefor and as the agent of the Tenant to take possession of any furniture or other property thereon and to sell the same at public or private sale without notice and to apply the proceeds thereof and any rent derived from reletting the Premises, after deducting its costs of conducting such sale and its cost of reletting, upon account of the Rent due and to become due under this Lease and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for the deficiency, if any.
 
13.6.   DISTRESS
 
    The Tenant waives and renounces the benefit of any present or future law taking away or limiting the Landlord’s right of distress on the property of the Tenant and, notwithstanding any such law, the Landlord may seize and sell the Tenant’s goods and chattels, excepting for records and reports of a confidential nature, whether within the Premises or removed therefrom and apply the proceeds of such sale upon Rent and all other amounts outstanding including the cost of the seizure and sale in the same manner as might have been done if such law had not been passed. The Tenant further agrees that

-29-


 

    if it leaves the Premises leaving any Rent or other amounts provided to be paid under this Lease unpaid, the Landlord, in addition to any remedy otherwise provided at law or in equity, may seize the goods and chattels of the Tenant at any place to which the Tenant or any other person may have removed them from the Premises in the same manner as if such goods and chattels had remained upon the Premises. For the purposes of making any such distress the Landlord, by itself, its agents and bailiffs may break open any door or window and enter upon the Premises at any time after Rent or other monies shall accrue due.
 
13.7.   PAYMENT OF RENT, ETC., ON TERMINATION
 
    If the Landlord shall re-enter and this Lease shall be terminated as provided for herein, then the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand:
  (a)   Rent up to the time of re-entry or termination whichever shall be the later plus accelerated Rent as herein provided;
 
  (b)   all other amounts payable hereunder until such time;
 
  (c)   such expenses as the Landlord may incur or have incurred in connection with re-entering or terminating and reletting, or collecting sums due or payable by the Tenant or realizing upon assets seized including brokerage, legal fees and disbursements (on a solicitor-client basis), and the expense of keeping the Premises in good order, repairing the same and preparing them for reletting; and
 
  (d)   as liquidated damages for the loss of Rent and other income of the Landlord expected to be derived from the Lease during the period which would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term had it not been terminated, the amount, if any, by which the rental value of the Premises for such period established by reference to the terms and provisions of this Lease exceeds the rental value of the Premises for such period established by reference to the terms and provisions upon which the Landlord relets them, if such reletting is accomplished within a reasonable time after termination of this Lease, and otherwise with reference to all market and other relevant circumstances. Rental value is to be computed in each case by reducing to present worth at an interest rate equal to the then current Prime Rate all Rent and other amounts to become payable for such period and where the ascertainment of amounts to become payable requires it, the Landlord may make estimates and assumptions of fact which shall govern unless shown to be unreasonable or erroneous.

-30-


 

ARTICLE 14
CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE AND EVENTS TERMINATING LEASE
The Landlord and Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:
14.1.   CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE
 
    If any policy of insurance upon the Building from time to time effected by the Landlord shall be cancelled or be about to be cancelled by the insurer or an insurer shall refuse or decline to place or renew insurance by reason of the use or occupation of the Premises by the Tenant or any assignee, subtenant or licensee of the Tenant or anyone permitted by the Tenant to be upon the Premises and the Tenant after receipt of notice in writing from the Landlord shall have failed to take such immediate steps in respect of such use or occupation as shall enable the Landlord to reinstate, renew, replace or avoid cancellation of (as the case may be), such policy of insurance, without limitation to any other right or remedy of the Landlord under this Lease, the Landlord may at its option, at any time and without notice enter upon the Premises and remove the said use or condition in which event the Tenant shall forthwith on demand pay to the Landlord the cost to the Landlord related to such removal together with a supervisory fee of fifteen percent (15%) of such cost and with interest on the aggregate of the foregoing from the date funds were expended by the Landlord until actual payment thereof.
 
14.2.   DEFAULT
 
    If and whenever:
  (a)   the Rent hereby reserved, or any part thereof, be not paid when due, or there is non-payment of any other sum which the Tenant is obligated to pay under any provisions hereof, and in either case such default shall continue for ten (10) days after notice by the Landlord requiring the Tenant to rectify the same; or
 
  (b)   the Term or any goods, chattels, equipment or other personal property of the Tenant shall at any time be taken or be exigible in execution or attachment or if a writ of execution shall issue against the Tenant, or the Tenant shall attempt or threaten to move its goods, chattels or equipment out of the Premises (other than in the ordinary course of its business or as permitted hereunder) or shall, for a period of ten (10) consecutive days (without the prior written consent of the Landlord) fail to conduct business from the Premises; or
 
  (c)   the Premises shall be vacated or abandoned or remain unoccupied for fifteen (15) days or more while capable of being occupied; or
 
  (d)   the Tenant shall become insolvent or commit an act of bankruptcy or become bankrupt or take the benefit of any Act that may be in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors or, if the Tenant is a corporation, become involved in a winding up proceeding or other proceeding for the termination of its corporate existence or if a receiver shall be appointed for the business, property, affairs or revenues of the Tenant or if any governmental authority should take possession of the business or property of the Tenant or the Tenant shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

-31-


 

  (e)   without the written consent of the Landlord, the Premises shall be used by any persons other than the Tenant or its permitted assigns or sub-tenants or for any purpose other than that for which they were leased, or shall be occupied by any person whose occupancy is prohibited by this Lease; or
 
  (f)   the Tenant shall assign or sublet or purport to assign or sublet any portion or all of the Term or the Premises without the written consent of the Landlord or control of the Tenant, if a corporation, is changed without the prior written consent of the Landlord, in either case as required pursuant to Article 9; or
 
  (g)   the Tenant shall fail to remedy any condition giving rise to cancellation, threatened cancellation, reduction or threatened reduction of army insurance policy on the Property or any part thereof within twenty four (24) hours after notice thereof by the Landlord; or
 
  (h)   the Tenant shall breach or fail to observe or perform any other of the covenants, agreements, provisions, stipulations and conditions herein to be observed, performed and kept by the Tenant and shall persist in such failure for ten (10) days after notice by the Landlord requiring that the Tenant remedy, correct, desist or comply (or in the case of any such breach which reasonably would require more than ten (10) days to rectify unless the Tenant shall commence rectification within the said ten (10) day period and thereafter promptly and diligently and continuously proceed with the rectification of the breach);
then and in any of such cases, at the option of the Landlord, the full amount of the current month’s and the next three (3) months’ monthly Rent shall immediately become due and payable and the Landlord may without notice or any form of legal process forthwith re-enter upon and take possession of the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and remove and sell the Tenant’s goods, chattels and equipment therefrom any rule of law or equity to the contrary notwithstanding; and the Landlord may seize and sell such goods, chattels and equipment of the Tenant as are in the Premises or at any place to which the Tenant or any other person may have removed them in the same manner as if they had remained and been distrained upon the Premises; and such sale may be effected in the discretion of the Landlord either by public auction or by private treaty, and either in bulk or by individual item, or partly by one means and partly by another, all as the Landlord in its entire discretion may decide.
ARTICLE 15
MISCELLANEOUS
The Landlord and Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:

-32-


 

15.1.   NOTICES
 
    All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals and other instruments required or permitted to be given pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given if personally served or sent by registered mail (postage prepaid with return receipt requested) or sent by telegram with report of delivery to the Landlord or the Tenant at the addresses hereinbefore set forth or in the case of the Tenant at the Premises in lieu of the address hereinbefore set forth.
 
    Provided, however, that such address may be changed upon five (5) business days written notice thereof, similarly given, to the other party.
 
    The date of receipt of any such notice, demand, request, consent, approval or other instrument shall be deemed to be as follows:
  (a)   in the case of personal service, the date of service;
 
  (b)   in the case of registered mail, the fifth (5th) business day following the date of delivery to the post office, provided, however, that in the event of an interruption of normal mail service receipt shall be deemed to be the fifth (5th) business day following the date on which normal mail service is restored;
 
  (c)   in the case of telegram, the business day next following the day of sending.
Any notices required or permitted to be given by the Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease may be served by the Landlord, its lawyer or its managing agent.
15.2.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT
 
    The Tenant acknowledges that there are no covenants, representations, warranties, agreements or conditions expressed or implied relating to this Lease or the Premises save as expressly set out in this Lease and the offer to Lease preceding this Lease. This Lease may not be modified except by an agreement in writing executed by the Landlord and the Tenant.
 
15.3.   AREA DETERMINATION
 
    In the event that any calculation or determination by the Landlord of the Rentable Area of any premises (including the Premises) of the Building is disputed or called into question, it shall be calculated or determined by the Landlord’s Architect, whose certification shall be conclusive, the cost of such remeasurement to be paid by and borne by the party so disputing or calling into question the previous calculation or determination. The Landlord may at any time convert all measurements relating to this Lease to metric measurements and the Lease shall be appropriately modified.

-33-


 

15.4.   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, INTERPRETATION
 
    This Lease and everything herein contained shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Landlord and the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the Tenant. References to the Tenant shall be read with such changes in gender as may be appropriate, depending on whether the Tenant is a male or female person or a firm or corporation, and if the Tenant is more than one person or entity, the covenants of the Tenant shall be deemed joint and several. If the Landlord sells the Landlord’s interest in the Lands the Landlord shall be released from all obligations, responsibilities and liabilities under this Lease arising after the date of such sale, to the extent that the purchaser of the Landlord’s interest assumes the same.
 
15.5.   FORCE MAJEURE
 
    Save and except for the obligations of the Tenant as set forth in this Lease to pay Gross Rent, Additional Rent, Rent and any other monies required to be paid to the Landlord, if either party shall fail to meet its obligations hereunder within the time prescribed, and such failure shall be caused or materially contributed to by any cause beyond the reasonable control of such party (but lack of funds on the part of such party shall be deemed not to be a force majeure), such failure shall be deemed not to be a breach of the obligations of such party hereunder but such party shall use reasonable diligence to put itself in a position to carry out its obligations hereunder, and the time for fulfillment of such obligation shall be extended for the period in which such circumstance operates to delay or prevent the fulfillment thereof and the other party to this Lease shall not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort thereby occasioned.
 
15.6.   WAIVER
 
    Failure of the Landlord to insist upon strict performance of any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease or to exercise any right or option herein contained shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of any such covenant, condition, right or option, but the same shall remain in full force and effect. The Tenant undertakes and agrees, for itself and for any person claiming to be a subtenant or assignee, that the acceptance by the Landlord of any Rent from any person other than the Tenant shall not be construed as a recognition of any rights not herein expressly granted, or as a waiver of any of the Landlord’s rights, or as an admission that such person is, or as a consent that such person shall be deemed to be, a subtenant or assignee of this Lease, irrespective of whether the Landlord or said person claims that such person is a subtenant or assignee of this Lease. The Landlord may accept Rent from any person occupying the Premises at any time without in any way waiving any right under this Lease.
 
15.7.   GOVERNING LAW, COVENANTS, SEVERABILITY
 
    This Lease is being executed and delivered, and shall be performed in the Province of British Columbia in which the Building is located, and the laws of such Province shall govern the validity, construction, enforcement and interpretation of this Lease. The

-34-


 

    exclusive venue for any application or court action brought in respect of this Lease shall lie with the courts of the Province of British Columbia in which the Building is located, and the parties hereto exclusively attorn to the jurisdiction of such courts.
 
    The Landlord and the Tenant agree that all of the provisions of this Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate section hereof. Should any provision or provisions of this Lease be illegal or not enforceable, it or they shall be considered separate and severable from the Lease and its remaining provisions shall remain in force, and be binding upon the parties hereto as though the said provision or provisions had never been included.
 
15.8.   HEADINGS, CAPTIONS
 
    The headings and captions appearing in this Lease have been inserted for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of this Lease or of any provisions hereof.
 
15.9.   TIME FOR PAYMENT
 
    Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all amounts (other than Rent) required to be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be payable on demand at the place designated by the Landlord for payment of Rent and if not so paid within ten (10) days of such demand be treated as Rent in arrears.
 
15.10.   TIME OF ESSENCE
 
    Time shall be of the essence of this Lease.
 
15.11.   SPECIAL PROVISIONS
  (a)   The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it is accepting possession of the Premises in “as is, where is” condition except that the Landlord shall provide and install to the Premises at the Landlord’s expense those items set out in Article 8.1.
 
      The Tenant shall be responsible for its own improvements to the Premises and shall have a Rent free period (the “Fixturing Period”) commencing the day next following the final execution of this Lease and ending January 31, 2005, for the purposes of fixturing, modifying and occupying the Premises for the Tenant’s day to day business (the “Tenant’s Work”). Should the Tenant require additional utilities, additional heating, ventilation or air conditioning (“HVAC”) because of the nature of its business, in excess of those already provided to the Premises, then the Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of installing and/or supplying such additional utilities or HVAC, professionally designed and supervised, subject to the Landlord’s prior approval. The Tenant’s Work is subject to the Landlord’s prior written approval and shall be made in accordance with the Broadway Tech Centre Tenant Guidelines manual. It is understood that the Landlord’s’ contractor shall be utilized for all changes to the mechanical,

-35-


 

      electrical and life safety systems. All costs associated with the Tenant’s Work shall be borne solely by the Tenant, including design and consultants’ fees. The Tenant will be responsible for obtaining all necessary approvals and building permits from regulatory authorities for the commencement and completion of the Tenant’s Work. No Tenant’s Work shall commence until the Landlord receives proof of the Tenant’s insurance. All terms of this Least shall be applicable from the dale the Tenant takes possession of the Premises save for the payment of Rent which shall be payable as of the Commencement Date.
 
  (b)   During the Term it is understood and agreed between the parties that the Tenant may expand into all or a portion of the premises adjacent to the Premises (the “Expansion Premises”) comprising a total Rentable Area of approximately 21,000 square feet, as indicated on Schedule “C” attached hereto, on the following conditions:
  (i)   The Expansion Premises shall be divided into five (5) separate 1 x 7 grid sections containing a Rentable Area of approximately 4,200 square feet each and identified as sections A, B, C, D and E on Schedule “C” attached hereto.
 
  (ii)   The Tenant shall expand first into section A, second into section B, third into section C, fourth into section D and fifth into section E until the Expansion Premises are fully occupied. It is agreed that prior to the Tenant expanding into any section of the Expansion Premises, as aforesaid, the Tenant shall notify the Landlord in writing of the particular section of the Expansion Premises which is required and the date upon which such section shall be occupied.
 
  (iii)   The Rent for each section of the Expansion Premises is equal to Rent payable on the existing Premises, as expanded from time to time, on a per square foot basis and shall commence on the day tile Tenant occupies such section and shall continue for the balance of the Term.
 
  (iv)   It is understood that there will be no demising walls constructed between the existing Premises and sections A, B, C, D and E of the Expansion Premises.
 
  (v)   Until such time as the Tenant expands into each section of the Expansion Premises, the Tenant covenants and agrees to be responsible to keep such unoccupied sections of the Expansion Premises in broom clean condition.
 
  (vi)   The existing Premises together with those sections of the Expansion Premises the Tenant occupies in accordance with the aforementioned conditions, shall collectively form the Premises. The Tenant covenants and agrees to execute any document or instrument which the Landlord reasonably requires under tills provision, including but not limited to the Landlord’s form of amending agreement prepared by the Landlord incorporating such sections of the Expansion Premises.

-36-


 

It is agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that commencing February 1, 2006, the Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of Rent on the whole of the Expansion Premises regardless of whether or not the Tenant is occupying and conducting business in the whole of the Expansion Premises and that the Premises shall be comprised of the existing Premises and the Expansion Premises.
  (c)   The Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter on or before December 31st of each year throughout the Term, a series of post dated checks for the estimated monthly Gross Rent payable for the following 12 months of the Term. In the event that the Rentable Area of the Premises changes during the year in accordance with Article 15.11(b), the Tenant shall provide the Landlord with replacement post dated checks in the appropriate monthly amount of Gross Rent for the balance of the year.
 
  (d)   Throughout the Term, the Landlord shall make available for the Tenant, to use at its option, ten (10) parking stalls in the designated parking lot. Monthly rental for the said parking stalls shall be based on the prevailing monthly rental rate, which is currently $45.00 per parking stall per month plus applicable taxes, which monthly rental rate may be adjusted by the Landlord from time to time.
 
  (e)   If the Landlord shall desire to take down the Building, or any part thereof, at any time after December 31, 2007, it may terminate this Lease by giving to the Tenant twelve (12) months’ prior written notice of its intention to do so, whereupon the Term hereby granted shall absolutely cease and terminate on the date set out in such notice, and the Tenant covenants with the Landlord that It shall, on the day so fixed, deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord without cost or damage to the Landlord and pay the proportion of Rent up to the date of giving up possession as aforesaid.
 
  (f)   The Tenant, provided it has not been in material default during the Term, shall have one option to extend the Term of this lease for a further period of two (2) years (the “Extended Term”), such option to be exercised upon twelve (12) months’ written notice to the Landlord, prior to the expiry of the initial Term, not to be given sooner than eighteen (18) months prior to the expiry of the initial Term. The Extended Term shall be on the same terms and conditions as the initial Term except for Gross Rent, any free rent allowance, fixturing period, tenant improvement allowance or other incentive or inducement and except for this option to extend.
     The Gross Rent payable by the Tenant during the Extended Term shall be negotiated and agreed upon between the parties prior to the commencement of the Extended Term based on the prevailing fair market Gross Rent at the commencement of the Extended Term for similarly improved premises of similar size, quality, use and location in warehouse buildings of a similar size, quality and location in Vancouver,

-37-


 

British Columbia. Failing such agreement, then within two (2) months prior to the commencement of the Extended Term Gross Rent shall be determined by arbitration under the provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Act (British Columbia) and in accordance with this clause provided that the Gross Rent payable shall not in any case be less than payable by the Tenant during the last year of the initial Term.
  (g)   The Tenant agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Lease strictly confidential. For clarity, if the terms herein are disclosed to another party, save only to the Tenant’s lawyers, accountants, consultants or as imposed by law, then in addition to any other rights or remedies the Landlord may have, the Tenant shall, at the Landlord’s sole option, be considered in default under the terms of this Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and Tenant have executed this lease the day and year first above written.
         
LANDLORD:

2725312 Canada, Inc.

 
   
Per:    /s/ illegible  
    (Authorized Signatory)   
 
     
Per:    /s/ illegible  
    (Authorized Signatory)   
     
 
TENANT:

 
   
Per:    /s/ illegible  
    (Authorized Signatory)   
 
     
Per:    /s/ Brian Bacon  
    (Authorized Signatory)   
     
 

-38-


 

SCHEDULE “A”
THE LANDS
     
Civic :
  2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, B.C.
 
   
Legal :
  PID: 024-662-348
 
  Lot 1 Except Part in Plan LMP49647
 
  Section 36
 
  Town of Hastings Suburban Lands
 
  Plan LMP 44003

 

 

Exhibit 10.20
LEASE EXPANSION AND AMENDING AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated for reference the 16 th day of August, 2005
BETWEEN:
2725312 CANADA INC.
a body corporate having its head office at
Suite 1800, Four Bentall Centre
1055 Dunsmuir Street,
Vancouver, British Columbia, V7X 1B1
(the “Landlord”)
OF THE FIRST PART
AND:
LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.
a body corporate having a head office at
1945 McLean Avenue,
Vancouver, British Columbia, V5N 3S7
(the “Tenant”)
OF THE SECOND PART
WHEREAS:
A.   By a lease made the 21 st day of October, 2004 (the “Lease”), the Landlord leased to the Tenant for a term (the “Term”) of three (3) years, commencing on the 1 st day of February, 2005 and ending on the 31 st day of January, 2008, certain premises containing an area of approximately 32,400 square feet (the “Existing Premises”), on the main floor of the Landlord’s building (the “Building”) civically described 2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, all upon the further terms and conditions contained in the Lease;
B.   The parties have agreed that the Tenant shall lease from the Landlord additional premises (the “Additional Premises”) located on the main floor of the Building and containing an area of approximately 21,000 square feet for a term of two (2) years and eleven (11) months, commencing on the 1 st day of March, 2005 and ending on the 31 st day of January, 2008; and
C.   The parties have agreed to amend the Lease as herein set out.
WITNESS that in consideration of the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the Landlord and the Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 


 

PART 1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1.   The parties confirm that the recitals to this Agreement are true and correct in substance and in fact.
1.2.   Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meaning set out in the Lease.
PART 2
EXPANSION OF PREMISES
2.1.   The Landlord demises and leases unto the Tenant and the Tenant demises and leases from the Landlord the Additional Premises shown cross-hatched on the plan attached to this Agreement. With respect to the leasing of Additional Premises the parties hereto hereby covenant, acknowledge and agree that:
  (a)   the Tenant will accept the Additional Premises in an “as is, where is” condition excepting only the following which the Landlord will provide and install at the Landlord’s expense in coordination with the Tenant’s fixturing of the Additional Premises and in accordance with building standards:
  (i)   demising walls in the approximate location indicated on the plan attached hereto;
 
  (ii)   exit corridors and doors in accordance with the applicable municipal building codes;
 
  (iii)   ensure that the existing metal halide light fixtures within the Additional Premises are in proper working order;
 
  (iv)   access to male and female washrooms in the location indicated on the plan attached hereto, and ensure that such washrooms are in proper working order;
 
  (v)   access to three (3) existing loading docks, as indicated on the plan attached hereto and ensure that the existing loading doors and levelers for such loading docks are in proper working order; and
 
  (vi)   ensure that the existing roof, plumbing, electrical, mechanical and HVAC systems and structural components of the Additional Premises are in proper working order and good repair until the expiry of the Additional Premises Term (as defined herein);
  (b)   except as provided in subparagraph (a) above, the Landlord has no further responsibility or liability for making any renovations, alterations or improvements in or to the Additional Premises. The Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the usability of any existing phone lines and/or data cables within the Additional Premises. The Tenant, at its expense, shall be responsible for all modifications required to reuse such phone lines and/or data cables;

-2-


 

  (c)   all further renovations, alterations or improvements in or to the Additional Premises are the sole responsibility of the Tenant and shall be undertaken and completed at the Tenant’s expense and are subject to the Landlord’s prior written approval and shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Lease and the Broadway Tech Centre Tenant Guidelines Manual (the “Tenant’s Work”). It is understood and agreed that the Landlord’s contractor shall be utilized for all changes to the mechanical, electrical and life safety systems. All design and consultants’ fees and permits are to the Tenant’s account. Should the Tenant require additional utilities, additional heating, ventilation or air conditioning because of the nature of its business, in excess of those already provided to the Additional Premises, then the Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of installing and/or supplying such additional utilities, subject to the Landlord’s prior approval;
 
  (d)   the Tenant shall be entitled to a fixturing period in respect of the Additional Premises (the “Additional Premises Fixturing Period”) commencing on October 21, 2004 and ending February 28, 2005 for the purposes of completing the Tenant’s Work so that the Additional Premises are ready for the Tenant’s day to day business. All terms of the Lease shall be applicable from the date the Tenant takes possession of the Additional Premises save for the payment of all Rent which shall be payable as of March 1, 2005. The Additional Premises Fixturing Period shall only apply to the Additional Premises and for greater certainty, all Rent shall continue to be payable on the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that no construction or demolition work shall commence in respect of the Additional Premises until proof of the Tenant’s insurance has been provided to, and such work has been approved by, the Landlord;
 
  (e)   the term of the Lease for the Additional Premises (the “Additional Premises Term”) shall be two (2) years and eleven (11) months, commencing on the 1 st day of March, 2005 and ending on the 31 st day of January, 2008 and all other terms and conditions contained in the Lease shall apply to the Additional Premises, except as amended by Part 3 of this Agreement, as and from March 1, 2005;
 
  (f)   the Gross Rent payable in respect of the Additional Premises during the Additional Premises Term shall be in the amount of $157,500.00 per year calculated on the basis of $7.50 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Additional Premises; and
 
  (g)   the Lease shall be amended pursuant to the amendments contained in Part 3 of this Agreement.

-3-


 

PART 3
AMENDMENTS TO LEASE
3.1.   The parties acknowledge and agree that as and from the 1 st day of March, 2005, the Lease is amended as follows:
  (a)   Section 1.13 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
 
      “1.13.    PREMISES
 
      “Premises” means:
   (i)   that portion of the main floor of the Building comprised of approximately 32,400 square feet of Rentable Area as shown outlined in red on the plan attached to this Lease as Schedule “C” hereto (the “Original Premises”); and
 
   (ii)   that portion of the main floor of the Building comprised of approximately 21,000 square feet of Rentable Area as shown outlined in red on the plan attached to this Lease as Schedule “C-1” hereto (the “Additional Premises”).
      The exterior face of the Building is expressly excluded from the Premises and reserved for the Landlord.”;
 
  (b)   Section 2.1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
 
      “2.1   Premises
 
      The Rentable Area of the Premises known as Main floor, 2955 Hebb Street, Vancouver, British Columbia is approximately fifty three thousand four hundred (53,400) square feet subject to final determination by the Landlord’s Architect. The certificate of measurement prepared by the Landlord’s Architect shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto as to such Rentable Area.”;
 
  (c)   Section 3.1 of the Lease is amended by deleting the first sentence in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
 
      “The Term of this Lease shall be as follows:
  (a)   Original Premises — for a period of three (3) years commencing on the 1 st day of February, 2005 (the “Commencement Date”) and to be fully completed and ended on the 31 st day of January, 2008; and
 
  (b)   Additional Premises — for a period of two (2) years and eleven (11) months commencing on the 1 st day of March, 2005 and to be fully completed and ended on the 31 st day of January, 2008.”;

-4-


 

  (d)   Section 4.1 is amended by adding the following as a second paragraph:
 
      “The Landlord acknowledges receipt from the Tenant of $28,087.50 (the “Additional Premises Deposit”) to be held without interest for application by the Landlord firstly to the first month’s Gross Rent payable under the Lease (including goods and services tax) with respect to the Additional Premises, with the balance to be held as security for the due and proper performance by the Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including the payment of all Rent due hereunder. Such of the Additional Premises Deposit as then remains outstanding and unapplied by the Landlord shall be repaid by the Landlord to the Tenant without interest within ninety (90) days of the expiration of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Tenant fails to execute and return the Lease Extension and Amending Agreement dated for reference August 16, 2005 within ten (10) days of receipt thereof from the Landlord, the Landlord may, at its sole option, terminate this Lease in respect of the Additional Premises, whereupon the Additional Premises Deposit shall be retained by the Landlord as liquidated damages on account of the Tenant’s default and not as a penalty.”;
 
  (e)   Section 4.2 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
 
      “4.2 GROSS RENT
 
      From and after the Commencement Date, the Tenant shall pay a gross annual rent (herein called “Gross Rent”) based upon the rate of $7.50 per square foot of the Rentable Area of the Premises, payable as follows:
  (a)   from February 1, 2005 to and including February 28, 2005, Gross Rent of $243,000.00 per year (in respect of 32,400 square feet only); and
 
  (b)   from March 1, 2005 to and including January 31, 2008, Gross Rent of $400,500.00 per year (in respect of 53,400 square feet).
      Such Gross Rent, together with any adjustment of rent provided for herein then in effect, shall be due and payable in twelve (12) equal installments on the 1 st day of each calendar month during the initial Term of this Lease and any extensions or renewals hereof, and the Tenant hereby agrees to pay such Gross Rent to the Landlord at the Landlord’s address as provided herein (or such Other address as may be designated from time to time) monthly, in advance, without demand. If the Term of this Lease as heretofore established commences on other than the 1 st day of the month or terminates on other than the last day of the month, then the installment or installments so pro rated shall be paid in advance. Goods and services tax of seven percent (7%) shall be added to any Gross Rent amounts payable.”;
 
  (f)   Section 10.4 of the Lease is amended by adding the following as a second paragraph:

-5-


 

      “Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease, the Tenant will be required to remove its leasehold improvements, furniture, equipment, inventory and all wiring/cabling installed by the Tenant from the Additional Premises and make good any damage caused by such removal at its expense.”;
 
  (g)   Section 15.11 of the Lease is amended as follows:
  (i)   subsection 15.11(a) is amended by adding the following as a third paragraph:
 
      “The Tenant shall be responsible for its own improvements to the Additional Premises and shall have a Rent free period (the “Additional Premises Fixturing Period”) commencing October 21, 2004 and ending February 28, 2005 for the purposes of conducting the Tenant’s Work in respect of the Additional Premises. Should the Tenant require additional utilities, additional heating, ventilation or air conditioning (“HVAC”) in respect of the Additional Premises because of the nature of its business, in excess of those already provided to the Additional Premises, then the Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of installing and/or supplying such additional utilities or HVAC, professionally designed and supervised, subject to the Landlord’s prior approval. The Tenant’s Work is subject to the Landlord’s prior written approval and shall be made in accordance with the Broadway Tech Centre Tenant Guidelines Manual. It is understood that the Landlord’s contractor shall be utilized for all changes to the mechanical, electrical and life safety systems in respect of the Additional Premises. All costs associated with the Tenant’s Work shall be borne solely by the Tenant, including design and consultant’s fees and permits. The Tenant will be responsible for obtaining all necessary approvals and building permits from regulatory authorities for the commencement and completion of the Tenant’s Work in respect of the Additional Premises. No Tenant’s Work in respect of the Additional Premises shall commence until the Landlord receives proof of the Tenant’s insurance. All terms of this Lease shall be applicable to the Additional Premises from the date the Tenant takes possession of the Additional Premises save for the payment of Gross Rent which shall be payable as of March 1, 2005.”; and
 
  (ii)   subsection 15.11(c) is amended by adding the following as the last sentence:
 
      “Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord and the Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Tenant shall be invoiced for its Proportionate Share of electricity, gas, water, janitorial and garbage disposal services consumed within the Additional Premises and the parking charges provided for herein.”; and

-6-


 

  (h)   The plan attached hereto is hereby added to and shall become Schedule “C-1” to the Lease.
PART 4
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
4.1.   The Landlord may obtain an architect’s certificate as to the new Rentable Area of the expanded Premises and the Gross Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable as Rent under the Lease, the calculation of which is affected by the change in area, shall be adjusted retroactive to March 1, 2005 to give effect to the certified area.
4.2.   The Tenant represents and warrants that it has the right, full power and authority to agree to these amendments to the Lease, and other provisions contained in this Agreement.
4.3.   The parties confirm that in all other respects, the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease remain unchanged and in full force and effect, except as modified by this Agreement.
4.4.   This Agreement and everything herein contained shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first set out above.
         
The Landlord:

2725312 CANADA INC.

 
   
Per:    /s/ illegible  
    (Authorized Signatory)   
 
     
Per:       
    (Authorized Signatory)   
     
 
The Tenant:

LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.

 
   
Per:    /s/ Brian Bacon  
    (Authorized Signatory)   
 
     
Per:       
    (Authorized Signatory)   
     
 
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.

-7-

 

Exhibit 10.21
BIG BEND EQUITIES INC.
(the “Landlord”)
-and-
LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.
(the “Tenant”)
LEASE OF INDUSTRIAL SPACE
BUILDING: Glenwood 3—5595 Trapp Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia

 


 

LEASE OF INDUSTRIAL SPACE
This Lease made as of the 15th day of December, 2006.
BETWEEN:
BIG BEND EQUITIES INC.
(the ‘Landlord”)
and
LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.
(the “Tenant”)
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the Landlord and the Tenant hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 — BASIC TERMS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, DEFINITIONS AND SCHEDULES
  1.1   The basic terms of this Lease are:
     
                    (a)      Premises:
  Units #105 to #109, inclusive, at 5595 Trapp Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia (inclusive of approximately 2,000 square feet of structural mezzanine area)
 
   
                    (b)      Rentable Area of Premises:
  approximately 50,438 square feet (inclusive of approximately 2,000 square feet of structural mezzanine area)
 
   
                    (c)      Term:
  10 years commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on June 30, 2017
 
   
                    (d)      Commencement Date:
  July 1, 2007
 
   
                    (e)      Base Rent:
   
                         
Lease Year   Per Sq. Ft.   Per Annum   Per Month
 
1 to 5
  $ 8.00     $ 403,504.00     $ 33,625.33  
6 to 10
  $ 8.20     $ 413,591.60     $ 34,465.97  
     
                    (f)      Permitted Use:
  A distribution warehouse and related offices.

 


 

     
                    (g)      Deposit:
  $35,642.85 (inclusive of GST), to be applied towards the first monthly installments of Base Rent and Occupancy Costs payable by Tenant hereunder until applied in full.
 
   
                    (h)      Renewal Term:
  Two rights to renew for two renewal terms of 5 years each.
 
   
                    (i)      Addresses for Notices:
   
 
   
                               Tenant        Address
  2285 Clark Drive
Vancouver, BC V5N 3G9
                                                  Facsimile Number
  604-874-6124
 
   
                               Landlord      Address
  c/o Realty Advisors (B.C.) Ltd.
Suite 600, 789 West Pender Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6C 1H2
Attention: Property Manager and VP,
Property Management
 
                                                  Facsimile number:
  (604) 684-9122
 
   
                    (j)      Special Provisions:
  See Schedule H
The Landlord and the Tenant agree to the foregoing basic terms. Each reference in this Lease to any of the basic terms shall be construed to Include the provisions set forth above as well as all of the additional terms and conditions of the applicable Articles and Sections of this Lease where such basic terms are more fully set forth.
DEFINITIONS
  1.2   In this Lease :
  (a)   “Architect” means such firm of professional architects, engineers, surveyors, space planners and interior designers as the Landlord may select from time to time engaged for preparation of construction drawings for the Building or for general supervision of architectural and engineering aspects and operations thereof or for the measurement of the Building of part or parts thereof and includes any consultant(s) from time to time appointed by the Landlord or Architect whenever such consultant(s) Is acting within the scope of his appointment and speciality;
 
  (b)   “Article” means an article of this Lease and “Section” means a Section of this Lease;

-2-


 

  (c)   “Base Rent” means the amount payable by the Tenant to the Landlord as set forth in Section 1.1(e) in respect of each year of the Term or any portion thereof in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 4.5;
 
  (d)   “Building” means the building known as “Glenwood 3” in which the Premises are located and which is situate on the Lands;
 
  (e)   “Capital Tax” means an amount allocated by the Landlord, acting reasonably, to the Building in respect of taxes, rates, duties and assessments presently or hereafter levied, rated, charged or assessed from time to time upon the Landlord and payable by the Landlord (or any corporation acting on behalf of the Landlord) on account of the capital that the Landlord has invested in the Building. Capital Tax shall be allocated:
  i)   as if the amount of such tax were that amount due if the Building were the only property of the Landlord; and
 
  ii)   on the basis of the Landlord’s determination of the amount of capital attributable to the Building.
Capital Tax also means the amount of any capital or place of business tax levied by any government or other applicable taxing authority against the Landlord with respect to the Building whether known as Capital Tax or by any other name;
  (f)   “Commencement Date” means the date set forth in Section 1.1(d);
 
  (g)   “Common Areas” means at any time those portions of the Lands and the Building which are not leased to or occupied by or designated or intended by the Landlord to be leased to or occupied by tenants of the Building and are provided or designated by the Landlord from time to time to be used in common in such manner as the Landlord may, acting reasonably, permit, by the Landlord, the Tenant, and other tenants (or by sublessees, agents, employees, customers or licensees) of the Building, whether or not the same are open to the general public, and shall include any areas used by the Landlord for the maintenance of the Building, building services and facilities, fixtures, chattels, systems. decor, signs, facilities, or landscaping contained therein or maintained or used in connection therewith, common parking lot, common entrances, common corridors, stairways, passageways, sidewalks, exterior pedestrian walks, roofs, driveways, parking areas, common loading and service areas, truck ways, platforms, ramps, garden and landscaped areas and all other common, public or tenant conveniences or appurtenances thereto located on the Lands not leased to or occupied by or installed for the exclusive use of any individual tenant and shall be deemed to include any public facility in respect of which the Landlord is from time to time subject to obligations in its capacity as owner of the Lands and/or the Building. All expenses incurred by the Landlord in maintenance and operation of the Common

-3-


 

      Areas shall be included in the definition of “Operating Expenses” set forth in Schedule C attached hereto;
  (h)   “Environmental Claim” means all claims, losses, costs, expenses, fines, penalties, payments and/or damages (including, without limitation, all solicitors’ fees on a solicitor and client basis) relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way connected with the presence of any Hazardous Substance at the Premises or the Lands or the Building, including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of any investigation, remediation, restoration or monitoring of the Premises, the Lands or the Building and/or any property adjoining or in the vicinity of the Lands or the Building required or mandated by Environmental Law;
 
  (i)   “Environmental Law’ means any law, bylaw, order, ordinance, ruling, regulation, certificate, approval, policy, guideline, consent or directive of any applicable federal, provincial or municipal government, governmental department, agency or regulatory authority or any Court of competent jurisdiction, as well as any common law obligations or requirements, relating to environmental or health and safety matters and/or regulating the generation, import, storage, distribution, labelling, sale, use, handling, transport or disposal of any Hazardous Substance which may be in force from time to time;
 
  (j)   “Fiscal Year” means a twelve month period (all or part of which falls within the Term) from time to time determined by the Landlord, at the end of which the Landlord’s books in respect of the Building are balanced for auditing or taxation purposes;
 
  (k)   “Fixturing Period” has the meaning given in Section 7 of Schedule H;
 
  (l)   “Force Majeure” means any Acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other industrial relations disturbances, act of the Queen’s enemies, sabotage, war, blockades, insurrections, riots, epidemics, lightning, earthquakes, floods, storms, fires, washouts, nuclear and radiation activity or fallout, arrests and restraints of rules and people, civil disturbances, explosions, breakage of or accident to machinery or stoppage thereof for emergency maintenance or repairs, inability to obtain labour, materials or equipment, any legislative, administrative or judicial action which has been resisted in good faith by all reasonable legal means, any act, omission or event, whether of the kind herein enumerated or otherwise not within the control of the affected party, and which, by the exercise of due diligence such party could not have prevented, but lack of funds on part of such party shall be deemed not to constitute Force Majeure;
 
  (m)   “Hazardous Substance” means:

-4-


 

  i)   any materials or substances declared or deemed to be hazardous, deleterious, caustic, dangerous, a dangerous good, toxic, a contaminant, a waste, a source of contaminant, a pollutant or toxic under any Environmental Law;
 
  ii)   any solid, liquid, gas or odor or combination of any of them that, if emitted into the air, would create or contribute to the creation of a condition of the air that:
  A.   endangers the health, safety or welfare of persons or the health of animal life;
 
  B.   interferes with normal enjoyment of life or property; or
 
  C.   causes damage to plant life or to property; and
  iii)   any substance which is hazardous to the environment, including persons or property and includes, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:
  A.   radioactive materials;
 
  B.   explosives;
 
  C.   any substance that, if added to any water, would degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of that water to the extent that it is detrimental to its use by man or by any animal, fish or plant;
  (n)   “Landlord’s Covenants” means all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on the part of the Landlord to be observed and performed;
 
  (o)   “Landlord’s Employees” means the Landlord’s directors, officers, employees, servants, agents and those for whom the Landlord is responsible at law;
 
  (p)   “Landlord’s Work” has the meaning given in Schedules E and F and includes the work delineated as Landlord’s Work in Schedules E, F, G and paragraph 12 of Schedule H;
 
  (q)   “Lands” means the lands described in Schedule B attached hereto and the buildings, improvements, equipment and facilities erected thereon or situate therein from time to time, including without limitation, the Building;
 
  (r)   “Lease” means this Lease, any schedules and riders attached hereto, and every properly executed instrument which by its terms amends, modifies or supplements this Lease;

-5-


 

  (s)   “Lease Year” means successive 12-month periods with the first Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date and succeeding Lease Years commencing on each anniversary of such date;
 
  (t)   “Leasehold Improvements” means all fixtures, improvements, installations, alterations and additions from time to time made, erected or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant, or any previous occupant of the Premises, in the Premises and by or on behalf of other tenants in other premises in the Building (including the Landlord if an occupant of the Building), including all partitions and hardware however affixed, and whether or not movable, all mechanical, electrical and utility installations, with the exception only of furniture and equipment not of the nature of a fixture;
 
  (u)   “Normal Business Hours” means the business hours set forth in paragraph 2 of the Rules and Regulations in Schedule D attached hereto;
 
  (v)   “Occupancy Costs” means amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under Section 4.3 and defined in Schedule C attached hereto;
 
  (w)   “Operating Expenses” has the meaning given in Schedule C;
 
  (x)   “Permitted Use” means the use described in Section 1.1(f);
 
  (y)   “Premises” means those premises identified in Section 1.1(a) and shown outlined in heavy black on the plan attached hereto as Schedule A;
 
  (z)   “Proportionate Share” means a fraction which has as its numerator the Rentable Area of the Premises and which has as its denominator the Rentable Area of all buildings on the Lands including the Building;
 
  (aa)   “Real Estate Taxes” has the meaning given in Schedule C;
 
  (bb)   “Rent” means the aggregate of all amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease;
 
  (cc)   “Rentable Area” of the Premises, the Building or any portion thereof means the area of the Premises, the Building or any portion thereof, as applicable, measured in accordance with the ANSI BOMA 265.1-1996 standard method of floor measurement for industrial buildings;
 
  (dd)   “Tenant’s Covenants” means all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on the part of the Tenant to be observed and performed;
 
  (ee)   “Tenant’s Employees” means the Tenant’s directors, officers, employees, servants, agents and those for whom the Tenant is responsible at law;
 
  (ff)   “Tenant’s Work” has the meaning given in Schedule E;

-6-


 

  (gg)   “Term” means the period of time set out in Section 1.1(c);
 
  (hh)   “Transfer” means those occurrences as set forth in Section 13.1; and
 
  (ii)   “Utilities” means electricity, oil, gas, power, telephone, water, and alt other utilities.
  1.3   Schedules: The following schedules are attached to this Lease and are incorporated as part of this Lease by reference thereto:
Schedule A — “Premises”
Schedule B — “Legal Description”
Schedule C — “Occupancy Costs”
Schedule D — “Rules and Regulations”
Schedule E — “Tenant Improvement Guidelines”
Schedule F — “Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work”
Schedule G — “Base Building Design Criteria”
Schedule H — “Special Provisions”
ARTICLE 2 — GRANT OF LEASE
  2.1   Grant : In consideration of the rents, covenants and agreements hereinafter reserved and contained on the part of the Tenant to be paid, observed and performed, the Landlord hereby demises and leases the Premises to the Tenant, and the Tenant hereby leases and accepts the Premises from the Landlord, to have and to hold during the Term and any renewals thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.
 
  2.2   Quiet Environment : The Landlord covenants to provide the Tenant with quiet enjoyment and possession of the Premises during the Term and any renewals thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.
 
  2.3   Covenants of Landlord and Tenant : The Landlord covenants to observe and perform all of the terms and conditions to be observed and performed by the Landlord under this Lease including the terms and conditions contained in the Schedules hereto. The Tenant covenants to pay the Rent when due under this Lease, and to observe and perform all of the terms and conditions to be observed and performed by the Tenant under this Lease including the terms and conditions contained in the Schedules hereto.
 
  2.4   Use of Common Areas : The Tenant shall have the right (in common with others entitled thereto) to the use of the Common Areas, provided that the Landlord shall have the right to make all such changes, improvements, alterations and additions as the Landlord may, from time to time decide in respect of the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the right to change the location and layout of any parking areas, The use of all Common Areas shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease and to the rules and regulations made by the Landlord with respect thereto from time to time.

-7-


 

  2.5   Net Lease : The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and except for exclusions to Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes:
  (a)   the Base Rent payable under this Lease is absolutely net to the Landlord;
 
  (b)   the Landlord is not responsible for any costs, charges, expenses or outlays of any nature whatsoever arising from or relating to the Premises, or the use or occupancy thereof, or the contents thereof, or the business carried on therein;
 
  (c)   the Tenant shall pay all costs, charges, expenses and outlays of every nature whatsoever arising from or relating to the Premises or the use or occupancy thereof, or the contents thereof, or the business carried on therein; and
 
  (d)   the Landlord shall not be called upon, nor shall the Landlord be obligated, to perform any work on or to the Premises or to correct any condition relating to or arising out of the Premises unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease.
ARTICLE 3 — TERM AND POSSESSION
  3.1   Term : Notwithstanding Sections 3.2 and 3.3, the Term of this Lease shall be as set forth in Section 1.1(c) unless terminated earlier as provided in this Lease.
 
  3.2   Early Occupancy : If, with the Landlord’s prior written consent, the Tenant begins to conduct business in all or any portion of the Premises before the Commencement Date, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on the Commencement Date a rental in respect thereof for the period from the date the Tenant begins to conduct business therein to the Commencement Date, which rental shall be that proportion of Rent for one calendar year which the number of days in such period bears to 365. Except where clearly inappropriate, the provisions of this Lease shall otherwise be applicable during such period.
 
  3.3   Delayed Possession : If the Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of all or any portion of the Premises to the Tenant on or before the commencement of the Fixturing Period and/or the Commencement Date, then unless such delay is principally caused by or attributable to the Tenant, its servants, agents or independent contractors, the date on which the Premises are to be made available to the Tenant for fixturing, the Commencement Date, and the obligation of the Tenant to pay Base Rent and Occupancy Costs and the expiration date of the Term shall be postponed for a period equal to the duration of the delay, This Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall the Landlord be liable to the Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from any delay in delivering possession of the Premises to the Tenant, and the deferment of the obligation of the Tenant to pay Base Rent and Occupancy Costs shall be accepted by the Tenant as full compensation for any such delay.

-8-


 

If any delay in the completion of the Landlord’s Work is attributable to the Tenant, its servants, agents or independent contractors, the obligation of the Tenant to pay Base Rent and Occupancy Costs shall not be deferred.
  3.4   Acceptance of Premises : Taking possession of all or any portion of the Premises by the Tenant shall be conclusive evidence as against the Tenant that the Premises or such portion thereof are in satisfactory condition on the date of taking possession, subject only to latent defects and to deficiencies (if any) listed in writing in a notice delivered by the Tenant to the Landlord within seven (7) days after the later of the date of taking possession or the Commencement Date,
ARTICLE 4 — RENT AND OCCUPANCY COSTS
  4.1   Base Rent : Subject to paragraph 9 of Schedule “H”, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord Base Rent for the Premises as set forth in Section 1.1(e).
 
  4.2   Adjustment of Base Rent based on Measurement of Rentable Area : The Premises shall be measured by the Architect within 60 days after the Commencement Date, and the Architect’s certificate, as to the Rentable Area of the Premises, shall be conclusive. The Landlord shall deliver a copy of the Architect’s certificate to the Tenant forthwith after receipt thereof and the Rent and any calculation which is subject to Rentable Area shall be appropriately adjusted, if necessary, retroactively to the Commencement Date.
 
  4.3   Occupancy Costs : The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, at the times and in the manner provided in Section 4.5, the Occupancy Costs determined under Schedule C attached hereto.
 
  4.4   Other Charges : The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, at the times and in the manner provided in this Lease or, if not so provided, as reasonably required by the Landlord, all amounts (other than that payable under Sections 4.1 and 4.3) which are payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease.
 
  4.5   Payment of Rent : The Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord on or before the Commencement Date an executed authorization and a voided cheque to enable the Landlord to draw or issue a debit to the Tenant’s designated bank account at the designated branch of the Tenant’s bank or financial institution. Each monthly debit shall be made on the first day of the month in an amount equal to the monthly Base Rent and Occupancy Costs payment and any ancillary agreement such as, without limitation, parking or storage agreements, as it may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Lease, The Tenant shall not terminate the authorization for the Landlord to draw or issue a debit to the Tenant’s bank account. Should the Tenant change banks or financial institutions or branches within the same bank or financial institution during the Term of this Lease, then the Tenant shall deliver a new executed authorization and voided cheque to enable the Landlord to draw or issue a debit to the new account of the Tenant for payment of monthly Base Rent and Occupancy Costs payment. The

-9-


 

      Tenant further covenants and agrees to pay promptly, when billed, any amounts due under the terms of this Lease that are not specifically covered by the foregoing monthly debits.
 
      In the event that any debit issued by the Landlord and any cheque issued by the Tenant shall not be honored by the Tenant’s bank or financial institution for any reason, then, in addition to any other remedies the Landlord may have, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, upon request, One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) for each occurrence which amount represents the estimated costs of processing the dishonored debit or cheque and re-debiting the Tenant’s account or processing a replacement cheque.
 
  4.6   Payment of Rent — General : All amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease shall be deemed to be Rent and shall be payable and recoverable as Rent in the manner herein provided, and the Landlord shall have all rights against the Tenant for default in any such payment as in the case of arrears of Rent. Rent shall be paid to the Landlord in legal tender of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located, at the address of the Landlord as set forth in this Lease or at such other address as the Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. The Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent in respect of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
 
  4.7   No Deduction or Set-off : Except as expressly provided in this Lease, the Tenant shall not under any circumstances be entitled to deduct from or set off from the Rent payable hereunder any amounts that the Tenant may claim to be entitled to from the Landlord. All disputes with respect to amounts the Tenant wishes to claim from the Landlord shall be settled as a matter separate from the Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent.
 
  4.8   Partial Month’s Rent : If the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the installment of Base Rent payable on the Commencement Date shall be that proportion of Base Rent which the number of days from the Commencement Date to the last day of the month in which the Commencement Date falls bears to 365. If the Term ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the installment of Base Rent payable on the first day of the last calendar month of the Term shall be that proportion of Base Rent which the number of days from the first day of such last calendar month to the last day of the Term bears to 365.
 
  4.9   Occupancy Costs Payments :
  (a)   Prior to the Commencement Date and prior to the beginning of each Fiscal Year thereafter, the Landlord shall compute and deliver to the Tenant a bona fide estimate in writing of the Occupancy Costs for the next ensuing Fiscal Year or portion thereof, if applicable. Without further notice or demand, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of the Occupancy Costs in equal monthly instalments, in advance, over the Fiscal

-10-


 

      Year or portion thereof, simultaneously with the Tenant’s payments on account of Base Rent
  (b)   The Landlord shall keep proper and sufficient records and accounts of all Occupancy Costs and shall deliver to the Tenant as soon as practicable following the end of each Fiscal Year a written statement setting out the amount of Occupancy Costs for such Fiscal Year. The Landlord shall provide the Tenant with further reasonable details concerning such statement upon receipt of a written request from the Tenant If the total monthly instalments of Occupancy Costs actually paid by the Tenant to the Landlord during the Fiscal Year is lower than the amount of the Occupancy Costs payable for the Fiscal Year under Schedule C attached hereto, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the difference, without interest, within thirty (30) days after the date on which such statement is received by the Tenant, and if the total monthly instalments of Occupancy Costs actually paid by the Tenant to the Landlord during the Fiscal Year is greater than the amount of Occupancy Costs payable for the Fiscal Year under Schedule C attached hereto, the Landlord shall credit the difference, without interest, against the Tenant’s rental account for the current Fiscal Year and the monthly instalments payable in respect of same shall be reduced accordingly.
 
  (c)   If the Tenant disagrees with the accuracy of Occupancy Costs as set forth in the Landlord’s written statement, the Tenant will nevertheless make payment of Occupancy Costs in accordance with this Lease. Neither party may claim a readjustment in respect of Occupancy Costs for a Fiscal Year if based upon any error of computation or allocation except by notice delivered to the other party within six (6) months after the date of delivery of the statement referred to in Section 4.9(b).
 
  (d)   The Tenant shall have the right, at is sole cost and expense to audit the Landlord’s Real Estate Taxes, and Operating Expenses statements once per calendar year upon giving the Landlord written notice of its desire to so inspect the Landlord’s statements. In this regard, the Tenant agrees that in connection with any such audit, the Tenant will not engage an auditor on a contingency basis.
  4.10   Deposit : The Landlord acknowledges receipt from the Tenant of the Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 1.1(g) as partial consideration for this Lease and such sum shall be held and applied by the Landlord without liability for interest in accordance with Section 1.1(g). The Landlord may deliver the Deposit to any purchaser of the Landlord’s interest in the Building and provided the Deposit is applied in accordance with Section 1.1(g), the Landlord shall thereby be discharged of any further liability with respect to such Deposit The Landlord may commingle the Deposit with its own funds and shall not hold the Deposit as a trustee.

-11-


 

  4.11   No Deemed Satisfaction : No payment by the Tenant or receipt by the Landlord of a lesser amount than any instalment of payment of the Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any cheque or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. The Landlord may accept such cheque or payment without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such instalment or payment of Rent, or pursue any other remedies available to the Landlord.
 
  4.12   Confidential Information :
  (a)   The Tenant shall upon request, provide the Landlord with such information as to the Tenant’s financial standing and corporate organization as the Landlord reasonably requires, save and except contrary to law or not permitted at law, Failure of the Tenant to comply with the Landlord’s request herein shall constitute a default to which Article 21 applies.
 
  (b)   The Landlord shall keep any statement or other information acquired from the Tenant in respect of this Lease strictly confidential and not use any such statement or other information, or permit the same to be used for any purpose except:
  (a)   for the purpose of obtaining and securing, from time to time as may be required by the Landlord, mortgage or other financing of the Building or part thereof;
 
  (b)   for the purpose of full disclosure of the affairs and operations of the Building to a prospective purchaser; and
 
  (c)   for other bona tide matters relating directly or indirectly to the tenancy hereby created.
ARTICLE 5 — TAXES
  5.1   Landlord’s Taxes : The Landlord shall pay before delinquency (subject to participation by the Tenant by payment of Occupancy Costs under Section 4.3) every real estate tax, property tax, assessment, license fee and other charge (including Real Estate Taxes but excluding the Tenant’s taxes under Section 5.2), which is imposed, levied, assessed or charged by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction and which Is payable by the Landlord in respect of the Term upon or on account of the Lands or the Building.
 
  5.2   Tenant’s Taxes : The Tenant shall pay or remit before delinquency every tax, assessment, license or privilege fee, excise, gross receipts or sales tax and other charge, however described, which is imposed, levied, assessed or charged by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction and which is payable in respect of the Term upon or on account of:

-12-


 

  (a)   operations at, occupancy of, or conduct of business from the Premises by or with the permission of the Tenant: and
 
  (b)   fixtures or personal properly in the Premises which do not belong to the Landlord, including without limitation, taxes on equipment and machinery of the Tenant;
to the extent that they are not included in Real Estate Taxes.
  5.3   No Separate Assessment To the extent that there shall not be a separate assessment made against the Premises for Real Estate Taxes (as defined in Schedule C attached hereto), the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, in each and every year during the Term, as part of Occupancy Costs, the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all Real Estate Taxes that are payable by the Landlord in respect of the Term upon or on account of the Lands or the Building, as outlined in Schedule C attached hereto.
 
  5.4   Separate Tax Assessment : If Real Estate Taxes are assessed separately against the Premises, the following provisions shall apply:
  (a)   Payment of Taxes : The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord in each and every year during the Term, an amount equal to the Real Estate Taxes separately assessed against the Premises. The Tenant agrees to provide the Landlord, within ten (10) days after receipt by the Tenant, with a copy of all separate tax bills and separate notices of assessment for the Premises and all such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord may reasonably require. If the Landlord requires the Tenant to pay Real Estate Taxes directly to the relevant taxing authority, the Tenant shall promptly deliver to the Landlord receipts evidencing the payment of all such Real Estate Taxes and furnish such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord reasonably requires.
 
  (b)   Taxes on Common Areas : Where the separate assessment levied or made against the Premises does not include a portion of any separate assessment with respect to Common Areas, the Tenant shall, in addition, pay its Proportionate Share of the Real Estate Taxes that have been separately assessed against the Common Areas.
  5.5   Alternate Methods of Taxation : If, during the Term, the method of taxation is altered so that the whole or any part of the Real Estate Taxes now levied, rated, assessed or imposed on the Lands or the Building as real estate and improvements are levied, assessed, rated or imposed wholly or partially as a capital levy or on the rents received or otherwise, or if any tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge, in lieu thereof shall be imposed upon the Landlord, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions and charges shall be included within the Tenant’s obligation to pay its Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes that are payable by

-13-


 

      the Landlord in respect of the Term upon or on account of the Lands or the Building, as set out in this Article.
  5.6   Pro-Rata Adjustment : If any taxation year during the Term of the Lease is less than 12 calendar months, the Tenant’s share of Real Estate Taxes shall be subject to a per diem pro-rata adjustment.
 
  5.7   Appeal of Real Property Tax Assessment : The Landlord may defer payment of Real Estate Taxes relating to the Lands, or any part thereof, or defer compliance with any statute, law, by-law regulation or ordinance in connection with the levying of any such Real Estate Taxes, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as it shall diligently prosecute any contest, appeal or assessment on which such tax is based. The Tenant shall co-operate with the Landlord in respect of any such contest, appeal or assessment and shall provide the Landlord will all relevant information, documents arid consents reasonably required by the Landlord from the Tenant.
 
  5.8   Goods and Services Taxes : The Tenant specifically acknowledges and agrees that as part of its Occupancy Costs payable pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord any multi-stage sales, sales, use, consumption, value-added or other similar taxes imposed by the Government of Canada, or by any provincial or local government upon the Landlord or the Tenant or in respect of this Lease, the payments made by the Tenant (whether Base Rent, Occupancy Costs or otherwise) for the goods and services provided by the Landlord hereunder including, without limitation, the rental of the Premises or administrative services provided to the Tenant or to tenants generally.
 
  5.9   Right to Contest : The Landlord and the Tenant shall each have the right to contest in good faith the validity or amount of any tax, assessment license fee, excise fee and other charge which it is responsible to pay under this Article 5, provided that no contest by the Tenant may involve the possibility of forfeiture, sale or disturbance of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises and that upon the final determination of any contest by the Tenant, the Tenant shall immediately pay and satisfy any amount found to be due and payable by the Tenant, together with any costs, penalties and interest
ARTICLE 6 — ADDITIONAL CHARGES
  6.1   The Landlord may charge a 15% administration fee:
  (a)   for services performed for the exclusive benefit of the Tenant at the Tenant’s express written request and not otherwise required or to be performed or provided by the Landlord under this Lease, including without limitation, providing supervisory, inspection, security and maintenance services, reviewing plans and specifications and other services performed in excess of the services provided by the Landlord

-14-


 

      pursuant to Article 9 (and specifically excluding any such services in connection with the Landlord’s Work or the Tenant’s Work):
  (b)   for costs incurred and paid by the Landlord due to the Tenant’s actions or inactions contrary to the terms of this Lease, including payment of penalties incurred as a result of the Tenant’s improper use of the Premises or the Building; and third party invoices property payable by the Tenant;
 
  (c)   for reasonable professional fees (which are based on time only and not a percentage of costs) paid for environmental or structural engineers, space planners or architects required solely in connection with the Tenant’s operations or alterations in the Premises after the Commencement Date (and specifically excluding any such fees paid for engineers, space planners, architects or other consultants in connection with the Landlord’s Work or the Tenant’s Work) and not otherwise required to be paid for by the Landlord under this Lease as Landlord’s Work or otherwise; and
 
  (d)   for legal fees and related costs incurred by the Landlord in enforcing the Terms of this Lease as result of the Tenant’s default.
  6.2   This administration tee shall be charged without duplication. Where this Lease specifically provides for an administration fee for additional services, no further fee shall be charged hereunder.
 
  6.3   The administration fee is due and payable as Rent.
ARTICLE 7 — USE OF PREMISES
  7.1   Use : The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the Permitted Use as set forth in Section 1.1(f) and as such use is permitted under the existing applicable zoning regulations which the Tenant hereby confirms that it has investigated and finds satisfactory. In addition, the Tenant shall be able to use the Premises for other uses permitted under the zoning provided the Landlord has given prior written approval to do so, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
 
  7.2   Compliance with Laws : The Premises shall be used and occupied in a safe, careful and proper manner so as not to contravene any present or future governmental or quasi-governmental laws in force or regulations or orders. If due solely to the Tenant’s use of the Premises, improvements are necessary to comply with any of the foregoing or with the requirements of insurance carriers, the Tenant shall pay the entire cost thereof.
 
  7.3   Abandonment : The Tenant shall not abandon the Premises at any time during the Term without the Landlord’s written consent.
 
  7.4   Nuisance : The Tenant shall not cause or maintain any nuisance in or about the Premises, and shall keep the Premises free of debris, rodents, vermin and anything

-15-


 

      of a dangerous, noxious or offensive nature or which could create a fire hazard (through undue load on electrical circuits or otherwise) or undue vibration, heat or noise.
ARTICLE 8 — UTILITIES
  8.1   Separately Metered Utilities : The Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall promptly pay all taxes and charges for water, gas, electricity, telephone and other public and private utilities and services used or consumed in or in respect of the Premises, and for all fittings, machines, apparatus or other things leased or purchased in respect thereof, and for all work or services performed by any corporation or commission in connection with such utilities or services. Should the Landlord elect to supply water, gas, electricity and/or sewer services for the Building, or any other utility or service used or consumed or to be used or consumed in the Premises, the Tenant shall purchase and pay for the same as additional rent payable on demand to the Landlord at rates not in excess of public utility rates charged to the Landlord for the same service. In no event shall the Landlord be liable for, nor shall the Landlord have any obligation with respect to, any interruption or cessation of, or a failure in the supply of, any such utilities, services or systems (including, without limitation, the water and sewage systems) to the Building or to the Premises, whether or not supplied by the Landlord or others, except for the Landlord’s negligence or wilful misconduct or breach of this Lease.
 
  8.2   Either prior to the Commencement Date or at any time during the Term, the Tenant may, and shall if requested by the Landlord, install its own separate meter(s) for the Premises at its own expense. In the event that separate meters are not installed for the Premises, the Tenant shall pay its share of the total costs incurred by the Landlord in the supply of all utilities and services to the Building, as reasonably and equitably determined by the Landlord, having regard, among other things, to the Tenant’s connected load and the then current applicable commercial rates for the municipality in which the Premises are located, and the Tenant shall pay monthly, in advance with instalments of monthly rent, all such utility and service charges so applicable to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if at any time during the Term the Landlord should determine, acting reasonably, that the Tenant’s use of any utility or service used or consumed in or in respect of the Premises is in any way unusual or of an excessive nature, the Landlord may, at its option but at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant, install in the Premises a separate meter or submeter with respect to such utility or service, whereupon the Tenant’s costs in connection with such utility or service shall be determined in accordance with such separate meter or submeter.
 
  8.3   Where a separate meter has been installed to measure the amount of any utility supplied to the Premises the Tenant covenants that it shall supply and deliver to the Landlord within thirty (30) days of taking occupation of the Premises or within thirty (30) days of the installation of such a meter. the account and meter

-16-


 

      number relating to the relevant meter. The Tenant shall, at the commencement of the Term or occupancy of the Premises if earlier and on or prior to the Expiry Date, and, if there has been an assignment or subletting on the date of such assignment or subletting, notify the relevant utility corporation of any change of the Tenant or termination of tenancy with respect to the Premises.
ARTICLE 9 — SERVICES, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND ALTERATIONS BY THE LANDLORD
  9.1   Operation of Building : During the Term the Landlord shall operate and maintain the Building in accordance with standards from time to time prevailing for similar buildings in the area in which the Building is located and, subject to participation by the Tenant by payment of Occupancy Costs under Section 4.3, shall provide the services set out in Section 9.2.
 
  9.2   Services to Premises : The Landlord shall arrange for the provision of:
  (a)   Basic Services: only those services as described in Schedule G attached hereto and janitor service in the Common Areas;
 
  (b)   Maintenance: maintenance, repair, and replacement as set out in Section 9.3;
 
  (c)   Parking: Tenant and visitor parking; and
 
  (d)   Security; the Landlord shall provide security usual for a building of this type throughout the Term and each renewal term, but otherwise the Landlord shall not provide or make any security provisions specific to the needs of the Tenant or the Premises; and
 
  (e)   Utilities: including water, heat, light, electricity and sewer.
  9.3   Maintenance, Repair and Replacement : The Landlord shall operate, maintain, repair and replace the systems, facilities and equipment necessary for the proper operation of the Building and for provision of the Landlord’s services under Section 9.2 (except such as may be installed by or be the property of the Tenant), and shall be responsible for and shall expeditiously maintain and repair the foundations, structure and roof of the Building and the Common Areas, all as would a prudent owner of a similar development in Burnaby, British Columbia provided that
  (a)   if all or part of such systems, facilities and equipment are destroyed, damaged or impaired, the Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete the necessary repair or replacement, and during that time shall be required only to maintain such services as are reasonably possible in the circumstances;

-17-


 

  (b)   the Landlord may temporarily discontinue such services or any of them at such times as may be necessary due to causes beyond the reasonable control of the Landlord, provided that the Landlord uses all reasonable commercial efforts to restore such services as soon as reasonably possible;
 
  (c)   the Landlord shall use reasonable diligence in carrying out its obligations under this Section, but except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, there shall be no allowance to the Tenant by way of diminution of rent, or otherwise, and no liability on the part of the Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to the business arising from the happening of the event which gives rise to the need for any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements or from making of any repairs, alterations, additions or improvement in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment thereof. The Landlord agrees to use all reasonable commercial efforts to do any work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with or Impair the Tenant’s use of the Premises; and
 
  (d)   no reduction or discontinuance of such services under this Section shall be construed as an eviction of the Tenant or (except as specifically provided in this Lease) release the Tenant from any obligation of the Tenant under this Lease.
  9.4   Additional Services:
  (a)   If from time to time as requested in writing by the Tenant and to the extent that it is reasonably able to do so the Landlord shall provide in the Premises services in addition to those set out in Section 9.2, provided that the Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receipt of any invoice for any such additional service pay the Landlord therefor at such reasonable rates as the Landlord may from time to time establish plus an administrative fee as set forth in Section 6.1.
 
  (b)   The Tenant shall not without the Landlord’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, install in the Premises equipment (including telephone equipment) that generates sufficient heat to affect the temperature otherwise maintained in the Premises by the air conditioning system as normally operated, unless the Tenant provides Its own supplementary air conditioning units. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant’s equipment in the Premises materially and adversely affects the temperature otherwise maintained in the Premises by the Landlord’s air conditioning system as normally operated, the Landlord may install supplementary air conditioning units, facilities or services in the Premises, or modify its air conditioning systems, as may in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion be required to maintain proper temperature levels and the Tenant shall pay the Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of any invoice for the cost thereof, including installation, operation and

-18-


 

      maintenance expense plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the cost thereof in accordance with Section 6.1.
  (c)   If the Landlord shall from time to time reasonably determine that the use of electricity or any other utility or service in the Premises is disproportionate to the use thereof by other tenants, the Landlord may separately charge the Tenant for the excess costs attributable to such disproportionate use.
  9.5   Alteration by the Landlord : The Landlord may from time to time:
  (a)   make repairs, replacements, changes or additions to the structure, systems, facilities and equipment in the Premises where necessary to serve the Premises or other parts of the Building;
 
  (b)   make changes in or additions to any part of the Building not in or forming part of the Premises; and
 
  (c)   change or alter the Building services or facilities, the location of driveways, sidewalks or other Common Areas, and to extend existing buildings or erect new buildings or extend existing buildings above the Premises or other rentable premises or Common Areas of the Building, or add new Common Areas to or on the Building;
provided that in doing so the Landlord shall not materially disturb or interfere with the Tenant’s use of the Premises and operation of its business any more than is reasonably necessary in the circumstances and shall use all reasonable efforts to minimize such interference and shall repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby.
  9.6   Access by the Landlord : Subject to the Tenants reasonable security requirements, the Tenant shall permit the Landlord to enter the Premises outside Normal Business Hours, and during Normal Business Hours in case of an emergency or where such will not unreasonably disturb or interfere with the Tenant’s use of the Premises and operation of its business, to examine, inspect, and show the Premises to persons wishing to lease them or to purchase the Building, to provide services or make repairs, replacements, changes or alterations as set out in and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, and to take such steps, as the Landlord may deem necessary for the safety, improvement or preservation of the Premises or the Building. The Landlord shall whenever possible consult with or give reasonable notice to the Tenant prior to such entry, but no such entry shall constitute an eviction or entitle the Tenant to any abatement of Rent.
 
  9.7   Notice of Letting and Inspection by Prospective Tenants : At any time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiry or sooner termination of this Lease, provided the Tenant has not exercised a right of renewal hereunder for a further renewal term, or at any time when the Tenant is in arrears of Rent after notice that is not being disputed bona fide by the Tenant equal to an amount greater than one

-19-


 

      month’s Base Rent for more than thirty (30) days, any prospective tenant or its representative may inspect the Premises and all parts thereof at all reasonable hours if accompanied by the Landlord or its agent or agents, or unaccompanied on production of a written request signed by the Landlord or its agent or agents, and in any event subject to the Tenant’s reasonable security requirements.
  9.8   Energy Conservative and Security Policies : The Landlord shall be deemed to have observed and performed those things required to be observed and performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including those relating to the provision of utilities and services, if in doing so it acts in accordance with a directive, policy or request of a governmental or quasi-governmental authority serving the public interest, and having the force of law, in the field of energy conservation or security.
 
  9.9   Landlord’s Work : It is understood and agreed that the Tenant has entered into this Lease on the express understanding that the Landlord’s Work is limited to the scope delineated as such in Schedules E, F and G and paragraph 12 of Schedule H attached hereto. It is further understood and agreed that all other Improvements to the Premises constitute the Tenant’s Work as defined in Schedules E and F attached hereto and shall be performed at the sole expense of the Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease.
ARTICLE 10 — MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY THE TENANT
  10.1   Condition of Premises : Except to the extent that the Landlord is specifically responsible therefor under this Lease, and subject to Article 18, the Tenant shall maintain the Premises and all improvements therein in good order and condition, including:
  (a)   Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment . Where any heating, ventilation or air-conditioning equipment services the Premises on an exclusive basis the Tenant shall provide regular ongoing maintenance for such heating, ventilation or air-conditioning equipment and shall ensure that the heating and air-conditioning equipment is maintained by contractors under a maintenance contract which shall provide for not less than two (2) full inspections per year and which shall be acceptable to the Landlord, acting reasonably. The cost of such contractors shall be payable by the Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Landlord elects to take out an ongoing maintenance contract with respect to the heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems contained in the Building, the Landlord shall be responsible for the regular ongoing maintenance of the heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems provided that all reasonable costs of such maintenance and of the maintenance contracts shall be charged by the Landlord to the Tenant as Occupancy Costs;

-20-


 

  (b)   Painting : Repainting and redecorating the Premises and cleaning drapes and carpets at reasonable intervals as needed;
 
  (c)   Plumbing Facilities : The Tenant shall not use the plumbing facilities, if any, in the Premises for any other purpose than that for which they are constructed, and shall not throw any foreign substances of any kind therein and the expenses of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this Section, shall be borne by the Tenant;
 
  (d)   Repairs, Replacements : Making repairs, replacements and alterations as needed, including those necessary to comply with the requirements of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction, of all fixtures and things which at any time during the Term of this Lease are located or erected in or upon the Premises (including but not limited to signs, the inside and the outside of the ground floor windows, partitions and doors, lighting, wiring, plumbing, and electrical fixtures), such repair and maintenance to be made by the Tenant when, where and so often as needed shall be, always excepting only:
  i)   reasonable wear and tear;
 
  ii)   repairs required to be made by the Landlord pursuant to Section 9.3; and
 
  iii)   repairs necessitated by damage from hazards against which the Landlord is required to insure hereunder;
The cost of any repair, decoration, maintenance, amendment or replacement required to be made in or to any portion of the Building directly as a result of any act or omission of the Tenant, its employees, servants, agents or licensees shall be paid in full by the Tenant except reasonable wear and tear and except to the extent insured against, or required by this Lease to be insured against, by the Landlord.
  10.2   Failure to Maintain Premises : If the Tenant fails to perform any obligation under Section 10.1, and such default is not remedied after notice as required in Section 21.1(i), the Landlord may enter the Premises and perform such obligation without liability to the Landlord for any loss or damage to the Tenant thereby incurred and the Tenant shall pay the Landlord for the cost thereof, plus fifteen percent (15%) of such costs for overhead and supervision, within ten (10) days of receipt of the Landlord’s invoice therefor.
 
  10.3   Alterations by the Tenant : The Tenant may from time to time at its own expense make changes, additions and improvements in the Premises to better adapt the same to its business, provided that any such change, addition or improvement shall:

-21-


 

  (a)   comply with the requirements of the Landlord’s insurer and any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction;
 
  (b)   comply with the requirements set forth in Schedule E attached hereto;
 
  (c)   be made only with the prior written consent of the Landlord after detailed plans and specifications therefor have been submitted to the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
 
  (d)   equal or exceed the then current standard for the Building;
 
  (e)   be carried out only by persons selected by the Tenant and approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Such persons shall be compatible with others employed by or through the Landlord directly or indirectly including the Landlord’s other tenants, contractors and subcontractors and their trade union affiliations; and
 
  (f)   if required by the Landlord, the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord before commencement of the work performance and payment bonds as well as proof of workers’ compensation and public liability and property damage insurance coverage, as the Landlord may reasonably require, with the Landlord named as an additional insured, in amounts, with companies, and in form reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord, acting reasonably, which shall remain in effect during the entire period in which the work will be carried out.
  10.4   Increase in Property Taxes or Insurance : Any increase in property taxes or fire or casualty insurance premiums for the Premises attributable to such change, addition or improvement shall be borne by the Tenant.
 
  10.5   Work Done by Landlord : In the event the Tenant requires any of the following work, and provided the Landlord is not otherwise required to carry out such work pursuant to the other provisions of this Lease, such work shall be carried out by the Landlord at the Tenant’s sole expense pursuant to an agreement in writing:
  (a)   all approved work relating to heating, cooling, ventilation, exhaust, control, electrical distribution and life safety systems;
 
  (b)   all approved work on the roof of the Building including the installation of telecommunications equipment;
 
  (c)   patching of the Building standard fireproofing;
 
  (d)   any drilling, cutting, coring and patching for conduit, pipe sleeves, chases, duct equipment, or openings in the floors, walls, columns or roofs of the Building which is approved by the Landlord; and
 
  (e)   installation of approved modifications to the sprinkler system.

-22-


 

  10.6   Property of Landlord : All improvements to the Premises, whether installed or constructed by the Tenant except for trade fixtures, shall become the property of the Landlord when constructed or installed, and the Tenant will be solely responsible for insuring, repairing, maintaining and maintaining such improvements at the Tenant’s expense. The Tenant shall not be required to remove any such Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, save and except in accordance with Section 10.7(e).
 
  10.7   Trade Fixtures and Personal Property : The Tenant may install in the Premises its usual trade fixtures and personal property appropriate for the Tenant’s business in the Premises in a proper manner, provided that:
  (a)   no such installation shall interfere with or damage the mechanical or electrical systems or the structure of the Building;
 
  (b)   the charge or the cost of any and all damages to the Building resulting from such installation will be paid by the Tenant;
 
  (c)   such installation does not contravene the provisions of this Lease;
 
  (d)   the Tenant will not bring upon the Premises any machinery, equipment, article or thing that by reason of its weight, size or use might, In the opinion of the Landlord, damage the Premises and will not at any time overload the floors of the Premises. If damage is caused to the Building or any part thereof by any machinery, equipment article or thing by overloading, or by any act, neglect or misuse on the part of the Tenant or any person in law responsible the Tenant shall forthwith repair the same; and
 
  (e)   if the Tenant is not then in default, the Tenant shall have the right during or at the expiration of this Lease to remove trade fixtures and personal property. The Landlord may, at its option, require removal of the Tenant’s cabling, wiring, trade fixtures and personal property from the Premises, at the Tenant’s expense, at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. In either event, the Tenant shall make good any damage or injury caused to the Premises or the Building by reason of such removal.
  10.8   Builder’s Liens : The Tenant shall promptly pay all of its contractors and suppliers and shall do any and all things necessary so as to minimize the possibility of a lien attaching to the Lands and should any such lien be made or registered, the Tenant shall discharge it within 10 days following the date that the Tenant becomes aware of such registration, provided however that the Tenant may contest the validity of any such lien and in so doing shall obtain an order of competent jurisdiction discharging the lien from title to the Lands by payment into Court or by furnishing to the Landlord security satisfactory to the Landlord in nature and amount against all loss or damage which the Landlord might suffer or incur thereby. If the Tenant shall fail to discharge the lien within the time provided,

-23-


 

      then in addition to any other right or remedy of the Landlord, the Landlord may, but it shall not be so obligated, discharge the lien by paying the amount claimed to be due into Court and the amount paid by the Landlord together with all costs and expenses including solicitor’s fees (on a solicitor and his client basis) incurred for the discharge of the lien shall be due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord as Rent on demand.
  10.9   Signs : The Tenant shall have the right to erect or install prominent exterior building signage on that portion of the exterior of the Building which contains the Premises. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that such signage must first be approved by both the City of Burnaby and the Landlord, such approval of the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld. In this regard, the Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord intends, acting reasonably, to impose and maintain a consistent standard for the exterior signage for the Building and the buildings adjacent thereto. At the Tenants sole cost, all such signage of the Tenant shall be installed and maintained to a first class standard. Subject to the foregoing, the Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside of the Building or visible from the outside of the Building, nor shall the Tenant paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or direction on the outside of the Premises or inside the Premises but visible from the outside without written consent of the Landlord. The Tenant at the termination of this Lease shall remove any such signs or other advertising material, and the Tenant shall promptly repair any and all damage caused by its installation or removal. The cost of such sign and installation and erection thereof shall be borne entirely by the Tenant.
ARTICLE 11 — INSURANCE
  11.1   Landlord’s Insurance : During the Term, the Landlord shall provide and keep in force or cause to be provided and kept in force (subject to participation by the Tenant by payment of Occupancy Costs under Section 4.3) the following insurance:
  (a)   all risk insurance in respect of the Building and fixed improvements on the Lands and all rentable premises Including the Premises, to full replacement cost, but excluding Tenant’s fixtures and leasehold improvements installed or constructed by or for tenants including the Tenant;
 
  (b)   loss of rental income insurance for a period not exceeding one (1) year;
 
  (c)   if any boilers or pressure vessels are operated in the Building other than in any rentable premises therein, boiler and pressure vessel insurance with respect thereto;

-24-


 

  (d)   comprehensive general business liability insurance with respect to the operation of the Building for personal injury or death and damage to property of others; and
 
  (e)   any other form of insurance as would be carried by a prudent owner of a reasonably similar building, having regard to size, age and location.
All policies of property insurance shall contain a waiver of any rights of subrogation that the Landlord’s insurers may have against the Tenant or those for whom the Tenant is responsible in law.
  11.2   Insurance effected by the Landlord under this Article 11 shall be with insurers duly licensed to transact insurance in British Columbia, shall, subject to Section 11.1(a), be in such amounts, be subject to such reasonable deductibles and exclusions, and otherwise be upon such terms and conditions, as a prudent owner of a similar development in Burnaby, B.C. would determine as being reasonable and sufficient.
 
  11.3   Notwithstanding any contribution by the Tenant to the cost of insurance required by this Lease to be placed and maintained by the Landlord, the Tenant acknowledges and agrees that no insurable interest is conferred upon the Tenant under any policies of insurance and maintained by the Landlord, and the Tenant is not entitled to receive any proceeds of any such insurance policies, but that shall not diminish or prejudice all other rights of the tenant under this Lease.
 
  11.4   Tenant Insurance : During the Term, the Tenant shall take out and maintain at its own expense:
  (a)   public liability and property damage insurance including personal injury, contractual and non-owned automobile liabilities and owners’ and contractors’ protective insurance coverage with respect to the Premises and the Tenants use of the Common Areas and facilities, coverage to include the activities and operations conducted by the Tenant and any other person on the Premises, and by the Tenant and any other person performing work on behalf of the Tenant and those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible in any other part of the Building. Such policies shall be written on a comprehensive basis with inclusive limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) provided by a Commercial General Liability policy, for any one occurrence or such higher limits as the Landlord shall reasonably require. All such policies must contain a severability of interest clause and a cross liability clause, and shall be primary and shall not call Into contribution any other insurance available to the Landlord or any mortgagee of the Lands;
 
  (b)   insurance upon property of every description and kind owned by the Tenant, or for which the Tenant is legally liable within the Premises, or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant and any previous tenant within the

-25-


 

      Premises, including, but not limited to furniture, fittings, alterations, partitions, floor coverings, fixtures and anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement, in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof, with coverage against all risks including water damage from any cause whatsoever, and collapse:
  (c)   insurance for replacement of all glass in the Premises for any damage howsoever caused;
 
  (d)   insurance for all damages sustained due to burglary of the Premises;
 
  (e)   business interruption insurance in such amounts as will reimburse the Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants including, but not limited to, prevention of access to the Premises as a result of perils insured against under this Lease and the disruption in the supply of utilities and other essential services to the Premises or the Building; and
 
  (f)   any other form of insurance that the Tenant, or the Landlord, acting reasonably, requires in amounts and for insurance risk against which a prudent tenant would insure.
Policies for fire and liability insurance shall be in a form and with an insurer reasonably acceptable to the Landlord, acting reasonably, shall require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Landlord of termination or material alteration of the policy during the Term and shall waive any right of subrogation against the Landlord, its agent and mortgagee, and cause the Landlord, its agent and mortgagee to be named as an additional insured in such policies of insurance. If requested by the Landlord, the Tenant shall from time to time promptly deliver to the Landlord, certified copies or other evidence of such policies, and evidence satisfactory to the Landlord that all premiums thereon have been paid and the policies are in full force and effect
  11.5   Placement of the Tenant’s Insurance by Landlord : If the Tenant fails to take out, renew or keep in force any of the policies of insurance required to be taken out and maintained by the Tenant under Section 11.4 and does not remedy such default promptly after notice from the Landlord, the Landlord may do so as agent of the Tenant and the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord any amount so paid by the Landlord as agent of the Tenant together with a fifteen percent (15%) administration fee promptly upon demand by the Landlord.
ARTICLE 12 — INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY
  12.1   Indemnity by the Tenant : The Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord from and against every demand, claim, cause of action, judgment and expense, and all losses and damage arising from:

-26-


 

  (a)   any injury or damage to the person or property of the Tenant, any other tenant in the Building or to any other person rightfully in the Building, where the injury or damage is caused by negligence or intentional misconduct on the Lands of the Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or any other person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible, or results from violation of laws or ordinances, governmental orders of any kind or of the provisions of this Lease by any of the foregoing persons;
 
  (b)   any loss or damage, however caused, to books, records, files, money, securities, negotiable instruments or papers in or about the Premises; and
 
  (c)   any injury or damage not specified above to the person or property of the Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or any other person entering upon the Premises under express or implied invitation of the Tenant, where the injury or damage is caused by any reason other than the negligence or intentional misconduct of the Landlord, its agents, servants, or employees.
      If the Landlord shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against the Tenant for which the Tenant is responsible under this Lease to indemnify the Landlord, then the Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless and shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable legal fees incurred or paid by the Landlord in connection with such litigation. The foregoing provisions of this Section 12.1 shall not apply to demands, claims, causes of action, judgments, expenses, losses or damages:
  i)   arising as a result of and to the extent of the negligence or intentional misconduct of the Landlord, its agents, servants, contractors, licensees, invitees or anyone for whom the Landlord is responsible in law; or
 
  ii)   insured against, or required by this Lease to be insured against, by the Landlord.
  12.2   Subrogation : The provisions of Section 12.1 are subject to the waiver of any right of subrogation against the Landlord in the Tenant’s insurance.
ARTICLE 13 — ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
  13.1   Assignment or Subletting : The Tenant will not assign, transfer, sublet, part with or share possession or set over or permit the Premises to be occupied or used by a licensee or concessionaire or otherwise by any act or deed permit the Premises or any part of them to be assigned, transferred, set over or sublet (individually and collectively, a “Transfer’) unto any persons, firm, partnership or corporation whomsoever except with consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall not assign or sublet all or part of the Premises to any other tenant in the Building or in Glenwood Industrial Estates.

-27-


 

      If the Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof to a named third party (the “Transferee”), the Tenant shall first provide the Landlord with any information the Landlord may reasonably require, including a true copy of the agreement to assign or sublet (the “Transfer Agreement”); evidence as to the responsibility, reputation, financial standing and business of the Transferee; and a completed credit check application in the Landlord’s form, (collectively the “Transfer Information”), together with a cheque payable to the Landlord in the sum of not less that $500.00, being the administration fee of responding to the Tenant’s request.
 
  13.2   Assumption : The consent of the Landlord if granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13 in respect of an assignment of this Lease may be conditional upon the Transferee executing and delivering an agreement to the Landlord agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Lease.
 
  13.3   Improvements at the Tenant’s Cost : In the event any sublease of part of the Premises is made pursuant to this Article 13, the Tenant shall bear the cost of all improvements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all demising wails, entrance doors, mechanical and electrical modifications) necessary to separate the area to be sublet or assigned from the remainder of the Premises.
 
  13.4   Tenant’s Obligations Continue : No assignment or disposition by the Tenant of this Lease or of any interest under this Lease shall relieve the Tenant from the performance of its covenants, obligations or agreements under this Lease.
 
  13.5   No Deemed Consent : The Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless given by the Landlord in writing, and no such consent shall be deemed or presumed by any act or omission of the Landlord other than consent in writing, nor shall any consent be deemed to be a consent to any future Transfer by the Tenant or by any Transferee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord may receive Rent and any other amounts from any Transferee and apply the net amount received to the Rent and other amounts payable pursuant to this Lease, and the receipt or acceptance of such amounts shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the Landlord’s rights under this Article 13 nor an acceptance of or consent to any such Transfer.
 
  13.6   Subsequent Assignments : The Landlord’s consent to an assignment, transfer or subletting (or use or occupation of the Premises by any other person) shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment, transfer, subletting, use or occupation.
 
  13.7   Change in Corporate Control : If the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Tenant (or of any successor or assignee of the Tenant which is a corporation) shall result in changing the control of the Tenant such sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease and shall be subject to all

-28-


 

      of the provisions of this Lease with respect to assignments by the Tenant, provided, however, that the Landlord’s consent shall not be required to an assignment or transfer of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Tenant:
  (a)   to a corporation controlled by or subject to the same control as the assignor or transferor, or
 
  (b)   if the Tenant is a public corporation whose shares are traded and listed on any recognized stock exchange in Canada or the United States; or
 
  (c)   to a member or members of the family of the assignor or transferor; or
 
  (d)   in the case of devolution through death;
      so long as in either case prior to or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, the Landlord has received assurances satisfactory to the Landlord that there will be a continuity of the existing management of the Tenant, and of its business practices and policies notwithstanding any such sale, transfer or other disposition of controlling shares.
 
      For the purpose of this Section 13.11, “control” of any corporation shall be deemed to be vested in the person or persons owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power for the election of the board of directors of such corporation and a “member or members” of the family of any assignor shall include his spouse, parents, brothers or sisters and issue.
 
  13.8   Securing Loan : The Tenant will not mortgage by way of assignment or sublease, this Lease or the leasehold estate created by this Lease, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The provisions of Sections 13.1, 13.2, 13.3, 13.5, 13.7, 13.12, 13.13, 13.14, 13.15, and 13.16 shall not apply to any mortgaging by way of assignment or sublease referred to in this Section 13.8.
 
  13.9   Unamended Lease Terms : If the Tenant receives the Landlord’s written consent to a Transfer under the provisions of this Article 13, the Tenant, the Landlord and proposed Transferee specifically agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall remain as herein specified including, without limitation, the provisions of this Lease relating to the use of the Premises, unless such Sections are specifically amended in writing between the Tenant, the proposed Transferee and the Landlord.
 
  13.10   No Advertising : The Tenant shall not advertise the whole or any part of the Premises or this Lease for the purpose of a Transfer and shall not print, publish, post, display or broadcast any notice or advertisement to that effect and shall not permit any broker or other person to do any of the foregoing, unless the complete text and format of any such notice, advertisement or offer is first approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Without

-29-


 

      in any way restricting or limiting the Landlord’s right to refuse any text or format on other reasonable grounds, any text or format proposed by the Tenant shall not contain any reference to the rental rate of the Premises.
 
  13.11   Assignment and Subletting Without Consent : Notwithstanding Sections 13.1, 13.2, 13.5, 13.7. 13.8, 13.12, 13.13, 13.14, 13.15, and 13.16, so long as the Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease, the Tenant shall not require the Landlord’s consent, and the Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease or to receive any Excess Rent pursuant to Section 13.12, in the following circumstances:
  (a)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises to any Person that is an Affiliate of the Tenant;
 
  (b)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises to any Person as a result of any merger, amalgamation or other reorganization involving the Tenant that does not result in a change in control of the Tenant;
 
  (c)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises to the purchaser of a majority of the Tenant’s retail stores in Canada operating under the trade name “Lululemon”, provided that such assignee or sublessee shall carry on the same business as is permitted to be carried on by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease and there remains a continuity of business practices and policies and mode and style of operation of the Tenant, notwithstanding such purchase; and
 
  (d)   in connection with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or part of the Premises or change in control of the Tenant as part of a transaction in which the Tenant or any Affiliate of the Tenant completes an underwritten public offering of its securities, provided that there is continuity in the business carried on in the Premises pursuant to this Lease and there remains a continuity of business practices and policies and mode and style of operation of the business carried on in the Premises, notwithstanding such transaction;
               provided in each case that:
  (e)   the assignee or transferee, if applicable, executes and delivers to the Landlord an agreement directly with the Landlord agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Lease; and
 
  (f)   the Landlord receives written notice of such assignment, subletting or other transaction within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of same.
      For the purposes of this Section, “Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person; and “Person” means and includes any

-30-


 

      individual, corporation, limited partnership, general partnership, joint stock company, limited liability corporation, Joint venture, association, company, trust, bank, trust company, pension fund, business trust or other organization, whether or not a legal entity.
 
  13.12   Excess Rent : If the Landlord consents in writing to an assignment or sublease as contemplated herein, the Tenant may complete such assignment or sublease subject to one hundred percent (100%) of all “Excess Rent”, as hereinafter defined, derived from such assignment or sublease shall be payable to the Landlord. The Excess Rent shall be deemed to be and shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord as Rent. The Tenant shall pay the Excess Rent to the Landlord immediately as and when such Excess Rent is received by the Tenant. As used herein, “Excess Rent” means the amount by which the total money and other economic consideration to be paid by the assignee or subtenant as a result of an assignment or sublease, whether denominated as rent or otherwise, exceeds, in the aggregate, the total amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent which the Tenant is obligated to pay to the Landlord under this Lease, pro-rated for the portion of the Premises being assigned or sublet subject to such assignment or sublease, reasonable costs for additional improvements installed in the portion of the Premises subject to such assignment or sublease, at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the specific assignee or subtenant in question, reasonable leasing costs (such as brokers’ commissions and the fees payable to the Landlord under Section 13.1(b)) paid by the Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease, and the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent the Tenant is obligated to pay the Landlord under this Lease, prorated for the portion of the Premises being assigned or sublet, that is not occupied or used by the Tenant until the date of such assignment or sublease. In determining the amounts to be deducted from Excess Rent in each monthly payment period in respect of the Tenant’s costs of assigning or subleasing, such costs shall be amortized without interest over the Term (in the case of an assignment) or term of the sublease (in the case of a sublease) on a straight line basis.
 
  13.13   Landlord’s Rights : If the Tenant requests consent to a Transfer of all or substantially all of the Premises for the balance of the Term, the Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as set out in Section 13.14.
 
  13.14   Termination By The Landlord : The Landlord’s termination rights set out in Section 13.13 shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Tenant within fourteen (14) days of receipt by the Landlord of the request for consent, the Transfer Information and the administration fee, and the termination date shall be the date stipulated in the Landlord’s notice which shall in no event be less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days following the giving of such notice by the Landlord.
 
  13.15   Withdrawal Of The Tenant Request : If the Landlord exercises its right to terminate the Lease pursuant to Sections 13.13 and 13.14, the Tenant may withdraw its request for a Transfer and shall advise the Landlord of its intention to

-31-


 

      withdraw such request within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Landlord’s notice. The Tenant shall not under any circumstances be entitled to a refund of the administration fee.
 
  13.16   Consent to Assignment or Subletting : If the Landlord does not exercise its rights set out in Section 13.13, the Tenant may sublet the Premises or assign this Lease, as applicable, to the Transferee on the terms and conditions contained in the Transfer Agreement, subject to the consent of the Landlord being first obtained, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, but which may be conditional upon, in the case of an assignment of this Lease, the Transferee executing and delivering an agreement to the Landlord agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Lease.
ARTICLE 14 — SURRENDER
  14.1   Possession : At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, the Tenant shall peaceably surrender and yield up to the Landlord the Premises and all improvements made, constructed, erected or installed in the Premises in accordance with its covenants to maintain and repair the Premises, which repair and conditioning shall include but not be limited to ensuring the dock levelers, dock seals, and bumpers (all of which may, at the Landlord’s discretion be subject to professional inspection at the expense of the Landlord), all warehouse lighting and office lighting arc in good working order and repair, the cleaning of carpets, walls and flooring prior to surrendering. The Tenant shall surrender all keys for the Premises to the Landlord at the place then fixed for payment of Rent, and shall inform the Landlord of all combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the Premises.
 
  14.2   Tenant’s Failure to Remove and Repair : Subject to the Landlord exercising its option set out in Section 10.7(e), should the Tenant fail to remove any trade fixtures, cabling, wiring, and personal property from the Premises or to repair the Premises prior to the expiry or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease then the Landlord may, at its option, remove such trade fixtures, goods or chattels of the Tenant of any kind and repair any damage caused to the Premises by their removal at the Tenant’s expense and may dispose of same in any manner which the Landlord sees fit without compensation of any kind whatsoever to the Tenant, all in accordance with Section 21.3.
 
  14.3   Merger : The voluntary or other surrender of the Lease by the Tenant or the cancellation of the Lease by mutual agreement of the Tenant and the Landlord shall not constitute a merger, and shall at the Landlord’s option terminate all or any subleases. The Landlord’s option hereunder shall be exercised by notice to the Tenant and all known sublessees or subtenants in the Premises or any part thereof.
 
  14.4   Payments After Termination : No payments of money by the Tenant to the Landlord after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or after giving of

-32-


 

      any notice (other than a demand for payment of money) by the Landlord to the Tenant, shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term or make ineffective any notice given to the Tenant prior to the payments of such money. After the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment granting the Landlord possession of the Premises, the Landlord may receive and collect any sums of Rent due under this Lease, and the payment thereof shall not make ineffective any notice, or in any manner affect any pending suits or any judgment therefor obtained.
ARTICLE 15 — HOLDING OVER
  15.1   Month-to-Month Tenancy : If, with the Landlord’s written consent, the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or other termination of the Term without any further written agreement with the Landlord allowing it to do so, the Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises on a month-to-month tenancy only, at a monthly rental equal to 125% of the Base Rent payable by the Tenant In the last month of the Term or such other rental as is stated in such written consent, and such month-to-month tenancy may be terminated by the Landlord or the Tenant on the last day of any calendar month by delivery of at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of termination to the other.
 
  15.2   Tenancy at Sufferance : If, without the Landlord’s written consent, the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or other termination of the Term, the Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises upon a tenancy at sufferance only, at a monthly rental equal to two times the Rent determined in accordance with Article 4. Such tenancy at sufferance may be terminated by the Landlord at any time by notice of termination to the Tenant and by the Tenant on the last day of any calendar month by at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of termination to the Landlord.
 
  15.3   General : Any month-to-month tenancy or tenancy at sufferance hereunder shall be subject to all other terms and conditions of the Lease except any right of renewal and nothing contained in this Article 15 shall be construed to limit or impair any of the Landlord’s rights of re-entry or eviction or constitute a waiver thereof.
ARTICLE 16 — RULES AND REGULATIONS
  16.1   Purpose : The rules and regulations set forth in Schedule D attached hereto have been adopted by the Landlord for the safety, benefit and convenience of all tenants and other persons in the Building. The rules and regulations may differentiate between different types of businesses in the Building, but the Landlord shall not discriminate against the Tenant in the establishment or enforcement of the rules and regulations. All such rules and regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of this Lease, provided that if there is a conflict between such rules and regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, such other provisions of this Lease shall in all cases prevail.

-33-


 

  16.2   Observance : The Tenant shall, at all times, comply with, and shall cause its employees, agents, licensees and invitees to comply with, such rules and regulations attached hereto as Schedule D and such further and other reasonable rules and regulations and amendments and changes thereto as may be made by the Landlord and notified to the Tenant by mailing a copy thereof to the Tenant. All such rules and regulations now or hereafter in force shall be read as forming part of this Lease.
 
  16.3   Non-Compliance : The Landlord shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to secure compliance by all tenants and other persons with such rules and regulations from time to time in effect, but shall not be responsible to the Tenant for failure of any person to comply with such rules and regulations.
 
  16.4   Loading and Unloading : The delivery and shipping of merchandise, supplies, fixtures, and other materials or goods whatsoever in nature to or from the Premises and all loading, unloading, and handling thereof shall be done only at such times, in such areas, by such means, and through such elevators, entrances, malls and corridors as are designated by the Landlord and in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth in Schedule D attached hereto.
ARTICLE 17 — EXPROPRIATION
  17.1   Taking of Premises : If during the Term or any renewal thereof all of the Premises shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right or expropriation, or purchases under threat of such taking, this Lease shall automatically terminate on the date on which the expropriating authority takes possession of the Premises (the “date of such taking”).
 
  17.2   Partial Taking of Building : If during the Term only part of the Building is taken or purchased as set out in Section 17.1, then:
  (a)   if in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building is necessary or desirable as a result thereof, whether or not the Premises are or may be affected, the Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving the Tenant at lease thirty (30) days’ written notice of such termination, and
 
  (b)   if more than one-third of the number of square feet in the Premises is included in such taking or purchase, the Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving the other at least thirty (30) days’ written notice thereof.
      If either party exercises its right of termination hereunder, this Lease shall terminate on the date stated in the notice, provided however, that no termination pursuant to notice hereunder may occur later than ninety (90) days after the date of such taking.

-34-


 

  17.3   Surrender : On any such date of termination under Sections 17.1 or 17.2, the Tenant shall immediately surrender to the Landlord the Premises and all interest therein under this Lease. The Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Premises and remove the Tenant therefrom, and the Rent shall abate on such date in respect of the portion taken. After such termination, and on notice from the Landlord stating the Rent then owing, the Tenant shall forthwith pay the Landlord the Rent then owing.
 
  17.4   Partial Taking of Premises : If any portion of the Premises (but less than the whole thereof) is so taken, and no rights of termination herein conferred are timely exercised, the Term of the Lease shall expire with respect to the portion so taken on the date of such taking. In such event the Rent payable hereunder with respect to such portion so taken shall abate on such date, and the rent thereafter payable with respect to the remainder not so taken shall be adjusted pro rata by the Landlord in order to account for the resulting reduction in the number of square feet in the Premises.
 
  17.5   Awards : Upon any such taking or purchase, the Landlord and the Tenant shall each be entitled to receive and retain the award or consideration for their respective interests in the affected lands and improvements, and the Tenant shall not have or advance any claim against the Landlord for the value of its property or its leasehold estate or the unexpired Term of the Lease, or for costs of removal or relocation, or business interruption expense or any other damages arising out of such taking or purchase. Nothing herein shall give the Landlord any interest in or preclude the Tenant from seeking and recovering on its own account from the condemning authority any award or compensation attributable to the taking or purchase of the Tenant’s leasehold estate, improvements, chattels or trade fixtures, or the removal or relocation of its business. If any such award made or compensation paid to either party specifically includes an award or amount for the other, the party first receiving the same shall promptly account therefor to the other.
ARTICLE 18 — DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY
  18.1   Limited Damage to Premises : If all or part of the Premises are rendered untenantable by damage from fire or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Architect, can be substantially repaired under applicable laws and government regulations within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without overtime or other premium), the Landlord and the Tenant, as the case may be, according to the nature of the damage and their respective obligations to repair, shall repair the damage with all reasonable diligence.
 
  18.2   Major Damage to Premises : If all or part of Premises are rendered untenantable by damage from fire or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Architect, cannot be substantially repaired under applicable laws and governmental regulations within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date

-35-


 

      of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without overtime or other premium), then either the Landlord or the Tenant may, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by written notice to the other not more than ten (10) days after receipt of the Landlord’s Architect’s opinion, failing which the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be, according to the nature of the damage and their respective obligations under this Lease, shall repair such damage with all reasonable diligence. If such notice of termination is given, the Tenant shall deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the notice of termination and Rent shall be apportioned and paid to the date on which the Tenant delivers vacant possession of the Premises, subject to any abatement to which the Tenant may be entitled.
 
  18.3   Abatement : lf all or part of the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, the Rent payable by the Tenant hereunder shall be proportionately reduced to the extent that the Premises are thereby rendered unusable by the Tenant in its business, from the date of such casualty until five (5) days after completion by the Landlord of the repairs to the Premises (or part thereof rendered untenantable) or until the Tenant again uses the Premises (or part thereof rendered untenantable) in its business, whichever first occurs.
 
  18.4   Major Damage to Building : If all or a substantial part (whether or not including the Premises) of the Building is rendered untenantable by damage from fire or other casualty to such a material extent that in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Architect, the Building cannot be substantially repaired under applicable laws and governmental regulations within 180 days from the date of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without overtime or other premium), then the Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty (or on the date of notice if the Premises are unaffected by such casualty) by written notice delivered to the Tenant not more than ten (10) days after the date of receipt of the Landlord’s Architect’s opinion, and if such notice of termination is given:
  (a)   the Tenant shall deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the notice of termination;
 
  (b)   Rent shall be apportioned and paid to the date upon which possession has been delivered up, subject to any abatement to which the Tenant may be entitled;
      but otherwise, the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be, according to the nature of the damage and their respective obligations under this Lease, shall repair such damage with all reasonable diligence.
 
  18.5   Limitation on the Landlord’s Liability : Except as specifically provided in this Article 18, there shall be no reduction of Rent and the Landlord shall have no liability to the Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with the Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty, howsoever caused, or

-36-


 

      from the making of any repairs resulting therefrom in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises.
ARTICLE 19 — TRANSFERS BY THE LANDLORD
  19.1   Sale, Conveyance and Assignment : Nothing in this Lease shall restrict the right of the Landlord to sell, convey, assign or otherwise deal with the Lands or the Building, subject only to the rights of the Tenant under this Lease.
 
  19.2   Effect of Sale, Conveyance or Assignment : Should the Landlord convey, lease, assign or otherwise divest itself of its interest in the Lands and the Building and to the extent that the transferee, lessee or assignee thereof assumes the covenants and obligations of the Landlord herein (except to the extent that any covenants and obligations of the Landlord under this Lease relate to the period prior to the effective date of such conveyance, lease or assignment), the Landlord will be relieved of its obligations under this Lease relating to the period from and after the effective date of such conveying, leasing, assigning or divesting, and the Tenant shall thereafter look solely to the Landlord’s successor in interest in and to this Lease (except to the extent that any covenants and obligations of the Landlord under this Lease relate to the period prior to the effective date of such conveyance, lease or assignment, and to that extent the Landlord shall remain liable). This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale, conveyance or assignment, and the Tenant shall attorn to the Landlord’s successor in interest thereunder.
 
  19.3   Subordination : Subject to the terms of the non-disturbance agreement referred to in Section 19.7, this Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to any and all mortgages and security interests now or hereafter placed on the Building or the Lands, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.
 
  19.4   Attornment : Subject to the terms of the non-disturbance agreement referred to in Section 19.7, if the interest of the Landlord is transferred to any person (herein called the “Purchases”) by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any such mortgage, or by delivery of a deed in lieu of such foreclosure or other proceedings, the Tenant shall immediately and automatically attorn to the Purchaser.
 
  19.5   Effect of Attornment : Upon attornment as provided for in Section 19.4, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Purchaser and the Tenant, upon all of the same terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in the Lease except that, after such attornment, the Purchaser shall not be:
  (a)   liable for any act or omission of the Landlord occurring prior to such attornment; or

-37-


 

  (b)   subject to any offsets or defences which the Tenant might have against the Landlord arising prior to such attornment; or
 
  (c)   bound by a prepayment by the Tenant of more than one month’s instalment of Rent occurring prior to such attornment, unless such prepayment shall have been expressly provided for in this Lease or approved in writing by the Purchaser or any predecessor in interest except the Landlord.
  19.6   Execution of Instruments : The subordination and attornment provisions of this Article 19 shall be subject to Section 19.7. The Tenant, on request by and without cost to the Landlord or any successor in interest, shall execute and deliver any and all instruments further evidencing such subordination and (where applicable hereunder) attornment, subject to Section 19.7.
 
  19.7   Non-Disturbance Agreement : The Landlord shall provide the Tenant, concurrently with the execution of this Lease, a non-disturbance agreement in a form acceptable to the Tenant acting reasonably, signed by any lenders or lien holders of record. Further, the Tenant’s obligations to provide future subordination agreements to any future lender or lien holder pursuant to this Article 19 shall be conditional upon the Landlord and the Tenant receiving a comparable non-disturbance agreement form any such future lender or lien holder.
ARTICLE 20 — NOTICES, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, AUTHORITIES FOR ACTION
  20.1   Notices : Any notice from one party to the other hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly served if delivered personally or if delivered by facsimile to the party being served at the number set forth in Section 1.1(i), or to the Landlord at the address set forth in Section 1.1(i) or any other place from time to time established for the payment of Rent. Any notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time of personal delivery or, if delivered by facsimile or by overnight courier, the next business day after the date of delivery thereof. Either party shall have the right to designate by notice, in the manner above set forth, a different address to which notices are to be delivered.
 
  20.2   Acknowledgement : Each of the parties hereto shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than 10 days prior notice from the other, acknowledge and deliver a written statement in such form as may be requested by the Landlord acting reasonably certifying:
  (a)   that this Lease is in full force and effect, subject only to such modification (if any) as may be set out therein,
 
  (b)   that the Tenant is in possession of the Premises and paying Rent as provided In this Lease,
 
  (c)   the dates (if any) to which Rent is paid in advance, and

-38-


 

  (d)   that there are not, to the such party’s knowledge any uncured defaults on the part of the other party, or specifying such defaults in any are claimed.
      Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective transferee or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building, or the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any assignee of any such persons. If either party fails to timely deliver such statement, such party shall be deemed to have acknowledged that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by the other party, and that there are no uncured defaults in the performance of the other party.
 
  20.3   Authorities for Action : The Landlord may act in any matter provided for herein by its property manager and any other person who shall from time to time be designated by the Landlord by notice to the Tenant. The Tenant shall designate in writing one or more persons to act on its behalf in any matter provided for herein and may from time to time change, by notice to the Landlord, such designation. In the absence of any such designation, the person or persons executing this Lease for the Tenant shall be deemed to be authorized to act on behalf of the Tenant in any matter provided for herein.
ARTICLE 21 — DEFAULT
  21.1   Events of Default : In the event of the happening of any one of the following events:
  (a)   the Tenant shall have failed to pay an instalment of Base Rent or of Occupancy Costs or any other amount payable hereunder when due and such failure shall be continuing for a period of more than three (3) days after notice is delivered by the Landlord to the Tenant advising of such default; or
  (b)   if any policy of insurance upon the Lands or any part thereof from time to time effected by the Landlord shall be cancelled or about to be cancelled by the insurer by reason of the unlawful use or occupation of the Premises by the Tenant or any assignee, subtenant or licensee of the Tenant or anyone permitted by the Tenant to be upon the Premises and the Tenant after receipt of notice in writing from the Landlord shall have failed to take such immediate steps in respect of such use or occupation as shall enable the Landlord to reinstate or avoid cancellation (as the case may be) of such policy of insurance; or
  (c)   the Premises or any portion thereof shall, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, be used or occupied by any other persons than the Tenant or Its permitted assigns or subtenants or for any purpose other than that for which they were leased or occupied or by any persons whose occupancy is prohibited by this Lease and is not cured as provided for in Section 20.1(i); or

-39-


 

  (d)   the Premises shall be vacated or abandoned, or remain unoccupied without the prior written consent of the Landlord for fifteen (15) consecutive days or more while capable of being occupied; or
  (e)   the Tenant makes a bulk sale of its goods or removes or commences, attempts or threatens to remove its goods, chattels, and equipment out of the Premises (other than in the normal course of its business); or
  (f)   the balance of the Term of this Lease or any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant located in the Premises, shall at any time be seized in execution or attachment and such execution, attachment or similar process, action or proceeding Is not set aside, vacated, discharged or abandoned within fifteen (15) days after commencement; or
  (g)   the Tenant becomes insolvent or commits an act of bankruptcy or becomes bankrupt or takes the benefit of any statute that may be in force for dissolution or bankrupt or insolvent debtors or becomes involved in voluntary or involuntary winding-up proceedings or if a receiver or a trustee, receiver or receiver manager or agent or other like person shall be appointed for the business, property, affairs or revenues of the Tenant and such execution, attachment or similar process, action or proceeding is not set aside, vacated, discharged or abandoned within fifteen (15) days after commencement; or
  (h)   the remaining Term of this Lease, or any goods, chattels or equipment of the Tenant is taken or exigible in execution or in attachment, seized or if a writ of execution or a repleven order is issued against the Tenant or its goods or chattels by any creditor of the Tenant and such execution, attachment or similar process, action or proceeding is not set aside, vacated, discharged or abandoned within fifteen (15) days after commencement; or
  (i)   the Tenant fails to observe, perform and keep each and every one of the covenants, agreements, provisions, stipulations and conditions herein contained to be observed, performed and kept by the Tenant (other than payment of Rent) and persists in such failure after ten (10) days’ notice by the Landlord requiring that the Tenant remedy, correct, desist or comply (or if any such breach would reasonably require more than ten (10) days to rectify, unless the Tenant commences rectification within ten (10) days’ notice period and thereafter promptly and effectively and continuously proceeds with the rectification of the breach);
      it shall be deemed an “Event of Default” and the Landlord shall have the rights and remedies set forth in this Article 21, all of which are cumulative and not alternatives and not to the exclusion of any other or additional rights and remedies in law or equity available to the Landlord by statute or otherwise. No such remedy shall be exclusive or dependent upon any other such remedy, but the Landlord

-40-


 

      may from time to time exercise any one or more of such remedies independently or in combination.
 
  21.2   Interest and Costs to Lease Space : The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord interest at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum over the prime rate charged by the Landlord’s principal banker to the Landlord, calculated and compounded monthly, upon all Rent required to be paid hereunder from the due date for payment thereof until the same is fully paid and satisfied. The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against all costs, charges (including legal fees) lawfully and reasonably incurred in enforcing payment thereof, and in obtaining possession of the Premises after an Event of Default or upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, or in enforcing any covenant, provision or agreement of the Tenant herein contained in respect of which an Event of Default has occurred.
 
  21.3   Right of the Landlord to Perform Covenants : All covenants and agreements to be performed by the Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by the Tenant, at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and without abatement of Rent. If the Tenant shall fail to perform any act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue after notice from the Landlord in accordance with Section 20.1(i) for ten (10) days after such notice or any period after such notice allowed by Section 20.1(i), the Landlord may (but shall not be obligated so to do) perform such an act without waiving or releasing the Tenant from any of its obligations relative thereto, and in so doing to make any payments due or alleged to be due by the Tenant to the third parties and to enter upon the Premises to do any work or other things therein. All sums paid or costs incurred by the Landlord in so performing such acts under this Section 21.3, together with a fifteen percent (15%) administration fee shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand and shall be recoverable by the Landlord as Rent.
 
  21.4   Right to Distrain : Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default at the option of the Landlord, the following shall become fully and immediately due and payable by the Tenant and the Landlord may immediately distrain for the same, together with any arrears then unpaid:
  (a)   the full amount of the current month’s and the next ensuing three months’ instalments of Base Rent,
  (b)   all expenses incurred by the Landlord in performing any of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease in respect of which an Event of Default has occurred, re-entering and re-letting, collecting sums due or payable by the Tenant, effecting seizure and realizing upon assets seized (including brokerage, legal fees and disbursements), and the expense of keeping the Premises in good order, repairing the same and preparing them for re-letting.

-41-


 

      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Landlord may seize and sell such goods, chattels and equipment of the Tenant whether within the Premises or removed therefrom and may apply the proceeds thereof to all Rent and other payments to which the Landlord is then entitled under this Lease, and the Tenant waives or renounces the benefit of any present or future law taking away or limiting the Landlord’s right of distress on the property of the Tenant. Any such sale may be effected in the discretion of the Landlord by public auction or otherwise, and either in bulk or by individual item, or partly by one means and partly by another, all as the Landlord in its entire discretion may decide. If any of the Tenant’s property is disposed of as provided In this Section 21.4, ten (10) days’ prior notice to the Tenant of disposition shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable.
 
  21.5   Right to Terminate — General : Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 21.1, the Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease forthwith by leaving upon the Premises Or by affixing to an entrance door to the Premises notice terminating the Lease and to immediately thereafter cease to furnish any services hereunder and enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and the same to have again, repossess and enjoy as of its former estate, anything in this Lease contained to the contrary notwithstanding.
 
      Upon the giving by the Landlord of a notice in writing, terminating this Lease under this Section 21.5 or Section 21.6, this Lease and the Term shall terminate, Rent and any other payments for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease shall be computed, apportioned and paid in full to the date of such termination forthwith, and there shall immediately become due and payable those amounts payable pursuant to Section 21.10. Upon termination of this Lease and the Term, the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord, and the Landlord may forthwith re-enter and take possession of them.
 
  21.6   Right to Terminate — Accelerated Rent : The Landlord may terminate this Lease at its sole option if and whenever there is an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 2 1.1(e) to (h). In the event that this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 21.6 the Tenant shall, in addition to meeting all the requirements of Section 21.5 forthwith pay to the Landlord rent for three (3) months next ensuing after the termination of this Lease as accelerated rent.
 
  21.7   Right to Re-enter : Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 21.1, the Landlord has the right to enter the Premises, with or without canceling the Lease, as agent of the Tenant and as such agent to re-let them and to receive the rent therefor and as agent of the Tenant to take possession of any furniture or other property thereon and upon giving ten (10) days’ written notice to the Tenant to store the same at the expense and risk of the Tenant or to sell or otherwise dispose of the same at public or private sale without further notice and to apply the proceeds thereof and any rent derived from re-letting the Premises

-42-


 

      upon account of the Rent due and to become due under this Lease and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for the deficiency if any.
 
  21.8   Waiver of Exemption and Redemption : Notwithstanding anything contained in any statute now or hereafter in force limiting or abrogating the right of distress, none of the Tenant’s goods, chattels or trade fixtures on the Premises at any time during the continuance of the Term shall be exempt from levy by distress for Rent in arrears where there is an Event of Default, and upon any claim being made for such exemption by the Tenant or on distress being made by the Landlord this agreement may be pleaded as an estoppel against the Tenant in any action brought to test the right to levying upon any such goods as are named as exempted in any such statute, the Tenant hereby waiving all and every benefit that could or might have accrued to the Tenant under and by virtue of any such statute but for this Lease where there is an Event of Default. The Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of the Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of the Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises, by reason of the Event of Default.
 
  21.9   Surrender : If and whenever the Landlord is entitled to or does re-enter in consequence of an Event of Default, the Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving notice thereof, and in such event the Tenant shall forthwith vacate and surrender the Premises and shall surrender all keys for the Premises to the Landlord at the place then fixed for payment of Rent, and shall inform the Landlord of all combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the Premises.
 
  21.10   Payments : If in consequence of an Event of Default the Landlord shall re-enter or if this Lease shall be terminated hereunder, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand:
  (a)   Rent up to the time of re-entry or termination, whichever shall be the earlier, plus accelerated rent as herein provided in Section 21.6 if that Section applies;
  (b)   all expenses incurred by the Landlord in performing any of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease in respect of which an Event of Default has occurred, re-entering or terminating and re-letting, collecting sums due and payable by the Tenant, realizing upon assets seized and the expense of keeping the Premises in good order, repairing the same and preparing them for re-letting; and
  (c)   as damages for the loss of income of the Landlord expected to be derived from the Premises, the amounts (if any) by which the Rent which would have been payable under this Lease exceeds the aggregate of any accelerated rent under Section 20.7 and any payments received by the Landlord from other tenants in the Premises, payable on the first day of each month during the period which would have constituted the unexpired

-43-


 

      portion of the Term had it not been terminated, or at the election of the Landlord by notice to the Tenant at or after re-entry or termination, a lump sum amount equal to the Rent which would have been payable under this Lease from the date of such election during the period which would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term had it not been terminated, reduced by the rental value of the Premises for the same period, established by reference to the terms and conditions upon which the Landlord re-lets them if such re-letting is accomplished within a reasonable period after termination, and otherwise established by reference to all market and other relevant circumstances; Rent and rental value being reduced to present worth at an assumed interest rate of ten percent (10%) on the basis of the Landlord’s estimates and assumptions of fact which shall govern unless shown to be erroneous.
ARTICLE 22 — HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
  22.1   Landlord’s Covenants : The Landlord covenants:
  (a)   that to the best of the Landlord’s knowledge the Building, the Premises and the Landlord are not the subject of any investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a release of any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or constituent, or any other substance into the environment; and
  (b)   subject to the Tenant’s obligations hereunder, to take or cause to be taken all appropriate remedial action directed or required by any government authority having jurisdiction in the event of a violation of any environmental law or release of Hazardous Substances on, under, at or over the Premises or any other contamination of the Premises.
  22.2   Tenant’s Covenants : The Tenant covenants and agrees that it will:
  (a)   not bring or cause any Hazardous Substance to be brought onto the Lands or the Building or the Premises except in compliance with Environmental Law;
  (b)   comply at all times and require all those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible to comply at all times with Environmental Law as it affects the Premises or the Tenant’s use of or activities on the Lands or Building;
  (c)   give notice to the Landlord of the presence at any time during the Term of any Hazardous Substance on the Premises (or the Lands or the Building if such substance is in the control of the Tenant) together with such information concerning such Hazardous Substance and its presence on the Premises or the Lands or the Building as the Landlord may require;
  (d)   give notice to the Landlord of any occurrence which might give rise to a duty under Environmental Law by either the Tenant or the Landlord with

-44-


 

      respect to the presence of any Hazardous Substance on the Premises (or the Lands or the Building if the Hazardous Substance is in the control of the Tenant) including, without limitation, notice of any discharge, release, leak, spill or escape into the environment of any Hazardous Substance at, to or from the Premises or the Lands or the Building;
 
  (e)   at the Landlord’s request provide the Landlord with copies of all of the Tenant’s records with respect to the presence, storage, handling and disposal of Hazardous Substances on the Premises (or the Lands or the Building if the Hazardous Substance is in the control of the Tenant) including tank measurements, policies and procedures and evidence of compliance therewith;
 
  (f)   in any case where the Tenant has given notice as to the presence of a Hazardous Substance at the Premises (or the Lands or the Building if the Hazardous Substance is in the control of the Tenant), or is required to give such notice, or where the Landlord has reasonable grounds to believe that any Hazardous Substance is going to be or has been brought to the Premises or the Lands or the Building by the Tenant or any person for whom the Tenant is in law responsible, to commission an environmental audit at the Tenant’s expense when required by the Landlord to do so;
 
  (g)   comply with any investigative, remedial or precautionary measures required under Environmental Law or as reasonably required by the Landlord, be fully and completely liable to the Landlord for any and all investigation, clean up, remediation, restoration or monitoring costs or any costs incurred to comply with Environmental Law or any request by the Landlord that such measures be taken with respect to any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Lands by the Tenant or by those for whom it is responsible at law;
 
  (h)   provide access to the Premises for the Landlord or its agents to conduct an environmental audit of the Premises, at the Tenant’s expense (if the Tenant is shown to be in default), at least two (2) months prior to the expiry of the Term of this Lease.
  22.3   Tenant Indemnity : The Tenant will indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Landlord, its respective directors, officers, agents, employees, invitees and representatives from and against any and all losses, damages, expenses, claims, suits, costs and demands of whatsoever nature including, but not limited to, any Environmental Claims, directly or indirectly incurred, sustained or suffered by or asserted against any one or more of the Indemnified Parties and resulting from damages or injuries, caused by or arising out of any breach by the Tenant of these covenants, warranties and representations, including any default, act. omission, negligence in whole or in part, by those for whom in law the Tenant is responsible, except in all cases to the extent insured against by the Landlord or

-45-


 

      required by this Lease to be insured against by the Landlord, to which insurance costs the Tenant has contributed payment as part of the Occupancy Costs.
 
  22.4   Inquiries by the Landlord : The Tenant hereby authorizes the Landlord to make inquiries from time to time of any government or governmental agency with respect to the Tenant’s compliance with the Environmental Law at the Premises, and the Tenant covenants and agrees that the Tenant will from time to time provide to the Landlord such written authorization as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to facilitate the obtaining of such information. The Landlord or its agent may inspect the Premises from time to time without notice, in order to verify the Tenant’s compliance with the Environmental Law and the requirements of this Lease respecting Hazardous Substance. If the Landlord suspects that the Tenant is in breach of any of its covenants herein, the Landlord and its agent shall be entitled to conduct an environmental audit immediately, and the Tenant shall provide access to the Landlord and its agent for the purpose of conducting an environmental audit. Such environmental audit shall be at the Landlord’s expense, unless the Tenant is in default under the provisions of Section 22.1 hereof, in which case the Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the environmental audit and all costs associated therewith, and the Tenant shall forthwith remedy any problems identified by the environmental audit, and shall ensure that it complies with all of its covenants herein. Upon request by the Landlord from time to time, the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord a certificate executed by a senior officer of the Tenant certifying ongoing compliance by the Tenant with its covenants contained herein.
 
  22.5   Ownership of Hazardous Substances : If the Tenant shall bring or create upon the property of the Premises or the Lands any Hazardous Substance or if the conduct of the Tenant’s business shall cause there to be any Hazardous Substance upon the Lands or the Premises then, notwithstanding any rule of law to the contrary, such Hazardous Substance shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Tenant and shall not become the property of the Landlord notwithstanding the degree of affixation of the Hazardous Substance or the goods containing the Hazardous Substance to the Premises or the Lands and notwithstanding the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease.
 
  22.6   Landlord’s Remedies upon Default : Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Article 22, subject to Section 2 1.1(i), and in addition to the rights and remedies set forth elsewhere In this Lease, the Landlord shall be entitled to the following rights and remedies:
  (a)   at the Landlord’s option, to terminate this Lease, and/or
 
  (b)   to recover any and all damages associated with the material default, including without limitation, in addition to any rights reserved or available to the Landlord in respect of an early termination of this Lease, cleanup costs and charges, civil and criminal penalties and fees, loss of business and sales by the Landlord and other tenants of the Lands or the Building,

-46-


 

      any and all damages and claims asserted by third parties and the Landlord’s solicitors’ fees and costs.
ARTICLE 23 — MISCELLANEOUS
  23.1   Relationship of Parties : Nothing contained in this Lease shall create any relationship between the parties hereto other than that of landlord and tenant, and it is acknowledged and agreed that the Landlord does not in any way or for any purpose become a partner of the Tenant in the conduct of its business, or a joint venturer or a member of a joint or common enterprise with the Tenant.
 
  23.2   Name of Building : The Landlord shall have the right, after thirty (30) days’ notice to the Tenant, to change the name, number or designation of the Building, during the Term without liability to the Tenant.
 
  23.3   Applicable Law and Construction : This Lease shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, and its provisions shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning and not strictly for or against the Landlord or the Tenant. The words the Landlord and the Tenant shall include the plural as well as the singular. Time is of the essence of the Lease and each of its provisions. The captions of the Articles and Sections are included for convenience only, and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of this Lease.
 
  23.4   Entire Agreement : There are no terms and conditions with respect to the Premises, the Lands or the Building which at the date of execution of this Lease are additional or supplemental to those set out on the pages of this Lease, and in the Schedules which are attached hereto and which form part of this Lease. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Premises, the Lands or the Building. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has not relied upon any statement, representation, agreement or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Lands or the Building except such as is set out in this Lease. Delivery of an unsigned copy of this Lease to the Tenant, notwithstanding insertion of all particulars in the Lease and presentation of any cheque or acceptance of any monies by the Landlord given by the Tenant as a deposit, does not constitute an offer by the Landlord, and no contractual or other legal right shall be created between the parties hereto until this Lease has been fully executed by both parties and delivery has been made of an executed copy of this Lease to the Tenant.
 
  23.5   Amendment or Modification : Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Lease, no amendment, modification, or supplement to this Lease shall be valid or binding unless set out in writing and executed by the parties hereto in the same manner as the execution of this Lease.

-47-


 

  23.6   Construed Covenants and Severability : All of the provisions of the Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the word importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate Article and Section hereof. Should any provision of this Lease be or become invalid, void, illegal or not enforceable, it shall be considered separate and severable from the Lease and the remaining provisions shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though such provision had not been included.
 
  23.7   No Implied Surrender or Waiver : No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by a party unless such waiver is in writing signed by the other party. A party’s waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Lease shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a breach, from having all the force and effect of any original breach. Failure of a party to insist upon strict performance of any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease or to exercise any right herein contained shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of any such covenant, condition or right. The Landlord’s receipt of Rent with a knowledge of a breach by the Tenant of any term or condition of the Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition. No act or thing done by a party, its agents or employees during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid, unless in writing and signed by the Landlord and the Tenant. The delivery of keys to any of the Landlord’s agents or employees shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. No payment by the Tenant, or receipt by the Landlord, of a lesser amount than the Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any cheque or any letter accompanying any cheque, or payment as Rent, be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and the Landlord may accept such cheque or payment without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy available to the Landlord.
 
  23.8   Liability Joint/Several : In the event there is more than one entity or person which or whom are parties constituting the Landlord or the Tenant under this Lease, the obligation imposed upon such parties under this Lease shall be joint and several.
 
  23.9   Unavoidable Delay : Save and except for the obligations of the Tenant as set forth in this Lease to pay Base Rent, Occupancy Costs, increased rent or other monies to the Landlord, and the Landlord’s obligations to provide quiet enjoyment to the Tenant, if either party shall fail to meet its obligations hereunder within the time prescribed and such failure shall be caused or materially contributed to by Force Majeure, such failure shall be deemed not to be a breach of the obligations of such party hereunder and neither party shall be entitled to compensation from the other for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort thereby occasioned, provided that the party claiming Force Majeure shall use reasonable diligence to put itself in a position to carry out Its obligations hereunder, and the time for performance of such obligations shall be extended by the length of time by which performance is delayed by Force Majeure.

-48-


 

  23.10   Survival of Obligations : If either Party is in default of any of its obligations under this Lease at the time this Lease expires or is terminated:
  (a)   such party shall remain fully liable for the performance of such obligations; and
  (b)   all of the other party’s rights and remedies in respect of such failure shall remain in full force and effect,
      all of which shall be deemed to have survived such expiration or termination of this Lease. Every indemnity, exclusion or release of liability and waiver of subrogation contained In this Lease or in any of the Tenant or the Landlord’s insurance policies shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
 
  23.11   No Option The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option to lease for the Premises and this Lease becomes effective as a lease only upon execution and delivery thereof by the Landlord and the Tenant
 
  23.12   References to Statutes : Any reference to a statute in this Lease includes a reference to all regulations made pursuant to such statute, all amendments made to such statute and regulations in force from time to time and to any statute or regulation which may be passed and which has the effect of supplementing or superseding such statute or regulations.
 
  23.13   Counterparts and Execution by Fax : This Lease may be executed by the parties in separate counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered to all of the parties shall be deemed to be and shall be read as a single Lease among the parties. In addition, execution of this Lease by any of the parties may be evidenced by way of a faxed or electronic transmission of such party’s signature (which signature may be by separate counterpart), or a photocopy of such faxed or electronic transmission, and such faxed or electronic signature, or photocopy of such faxed or electronic signature, shall be deemed to constitute the original signature of such party to this Lease.
 
  23.14   No Contra Proferentem : This Agreement has been negotiated and approved by the parties and, notwithstanding any rule or maxim of law or construction to the contrary, any ambiguity or uncertainty will not be construed against either of the parties by reason of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  23.15   Binding Effect : All rights and liabilities herein given to, or imposed upon, the respective parties hereto shall extend to and bind the several respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the said parties. No rights, however, shall ensure to the benefit of any Transferee of a party unless the Transfer to such Transferee has been affected in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

-49-


 

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Landlord and the Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
             
    BIG BEND EQUITIES INC.
(LANLORD)
 
           
 
  Per:   /s/ illegible
 
           
 
           
 
  Per:        
 
           
 
           
    Name & Title:
 
           
    I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
 
           
    LULULEMON ATHLETICA INC.
(TENANT)
 
           
 
  Per:   /s/ Christopher Ng
 
           
 
           
 
  Per:        
 
           
 
           
    Name & Title:
 
           
    I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.

-50-

 

Exhibit 10.22
Outside Director Compensation Plan (a)
     
Annual Cash Retainer:
   
Board Member
  $30,000
 
Audit Committee Chair
  $10,000
Audit Committee Member
  No additional compensation
Compensation Committee Chair
  $10,000
Compensation Committee Member
  No additional compensation
Nominating Committee Chair
  No additional compensation
Nominating Committee Member
  No additional compensation
 
   
Additional Payments :
   
Attendance Fee for In Person Attendance at Board Meeting
  $1,000
Attendance Fee for Telephone Attendance at Board Meeting
  $500
Attendance Fee for Committee Meeting Attendance
  $500
 
   
One-Time Option Grant
   
New directors — on date of initial election to Board
  None
 
   
Annual Stock Option Grant (b)
  $80,000
 
   
Annual Grant of Restricted Stock (c)
  $30,000
 
   
Expense Reimbursement — for travel, lodging and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings
 
All amounts listed above are in U.S. dollars.
 
(a)   Each member of the Board, other than those who are employees of the Company, is eligible under the plan.
 
(b)   Each of these options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and will vest 25% per year on each anniversary of the option grant date for 4 years.
 
(c)   Each share of restricted stock will fully vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.
Amount of shares issued for stock grants will equal to amount of stock award divided by the per share 123R charge as determined by the company for financial reporting purposes.
Timing of Director Compensation:
Each Director shall receive an initial stock option grant and restricted stock award the day of Lululemon’s prospective IPO. Thereafter, each Director will receive their annual stock option grant and restricted stock award on the date of the Company’s annual meeting. The cash retainer fees will be paid in arrears, quarterly or semi-annually at the Company’s discretion.

 

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Lululemon Corp.
Subsidiaries of Lululemon Corp.
  1.   Lululemon Athletica USA Inc., a Nevada corporation
  2.   Lululemon Callco ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability corporation
Subsidiary of Lululemon Callco ULC
  1.   Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc., a company organized under the laws of British Columbia
Subsidiary of Lulu Canadian Holding, Inc.
  1.   Lululemon Athletica Inc., a company organized under the laws of British Columbia

 

 

Exhibit 23.1
(PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LETTERHEAD)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our preamble report dated April 30, 2007 relating to the combined consolidated financial statements of Lululemon (as defined in note 1 to the combined consolidated financial statements), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts” and “Selected Financial Data” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Vancouver, B.C.
April 30, 2007
(PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS FOOTER)